Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 30, 2015

Registration no. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

 

 

England and Wales 2834 Not applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Glyn Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

85b Park Drive

Milton Park, Abingdon

Oxfordshire OX14 4RY

United Kingdom

+44 1235 443 939

(Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

C T Corporation System

111 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10011

+1 212 894 8440

(Name, Address, Including ZIP Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

Brian A. Johnson, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10007

+1 212 230 8800

Michael D. Maline, Esq.

Goodwin Procter LLP

The New York Times Building

620 8 th Avenue

New York, NY 10018

+1 212 813 8800

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF

SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE (2)
AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE (3)

Ordinary shares, par value £0.01 per share (1)(4)

$40,000,000 $4,648.00

 

 

(1) These ordinary shares are represented by American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each of which represents                  ordinary shares of the Registrant. Includes ordinary shares underlying ADSs that the underwriters may purchase solely to cover overallotments, if any.
(2)   Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.
(3)   Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.
(4)   ADSs issuable on deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby have been registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (File No. 333-           ).

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information contained in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 30, 2015

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

American Depositary Shares

 

 

LOGO

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

Representing                     Ordinary Shares

 

 

We are offering                 American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS will represent                 ordinary shares, par value £0.01 per share. This is our initial public offering in the United States.

We expect that the initial public offering price will be between $                 and $                 per ADS. Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SMMT.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

 

 

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. Please read “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

     

Proceeds to Summit Corporation plc, before expenses

     

 

(1)   The underwriters will also be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in this offering. See “Underwriting” in this prospectus for details.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional                 ADSs to cover any over-allotments. If the underwriters exercise their option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $            , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $            .

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the ADSs is expected to be made on or about                     , 2015.

 

 

 

JMP Securities   Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

Needham & Company

Prospectus dated                     , 2015.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

     47   

Use of Proceeds

     49   

Dividend Policy

     50   

Capitalization

     51   

Dilution

     52   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     54   

Exchange Rate Information

     55   

Price Range of Our Ordinary Shares

     56   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     57   

Business

     75   

Management

     125   

Related-Party Transactions

     137   

Principal Shareholders

     138   

Description of Share Capital

     140   

Description of American Depositary Shares

     158   

Shares and ADSs Eligible for Future Sale

     165   

Taxation

     167   

Underwriting

     176   

Expenses of the Offering

     180   

Legal Matters

     180   

Experts

     180   

Service of Process and Enforcement of Judgments

     181   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     182   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of ADSs. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. This prospectus may only be used where it is legal to offer and sell the ADSs. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

Through and including                     , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this public offering of the ADSs outside the United States, or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

 

Unless the context specifically indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to “Summit Corporation plc,” “Summit,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “us,” “our company,” “our group” or similar terms refer to Summit Corporation


Table of Contents

plc and its subsidiaries. The trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

We present our consolidated financials in British pounds sterling. All references in this prospectus to “$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “£” are to pounds sterling. Solely for convenience and unless otherwise indicated, certain pounds sterling amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of £1.00 to $1.5999, the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on October 31, 2014. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying the ADSs. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

Our Company

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for indications for which there are no existing or only inadequate therapies. We are conducting clinical programs focused on the genetic disease Duchenne muscular dystrophy, or DMD, and the infectious disease Clostridium difficile infection, or CDI. Our DMD program is based on utrophin modulation, an approach to treating DMD that is independent of the underlying mutations in the dystrophin gene that cause the disease. We are a leader in the field of utrophin modulation, an approach that we believe has the potential to address the entire population of DMD patients. Other DMD approaches, such as exon-skipping and suppression of nonsense mutations, only address subsets of this population. Our lead DMD product candidate is SMT C1100, an orally administered small molecule. We expect to report top line results from our second Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in mid-2015. Our lead CDI product candidate is SMT19969, an orally administered small molecule antibiotic. SMT19969 is designed to selectively target Clostridium difficile bacteria without causing collateral damage to the gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates, which is the key clinical issue in this disease. We expect to report top line results from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 in the second half of 2015.

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has granted orphan drug designation to SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD, and the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, has designated SMT C1100 as an orphan medicinal product. In recent public statements, the FDA has stated that it recognizes the unmet medical need in DMD, the devastating nature of the disease for patients and their families and the urgency to make new treatments available. The FDA has designated SMT19969 as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product, or QIDP. In 2013, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or CDC, highlighted CDI as one of three pathogens that pose an immediate public health threat and require urgent and aggressive action. We hold exclusive worldwide commercialization rights to all of our product candidates for all indications.

The following table summarizes our product development pipeline. We are also developing an earlier stage pipeline of second and future generation utrophin modulators for the treatment of DMD.

 

LOGO

 

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

Our Utrophin Modulation Approach for the Treatment of DMD

DMD is one of the most common fatal genetic disorders diagnosed in children around the world. DMD predominantly affects males and results in the progressive wasting of muscles throughout the body. The disease typically results in death by the time DMD patients reach their late twenties. Individuals with DMD are unable to produce dystrophin, a protein essential for maintaining healthy muscle function. Based on prevalence data published in 2013 by Orphanet, a publicly available reference portal for information on rare diseases and orphan drugs, we estimate that there are approximately 50,000 DMD patients in the developed world and 250,000 DMD patients globally. According to an article published in 2013 in the peer reviewed journal Muscle & Nerve , approximately one in every 5,000 males is born with DMD.

There is currently no approved therapy for the treatment of DMD applicable to all DMD patients that seeks to alter the progression of the disease. Corticosteroids are prescribed to DMD patients from a young age to help treat symptoms of the disease. However, long-term use of corticosteroids is associated with severe side effects and concerns over weight gain. In August 2014, the European Commission granted conditional marketing authorization for the drug Translarna (ataluren) from PTC Therapeutics, Inc. for the treatment of DMD caused by specific genetic mutations known as nonsense mutations in ambulatory patients aged five years and older. Nonsense mutations create a premature stop signal in the translation of the genetic code for dystrophin and prevent the production of the dystrophin protein. DMD caused by nonsense mutations affects approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Other biopharmaceutical companies, including Prosensa Holding N.V. and Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc., are developing treatments for DMD based on a scientific approach known as exon-skipping. Exons are organic molecules known as nucleotides within the DNA strand that the cellular machinery translates to make full-length, functional protein. In a sub-population of DMD patients, synthesis of the dystrophin protein is disrupted because of mutations that may be due, among other things, to deleted exons. Exon-skipping technology seeks to allow the production of a shorter but still functional dystrophin protein. According to an article published in 2009 in the peer reviewed journal Human Mutation , skipping of the ten most common exons would treat in the aggregate approximately 41% of all DMD patients. We believe that there are exon-skipping therapies currently in clinical development to address four of these exons and that skipping of these exons would treat in the aggregate less than one-third of all DMD patients.

Utrophin is a naturally occurring protein that is functionally and structurally similar to dystrophin. Utrophin plays an active role in the development of new muscle fibers, in particular during fetal development, and in repairing damaged muscle fibers. Utrophin production is down regulated, or switched off, in the late stages of gestation and can switch on and off as needed to repair damaged muscle. We believe that our approach of utrophin modulation can be used to maintain the production of utrophin in all skeletal muscles, including the diaphragm, and the heart to compensate for the lack of dystrophin in DMD patients, thereby restoring and maintaining healthy muscle function. This approach to treating DMD is independent of the underlying dystrophin gene mutation. We believe utrophin modulation has the potential to treat the entire population of DMD patients. Further, we believe utrophin modulation could potentially be complementary to potential treatments for DMD based on other scientific approaches, including approaches that are focused on restoring dystrophin, such as exon-skipping and suppression of nonsense mutations.

Our most advanced utrophin modulation product candidate, SMT C1100, is an orally administered small molecule. To date, we have conducted two Phase 1 clinical trials of SMT C1100. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers in 2012 and a Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in DMD patients in May 2014. We believe our Phase 1b clinical trial was the first time a utrophin modulator was administered to DMD patients. In this Phase 1b clinical trial, SMT C1100 was well tolerated at all doses tested, and over 90% of the patients dosed experienced a reduction compared to baseline in creatine kinase and other enzymes that are markers of muscle damage. Although this was not a placebo controlled clinical trial, we believe the lower levels of these enzymes compared to baseline potentially indicate a reduction in muscle damage and

 

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

may be evidence of SMT C1100 activity. Patients in this clinical trial had variable levels of SMT C1100 in the blood plasma following dosing, which we believe may have been due to the impact of diet on absorption of SMT C1100. In December 2014, we received approval from the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency to initiate another Phase 1b clinical trial in DMD patients to monitor how diet impacts plasma levels of the drug. We refer to this clinical trial as our Phase 1b modified diet trial. We expect to report top line results from our Phase 1b modified diet trial in mid-2015. If the Phase 1b modified diet trial is successful, we plan to conduct both an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the longer term safety and clinical benefits of SMT C1100 and a larger, multinational placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT C1100, including at sites in the United States and Europe.

Our Leadership in Utrophin Modulation

Our co-founder and scientific advisor, Professor Kay Davies at the University of Oxford, discovered utrophin and then developed the concept of utilizing utrophin modulation as a treatment potentially applicable to all DMD patients. Our DMD program was founded to develop and commercialize drugs for DMD using this approach to treatment. Our intellectual property estate for SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD includes composition of matter patents granted in major territories, including the United States and Europe. We plan to apply and enhance our existing knowledge, experience and proprietary rights to maintain and expand our leadership in the field of utrophin modulation. In addition to SMT C1100, we are currently pursuing a broad utrophin modulator technology program consisting of:

 

    internally developed second generation utrophin modulators designed to include improved pharmacokinetic properties from which we plan to identify a product candidate and initiate preclinical development in the first half of 2015;

 

    a pipeline of novel, future generation utrophin modulators with new mechanisms that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford; and

 

    potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100 designed to allow for absorption of the active drug without regard to dietary requirements.

SMT19969 for the Treatment of CDI

CDI is a bacterial infection of the colon that produces toxins causing inflammation of the colon and severe diarrhea. CDI can also result in more serious disease complications, including pseudomembranous colitis, bowel perforation, toxic megacolon and sepsis. CDI typically develops following the use of broad spectrum antibiotics that can cause widespread damage to the natural gut flora and allow overgrowth of Clostridium difficile bacteria. The current standard of care for CDI is treatment with vancomycin or off label use of metronidazole, both of which are broad spectrum antibiotics. However, these treatments also cause significant collateral damage to the gut flora and leave patients vulnerable to recurrent CDI.

CDI represents a serious healthcare issue in hospitals, long-term care homes and, increasingly, in the wider community. In 2010, Clinical Microbiology Reviews , a peer reviewed journal published by the American Society for Microbiology, estimated that there were between 450,000 and 700,000 cases of CDI per year in the United States. The CDC reports that CDI is responsible for 14,000 deaths per year in the United States. Disease recurrence is the primary clinical issue with CDI, with each episode of recurrent disease associated with greater disease severity and higher mortality rates. In 2012, Clinical Microbiology and Infection , a peer reviewed journal published by the European Society of Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases, reported that up to 25% of patients with CDI suffer a second episode of the infection. The risk of further recurrence rises to 65% after a patient suffers a second episode of CDI. A study published in 2012 in Clinical Infectious Diseases , a peer reviewed journal published by the Infectious Diseases Society of America, estimated that CDI-related acute care costs total $4.8 billion per year in the United States alone.

 

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

We are developing SMT19969 as an orally administered small molecule antibiotic for the treatment of CDI. SMT19969 is designed to selectively target Clostridium difficile bacteria without causing collateral damage to the gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT19969 in healthy volunteers in 2013. In this Phase 1 clinical trial, SMT19969 was highly selective for total c lostridia bacteria with minimal impact on the other gut flora of subjects. We believe that these data are consistent with the results of our preclinical studies. SMT19969 was also well tolerated at all doses tested in this clinical trial. We are currently enrolling and treating patients in a double blind, active controlled Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to the current standard of care, vancomycin, for the treatment of CDI. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in the second half of 2015.

Our Business Strategy

Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for indications for which there are no existing or only inadequate therapies, with a current focus on DMD and CDI. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Rapidly advance the development of our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI.

 

    Maintain and expand our leadership in the field of utrophin modulation.

 

    Commercialize SMT C1100 for DMD in the United States and Europe with our own specialty commercial team.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential of SMT19969.

 

    Seek additional governmental and other third party grants and support.

Risks Associated with our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” in this prospectus immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include the following:

 

    We have a limited operating history. We currently have no commercial products, and we have not received marketing approval for any product candidate.

 

    We currently depend heavily on the success of SMT C1100 and SMT19969. Our ability to generate product revenues, which may not occur for several years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and commercialization of SMT C1100 and SMT19969.

 

    Clinical trials of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates may not be successful. If we are unable to obtain required marketing approvals for, commercialize, obtain and maintain patent protection for or gain market acceptance by physicians, patients and third-party payors of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

 

    The results of our preclinical studies and clinical trials conducted to date may not be predictive of the results of further clinical trials of SMT C1100 and SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates.

 

    Our focus on utrophin modulation as a potential treatment for DMD is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value for this indication.

 

   

Because SMT19969 lacks composition-of-matter patent protection for its active pharmaceutical ingredient, competitors will, subject to obtaining marketing approval, be able to offer and sell products

 

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents
 

with the same active pharmaceutical ingredient, so long as these competitors do not infringe any other issued patents that would otherwise cover the drug’s usage, method of treatment using the drug, drug formulations, drug dosage forms and the like.

 

    Our current and any future collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates may not be successful.

 

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. As of October 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of £27.2 million.

 

    If we are classified as a passive foreign investment company in any taxable year, it may result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the ADSs.

 

    As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and NASDAQ Stock Market corporate governance rules and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

Our Corporate Information

Summit Corporation plc is incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales, United Kingdom. Our principal office is located at 85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, and our telephone number is +(44) 1235 443 939. We are currently seeking shareholder approval to change our name to “Summit Therapeutics plc.” Our U.S. operations are conducted by our wholly-owned subsidiary Summit Therapeutics Inc., a Delaware corporation. Our ordinary shares have traded on AIM, which is a sub-market of the London Stock Exchange, since October 2004. Our website address is www.summitplc.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed from, our website does not form part of this prospectus. Our agent for service of process in the United States is C T Corporation System.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion

 

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our share capital held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

Our status as a foreign private issuer also exempts us from compliance with certain laws and regulations of the SEC and certain regulations of The NASDAQ Stock Market, including the proxy rules, the short-swing profits recapture rules and certain governance requirements, such as independent director oversight of the nomination of directors and executive compensation. In addition, we will not be required to file annual, quarterly and current reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Pro Forma Financial Information

In November 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of MuOx Limited, or MuOx, a spin out of the University of Oxford. We have included the financial results of MuOx in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Accordingly, we have not included balance sheet information giving pro forma effect to the acquisition in this prospectus.

For the year ended January 31, 2014, MuOx generated a net loss of £20,000, all of which related to legal expenses incurred in connection with our acquisition of MuOx. As these transaction costs were related to the acquisition and are non-recurring, the elimination of such costs is treated as a pro forma adjustment to the combined results of the Summit Corporation plc and MuOx Limited group. MuOx had no other income statement activity during the year ended January 31, 2014. Since the pro forma results of the enlarged group for the year ended January 31, 2014 would be substantially the same as the results of Summit Corporation plc that are presented in the consolidated financial statements at the end of this prospectus, we have not presented income statement information giving pro forma effect to the acquisition in this prospectus.

 

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

ADSs offered by us

                    ADSs

 

ADSs to be outstanding immediately after this offering

                    ADSs

 

Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering:

                    ordinary shares

 

Offering price

The initial public offering price per ADS is expected to be between $         and $        .

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents                     ordinary shares.

 

  The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement. You may surrender your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for, among other acts, any surrender of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal. We and the depositary may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the terms of the deposit agreement then in effect.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read “Description of American Depositary Shares” in this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, which is an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Depositary

The Bank of New York Mellon

 

Listing

We have applied for listing of the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SMMT.” Our ordinary shares are listed on AIM.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted to the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase an aggregate of up to an additional             ADSs from us to cover over-allotments. See “Underwriting” in this prospectus for more information.

 

Use of proceeds

We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    approximately $         million to fund our planned Phase 1b modified diet clinical trial of SMT C1100 and, if successful, initiate our Phase 2 open label clinical trial and our Phase 2 placebo controlled clinical trial of SMT C1100;

 

    approximately $         million to fund our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 and our exploratory Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 compared to fidaxomicin;

 

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents
    approximately $         million to advance our second generation utrophin modulators, future generation utrophin modulators, potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100 and our biomarker development program; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and for general corporate purposes.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus for additional information.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

The total number of ordinary shares that will be outstanding immediately after this offering includes an aggregate of 41,117,697 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and excludes:

 

    4,850,838 ordinary shares, issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under our share option schemes as of December 31, 2014;

 

    300,000 ordinary shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding options granted to consultants, other than under our share option schemes, as of December 31, 2014; and

 

    531,135 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an aggregate of up to an additional                     ADSs from us to cover over-allotments.

In addition, unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to a one-for-20 reverse split of our ordinary shares that was effected on July 3, 2014.

 

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The following summary consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our financial position as of October 31, 2014 and our results of operations for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 and 2013. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as of and for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on October 31, 2014, of £1.00 to $1.5999. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date.

The summary consolidated financial data below should be read together with those consolidated financial statements as well as the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
    Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2014     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Other operating income (1)

   $ 2,566      £ 1,604      £ 1,383      £ 1,844      £ 1,895   

Operating expenses

          

Research and development

     (12,226     (7,642     (4,366     (6,611     (4,731

General and administration

     (5,014     (3,134     (1,320     (1,942     (1,741
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     (17,240     (10,776     (5,686     (8,553     (6,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (14,674     (9,172     (4,303     (6,709     (4,577

Finance income

     66        41        7        9        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (14,608     (9,131     (4,296     (6,700     (4,566

Income tax credit

     1,245        778        479        607        341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

     (13,363     (8,353     (3,817     (6,093     (4,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period attributable to owners of the parent

     (13,363     (8,353     (3,817     (6,093     (4,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive expenses

          

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     13        8        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period attributable to owners of the parent

     (13,350     (8,345     (3,817     (6,093     (4,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing operations (post consolidation and subdivision)

   $ (0.34   £ (0.21   £ (0.20   £ (0.30   £ (0.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents

 

(1)   The results for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect the reclassification of income of £0.8 million, £1.1 million, £1.4 million and £1.8 million, respectively, that we received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This change had no effect on our operating loss or loss for the periods presented and was not considered material to our consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

The following table summarizes our balance sheet data as of October 31, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of                      ADSs by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the application of such net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds” in this prospectus.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     Actual      As Adjusted (2)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,019       £ 15,013       $                    £                

Working capital (1)

     (1,418)         (886)         

Total assets

     34,110         21,320         

Accumulated deficit

     (43,589)         (27,245)         

Total equity

     28,258         17,662         

 

(1)   We define working capital as trade and other receivables (including current tax receivables) less current liabilities.
(2)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total equity by $         million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. Before investing in the ADSs, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of the ADSs could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital

We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never generate profits from operations or maintain profitability.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was approximately £8.3 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2014, £6.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 and £4.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. As of October 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of £27.2 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through issuances of our ordinary shares and development funding and other assistance from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups for our product candidates. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical trials. We have not completed development of any drugs. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and year to year.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with conducting clinical trials for our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for the treatment of patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy, or DMD, and SMT19969 for the treatment of patients with Clostridium difficile infection, or CDI, and seeking marketing approval for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 in the United States and the European Union, as well as other geographies. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval of SMT C1100 or SMT19969, we expect to incur significant sales, marketing, distribution and outsourced manufacturing expense, as well as ongoing research and development expenses.

In addition, our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    continue the research and development of internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation modulators that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    seek to identify and develop additional product candidates;

 

    seek marketing approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

    ultimately establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale up external manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    acquire or in-license other product candidates and technology;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    hire additional clinical, regulatory and scientific personnel;

 

    expand our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts.

Our ability to generate profits from operations and remain profitable depends on our ability to successfully develop and commercialize drugs that generate significant revenue. Based on our current plans, we do not expect

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

to generate significant revenue unless and until we obtain marketing approval for, and commercialize, SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD or SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including:

 

    successfully initiating and completing clinical trials of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI;

 

    obtaining approval to market SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI;

 

    protecting our rights to our intellectual property portfolio related to SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    contracting for the manufacture of clinical and commercial quantities of SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    negotiating and securing adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for SMT C1100 and SMT19969; and

 

    establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities to effectively market and sell SMT C1100 and SMT19969 in the United States and the European Union, as well as other geographies.

We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to generate profits from operations. Even if we do generate profits from operations, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to generate profits from operations and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability .

Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, developing and securing our technology, raising capital and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete development of any product candidates, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

Assuming we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we will need to transition from a company with a research and development focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and may not be successful in such a transition.

We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we initiate and continue clinical trials of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI, continue our research activities and initiate preclinical programs for future product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our future product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States in addition to in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through             . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. This estimate assumes, among other things, that we do not obtain any additional funding through grants and clinical trial support or through new collaboration arrangements. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress, costs and results of clinical trials of SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI;

 

    the scope, progress, costs and results of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation modulators that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    the number and development requirements of other future product candidates that we pursue;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of SMT C1100, SMT19969 and our other future product candidates;

 

    the costs and timing of commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing, for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue received from commercial sales of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates;

 

    the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against any intellectual property-related claims;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such arrangements;

 

    the extent to which we acquire or invest in other businesses, products and technologies;

 

    the rate of the expansion of our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company in the United States in addition to in the United Kingdom.

Conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we are not planning to have commercially available for several years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our investors, including purchasers of the ADSs in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, collaborations, strategic alliances, grants and clinical trial support from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, debt financings, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds other than £0.1 million in funding that we are eligible to receive under our award funding agreement with the Wellcome Trust and £1.4 million of funding that we are eligible to receive under our agreement with Innovate UK, in each case subject to satisfying specified criteria. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of ADSs. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends or other distributions.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Risks Related to the Development and Commercialization of our Product Candidates

We depend heavily on the success of our lead product candidates, SMT C1100, which we are developing for the treatment of DMD, and SMT19969, which we are developing for the treatment of CDI. All of our other programs are still in the discovery or candidate optimization stage. If we are unable to commercialize SMT C1100 and SMT19969, or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

We have invested a significant portion of our efforts and financial resources in the development of SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI, both of which are still in early clinical development. Our ability to generate product revenues, which may not occur for several years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and commercialization of SMT C1100 and SMT19969. The success of each of these product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    successful completion of clinical development;

 

    receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

    establishing commercial manufacturing arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity;

 

    protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

    launching commercial sales of SMT C1100 or SMT19969, as applicable, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

    acceptance of SMT C1100 or SMT19969, as applicable, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

 

    effectively competing with other therapies; and

 

    maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of SMT C1100 or SMT19969, as applicable, following approval.

If we do not achieve one or more of these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize SMT C1100 or SMT19969, which would materially harm our business.

If clinical trials of our product candidates fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, or the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, or do not otherwise produce favorable results, we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any other product candidate.

In connection with obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents

the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and is uncertain as to outcome. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. In particular, the small number of patients in our early clinical trials may make the results of these clinical trials less predictive of the outcome of later clinical trials. The design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced or completed. We have limited experience in designing clinical trials and may be unable to design and execute a clinical trial to support marketing approval. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products.

For example, in 2009, we assigned certain technology relating to our DMD program to BioMarin DMD Regulator Limited, or BioMarin. BioMarin conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100 in 48 healthy adult volunteers. Subjects in this clinical trial achieved low systemic exposure of the drug, and there was variability in systemic exposure across subjects. Following this clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100, BioMarin elected not to continue development of our assigned technology, citing pharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic challenges. In public statements, BioMarin indicated that it had concluded that the likelihood of achieving a therapeutic effect in DMD patients was highly unlikely. In 2010, BioMarin transferred the assets, and all commercialization rights, back to us. In our Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in DMD patients, patients also had variable levels of SMT C1100 in the blood plasma following dosing, which we believe was potentially due to the impact of diet on absorption of SMT C1100. In December 2014, we received approval from the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency to initiate another Phase 1b clinical trial in DMD patients to monitor how diet impacts plasma levels of the drug. While we believe that diet may impact absorption of SMT C1100, other disease related factors, such as abnormal gastrointestinal physiology, or other factors such as the level of activity of the liver enzyme CYP1A, may impact the absorption profile of DMD patients. Accordingly, it is possible that we will be unable to improve the absorption of SMT C1100 in DMD patients even if they follow our recommended diet. If we do not achieve improved absorption of SMT C1100 in future clinical trials, we will likely not be able to successfully complete the development of, obtain marketing approval for or commercialize this product candidate.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other product candidate that we develop beyond those that we contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other testing, if the results of these clinical trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

 

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

 

    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as we intended or desired;

 

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings, including boxed warnings;

 

    be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements or restrictions; or

 

    have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

If we experience any of a number of possible unforeseen events in connection with our clinical trials, potential marketing approval or commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed or prevented.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates, including:

 

    clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

 

    the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

 

    we may be unable to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical trials to ensure adequate statistical power to detect any statistically significant treatment effects;

 

    our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

 

    regulators, institutional review boards or independent ethics committees may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

 

    we may have delays in reaching or fail to reach agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

 

    we may have to suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    regulators, institutional review boards or independent ethics committees may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

 

    the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

 

    the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate; and

 

    our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators, institutional review boards or independent ethics committees to suspend or terminate the clinical trials.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any preclinical tests or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

Because we are developing SMT C1100 for the treatment of a disease in which there is little clinical experience, there is increased risk that the outcome of our clinical trials of SMT C1100 will not be favorable.

There is currently only one approved therapy for the treatment of DMD, and this therapy treats DMD caused by a specific genetic mutation known as nonsense mutations. DMD caused by nonsense mutations affects approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Data on the natural clinical progression of DMD remains limited despite the recent publication of data from natural history studies on DMD patients. This has resulted in limited clinical trial experience for the development of drugs to treat DMD. In particular, regulatory authorities in the

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

United States and European Union have not issued definitive guidance as to how to measure and achieve efficacy. As a result, the design and conduct of clinical trials for DMD is subject to increased risk.

In the last few years, a test of the distance walked by a patient in six minutes, commonly referred to as the six minute walk test, has been used as an endpoint in several clinical trials of product candidates for patients with DMD. It is viewed by U.S. and European regulators as the only primary outcome measure for DMD trials. We may nonetheless experience setbacks with our clinical trials for SMT C1100 or the clinical trials for our future product candidates for DMD because of the limited clinical experience in this indication. For example, regulators have not yet established what change in the distance walked in the six minute walk test is required to be demonstrated in a clinical trial of a DMD therapy in order to signify a clinically meaningful result or obtain marketing approvals. As a result, we may not achieve the pre-specified endpoint with statistical significance in clinical trials of SMT C1100 or of our other future product candidates for DMD, which would decrease the chance of obtaining marketing approval for SMT C1100 or our other future product candidates for DMD.

Our focus on utrophin modulation as a potential treatment for DMD is unproven, and we do not know whether we will be able to develop any products of commercial value for this indication.

Our scientific approach for treating DMD focuses on the discovery and development of utrophin modulators. There is no marketed drug that relies on utrophin modulation whereby the production of utrophin is maintained to compensate for the lack of dystrophin for the treatment of DMD or any other indication. As a result, we may not be able to replicate the results of our preclinical studies in our clinical trials of SMT C1100, and our focus on targeting utrophin modulation may not result in the discovery and development of commercially viable drugs that safely and effectively treat DMD or other muscle-wasting disorders.

Moreover, we have not yet identified the level of utrophin modulation and associated production of utrophin needed to provide a clinical benefit to DMD patients. Although the mean plasma concentrations of ten of the 12 patients in our Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 were less than the target level we determined based on the results of our preclinical studies, we believe that these ten patients may still have achieved a plasma level of SMT C1100 sufficient to modulate the production of utrophin to a lesser extent and possibly result in a clinical benefit. This belief is based in part on the work of Professor Kay Davies and her research group at the University of Oxford, in which the continued expression of utrophin protein in the transgenic lines of an mdx mouse, even at levels just above those in a normal mdx mouse, had a meaningful, positive effect on muscle performance. Nonetheless, we do not know whether utrophin modulation has been achieved, and if it has, whether the level of utrophin modulation and production in fact resulted in a clinical benefit for these patients.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in our clinical trials, our receipt of necessary marketing approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates, including our ongoing and planned clinical trials of SMT C1100 and SMT19969, if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these clinical trials. DMD is a rare disease with a relatively small patient population, which could result in slow enrollment of clinical trial participants. We expect that our planned clinical trials for DMD will be limited to boys in a specified age range and with a certain level of physical ability only, the number of patients eligible for our clinical trials is even smaller. Further, there are only a limited number of specialist physicians that treat DMD patients, and major clinical centers are concentrated in a few geographic regions. CDI is an acute infection that requires rapid diagnosis. For our clinical trials of SMT19969, we need to identify potential patients, test them for CDI and enroll them on the clinical trial within a 24 hour period. In addition, our competitors in both DMD and CDI have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that could be competitive with our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates.

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

Patient enrollment is affected by other factors, including:

 

    severity of the disease under investigation;

 

    eligibility criteria for the clinical trial in question;

 

    perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

    approval of other therapies to treat the indication that is being investigated in the clinical trial;

 

    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

    patient referral practices of physicians;

 

    the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

 

    proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which would cause the value of our company to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing. Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our ongoing and planned clinical trials of SMT C1100 and SMT19969 or any of our other clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether.

If serious adverse or inappropriate side effects are identified during the development of SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other product candidate, we may need to abandon or limit our development of that product candidate.

All of our product candidates are in clinical or preclinical development and their risk of failure is high. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will receive marketing approval. If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Many compounds that initially showed promise in clinical or earlier stage testing have later been found to cause side effects or other safety issues that prevented further development of the compound.

Even if SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other product candidate receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates receive marketing approval, such products may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues or any profits from operations. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

    the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments or competitive products;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any side effects;

 

    the ability to offer our product candidates for sale at competitive prices, including in the case of SMT19969, which we expect, if approved, will compete with vancomycin and metronidazole, both of which are available in generic form at low prices;

 

    convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

    the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents
    the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

    the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

    the timing of any such marketing approval in relation to other product approvals;

 

    support from patient advocacy groups; and

 

    any restrictions on concomitant use of other medications.

Our ability to negotiate, secure and maintain third-party coverage and reimbursement may be affected by political, economic and regulatory developments in the United States, the European Union and other jurisdictions. Governments continue to impose cost containment measures, and third-party payors are increasingly challenging prices charged for medicines and examining their cost effectiveness, in addition to their safety and efficacy. These and other similar developments could significantly limit the degree of market acceptance of SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates that receive marketing approval.

If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may not be successful in commercializing SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other product candidate if and when such product candidates are approved .

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale or marketing of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization or outsource these functions to third parties. If SMT C1100 receives marketing approval, we intend to commercialize it initially in the United States and Europe with our own focused, specialized sales force. Outside of the United States and Europe, we plan to evaluate the potential for utilizing collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize SMT C1100. We may determine to commercialize SMT19969 directly in the United States and Europe with our own specialized sales force or seek third party collaborators for the development and commercialization of SMT19969. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our products on our own include:

 

    our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

 

    the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to or persuade adequate numbers of physicians to prescribe any future products;

 

    the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines; and

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization.

If we enter into arrangements with third parties to perform sales and marketing services, our product revenues or the profitability of these product revenues to us are likely to be lower than if we were to market and sell any products that we develop ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell and market our product candidates or may be unable to do so on terms that are acceptable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales and marketing capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates and any products we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide.

There is currently no approved therapy for the treatment of DMD applicable to all DMD patients that seeks to alter the progression of the disease. Corticosteroids are the current standard of care for DMD patients, although these are symptomatic treatments that do not address the underlying cause of DMD. PTC Therapeutics, Inc. is developing Translarna (ataluren), which is a small molecule that enables formation of functional dystrophin in DMD patients with nonsense mutations. The European Commission has granted conditional approval for Translarna in Europe, and PTC is currently enrolling patients in a Phase 3 confirmatory clinical trial. DMD caused by nonsense mutations affects approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Other biopharmaceutical companies, including Prosensa Holding N.V. and Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc., are developing treatments for DMD based on exon-skipping approaches. We believe that there are exon-skipping therapies currently in clinical development to address four of these exons and that skipping of these exons would treat in the aggregate less than one-third of all DMD patients. A number of other companies are pursuing alternative therapeutic approaches for the treatment of DMD, including Pfizer, Inc., which is pursuing an approach based on muscle tissue growth through myastatin inhibition. For more information, see “Business—Competition” in this prospectus. We believe that our approach of utrophin modulation has the potential to treat the entire population of DMD patients, unlike other DMD approaches that also seek to alter the progression of the disease but only address subsets of the total DMD population. We expect the price that we will charge for SMT C1100, if approved, will reflect its status as an orphan drug that will be directed at a smaller population of patients.

Several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have established themselves in the market for the treatment of CDI, and several additional companies are developing products for the treatment of CDI. The current standard of care for CDI is treatment with the broad spectrum antibiotics vancomycin and metronidazole, both of which are available in generic form in the United States. Generic antibiotic therapies typically are sold at lower prices than branded antibiotics and generally are preferred by managed care providers of health services. The antibiotic fidaxomicin, which is marketed by Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Cubist, was recently approved for treatment of CDI in the United States and the European Union. Other antibiotics in late-stage clinical trials include surotomycin, which is being developed by Cubist, and cadazolid, which is being developed by Actelion Pharmaceuticals US, Inc.

Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, safer, have fewer or less severe side effects, are approved for broader indications or patient populations, are more convenient or less expensive than any products that we develop and commercialize. Our competitors may also obtain marketing approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. A number of other approaches for the treatment of CDI are in development, including monoclonal antibodies, a vaccine and fecal biotherapy. For more information, see “Business—Competition” in this prospectus.

We believe that many competitors are attempting to develop therapeutics for the target indications of our product candidates, including academic institutions, government agencies, public and private research organizations, large pharmaceutical companies and smaller more focused companies.

Many of our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining approvals from regulatory

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

authorities and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to or necessary for our programs.

Even if we are able to commercialize SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any other product candidate that we develop, the product may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which would harm our business.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

Our ability to commercialize SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any other product candidate successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and other third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. A primary trend in the E.U. and U.S. healthcare industries and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any other product that we commercialize and, if coverage and reimbursement are available, the level of reimbursement. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval. Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for SMT C1100 may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices typically associated with drugs directed at smaller populations of patients. In addition, third-party payors are likely to impose strict requirements for reimbursement of a higher priced drug. If reimbursement is not available or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the applicable regulatory authority. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that any drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, intellectual property, manufacture, sale and distribution expenses. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs, and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. In the United States, third-party payors often rely upon Medicare coverage

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement policies. In the European Union, reference pricing systems and other measures may lead to cost containment and reduced prices. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, particularly the member states of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various E.U. member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be adversely affected.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy;

 

    decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

    significant costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    substantial monetary awards to clinical trial participants or patients;

 

    loss of revenue;

 

    increased insurance costs; and

 

    the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We have separate product liability insurance policies that cover each of our clinical trials. These policies each provide coverage of up to £5.0 million in the aggregate for the applicable clinical trial, other than the policy covering our Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969, which provides $5.0 million of coverage in the aggregate. One such policy is subject to a per claim deductible. The amount of insurance that we currently hold may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We will need to increase our insurance coverage when and if we begin commercializing SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any other product candidate that receives marketing approval. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations currently, and may in the future, involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and medical and biological materials, and produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes, we cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials or disposal of hazardous wastes, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We also maintain liability insurance for some of these risks, but our policy has a coverage limit of £5.0 million per occurrence.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate and fail to capitalize on product candidates that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we focus on specific product candidates. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates may not yield any commercially viable products.

We have based our research and development efforts for DMD on utrophin modulators, including SMT C1100, our second generation utrophin modulators, future generation utrophin modulators and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100, and for CDI on SMT19969. Notwithstanding our large investment to date and anticipated future expenditures in proprietary technologies that we use in the discovery of product candidates for DMD and CDI, we have not yet developed, and may never successfully develop, any marketed drugs using this approach. As a result of pursuing the development of product candidates using our proprietary technologies, we may fail to develop product candidates or address indications based on other scientific approaches that may offer greater commercial potential or for which there is a greater likelihood of success. Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. These research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development.

If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

Risks Related to our Dependence on Third Parties

Use of third parties to manufacture our product candidates may increase the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial supplies of our product candidates. We have limited personnel with experience in drug manufacturing and lack the resources and

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

the capabilities to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We currently rely on third parties for supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredients, or API, in our product candidates. Our strategy is to outsource all manufacturing of our product candidates and products to third parties.

We do not currently have any agreements with third-party manufacturers for the long-term clinical or commercial supply of any of our product candidates. We currently engage a single third-party manufacturer to provide clinical material of the API and fill and finish services for the final drug product formulation of SMT C1100 that is being used in our clinical trials. A second third party clinical supplier is responsible for the labelling and shipping of the final drug product to the clinical trial sites. For SMT19969, we engage two other third-party manufacturers to provide clinical material of the API and fill and finish services to supply final drug product that is used in our on-going clinical trials. We may be unable to conclude agreements for commercial supply with third-party manufacturers, or may be unable to do so on acceptable terms.

Even if we are able to establish and maintain arrangements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

    reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

 

    the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

 

    the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

 

    the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates.

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

If the third parties that we engage to manufacture product for our preclinical tests and clinical trials should cease to continue to do so for any reason, we likely would experience delays in advancing these clinical trials while we identify and qualify replacement suppliers and we may be unable to obtain replacement supplies on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, if we are not able to obtain adequate supplies of our product candidates or the drug substances used to manufacture them, it will be more difficult for us to develop our product candidates and compete effectively.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to develop product candidates and commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such clinical trials.

We do not independently conduct clinical trials for our product candidates. We rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to perform this function. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it would delay our product development activities.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Our reliance on these third parties for clinical development activities reduces our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the clinical trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity of data and confidentiality of clinical trial participants are protected. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, www.ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions. Similar GCP and transparency requirements apply in the European Union. The National Institutes of Health also recently announced plans to require sponsors to post results of clinical trials for unapproved products, including unfavorable results in clinical trials for unapproved uses of approved products.

Furthermore, third parties that we rely on for our clinical development activities may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates. Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in testing or obtaining marketing approvals.

We also rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

Our ability to identify and develop future generations of utrophin modulators depends on our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford. If we fail to maintain our current strategic relationship with the University of Oxford, our business prospects may be materially adversely affected.

We have formed a strategic alliance with the University of Oxford pursuant to which we acquired an exclusive option to license intellectual property that is generated as part of our research in utrophin modulation. The goal of our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford is to identify and develop future generations of utrophin modulators that will include new mechanisms that could complement SMT C1100 and our second generation modulators. We rely on this strategic alliance and the University of Oxford to help identify and develop future generations of utrophin modulators. The continuation of a good relationship with the University of Oxford is important to our discovery and research efforts in this area. If our relationship with the University of Oxford deteriorates, if the University of Oxford fails to devote sufficient resources to the strategic alliance or if the University of Oxford challenges our option to license any intellectual property generated as part of the strategic alliance, our business prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may depend on collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of some of our product candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these product candidates.

We may determine to commercialize SMT19969 directly in the United States and Europe with our own specialized sales force or seek third party collaborators for the development and commercialization of SMT19969. Although we expect to commercialize SMT C1100 ourselves in the United States and Europe, we plan to evaluate the potential for utilizing collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize SMT C1100 in other geographies. We may determine to develop SMT19969 independently and then commercialize the product directly in the United States and Europe with our own specialized sales force or seek third party collaborators for the development and commercialization of SMT19969. Moreover, we may seek third party collaborators for development and commercialization of any future product candidates.

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

Our likely collaborators for any marketing, distribution, development, licensing or broader collaboration arrangements include large and mid-size pharmaceutical companies, regional and national pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies. We are not currently party to any such arrangement for SMT C1100 or SMT19969. However, if we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties in the future, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements.

Collaborations involving our product candidates would pose numerous risks to us, including the following:

 

    collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations and may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

    collaborators may deemphasize or not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus, including as a result of a sale or disposition of a business unit or development function, or available funding, or external factors such as an acquisition that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

    collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

    collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

    a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to multiple products may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of our product relative to other products;

 

    collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

 

    collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

 

    disputes may arise between the collaborator and us as to the ownership of intellectual property arising during the collaboration;

 

    we may grant exclusive rights to our collaborators, which would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

    disputes may arise between the collaborators and us that result in the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our products or product candidates or that result in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources; and

 

    collaborations may be terminated and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

For example, in 2009, we assigned certain technology relating to our DMD program to BioMarin. BioMarin conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100 in 48 healthy adult volunteers. In this clinical trial, subjects achieved low systemic exposure of the drug and there was variability of systemic exposure across subjects. Following this clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100, BioMarin elected not to continue development of our assigned technology, citing pharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic challenges. In public statements, BioMarin indicated that it had concluded that the likelihood of achieving a therapeutic effect in DMD patients was highly unlikely. In 2010, BioMarin transferred the assets, and all commercialization rights, back to us.

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

Collaboration agreements may not lead to development or commercialization of product candidates in the most efficient manner or at all. If a collaborator of ours were to be involved in a business combination, the continued pursuit and emphasis on our product development or commercialization program could be delayed, diminished or terminated.

If we are not able to establish additional collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our product development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate further with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by regulatory authorities, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge; and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators and changes to the strategies of the combined company.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in our funding arrangements with third parties, we could be required to repay the grant funding we have received or grant to these third parties rights under certain of our intellectual property.

We have received grant funding for some of our development programs from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups pursuant to agreements that impose development and commercialization diligence obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, in certain instances the applicable organization could require us to repay the grant funding we have received with interest or grant to the organization rights under certain of our intellectual property, which could materially adversely affect the value to us of product candidates covered by that intellectual property even if we are entitled to a share of any consideration received by such organization in connection with any subsequent development or commercialization of the product candidates.

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the patent protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States, in Europe and in certain additional foreign jurisdictions related to our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business. This process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, if we license technology or product candidates from third parties in the future, these license agreements may not permit us to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain or enforce the patents, covering the licensed technology or product candidates. These agreements could also give our licensors the right to enforce the licensed patents without our involvement, or to decide not to enforce the patents at all. Therefore, in these circumstances, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted or enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents, narrow the scope of our patent protection or make enforcement more difficult or uncertain.

The laws of foreign countries may not protect our patent rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, European patent law restricts the patentability of methods of treatment of the human body more than U.S. law does. In addition, for the foregoing reasons, we may not pursue or obtain patent protection in all major markets or may not obtain protection that enables us to prevent the entry of third parties onto the market.

Assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, currently, the first to file a patent application is generally entitled to the patent. However, prior to March 16, 2013, in the United States, the first to invent was entitled to the patent. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our U.S. patents or pending U.S. patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions outside the United States or, since March 16, 2013, within the United States.

Moreover, we may be subject to a third party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, reissue, inter partes review, post grant review, interference proceedings or other patent office proceedings, court litigation or International Trade Commission proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation concerning our patent rights could reduce the scope of or prevent the enforceability of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allowing third parties to commercialize our technology or products, or equivalent or similar technology or products, and so to compete directly with us, without payment to us, or, where such proceedings involve third-party patents, result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened or narrowed by

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

operation of any of the foregoing, such an event could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Even if our patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with adequate protection to prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise to provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or licensed patents by developing similar, improved or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. For example, although SMT19969 is the subject matter of U.S. patent applications and claims therein to a method-of-treatment for C lostridium difficile associated disease, and to a combination product with an adjunctive agent, patent protection is not available for composition-of-matter claims that only recite the active pharmaceutical ingredient for SMT19969 without limitation to its use. Because SMT19969 lacks composition-of-matter protection for its active pharmaceutical ingredient, competitors will, subject to obtaining marketing approval, be able to offer and sell products with the same active pharmaceutical ingredient so long as these competitors do not infringe any other issued patents that would otherwise cover the drug’s usage, methods of treatment using the drug, drug formulations, drug dosage forms and the like. Moreover, method-of-treatment patent claims are more difficult to enforce than composition-of-matter claims for reasons including off-label sale, potential divided infringement issues and use of the subject compound in non-infringing manners. Physicians are permitted to prescribe an approved product for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling. Although off-label prescriptions may infringe our method-of-treatment patents, the practice is common across medical specialties and such infringement is difficult to prevent or prosecute. Off-label sales would limit our ability to generate revenue from the sale of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale. In addition, if a third party were able to design around our dosage-form and formulation patents and create a different formulation and dosage form that is not covered by our patents or patent applications, we would likely be unable to prevent that third party from manufacturing and marketing its product.

In addition, other companies may attempt to circumvent any regulatory data protection or market exclusivity, such as orphan drug exclusivity in the United States, that we obtain under applicable legislation, which may require us to allocate significant resources to preventing such circumvention. Legal and regulatory developments in the European Union and elsewhere may also result in clinical trial data submitted as part of a marketing authorization application becoming publicly available. Such developments could enable other companies to use our clinical trial data to assist in their own product development and to obtain marketing authorizations in the European Union and in other jurisdictions. Such developments may also require us to allocate significant resources to prevent other companies from circumventing or violating our intellectual property rights. Our attempts to prevent third parties from circumventing our intellectual property and other rights may ultimately be unsuccessful. We may also fail to take the required actions or pay the necessary fees to maintain our patents.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Future changes in U.S. statutory or case law beyond our control could affect some or all of the foregoing possibilities. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. This could be the case even after giving effect to patent term extensions and data exclusivity provisions preventing third parties from relying on clinical trial data filed by us for regulatory approval in support of their own applications for such approval. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

We may become involved in lawsuits or other enforcement proceedings to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and potentially unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, which can be expensive and time

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property or that our patent and other intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable, including for anti-trust reasons. As a result, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court or administrative body may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, or may construe the patent’s claims narrowly and so refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the competitor technology in question. Even if we are successful in a patent infringement action, the unsuccessful party may subsequently raise antitrust issues and bring a follow-on action thereon. Antitrust issues may also provide a bar to settlement or constrain the permissible settlement terms. Further, settlement agreements in the pharmaceutical sector are the subject of ongoing review by the antitrust authorities in the European Union.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the intellectual property and other proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and we may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference, derivation, inter partes review, reexamination, reissue or post-grant review proceedings before the USPTO. The risks of being involved in such litigation and office proceedings may also increase as our product candidates approach commercialization, and as we gain greater visibility as a publicly traded company in the United States. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing or future intellectual property rights and so restrict our freedom to operate. Third parties may also seek injunctive relief against us, whereby they would attempt to prevent us from practicing our technologies altogether pending outcome of any litigation against us. We may not be aware of all such intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates prior to their assertion against us. For example, we have not conducted an in depth freedom-to-operate search or analysis for SMT C1100 or SMT19969. Any freedom-to-operate search or analysis previously conducted may not have uncovered all relevant patents and pending patent applications, and there may be pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing SMT C1100 or SMT19969. Thus, we do not know with certainty whether SMT C1100, SMT19969, any other product candidate or our commercialization thereof, does not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.

If we are found to infringe a third party’s intellectual property rights, or in order to avoid or settle litigation, we could be required to obtain a license to enable us to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies as are licensed to us, and could require us to make substantial payments. Absent a license, we could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties, or claims that we derived our inventions from another, could have a similar negative impact on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that we or our employees have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary or otherwise confidential information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

be subject to claims that we or these employees have without authorization used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary or confidential information, of any such employee’s former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

In addition, while we typically require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us and agreeing to cooperate and assist us with securing and defending our intellectual property, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and could distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of the ADSs. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development, sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Accordingly, costs and lost management time, as well as uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and products, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary and confidential information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. However, we cannot guarantee that we have executed these agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or that the agreements we have executed will provide adequate protection. Any party with whom we have executed such an agreement may breach that agreement and disclose our proprietary or confidential information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets, particularly unpatented know-how, were to be obtained or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval and Marketing of our Product Candidates

Even if we complete the necessary clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time consuming and uncertain and may prevent us from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates, including SMT C1100 and SMT19969, and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and by comparable authorities in other countries. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate. We have not received approval to market SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction.

We have only limited experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to obtain marketing approvals for product candidates and expect to rely on third-party contract research organizations to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and effectiveness. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Regulatory authorities may determine that SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates are not effective or only moderately effective, or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities, safety profiles or other characteristics that preclude us from obtaining marketing approval or that prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals is expensive, may take many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable. If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

Our failure to obtain marketing approval in jurisdictions other than the United States and Europe would prevent our product candidates from being marketed in these other jurisdictions, and any approval we are granted for our product candidates in the United States and Europe would not assure approval of product candidates in other jurisdictions.

In order to market and sell SMT C1100, SMT19969 and our other future product candidates in jurisdictions other than the United States and Europe, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ from that required to obtain FDA or EMA approval. The regulatory approval process outside the United States and Europe generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA and EMA approval. In addition, some countries outside the United States and Europe require approval of the sales price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, separate procedures must be followed to obtain reimbursement. We may not obtain marketing, pricing or reimbursement approvals outside the

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents

United States and Europe on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA or the EMA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States and Europe does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA or the EMA. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market. Marketing approvals in countries outside the United States and Europe do not ensure pricing approvals in those countries or in any other countries, and marketing approvals and pricing approvals do not ensure that reimbursement will be obtained.

Our ability to obtain and maintain conditional marketing authorizations in the European Union is limited to specific circumstances and subject to several conditions and obligations. A failure to renew any conditional approval that we obtain prior to full approval for the applicable indication would prevent us from continuing to market our products.

Conditional marketing authorizations based on incomplete clinical data may be granted for a limited number of listed medicinal products for human use, including products designated as orphan medicinal products under E.U. law, if (1) the risk-benefit balance of the product is positive, (2) it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide the required comprehensive clinical trial data, (3) unmet medical needs will be fulfilled and (4) the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required. Specific obligations, including with respect to the completion of ongoing or new studies, and with respect to the collection of pharmacovigilance data, may be specified in the conditional marketing authorization. Conditional marketing authorizations are valid for one year and may be renewed annually, if the risk-benefit balance remains positive, and after an assessment of the need for additional or modified conditions. Even if we obtain conditional approval for SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD or SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI, we may not be able to renew such conditional approval.

Even if we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates, the terms of approvals and ongoing regulation of our products may limit how we manufacture and market our products and compliance with such requirements may involve substantial resources, which could materially impair our ability to generate revenue.

Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, an approved product and its manufacturer and marketer are subject to ongoing review and extensive regulation, including the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy or to conduct costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. We must also comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for any of our product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drugs are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved labeling. Thus, we will not be able to promote any products we develop for indications or uses for which they are not approved. In addition, manufacturers of approved products and those manufacturers’ facilities are required to ensure that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP, which include requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation and reporting requirements. We and our contract manufacturers could be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA to monitor and ensure compliance with cGMP.

Accordingly, assuming we receive marketing approval for one or more of our product candidates, we and our contract manufacturers will continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, product surveillance and quality control. If we are not able to comply with post-approval regulatory requirements, we could have the marketing approvals for our products withdrawn by regulatory authorities and our ability to market any future products could be limited, which could adversely affect our ability to achieve or sustain profitability. Thus, the cost of compliance with post-approval regulations may have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to strict enforcement of post-marketing requirements and we could be subject to substantial penalties, including withdrawal of our product from the market, if we fail to comply with all regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include, but are not limited to, restrictions governing promotion of an approved product, submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, and requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping.

The FDA and other federal and state agencies, including the Department of Justice, closely regulate compliance with all requirements governing prescription drug products, including requirements pertaining to marketing and promotion of drugs in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling and manufacturing of products in accordance with cGMP requirements. Violations of such requirements may lead to investigations alleging violations of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other statutes, including the False Claims Act and other federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws as well as state consumer protection laws. Our failure to comply with all regulatory requirements, and later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, may yield various results, including:

 

    litigation involving patients taking our products;

 

    restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

 

    restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

 

    restrictions on product distribution or use;

 

    requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

 

    warning or untitled letters;

 

    withdrawal of the products from the market;

 

    refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

 

    recall of products;

 

    fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

 

    suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

 

    damage to relationships with any potential collaborators;

 

    unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

 

    refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

 

    product seizure; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Non-compliance by us or any future collaborator with regulatory requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with regulatory requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

Non-compliance with E.U. requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union’s requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Fast track designation by the FDA may not actually lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process.

If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical need for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation. Because the FDA designated SMT19969 as a qualified infectious disease product, or QIDP, SMT19969 is eligible for fast track status. However, neither the QIDP designation nor fast track eligibility ensures that SMT19969 will receive marketing approval or that approval will be granted within any particular timeframe. We may also seek fast track designation for SMT C1100 or other future product candidates. Even if the FDA grants fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. In addition, the FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

Priority review designation by the FDA may not lead to a faster regulatory review or approval process and, in any event, does not assure FDA approval.

If the FDA determines that a product candidate offers major advances in treatment or provides a treatment where no adequate therapy exists, the FDA may designate the product candidate for priority review. A priority review designation means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months, rather than the standard review period of ten months. Because the FDA designated SMT19969 as a QIDP, SMT19969 also will receive priority review. We may also request priority review for SMT C1100 or other future product candidates. The FDA has broad discretion with respect to whether or not to grant priority review status to a product candidate, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for such designation or status, the FDA may decide not to grant it. Moreover, a priority review designation does not necessarily mean a faster regulatory review process or necessarily confer any advantage with respect to approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Receiving priority review from the FDA does not guarantee approval within the six-month review cycle or thereafter.

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for our product candidates. If our competitors are able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for their products that are the same drug as our product candidates, or can be classified as a similar medicinal product within the meaning of E.U. law, we may not be able to have competing products approved by the applicable regulatory authority for a significant period of time.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including Europe and the United States, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. The FDA has granted orphan drug designation to SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD, and the EMA has designated SMT C1100 as an orphan medicinal product. Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of market exclusivity, which, subject to certain exceptions, precludes the EMA from accepting another marketing application for a similar medicinal product or the FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same indication for that time period. The applicable market exclusivity period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union. The E.U. exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation, including if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

In the European Union, a “similar medicinal product” is a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as contained in a currently authorized orphan medicinal product, and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. For a drug such as SMT C1100, the FDA defines “same drug” as a drug that contains the same active moiety and is intended for the same use. Obtaining orphan drug exclusivity for SMT C1100 for DMD, both in the United States and in Europe, may be important to the product candidate’s success. If a competitor obtains orphan drug exclusivity for and approval of a product with the same indication as SMT C1100 before we do and if the competitor’s product is the same drug or a similar medicinal product as ours, we could be excluded from the market.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

Moreover, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for SMT C1100 for DMD, we may not be able to maintain it. For example, if a competitive product that is the same drug or a similar medicinal product as our product candidate is shown to be clinically superior to our product candidate, any orphan drug exclusivity we have obtained will not block the approval of such competitive product. In addition, orphan drug exclusivity will not prevent the approval of a product that is the same drug as our product candidate if the FDA finds that we cannot assure the availability of sufficient quantities of the drug to meet the needs of the persons with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated. Finally, even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different products can be approved for the same condition.

Our relationships with customers, healthcare providers and professionals and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates, including SMT C1100 or SMT19969, for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with customers, healthcare providers and professionals and third-party payors may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, and are not limited to, the following:

 

    The federal healthcare anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federally funded healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. This statute has been broadly interpreted to apply to manufacturer arrangements with prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others. Several other countries, including the United Kingdom, have enacted similar anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, and healthcare laws and regulations.

 

    The federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. The government and qui tam relators have brought False Claims Act actions against pharmaceutical companies on the theory that their practices have caused false claims to be submitted to the government. There is also a separate false claims provision imposing criminal penalties.

 

    The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

 

    HIPAA also imposes criminal liability for knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.

 

   

The federal Physician Sunshine Act requirements under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, referred to together as the Affordable Care Act, require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents
 

transfers of value made to or at the request of covered recipients, such as physicians and teaching hospitals, and physician ownership and investment interests in such manufacturers. Payments made to physicians and research institutions for clinical trials are included within the ambit of this law.

 

    Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, and some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Exclusion, suspension and debarment from government funded healthcare programs would significantly impact our ability to commercialize, sell or distribute any drug. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates, including SMT C1100 or SMT19969, for which we obtain marketing approval.

In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or Medicare Modernization Act, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the Medicare Modernization Act applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the Medicare Modernization Act may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

More recently, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Affordable Care Act, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. Effective October 1, 2010, the Affordable Care Act revised the definition of “average manufacturer price” for reporting purposes, which could increase the amount of Medicaid drug rebates to states. Further, the new law imposes a significant annual fee on companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. Substantial new provisions affecting compliance have also been enacted, which may affect our business practices with health care practitioners. We will not know the full effects of the Affordable Care Act until applicable federal and state agencies issue regulations or

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents

guidance under the new law. Although it is too early to determine the full effect of the Affordable Care Act, the new law appears likely to continue the pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

In the European Union, similar political, economic and regulatory developments may affect our ability to profitably commercialize our products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles that may increase our operating costs.

We are subject to anti-corruption laws, as well as export control laws, customs laws, sanctions laws and other laws governing our operations. If we fail to comply with these laws, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, other remedial measures and legal expenses, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to anti-corruption laws, including the U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or Bribery Act, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-corruption laws that apply in countries where we do business and may do business in the future. The Bribery Act, FCPA and these other laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. We may in the future operate in jurisdictions that pose a high risk of potential Bribery Act or FCPA violations, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the Bribery Act, FCPA or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.

We are also subject to other laws and regulations governing our international operations, including regulations administered by the governments of the United Kingdom and the United States, and authorities in the European Union, including applicable export control regulations, economic sanctions on countries and persons, customs requirements and currency exchange regulations, collectively referred to as the Trade Control laws.

There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the Bribery Act, the FCPA or other legal requirements, including Trade Control laws. If we are not in compliance with the Bribery Act, the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the Bribery Act, the FCPA, other anti-corruption laws or Trade Control laws by U.K., U.S. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our chief executive officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on the principal members of our executive and scientific teams, including Glyn Edwards, our Chief Executive Officer, Erik Ostrowski, our Chief Financial Officer, Dr. Bina Tejura, our Vice President, Clinical Development, Dr. Jonathon Tinsley, our Chief Scientific Officer, DMD, and Dr. Richard

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

Vickers, our Chief Scientific Officer, Antimicrobials. Although we have formal employment agreements with each of our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent our executives from terminating their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance on any of our executive officers. The unplanned loss of the services of any of these persons could materially impact the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel, including in the United States where we plan to expand our physical presence, will also be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

We expect to expand our development, regulatory and sales and marketing capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and sales and marketing. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could cause significant liability for us and harm our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct, including intentional failures to comply with FDA or Office of Inspector General regulations or similar regulations of comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, comply with manufacturing standards we have established, comply with federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations and similar laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws, standards or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

Risks Related to the ADSs and This Offering

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

We expect the initial public offering price of the ADSs to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS prior to the offering. Therefore, if you purchase ADSs in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus,

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

you will experience immediate dilution of $             per ADS, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, you will experience further dilution.

An active trading market for the ADSs may not develop.

This offering constitutes our initial public offering of ADSs, and no public market for the ADSs currently exists. We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market, and we expect the ADSs to be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, subject to the completion of customary procedures in the United States, but an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for the ADSs does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell the ADSs you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the ADSs or at all.

The price of the ADSs may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of ADSs in this offering.

The market price of our ordinary shares on AIM has been, and the market price of the ADSs may be, volatile and fluctuate substantially. From January 1, 2013 to December 31, 2014, the closing sale price of our ordinary shares on AIM ranged from a high of £3.90 to a low of £0.78 per share. The stock market in general and the market for smaller pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your ADSs at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for the ADSs may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

 

    results of clinical trials of SMT C1100, SMT19969 and any other future product candidate that we develop;

 

    results of clinical trials of product candidates of our competitors;

 

    changes or developments in laws or regulations applicable to SMT C1100 and SMT19969 and any other future product candidates that we develop;

 

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

 

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

 

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    market conditions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical sectors;

 

    general economic, industry and market conditions;

 

    the trading volume of ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market and of our ordinary shares on AIM; and

 

    the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs following this offering may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Following this offering and after the ADSs are traded on the NASDAQ Global Market, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on AIM. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the Unites States. The price of the ADSs could also be adversely affected by trading in our ordinary shares on AIM. Although our ordinary shares will initially continue to be listed on AIM following this offering, we may decide at some point in the future to delist our ordinary shares from AIM, and our ordinary shareholders may approve such delisting. We cannot predict the effect such delisting of our ordinary shares on AIM would have on the market price of the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market.

Securities traded on AIM may carry a higher risk than shares traded on other exchanges that may impact the value of your investment.

Our ordinary shares are currently traded on AIM. Investment in equities traded on AIM is perceived by some to carry a higher risk than an investment in equities quoted on exchanges with more stringent listing requirements, such as the London Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market. This is because AIM imposes less stringent corporate governance and ongoing reporting requirements than those other exchanges. In addition, AIM requires only semi-annual, rather than quarterly, financial reporting. You should be aware that the value of our ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which may be specific to us and some of which may affect AIM-listed companies generally, including the depth and liquidity of the market, our performance, a large or small volume of trading in our ordinary shares, legislative changes and general economic, political or regulatory conditions, and that the prices may be volatile and subject to extensive fluctuations. Therefore, the market price of our ordinary shares underlying the ADSs may not reflect the underlying value of our company.

Substantial future sales of our ordinary shares or the ADSs in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the price of the ADSs to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of the ADSs to decline. After this offering, we will have             ordinary shares outstanding. All ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless purchased by our affiliates. Ordinary shares held by our directors, officers and certain of our principal shareholders will be available for sale upon the expiration of a lock-up period, which we expect will expire 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The remaining ordinary shares will be available for sale after this offering since they are not subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the lead underwriters for this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and these shares are sold into the market, the market price of the ADSs could decline.

Holders of ADSs may not have the same voting rights as the holders of our ordinary shares and may not receive voting materials in time to be able to exercise their right to vote.

Except as described in this prospectus, holders of the ADSs will not be able to exercise voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares evidenced by the ADSs. Holders of the ADSs will have the right to instruct the depositary with respect to the voting of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. If we tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, the depositary is required to endeavor to carry out your instructions. If we do not tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), you can still send instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may, but is not required to, carry out those instructions. You may not receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote, and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the Securities and Exchange Commission than U.S. companies. This may limit the information available to holders of the ADSs.

We are a “foreign private issuer,” as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there is for U.S. public companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we will file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the close of each fiscal year ending January 31 and reports on Form 6-K relating to certain material events promptly after we publicly announce these events. However, because of the above exemptions for foreign private issuers, our shareholders will not be afforded the same protections or information generally available to investors holding shares in public companies organized in the United States.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to certain NASDAQ corporate governance rules applicable to U.S. listed companies.

We rely on a provision in the NASDAQ Stock Market’s Listed Company Manual that allows us to follow English company law in general and the U.K. Companies Act 2006 in particular with regard to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to follow certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market.

For example, we are exempt from regulations of the NASDAQ Stock Market that require a listed U.S. company to:

 

    have a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    require non-management directors to meet on a regular basis without management present;

 

    adopt a code of conduct and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers that should address certain specified items;

 

    have an independent compensation committee;

 

    have an independent nominating committee;

 

    solicit proxies and provide proxy statements for all shareholder meetings;

 

    review related party transactions; and

 

    seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements.

In accordance with our NASDAQ Stock Market listing, our Audit Committee is required to comply with the provisions of Section 301 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, both of which are also applicable to U.S. companies listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market. Because we are a foreign private issuer, however, our Audit Committee is not subject to additional requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market applicable to listed U.S. companies, including an affirmative determination that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent,” using more stringent criteria than those applicable to us as a foreign private issuer.

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make the ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

 

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements in this prospectus, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced management’s discussion and analysis of disclosure;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find the ADSs less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the market price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

In addition, the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a company with ADSs that are publicly traded in the United States, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a company with ADSs that will be publicly traded in the United States, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.

However, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies as described in the preceding risk factor. We may remain an emerging growth company until the end of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs, although if the market value of our share

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents

capital held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any July 31 before that time or if we have annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more in any fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of January 31 of the applicable year. We also would cease to be an emerging growth company if we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, shareholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of the ADSs.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us, as and when required, conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, as and when required, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

Pursuant to Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, as an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm until we are no longer an emerging growth company. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We cannot assure you that we will not be classified as a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, which may result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequence to U.S. holders.

Based on our estimated gross income and average value of our gross assets, taking into account the initial public offering price of the ADSs in this offering and the expected price of the ADSs following the offering, and the nature of our business, we do not expect to be considered a “passive foreign investment company,” or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for our tax year ending January 31, 2015. A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or on average at least 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions. Our status in any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering, and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of biotechnology companies have been especially volatile. If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held the ADSs, however, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

consequences could apply to the U.S. holder. See “Taxation—Taxation in the United States—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” in this prospectus.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our Company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

Our directors and some of the experts named in this prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible to serve process on such persons or us in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them or us based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Further, there is doubt as to whether English courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws pursuant to judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in the United Kingdom. An award for monetary damages under the U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in the United Kingdom will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and the United Kingdom do not currently have a treaty providing for recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

The rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights typically offered to shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

We are incorporated under English law. The rights of holders of ordinary shares and, therefore, certain of the rights of holders of ADSs, are governed by English law, including the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, and by our Articles of Association. These rights differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical U.S. corporations. See “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law” in this prospectus for a description of the principal differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and, for example, the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections.

Holders of ordinary shares and ADSs may not receive a return on their ordinary shares or ADSs other than through the sale of their ordinary shares or ADSs.

Under current U.K. law, a company’s accumulated realized profits must exceed its accumulated realized losses (on a non-consolidated basis) before dividends can be paid. Therefore, we must have distributable profits before issuing a dividend. We have not paid dividends in the past on our ordinary shares. We intend to retain earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, other than through the sale of our shares, our shareholders are unlikely to receive a return in the foreseeable future.

You may not receive distributions on our ordinary shares represented by the ADSs or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to holders of ADSs.

We expect that the depositary for the ADSs will agree to pay to you or distribute the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations that we expect will be set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may have a material adverse effect on the value of your ADSs.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders will maintain the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders will, in the aggregate, beneficially own ordinary shares representing approximately     % of our outstanding share capital. Assuming an initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders will, in the aggregate, represent approximately     % of our outstanding share capital. As a result, if these shareholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our shareholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other shareholders may desire.

We are exposed to risks related to currency exchange rates.

We conduct a significant portion of our operations outside of the United Kingdom, and the initial public offering price of the ADSs will be in U.S. Dollars. Because our financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, changes in currency exchange rates have had and could have a significant effect on our operating results when our operating results are translated into U.S. dollars. Exchange rate fluctuations between local currencies and the pound sterling create risk in several ways, including the following: weakening of the pound sterling may increase the pound sterling cost of overseas research and development expenses and the cost of sourced product components outside the United Kingdom; strengthening of the pound sterling may decrease the value of our revenues denominated in other currencies; the exchange rates on non-sterling transactions and cash deposits can distort our financial results; and commercial pricing and profit margins are affected by currency fluctuations.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our ordinary shares. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the market price of the ADSs to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements contained in this prospectus, other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenues, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

 

    the timing and conduct of our clinical trials of SMT C1100 for the treatment of patients with DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of patients with CDI, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of the clinical trials and the period during which the results of the clinical trials will become available;

 

    the timing of and our ability to obtain marketing approval of SMT C1100 and SMT19969, and the ability of SMT C1100 and SMT19969 to meet existing or future regulatory standards;

 

    our plans to continue the research and development of internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation modulators that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    our plans to pursue research and development of other future product candidates;

 

    the potential advantages of SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    our sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and strategy;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain arrangements for manufacture of SMT C1100 and SMT19969;

 

    our intellectual property position;

 

    our expectations related to the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

    our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

    the impact of government laws and regulations; and

 

    our competitive position.

We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section in this prospectus, that we believe could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents

This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, we estimate that the net proceeds of the offering will be approximately $         million.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

As of October 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of £15.0 million ($24.0 million). We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

    approximately $         million to fund our planned Phase 1b modified diet clinical trial of SMT C1100 and, if successful, initiate our Phase 2 open label clinical trial and our Phase 2 placebo controlled clinical trial of SMT C1100;

 

    approximately $         million to fund our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 and our exploratory Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 compared to fidaxomicin;

 

    approximately $         million to advance our second generation utrophin modulators, future generation utrophin modulators, potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100 and our biomarker development program; and

 

    the remainder for working capital and for general corporate purposes.

This expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development, the status of and results from clinical trials of our product candidates, and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management retains broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Based on our planned use of the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents described above, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to                     . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We do not anticipate that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to allow us to                     .

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including term deposits, and short-term, investment-grade, and interest-bearing instruments.

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares, and we currently do not plan to declare or pay dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. Under English law, we may only pay dividends if our accumulated realized profits, which have not been previously distributed or capitalized, exceed our accumulated realized losses, so far as such losses have not been previously written off in a reduction or reorganization of capital. Therefore, we must have distributable profits before issuing a dividend. Distributable profits are determined at the holding company level and not on a consolidated basis. In addition, and in connection with the restructuring of our share capital completed in September 2014, we agreed not to treat as distributable certain specified reserves arising by reason of the capital restructuring until such time as the creditors in existence at the time of such restructuring have been paid any outstanding amount owed to them. Subject to such restrictions and to any restrictions set out in the Articles of Association, declaration and payment of cash dividends in the future, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors (and in the case of final dividends, must be approved by our shareholders), and will depend upon such factors as results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, our overall financial condition or applicable laws and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

See “Description of American Depositary Shares—Dividends and Distribution” in this prospectus for more information on the procedure for payment of dividends to holders of the ADSs.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of October 31, 2014:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of                     ADSs by us in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

This table should be read with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus.

 

     As of October 31, 2014  
     Actual     As Adjusted (1)  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,019      £ 15,013      $                    £                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

         

Share capital

         

Ordinary shares

     658        411        

Share premium

     38,559        24,101        

Other reserves

     32,630        20,395        

Accumulated deficit

     (43,589     (27,245     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     28,258        17,662        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 28,258      £ 17,662      $         £     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. The as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in the ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share underlying the ADSs is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares.

Our net tangible book value as of October 31, 2014 was approximately £0.33 ($0.53) per ordinary share and $         per ADS. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets, minus the amount of total liabilities, divided by the total number of ordinary shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after giving effect to the net proceeds we will receive from this offering and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Without taking into account any other changes in such net tangible book value after October 31, 2014, other than to give effect to our issuance and sale of ADSs offered in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of October 31, 2014 would have been £         ($        ) per ordinary share and $         per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of £         ($        ) per ordinary share, and $         per ADS, to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of £         ($        ) per ordinary share, and $         per ADS, to purchasers of ADSs in this offering.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

      $                

Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of October 31, 2014

   $ 0.53      

Increase in net tangible book value attributable to new investors

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution per ADS to new investors in this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to this offering, by £         ($        ) million, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by £         ($        ) per ordinary share, and $         per ADS, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors by £         ($        ) per ordinary share, and $         per ADS, assuming no change in the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments or if any shares are issued in connection with outstanding options or warrants, you will experience further dilution. We may also choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of October 31, 2014, the differences between our shareholders as of October 31, 2014 and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per ordinary share paid at the assumed initial public offering price of $         per ADS, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
    Total
Consideration
                            
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent     Average Price
Per Share
     Average Price
Per ADS
 

Existing shareholders

                   $                £                  %      $                £                $                £            

New investors

                        
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

        100.0   $         £           100.0   $         £         $         £     
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $        per ADS would increase or decrease, as applicable, total consideration paid by new investors by £         ($        ) million, total consideration paid by all shareholders by £         ($        ) million and average price per ordinary share and per ADS paid by all shareholders by $        per ordinary share and $        per ADS, assuming the sale of                     ADSs by us at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per ADS, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The total number of shares reflected in the discussion and table above is based on 41,117,697 ordinary shares outstanding as of October 31, 2014.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments, the following will occur:

 

    the percentage of ordinary shares held by existing shareholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of ordinary shares held by new investors will increase to             , or approximately     % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding after this offering.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to state fairly our financial position as of October 31, 2014 and the results of operations for the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as of and for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on October 31, 2014, of £1.00 to $1.5999. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date.

Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus and with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing at the end of this prospectus.

Consolidated Income Statement Data

 

     Nine Months Ended
October 31,
    Year Ended
January 31,
 
     2014     2014     2013     2014     2013  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Other operating income (1)

   $ 2,566      £ 1,604      £ 1,383      £ 1,844      £ 1,895   

Operating loss

     (14,674     (9,172     (4,303     (6,709     (4,577

Finance Income

     66        41        7        9        11   

Income tax credit

     1,245        778        479        607        341   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

     (13,363     (8,353     (3,817     (6,093     (4,225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing operations (post consolidation and subdivision)

   $ (0.34   £ (0.21   £ (0.20   £ (0.30   £ (0.27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares (in thousands)

     39,511        39,511        19,412        20,510        15,809   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of
October 31, 2014
    As of
January 31,
 
       2014     2013  
     (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 24,019      £ 15,013      £ 2,030      £ 3,379   

Working capital (2)

     (1,418     (886     (804     (722

Total assets

     34,110        21,320        7,295        4,377   

Accumulated deficit

     (43,589     (27,245     (45,183     (39,090

Total equity

     28,258        17,662        4,762        2,851   

 

 

(1)   The results for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect the reclassification of income of £0.8 million, £1.1 million, £1.4 million and £1.8 million, respectively, that we received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This change had no effect on our operating loss or loss for the relevant periods presented and was not considered material to our consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements.
(2)   We define working capital as trade and other receivables (including current tax receivables) less current liabilities.

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business to date has been conducted primarily in the United Kingdom, and we prepare our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling. In this prospectus, unless otherwise indicated, translations from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were made at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on October 31, 2014 of £1.00 to $1.5999. On January 23, 2015, the exchange rate was £1.00 to $1.5022. The following table presents information on the exchange rates between pounds sterling and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. Such U.S. dollar amounts are not necessarily indicative of the amounts of U.S. dollars that could actually have been purchased upon exchange of pounds sterling at the dates indicated.

 

     Period
End (1)
     Average (2)      Low      High  
     ($ per pound sterling)  

Fiscal Year Ended January 31:

           

2010

     1.601         1.584         1.376         1.698   

2011

     1.604         1.542         1.434         1.628   

2012

     1.575         1.608         1.530         1.669   

2013

     1.586         1.593         1.536         1.628   

2014

     1.645         1.572         1.484         1.661   

2015 (through January 23, 2015)

     1.502         1.634         1.502         1.717   

Month Ended:

           

May 2014

     1.676         1.684         1.671         1.698   

June 2014

     1.711         1.691         1.675         1.711   

July 2014

     1.689         1.707         1.689         1.717   

August 2014

     1.659         1.670         1.657         1.687   

September 2014

     1.622         1.629         1.609         1.650   

October 2014

     1.600         1.607         1.593         1.622   

November 2014

     1.567         1.579         1.565         1.599   

December 2014

     1.558         1.564         1.552         1.574   

 

(1)   In the event that the period end fell on a day for which data are not available, the exchange rate on the prior most recent business day is given.
(2)   The average of the noon buying rate for pounds sterling on the last day of each full month during the relevant year or each business day during the relevant month indicated.

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES

Our ordinary shares have been trading on AIM under the symbol “SUMM” since October 14, 2004.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the reported high and low closing sale prices of our ordinary shares on AIM in pounds sterling and U.S. dollars. Price per ordinary share in U.S. dollars amounts below have been translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on January 23, 2015 of £1.00 to $1.5022.

 

     Price Per
Ordinary Share
     Price Per
Ordinary Share
 
     £      $  
     High      Low      High      Low  

Annual (Fiscal Year Ended January 31):

           

2010

     4.55         0.16         6.84         0.24   

2011

     1.20         0.44         1.80         0.66   

2012

     2.90         0.45         4.36         0.68   

2013

     1.70         0.45         2.55         0.68   

2014

     4.00         0.78         6.01         1.17   

Quarterly:

           

First Quarter 2013

     1.70         0.53         2.55         0.80   

Second Quarter 2013

     0.63         0.45         0.95         0.68   

Third Quarter 2013

     1.15         0.48         1.73         0.72   

Fourth Quarter 2013

     1.15         0.78         1.73         1.17   

First Quarter 2014

     1.18         0.78         1.77         1.17   

Second Quarter 2014

     1.08         0.78         1.62         1.17   

Third Quarter 2014

     4.00         1.00         6.01         1.50   

Fourth Quarter 2014

     2.68         1.83         4.03         2.75   

First Quarter 2015

     2.38         1.58         3.58         2.37   

Second Quarter 2015

     1.73         1.01         2.60         1.52   

Third Quarter 2015

     1.78         1.06         2.67         1.59   

Most Recent Six Months:

           

July 2014

     1.50         1.01         2.25         1.52   

August 2014

     1.58         1.06         2.37         1.59   

September 2014

     1.78         1.37         2.67         2.06   

October 2014

     1.58         1.23         2.37         1.85   

November 2014

     1.34         1.25         2.01         1.88   

December 2014

     1.41         1.07         2.12         1.61   

January 2015 (through January 29, 2015)

     1.34         1.16         2.01         1.74   

On January 29, 2015, the last reported sales price of our ordinary shares on AIM was £1.27 per ordinary share ($1.91 per ordinary share).

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing at the end of this prospectus. We present our consolidated financial statements in pounds sterling and in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

Some information included in this discussion and analysis, including statements regarding industry outlook, our expectations regarding our future performance, liquidity and capital resources and other statements regarding our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Solely for the convenience of the reader, unless otherwise indicated, all pound sterling amounts as of and for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 have been translated into U.S. dollars at the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on October 31, 2014, of £1.00 to $1.5999. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other date.

Overview

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for indications for which there are no existing or only inadequate therapies. We are conducting clinical programs focused on the genetic disease Duchenne muscular dystrophy, or DMD, and the infectious disease Clostridium difficile infection, or CDI. Our DMD program is based on utrophin modulation, an approach to treating DMD that is independent of the underlying mutations in the dystrophin gene that cause the disease. We are a leader in the field of utrophin modulation, an approach that we believe has the potential to address the entire population of DMD patients. Other DMD approaches, such as exon-skipping and suppression of nonsense mutations, only address subsets of this population. Our lead DMD product candidate is SMT C1100, an orally administered small molecule. We expect to report top line results from our second Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in mid-2015. Our lead CDI product candidate is SMT19969, an orally administered small molecule antibiotic. SMT19969 is designed to selectively target Clostridium difficile bacteria without harming the balance of natural gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates, which is the key clinical issue in this disease. We expect to report top line results from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 in the second half of 2015.

We were founded in 2003 and are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales with the Registrar of companies of England and Wales, United Kingdom. Our principal offices are located in the United Kingdom. Our ordinary shares have traded on AIM, which is a sub-market of the London Stock Exchange, since October 2004. Our historic business activities have included the research and development of drug candidates across a number of disease areas. We have also in the past provided drug discovery services to other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. However, we sold these drug discovery services businesses in 2009 as part of a broader restructuring initiative to focus on identifying and developing medicines in a range of major therapy areas. In 2012, we made a strategic decision to further refine our business focus and concentrate on the development of our clinical stage programs for DMD and CDI, in order to more efficiently capitalize on the scientific and commercial potential of these programs. Accordingly, we discontinued our in-house discovery efforts relating to the development of an iminosugar technology platform. We expanded our future generation utrophin modulator pipeline effort in November 2013 through the formation of a strategic alliance with the University of Oxford. As part of this transaction, we acquired an exclusive option to license intellectual property that is generated as part of our research with the University of Oxford in utrophin modulation. In 2014, we

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

opened an office in Cambridge, Massachusetts, in order to strengthen our presence in the United States. We expect to undertake a significant proportion of our future development efforts for our clinical programs in the United States.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of our ordinary shares and development funding and other assistance from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups for our product candidates. In particular, we have received funding from the Wellcome Trust, Innovate UK, Joining Jack, the Muscular Dystrophy Association, Parent Project Muscular Dystrophy, Charley’s Fund, Cure Duchenne, Foundation to Eradicate Duchenne and the Nash Avery Foundation.

We have generated losses since inception. Our net loss was approximately £8.4 million for the nine months ended October 31, 2014, £6.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 and £4.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. As of October 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of £27.2 million. We expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next several years in connection with conducting clinical trials for our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI, and seeking marketing approval for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 in the United States and the European Union as well as other geographies. In addition, subject to obtaining regulatory approval for SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our future product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses for product sales, marketing, distribution and outsourced manufacturing. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States in addition to in the United Kingdom. Accordingly, we will need additional financing to support our continuing operations. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

On July 3, 2014, our shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of our share capital as part of a share capital reorganization. The share capital reorganization consisted of three steps:

 

    on July 3, 2014, every 20 of our ordinary shares with a par value of £0.01 each were consolidated into one ordinary share with a par value £0.20 each;

 

    immediately following the consolidation, on July 3, 2014, each consolidated ordinary share was subdivided into one ordinary share with a par value of £0.01 each and 19 deferred shares with a par value of £0.01 each; and

 

    on September 3, 2014, our share capital was reduced through the cancellation of our outstanding deferred shares and a reduction of our share premium account.

The paid up share capital on the then existing deferred shares was £5.2 million, and the paid up share capital of the deferred shares issued in the share capital reorganization was £7.8 million, which was equal in each case to the aggregate par value of such deferred shares. The total sum released upon conclusion of the consolidation, subdivision and the capital reduction was £13.0 million. This amount created a special reserve that was immediately used to reduce the individual company deficit of £26.2 million on the accumulated profit and loss account by approximately £13.0 million to £13.2 million. The reduction of the share premium by the amount of £33.2 million was also applied in part to extinguish the remaining deficit on our accumulated profit and loss account. The remaining £20.0 million, which was the balance of the sum by which the share premium account was reduced, was credited to the special reserve that we may use in the future to reduce or eliminate losses arising on our profit and loss account. This special reserve does not represent realized profits and is treated as an undistributable reserve under U.K. law. This determination is subject to change in future periods if and when allowed by U.K. law.

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents

Financial Operations Overview

Other Operating Income

Other operating income primarily consists of amounts received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, including the Wellcome Trust. Other operating income also includes grant income from government entities, including Innovate UK. In October 2012, we entered into a translation award funding agreement with the Wellcome Trust to support Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials of SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI. We are eligible to receive up to £4.0 million from the Wellcome Trust under this award, of which we have received £3.9 million. This award followed an award funding agreement we entered into with the Wellcome Trust in October 2009, under which we received £2.3 million. In September 2013, we entered into an agreement with Innovate UK for funding of up to £2.4 million to support development of SMT C1100, of which we have received £1.0 million to date.

Operating Expenses

The majority of our operating expenses since inception have consisted primarily of research and development activities and general and administrative costs.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of all costs associated with our research and development activities. These include:

 

    costs incurred in conducting our preclinical studies and clinical trials through contract research organizations, including preclinical toxicology, pharmacology, formulation and manufacturing work;

 

    employee related expenses, which include salary and benefits, for our research and development staff;

 

    costs associated with our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford; and

 

    facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other supplies.

We utilize our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple research projects. We track expenses related to our clinical programs and certain preclinical programs on a per project basis.

We expect our research and development expenses to increase as compared to prior periods as we initiate and continue clinical trials of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI and continue our research activities and initiate preclinical programs for future product candidates. The timing and amount of these expenses will depend upon the outcome of our ongoing clinical trials and the costs associated with our planned clinical trials. The timing and amount of these expenses will also depend on the costs associated with potential future clinical trials of our product candidates and the related expansion of our research and development organization, regulatory requirements, advancement of our preclinical programs and product candidate manufacturing costs.

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes our research and development expenses by category. Our DMD and CDI program expenses include costs paid to contract research organizations, manufacturing costs for our clinical trials, laboratory testing costs and research related expenses incurred in connection with our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford. Other research and development costs include staff and travel costs (including those of our internal DMD and CDI teams), research and development related legal costs, ongoing patent maintenance fees, an allocation of facility-related costs and historically non-core program related expenses.

 

     Nine month period ended October 31,      Year ended January 31,  
          2014               2014              2013              2014              2013      
     (in thousands)  

DMD program

   $ 5,795       £ 3,622       £ 1,696       £ 2,898       £ 762   

CDI program

     3,641         2,276         1,500         2,115         1,253   

Other research and development costs

     2,790         1,744         1,170         1,598         2,716   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12,226       £ 7,642       £ 4,366       £ 6,611       £ 4,731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

From inception to October 31, 2014, our total DMD program expenses were £9.7 million and our total CDI program expenses were £7.2 million. In 2009, we assigned certain technology relating to our DMD program to BioMarin DMD Regulator Limited, or BioMarin. BioMarin conducted preclinical studies and a Phase 1 clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100 in 48 healthy adult volunteers. Subjects in this clinical trial achieved low systemic exposure of the drug, and there was variability in systemic exposure across subjects. Following this clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100, BioMarin elected not to continue development of our assigned technology, citing pharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic challenges. In public statements, BioMarin indicated that it had concluded that the likelihood of achieving a therapeutic effect in DMD patients was highly unlikely. In 2010, BioMarin transferred the assets, and all commercialization rights, back to us. Our research and development expenses do not include any investment in development made by BioMarin during the period when our DMD technology was assigned to BioMarin. In our Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers, in which we administered SMT C1100 as a flavored aqueous suspension, we were able to achieve our target plasma concentrations in all subjects after multiple dosing. See “Business—SMT C1100 Clinical Development—Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Healthy Volunteers” in this prospectus for more information.

The successful development and commercialization of our product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate or know the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the remainder of the development of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our future product candidates. This is due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and commercialization, including the uncertainty of:

 

    the progress, costs and results of clinical trials of SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI;

 

    the scope, rate of progress, costs and results of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation modulators and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

 

    the efficacy and potential advantages of our product candidates compared to alternative treatments, including any standard of care, and our ability to achieve market acceptance for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

    the costs and timing of commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing, for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval and the rate we expand our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining, enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against any intellectual property-related claims.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

A change in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other future product candidate that we may develop could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. For example, if the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials or other testing beyond those that we currently contemplate will be required for the completion of clinical development of SMT C1100 or SMT19969 or any other future product candidate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

General and Administration Expenses

General and administration expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits related to our executive, finance, business development, human resources and support functions. Other general and administration expenses include share-based compensation expenses, facility-related costs and expenses associated with the requirements of being a listed public company in the United Kingdom, including insurance, legal, professional, audit and taxation services fees.

We anticipate that our general and administration expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate increased accounting, audit, regulatory, compliance, insurance and investor and public relations expenses associated with being a publicly traded company in the United States.

Taxation

As a U.K. resident trading entity, we are subject to U.K. corporate taxation. Due to the nature of our business, we have generated losses since inception. To date, we have not recognized a deferred tax asset with respect to these tax losses because we do not consider it probable that there will be suitable taxable profits in the foreseeable future based on the evidence available. As a company that carries out extensive research and development activities, we benefit from the U.K. research and development tax credit regime and are able to surrender some of our trading losses that arise from our research and development activities for a cash rebate ranging from 8% to 32.6% of eligible research and development expenditure. In the event we generate revenues in the future, we may benefit from the new “patent box” initiative that allows profits attributable to revenues from patents or patented products to be taxed at a lower rate than other revenue. This relief applies to profits earned from April 1, 2013 and following the transitional arrangements that will phase in the relief, the rate of tax for relevant streams of revenue for companies receiving this relief will be 10%.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which we have prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. In the preparation of these financial statements, we are required to make judgments, estimates and assumptions about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The estimates and associated assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors that are considered to be relevant. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Our estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period or in the period of the revisions and future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

Other Operating Income

Other operating income is comprised of amounts received from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups. Because IFRS, as issued by IASB, does not provide specific accounting guidance for the treatment of amounts received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, we have applied the guidance in International Accounting Standard 8, “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” and we consider that such arrangements are most similar to government grants. As such, we recognize amounts received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups and grant income from government entities as other operating income in accordance with International Accounting Standard 20, “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance,” at the same time as the underlying expenditure is incurred, provided that there is reasonable assurance that we will comply with the conditions of such awards. Under the terms of certain of our arrangements with philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, should we successfully commercialize our products, we have agreed to enter into certain revenue sharing agreements, under which those organizations will be entitled to a share of the cumulative net revenue that we or our affiliates receive from exploiting the relevant intellectual property or award products. We will recognize these royalties as a reduction in revenue in line with any potential future sales made by us. In addition, if we achieve certain milestones, we are obligated to make milestone payments to such organizations. We currently disclose these potential future royalty and milestone payment obligations as a contingent liability in our consolidated financial statements.

Recognition of Research and Development Expenses

We recognize expenses incurred in carrying out our research and development activities in line with our best estimation of the stage of completion of each separately contracted study or activity. This includes the calculation of research and development accruals at each period to account for expenditure that has been incurred. This requires estimations of the full costs to complete each study or activity and also estimation of the current stage of completion. There have been no material adjustments to estimates based on the actual costs incurred for the periods presented. In all cases, we expense the full cost of each study or activity by the time the final study report or, where applicable, product, has been received.

We will recognize an internally-generated intangible asset arising from our development activities only when an asset is created that can be identified, it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits and the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably. We have determined that regulatory approval is the earliest point at which the probable threshold for the creation of an internally generated intangible asset can be achieved. We therefore expense all research and development expenditure incurred prior to achieving regulatory approval as it is incurred. None of our product candidates have yet received regulatory approval.

Share-based Compensation

We measure share options at fair value at their grant date in accordance with IFRS 2, “Stock-based Payment.” We calculate the fair value of the share option using either the Black-Scholes model, or for options with performance conditions, a simulation model. We charge the fair value to the income statement over the expected vesting period. In the case of options that are issued below market value, the fair value will be higher than an option granted at market value, and we recognize a larger charge for such options in the income statement.

Business Combinations

In November 2013, we acquired 100% of the share capital of MuOx Limited, a University of Oxford spin-out company that holds exclusive rights to early stage utrophin modulators and core biological screening technologies. We accounted for the acquisition of MuOx Limited as a business combination under IFRS 3, “Business Combinations.” The consideration for the acquisition was 1,770,442 of our ordinary shares with a fair

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

value of £3.3 million, based our published share price at the date of the acquisition. There were no cash payments. We capitalized an intangible asset reflecting a deed of license of know-how with the University of Oxford and recorded goodwill and a deferred tax liability in the amount of £0.7 million. In addition, as part of the transaction, we entered into a number of key agreements, including a sponsored research agreement, which we refer to as the research sponsorship agreement, an exclusive option agreement over new intellectual property developed and a warrant instrument. The estimation of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this business combination is considered to be a significant estimate and judgment. We have recognized the license acquired at fair value at the acquisition date.

Impairments

We review annually whether there are any indications that intangible assets have suffered any impairment. If there is any indication of impairment, then we undertake further tests to determine the potential impact on the carrying value of the assets. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations which will be incurred in selling it. These calculations require the use of estimates; the nature of the estimates used in impairment testing as of January 31, 2014 and January 31, 2013 are presented in the notes to the financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Nine Month Periods Ended October 31, 2014 and 2013

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013, together with the changes to those items.

 

     Nine Month Period Ended October 31,     Change 2014 vs. 2013  
     2014     2014         2013         Increase/(Decrease)  
    

(in thousands, except percentages)

 

Other operating income (1)

   $ 2,566      £ 1,604      £ 1,383      £ 221         16.0

Operating expenses

           

Research and development

     (12,226     (7,642     (4,366     3,276         75.0   

General and administration

     (5,014     (3,134     (1,320     1,814         137.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (14,674     (9,172     (4,303     4,869         113.2   

Finance income

     66        41        7        34         485.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (14,608     (9,131     (4,296     4,835         112.5   

Income tax credit

     1,245        778        479        299         62.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss for the period

   $ (13,363   £ (8,353   £ (3,817   £ 4,536         118.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)   The results for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect the reclassification of £0.8 million and £1.1 million, respectively, that we received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This change had no effect on our operating loss or loss for the relevant periods presented and was not considered material to our unaudited financial statements.

Other Operating Income

Other operating income increased by £0.2 million, or 16.0%, to £1.6 million during the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £1.4 million during the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. The increase in other operating income during this period was due to a £0.5 million increase in government grant income primarily

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

associated with funding received from Innovate UK as part of an up to £2.4 million grant award to support the development of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD, which we received in September 2013. The increase in government grant income was offset by a decrease in other operating income recognized from the Wellcome Trust, which decreased by £0.3 million to £0.8 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £1.1 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. The decrease in income recognized from the Wellcome Trust in the nine months ended October 31, 2014 resulted from a lower contribution rate ascribed to Phase 2 activities as compared Phase 1 activities under the terms of the funding agreement. As of October 31, 2014, we had a deferred income balance of £1.0 million related to cash received from the Wellcome Trust, which we expect to recognize as other operating income over the next twelve months as we incur additional expenses related to our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by £3.2 million, or 75.0%, to £7.6 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £4.4 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increased spending related to our DMD and CDI programs. During the nine month period ended October 31, 2014, expenses related to our DMD program increased by £1.9 million to £3.6 million from £1.7 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase included £0.5 million related to our initial Phase 1b clinical trial in DMD patients, £0.5 million related to research associated with our second generation utrophin modulator program and our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford, £0.3 million associated with manufacturing costs for our clinical trials, £0.2 million related to biomarker research activities, £0.2 million related to long term toxicity studies and £0.2 million related to regulatory associated costs. During the nine month period ended October 31, 2014, expenses related to our CDI program increased by £0.8 million to £2.3 million from £1.5 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was due to costs incurred related to our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial. During the nine month period ended October 31, 2014, other research and development expenses increased by £0.5 million to £1.7 million from £1.2 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was due to a £0.6 million increase in staffing costs and a £0.1 million increase in the share-based payment charge allocated to research and development expenses, which resulted from increased employee headcount within our DMD and CDI program teams. These amounts were partially offset by a reduction in other non-core program costs of £0.1 million due to the discontinuation of our in-house discovery efforts related to the development of an iminosugar technology platform.

General and Administration Expenses

General and administration expenses increased by £1.8 million, or 137.4%, to £3.1 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £1.3 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was due to a £0.7 million provision for milestone payments owed to two U.S. DMD patient groups as part of funding agreements entered into with these patient groups, an increase in staff related costs of £0.4 million, an increase of £0.4 million in share based payment expense related to share based awards made to two of our executives in lieu of cash bonuses in December 2013 that vested in full during the period, a £0.2 million increase in legal and professional expenses and an increase in travel related expenses of £0.1 million.

Finance Income

Finance income increased by £0.03 million to £0.04 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £0.01 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was due to increased bank interest received as a result of a higher level of cash on hand.

Income Tax Credit

Our research and development tax credit increased by £0.3 million, or 62.4%, to £0.8 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 from £0.5 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

increase was the result of our increased expenditure on research and development and a related increase in our research and development tax credit. See “—Financial Operations Overview—Taxation” in this prospectus for more information on the U.K. research and development tax credit.

Comparison of Years Ended January 31, 2014 and 2013

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, together with the changes to those items:

 

     Year ended January 31,     Change 2014 vs. 2013  
         2014             2013         Increase/(Decrease)  
     (in thousands)  

Other operating income (1)

   £ 1,844      £ 1,895      £ (51     (2.7 )% 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     (6,611     (4,731     1,880        39.7   

General and administration

     (1,942     (1,741     201        11.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (6,709     (4,577     2,132        46.6   

Finance income

     9        11        (2     (18.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     (6,700     (4,566     2,134        46.7   

Income tax credit

     607        341        266        78.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

   £ (6,093   £ (4,225   £ 1,868        44.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   The results for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect the reclassification of £1.4 million and £1.8 million, respectively, that we received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our audited consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This change had no effect on our operating loss or loss for the year in the relevant periods and was not considered material to our consolidated financial statements.

Other Operating Income

Other operating income decreased by £0.1 million, or 2.7%, to £1.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £1.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2013.

The main component of other operating income is income recognized with respect to funds received from the Wellcome Trust in support of our CDI program. We entered into a new funding agreement with the Wellcome Trust in October 2012. The funds we receive under this funding agreement are supporting our clinical development of SMT19969. Income recognized from the Wellcome Trust increased to £1.4 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £1.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2013.

Other operating income from government grants increased by £0.2 million during the year ended January 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended January 31, 2013 primarily due to income of £0.3 million recognized during the year ended January 31, 2014 as part of an award of up to £2.4 million from Innovate UK to support the development of our DMD program. Other operating income from not for profit organizations decreased by £0.5 million during the year ended January 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended January 31, 2013. This decrease was driven primarily by the receipt of £0.6 million in funding during the year ended January 31, 2013 from U.S.-based DMD patient advocacy groups, which supported our Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by £1.9 million, or 39.7%, to £6.6 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £4.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This increase was due to increased spending related to our CDI and DMD programs. During the year ended January 31, 2014, expenses related to our DMD program increased by £2.1 million to £2.9 million from £0.8 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This increase included increased manufacturing costs of £0.8 million related to the preparation of drug product for long term toxicity studies and for future clinical use, £0.5 million associated with long term toxicity studies, £0.5 million related to biomarker and other research activities and £0.3 million related to development work associated with our second generation utrophin modulator program and our strategic alliance with the University of Oxford. During the year ended January 31, 2014, expenses related to our CDI program increased by £0.9 million to £2.1 million from £1.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to increased manufacturing costs of £0.2 million related to preparation of drug product for future clinical use and increased consulting-related costs of £0.5 million to support the program.

Other research and development expenses decreased by £1.1 million, or 41.2%, to £1.6 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £2.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This decrease was due to the cessation of our in-house discovery efforts relating to the development of an iminosugar technology platform, which resulted in redundancy payments and a provision being made related to our reinstatement obligations associated with the surrender of the lease of our office and laboratory space amounting to £0.3 million in the year ended January 31, 2013, and an impairment charge of £0.9 million recorded against the residual fair value of intangible assets recognized in conjunction with our 2006 acquisition of certain intellectual property assets that we later deemed to be non-core and the corresponding release of contingent consideration of £0.2 million that had been provided for as part of the transaction because we are no longer pursuing the development of these assets. Other changes in other research and development expenses included a decrease of £0.2 million in facility-related expenses to £0.1 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £0.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2013 and an increase of £0.3 million in staff-related expenses to £0.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £0.6 million for the year ended January 31, 2013.

General and Administration Expenses

General and administration expenses increased by £0.2 million, or 11.5%, to £1.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £1.7 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. The increase in general and administration expenses included an increase of £0.1 million in travel and associated costs, an increase of £0.1 million in share based payment expense related to share based awards made to two of our executives in lieu of cash bonuses in December 2013 that vested in full during the year ended January 31, 2014, and an increase of £0.2 million in legal and professional related expenses, and was partially offset by a £0.3 million reduction in staff costs associated with non-research and development activities.

Finance Income

Finance income was £0.01 million for each of the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013. In each year, we had a similar average daily cash balance and a similar average interest rate on cash deposits.

Income Tax Credit

Our research and development tax credit increased by £0.3 million, or 78.0%, to £0.6 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 from £0.3 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This increase was the result of our increased expenditure on research and development and a related increase in our research and development tax credit.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administration expenses will continue to increase in connection with conducting clinical trials for our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI, and seeking marketing approval for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 in the United States and the European Union as well as other geographies. As a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may obtain from additional financings, research funding, collaborations, contract and grant revenue or other sources.

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of our ordinary shares and development funding and other assistance from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups for our product candidates. In particular we have received funding from the Wellcome Trust, Innovate UK, Joining Jack, the Muscular Dystrophy Association, Parent Project Muscular Dystrophy, Charley’s Fund, Cure Duchenne, Foundation to Eradicate Duchenne and the Nash Avery Foundation.

As of October 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of £15.0 million.

In April 2012, we received net proceeds of £4.6 million from the issuance of 8,333,333 ordinary shares. In July 2013, we received net proceeds of £4.4 million from the issuance of 4,613,470 ordinary shares. In August 2013, we received net proceeds of £0.05 million from the issuance of 50,000 ordinary shares upon the exercise of warrants. In March 2014, we received net proceeds of £20.5 million from the issuance of 16,923,077 ordinary shares.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes the results of our cash flows for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013, and the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     Nine Month Period Ended October 31,     Year Ended January 31,  
           2014                 2014                 2013               2014             2013      
     (in thousands)  

Net cash (outflow) from operating activities

   $ (12,126   £ (7,579   £ (3,354   £ (5,869   £ (3,187

Net cash inflow / (outflow) from investing activities

     29        18        (15     64        (65

Net cash inflow from financing activities

     32,868        20,544        4,456        4,456        4,555   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 20,771      £ 12,983      £ 1,087      £ (1,349   £ 1,303   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash outflow from operating activities increased by £4.2 million, or 126.0%, to £7.6 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 compared to £3.4 million for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a £4.0 million increase in research and development expenses and an increase in general and administration expenses of £1.0 million, offset by a decrease in working capital requirements of £0.8 million.

Net cash outflow from operating activities increased by £2.7 million, or 84.2%, to £5.9 million for the year ended January 31, 2014 compared to £3.2 million for the year ended January 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

to a £3.0 million increase in DMD and CDI expenses. This increase was offset by a decrease of £0.4 million in working capital requirements due to an increase in accounts payable as of January 31, 2014.

Investing Activities

Net cash inflow for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 includes the net amount of bank interest received on cash deposits less amounts paid to acquire property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash inflow from financing activities in all periods presented relates to the proceeds received from the various sales of our equity securities, net of expenses. We received £20.5 million from the sale of equity securities during the nine month period ended October 31, 2014 and £4.4 million from the sale of equity securities during the nine month period ended October 31, 2013. We received £4.5 million from the sale of equity securities during the year ended January 31, 2014 and £4.6 million from the sale of equity securities during the year ended January 31, 2013.

Funding Requirements

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially in connection with conducting clinical trials for our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for the treatment of patients with DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of patients with CDI, and seeking marketing approval for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 in the United States and the European Union as well as in other geographies. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval of SMT C1100 or SMT19969, we expect to incur significant sales, marketing, distribution and outsourced manufacturing expense, as well as ongoing research and development expenses.

In addition, our expenses will increase if and as we:

 

    continue the research and development of internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation modulators that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    seek to identify and develop additional future product candidates;

 

    seek marketing approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical development;

 

    ultimately establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale up external manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

    acquire or in-license other product candidates and technology;

 

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

 

    hire additional clinical, regulatory and scientific personnel;

 

    expand our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through         . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents

sooner than we currently expect. This estimate assumes, among other things, that we do not obtain any additional funding through grants and clinical trial support or through new collaboration arrangements. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress, costs and results of clinical trials of SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI;

 

    the scope, progress, costs and results of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our internally developed second generation utrophin modulators, future generation utrophin modulators that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100;

 

    the number and development requirements of other future product candidates that we pursue;

 

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of SMT C1100, SMT19969 and our other future product candidates;

 

    the costs and timing of commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, distribution and manufacturing, for any of our product candidates that receive marketing approval;

 

    subject to receipt of marketing approval, revenue received from commercial sales of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or any of our other future product candidates;

 

    the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining, enforcing and protecting our intellectual property rights and defending against any intellectual property-related claims;

 

    our ability to establish and maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such arrangements;

 

    the extent to which we acquire or invest in other businesses, products and technologies;

 

    the rate of the expansion of our physical presence in the United States; and

 

    the costs of operating as a public company in the United States in addition to in the United Kingdom.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, collaborations, strategic alliances, grants and clinical trial support from governmental entities and philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, debt financings, and marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds other than £0.1 million in funding that we are eligible to receive under our award funding agreement with the Wellcome Trust and £1.4 million of funding that we are eligible to receive under our agreement with Innovate UK, in each case subject to satisfying specified criteria. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the ownership interest of our existing shareholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of ADSs. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends or other distributions.

If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates or to grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings or other arrangements when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual commitments and obligations as of October 31, 2014.

 

     Payments Due By Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     Between
1 and
3 Years
     Between
3 And
5 Years
     More Than
5 Years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   £ 390       £ 92       £ 154       £ 144       £ —     

Contractual obligations

     1,031         500         531         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   £ 1,421       £ 592       £ 685       £ 144       £ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We enter into operating leases in the normal course of our business. We have an option to exercise an early termination clause in the lease of our office facility in the United Kingdom in September 2015, which would be effective in June 2016. If we were to exercise the early termination clause our future operating lease obligations would change.

The contractual obligations in the preceding table reflect our obligation to fund a drug research and discovery program in the University of Oxford laboratories over a three year period, as described in more detail under “—University of Oxford” below.

Under various agreements, including those described below, we will be required to pay royalties and make milestone payments to third parties. See “Business—Our Collaborations and Funding Arrangements” in this prospectus for additional information regarding these agreements. The preceding table excludes contingent payment obligations, such as royalties and milestones, which are described in more detail below, because the amount, timing and likelihood of payment are not known.

University of Oxford

In November 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of MuOx Limited, or MuOx, a spin out of the University of Oxford. In connection with that acquisition, we and MuOx entered into a set of agreements with the University of Oxford and its technology transfer division, Isis Innovation Limited, or Isis. Under the research sponsorship agreement that we entered into with the University of Oxford and Isis in November 2013, we have agreed to fund a drug research and discovery program in the University of Oxford laboratories to identify and research utrophin modulators to treat DMD. The University of Oxford is responsible for conducting this program. Isis has no obligations under the research sponsorship agreement. We have agreed to fund up to £1.5 million for this purpose over a three-year research period. We have paid to the University of Oxford £0.5 million of this amount.

Under an option agreement that we, the University of Oxford and Isis entered into in November 2013, which we refer to as the option agreement, Isis granted us an exclusive option to license certain intellectual property, or IP, arising under the research sponsorship agreement and certain other IP arising from research and development at the University of Oxford, which we refer to as arising IP. If we exercise our option to obtain a license under arising IP, we would be obligated to pay Isis a specified sum in option exercise fees.

For any arising IP for which we have exercised the option and that comprises new chemical entities or compounds, which we refer to as optioned compounds, we would obtain an exclusive, sublicensable license. We are obligated to pay milestone payments of up to £75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestones, whether such milestones occur prior to or after our exercise of the option to obtain an exclusive sublicenseable license. Following exercise of such an option we would also be required to pay milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones with respect to each optioned compound. The specified regulatory milestone payment is due each time the specified regulatory milestone is achieved with respect to an optioned compound and, if each optioned compound achieved each regulatory milestone once, we would be obligated to pay Isis a total of £3.7 million in regulatory milestone payments for each optioned compound.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

We would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit royalty of net sales by us, our affiliates or sublicensees of any product containing an optioned compound or on any payments we receive in connection with granting a sublicense under the licensed arising IP. For any arising IP for which we have exercised the option and that does not comprise new chemical entities or compounds, we would obtain an exclusive license, which we could sublicense with Isis’ prior written consent. We and Isis would negotiate the milestone payments and any other payments that we would be obligated to pay to Isis with respect to such IP.

Wellcome Trust

In October 2012, we entered into a translation award funding agreement with The Wellcome Trust Limited, as trustee of the Wellcome Trust, to support a Phase 1 and a Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI. We refer to the translation award funding agreement as the translation award agreement. We refer to any compound or product that is covered by IP rights created under the translation award agreement or our prior agreement with the Wellcome Trust, or that is covered by IP rights to which we had rights prior to October 2009 and that relate to the activities under our agreements with the Wellcome Trust, as the award products. Under the terms of a related revenue sharing agreement that we would enter into with the Wellcome Trust to permit our development and commercialization of the award products, the Wellcome Trust is entitled to receive a tiered portion of the net revenue, ranging from a mid-single digit percentage up to a mid-twenties percentage, that we or our affiliates receive from our development and commercialization of the award products and the related IP. In addition, we would be obligated to pay the Wellcome Trust a milestone in a specified amount if cumulative net revenue exceeds a specified amount. We currently consider the probability of this milestone payment to be remote.

U.S. Not for Profit Organizations

Muscular Dystrophy Association

In December 2011, we entered into a grant agreement with the Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc., or MDA, to partially fund a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 to treat DMD. Under the terms of the grant agreement, we have agreed to make specified milestone payments to MDA during our or our affiliates’ development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products containing the small molecules that can upregulate the utrophin gene, including SMT C1100 and compounds to which we have rights, which we refer to as the project products. Because we have raised more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, we have become obligated to pay a specified sum to MDA, which we refer to as the MDA cash infusion milestone payment.

We have also agreed to pay MDA a specified lump sum amount, less any previously paid MDA cash infusion milestone payment, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD or Becker muscular dystrophy, or BMD, and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone. We would be obligated to pay MDA a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by us, our affiliates or licensees of any project product. If we assign our rights to any of the compounds subject to the grant agreement or experience specified change in control events, MDA may require our assignee to assume our obligations under the MDA grant agreement with respect to the assigned rights, or require us to pay MDA the greater of a low single digit percentage of the fair market value of the assigned rights, or an amount that would give MDA an internal rate of return of a low double digit percentage on its grant to us.

Duchenne Partners Fund

In December 2011, we entered into a grant agreement with the Duchenne Partners Fund, Inc., or DPF, to partially fund a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 to treat DMD. Under the DPF grant agreement, we have agreed to make specified milestone payments to DPF during our or our affiliates’ development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products containing the small molecules that can upregulate the utrophin gene, including SMT C1100 and compounds with similar mechanisms of action to which we have rights, which we refer to as project products. Because we have raised more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, we have become obligated to pay a specified sum to DPF, which we refer to as the DPF cash infusion milestone payment.

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

We have also agreed to pay DPF a specified lump sum amount, less any previously paid DPF cash infusion milestone payment, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD or BMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone. We would be obligated to pay DPF a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by us, our affiliates or licensees of any project product. If we assign our rights to any of the compounds subject to the DPF Grant Agreement or experience specified change in control events, DPF may require our assignee to assume our obligations under the DPF grant agreement with respect to the assigned rights, or require us to pay DPF the greater of a low single digit percentage of the fair market value of the assigned rights, or an amount that would give DPF an internal rate of return of a low double digit percentage on its grant to us.

The total amount payable with respect to regulatory milestones under the U.S. not for profit organization agreements would be $2.5 million if we meet all regulatory milestones. The total amount payable with respect to royalties is not known due to the contingent nature of the payments.

Other Contracts

In addition, we enter into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs to assist in the performance of our research and development activities and other services and products for operating purposes. These contracts generally provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancelable contracts and not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments.

Reclassification within Consolidated Financial Statements

The results for the nine month periods ended October 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended January 31, 2014 and 2013 reflect the reclassification of income of £0.8 million, £1.1 million, £1.4 million and £1.8 million, respectively, that we received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. This change had no effect on our operating loss or loss for the relevant periods presented and was not considered material to our consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements. This change will be reflected in our financial statements prepared for U.K. reporting requirements for the year ended January 31, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any, and during the periods presented we did not have any, off-balance sheet arrangements, other than the contractual obligations and commitments described above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Financial Risks

Our activities expose us to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign currency risk); cash flow and fair value interest rate risk; credit risk; and liquidity risk. Our principal financial instrument comprises cash and cash equivalents, and this is used to finance our operations. We have various other financial instruments such as trade receivables and payables that arise directly from our operations. The category of loans and receivables contains only trade and other receivables, shown on the face of the balance sheet, all of which mature within one year. We have compared fair value to book value for each class of financial asset and liability and no difference was identified. We have a policy, which has been consistently followed, of not trading in financial instruments.

Interest Rate Risk

We do not hold any derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the value of a financial commitment or recognized asset or liability will fluctuate due to changes in foreign currency rates. Our net income and financial position, as expressed in pounds sterling, are exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates against the U.S. dollar and the euro. The main trading currencies are pounds sterling, the U.S. dollar, and the euro. We are exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of operating transactions and the translation for foreign bank accounts. We monitor our exposure to foreign exchange risk. Exposures are generally managed through natural hedging via the currency denomination of cash balances and any impact currently is not material to us.

Credit Risk

Our credit risk with respect to customers is limited and we did not have any trade receivables outstanding as of October 31, 2014. Financial instruments that potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of short-term cash investments and trade accounts receivable.

Liquidity Risk

We have funded our operations since inception primarily through the issuance of equity securities. We have also received funding from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups and grant funding from government entities. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of public or private equity or debt financings or other sources. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to raise capital as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

    a requirement to have only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis;

 

    an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure about the company’s executive compensation arrangements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a shareholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our share capital held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for indications for which there are no existing or only inadequate therapies. We are conducting clinical programs focused on the genetic disease Duchenne muscular dystrophy, or DMD, and the infectious disease Clostridium difficile infection, or CDI.

Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy

Our lead DMD product candidate is SMT C1100, an orally administered small molecule. We expect to report top line results from our second Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in mid-2015. Our DMD program is based on utrophin modulation, an approach to treating DMD that is independent of the underlying mutations in the dystrophin gene that cause the disease. We are a leader in the field of utrophin modulation, an approach that we believe has the potential to address the entire population of DMD patients. Other DMD approaches, such as exon-skipping and suppression of nonsense mutations, only address subsets of this population. In recent public statements, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, has stated that it recognizes the unmet medical need in DMD, the devastating nature of the disease for patients and their families and the urgency to make new treatments available. The FDA has granted orphan drug designation to SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD, and the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, has designated SMT C1100 as an orphan medicinal product.

DMD is one of the most common fatal genetic disorders diagnosed in children around the world. DMD predominantly affects males and results in the progressive wasting of muscles throughout the body. The disease typically results in death by the time DMD patients reach their late twenties. Individuals with DMD are unable to produce dystrophin, a protein essential for maintaining healthy muscle function.

Utrophin is a naturally occurring protein that is functionally and structurally similar to dystrophin. Utrophin plays an active role in the development of new muscle fibers, in particular during fetal development, and in repairing damaged muscle fibers. Utrophin production is down regulated, or switched off, in the late stages of gestation and can switch on and off as needed to repair damaged muscle. We believe that our approach of utrophin modulation can be used to maintain the production of utrophin in all skeletal muscles, including the diaphragm, and the heart to compensate for the lack of dystrophin in DMD patients, thereby restoring and maintaining healthy muscle function. This approach to treating DMD is independent of the underlying dystrophin gene mutation, and we believe has the potential to treat the entire population of DMD patients.

To date, we have conducted two Phase 1 clinical trials of SMT C1100. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers in 2012 and a Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in DMD patients in May 2014. In December 2014, we received approval from the U.K. Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency, or the MHRA, to initiate another Phase 1b clinical trial in DMD patients to monitor how diet impacts plasma levels of the drug. We refer to this clinical trial as our Phase 1b modified diet trial. We expect to report top line results from our Phase 1b modified diet trial in mid-2015. If the Phase 1b modified diet trial is successful, we plan to conduct both an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the longer term safety and clinical benefits of SMT C1100 and a larger, multinational placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT C1100, including at sites in the United States and Europe. We hold exclusive worldwide commercialization rights for SMT C1100 for all indications.

In addition to SMT C1100, we are currently pursuing a broad utrophin modulator technology program to develop additional utrophin modulator product candidates.

Clostridium difficile Infection

Our lead CDI product candidate is SMT19969, an orally administered small molecule antibiotic. We expect to report top line results from our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 in the second half of 2015. SMT19969 is designed to selectively target Clostridium difficile bacteria without causing collateral damage to

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

the gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates, which is the key clinical issue in this disease. The FDA has designated SMT19969 as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product, or QIDP. In 2013, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or CDC, highlighted CDI as one of three pathogens that pose an immediate public health threat and require urgent and aggressive action.

CDI is a bacterial infection of the colon that produces toxins causing inflammation of the colon and severe diarrhea. CDI can also result in more serious disease complications, including pseudomembranous colitis, bowel perforation, toxic megacolon and sepsis. CDI typically develops following the use of broad spectrum antibiotics that can cause widespread damage to the natural gut flora and allow overgrowth of Clostridium difficile bacteria. CDI represents a serious healthcare issue in hospitals, long-term care homes and, increasingly, in the wider community. A study published in 2012 in Clinical Infectious Diseases , a peer reviewed journal published by the Infectious Diseases Society of America, estimated that CDI-related acute care costs total $4.8 billion per year in the United States alone.

We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT19969 in healthy volunteers in 2013. In this Phase 1 clinical trial, SMT19969 was highly selective for total clostridia bacteria with minimal impact on the other gut flora of subjects. We believe that these data are consistent with the results of our preclinical studies. SMT19969 was also well tolerated at all doses tested in this clinical trial. We are currently enrolling and treating patients in a double blind, active controlled Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to the current standard of care, vancomycin, for the treatment of CDI. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in the second half of 2015. We hold exclusive worldwide commercialization rights for SMT19969 for all indications.

Our Product Development Pipeline

The following table summarizes our product development pipeline. We are also developing an earlier stage pipeline of second and future generation utrophin modulators for the treatment of DMD.

LOGO

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a fully integrated biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery, development and commercialization of novel medicines for indications for which there are no existing or only inadequate therapies, with a current focus on DMD and CDI. The key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

Rapidly advance the development of our lead product candidates, SMT C1100 for DMD and SMT19969 for CDI.

We are focusing our resources and business efforts primarily on rapidly advancing the development of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD and SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI. We believe that there is significant market potential for each of these product candidates. We also believe that the orphan drug designation of SMT

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

C1100 and the QIDP designation of SMT19969 may expedite the regulatory review process for each of these product candidates and potentially provide market protection benefits. In December 2014, we received approval from the MHRA to initiate our Phase 1b modified diet trial of SMT C1100 in DMD patients to monitor how diet impacts plasma levels of the drug. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in mid-2015. If the Phase 1b modified diet trial is successful, we plan to conduct an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the longer term safety and clinical benefits of SMT C1100 and a larger, multinational placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT C1100, including at sites in the United States and Europe. We plan to advance the development of SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD as quickly as possible in an effort to validate our utrophin modulation approach and provide a treatment for the significant unmet medical need in DMD. We are currently enrolling and treating patients in a double blind, active controlled Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to vancomycin for the treatment of CDI. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in the second half of 2015. We expect that the results of the Phase 2 clinical trial will guide our future development and commercialization plans for SMT19969.

Maintain and expand our leadership in the field of utrophin modulation.

We are developing SMT C1100 as the first of a new class of drugs called utrophin modulators. Utrophin modulation is an approach to treating DMD that is independent of the underlying dystrophin gene mutation. Our co-founder and scientific advisor, Professor Kay Davies at the University of Oxford, discovered utrophin and then developed the concept of utilizing utrophin modulation as a treatment potentially applicable to all DMD patients. Our DMD program was founded to develop and commercialize drugs for DMD using this approach to treatment. We plan to apply and enhance our existing knowledge, experience and proprietary rights to maintain and expand our leadership in the field of utrophin modulation. For example, we are currently pursuing a broad utrophin modulator technology program consisting of internally developed second generation utrophin modulators designed to include improved pharmacokinetic properties, a pipeline of novel, future generation utrophin modulators with new mechanisms that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford, and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100 designed to allow for absorption of the active drug without regard to dietary requirements.

Commercialize SMT C1100 for DMD in the United States and Europe with our own specialty commercial team.

We hold exclusive worldwide commercialization rights for SMT C1100 for all indications. If SMT C1100 receives marketing approval, we intend to commercialize it initially in the United States and Europe with our own focused, specialized sales force that we plan to establish. We believe that medical specialists treating DMD are sufficiently concentrated that we will be able to effectively promote SMT C1100 with a targeted sales team in these and potentially other key territories. We also believe that our relationships with patient advocacy groups will strengthen our ability to market SMT C1100. Outside of the United States and Europe, we plan to evaluate the potential for utilizing collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize SMT C1100.

Maximize the commercial potential of SMT19969.

We hold exclusive worldwide commercialization rights for SMT19969 for all indications. To maximize the commercial opportunity for SMT19969, we may determine to develop SMT19969 independently and then commercialize the product directly in the United States and Europe with our own specialized sales force that we will establish. We also may seek third party collaborators for the development and commercialization of SMT19969. We intend to evaluate the relative merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves or entering into collaboration arrangements with third parties depending on factors such as the anticipated development costs required to achieve marketing approval, the sales and marketing resources required in each territory in which we receive approval, the relative size of the market opportunity in such territory, the particular expertise of the third party and the proposed financial terms of the arrangement.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Seek additional governmental and other third party grants and support.

We have obtained development funding and other assistance from government entities, philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups for our product candidates. For example, we have received grant funding and clinical trial support from Innovate UK and several DMD organizations, including groups based in the United States, such as the Muscular Dystrophy Association, Parent Project Muscular Dystrophy, Charley’s Fund, Cure Duchenne, Foundation to Eradicate Duchenne and the Nash Avery Foundation, and groups based in the United Kingdom, such as Joining Jack. The Wellcome Trust Limited provided funding for our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969. We plan to continue to encourage these types of organizations to provide additional funding and support for our development programs.

Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy Overview

Duchenne muscular dystrophy is one of the most common genetic disorders diagnosed in children around the world. DMD is a fatal disease that results in progressive wasting of muscles throughout the body. DMD is caused by different genetic mutations affecting the dystrophin gene on the X-chromosome, and therefore predominately affects males. As a result of these genetic mutations, DMD patients are unable to produce dystrophin, a protein essential for maintaining healthy muscle function. Over time, the muscles of DMD patients deteriorate and are infiltrated by fat and scar tissue, which is referred to as fibrosis, leading to the loss of ambulation, loss of respiratory and cardiac function and ultimately death.

Based on prevalence data published in 2013 by Orphanet, a publicly available reference portal for information on rare diseases and orphan drugs, we estimate that there are approximately 50,000 DMD patients in the developed world and 250,000 DMD patients globally. According to an article published in 2013 in the peer reviewed journal Muscle & Nerve , approximately one in every 5,000 males is born with DMD. All ethnic groups are generally susceptible to DMD at approximately the same rates. Approximately two thirds of DMD cases are due to inherited mutations, with the remainder being the result of spontaneous mutations in the dystrophin gene in patients with no familial history of the disease.

DMD is typically diagnosed in patients who are between two and seven years of age. The onset of the physical symptoms can be difficult to recognize, but early indicators of disease due to muscle weakness include difficulty walking or jumping, frequent falling over and becoming fatigued more easily. A preliminary diagnosis is typically made by measuring blood plasma levels of the enzyme creatine kinase, or CK. CK levels in DMD children are often ten to 100 times higher than CK levels in non-DMD children. A diagnosis of DMD is then confirmed through genetic testing using blood cells or muscle biopsy. In the United States and Europe, there are a number of newborn screening studies that can diagnose DMD at birth, although these tests are not yet routinely performed.

Initially, DMD affects the skeletal muscles in the arms, legs and trunk. By around 12 years of age, most DMD patients will need to use a wheelchair on a regular basis. Significant loss of skeletal muscle function takes place during the teenage years, and, while greater assistance is needed for activities involving arms, legs or trunk, most patients will retain use of their fingers, allowing them to write or use computers. Symptoms of scoliosis, or curvature of the spine, may also develop due to loss of trunk muscle function.

In the later stages of disease progression, life threatening heart and respiratory conditions become common. The function of the diaphragm and muscles responsible for the mechanical aspects of breathing deteriorates, leading to shortness of breath and build-up of fluid in the lungs and requiring ventilation at night and eventually on a 24-hour basis. DMD patients also develop cardiomyopathy, or enlarged hearts. The failure of the cardiac and respiratory systems typically leads to death by the time DMD patients reach their late twenties.

Current DMD Treatments and Development Approaches

There is currently no approved therapy for the treatment of DMD applicable to all DMD patients that seeks to alter the progression of the disease. Corticosteroids are prescribed to DMD patients from a young age to help

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

treat symptoms of the disease. However, long-term use of corticosteroids is associated with severe side effects and concerns over weight gain. Other treatments to manage the symptoms of the disease include regular physiotherapy, surgery and mechanical support, such as wheelchairs and leg braces, and dietary supplements. The FDA recognizes the unmet medical need in DMD, the devastating nature of the disease for patients and their families and the urgency to make new treatments available. The FDA publicly stated in October 2014 that it remains committed to working with all companies to expedite the development and approval of safe and effective drugs to treat this disease. The Director of the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research also stated in a speech in July 2014 that the agency was willing to explore the use of all potential pathways for approval of DMD drugs, including accelerated approval, as appropriate.

In August 2014, the European Commission granted conditional marketing authorization for the drug Translarna (ataluren) from PTC Therapeutics, Inc. for the treatment of DMD caused by specific genetic mutations known as nonsense mutations in ambulatory patients aged five years and older. Nonsense mutations create a premature stop signal in the translation of the genetic code and prevent the production of functional dystrophin protein. DMD caused by nonsense mutations affects approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Other biopharmaceutical companies, including Prosensa Holding N.V. and Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc., are developing treatments for DMD based on a scientific approach known as exon-skipping. Exons are organic molecules known as nucleotides within the DNA strand that the cellular machinery translates to make full-length, functional protein. In a sub-population of DMD patients, synthesis of the dystrophin protein is disrupted because of mutations that may be due, among other things, to deleted exons. Exon-skipping technology seeks to allow the production of a shorter but still functional dystrophin protein. According to an article published in 2009 in the peer reviewed journal Human Mutation , skipping of the ten most common exons would treat in the aggregate approximately 41% of all DMD patients. We believe that there are exon-skipping therapies currently in clinical development to address four of these exons and that skipping of these exons would treat in the aggregate less than one-third of all DMD patients.

Our Utrophin Modulation Approach for the Treatment of DMD

Our Approach

We believe that our approach of utilizing utrophin modulation for DMD has the potential to slow or stop the progression of DMD in all patients with the disease. Utrophin is a naturally occurring protein that is functionally and structurally similar to dystrophin. The aim of utrophin modulation is to maintain the production of utrophin in all skeletal muscles, including the diaphragm, and the heart to compensate for the lack of dystrophin in DMD patients, thereby restoring and maintaining healthy muscle function. This approach to treating DMD is independent of the underlying dystrophin gene mutation. As illustrated in the figure below, we believe utrophin modulation has the potential to treat the entire population of DMD patients, unlike other DMD approaches that also seek to alter the progression of the disease but only address subsets of the total DMD population.

 

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

Further, we believe utrophin modulation could potentially be complementary to potential treatments for DMD based on other scientific approaches, including approaches that are focused on restoring dystrophin, such as exon-skipping and suppression of nonsense mutations. We also expect that utrophin modulation has the potential to benefit patients with Becker muscular dystrophy, a milder form of the disease in which the majority of patients produce low levels of shortened dystrophin.

The Role of Utrophin and Dystrophin in Muscle Fibers

Utrophin and dystrophin are structurally and functionally similar proteins that perform a critical role in maintaining the proper function of muscle fibers, although at different times and in different settings. The roles of utrophin and dystrophin depend on whether the muscle fibers are mature, in the development stage or in the process of being repaired and regenerated. As discussed below, dystrophin plays an active role in maintaining the function of mature muscle fibers, while utrophin plays an active role in the development of new muscle fibers and in repairing damaged muscle fibers.

Role of Dystrophin in Mature Muscle

Each muscle in the body is made up of bundles of thousands of muscle fibers. Dystrophin and a group of different proteins that bind to dystrophin, which are called the Dystrophin Associated Protein Complex, are located at specific sites along the entire length of the muscle cell membrane, referred to as the sarcolemma, of every muscle fiber. Dystrophin works by linking the actin cytoskeleton, which is a part of the muscle fiber’s contractile apparatus, to the Dystrophin Associated Protein Complex in the sarcolemma. The Dystrophin Associated Protein Complex, in turn, links the sarcolemma to the extracellular matrix, which binds the bundles of muscle fibers together. This link serves as a molecular shock absorber that helps to maintain stability and elasticity of muscle fibers during contraction and relaxation. In the absence of dystrophin, this linkage is lost and muscles become damaged, which leads to continual destructive rounds of muscle degeneration and regeneration and ultimately to progressive muscle wasting. The figure below depicts the Dystrophin Associated Protein Complex and illustrates the role of dystrophin (or utrophin) and the other proteins that make up this complex.

The Role of Dystrophin or Utrophin in the Associated Protein Complex

 

LOGO

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

Role of Utrophin in Developing Muscle

In both DMD patients and healthy individuals, utrophin and the proteins that comprise the Dystrophin Associated Protein Complex are highly localized at specific sites along the length of muscle fibers during fetal development. Utrophin production is then down regulated, or switched off, in the late stages of gestation. In the normal muscle fiber of healthy individuals, the production of dystrophin begins to replace utrophin at these sites in the maturing muscle fiber, eventually fully replacing utrophin. In the muscle fiber of DMD patients, who are unable to produce functional dystrophin to substitute for the down regulating utrophin, these sites in the muscle fiber become unoccupied, which leads to muscle degeneration as muscles mature.

Role of Utrophin in Regenerating Muscle

In both DMD patients and healthy individuals, utrophin is localized to the neuromuscular junctions, which connect nerve fibers and muscles, and myotendinous junctions, which connect tendons and muscles. The other major role of utrophin is to stabilize newly regenerating muscle fibers as part of the natural repair process. After a muscle fiber is damaged, utrophin production switches on as needed to repair the damaged region and then switches off following successful repair.

Expected Effect of Utrophin Modulation for DMD

We believe that our approach of utrophin modulation can be used to maintain the production of utrophin in maturing and mature muscle fibers and compensate for the lack of dystrophin in DMD patients, thereby restoring and maintaining healthy muscle function. The figure below illustrates the transition from utrophin to dystrophin production in the normal muscle fiber of a healthy individual, the effect of the lack of dystrophin production in the muscle fiber of a DMD patient and the expected effect of utrophin modulation in the muscle fiber of a DMD patient to compensate for the lack of dystrophin production.

 

LOGO

Origins of Our Utrophin Modulation Approach

Our co-founder and scientific advisor, Professor Kay Davies at the University of Oxford, discovered utrophin and then developed the concept of utilizing utrophin as a treatment potentially applicable to all DMD patients. Our DMD program was founded to develop and commercialize drugs for DMD using this approach to treatment. Professor Davies’ research group at the University of Oxford developed transgenic lines of an mdx mouse that were genetically engineered to continually express utrophin protein. The mdx mouse is a naturally occurring animal model that is dystrophin deficient and is the standard disease model for studies of DMD. In these experiments, the continued expression of utrophin, even at levels just above those in a normal mdx mouse, had a meaningful, positive effect on muscle performance.

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

Our utrophin modulation program uses small molecule drugs that are designed to achieve the same effect seen in the transgenic mdx mouse experiments and to continually express utrophin to protect muscle fibers against DMD.

SMT C1100 Overview

Our most advanced utrophin modulator product candidate is SMT C1100, an orally administered small molecule. We are developing SMT C1100 as a flavored aqueous suspension, which we believe is appropriate for administration to DMD patients, especially children.

To date, we have conducted two Phase 1 clinical trials of SMT C1100. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers in 2012 and a Phase 1b clinical trial of SMT C1100 in DMD patients in May 2014. We believe our Phase 1b clinical trial was the first time a utrophin modulator was administered to DMD patients. In this clinical trial, SMT C1100 was well tolerated at all doses tested, and over 90% of the patients dosed experienced a reduction compared to baseline in creatine kinase and other enzymes that are markers of muscle damage. Although this was not a placebo controlled clinical trial and there may be other factors that influenced the results, we believe the lower levels of these enzymes compared to baseline potentially indicate a reduction in muscle damage and may be evidence of SMT C1100 activity. Patients in this clinical trial had variable levels of SMT C1100 in the blood plasma following dosing, which was potentially due to the impact of diet on absorption of SMT C1100. In December 2014, we received approval from the MHRA to initiate another Phase 1b clinical trial in DMD patients to monitor how diet impacts plasma levels of the drug. We refer to this clinical trial as our Phase 1b modified diet trial. We expect to report top line results from our Phase 1b modified diet trial in mid-2015. If the Phase 1b modified diet trial is successful, we plan to conduct both an open label Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the longer term safety and clinical benefits of SMT C1100 and a larger, multinational placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT C1100, including at sites in the United States and Europe.

The FDA has granted orphan drug designation to SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD, and the EMA has designated SMT C1100 as an orphan medicinal product. In the United States, if a product with orphan designation receives FDA approval, the FDA will not approve a later product for the same indication that uses the same active ingredient for seven years, unless the later product is shown to be clinically superior. In the European Union, if an orphan medicinal product receives EMA approval, the EMA will not approve a later product for the same therapeutic indication and with the same method of action for ten years after the orphan medicinal product receives EMA approval, subject to certain exceptions, including if the later product demonstrates clinical superiority.

SMT C1100 Clinical Development

Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Healthy Volunteers

In 2012, we completed a double blind, placebo controlled, ascending single and multiple oral dose Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers. We conducted this clinical trial at a single site in the United Kingdom under approval from the MHRA and the U.K. Health Research Authority Ethics Review Committee, or the Ethics Review Committee. We enrolled 49 healthy male subjects who were between 18 and 55 years of age. Forty-seven subjects completed the clinical trial. Two subjects withdrew from the clinical trial for reasons unrelated to SMT C1100.

The primary objective of the clinical trial was to determine the safety and tolerability of single and multiple oral doses of SMT C1100 in healthy male subjects. The secondary objectives were to determine the single and multiple oral dose pharmacokinetics of SMT C1100 based on the concentration of the drug in blood plasma and the effect of fasting on the single oral dose pharmacokinetics of SMT C1100.

We conducted the clinical trial in two parts. Part 1 consisted of an ascending single dose study with a fasted effect evaluation. We evaluated a total of 32 subjects, who were divided into four equal cohorts of eight subjects

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

each. Subjects in the four cohorts received one of the following doses of SMT C1100: 50 mg/kg, 100 mg/kg, 200 mg/kg or 400 mg/kg. Six subjects in each cohort received SMT C1100 at the specified dose, and two subjects in each cohort received placebo. Each subject in the cohort receiving SMT C1100 at a dose of 200 mg/kg received doses under both fasted and fed conditions, while the subjects in the other cohorts received doses under normal, fed conditions, with no special dietary rules. One subject was removed during Part 1 of the clinical trial prior to dosing in a fasted state after testing positive for drug use.

Part 2 of the clinical trial consisted of a multiple ascending dose study. We evaluated a total of 16 subjects, who were divided into two cohorts of eight subjects each. In the first cohort, six subjects received 100 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 and two subjects received placebo, in each case administered twice per day for ten days. In the second cohort, six subjects received 200 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 and two subjects received placebo, in each case administered twice per day for ten days.

Analysis of Trial Results

We observed the following results from this clinical trial:

 

    SMT C1100 was well tolerated. In both Part 1 and Part 2 of the clinical trial, SMT C1100 was well tolerated at all doses tested. The only observed treatment related adverse event was pale stools, which only occurred at the 200 mg/kg and 400 mg/kg dose levels. The pale stools were attributed to unabsorbed SMT C1100 passing through the gastrointestinal tract at these higher dose levels. All other adverse events were mild in severity and resolved without treatment.

 

    Higher plasma concentrations when SMT C1100 dosed with food. The dietary state of subjects in the clinical trial had a meaningful effect on systemic exposure. As illustrated in the figure below, after we administered a single dose of 200 mg/kg of SMT C1100 to subjects in the 200 mg/kg cohort of Part 1 of the clinical trial, the mean plasma concentration of drug in the blood over time, as determined by quantification of the area under the curve, in the subjects when they were in a fed state (n = 6) was approximately five times higher than the same subjects when they were in a fasted state (n = 5).

 

LOGO

 

   

Targeted plasma levels achieved in all subjects after multiple dosing. When we administered 100 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 twice a day for ten days, the steady state plasma concentration achieved in all subjects was greater than 0.2 µM (67 ng/mL), which was the concentration that corresponded to a 50% increase in utrophin protein levels in our preclinical studies described in more detail below. The mean blood plasma concentration of SMT C1100 in the 12 hours following administration of the final dose is illustrated in the figure below. However, there were differences among subjects, with the amount of time that each subject had plasma concentrations of utrophin protein greater than 0.2 µM ranging from seven to 12 hours following dosing. Utrophin protein has a half-life of three to four weeks, and we believe that a few hours of exposure to SMT C1100 following regular dosing may lead to an

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents
 

accumulation of utrophin protein in muscle tissue over time. Subjects receiving 200 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 twice a day for ten days did not achieve higher plasma concentrations of SMT C1100 than subjects receiving 100 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 on this dosing schedule. As a result, we expect that the maximum dose of SMT C1100 in our future clinical trials will be 100 mg/kg.

 

LOGO

 

    Stable plasma levels of SMT C1100 when administered through multiple dosing. When we administered 100 mg/kg doses of SMT C1100 twice a day for ten days with meals, all subjects achieved stable, or steady state, blood plasma concentrations of drug within three to five days after the beginning of dosing. However, we observed differences in plasma concentrations across subjects, which we believe resulted from varying levels of activity of CYP1A, a liver enzyme that metabolizes SMT C1100, in different subjects.

Initial Phase 1b Clinical Trial in DMD Patients

In May 2014, we completed an open label, ascending single and multiple oral dose Phase 1b clinical trial in patients with DMD. We believe this clinical trial was the first time a utrophin modulator drug had been administered to DMD patients. We conducted this clinical trial at four sites in the United Kingdom under approval from the MHRA and the Ethics Review Committee. We enrolled 12 boys with DMD who were between five and 11 years of age.

The primary objective of the clinical trial was to determine the safety and tolerability of single and multiple oral doses of SMT C1100. The secondary objectives were to determine the single and multiple oral dose pharmacokinetics of SMT C1100 and its metabolites in patients with DMD. In addition, an exploratory objective of the clinical trial was to quantify potential systemic activity biomarkers.

We divided the patients into three cohorts of four boys each. Patients in each of the cohorts received different doses of SMT C1100 for 11 days. The patients in all of the cohorts were treated in a fed state. The clinical trial protocol provided for the administration of SMT C1100 within ten minutes after consuming a substantial meal. Patients in the first cohort received the following doses of SMT C1100:

 

    a single 50 mg/kg dose on day one;

 

    50 mg/kg doses administered twice per day on days two to ten; and

 

    a single 50 mg/kg dose on day 11.

Patients in the second cohort received the following doses of SMT C1100:

 

    a single 100 mg/kg dose on day one;

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents
    100 mg/kg doses administered twice per day on days two to ten; and

 

    a single 100 mg/kg dose on day 11.

Patients in the third cohort received the following doses of SMT C1100:

 

    a single 100 mg/kg dose on day one;

 

    100 mg/kg doses administered three times per day on days two to ten; and

 

    a single 100 mg/kg dose on day 11.

Analysis of Trial Results

We observed the following results from this clinical trial:

 

    SMT C1100 was well tolerated . SMT C1100 was well tolerated at all doses tested in this clinical trial with no serious adverse events reported. All reported adverse events were mild in severity and gastrointestinal in nature. In the opinion of the trial investigator, there were no clinically meaningful changes in physical examination, vital signs and hematology or biochemistry parameters in any of the patients. We also did not observe any issues with patient compliance.

 

    Patients had variable plasma levels of SMT C1100; possible impact from diet on absorption of SMT C1100. We observed variability among patients in all three cohorts in plasma concentrations of SMT C1100 after administering multiple daily doses for eleven days. As illustrated in the figure below, the mean blood plasma concentrations of two of the 12 DMD patients, who we refer to as high absorbers, exceeded the target level of 0.2 µM (67 ng/mL) for several hours following dosing. We determined this target level prior to conducting this clinical trial based on the composite results of our preclinical studies in tissue culture, or in vitro preclinical studies, and our preclinical studies in live animals, or in vivo preclinical studies, which indicated that this plasma concentration leads to an increase of approximately 50% in levels of utrophin protein. The mean plasma concentrations of the remaining ten patients, who we refer to as low absorbers, were less than this target level and similar to the levels achieved by fasted healthy volunteers in our completed Phase 1 clinical trial who had received a single 200 mg/kg dose of SMT C1100. Nonetheless, we believe that the patients who did not achieve the target plasma level in the clinical trial may still have achieved a plasma level of SMT C1100 sufficient to modulate the production of utrophin and possibly result in a clinical benefit. This belief is based in part on the work of Professor Davies’ research group, in which the continued expression of utrophin protein in transgenic lines of an mdx mouse, even at levels just above those in a normal mdx mouse, had a meaningful, positive effect on muscle performance.

LOGO

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

We believe that the similarity of SMT C1100 plasma levels between the majority of DMD patients in this Phase 1b clinical trial and fasted healthy volunteers in our completed Phase 1 clinical trial may be due to a complex absorption profile in DMD patients that results from patients following low fat, low calorie diets. DMD patients often follow such diets due to concerns over the consequences of long-term corticosteroid use and potential resulting weight gain. In addition, we believe that other DMD disease-related factors, such as abnormal gastrointestinal physiology, may impact the absorption profile of DMD patients.

 

    Patients experienced a reduction in CK and other enzyme markers of muscle damage. We observed a reduction compared to baseline in the enzymes CK, aspartate aminotransferase, or AST, and alanine aminotransferase, or ALT, in over 90% of the patients in the clinical trial during dosing with SMT C1100. Other liver associated enzymes, gamma glutamyl transferase, alkaline phosphatase and albumin, showed no meaningful change from baseline over the same dosing period. The levels of CK, ALT and AST are typically low in healthy people. In DMD patients, however, damage to muscle fibers leads to the release of these enzymes from the muscle and accumulation in the blood. The mean reductions in CK, ALT and AST were statistically significant as compared to the baseline pre-dose levels (p <0.05). We determine statistical significance based on a widely used, conventional statistical method that establishes the p-value of clinical results. Typically, a p-value of 0.05 or less represents statistical significance. Although this was not a placebo controlled study and there may be other factors that influenced the results, we believe the lower levels of CK, AST and ALT compared to baseline potentially indicate a reduction in muscle damage and may be evidence of SMT C1100 activity. Following the end of dosing, the levels of these enzymes increased toward pre-dose levels. In addition, the reduction in CK was consistent with the results of a preclinical in vivo study that we conducted in the mdx mouse model, described in more detail below, in which we observed a reduction in CK following single daily dosing of SMT C1100. We did not observe a correlation between the dose level of SMT C1100 administered and the degree of change in the levels of these enzymes.

BioMarin Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Healthy Volunteers

In 2009, we assigned certain technology relating to our DMD program to BioMarin DMD Regulator Limited, or BioMarin. In 2010, BioMarin conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100 in 48 healthy adult volunteers. The clinical trial was conducted at a single site in the United Kingdom. BioMarin reported that SMT C1100 was well tolerated by the subjects in this clinical trial. Subjects in this trial achieved low systemic exposure of the drug, and there was variability in systemic exposure across subjects. Following this clinical trial of a prior formulation of SMT C1100, BioMarin elected not to continue development of our assigned technology, citing pharmaceutical and pharmacokinetic challenges. In public statements, BioMarin indicated that it had concluded that the likelihood of achieving a therapeutic effect in DMD patients was highly unlikely. In 2010, BioMarin transferred the assets, and all commercialization rights, back to us. As described above, in our Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers, in which we administered SMT C1100 as a flavored aqueous suspension, we were able to achieve our target plasma concentrations in all subjects after multiple dosing.

Planned Clinical Trials

In December 2014, we received approval form the MHRA to initiate our Phase lb modified diet trial. We plan to conduct this clinical trial at multiple sites in the United Kingdom. The primary objective of this clinical trial is to determine the pharmacokinetics of single and multiple oral dose SMT C1100 in patients with DMD who are following specific dietary guidance that recommends balanced proportions of fat (30%), protein (25%) and carbohydrates (45%) and dosing with a glass of whole milk. We plan to achieve this dietary balance by requesting that patients, with support from research dietitians and the patients’ legal guardians, consume a diet containing all of the major food groups, vitamins, minerals and dietary fiber, with a daily calorie intake that is appropriate for the age and activity level of each patient. The goal of this dietary guidance is to demonstrate an increase in the level of SMT C1100 in blood plasma compared to the blood plasma levels we observed among

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

DMD patients in our first Phase 1b clinical trial. The trial protocol includes a number of secondary objectives, including evaluations of:

 

    the safety and tolerability of single and multiple oral doses of SMT C1100;

 

    the daily variability in the steady state pharmacokinetics of SMT C1100; and

 

    the levels of CK as a potential biomarker of SMT C1100 activity.

The clinical trial is designed to enroll 12 DMD patients who are between five and 13 years of age. The patients will be divided into three cohorts of four patients each. The clinical trial will include three randomized sequential 14-day treatment periods during which each patient in the clinical trial will receive SMT C1100 at dose levels of 1,250 mg and 2,500 mg and placebo, in each case twice a day. The clinical trial is blinded as to the order in which patients will receive drug or placebo. We expect that this trial design will permit the evaluation of the different doses of SMT C1100 and the change in dose on each patient, while allowing each patient to act as his own placebo control.

We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in mid-2015. If the Phase 1b modified diet trial is successful, we plan to conduct an open label Phase 2 clinical trial. This open label Phase 2 clinical trial will be designed to evaluate the longer-term effects of SMT C1100 on muscle health, function and safety. We expect to report data periodically during the course of this trial. We plan to seek regulatory approval for the planned open label Phase 2 clinical trial in parallel to conducting our Phase 1b modified diet trial in an effort to minimize the time between the completion of our Phase 1b modified diet trial and commencement of the open label Phase 2 clinical trial.

We also plan to conduct a larger, multinational, randomized, placebo controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT C1100, including at sites in the United States and Europe. We expect to initiate this trial in early 2016. We plan to design this second Phase 2 clinical trial to evaluate the clinical benefit of SMT C1100 in DMD patients based on a primary clinical endpoint of distance walked in six minutes, which is currently the only accepted primary outcome measure for DMD trials, as well as to evaluate potential exploratory utrophin related and other DMD biomarkers that we have developed.

SMT C1100 Preclinical Studies

We have conducted a broad preclinical program for SMT C1100 in collaboration with Professor Kay Davies and her research group at the University of Oxford. The preclinical program consists of in vitro and in vivo studies designed to support the potential of SMT C1100 to modulate the expression of utrophin protein. The following is a summary of key observations from studies completed to date:

 

    Increased Utrophin Levels in DMD Patient Derived Myoblast Cells. We dosed in vitro muscle derived cells called myoblasts from DMD patients with SMT C1100. After three days of dosing, we observed a two-fold mean increase in utrophin protein levels in these myoblast cells as compared to baseline levels.

 

    Increased Utrophin Protein Expression in Heart, Diaphragm and Other Skeletal Muscles in mdx Mouse. We dosed mdx mice with SMT C1100 daily for 28 days. Following the 28 days of dosing, we observed increased mean utrophin protein levels in the diaphragm (p<0.05) and the heart (p<0.01) and as compared to untreated mdx mice. We also observed an increase in utrophin protein levels in the tibialis anterior, or TA, and extensor digitorum longus, or EDL, skeletal muscles. We also observed a mean increase in utrophin messenger ribonucleic acid, or mRNA, which is the precursor to utrophin protein. We believe that the good systemic distribution of drug observed in this experiment is important for DMD therapies that aim to maintain ambulation and prolong life for DMD patients.

 

   

Localized Utrophin Production at the Sarcolemma in mdx Mouse. In the mdx mouse experiment described in the prior bullet, we observed an increase in utrophin protein in the TA and EDL skeletal muscles of mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 compared to untreated mdx mice as evidenced by an

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents
 

observable increase in the number of utrophin positive muscle fibers in these muscles. The increase in utrophin protein was localized at the sarcolemma, which is the required site of action for utrophin production in muscle. In a separate study in which we forced mdx mice to exercise, we observed a similar increase in utrophin positive muscle fibers in the diaphragm and the TA and EDL muscles, and an increase of utrophin levels within these muscle fibers, of mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 compared to untreated mdx mice. We believe that these results are noteworthy because DMD disease pathology is even more pronounced in the diaphragm and hind-limb muscles of the forced exercise mdx mice as compared to sedentary mdx mice.

 

    Reduction in Secondary Markers of DMD in mdx Mouse. We dosed mdx mice with SMT C1100 daily for 28 days. In this study, we observed a mean 75% reduction in CK levels as compared to untreated mdx mice after 15 days, which is the time at which muscle degeneration is at a maximum in this model. We continued to observe lower mean CK levels in the treated mdx mice group after 28 days, at which point muscle degeneration stabilized. Plasma levels of CK, muscle regeneration, inflammation and fibrosis are secondary markers of DMD. We also observed a reduction in the mean level of muscle fiber regeneration in mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 compared to untreated mdx mice as evidenced by a reduction in the number of muscle fibers with centrally localized nuclei, which are biomarkers of regeneration. We believe this resulted from the continual expression of utrophin, which protected the dystrophin deficient muscle fibers, and therefore reduced the amount of muscle regeneration. In addition, following treatment with SMT C1100, we observed a mean reduction in overall skeletal muscle inflammation and fibrosis in the mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 compared to untreated mdx mice, which indicates a reduction in muscle fiber damage.

 

    Protection of Muscle Function in Forced Exercise mdx Mouse . We dosed mdx mice with SMT C1100 daily for 28 days and forced the mice to exercise during this treatment period. As illustrated in the figure below, at the end of dosing the forced exercise mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 demonstrated a statistically significant mean increase in protection against exercise-induced forelimb weakness (p<0.05) compared to untreated forced exercise mdx mice. We measured forelimb weakness by the force increment required for the mdx mice to lose the strength to grip. The mdx mice treated with SMT C1100 exhibited forelimb strength comparable to that observed in the wild type control mice, which unlike mdx mice are not dystrophin deficient. The untreated mdx mice experienced a mean decrease in forelimb strength by the end of the 28 day study. Forcing the mdx mouse to exercise worsens the impact of DMD and we believe more closely approximates the pathology of human DMD patients.

 

 

LOGO

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents
    Target Plasma Concentration to Achieve a 50% Increase in Utrophin Levels . The composite results from our in vitro and in vivo preclinical studies indicated that a plasma concentration of approximately 0.2 µM (67ng/mL) leads to an increase of approximately 50% in levels of utrophin protein. These plasma concentration findings formed the basis of the target pharmacokinetic level that we have used in our clinical trials of SMT C1100. As noted above, in the experiments performed by Professor Kay Davies, the continued expression of utrophin, even at levels just above those in a normal mdx mouse, had a meaningful, positive effect on muscle performance.

Our Pipeline of Future Generation Utrophin Modulators

We plan to apply and enhance our existing knowledge, experience and proprietary rights to maintain and expand our leadership in the field of utrophin modulation. In addition to SMT C1100, we are currently pursuing a broad utrophin modulator technology program consisting of internally developed second generation utrophin modulators designed to include improved pharmacokinetic properties, a pipeline of novel, future generation utrophin modulators with new mechanisms that we are developing in collaboration with the University of Oxford and potential diet independent formulations of SMT C1100 designed to allow for absorption of the active drug without regard to dietary requirements. We also are progressing a program to develop biomarkers to measure the effects of our utrophin modulators in treating DMD.

Second Generation Utrophin Modulators

We are developing internally a series of second generation utrophin modulators that are structurally related to SMT C1100 but are designed to have more favorable pharmacokinetic properties and achieve higher plasma levels of drug at a lower dose. We plan to identify a second generation candidate and initiate preclinical development in the first half of 2015.

We have conducted preliminary preclinical studies on our second generation utrophin modulators and have observed the following:

 

    Improved systemic exposure. We administered single oral doses of one of our second generation utrophin modulators and SMT C1100 to rats in vivo and observed a ten to 40 fold increase in plasma concentrations with this second generation modulator as compared to SMT C1100.

 

    Comparable efficacy data in mdx preclinical studies. We conducted an in vivo study of two of our second generation modulators in the mdx mouse model. In this study, we treated each of two groups of sedentary mdx mice for five weeks with a single daily dose of one of our second generation utrophin modulators and compared these two groups to a control group of untreated sedentary mdx mice. In both groups of treated mdx mice, we observed increased utrophin expression and muscle function in amounts that were comparable in each case to those observed in our preclinical testing of SMT C1100. The beneficial effects of these two second generation modulators compared to the control group of mdx mice in this study included in both cases an increase in utrophin expression in skeletal muscles, including the diaphragm, and the heart; a reduction in muscle fiber fibrosis, muscle membrane damage and muscle regeneration; and protection of muscle function with an improvement in resistance to damage.

Preliminary safety and in vivo studies conducted to date on the second generation utrophin modulators have been generally favorable.

Strategic Alliance with the University of Oxford

In November 2013, as part of our program for the development of additional utrophin modulators, we formed a strategic alliance with the University of Oxford. Under this alliance, we acquired an exclusive option to license intellectual property that is generated as part of our research in utrophin modulation as part of the alliance. The

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

goal of our collaboration with the University of Oxford is to identify and develop future generations of novel utrophin modulators that will include new mechanisms that could complement SMT C1100 and our second generation modulators.

Potential Diet Independent Formulation of SMT C1100

We believe a diet that includes appropriate proportions of fat (30%), protein (25%) and carbohydrates (45%) has the potential to improve the plasma levels of SMT C1100. Our long-term plan is to develop a diet independent formulation of SMT C1100 that will allow for absorption of the active drug without regard to dietary requirements.

Biomarker Program

We believe that the development of new biomarkers could play an important role in furthering our understanding of the potential benefits of utrophin modulators in treating DMD. A biomarker is a measurable biological or chemical change that is believed to be associated with the severity or presence of a disease or other physiological state of an organism. We expect our biomarkers will be related to the mechanism of utrophin modulation and will examine other aspects of muscle health, including inflammation and muscle fiber regeneration. Our biomarker program includes the following:

 

    quantifying numbers of utrophin positive fibers and levels of utrophin protein in each fiber from muscle biopsies using immunofluorescence;

 

    evaluating muscle biopsies to quantify numbers of regenerating fibers; and

 

    developing other serum biomarkers that will quantify muscle damage.

We are funding the development of our biomarker program in part through financial support from DMD foundations in the United Kingdom.

Clostridium difficile Infection Overview

Clostridium difficile Infection is a bacterial infection of the colon that produces toxins causing inflammation of the colon and severe diarrhea. CDI can also result in more serious disease complications, including pseudomembranous colitis, bowel perforation, toxic megacolon and sepsis. CDI represents a serious healthcare issue in hospitals, long-term care homes and, increasingly, in the wider community. In 2010, Clinical Microbiology Reviews , a peer reviewed journal published by the American Society for Microbiology, estimated that there were between 450,000 and 700,000 cases of CDI in the United States each year. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or CDC, reports that CDI is responsible for 14,000 deaths per year in the United States. A separate study published in 2012 in Clinical Microbiology and Infection , a peer reviewed journal published by the European Society of Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases, indicated that CDI may be underdiagnosed in approximately 25% of cases. A study published in The Journal of Hospital Infection , a peer reviewed journal published by the Healthcare Infection Society, reported that CDI is two to four times more common than hospital associated infections caused by methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus , a bacterium frequently associated with such infections. The Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project, a family of databases developed through a federal-state-industry partnership sponsored by the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality of the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, reported an approximate 3.5 fold increase in hospital stays associated with CDI between 2000 and 2008. The economic impact of CDI is significant. A study published in 2012 in Clinical Infectious Diseases estimated that acute care costs total $4.8 billion per year in the United States alone.

CDI originates from a bacterium known as Clostridium difficile , or C. difficile . C. difficile sometimes can be a harmless resident of the gastrointestinal tract. The complex community of microorganisms that make up the natural gut flora usually moderates levels of C. difficile . The natural gut flora are an essential part of the normal

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

function of the gastrointestinal tract and also have wide implications to human health, such as the proper function of the immune system. CDI typically develops following the use of broad spectrum antibiotic agents that can cause widespread damage to the natural gut flora and allow overgrowth of C. difficile . Hypervirulent C. difficile strains have also emerged and are frequently associated with more severe disease. In the United States, the hypervirulent strain ribotype 027 accounts for approximately one third of all CDI cases.

The primary clinical issue with CDI is disease recurrence. This is in contrast to other bacterial threats for which drug resistance is the principal concern. According to an article published in 2012 in the peer reviewed journal Clinical Microbiology and Infection , up to 25% of patients with CDI suffer a second episode of the infection. The risk of further recurrence rises to 65% after a patient suffers a second episode of CDI. In addition, each episode of recurrent disease is associated with greater disease severity and higher mortality rates. Recurrent disease is associated with an increased burden on the healthcare system.

In 2013, the CDC highlighted CDI as one of three pathogens that pose an immediate public health threat and require urgent and aggressive action. In 2012, the Generating Antibiotics Incentives Now Act provisions of the FDA Safety and Innovation Act, or GAIN, became law. The goal of GAIN is to encourage the development of new antibiotics that treat specific pathogens, including C. difficile , that cause serious and life threatening infections.

Current CDI Treatments

Existing treatment options for CDI are limited. The current standard of care for CDI is treatment with vancomycin or off label use of metronidazole, both of which are broad spectrum antibiotics. Although these antibiotics reduce levels of C. difficile , both also cause significant collateral damage to the gut flora as a result of their broad spectrum of activity. This collateral damage to the gut flora leaves patients vulnerable to recurrent CDI. A review published in 2012 in the peer reviewed journal International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents reported recurrence rates of 24.0% for vancomycin and 27.1% for metronidazole. Metronidazole is frequently used in mild or moderate cases of CDI and has been associated with a number of side effects. The antibiotic fidaxomicin was recently approved in the United States and the European Union, but it has not been shown to be superior to vancomycin in the treatment of patients with the hypervirulent strain ribotype 027.

SMT19969 for the Treatment of CDI

We are developing SMT19969 as an orally administered small molecule antibiotic for the treatment of CDI. We administered SMT19969 as an aqueous suspension in our completed Phase 1 clinical trial. We are administering SMT19969 as a capsule in our ongoing Phase 2 clinical trial because we believe administration in capsule form will enable easier administration and enhance patient compliance. In addition, the comparator drug in the Phase 2 clinical trial, vancomycin, is administered as a capsule, and matching the form of the comparator drug will help to ensure that the trial is double blinded. In addition, we are currently assessing alternative formulations for potential commercial use. SMT19969 is designed to selectively target C. difficile bacteria without causing collateral damage to the gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates. The active ingredient in SMT19969 is a bis-benzimidazole tetrahydrate. We believe, based on preclinical studies conducted to date, that SMT19969 is part of a novel structural class of antibiotics that is distinct from the major classes of marketed antibacterials.

We have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT19969 in healthy volunteers. We believe the results of this clinical trial are consistent with the highly selective profile of SMT19969 that we observed in preclinical studies. SMT19969 was also well tolerated at all doses tested in this clinical trial. We are currently enrolling and treating patients in a double blind, active controlled Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to vancomycin for the treatment of CDI. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in the second half of 2015. We also are preparing to initiate an exploratory, open label, active controlled Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to fidaxomicin for the treatment of CDI. We expect to report top line results from this clinical trial in the first half of 2016.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

The FDA has designated SMT19969 as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product. The QIDP incentives are provided through GAIN. The QIDP designation provides for priority review by the FDA, eligibility for “fast-track” status and extension of statutory exclusivity periods in the United States for an additional five years upon FDA approval of the product for the treatment of CDI.

SMT19969 Clinical Development

Phase 1 Clinical Trial in Healthy Volunteers

In 2013, we completed a randomized, partially blind, placebo controlled Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT19969 in healthy volunteers. We conducted this clinical trial at a single site in the United Kingdom under approval from the MHRA and the Ethics Review Committee. We enrolled 56 healthy male subjects in the clinical trial who were between 18 and 55 years of age. The primary objective of the clinical trial was to determine the safety and tolerability of single and multiple ascending oral doses of SMT19969. The secondary objectives included determining the single and multiple oral dose pharmacokinetics of SMT19969, assessing the effect of food on systemic exposure of SMT19969 and assessing the effect of multiple oral doses of SMT19969 on gut flora.

We conducted the clinical trial in two parts. Part 1 consisted of an ascending single dose study and a food effect evaluation study. In Part 1, we evaluated a total of 40 subjects, divided into the following six cohorts:

 

    four fasted subjects, randomized for three subjects to receive a single 2 mg dose of SMT19969 and one subject to receive placebo;

 

    four fasted subjects, randomized for three subjects to receive a single 20 mg dose of SMT19969 and one subject to receive placebo;

 

    eight fasted subjects, randomized for six subjects to receive a single 100 mg dose of SMT19969 and two subjects to receive placebo;

 

    eight fasted subjects, randomized for six subjects to receive a single 400 mg dose of SMT19969 and two subjects to receive placebo;

 

    eight fasted subjects, randomized for six subjects to receive a single 2,000 mg dose of SMT19969 and two subjects to receive placebo; and

 

    eight subjects, randomized for six subjects to receive a single 1,000 mg dose of SMT19969 under fasted conditions and a single 1,000 mg dose under fed conditions, and two subjects to receive two single doses of placebo on the same dosing schedule. The doses under fed and fasted conditions were separated by a minimum of six days.

Part 2 of the clinical trial consisted of a multiple dose study. In Part 2, we evaluated a total of 16 subjects, who were divided into the following two cohorts:

 

    eight subjects randomized for six subjects to receive 200 mg doses of SMT19969 twice per day for nine days with a single final dose on day ten and two subjects to receive placebo on the same dosing schedule; and

 

    eight subjects randomized for six subjects to receive 500 mg doses of SMT19969 twice per day for nine days with a single final dose on day ten and two subjects to receive placebo on the same dosing schedule.

Analysis of Trial Results

We observed the following results in this clinical trial:

 

   

SMT19969 was well tolerated. SMT19969 was well tolerated at all doses tested in the clinical trial. The incidence of adverse events in the clinical trial was low for patients treated with SMT19969 and comparable to the incidence of adverse events for patients receiving placebo. The majority of the

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents
 

adverse events that were considered to be possibly related to SMT19969 were classified as gastrointestinal disorders and were mild in severity and resolved without intervention. One patient withdrew from the clinical trial after suffering from appendicitis on day one. The trial investigator determined this serious adverse event was unlikely to be related to treatment with SMT19969.

 

    SMT19969 was retained in the gastrointestinal tract. SMT19969 was targeted to the gastrointestinal tract, which is the site where CDI infections occur in the body. Systemic exposure was close to or below the level of detection in both fed and fasted subjects.

 

    SMT19969 was highly selective for total clostridia bacteria with minimal impact on other natural gut flora. We measured levels of bacteria in fecal samples from Part 2 of the clinical trial for gut flora composition on the day prior to commencement of dosing and on days four and nine of drug administration during the clinical trial. As illustrated in the figure below, in both the 200 mg and 500 mg dose cohorts, median levels of key bacteria groups that comprise the natural gut flora remained relatively constant during this period and did not fluctuate substantially from baseline. The one exception was the total clostridia bacterial group. The counts of total clostridia decreased from the baseline level to zero by day four of dosing and remained at zero on day nine of dosing. C. difficile is a member of the total clostridia group. We did not detect any C. difficile viable cells or spores in the fecal samples of any of the healthy volunteer subjects at any point during the clinical trial. Bacteria levels are shown in the figure below on a logarithmic scale, which condenses the wide range of values to a format showing the relative differences in values. We believe these data, which are consistent with the data from our preclinical studies, support the highly selective antibiotic effect of SMT19969.

LOGO

Ongoing Phase 2 Clinical Trial in Patients with CDI

We are currently evaluating SMT19969 in a randomized, double blind, active controlled, multicenter, Phase 2 clinical trial. This clinical trial is the first time that SMT19969 is being administered to CDI patients, and we refer to it as our Phase 2 proof of concept clinical trial. We are conducting this clinical trial at approximately 25 sites in the United States and five sites in Canada. The trial is being conducted under an Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, that we submitted to the FDA on January 21, 2014. We expect to enroll up to 100 patients in this clinical trial. We enrolled the first patients in July 2014. We expect to report top line data from this clinical trial in the second half of 2015. We are randomizing patients in a one to one ratio to receive either a 200 mg dose of SMT19969 administered twice per day for ten days or a 125 mg dose of vancomycin administered four times per day for ten days.

The primary objective of this clinical trial is to evaluate the efficacy of ten days of dosing with SMT19969 compared to treatment with vancomycin. The primary efficacy endpoint is sustained clinical response, which is defined as clinical cure based on the resolution of diarrhea at the test of cure, or TOC, visit on day 12 and no

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

recurrence of CDI within 30 days after the end of treatment. The secondary efficacy endpoints are investigator assessed clinical response at the TOC visit and rate of recurrence of CDI within 30 days after the end of treatment. Secondary objectives of this clinical trial are to assess the safety and tolerability of ten days of dosing of SMT19969 compared to vancomycin, the plasma and fecal concentrations of SMT19969 in patients with CDI receiving SMT19969 and the health status of CDI patients receiving ten days of treatment of SMT19969 compared to patients receiving ten days of treatment of vancomycin. We also plan to assess the impact of SMT19969 on the gut flora of patients in the clinical trial as one of a number of exploratory objectives.

Planned Phase 2 Exploratory Clinical Trial of SMT19969 Compared to Fidaxomicin

We are preparing to initiate a randomized, open label, active controlled, multicenter Phase 2 clinical trial evaluating SMT19969 compared to fidaxomicin for the treatment of CDI. This clinical trial will generate further data comparing SMT19969 to a recently launched CDI antibiotic, and we expect the results of this clinical trial will help to inform the design of future Phase 3 clinical trials of SMT19969. We plan to conduct this clinical trial at up to seven sites in the United Kingdom. We expect to enroll approximately 30 patients in this clinical trial. We will randomize patients in a one to one ratio to receive either a 200 mg dose of SMT19969 administered twice per day for ten days or a 200 mg dose of fidaxomicin administered twice per day for ten days. We expect to report top line data from this clinical trial in the first half of 2016.

The primary efficacy objective of clinical this trial is to determine the safety and tolerability of ten days of dosing with 200 mg of SMT19969 compared to dosing with 200 mg of fidaxomicin. The secondary objectives of the clinical trial are to assess the following:

 

    the plasma pharmacokinetics of SMT19969 in patients with CDI;

 

    the qualitative and quantitative effect of SMT19969 and fidaxomicin on gut flora;

 

    the plasma, urine and fecal concentrations of SMT19969 and its metabolites; and

 

    the efficacy of ten days of dosing with SMT19969 compared to fidaxomicin for the treatment of CDI.

The measurement of efficacy will be based on investigator assessed clinical response at the TOC visit, with clinical cure defined as resolution of diarrhea while on treatment and maintained at the TOC visit, and sustained clinical response, defined as clinical cure at the TOC visit and no recurrence of CDI within 30 days after the end of treatment.

CDI Preclinical Data

In a range of preclinical studies, SMT19969 demonstrated an encouraging profile as a potential antibiotic for the treatment of initial CDI and reduction of CDI recurrence. The following is a summary of key observations from these studies:

 

    Potency against C. difficile. We screened SMT19969 in vitro against a panel of C. difficile clinical isolates from the United States and the United Kingdom. In this study, SMT19969 displayed a potent bactericidal effect against all clinical isolates of C. difficile , including hypervirulent strains, such as ribotype 027. SMT19969 was more potent than both vancomycin and metronidazole, and was either equally potent to, or more potent than, fidaxomicin.

 

   

Targeted spectrum of activity . We conducted in vitro testing of SMT19969, vancomycin, metronidazole and fidaxomicin against a wide panel of bacteria that are commonly found in the gut flora and are necessary for normal function of the gastrointestinal tract and also have wide implications to human health, such as the proper function of the immune system. As illustrated in the figure below, in this study SMT19969 had a minimal antibiotic effect against these beneficial bacterial groups. SMT19969 also displayed higher selectivity for C. difficile in this study as compared to vancomycin, metronidazole and fidaxomicin and published data for surotomycin and cadazolid, two antibiotics that

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents
 

are currently in Phase 3 clinical development by other companies. In vitro potency is measured by determining the concentration of a drug (in micrograms per liter) needed to inhibit the growth of 90% of the bacterial strains being tested, referred to as a MIC 90 measurement. A high number, typically higher than 256, indicates a weak antimicrobial effect, and a low number, typically less than eight, indicates a potent antimicrobial effect. We believe that the targeted spectrum of activity for SMT19969 seen in this study compared to the relatively broad spectrum of activity of other antibiotics indicates the potential for SMT19969 to selectively target C. difficile bacteria without causing collateral damage to the gut flora and thereby reduce CDI recurrence rates.

Profile of Selectivity of SMT19969 vs. Other CDI Antibiotics

 

LOGO

 

    Protection against CDI recurrence. In a hamster model, we infected one group of hamsters with the hypervirulent CDI strain ribotype 027 and a second group of hamsters with a second CDI strain ribotype 012. In the United States, the hypervirulent CDI strain ribotype 027 accounts for approximately one third of all CDI cases. We then treated hamsters from each of the two infected groups with different doses of SMT19969, vancomycin and fidaxomicin for five days. We evaluated disease recurrence over the 21 days following treatment. In this hamster model, a hamster fatality within the first five days is a result of initial C. difficile infection, while a fatality from day six to day 25 is a result of recurrent disease. As illustrated in the figure below, the hamsters from both infected groups that were treated with two different doses of SMT19969 had survival rates of 90% to 100% against strain ribotype 027 and 80% to 100% against strain ribotype 012. These survival rates were higher than hamsters treated with vancomycin (0% to 10% survival rates) for both CDI strains, comparable to hamsters treated with two different doses of fidaxomicin against strain ribotype 027 (90% to 100% survival rates) and higher than hamsters treated with two different doses of fidaxomicin against strain ribotype 012 (0% to 40% survival rates). All infection control hamsters received placebo and died by the second day following infection.

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

    Inhibition of sporulation . In the in vitro testing of SMT19969 described above, we treated C. difficile cells with different concentrations of SMT19969 and measured the percentage of spores formed 96 hours after treatment. Untreated cells had a 100% conversion rate into C. difficile spores, which are the dormant protected form of the bacteria, after 96 hours. In this study, treatment with SMT19969 resulted in a meaningful reduction in spore count compared with untreated cells against all strains of C. difficile tested. We believe the reduction in sporulation may benefit rates of recurrent disease as the spores are highly resistant to standard cleaning practices and lead to increased risks of environmental persistence and disease transmission.

 

    Concomitant antibiotic use . In an in vitro bacterial culture study, we administered SMT19969 in combination with selected other antibiotics. In this study, concomitant use of antibiotics had neither a synergistic nor an antagonistic effect on the MIC 90 values of SMT19969 against the C. difficile strains tested. We believe these results indicate that concomitant use of other antibiotics will not diminish the potency of SMT19969. We believe this is an important finding because a significant portion of CDI patients receive antibiotic treatment for persistent or new infections.

 

    Low propensity for resistance . In an in vitro study, we treated C. difficile bacteria with SMT19969 and assessed the number of resistant bacteria at the end of treatment. We repeated this process multiple times, with each cycle referred to as a serial passage. We observed that use of SMT19969 resulted in a low frequency of spontaneous mutation and no resistance after 14 serial passages of treatment.

Our Collaborations and Funding Arrangements

University of Oxford

In November 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of MuOx Limited, or MuOx, a spin out of the University of Oxford founded by Professors Stephen Davies and Kay Davies. MuOx is our wholly-owned subsidiary. In connection with that acquisition, we and MuOx entered into a set of agreements with the University of Oxford and its technology transfer division, Isis Innovation Limited, or Isis, regarding the development of small molecule utrophin modulators.

Research Sponsorship

We have agreed to fund a drug research and discovery program in the University of Oxford laboratories to identify and research utrophin modulators to treat DMD. The University of Oxford is responsible for conducting this program. Isis has no obligations under the research sponsorship agreement. We refer to the agreement that governs our research sponsorship with the University of Oxford, which we, the University of Oxford and Isis entered into in November 2013 and amended and restated in July 2014, as the research sponsorship agreement. Under the research sponsorship agreement, we have agreed to fund up to £1.5 million over the three year research period, of which we have paid the University of Oxford £0.5 million.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

The University of Oxford will own all intellectual property arising from the sponsored research, and we have agreed to assign to the University of Oxford any intellectual property arising from the sponsored research that either we or third parties whom we engage, may create, subject to our exercise of an option to obtain an exclusive license under the intellectual property arising from the sponsored research, as described below.

Either we or the University of Oxford would have the right to terminate the research sponsorship agreement for specified reasons, including the other party’s insolvency or material breach, if the breach remains uncured for a specified period or is uncurable, or our mutual determination, at specified times, that there are valid scientific reasons for terminating the project. The University of Oxford may also terminate the research sponsorship agreement if we default on more than one payment obligation and do not remedy the failure within a specified period after receiving notice. We may also terminate the research sponsorship agreement, after a specified period of time if any of the principal investigators is unable or unwilling to continue supervising the sponsored research and the successor proposed by the University of Oxford is not acceptable to us on reasonable and substantial grounds.

License of Know-How

In November 2013, Isis executed a know-how license agreement with MuOx. We refer to the agreement, which was amended in July 2014, as the know-how license agreement. In the know-how license agreement, Isis granted MuOx a license under specified know-how, consisting of data and other information associated with specified utrophin modulators and biological screening technology, and all intellectual property rights pertaining to the specified know-how, to research, develop, make, have made, use, have used, import, have imported, export, have exported, and market the licensed know-how and products or processes resulting from the licensed know-how. We refer to the know-how specified in the know-how license agreement, as Oxford’s background know-how. Our rights under Oxford’s background know-how in the specified utrophin modulators are exclusive and sublicenseable. Our rights under Oxford’s background know-how in the biological screening technology are initially exclusive, but become non-exclusive in November 2016, and are sublicenseable with Isis’ consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld. Our rights are subject to the rights of the University of Oxford, the Muscular Dystrophy Association and the Muscular Dystrophy Campaign, and their respective employees, students and agents, to use and publish Oxford’s background know-how for specified scholarly and academic research and teaching purposes. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, exploit and market Oxford’s background know-how or any compound deriving from Oxford’s background know-how.

The know-how license agreement will remain in effect for at least three years with respect to the biological screening technology know-how, and otherwise, with respect to each of the compound or biological screening technology know-how, as long as we or our sublicensees are using commercially reasonable efforts to research and develop compounds derived from that know-how. Either we or Isis would have the right to terminate the know-how license agreement if the other party materially breaches the know-how license agreement and the breach remains uncured for a specified period or is uncurable. We may terminate the know-how license agreement at our discretion by giving Isis six months’ prior written notice. Isis may terminate the know-how license agreement on thirty days’ notice if we fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to exploit Oxford’s background know-how and do not remedy such breach within a specified time, or immediately, if we take specified actions relating to winding up or experience certain insolvency-related events.

Exclusive Option Rights

We refer to the intellectual property rights arising under the research sponsorship agreement, or arising from research and development of small molecule utrophin modulation conducted by or under the supervision of certain University of Oxford scientists, that is created or reduced to practice after November 2013 and within a specified time after the expiration or termination of the research sponsorship agreement, as arising IP. Under an option agreement that we, the University of Oxford and Isis entered into in November 2013, which we refer to as the option agreement, Isis granted us an exclusive option to license the arising IP. We may exercise the option within specified periods.

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

In connection with entering the option agreement, we paid Isis an option fee of a specified amount and issued to Isis warrants to purchase up to 354,090 of our ordinary shares at a purchase price of £0.20 per ordinary share. The warrants may be exercised based on the achievement of certain research, development and regulatory milestones.

If we exercise our option to obtain a license under arising IP, we would be obligated to pay Isis up to a specified sum in option exercise fees, and Isis will use reasonable efforts to enter into a license agreement as quickly as possible, subject to Isis obtaining all necessary intellectual property assignments and conducting its internal due diligence procedures.

For any arising IP for which we have exercised the option and that comprises new chemical entities or compounds, which we refer to as optioned compounds, we would obtain an exclusive, sublicenseable license. We are obligated to pay milestone payments of up to £75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestones, whether such milestones occur prior to or after our exercise of the option to obtain an exclusive sublicenseable license. Following exercise of such an option we would also be obligated to pay milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones with respect to each optioned compound. The specified regulatory milestone payment is due each time the specified regulatory milestone is achieved with respect to a optioned compound and, if each optioned compound achieved each regulatory milestone once, we would be obligated to pay Isis a total of £3.7 million in regulatory milestone payments for each optioned compound.

We would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit royalty of net sales by us, our affiliates or sublicensees of any product containing an optioned compound, which we refer to as a licensed product, subject to specified reductions. Our obligation to pay the royalty would expire on the later of the expiration of the last valid claim of any licensed patent or patent application claiming the licensed product or 20 years after the date on which we enter the license agreement. We would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit percentage of any payments we receive in connection with granting a sublicense under the licensed arising IP.

If we funded the development of the arising IP for the optioned compounds, through our funding under the research sponsorship agreement or by funding work at contract research organizations prior to the creation of the arising IP, then the milestone and royalty payments will be reduced to reflect the value that our funding delivered to the arising IP. We and Isis would negotiate such adjustment in good faith. If we and Isis are unable to agree, an expert will be appointed to make the determination.

For any arising IP for which we have exercised the option and that does not comprise new chemical entities or compound, which we call enabling IP, we would obtain an exclusive license, which we could sublicense with Isis’ prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. We and Isis would negotiate the milestone payments and any other payments that we would be obligated to pay to Isis with respect to enabling IP. If we and Isis are unable to agree, an expert will be appointed to make the determination.

Any license granted to us under arising IP would be subject to the rights of the University of Oxford, and any person who at any time worked on the licensed arising IP, to use and publish the arising IP for specified scholarly and academic research and teaching purposes. We would also be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, exploit and market the arising IP licensed to us.

The license agreement would remain in effect as long as we are using commercially reasonable efforts to develop and market the licensed products, unless terminated earlier by us or Isis, or extended by mutual agreement. Either we or Isis would be permitted to terminate the license agreement at any time if the other party materially breaches the license agreement and the breach remains uncured for a specified period or the breach is uncurable. We would be permitted to terminate the license agreement for any reason after it has been in effect for three years upon giving six months’ prior written notice. Isis would be permitted to terminate the license agreement if we challenge the validity of the licensed patents or patent applications or if we claim that we are no longer

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

obligated to make payments to Isis under the license agreement because the know-how is unnecessary, or if we take specified actions relating to winding up or experience certain insolvency-related events. Upon termination of the license agreement, we would be obligated to grant Isis an irrevocable, transferable, non-exclusive license to develop, make, have made, use and market any improvements made by us during the option period, and related intellectual property rights, subject to the payment of a reasonable royalty.

The option agreement will remain in effect until a specified period of time, sufficient for us and Isis to enter into the license agreement, after our rights to exercise the options terminate, unless the option agreement is terminated earlier by either Isis and the University of Oxford, or us. Either we, or Isis and the University of Oxford, may terminate the option agreement at any time if the other materially breaches the option agreement and the breach remains uncured for a specified period or the breach is uncurable, or if the other becomes insolvent. We may also terminate the option agreement, effective on each anniversary of the effective date of the option agreement, by giving sixty days’ written notice to Isis and the University of Oxford.

Wellcome Trust

In October 2012, we entered into a translation award funding agreement with the Wellcome Trust Limited, as trustee of the Wellcome Trust, in order to support a Phase 1 and a Phase 2 clinical trial of SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI. We refer to the translation award funding agreement as the translation award agreement. Under the translation award agreement, we are eligible to receive up to £4.0 million from the Wellcome Trust, of which we have received £3.9 million. The translation award agreement followed a funding agreement we and the Wellcome Trust entered in October 2009, which we refer to as the discovery award agreement, under which we received £2.3 million for preclinical development of CDI antibiotics. We refer to any compound or product that is covered by intellectual property rights created under the discovery award agreement or the translation award agreement, or that is covered by intellectual property rights that we created or to which we had rights prior to October 2009 and that relate to the activities under the discovery award agreement or the translation award agreement, as the award products. We have agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve certain development milestones by specified dates.

Development and Commercialization Obligations

Under the translation award agreement, we may, subject to the Wellcome Trust’s prior written consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, conduct the development and commercialization of award products. We may conduct these activities, which we refer to as exploitation, ourselves or through our affiliates, licensees and third party collaborators. We refer to any intellectual property rights associated with the exploitation as exploitation IP. The Wellcome Trust’s consent is contingent on the establishment of a revenue sharing agreement that incorporates the financial terms of the translation award agreement. We are required to ensure that any results generated by a third party with whom we collaborate or subcontract will be deemed exploitation IP.

If we or our licensees do not develop or commercialize any exploitation IP in specified markets or specified indications within specified timeframes, the Wellcome Trust is permitted to conduct exploitation of the exploitation IP in those markets or indications. If the Wellcome Trust exercises its exploitation right, we would license or assign to it the appropriate exploitation IP and grant it non-exclusive, royalty-free licenses to our related background intellectual property, and we would be entitled to receive a portion of the net revenue received by the Wellcome Trust from exercise of its exploitation rights.

We may not allow a lien to be imposed on the exploitation IP or on any intellectual property rights licensed to us that we used for the clinical trials funded by the Wellcome Trust, except for certain liens arising in the ordinary course of business. We may also not make any material change to the general nature of our business without consent from the Wellcome Trust.

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

Financial Terms

We may draw down a final payment in a specified amount after completion of the Phase 2 clinical trial and the Wellcome Trust’s receipt of an end of award report, in a form acceptable to the Wellcome Trust, detailing the work done and outcomes of the clinical trials.

Under the terms of the translation award agreement and the terms of the revenue sharing agreement we would enter into with the Wellcome Trust to permit our exploitation of the exploitation IP or award products, the Wellcome Trust is entitled to a share of the cumulative net revenue that we or our affiliates receive from exploiting the exploitation IP or award products. The Wellcome Trust would be eligible to receive a tiered portion of the net revenue, ranging from a mid-single digit percentage up to a mid-twenties percentage. Under the translation award agreement, if we, the Wellcome Trust or a third party contributes funding to further develop the exploitation IP or award products, we and the Wellcome Trust will negotiate in good faith modifications to the net revenue sharing percentage to reflect changes in our respective proportionate development costs for award products. If we and the Wellcome Trust are unable to agree, an expert will be appointed to make the determination. However, we agree not to accept funding to complete the Phase 2 clinical trial, without the Wellcome Trust’s consent, if such funding would materially prejudice the Wellcome Trust’s net revenue sharing or exploitation rights. In addition, we would be obligated to pay the Wellcome Trust a milestone in a specified amount if cumulative net revenue exceeds a specified amount. We currently consider the probability of this milestone payment to be remote.

The revenue sharing agreement would last until the latest of the expiration of the last patent or patent application covering any invention arising out of our activities under the research and clinical trials funded by the Wellcome Trust or the expiration of any agreement or payment obligations relating to exploitation of the intellectual property rights arising out of our activities under the research and clinical trials funded by the Wellcome Trust under the translation award agreement. Either we or the Wellcome Trust would have the right to terminate the revenue sharing agreement if the other party materially breaches the revenue sharing agreement and the breach remains uncured for a specified period or the breach is uncurable, if the other party experiences specified insolvency related events, or if the translation award agreement expires or is terminated.

If we are obligated to withhold tax on the amounts payable to the Wellcome Trust, we agree to pay the Wellcome Trust a greater amount, such that the Wellcome Trust receives the same amount after the withholding as it would have received without such deduction.

We would be required to make a full or partial repayment to the Wellcome Trust of the funding we received under the translation award agreement, plus accrued interest, under specified conditions, including our unauthorized use of the award amount, our fraudulent or willful misconduct, our knowingly withholding material information from the Wellcome Trust, or an acquisition by certain third parties of all or a material part of our business or assets or of a majority of our equity. Upon such a full repayment, our obligation to share a portion of net revenue with the Wellcome Trust would terminate.

Termination

Unless earlier terminated by the Wellcome Trust, the translation award agreement will terminate on the earlier of our full repayment of the award amount, plus accrued interest, to the Wellcome Trust following its request for repayment, or the expiration of all payment obligations under the translation award agreement and the revenue sharing agreement. The Wellcome Trust may terminate the translation award agreement for specified reasons, including our material breach or insolvency related events or the Wellcome Trust’s determination that the clinical trials should be terminated due to a serious failure in the progress, management or conduct of the clinical trials, if we do not remedy such condition within a specified period after receiving notice.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Assignment

We may not, without the Wellcome Trust’s prior consent, assign, transfer or declare a trust over the translation award agreement or otherwise dispose of any of our rights or obligations under the translation award agreement, with such consent not being unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, other than an assignment to our affiliates.

Muscular Dystrophy Association

In December 2011, we entered into a grant agreement with the Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc., or MDA, a not for profit corporation based in New York, in order to partially fund a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 to treat DMD. We refer to this grant agreement with MDA as the MDA grant agreement. To date, we have received the entire amount of MDA’s grant to us, or an aggregate of $750,000.

Financial Terms

We refer to small molecules that can upregulate the utrophin gene, including SMT C1100 and compounds with similar mechanisms of action to which we have rights, as project compounds. Under the MDA grant agreement, we have agreed to make specified milestone payments to MDA during our or our affiliates’ development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products containing the project compounds, which we refer to as project products. Because we have raised more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, we have become obligated to pay a specified sum to MDA, which we refer to as the MDA cash infusion milestone payment.

We have also agreed to pay MDA a specified lump sum amount, less any previously paid MDA cash infusion milestone payment, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD or Becker muscular dystrophy, or BMD, and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone. We would be obligated to pay MDA a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by us, our affiliates or licensees of any project product. If we assign our rights to any of the project compounds or experience specified change in control events, MDA may require our assignee to assume our obligations under the MDA grant agreement with respect to the assigned rights, or require us to pay MDA the greater of a low single digit percentage of the fair market value of the assigned rights, or an amount that would give MDA an internal rate of return of a low double digit percentage on its grant to us.

Interruption License

Upon the occurrence of specified events, which we refer to as interruptions, we have agreed to refund to MDA the entire grant amount of $750,000 plus a low double digit interest on that amount, subject to specified exemptions. An interruption may occur if we or our affiliates cease reasonable research, development and commercialization of project products and cease using diligent efforts to obtain a third party development and commercialization partner, which require our annual expenditure of a minimum specified amount on such efforts for longer than a specified period. Interruptions may also occur if we license the rights to develop and commercialize project products to a third party without retaining a right of reversion, and such partner ceases reasonable development and commercialization of project products for longer than a specified period or ceases to sell project products in the United States or European Union, or if we, upon the reversion of such rights from a third party commercialization partner to us, fail to use reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize project products and cease using diligent efforts to obtain a third party development and commercialization partner, or, within a specified period from the date of reversion, to license the development and commercialization activities of project products to a third party. In all such cases, we are exempt from interruption payments in the event of specified scientific failures, including if we fail to achieve primary endpoints for any clinical trial of SMT C1100, if the project compounds are unfit for administration to humans or if we cannot develop a commercial manufacturing process.

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

We have granted to MDA, effective on the occurrence of such an interruption, an exclusive, sublicenseable, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free license under the patent rights, know-how and intellectual property that we control, useful for the project compounds or project products, to research, develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer to sell, import and export the project compounds and project products for the prevention, treatment, or amelioration of DMD or BMD. We refer to such license as the interruption license. Upon the effectiveness of the interruption license, we would be obligated to assign to MDA or its designee the regulatory filings, regulatory approvals, and contract rights that we or our affiliates own, and deliver specified know-how, in each case, relating to project compounds and project products.

MDA acknowledges that if a royalty or other payment is due to any third party from whom we licensed or acquired the intellectual property licensed to MDA, the interruption license is contingent on MDA or its sublicensee assuming those obligations resulting from their exercise of the interruption license.

Termination

The MDA grant agreement will continue indefinitely.

Duchenne Partners Fund

In December 2011, we entered into a grant agreement with the Duchenne Partners Fund, Inc., or DPF, a Delaware limited liability company, in order to partially fund a Phase 1 clinical trial of SMT C1100 to treat DMD. We refer to this grant agreement with DPF as the DPF grant agreement. To date, we have received the entire amount of DPF’s grant to us, or an aggregate of $500,000.

Financial Terms

We refer to small molecules that can upregulate the utrophin gene, including SMT C1100 and compounds with similar mechanisms of action to which we have rights, as project compounds. Under the DPF grant agreement, we have agreed to make specified milestone payments to DPF during our or our affiliates’ development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products containing the project compounds, which we refer to as project products. Because we have raised more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, we have become obligated to pay a specified sum to DPF, which we refer to as the DPF cash infusion milestone payment.

We have also agreed to pay DPF a specified lump sum amount, less any previously paid DPF cash infusion milestone payment, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD or BMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone. We would be obligated to pay DPF a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by us, our affiliates or licensees of any project product. If we assign our rights to any of the project compounds or experience specified change in control events, DPF may require our assignee to assume our obligations under the DPF grant agreement with respect to the assigned rights, or require us to pay DPF the greater of a low single digit percentage of the fair market value of the assigned rights, or an amount that would give DPF an internal rate of return of a low double digit percentage on its grant to us.

Termination

The DPF grant agreement will continue indefinitely.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our technologies, knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

many different sources, including major pharmaceutical, specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, government agencies and private and public research institutions. Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Many of our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain marketing approvals for their products more rapidly than we obtain approval for ours. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected because in some cases insurers or other third-party payors seek to encourage the use of generic products. This may have the effect of making branded products less attractive, from a cost perspective, to buyers.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of our product candidates are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price and the availability of coverage and reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

The competition for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 includes the following:

SMT C1100

There is currently no approved therapy for the treatment of DMD applicable to all DMD patients that seeks to alter the progression of the disease. Corticosteroids, such as prednisolone and deflazacort, are the current standard of care for DMD patients, although these are symptomatic treatments that do not address the underlying cause of DMD, and their use can be associated with severe side effects and concerns over weight gain. Other companies are developing alternative therapeutic approaches to the treatment of DMD, a number of which are outlined below.

Nonsense mutations . PTC Therapeutics, Inc., or PTC, is developing Translarna (ataluren). The European Commission has granted conditional approval for Translarna in Europe, and PTC is preparing to commercialize Translarna in several European countries. PTC has also commenced a rolling NDA submission to the FDA for Translarna. PTC is currently enrolling patients into a Phase 3 confirmatory clinical trial of Translarna. Translarna is a small molecule that enables formation of functional dystrophin in DMD patients with nonsense mutations. DMD caused by nonsense mutations affects approximately 13% of all DMD patients.

Exon Skipping . Prosensa Holding N.V., or Prosensa, and Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc., or Sarepta, are developing treatments for DMD based on exon-skipping approaches. Exons are organic molecules known as nucleotides within the DNA strand that the cellular machinery translates to make full-length, functional protein. In a sub-population of DMD patients, synthesis of the dystrophin protein is disrupted because of mutations that may be due, among other things, to deleted exons. Exon-skipping technology seeks to allow the production of a shorter but still functional dystrophin protein. Prosensa’s most advanced exon-skipping drug is drisapersen. Prosensa has submitted an NDA for drisapersen with the FDA seeking accelerated approval and has stated that it expects the FDA to complete its review in the first quarter of 2015. Prosensa has further stated that it plans to seek conditional approval of drisapersen in the European Union in early 2015. Drisapersen targets exon 51 and would be applicable to approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Prosensa was recently acquired by BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc. Sarepta’s most advanced product candidate is eteplirsen. Sarepta has indicated it will file an

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

NDA for eteplirsen with the FDA by mid-2015. Eteplirsen also targets exon 51 and would therefore be applicable to approximately 13% of all DMD patients. Prosensa and Sarepta are also developing other exon skipping therapies to treat other genetic mutations. These companies have product candidates in clinical trials that are targeting exon 44, which is applicable to 6% of all DMD patients, exon 45, which is applicable to 8% of all DMD patients, and exon 53, which is applicable to 6% of all DMD patients. According to an article published in 2009 in the peer reviewed journal Human Mutation, skipping of the ten most common exons would treat in the aggregate approximately 41% of all DMD patients. We believe that there are exon-skipping therapies currently in clinical development to address four of these exons and that skipping of these exons would treat in the aggregate less than one-third of all DMD patients.

Other DMD approaches . A number of other companies are pursuing alternative therapeutic approaches for the treatment of DMD. Tivorsan Pharmaceuticals is developing a recombinant form of Biglycan, a protein that is naturally produced in the body and regulates production of utrophin in developing muscle, which is currently in preclinical development. Askelepios Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. is developing biostrophin, a gene therapy approach that is currently in Phase 1 clinical development. Pfizer, Inc., or Pfizer, is pursuing an approach based on muscle tissue growth through myostatin inhibition. Pfizer completed a Phase 1 healthy volunteer clinical trial of its product candidate, myostatin antibody PF-06252616, in 2014, and recently announced the initiation of a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with DMD. Santhera Pharmaceuticals completed a Phase 3 clinical trial of its product candidate, idebenone, in 2014 and reported that idebenone delayed deterioration in respiratory function. Akashi Therapeutics is developing HT-100, an anti-inflammatory and anti-fibrotic small molecule that aims to reduce fibrosis and inflammation. Akashi Therapeutics is currently conducting a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of HT-100.

SMT19969

Several pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies have established themselves in the market for the treatment of CDI, and several additional companies are developing products for the treatment of CDI. We expect that these products will compete with SMT19969.

Antibiotics . The current standard of care for CDI is treatment with the broad spectrum antibiotics vancomycin and metronidazole, both of which are available in generic form in the United States. Generic antibiotic therapies typically are sold at lower prices than branded antibiotics and generally are preferred by managed care providers of health services. The antibiotic fidaxomicin was recently approved for the treatment of CDI in the United States and the European Union. Fidaxomicin was originally developed by Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., which was later acquired by Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Cubist. Cubist recently announced that it has entered into an agreement with Merck Sharpe & Dohme Corp., or Merck, pursuant to which Merck will offer to purchase all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Cubist. Other antibiotics in late-stage clinical trials for treatment of CDI include surotomycin, which is being developed by Cubist and is currently in Phase 3 clinical development, and cadazolid, which is being developed by Actelion Pharmaceuticals US, Inc. and is currently in a Phase 3 clinical development.

Other CDI approaches . A number of other approaches for the treatment of CDI are in development. Merck is developing the monoclonal antibodies actoxumab and bezlotoxumab, both of which are in Phase 3 clinical trials. These antibodies neutralize certain toxins that are produced by C. difficile bacteria and would be an adjunctive therapy to antibiotics. Sanofi Pasteur is developing the vaccine ACAM-CDIFF for primary prevention of CDI. ACAM-CDIFF is likely to be used only in high-risk patients given the difficulty of administering a vaccine to a broad population. Fecal biotherapy aims to recolonize the bacteria that comprise the natural gut flora and would also be adjunctive therapy to antibiotics. Fecal biotherapy approaches in development include SER-109, which is being developed by Seres Health, Inc. and recently completed a Phase 1/2 open label clinical trial, and RBX2660, which is being developed by Rebiotix Inc. and has completed a Phase 2 open label clinical trial.

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish, manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of SMT C1100, SMT19969 or for the other compounds that we are evaluating in our DMD program. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates and any products that we may develop.

We currently engage a single third-party manufacturer to provide clinical material of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and fill and finish services for the final drug product formulation of SMT C1100 that is being used in our clinical trials. A second third party clinical supplier is responsible for the labelling and shipping of the final drug product to the clinical trial sites. For SMT19969, we engage two other third-party manufacturers to provide clinical material of the API and fill and finish services to supply final drug product that is used in our on-going clinical trials.

We obtain the supplies of our API and drug products from these manufacturers pursuant to agreements that include specific supply timelines and volume expectations. We obtain the supplies of our product candidates from these manufacturers under master services contracts and specific work orders. However, we do not have long-term supply arrangements in place. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for API for either SMT C1100 or SMT19969. If any of our current manufacturers should become unavailable to us for any reason, we believe that there are a number of potential replacements, although we might incur some delay in identifying and qualifying such replacements. We are currently considering other third-party manufacturers to provide a second source for the supply of API and drug product for SMT19969 for use in our future clinical trials.

All of our product candidates are organic compounds of low molecular weight, and are referred to as small molecules. We have selected these compounds based on their potential efficacy and safety, although they are also associated with reasonable cost of goods, ready availability of starting materials and ease of synthesis. We believe that the chemistry for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 is amenable to scale-up and does not currently require unusual equipment in the manufacturing process. We expect to continue to develop product candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our product candidates, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. We strive to protect the proprietary technology that we believe is important to our business by, among other methods, seeking and maintaining patents, where available, that are intended to cover our product candidates, compositions and formulations, their methods of use and processes for their manufacture and any other inventions that are commercially important to the development of our business. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary and competitive position.

As of December 31, 2014, we owned or exclusively licensed a total of five U.S. patents, six U.S. patent applications, three European patents and six European patent applications, including original filings, continuations and divisional applications, as well as numerous other foreign counterparts to these U.S. and European patents and patent applications.

Our DMD patent portfolio includes the following granted patents and patent applications that we own or exclusively license:

 

    two granted U.S. patents covering the composition of matter of SMT C1100 and combinations of SMT C1100 with ancillary therapeutic agents, which are scheduled to expire in 2029 and 2030, respectively;

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents
    a granted U.S. patent covering methods of manufacture of SMT C1100, which is scheduled to expire in 2029;

 

    two pending U.S. patent applications covering methods of use and the composition of matter of second generation utrophin modulator candidates, which if granted would be scheduled to expire in 2027 and 2028 (subject to possible patent term adjustment, or PTA);

 

    a granted European patent covering the composition of matter of SMT C1100, which is scheduled to expire in 2027; and

 

    a number of pending patent applications covering formulations of SMT C1100, further methods of use of SMT C1100 and the composition of matter of second generation utrophin modulator candidates.

Our CDI patent portfolio includes the following granted patents and patent applications that we own or exclusively license:

 

    an allowed U.S. patent application covering the use of SMT19969 in the treatment of CDI, which when granted will be scheduled to expire in 2029 (subject to possible PTA);

 

    a corresponding European patent application covering the use of SMT19969 in the treatment of CDI, which has been allowed by the European Patent Office and when granted will be scheduled to expire in 2029;

 

    a pending divisional application with the European Patent Office covering SMT19969 for the treatment of CDI; and

 

    pending U.S. and European patent applications covering second generation agents for the treatment of CDI, which if granted would be scheduled to expire in 2031.

Patent protection is not available for composition of matter claims that only recite the API for SMT19969.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term for patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the filing date of a non-provisional patent application. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or the USPTO, in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier filed patent.

The term of a U.S. patent that covers a drug, biological product or medical device approved pursuant to a pre-market approval, or PMA, may also be eligible for patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided that certain statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date set for the patent. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be granted an extension and only those claims reading on the approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug, provided that statutory and regulatory requirements are met. Thus, in the future, if and when our product candidates receive approval by the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on issued patents covering those products, depending upon the length of the clinical trials for each drug and other factors. The expiration dates of our patents and patent applications referred to above are without regard to potential patent term extension or other market exclusivity that may be available to us.

In addition to patents, we may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology and maintain our competitive position. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees, corporate and scientific collaborators, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and other third parties. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

Sales and Marketing

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a sales and marketing organization or distribution capabilities. We have retained exclusive worldwide commercialization rights for SMT C1100 and SMT19969 for all indications in all territories.

If SMT C1100 receives marketing approval, we intend to commercialize it initially in the United States and Europe with our own focused, specialized sales force that we plan to establish. We believe that medical specialists treating DMD are sufficiently concentrated that we will be able to effectively promote SMT C1100 with a targeted sales team in these and potentially other key territories. We also believe that our relationships with patient advocacy groups will strengthen our ability to market SMT C1100. Outside of the United States and Europe, we plan to evaluate the potential for utilizing collaboration, distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties to commercialize SMT C1100.

We plan to evaluate our options for maximizing the commercial opportunity for SMT19969. We may determine to commercialize the product directly in the United States and Europe with our own specialized sales force or seek third party collaborators for the commercialization of SMT19969. We intend to evaluate the relative merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves or entering into collaboration arrangements with third parties depending on factors such as the anticipated development costs required to achieve marketing approval, the sales and marketing resources required in each territory in which we receive approval, the relative size of the market opportunity in such territory, the particular expertise of the third party and the proposed financial terms of the arrangement.

We also plan to build key capabilities, such as marketing, market access, sales management and medical affairs, to implement marketing and medical strategies for any products that we market through our own sales organization and to oversee and support our sales force. The responsibilities of the marketing organization would include developing educational initiatives with respect to approved products and expanding relationships with thought leaders in relevant fields of medicine.

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the European Union, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, labeling, advertising, promotion, distribution, marketing, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations and other regulatory authorities, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review and Approval of Drugs in the United States

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, and implementing regulations. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval may subject an applicant and/or sponsor to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines,

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by the FDA and the Department of Justice, or DOJ, or other governmental entities.

An applicant seeking approval to market and distribute a new drug product in the United States must typically undertake the following:

 

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice, or GLP, regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND, which must take effect before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, representing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practices, or GCP, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

    preparation and submission to the FDA of a new drug application, or NDA;

 

    review of the product by an FDA advisory committee, where appropriate or if applicable;

 

    satisfactory completion of one or more FDA inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product, or components thereof, are produced to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the product’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

    satisfactory completion of FDA audits of clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCPs and the integrity of the clinical data;

 

    payment of user fees and securing FDA approval of the NDA; and

 

    compliance with any post-approval requirements, including Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, and post-approval studies required by the FDA.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the purity and stability of the manufactured drug substance or API and the formulated drug or drug product, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the safety and activity of the drug for initial testing in humans and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations. The results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and plans for clinical trials, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

Human Clinical Trials in Support of an NDA

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include, among other things, the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing before their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under written study protocols detailing, among other things, the inclusion and exclusion criteria, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to a proposed clinical trial and places the clinical trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

In addition, an IRB representing each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution, and the IRB must conduct a continuing review and reapprove the study at least annually. The IRB must review and approve, among other things, the study protocol and informed consent information to be provided to study subjects. An IRB must operate in compliance with FDA regulations. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health for public dissemination on their ClinicalTrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1. The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or, in certain indications such as cancer, patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness and to determine optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 2. The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 3. The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. In addition, IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA for any of the following: serious and unexpected suspected adverse reactions; findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk in humans exposed to the drug; and any clinically important increase in the case of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution, or an institution it represents, if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients. The FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP and the integrity of the clinical data submitted.

Submission of an NDA to the FDA

Assuming successful completion of required clinical testing and other requirements, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the drug product for one or more indications. Under federal law, the submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to an application user fee, currently exceeding $2.1 million, and the sponsor of an approved NDA is also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of an NDA within 60 days of its receipt and informs the sponsor by the 74 th day after the FDA’s receipt of the submission whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review process of NDAs. Most such applications are meant to be reviewed within ten months from the date of filing, and most

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

applications for “priority review” products are meant to be reviewed within six months of filing. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider new information or clarification provided by the applicant to address an outstanding deficiency identified by the FDA following the original submission.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is or will be manufactured. These pre-approval inspections cover all facilities associated with an NDA submission, including drug component manufacturing (such as active pharmaceutical ingredients), finished drug product manufacturing, and control testing laboratories. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP.

In addition, as a condition of approval, the FDA may require an applicant to develop a REMS. REMS use risk minimization strategies beyond the professional labeling to ensure that the benefits of the product outweigh the potential risks. To determine whether a REMS is needed, the FDA will consider the size of the population likely to use the product, seriousness of the disease, expected benefit of the product, expected duration of treatment, seriousness of known or potential adverse events, and whether the product is a new molecular entity. REMS can include medication guides, physician communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU may include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring, and the use of patient registries. The FDA may require a REMS before approval or post-approval if it becomes aware of a serious risk associated with use of the product. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of a product.

The FDA is required to refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee or explain why such referral was not made. Typically, an advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Fast Track, Breakthrough Therapy and Priority Review Designations

The FDA is authorized to designate certain products for expedited review if they are intended to address an unmet medical need in the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition. These programs are fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation and priority review designation.

Specifically, the FDA may designate a product for fast track review if it is intended, whether alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and it demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. For fast track products, sponsors may have greater interactions with the FDA and the FDA may initiate review of sections of a fast track product’s NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review may be available if the FDA determines, after preliminary evaluation of clinical data submitted by the sponsor, that a fast track product may be effective. The sponsor must also provide, and the FDA must approve, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the sponsor must pay applicable user fees. However, the FDA’s time period goal for reviewing a fast track application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. In addition, the fast track designation may be withdrawn by the FDA if the FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

In 2012, Congress enacted the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA. This law established a new regulatory scheme allowing for expedited review of products designated as “breakthrough therapies.” A product may be designated as a breakthrough therapy if it is intended, either alone or in

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The FDA may take certain actions with respect to breakthrough therapies, including holding meetings with the sponsor throughout the development process; providing timely advice to the product sponsor regarding development and approval; involving more senior staff in the review process; assigning a cross-disciplinary project lead for the review team; and taking other steps to design the clinical trials in an efficient manner.

The FDA may designate a product for priority review if it is a drug that treats a serious condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness. The FDA determines, on a case- by-case basis, whether the proposed drug represents a significant improvement when compared with other available therapies. Significant improvement may be illustrated by evidence of increased effectiveness in the treatment of a condition, elimination or substantial reduction of a treatment-limiting drug reaction, documented enhancement of patient compliance that may lead to improvement in serious outcomes, and evidence of safety and effectiveness in a new subpopulation. A priority designation is intended to direct overall attention and resources to the evaluation of such applications, and to shorten the FDA’s goal for taking action on a marketing application from ten months to six months.

Accelerated Approval Pathway

The FDA may grant accelerated approval to a drug for a serious or life-threatening condition that provides meaningful therapeutic advantage to patients over existing treatments based upon a determination that the drug has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit. The FDA may also grant accelerated approval for such a drug when the product has an effect on an intermediate clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, and that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. Drugs granted accelerated approval must meet the same statutory standards for safety and effectiveness as those granted traditional approval.

For the purposes of accelerated approval, a surrogate endpoint is a marker, such as a laboratory measurement, radiographic image, physical sign, or other measure that is thought to predict clinical benefit, but is not itself a measure of clinical benefit. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. An intermediate clinical endpoint is a measurement of a therapeutic effect that is considered reasonably likely to predict the clinical benefit of a drug, such as an effect on IMM. The FDA has limited experience with accelerated approvals based on intermediate clinical endpoints, but has indicated that such endpoints generally may support accelerated approval where the therapeutic effect measured by the endpoint is not itself a clinical benefit and basis for traditional approval, if there is a basis for concluding that the therapeutic effect is reasonably likely to predict the ultimate clinical benefit of a drug.

The accelerated approval pathway is most often used in settings in which the course of a disease is long and an extended period of time is required to measure the intended clinical benefit of a drug, even if the effect on the surrogate or intermediate clinical endpoint occurs rapidly. For example, accelerated approval has been used extensively in the development and approval of drugs for treatment of a variety of cancers in which the goal of therapy is generally to improve survival or decrease morbidity and the duration of the typical disease course requires lengthy and sometimes large clinical trials to demonstrate a clinical or survival benefit.

The accelerated approval pathway is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, additional post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the drug’s clinical benefit. As a result, a drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint.

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during post-marketing studies, would allow the FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to prior review by the FDA.

The FDA’s Decision on an NDA

On the basis of the FDA’s evaluation of the NDA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

If the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess the drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution restrictions or other risk management mechanisms, including REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-market studies or surveillance programs. After approval, many types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

In addition, the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical products is subject to the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, or PDMA, which regulates the distribution of drugs and drug samples at the federal level, and sets minimum standards for the registration and regulation of drug distributors by the states. Both the PDMA and state laws limit the distribution of prescription pharmaceutical product samples and impose requirements to ensure accountability in distribution.

Abbreviated New Drug Applications for Generic Drugs

In 1984, with passage of the Hatch-Waxman Amendments to the FDCA, Congress authorized the FDA to approve generic drugs that are the same as drugs previously approved by the FDA under the NDA provisions of the statute. To obtain approval of a generic drug, an applicant must submit an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, to the agency. In support of such applications, a generic manufacturer may rely on the preclinical and clinical testing previously conducted for a drug product previously approved under an NDA, known as the reference listed drug, or RLD.

Specifically, in order for an ANDA to be approved, the FDA must find that the generic version is identical to the RLD with respect to the active ingredients, the route of administration, the dosage form, and the strength of the drug. At the same time, the FDA must also determine that the generic drug is “bioequivalent” to the innovator drug. Under the statute, a generic drug is bioequivalent to a RLD if “the rate and extent of absorption of the drug do not show a significant difference from the rate and extent of absorption of the listed drug . . .”

Upon approval of an ANDA, the FDA indicates whether the generic product is “therapeutically equivalent” to the RLD in its publication “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” also referred to as the “Orange Book.” Physicians and pharmacists consider a therapeutic equivalent generic drug to be fully substitutable for the RLD. In addition, by operation of certain state laws and numerous health insurance programs, the FDA’s designation of therapeutic equivalence often results in substitution of the generic drug without the knowledge or consent of either the prescribing physician or patient.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, the FDA may not approve an ANDA until any applicable period of non-patent exclusivity for the RLD has expired. The FDCA provides a period of five years of non-patent data exclusivity for a new drug containing a new chemical entity. In cases where such exclusivity has been granted, an ANDA may not be filed with the FDA until the expiration of five years unless the submission is accompanied by a Paragraph IV certification, in which case the applicant may submit its application four years following the

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

original product approval. The FDCA also provides for a period of three years of exclusivity if the NDA includes reports of one or more new clinical investigations, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, that were conducted by or for the applicant and are essential to the approval of the application. This three-year exclusivity period often protects changes to a previously approved drug product, such as a new dosage form, route of administration, combination or indication.

Hatch-Waxman Patent Certification and the 30-Month Stay

Upon approval of an NDA or a supplement thereto, NDA sponsors are required to list with the FDA each patent with claims that cover the applicant’s product or an approved method of using the product. Each of the patents listed by the NDA sponsor is published in the Orange Book. When an ANDA applicant files its application with the FDA, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the reference product in the Orange Book, except for patents covering methods of use for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval. To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would.

Specifically, the applicant must certify with respect to each patent that:

 

    the required patent information has not been filed;

 

    the listed patent has expired;

 

    the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or

 

    the listed patent is invalid, unenforceable or will not be infringed by the new product.

A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product’s listed patents or that such patents are invalid or unenforceable is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents or indicates that it is not seeking approval of a patented method of use, the ANDA application will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired (other than method of use patents involving indications for which the ANDA applicant is not seeking approval).

If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then initiate a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days after the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months after the receipt of the Paragraph IV notice, expiration of the patent or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.

Pediatric Studies and Exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003, an NDA or supplement thereto must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. With enactment of the FDASIA in 2012, sponsors must also submit pediatric study plans prior to the assessment data. Those plans must contain an outline of the proposed pediatric study or studies the applicant plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, any deferral or waiver requests and other information required by regulation. The applicant, the FDA, and the FDA’s internal review committee must then review the information submitted, consult with each other, and agree upon a final plan. The FDA or the applicant may request an amendment to the plan at any time.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements. Additional requirements and procedures relating to deferral requests and requests for extension of deferrals are contained in FDASIA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, the pediatric data requirements do not apply to products with orphan designation.

Pediatric exclusivity is another type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States and, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if an NDA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from the FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to the FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to and accepted by the FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which the FDA cannot approve another application.

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

The FDA has granted orphan drug designation to SMT C1100 for the treatment of DMD. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a drug product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). A company must request orphan product designation before submitting an NDA. If the request is granted, the FDA will disclose the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential use. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation or for a select indication or use within the rare disease or condition for which it was designated, the product generally will be receiving orphan product exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity means that the FDA may not approve any other applications for the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in certain limited circumstances. Competitors may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity and may obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication. If a drug or drug product designated as an orphan product ultimately receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what was designated in its orphan product application, it may not be entitled to exclusivity.

GAIN Exclusivity for Antibiotics

The FDA has designated SMT19969 as a Qualified Infectious Disease Product, or QIDP, under the Generating Antibiotic Incentives Now Act, or GAIN Act. Congress passed this legislation to encourage the development of antibacterial and antifungal drug products that treat pathogens that cause serious and life-threatening infections. To that end, the GAIN Act grants an additional five years of exclusivity upon the approval of an NDA for a drug product designated by the FDA as a QIDP. Thus, for a QIDP, the periods of five-year new chemical entity exclusivity, three-year new clinical investigation exclusivity and seven-year orphan drug exclusivity, would become ten years, eight years and 12 years, respectively.

A QIDP is defined in the GAIN Act to mean “an antibacterial or antifungal drug for human use intended to treat serious or life-threatening infections, including those caused by—(1) an antibacterial or antifungal resistant pathogen, including novel or emerging infectious pathogens;” or (2) certain “qualifying pathogens.” A “qualifying pathogen” is a pathogen that has the potential to pose a serious threat to public health (such as resistant gram positive pathogens, multi-drug resistant gram negative bacteria, multi-drug resistant tuberculosis

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

and Clostridium difficile ) and that is included in a list established and maintained by the FDA. A drug sponsor may request the FDA to designate its product as a QIDP any time before the submission of an NDA. The FDA must make a QIDP determination within 60 days of the designation request. A product designated as a QIDP will be granted priority review by FDA and can qualify for “fast track” status.

The additional five years of exclusivity under the GAIN Act for drug products designated by the FDA as QIDPs applies only to a drug that is first approved on or after July 9, 2012. Additionally, the five year exclusivity extension does not apply to: a supplement to an application under FDCA Section 505(b) for any QIDP for which an extension is in effect or has expired; a subsequent application filed with respect to a product approved by the FDA for a change that results in a new indication, route of administration, dosing schedule, dosage form, delivery system, delivery device or strength; or a product that does not meet the definition of a QIDP under Section 505(g) based upon its approved uses.

Patent Term Restoration and Extension

The term of a U.S. patent that covers a drug, biological product or medical device approved pursuant to a PMA may also be eligible for patent term extension when FDA approval is granted, provided that certain statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review while the patent is in force. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration date set for the patent. Patent extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be granted an extension and only those claims reading on the approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and certain other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug, provided that statutory and regulatory requirements are met. The USPTO reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration in consultation with the FDA.

Regulation Outside the United States

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of drug products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, the company would need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. The approval process ultimately varies between countries and jurisdictions and can involve additional product testing and additional administrative review periods. The time required to obtain approval in other countries and jurisdictions might differ from and be longer than that required to obtain FDA approval. Regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction does not ensure regulatory approval in another, but a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country or jurisdiction may negatively impact the regulatory process in others.

Regulation and Marketing Authorization in the European Union

The process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union follows essentially the same lines as in the United States and, likewise, generally involves satisfactorily completing each of the following:

 

    preclinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies all performed in accordance with the applicable E.U. Good Laboratory Practice regulations;

 

    submission to the relevant national authorities of a clinical trial application, or CTA, which must be approved before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each proposed indication;

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents
    submission to the relevant competent authorities of a marketing authorization application, or MAA, which includes the data supporting safety and efficacy as well as detailed information on the manufacture and composition of the product in clinical development and proposed labelling;

 

    satisfactory completion of an inspection by the relevant national authorities of the manufacturing facility or facilities, including those of third parties, at which the product is produced to assess compliance with strictly enforced current cGMP;

 

    potential audits of the non-clinical and clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the MAA; and

 

    review and approval by the relevant competent authority of the MAA before any commercial marketing, sale or shipment of the product.

Preclinical Studies

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as studies to evaluate toxicity in animal studies, in order to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests and formulation of the compounds for testing must comply with the relevant E.U. regulations and requirements. The results of the preclinical tests, together with relevant manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of the CTA.

Clinical Trial Approval

Requirements for the conduct of clinical trials in the European Union including Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, are implemented in the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the GCP Directive 2005/28/EC. Pursuant to Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC, as amended, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, approval must be obtained from the competent national authority of an E.U. member state in which a study is planned to be conducted, or in multiple member states if the clinical trial is to be conducted in a number of member states. To this end, a CTA is submitted, which must be supported by an investigational medicinal product dossier, or IMPD, and further supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and other applicable guidance documents. Furthermore, a clinical trial may only be started after a competent ethics committee has issued a favorable opinion on the clinical trial application in that country.

In April 2014, the E.U. legislator passed the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014, which will replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the new E.U. clinical trials legislation was passed as a regulation that is directly applicable in all E.U. member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance with the Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC until the new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 becomes applicable, which will be no earlier than May 28, 2016.

The new Regulation (EU) No 536/2014 aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trial in the European Union. The main characteristics of the regulation include:

 

    A streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the E.U. portal.

 

    A single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures that will spare sponsors from submitting broadly identical information separately to various bodies and different member states.

 

    A harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed jointly by all member states concerned. Part II is assessed separately by each member state concerned.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents
    Strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial application.

 

    The involvement of the ethics committees in the assessment procedure in accordance with the national law of the member state concerned but within the overall timelines defined by the Regulation Regulation (EU) No 536/2014.

Marketing Authorization

Authorization to market a product in the member states of the European Union proceeds under one of four procedures: a centralized authorization procedure, a mutual recognition procedure, a decentralized procedure or a national procedure.

Centralized Authorization Procedure

The centralized procedure enables applicants to obtain a marketing authorization that is valid in all E.U. member states based on a single application. Certain medicinal products, including products developed by means of biotechnological processes, must undergo the centralized authorization procedure for marketing authorization, which, if granted by the European Commission, is automatically valid in all 28 E.U. member states. The EMA and the European Commission administer this centralized authorization procedure pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004.

Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, this procedure is mandatory for:

 

    medicinal products developed by means of one of the following biotechnological processes:

 

    recombinant DNA technology;

 

    controlled expression of genes coding for biologically active proteins in prokaryotes and eukaryotes including transformed mammalian cells; and

 

    hybridoma and monoclonal antibody methods;

 

    advanced therapy medicinal products as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EC) No. 1394/2007 on advanced therapy medicinal products;

 

    medicinal products for human use containing a new active substance that, on the date of effectiveness of this regulation, was not authorized in the European Union, and for which the therapeutic indication is the treatment of any of the following diseases:

 

    acquired immune deficiency syndrome;

 

    cancer;

 

    neurodegenerative disorder;

 

    diabetes;

 

    auto-immune diseases and other immune dysfunctions; and

 

    viral diseases; and

 

    medicinal products that are designated as orphan medicinal products pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 141/2000.

The centralized authorization procedure is optional for other medicinal products if they contain a new active substance or if the applicant shows that the medicinal product concerned constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or that the granting of authorization is in the interest of patients in the European Union.

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents

Administrative Procedure

Under the centralized authorization procedure, the EMA’s Committee for Human Medicinal Products, or CHMP, serves as the scientific committee that renders opinions about the safety, efficacy and quality of medicinal products for human use on behalf of the EMA. The CHMP is composed of experts nominated by each member state’s national authority for medicinal products, with expert appointed to act as Rapporteur for the co-ordination of the evaluation with the possible assistance of a further member of the Committee acting as a Co-Rapporteur. After approval, the Rapporteur(s) continue to monitor the product throughout its life cycle. The CHMP has 210 days to adopt an opinion as to whether a marketing authorization should be granted. The process usually takes longer in case additional information is requested, which triggers clock-stops in the procedural timelines. The process is complex and involves extensive consultation with the regulatory authorities of member states and a number of experts. When an application is submitted for a marketing authorization in respect of a drug that is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation, the applicant may pursuant to Article 14(9) Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 request an accelerated assessment procedure. If the CHMP accepts such request, the time-limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days but it is possible that the CHMP can revert to the standard time-limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment. Once the procedure is completed, a European Public Assessment Report, or EPAR, is produced. If the opinion is negative, information is given as to the grounds on which this conclusion was reached. After the adoption of the CHMP opinion, a decision on the MAA must be adopted by the European Commission, after consulting the E.U. member states, which in total can take more than 60 days.

Conditional Approval

In specific circumstances, E.U. legislation (Article 14(7) Regulation (EC) No 726/2004 and Regulation (EC) No 507/2006 on Conditional Marketing Authorisations for Medicinal Products for Human Use) enables applicants to obtain a conditional marketing authorization prior to obtaining the comprehensive clinical data required for an application for a full marketing authorization. Such conditional approvals may be granted for product candidates (including medicines designated as orphan medicinal products) if (1) the risk-benefit balance of the product candidate is positive, (2) it is likely that the applicant will be in a position to provide the required comprehensive clinical trial data, (3) the product fulfills unmet medical needs and (4) the benefit to public health of the immediate availability on the market of the medicinal product concerned outweighs the risk inherent in the fact that additional data are still required. A conditional marketing authorization may contain specific obligations to be fulfilled by the marketing authorization holder, including obligations with respect to the completion of ongoing or new studies, and with respect to the collection of pharmacovigilance data. Conditional marketing authorizations are valid for one year, and may be renewed annually, if the risk-benefit balance remains positive, and after an assessment of the need for additional or modified conditions and/or specific obligations. The timelines for the centralized procedure described above also apply with respect to the review by the CHMP of applications for a conditional marketing authorization.

Marketing Authorization under Exceptional Circumstances

Under Article 14(8) Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, products for which the applicant can demonstrate that comprehensive data (in line with the requirements laid down in Annex I of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended) cannot be provided (due to specific reasons foreseen in the legislation) might be eligible for marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances. This type of authorization is reviewed annually to reassess the risk-benefit balance. The fulfillment of any specific procedures/obligations imposed as part of the marketing authorization under exceptional circumstances is aimed at the provision of information on the safe and effective use of the product and will normally not lead to the completion of a full dossier/approval.

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

Market Authorizations Granted by Authorities of E.U. Member States

In general, if the centralized procedure is not followed, there are three alternative procedures as pecribed in Directive 2001/83/EC:

 

    The decentralized procedure allows applicants to file identical applications to several E.U. member states and receive simultaneous national approvals based on the recognition by E.U. member states of an assessment by a reference member state.

 

    The national procedure is only available for products intended to be authorized in a single E.U. member state.

 

    A mutual recognition procedure similar to the decentralized procedure is available when a marketing authorization has already been obtained in at least one E.U. member state.

A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the European Union.

Pediatric Studies

Prior to obtaining a marketing authorization in the European Union, applicants have to demonstrate compliance with all measures included in an EMA-approved Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, covering all subsets of the paediatric population, unless the EMA has granted a product-specific waiver, a class waiver, or a deferral for one or more of the measures included in the PIP. The respective requirements for all marketing authorization procedures are set forth in Regulation (EC) No 1901/2006, which is referred to as the Pediatric Regulation. This requirement also applies when a company wants to add a new indication, pharmaceutical form or route of administration for a medicine that is already authorized. The Pediatric Committee of the EMA, or PDCO, may grant deferrals for some medicines, allowing a company to delay development of the medicine in children until there is enough information to demonstrate its effectiveness and safety in adults. The PDCO may also grant waivers when development of a medicine in children is not needed or is not appropriate, such as for diseases that only affect the elderly population.

Before a marketing authorization application can be filed, or an existing marketing authorization can be amended, the EMA determines that companies actually comply with the agreed studies and measures listed in each relevant PIP.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

A marketing authorization is valid for five years in principle and the marketing authorization may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To this end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least six months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the drug on the E.U. market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

The European Commission, following an evaluation by the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, has designated SMT C1100 as an orphan medicinal product (EU orphan designation number: EU/3/08/591). Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 141/2000 and Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000, the European Commission can grant such orphan medicinal product designation to products for which the sponsor can establish that it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

affecting not more than five in 10,000 people in the European Union, or a life threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and that without incentives it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would generate a sufficient return to justify the necessary investment. In addition, the sponsor must establish that there is no other satisfactory method approved in the European Union of diagnosing, preventing or treating the condition, or if such a method exists, the proposed orphan drug will be of significant benefit to patients.

Orphan drug designation is not a marketing authorization. It is a designation that provides a number of benefits, including fee reductions, regulatory assistance, and the possibility to apply for a centralized E.U. marketing authorization, as well as ten years of market exclusivity following a marketing authorization. During this market exclusivity period, neither the EMA, the European Commission nor the member states can accept an application or grant a marketing authorization for a ‘similar medicinal product. A “similar medicinal product” is defined as a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as those contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product and that is intended for the same therapeutic indication. The market exclusivity period for the authorized therapeutic indication may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the orphan designation criteria are no longer met, including where it is shown that the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. In addition, a competing similar medicinal product may in limited circumstances be authorized prior to the expiration of the market exclusivity period, including if it is shown to be safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the already approved orphan drug. Furthermore, a product can lose orphan designation, and the related benefits, prior to us obtaining a marketing authorization if it is demonstrated that the orphan designation criteria are no longer met.

Regulatory Data Protection

E.U. legislation also provides for a system of regulatory data and market exclusivity. According to Article 14(11) of Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, as amended, and Article 10(1) of Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities approved on the basis of complete independent data package benefit from eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. Data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic (abbreviated) application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic medicinal product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. The overall ten-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the marketing authorization holder, or MAH, obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the innovator is able to gain the period of data exclusivity, another company nevertheless could also market another version of the drug if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical test, preclinical tests and clinical trials. However, products designated as orphan medicinal products enjoy, upon receiving marketing authorization, a period of ten years of orphan market exclusivity—see also Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity . Depending upon the timing and duration of the E.U. marketing authorization process, products may be eligible for up to five years’ supplementary protection certificates, or SPCs, pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 469/2009. Such SPCs extend the rights under the basic patent for the drug.

Regulatory Requirements After a Marketing Authorization has been Obtained

If we obtain authorization for a medicinal product in the European Union, we will be required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products:

Pharmacovigilance and other requirements

We will, for example, have to comply with the E.U.’s stringent pharmacovigilance or safety reporting rules, pursuant to which post-authorization studies and additional monitoring obligations can be imposed. Other

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

requirements relate, for example, to the manufacturing of products and APIs in accordance with good manufacturing practice standards. E.U. regulators may conduct inspections to verify our compliance with applicable requirements, and we will have to continue to expend time, money and effort to remain compliant. Non-compliance with E.U. requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties in the European Union. Similarly, failure to comply with the E.U.’s requirements regarding the protection of individual personal data can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions. Individual E.U. member states may also impose various sanctions and penalties in case we do not comply with locally applicable requirements.

Manufacturing

The manufacturing of authorized drugs, for which a separate manufacturer’s license is mandatory, must be conducted in strict compliance with the EMA’s Good Manufacturing Practices, or GMP, requirements and comparable requirements of other regulatory bodies in the European Union, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packing of drugs to assure their safety and identity. The EMA enforces its current GMP requirements through mandatory registration of facilities and inspections of those facilities. The EMA may have a coordinating role for these inspections while the responsibility for carrying them out rests with the member states competent authority under whose responsibility the manufacturer falls. Failure to comply with these requirements could interrupt supply and result in delays, unanticipated costs and lost revenues, and could subject the applicant to potential legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, seizure of product, injunctive action or possible civil and criminal penalties.

Marketing and Promotion

The marketing and promotion of authorized drugs, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of drugs and/or the general public, are strictly regulated in the European Union under Directive 2001/83/EC. The applicable regulations aim to ensure that information provided by holders of marketing authorizations regarding their products is truthful, balanced and accurately reflects the safety and efficacy claims authorized by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties.

Patent Term Extension

In order to compensate the patentee for delays in obtaining a marketing authorization for a patented product, a supplementary certificate, or SPC, may be granted extending the exclusivity period for that specific product by up to five years. Applications for SPCs must be made to the relevant patent office in each E.U. member state and the granted certificates are valid only in the member state of grant. An application has to be made by the patent owner within six months of the first marketing authorization being granted in the European Union (assuming the patent in question has not expired, lapsed or been revoked) or within six months of the grant of the patent (if the marketing authorization is granted first). In the context of SPCs, the term “product” means the active ingredient or combination of active ingredients for a medicinal product and the term “patent” means a patent protecting such a product or a new manufacturing process or application for it. The duration of an SPC is calculated as the difference between the patent’s filing date and the date of the first marketing authorization, minus five years, subject to a maximum term of five years.

A six month pediatric extension of an SPC may be obtained where the patentee has carried out an agreed pediatric investigation plan, the authorized product information includes information on the results of the studies and the product is authorized in all member states of the European Union.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

Pharmaceutical Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of products approved by the FDA and other government authorities. Sales of products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of the products will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Third-party reimbursement may not be sufficient to maintain price levels high enough to realize an appropriate return on investment in product development.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that drug products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidate to currently available therapies (so called health technology assessment, or HTA) in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of drug products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. E.U. member states may approve a specific price for a drug product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the drug product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for drug products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. The downward pressure on health care costs in general, particularly prescription drugs, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. In addition, there can be considerably pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various E.U. member states, and parallel distribution (arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states), can further reduce prices. Any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for drug products may not allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements.

Healthcare Law and Regulation

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of drug products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include the following:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

 

    the federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents
    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

 

    the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests; and

 

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring drug manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other health care providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Facilities

We lease approximately 4,373 square feet of office space in Abingdon, Oxfordshire, United Kingdom. This facility serves as our corporate headquarters. We also lease approximately 384 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs, and that suitable additional alternative spaces will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 23 employees, 11 of whom hold M.D. or Ph.D degrees. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a trade or labor union. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Legal Matters

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of December 31, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Glyn Edwards

     59       Chief Executive Officer, Executive Director

Erik Ostrowski

     42       Chief Financial Officer

Key Employees

     

Bina Tejura

     47       Vice President, Clinical Development

Jonathon Tinsley

     55       Chief Scientific Officer, DMD

Richard Vickers

     39       Chief Scientific Officer, Antimicrobials

Non-Employee Directors

     

Frank Armstrong

     57       Non-Executive Chairman

Barry Price

     71       Non-Executive Director

Stephen Davies

     64       Non-Executive Director

Leopoldo Zambeletti

     46       Non-Executive Director

Valerie Andrews

     55       Non-Executive Director

 

(1)   Member of the Audit Committee.
(2)   Member of the Remuneration Committee.
(3)   Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(4)   An “independent director” as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Executive Officers

Glyn Edwards has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since April 2012. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Edwards served as interim Chief Executive Officer of the BioIndustry Association, a U.K. trade organization, from November 2011 to June 2012, and Chief Executive Officer at Antisoma plc, a publicly traded biotechnology company specializing in the development of novel drugs for the treatment of cancer from 1998 to 2011. Mr. Edwards also previously served as Vice President of Business Development at Therapeutic Antibodies Ltd. Mr. Edwards received a BSc in Biochemistry from Bristol University and a MSc in Economics from the London Business School. We believe that Mr. Edwards is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive executive leadership and business development experiences in the life sciences industry.

Erik Ostrowski has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2014. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Ostrowski served as Vice President of Finance at Organogenesis Inc., a biotechnology company, from 2010 to 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Ostrowski worked in investment banking, most recently as a Director with Leerink Partners LLC. Mr. Ostrowski began his career as an accountant with Coopers & Lybrand. Mr. Ostrowski received a BS in Accounting and Economics from Babson College and an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Key Employees

Bina Tejura has served as our Vice President, Clinical Development since April 2014. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Tejura served as a Medical Monitor at Millennium Pharmaceuticals Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from April 2011 to April 2014 and at Antisoma plc, a biotechnology company, from November 2009 to March 2011. Dr. Tejura received a B.Sc. in Pharmacology from the University of Wales and a MB.BCh. degree from the College of Medicine of the University of Wales. She also trained in Clinical Pharmacology at Stanford University and completed a residency in Internal Medicine at Albert Einstein Medical Center in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

Jonathon Tinsley joined our company in April 2005 and has served as our Chief Scientific Officer, DMD, since October 2013. During his time with our company, Dr. Tinsley has overseen the development of our utrophin modulation program for the treatment of DMD from early discovery through to patient clinical trials. Dr. Tinsley previously worked in the laboratories of Professor Kay Davies at the University of Oxford. He is the co-author of over 35 peer reviewed scientific publications related to utrophin biology and the co-inventor on a number of patents related to utrophin biology. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Tinsley was the Head of Biology at Oxagen Plc and a Senior Research Fellow at the Medical Research Council. Dr. Tinsley received a Ph.D. in cancer studies from the University of Birmingham and a B.Sc. in microbiology from the University of Leeds.

Richard Vickers joined our company in 2003 and has served as our Chief Scientific Officer, Antimicrobials, since October 2013. During his time at our company, Dr. Vickers has worked in a variety of roles involved in the development and management of various antibacterial therapeutic programs, including our antibiotic program for the treatment of CDI. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Vickers undertook postdoctoral research studies with Professor Stephen Davies at the University of Oxford and held a Stipendiary Lectureship in organic chemistry at St. Catherine’s College in Oxford. Dr. Vickers received a Ph.D. in organic chemistry from the University of Reading and a B.Sc. in chemistry from King’s College London.

Non-Employee Directors

Frank Armstrong has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2012 and Non-Executive Chairman since June 2013. Dr. Armstrong is currently President of Dr Frank M. Armstrong Consulting Limited, a position he has held since 2012. Prior to this, Dr. Armstrong led Medical Science and Innovation at Merck Serono, the biopharmaceutical division of Merck KGaA, from 2010 to 2011. Dr. Armstrong was also Head of Worldwide Product Development at Bayer AG from 1998 to 2001 and held various positions at ICI plc and Zeneca plc, now AstraZeneca plc, from 1985 to 1988. Dr. Armstrong has served as the Chief Executive Officer at five biotechnology companies, including Fulcrum Pharma, which is listed on AIM, CuraGen, which is listed on NASDAQ, Bioaccelerate, Provensis and Phoqus. Dr. Armstrong is the Non-Executive Chairman of the boards of directors of Xceleron Ltd, Cardiorentis AG and RedX Ltd; a Non-Executive Director on the boards of Actino Pharma and Columbia Laboratories Inc., which is listed on NASDAQ, and a Member of the Strategic Advisory Board of HealthCare Royalty Partners and a Senior Advisor at Phase 4 Partners. Dr. Armstrong received an honors degree in Biochemistry and an MBChB(MD) in Medicine from the University of Edinburgh in Scotland. He is a Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh and a Fellow of the Faculty of Pharmaceutical Physicians. We believe that Dr. Armstrong is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the biotechnology industry and his medical background.

Barry Price has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Dr. Price spent 28 years with the Glaxo Group of companies, where he held several executive positions including, Managing Director of Glaxochem Ltd. from 1993 to 1995 and Research Director of Glaxo Group Research from 1989 to 1993. Dr. Price also served as a Non-Executive Director of Shire plc, a biopharmaceutical company that is listed on the London Stock Exchange and NASDAQ, from 1996 to 2009, during which time he was involved in developing the company into one of the U.K.’s largest life sciences companies. Dr. Price has previously held directorships at Chiroscience plc, Celltech Group plc, Pharmagene plc, Antisoma plc, and BioWisdom Ltd. We believe Dr. Price is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the pharmaceutical and life sciences industries.

Stephen Davies has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2013 and previously served as a member of our board of directors from 2003 to February 2013. Professor Davies has been a professor at the University of Oxford since 1996 and was appointed Waynflete Professor of Organic Chemistry and Fellow of Magdalen College in 2006. Professor Davies’ areas of expertise include medicinal and asymmetric chemistry. He has published extensively and received numerous awards in his field. Professor Davies co-founded our company, as well as other University of Oxford spin-out companies. He was the founder and Non-Executive Chairman of MuOx Limited, OxRay Ltd. and Scientific Research Capital Ltd.; is the Non-Executive Chairman of OxStem Ltd.; and is a Non-Executive Director of Isis Innovation plc. Professor Davies received a BA in Chemistry from

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

the University of Oxford, a D.Phil in Organic Chemistry from the University of Oxford, and a D.Sc. in Organic Chemistry from the University of Paris. We believe Professor Davies is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience as an academic and entrepreneur in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Leopoldo Zambeletti has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2014. Mr. Zambeletti has served as an independent strategic advisor to life sciences companies since 2013, focusing on mergers and acquisitions, out-licensing deals, and financing strategy. Prior to this, Mr. Zambeletti worked in investment banking for 19 years, during which time he led the European Healthcare Investment teams at JP Morgan and at Credit Suisse. He is a Non-Executive Director of Nogra Pharma Ltd., an Irish biotechnology company, and of Advanced Accelerator Applications, a Swiss nuclear diagnostics and therapeutics company. Mr. Zambeletti began his career as an accountant at KPMG. He received his degree in Business Administration from Bocconi University. We believe Mr. Zambeletti is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the finance and life sciences industries.

Valerie Andrews has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2014. Most recently, Ms. Andrews served from May 2011 until May 2014 as General Counsel at Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated, a biopharmaceutical company focused on small molecule therapies for cystic fibrosis and other indications. From 2002 to May 2011, Ms. Andrews served in various legal roles at Vertex, including as Deputy General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer. Prior to joining Vertex, Ms. Andrews was an Executive Director of Licensing for Massachusetts General Hospital and Brigham and Women’s Hospital from September 2001 to March 2002. From 1989 to 2001, Ms. Andrews served as a corporate lawyer at Hill & Barlow PC, where she became a partner in 1997. In her professional roles, Ms. Andrews has garnered expertise in many areas including strategic transactions, corporate governance, risk management, and compliance. Ms. Andrews has served as a Non-Executive Director of Columbia Laboratories since 2005. Ms. Andrews received a BA in Chemistry and Psychology from Duke University and a JD from Boston College. We believe Ms. Andrews is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her extensive skills in business and legal matters related to the healthcare industry.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of six members, a non-executive chairman, one executive director and four non-executive directors.

Under NASDAQ listing standards, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of the listed company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. All of our directors, other than                         , qualify as independent directors under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ listing standards.

Corporate Governance and Committees of the Board

Corporate Governance

Our board of directors is responsible for overall corporate governance and for supervising the general affairs and business of our company and its subsidiaries. As an AIM-listed company, we are subject to the continuing requirements of the AIM Rules for Companies as published by the London Stock Exchange plc from time to time. Our board also adheres to the principles of the U.K. Corporate Governance Code in such respects as it considers appropriate for our size and the nature of our business.

Our board is responsible to our shareholders for the proper management of our company and its subsidiaries and setting the overall direction and strategy of our group, reviewing scientific, operational and financial performance, and advising on management appointments. All key operational and investment decisions are subject to board approval.

There is a clear separation of the roles of chief executive officer and non-executive chairman. The chairman is responsible for overseeing the running of our board, ensuring that no individual or group dominates our board’s

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

decision-making and ensuring that the non-executive directors are properly briefed on matters. The chief executive officer has the responsibility for implementing the strategy of our board and managing the day-to-day business activities of our group.

All of our directors are subject to election by shareholders at the first annual general meeting after their appointment to our board. Our board has also adopted a policy that all non-executive directors will seek annual re-election by shareholders. The appointment of each of the non-executive directors is therefore subject to re-election at our 2015 annual general meeting. Executive directors will continue to seek re-election at least once every three years. Mr. Edwards retired and was re-elected as our executive director on July 3, 2014. Mr. Edwards will next retire and be eligible for re-election at our 2017 annual general meeting.

Other Corporate Governance Matters

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, requires foreign private issuers, including our company, to comply with various corporate governance practices. In addition, NASDAQ rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of the NASDAQ corporate governance standards, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would be contrary to U.S. federal securities laws. The home country practices followed by our company in lieu of NASDAQ rules are described below:

 

    We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s quorum requirements applicable to meetings of shareholders. Such quorum requirements are not required under U.K. law. In accordance with generally accepted business practice, our articles of association provide alternative quorum requirements that are generally applicable to meetings of shareholders.

 

    We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements that non-management directors meet on a regular basis without management present. Our board of directors may choose to meet in executive session at their discretion.

 

    We do not intend to follow NASDAQ’s requirements to seek shareholder approval for the implementation of certain equity compensation plans and issuances of ordinary shares under such plans. In accordance with U.K. law, we are not required to seek shareholder approval to allot ordinary shares in connection with applicable employee equity compensation plans.

We intend to take all actions necessary for us to maintain compliance as a foreign private issuer under the applicable corporate governance requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules adopted by the SEC and NASDAQ’s listing standards.

Because we are a foreign private issuer, our directors and senior management are not subject to short-swing profit and insider trading reporting obligations under Section 16 of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act. They will, however, be subject to the obligations to report changes in share ownership under Section 13 of the Exchange Act and related SEC rules.

Committees of the Board

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will establish an audit committee, a remuneration committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee and will have a charter for each of these committees.

Audit Committee

The members of our audit committee are                     ,                      and                     .                     is the chair of the audit committee. Our audit committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of our registered public accounting firm;

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents
    overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

 

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements by reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

    reviewing and monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct;

 

    reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of our internal audit function;

 

    overseeing our risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

    establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our independent registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

 

    meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, our independent registered public accounting firm and management; and

 

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions.

All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Our board of directors has determined that                     is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, each member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We believe that the composition of our audit committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

Remuneration Committee

The members of our compensation committee are                     , and                     .                     is the chair of the remuneration committee. Our remuneration committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our directors and executive management;

 

    overseeing an evaluation of our executive management; and

 

    overseeing and administering our employee share option scheme or equity incentive plans in operation from time to time.

In order to satisfy the independence criteria for remuneration committee members set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act, all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a remuneration committee member must be considered, including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates. We believe the composition of our remuneration committee will meet the requirements for independence under current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                     , and                     .                     is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities will include:

 

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

 

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board’s committees;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to our board leadership structure;

 

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to management succession planning; and

 

    developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles.

Compensation

The following discussion provides the amount of compensation paid, and benefits in kind granted, by us and our subsidiaries to our current directors and executive officers for services provided in all capacities to us or our subsidiaries for the year ended January 31, 2015, as well as the amount contributed by us into money purchase plans for the year ended January 31, 2015 to provide pension benefits to our current directors and executive officers.

Directors’ and Executive Management Compensation

For the year ended January 31, 2015, the table below sets out the compensation paid to our current directors and executive officers.

Compensation for Year Ended January 31, 2015 for Current Directors and Executive Management

 

Name    Salary/
Fees
     Taxable
Benefits 1
     Pension
Benefit
     Total  
     £      £      £      £  

Glyn Edwards

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

     330,000         951         10,000         340,955   

Erik Ostrowski 2

Chief Financial Officer

     198,497         —           8,129         206,626   

Frank Armstrong 3

Non-Executive Chairman

     50,000         —           —           50,000   

Barry Price

Non-Executive Director

     25,000         —           —           25,000   

Stephen Davies

Non-Executive Director

     25,000         —           —           25,000   

Leopoldo Zambeletti 4

Non-Executive Director

     16,763         —           —           16,763   

Valerie Andrews 5

Non-Executive Director

     9,236         —           —           9,236   

 

(1)   Taxable benefits represent the value of the personal benefits granted, which include private medical insurance and life insurance.
(2)   Mr. Ostrowski, our Chief Financial Officer, commenced employment with us on June 16, 2014.
(3)   We paid £25,000 to Dr. Armstrong directly and £25,000 to Dr Frank M. Armstrong Consulting Limited, a company controlled by Dr. Armstrong. Dr. Armstrong continues to be compensated in part directly and in part through his consulting company.
(4)   Mr. Zambeletti was appointed to our board of directors on May 30, 2014.
(5)   Ms. Andrews was appointed to our board of directors on September 18, 2014.

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents

Total compensation set out in the table above does not include any amounts for the value of options to acquire our ordinary shares granted to or held by the directors and executive management, which is described in “Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercise” in this prospectus.

Bonuses

Our Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer are eligible for annual bonuses at the discretion of our board and, upon completion of this offering, in the case of our Executive Director, our remuneration committee. Annual bonuses are based on achievement of strategic and financial targets and personal performance objectives. Our Executive Director is eligible for annual bonus potential of 100% of his gross base salary to be paid in share options, cash or a combination of both at the discretion of our board. On January 21, 2015, our Executive Director was awarded a bonus representing 65% of his gross basic salary, which will be paid in cash. Mr. Ostrowski, our Chief Financial Officer, is eligible for a discretionary annual bonus in an amount up to 25% of his annual base salary, as determined by our board of directors. On January 21, 2015, Mr. Ostrowski was awarded a bonus representing 30% of his annual base salary, pro-rated for the portion of the year during which Mr. Ostrowski was employed by us. The bonus will be paid in cash.

Outstanding Equity Awards, Grants and Option Exercise

During the year ended January 31, 2015, options to purchase 1,137,500 ordinary shares were awarded to our current directors and executive officers. The table below sets out information on outstanding options granted to our current directors and executive officers as of January 31, 2015.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

Outstanding Options As of January 31, 2015 for Current Directors and Executive Management

 

    Date of
grant
    At
February 1,
2014
    Granted
during
the period
    At
January 31,
2015
    Price
per
share(£)
    Date from
which
exercisable
    Expiration date  

Glyn Edwards

    May 10, 2012        227,500        —          227,500        0.60        Note 1        May 10, 2022   

Chief Executive Officer

    May 10, 2012        657,500        —          657,500        0.60        Note 2        May 10, 2022   

and Executive Director

    January 31, 2013       72,973        —          72,973        0.20        Note 3        January 31, 2023   
    December 18, 2013       300,000        —          300,000        1.85        Note 4        December 18, 2023   
    December 18, 2013       76,364        —          76,364        0.20        Note 5        December 18, 2023   
    July 15, 2014          600,000        600,000        1.26        Note 6        July 15, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  1,334,337      600,000      1,934,337   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Erik Ostrowski

Chief Financial Officer

  June 23, 2014      —        400,000      400,000      1.48      Note 7      June 23, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  —        400,000      400,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Barry Price

  April 7, 2011      25,000      —        13,981      0.65      Note 8      April 7, 2021   

Non-Executive Director

  December 18, 2013      25,000      —        25,000      1.85      Note 4      December 18, 2023   
  July 15, 2014      —        25,000      25,000      1.26      Note 6      July 15, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  50,000      25,000      63,981   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Frank Armstrong

  December 18, 2013      75,000      —        75,000      1.85      Note 4      December 18, 2023   

Non-Executive Director

  July 15, 2014      —        37,500      37,500      1.26      Note 6      July 15, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  75,000      37,500      112,500   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Stephen Davies

  December 18, 2013      25,000      —        25,000      1.85      Note 4      December 18, 2023   

Non-Executive Director

  July 15, 2014      —        25,000      25,000      1.26      Note 6      July 15, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  25,000      25,000      50,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Leopoldo Zambeletti

Non-Executive Director

 

  June 23, 2014      —        25,000      25,000      1.48      Note 9      June 23, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  —        25,000      25,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

Valerie Andrews

Non-Executive Director

  December 23, 2014      —        25,000      25,000      1.37      Note 10      December 23, 2024   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       
  —        25,000      25,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

1   Full vesting will occur where the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM is equal to or greater than £2.20 for the two months preceding the third anniversary of the grant, 25% where the average closing share price is £1.40 and pro-rated where the average closing share price is between £1.41 and £2.19. The options will lapse if the performance condition relating to our average closing share price is not met by the third anniversary of the grant.
2   The options are split into four tranches with varying performance conditions attached and will only vest if the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM is equal or greater than the specified condition in any period of 60 consecutive calendar days, ending on or before the fifth anniversary of the grant. Details of the tranches are as follows: 207,500 with a performance condition based on an average closing share price of £4.00; 200,000 with a performance condition based on an average closing share price of £6.00; 150,000 with a performance condition based on an average closing share price of £8.00; and 100,000 with a performance condition based on an average closing share price of £10.00. The options will lapse if the performance condition is not met by the fifth anniversary of the grant.
3   These options were awarded under our bonus incentive. They vested and became exercisable on July 31, 2013.
4   These options vest in full subject to (i) completion of Phase 2 proof of concept trials in both the Duchenne muscular dystrophy and Clostridium difficile infection programs or the third anniversary of grant, whichever is sooner and (ii) the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM being equal or greater than £2.775 in any period of 30 consecutive days ending on or before the third anniversary of the grant.

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents
5   These options vested and became exercisable on June 18, 2014. These options were awarded as a bonus for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 representing 70% of Mr. Edwards’ gross basic salary for such fiscal year.
6   These options will vest if the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM is equal or greater than £1.89 in any period of 30 consecutive days during the period from grant to the third anniversary of the grant. Once vested, 25% of the options can be exercised on or after the second anniversary of the grant and all of the options, if vested, can be exercised on or after the third anniversary of the grant. These options will lapse if the performance condition relating to our average closing share price is not met by the third anniversary of the grant.
7   These options vest and become exercisable in the following proportions, assuming the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM during the two months prior to each relevant vesting date is £2.213 or higher: 25% on the second anniversary of grant, 75% on the third anniversary of grant and 100% on the fourth anniversary of the grant. These options will lapse if the performance condition is not met by the fourth anniversary of grant.
8   These options were capable of vesting and exercise on or after April 8, 2014 subject to the meeting of performance conditions relating to our share price. In order to vest in full, the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM would have had to exceed £3.00 over the two months ending April 7, 2014. If the performance conditions were not satisfied in full, or in part, the options would lapse in respect of those option shares that did not vest. The performance period has now passed and, accordingly, only 13,981 options have vested and 11,019 options have lapsed since January 31, 2014.
9   These options vest in full subject to (i) completion of Phase 2 proof of concept trials in both the Duchenne muscular dystrophy and Clostridium difficile infection programs or the third anniversary of grant, whichever is sooner and (ii) the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM being equal or greater than £2.213 in any period of 30 consecutive days ending on or before the third anniversary of grant.
10   These options vest if the average closing share price of our ordinary shares on AIM is equal or greater than £2.055 in any period of 30 consecutive days during the period from grant to September 18, 2017. Once vested, 25% of the options can be exercised on or after September 18, 2016 and all of the options, if vested, can be exercised on or after September 18, 2017. These options will lapse if the performance condition is not met by September 18, 2017.

We periodically grant share options to employees, including executive officers, to incentivize employees, and align their interests with shareholders. We intend to grant additional options subject to a cap, as previously agreed with shareholders, of up to 15% of total issued share capital in any ten-year period.

Pension Benefits

We operate a defined contribution pension scheme which is available to all employees of our group. For the year ended January 31, 2015, we paid a total of £10,000 in lieu of pension contributions in respect of our executive director. In addition, for the year ended January 31, 2015, we made payments of $13,200 to our Chief Financial Officer in lieu of contributions to a retirement savings plan.

Employment Agreements and Letters of Appointment

Non-Executive Directors

Our non-executive directors have each entered into a letter of appointment with us. Each non-executive letter of appointment provides for a continuous term for each non-executive director until termination of the letter of appointment, with the exception of Mr. Price’s letter of appointment which is for a period to April 28, 2016 or until terminated. The letters of appointment automatically terminate if the relevant non-executive director is not re-elected to office by the shareholders, is removed from office by a resolution of the shareholders, vacates his or her office, is adjudged bankrupt or enters into any composition or arrangement with his or her creditors, is guilty of misconduct or commits a serious persistent breach of his or her appointment letter, or is unable to perform his or her duties under the appointment for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months. The letters of appointment may also be terminated by mutual agreement or effective immediately upon written notice by one party to the other at any time. Each letter of appointment also includes confidentiality provisions for the protection our confidential information.

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

Each non-executive director, with the exception of Dr. Armstrong, receives £25,000 per annum for payment for services provided to us. Dr. Armstrong receives £50,000 per annum for payment for services as chairman of our board of directors. Under the letters of appointment, each director is also entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with his or her duties as a non-executive director and that are in line with our expense policy.

Executive Director

Glyn Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

Mr. Edwards was appointed as the chief executive officer by a service agreement dated April 4, 2012 which continues unless terminated by us with six months’ written notice or by Mr. Edwards with six months’ written notice. We may also terminate the agreement with immediate effect by paying a sum in lieu of notice equal to the basic fixed salary which Mr. Edwards would have been entitled to receive during the notice period (and which shall not include payment in respect of benefits). We may otherwise terminate the agreement with immediate effect at any time without notice or payment in lieu of notice for certain circumstances including material breach of the agreement, serious misconduct, serious incompetence or negligence, criminal convictions or bankruptcy. The agreement includes a garden leave clause for a maximum of two months and there is no provision for compensation in addition to the contractual notice period.

Under his service agreement, Mr. Edwards initially received a salary of £200,000 per annum payable in arrears by equal monthly installments plus reasonable expenses. Effective in February 2015, Mr. Edwards’ salary will increase to £230,000 per annum. Mr. Edwards’ service agreement also provides for a monthly pension contribution equal to 5% of salary, private medical cover (including cover for his spouse) and life assurance (for four times his gross salary). A share option package, as agreed by the chairman of our remuneration committee, will be awarded to Mr. Edwards subject to the rules of our share option scheme. Under his service agreement Mr. Edwards is prohibited from engaging in any type of business in competition with the business of our group, procuring orders from or doing business with any person who has done or proposed to do business with our group, and endeavouring to entice away from our group any senior manager or director engaged by our group, for a period of 12 months from the date of termination of his agreement. Mr. Edwards is also subject to confidentiality and protection of intellectual property provisions.

Executive Management

Erik Ostrowski, Chief Financial Officer

Mr. Ostrowski was appointed as the chief financial officer pursuant to a letter of employment with Summit Therapeutics, Inc. dated May 29, 2014 which continues unless terminated by either party at any time with or without notice. Under his letter of employment, Mr. Ostrowski initially received a salary of $330,000 per annum and also received a signing bonus of $50,000. Effective in February 2015, Mr. Ostrowski’s salary will increase to $360,000 per annum.

Mr. Ostrowski is eligible to receive a discretionary bonus in an amount up to 25% of his annual base salary, as determined by our board of directors. Under his letter of employment, Mr. Ostrowski is reimbursed for medical, dental, vision, life and disability insurance coverage up to an aggregate monthly sum of $1,667 until such time as a group insurance policy is established and is paid a monthly bonus amount of $1,650 until such time as a retirement savings plan for the employees of Summit Therapeutics Inc. is established. In the event that Mr. Ostrowski’s employment is terminated without good cause, he shall receive a severance payment equal to six months of his then annual base salary plus the value of six months benefits. Good cause includes willful misconduct, willful or gross neglect of job duties and unauthorized use or disclosure of the group’s confidential information.

Mr. Ostrowski has also entered into a confidentiality, inventions, non-compete and non-solicitation agreement dated June 16, 2014 in favor of our group for the protection of our confidential information and intellectual property. Pursuant to that agreement Mr. Ostrowski has also agreed to non-compete and non-solicitation obligations for a period of 12 months following termination of his employment.

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

Equity Compensation Arrangements

2005 EMI Scheme Rules

Our 2005 EMI Scheme Rules were adopted on December 1, 2005. Under the scheme we may grant enterprise management incentive options, known as approved options, to those eligible bona fide employees and directors who qualify under applicable U.K. tax law and, to the extent that our employees and directors do not qualify for approved options, unapproved options may be granted to such eligible bona fide employees and directors.

Exercise of Options

Vesting of options is subject to such performance conditions as shall be set out in the agreement granting an option pursuant to the scheme and shall be otherwise determined by the board in accordance with the scheme. An approved option must be capable of being exercised within the period of ten years from the date of grant. Performance conditions may be amended, relaxed or waived by us if an event occurs which would cause us to consider that an amended performance condition would be a fairer measure of performance provided that such amended targets are no more and no less difficult to satisfy than they were prior to amendment.

Generally, options must be exercised while the participant is an eligible employee or director. In the event, however, that a participant ceases to be an eligible employee or director as a result of ill-health, injury, or disability; redundancy, retirement or pregnancy; upon the company for which the participant works ceasing to be a member of our group; or the transfer of an undertaking or part-undertaking in which the participant is employed to a company not in our group, the option may be exercised during the period commencing on the date he ceases to be an eligible employee or director and ending on 12 months thereafter. If a participant dies while he is an eligible employee or director, the participant’s personal representatives may exercise the option for 12 months after the participant’s death. All options lapse in prescribed circumstances, including: upon the tenth anniversary of the date of grant; the expiry of the period (if any) allowed for the satisfaction of any performance condition without such condition having been satisfied or becomes, in our opinion, incapable of being satisfied; on the day on which a participant ceases to be an eligible employee or director (with the exception of the carve outs detailed in the scheme); on the bankruptcy of the participant; or on the occurrence of a takeover.

Ordinary shares allotted under the scheme rank equally with the ordinary shares in issue at the date of allotment of the option shares. If and for so long as the ordinary shares are listed on AIM or any other exchange, we shall apply for ordinary shares allotted under the scheme to be admitted to the relevant exchange.

Limits

The maximum number of ordinary shares which may on any day be placed under option under the scheme, when added to the number of ordinary shares allocated for subscription for the preceding ten years under any employee share scheme, shall not exceed 15% of our ordinary share capital immediately prior to that day. Approved options are also subject to individual participant limits in accordance with the scheme and as provided for under relevant U.K. tax law. Lapsed options shall be disregarded for these purposes.

Takeovers and Liquidations

In certain specified circumstances involving a change of control, as specified in accordance with U.K. tax law, an option may automatically vest or otherwise be determined to vest by our board of directors. Where an option vests by reason of a change of control, the exercise of the option shall be conditional upon the change of control occurring. Our board of directors may, in certain circumstances, determine that an option shall lapse upon the change of control or six months thereafter.

Options may also be exercisable for the relevant period in the event of certain court sanctioned restructurings or amalgamations of us or if another company becomes bound or entitled to acquire our ordinary shares pursuant to

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

certain provisions of U.K. companies law. Our board of directors may also permit exercise of the options within a period following the date on which we pass a resolution for voluntary winding up.

In the event of a person obtaining control of us as a result of a takeover offer or court sanctioned restructuring or amalgamation or qualifying exchange of shares within the relevant U.K. laws, the participant may, by agreement with the acquiring company, release options in consideration for the grant of a new option with respect to the acquiring company’s shares.

Variation of Share Capital

In the event of any capitalization, rights issue, consolidation, subdivision, reduction or other variation of our share capital the number of ordinary shares comprised in an option and the exercise price in respect of the ordinary shares shall be varied as the directors determine and our auditors confirm to be fair and reasonable. Limitations apply to the extent to which any such adjustments may reduce the price at which ordinary shares may be purchased pursuant to the exercise of an option and no adjustment will take effect until it has been approved by the United Kingdom tax authorities in accordance with applicable U.K. tax law.

Amendments

Our board of directors may waive or amend the scheme subject to certain limitations which require approval of our shareholders.

Scheme Rules Governing Options Awarded to U.S. Employees

We have in place rules governing options awarded to our U.S. employees which have been adapted from our 2005 EMI Scheme Rules. The rules of the scheme are substantially the same as the 2005 EMI Scheme Rules.

Options Granted Outside the 2005 EMI Scheme Rules

Certain of our consultants who are not eligible employees of companies in our group for the purposes of our option scheme rules, and therefore, are not eligible to participate in our option schemes as detailed above, have been granted options to acquire our shares pursuant to separate unapproved option agreements. These options are generally on comparable terms to options granted under the 2005 EMI Scheme Rules.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

To the extent permitted by the U.K. Companies Act 2006, we are empowered to indemnify our directors against any liability they incur by reason of their directorship. We maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance to insure such persons against certain liabilities.

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since February 1, 2012, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of 5% or more of our ordinary shares, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our ordinary shares. We believe that all of these transactions were on terms as favorable as could have been obtained from unrelated third parties.

Advisory Agreements

We paid £27,271 during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, £32,967 during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and £2,303 during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 to Dr. Frank M. Armstrong Consulting Limited, a company controlled by Dr. Frank Armstrong, a non-executive member of our board of directors, in respect of his fees as non-executive director and, with respect to the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015 and 2014, chairman.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, we paid £12,000 to GECR, the trading name of Burnbrae Media Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Jim Mellon, a former non-executive member of our board of directors, and £4,000 to Burnbrae Media Limited, in respect of investor relations support services. We paid £17,550 during fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 and £12,000 during fiscal year ended January 31, 2013 to T1ps.com Ltd., a company controlled by Mr. Mellon, in respect of investor relations support services. Mr. Mellon was a non-executive member of our board of directors at the time of the payments and resigned as a non-executive director effective December 3, 2014.

2014 and 2013 Share Placements

In March 2014, we issued 16,923,077 new ordinary shares at £1.30 per share through a Placing and Offer for Subscription to new and existing investors, including 7,693 to Dr. Armstrong, a non-executive member of our board of directors, 192,308 to Galloway Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Mellon, a non-executive member of our board of directors at the time of the transaction, 7,693 to Mr. Raymond Spencer, our Chief Financial Officer at the time of the transaction and 4,461,539 to Lansdowne Partners, a principal shareholder, raising an aggregate of £22.0 million, or £20.5 million net of costs.

In July 2013, we issued 4,613,470 new ordinary shares at £1.00 per share through a Placing and Offer for Subscription to new and existing investors, including 2,500 to Dr. Armstrong and 25,000 to Dr. Barry Price, non-executive members of our board of directors, 1,000,000 to Galloway Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Mellon, a non-executive member of our board of directors at the time of the transaction, 30,000 to Mr. Glyn Edwards, our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director, 2,500 to Mr. Spencer, our Chief Financial Officer at the time of the transaction and 1,920,000 to Lansdowne Partners, a principal shareholder, raising an aggregate of £4.6 million, or £4.4 million net of costs.

2012 Share Placement

In April 2012, we issued 8,333,333 new ordinary shares to new and existing investors, including 20,000 to Dr. Price and 25,000 to Professor Davies, non-executive members of our board of directors, 10,000 to Dr. Andrew Richards, a non-executive member of our board of directors at the time of the transaction, 10,000 to Dr. Richard Stover, our Chief Scientific Officer and an executive director at the time of the transaction, 133,334 to Mr. Edwards, our Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director, 16,667 to Mr. Spencer, our Chief Financial Officer at the time of the transaction and 2,210,198 to Lansdowne Partners, a principal shareholder, raising an aggregate of £5.0 million, or £4.6 million net of costs.

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of December 31, 2014 by:

 

    each of the members of our board of directors;

 

    each of our other executive officers; and

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The column entitled “Percentage of shares beneficially owned—Before offering” is based on a total of 41,117,697 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014. The column entitled “Percentage of shares beneficially owned—After offering” reflects the sale by us of              ADSs, representing              ordinary shares, in this offering, but not including any additional shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to our ordinary shares. Our ordinary shares subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2014 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of that person but not for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise noted, the persons and entities in this table have sole voting and investing power with respect to all of the ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are c/o Summit Corporation plc, 85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4RY, United Kingdom.

 

            Percentage of
shares beneficially
owned

Name of beneficial owner

   Shares
beneficially
owned
     Before
offering
    After
offering

Executive officers and directors

       

Glyn Edwards (1)

     482,894         1.17  

Erik Ostrowski

     —           —       

Frank Armstrong

     10,192         *     

Barry Price (2)

     89,711         *     

Stephen Davies

     584,981         1.42  

Leopoldo Zambeletti

     —           —       

Valerie Andrews

     —           —       

All executive officers and directors as a group (7 persons) (3)

     1,167,778         2.82  

5% shareholders

       

Lansdowne Partners UK LLP (4)

     11,077,179         26.94  

Robert Keith

     3,695,610         8.99  

Galloway Limited (5)

     2,442,307         5.94  

Entities affiliated with Richard Griffiths (6)

     2,115,769         5.15  

 

* Less than one percent.
(1) Consists of (a) 249,561 ordinary shares underlying options that are exercisable as of December 31, 2014 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date and (b) 233,333 ordinary shares.
(2) Consists of (a) 13,981 ordinary shares underlying options that are exercisable as of December 31, 2014 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date and (b) 75,730 ordinary shares.
(3)   Consists of (a) 263,542 ordinary shares underlying options that are exercisable as of December 31, 2014 or will become exercisable within 60 days after such date and (b) 904,236 ordinary shares.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents
(4)   These shares are registered in the name of HSBC Client Holdings Nominee (UK) Limited. Lansdowne Partners Limited, a member of Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP, and Lansdowne Partners International Limited, the parent undertaking of Lansdowne Partners Limited, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares. Investment decisions with respect to the ordinary shares held by Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP can be made by                 . Each of              and              disclaim beneficial ownership of such ordinary shares, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of Lansdowne Partners (UK) LLP is                 .
(5)   Galloway Limited is a company wholly owned by a trust of which Mr. Jim Mellon is a life tenant.                      holds sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Galloway Limited. Mr. Mellon is a former non-executive member of our board of directors. The address for Galloway Limited is             .
(6)   Consists of (a) 466,250 ordinary shares held Cream Capital Limited; (b) 1,102,500 ordinary shares held by Seren Capital Management Limited; and (c) 307,019 held in Mr. Richard Griffiths’ personal name. In addition, the holding includes 240,000 ordinary shares which Mr. Griffiths has formally notified us that he would acquire if his rights under a contract for difference to which he is a party were exercised or converted. Richard Griffiths has notified us that he controls each of Cream Capital Limited and Seren Capital Management Limited. Mr. Griffiths may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the ordinary shares held by these entities. The address of Cream Capital Limited is                      and the address of Seren Capital Management Limited is                     .

As of January 25, 2015, we had one holder of record with an address in the United States, and such holder held less than one percent of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following describes our issued share capital, summarizes the material provisions of our articles of association and highlights certain differences in corporate law in the United Kingdom and the United States. Please note that this summary is not intended to be exhaustive. For further information please refer to the full version of our Articles which is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

We were founded in 2003 and our parent company was incorporated in England and Wales with the Registrar of Companies of England and Wales, United Kingdom on August 4, 2004 under the name Cobradragon Public Limited Company as a public company limited by shares with company number 5197494. On September 30, 2004, we changed our name to Vastox Plc and subsequently changed our name to Summit Corporation plc on July 19, 2007. Our registered office is at 85B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, England OX14 4RY. The principal legislation under which we operate and our shares are issued is the Companies Act 2006.

We intend to propose a resolution to change our name to Summit Therapeutics plc at a general meeting of our shareholders to be held in February 2015. At that general meeting, we also intend to propose for adoption amended form articles of association. The summary of our articles of association detailed in this section assumes that the proposed changes to our articles of association will be approved and adopted.

Issued Share Capital

Our issued share capital as of December 31, 2014 is 41,117,697 ordinary shares with a par value of £0.01 per ordinary share. Each issued ordinary share is fully paid. We currently have no deferred shares in our issued share capital.

Ordinary Shares

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and according to the amount paid up on such ordinary shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in proportion to the number of ordinary shares held by them and to the amounts paid up thereon, to share in any surplus in the event of our winding up. The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend either in person or by proxy or, being a corporation, by a duly authorized representative, and vote at general meetings of shareholders.

Transfer of Shares

Our board of directors may decline to register a transfer of any share that is not a fully paid share or where the transfer is to a person known to be a minor, bankrupt or a person who is mentally disordered or a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health. Our board of directors may also decline to register any instrument of transfer unless: the instrument of transfer, duly stamped, is deposited at our registered office or such other place as our board of directors may designate; there is provided such evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and, if the instrument of transfer is by some other person on his or her behalf, the authority of that person to do so; any instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and in the case of joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four.

Options

As of December 31, 2014, there are options to purchase 5,150,838 ordinary shares outstanding. The options lapse after ten years from the date of the grant.

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents

Warrants

As of December 31, 2014, there are warrants to subscribe for 531,135 ordinary shares outstanding. Based on the achievement of certain research, development and regulatory milestones, 177,045 warrants over ordinary shares can be exercised at any time from November 22, 2016 until February 22, 2017 at an exercise price of £0.20 per ordinary share, and 177,045 warrants over ordinary shares can be exercised at any time from November 22, 2018 until February 22, 2019 at an exercise price of £0.20 per ordinary share. There are also warrants to subscribe for 177,045 ordinary shares outstanding, which can be exercised at any time prior to April 24, 2016 at an exercise price of £0.60 per ordinary share.

Capital Reorganization

Between July and September 2014, we undertook a capital reorganization to reduce the high number of ordinary shares and deferred shares in issue and to reduce our share premium account accordingly. On July 3, 2014, we consolidated every 20 existing ordinary shares of par value £0.01 each in our issued share capital into ordinary shares of par value £0.20 each. We then immediately subdivided each new consolidated ordinary share into one new ordinary share of par value £0.01 each and 19 deferred shares of par value £0.01 each.

On September 3, 2014, we completed the capital reorganization by canceling the deferred shares in issue in our share capital. Following the capital reduction we have only ordinary shares of par value £0.01 in issue in our share capital.

Articles of Association

Shares and Rights Attaching to Them

Objects

The objects of our company are unrestricted.

General

Subject to shareholder authorization as discussed at “Differences in Corporate Law—Pre-emptive Rights” and “Differences in Corporate Law—Authority to Allot” in this prospectus, all unissued share capital is at the disposal of our board, which may offer, allot or grant options over or otherwise dispose of them on such terms and conditions as our board may determine.

Share Rights

Subject to any special rights attaching to shares already in issue, our shares may be issued with or have attached to them any preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or restrictions as we may resolve by ordinary resolution of the shareholders or decision of the board of directors.

Voting Rights

Without prejudice to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to voting rights attached to any shares forming part of our share capital from time to time, the voting rights attaching to shares are as follows:

 

    on a show of hands every shareholder who is present in person and each duly authorized representative present in person of a shareholder that is a corporation shall have one vote;

 

    on a show of hands, each proxy present in person who has been duly appointed by one or more shareholders has one vote, provided that such proxy has one vote for and one vote against a resolution if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one shareholder and the proxy has been instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote for the resolution and by one or more other of those shareholders to vote against it;

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents
    on a show of hands each proxy present in person has one vote for and one vote against a resolution if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one shareholder entitled to vote on the resolution and either: (1) the proxy has been instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote for the resolution and has been given any discretion by one or more other of those shareholders to vote and the proxy exercises that discretion to vote against it; or (2) the proxy has been instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote against the resolution and has been given any discretion by one or more other of those shareholders to vote and the proxy exercises that discretion to vote for it; and

 

    on a poll every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which he is the holder.

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006, as described in “Differences in Corporate Laws—Voting Rights” in this prospectus, a poll may be demanded by:

 

    the chairman of the meeting;

 

    at least three shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

 

    any shareholder(s) present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting; or

 

    any shareholder(s) present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sums paid up on all shares conferring that right.

Restrictions on Voting

No shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate class meeting in respect of any share held by him unless all calls or other sums payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

The board may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any money unpaid on their shares and each shareholder shall (subject to at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares.

Dividends

We may by ordinary resolution of shareholders declare dividends out of profits available for distribution in accordance with the respective rights of shareholders but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the directors. If, in the opinion of the board, our profits justify such payments, the board may pay a fixed dividend on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates, half-yearly or otherwise. The board may from time to time pay shareholders such interim dividends as appear to the board to be justified by our profits and, if at any time, our share capital is divided into different classes the board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights with regard to dividends (provided that at the time of payment no preferential dividend is in arrears).

Subject to any special rights attaching to or the terms of issue of any share, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the nominal amounts paid up on the shares and shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

No dividend or other moneys payable by us on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against us. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 12 years from the date such dividend became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to us.

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

Dividends may be declared or paid in any currency and the board may decide the rate of exchange for any currency conversions that may be required, and how any costs involved are to be met, in relation to the currency of any dividend.

Any general meeting declaring a dividend may by ordinary resolution of shareholders, upon the recommendation of the board, direct payment or satisfaction of such dividend wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets, and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company. The directors may, if authorised by ordinary resolution of shareholders, offer any holders of ordinary shares the right to elect to receive in lieu of a dividend an allotment of ordinary shares credited as fully paid up.

No shareholder shall be entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution in respect of any share held by him unless all calls or other sums payable by him in respect of that share have been paid.

Change of Control

There is no specific provision in our articles of association that would have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control.

Distributions on Winding Up

On a return of assets on a winding up or otherwise, our surplus assets after discharge of our liabilities shall be distributed amongst the holders of shares in proportion to the number of such shares held by them and the amounts paid up on those shares, subject to any special rights attaching to any shares.

On a winding up, the liquidator may, with the consent by a special resolution of shareholders and any other resolution of the shareholders or sanction of the court required by the Companies Act 2006, divide amongst the shareholders the whole or any part of our assets (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholder. The liquidator may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator shall think fit, but no shareholder shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

Variation of Rights

All or any of the rights and restrictions attached to any class of shares issued may be altered, added to or revoked with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or by special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares, subject to the Companies Act 2006 and the terms of their issue. The Companies Act 2006 provides a right to object to the variation of the share capital by the shareholders who did not vote in favor of the variation. Should an aggregate of 15% of the shareholders of the issued shares in question apply to the court to have the variation cancelled, the variation shall have no effect unless it is confirmed by the court.

Alteration to Share Capital

We may, by ordinary resolution of shareholders, consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares, or sub-divide our shares or any of them into shares of a smaller amount. We may, by special resolution of shareholders, confirmed by the court, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve or any share premium account in any manner authorized by the Companies Act 2006. We may redeem or purchase all or any of our shares as described in “Other U.K. law considerations—Purchase of Own Shares” in this prospectus.

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents

Pre-emption Rights

In certain circumstances, our shareholders may have statutory pre-emption rights under the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the allotment of new shares as described in “Differences in Corporate Law—Pre-emptive Rights” in this prospectus.

Transfer of Shares

Any certificated shareholder may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other manner which is permitted by the Companies Act 2006 and approved by the board. Any written instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) the transferee.

All transfers of uncertificated shares shall be made in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 and the facilities and requirements of its relevant system. The Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 permit shares to be issued and held in uncertificated form and transferred by means of a computer-based system.

The board may decline to register any transfer of any share:

 

    which is not a fully paid share;

 

    to a person known to be a minor, bankrupt or person who is mentally disordered or a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health;

 

    unless any written instrument of transfer, duly stamped, is lodged with us at our registered office or such other place as the board may appoint accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates; and

 

    unless there is provided such evidence as the board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so;

 

    where the transfer is in respect of more than one class of share; and

 

    in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred exceeds four.

If the board declines to register a transfer it shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer is lodged, send to the transferee notice of the refusal, together with reasons for the refusal.

CREST

To be traded on AIM, securities must be able to be transferred and settled through the CREST system. CREST is a computerized paperless share transfer and settlement system which allows securities to be transferred by electronic means, without the need for a written instrument of transfer. The Articles are consistent with CREST membership and, amongst other things, allow for the holding and transfer of shares in uncertificated form.

Shareholder Meetings

Annual General Meetings

In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, we are required in each year to hold an annual general meeting in addition to any other general meetings in that year and to specify the meeting as such in the notice convening it. The annual general meeting shall be convened whenever and wherever the board sees fit, subject to the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, as described in “Differences in Corporate Law—Annual General Meeting” and “Differences in Corporate Law—Notice of General Meetings” in this prospectus.

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents

Notice of General Meetings

The arrangements for the calling of general meetings are described in “Differences in Corporate Law—Notice of General Meetings” in this prospectus.

Quorum of General Meetings

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment, choice or election of a chairman which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. At least two shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

Class Meetings

The provisions in the Articles relating to general meetings apply to every separate general meeting of the holders of a class of shares except that:

 

    the quorum for such class meeting shall be two holders in person or by proxy representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class;

 

    at the class meeting, a holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll and shall on a poll be entitled to one vote for every share of the class held by him; and

 

    if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum is not present at the meeting, one holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at an adjourned meeting constitutes a quorum.

Directors

Number of Directors

We may not have less than two or, unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of shareholders, more than 12 directors on our board of directors.

Appointment of Directors

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, we may, by ordinary resolution of the shareholders, elect any person to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing board.

Without prejudice to the power to appoint any person to be a director by shareholder resolution, the board has power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing board. Any director appointed by the board will hold office only until the earlier to occur of the close of the next following annual general meeting and someone being appointed in his stead at that meeting. Such a director is eligible for re-election at that meeting but shall not be taken into account in determining the directors or the number of directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting.

Rotation of Directors

At every annual general meeting, one-third of the directors or, if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to and not exceeding one-third, shall retire from office and each director must retire from office at least once every three years.

The directors to retire on each occasion shall be those subject to retirement by rotation who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who became or were re-elected directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree amongst themselves) be determined by lot.

A director who retires at the annual general meeting shall be eligible for re-election.

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

The shareholders may, at the meeting at which a director retires, fill the vacated office by electing a person and in default the retiring director shall, if willing to continue to act, be deemed to have been re-elected, unless at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacated office or unless a resolution for the re-election of such director shall have been put to the meeting and lost or such director has given notice in writing to us that he is unwilling to be re-elected or such director has attained the retirement age applicable to him as director pursuant to the Companies Act 2006.

Notwithstanding this provision of our Articles, our board has adopted a policy that all non-executive directors will seek annual re-election by shareholders.

Directors’ Interests

The directors may authorize, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any matter proposed to them which would otherwise result in a director infringing his duty to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with our interests and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest. A director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him, be accountable to us for any benefit which he (or a person connected with him) derives from any matter authorised by the directors and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit.

Subject to the requirements under sections 175, 177 and 182 of the Companies Act 2006, for a director to:

 

    avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with our interests; or

 

    declare any interest that he has, whether directly or indirectly, in a proposed or existing transaction or arrangement with us,

and provided that he has disclosed to the board the nature and extent of any interest of his in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 and the Articles, a director notwithstanding his office:

 

    may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with us or in which we are otherwise interested;

 

    may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by us or in which we are otherwise interested; and

 

    shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to us for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

In the case of interests arising where a director is in any way, directly or indirectly, interested in (a) a proposed transaction or arrangement with us or (b) a transaction or arrangement that has been entered into by us and save as otherwise provided by the Articles, such director shall not vote at a meeting of the board or of a committee of the board on any resolution concerning such matter in which he has a material interest (otherwise than by virtue of his interest in shares, debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, us) unless his interest or duty arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following paragraphs:

 

    the resolution relates to the giving to him or a person connected with him of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by him or such a person at the request of or for the benefit of, us or any of our subsidiaries;

 

    the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of ours or any of our subsidiaries for which the director or a person connected with him has assumed responsibility in whole or part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents
    his interest arises by virtue of him or a person connected with him subscribing or agreeing to subscribe for any shares, debentures or other securities in us or any of our subsidiaries or by virtue of him or a person connected with him being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any such shares, debentures, or other securities by us or any of our subsidiaries for subscription, purchase or exchange;

 

    the resolution relates in any way to any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise howsoever, provided that he and any persons connected with him do not to his knowledge hold an interest in shares representing one per cent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such company or of the voting rights available to shareholder of such company;

 

    the resolution relates in any way to an arrangement in whole or in part for the benefit of our employees or any employees of our subsidiaries which does not award him as such any privilege or advantage not generally awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or

 

    the resolution relates in any way to the purchase or maintenance for the directors of insurance against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise attach to all or any of them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to us or any of our subsidiaries.

A director shall not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

If a question arises at a meeting of the board or of a committee of the board as to the right of a director to vote or be counted in the quorum, and such question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting or not to be counted in the quorum, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any director other than himself shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the director concerned has not been fairly disclosed.

An interest of a person connected with a director shall be treated as an interest of the director and Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006 shall determine whether a person is connected with a director.

Directors’ Fees and Remuneration

Each of the directors shall be paid a fee at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the board (or for the avoidance of doubt any duly authorized committee of the board) provided that the aggregate of all such fees so paid to directors shall not exceed £250,000 per annum, or such higher amount as may from time to time be determined by ordinary resolution of shareholders.

Each director may be paid his reasonable traveling, hotel and incidental expenses of attending and returning from meetings of the board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders class of shares or of debentures and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company’s business or in the discharge of his duties as a director. Any director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purposes required by us or who performs services which in the opinion of the board go beyond the ordinary duties of a director may be paid such extra remuneration as the board may determine.

An executive director shall receive such remuneration as the board may determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a director as detailed above.

Borrowing Powers

The board may exercise all the powers to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertaking, property and assets (present or future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of us or of any third party, provided

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

that the board shall restrict our borrowings and exercise all voting and other rights, powers of control or rights of influence exercisable by us in relation to our subsidiary undertakings (if any) so as to secure that the aggregate amount for the time being remaining outstanding of all monies borrowed by our group and for the time being owing to persons outside our group less the aggregate amount of our group’s current asset investments (as detailed in the Articles) shall not at any time without the previous sanction of shareholders in general meeting exceed an amount equal to four times the adjusted capital and reserves (as detailed in the Articles).

Pensions

The board may exercise all powers to grant pensions, annuities or other allowances and benefits in favor of any person including any director or former director or the relations, connections or dependants of any director or former director, provided that no pension, annuity or other allowance shall be granted to a director or former director who has not been an executive director or held any other office or place of profit under us or any of our subsidiaries or to a person who has no claim on us except as a relation, connection or dependant of such a director or former director without the approval of an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

Indemnity

Every director, alternate director, secretary or other officer (other than the auditors) of our group may be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law out of our assets against all costs, claims, charges, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities incurred by him in relation to the actual or purported execution or discharge of his duties or the exercise or purported exercise of his powers or otherwise in relation to such members of our group.

Other U.K. Law Considerations

Notification of Voting Rights

A shareholder in a public company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose shares are admitted to trading on AIM is required pursuant to Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority to notify us of the percentage of his voting rights if the percentage of voting rights which he holds as a shareholder or through his direct or indirect holding of financial instruments (or a combination of such holdings) reaches, exceeds or falls below 3%, 4%, 5%, and each 1% threshold thereafter up to 100% as a result of an acquisition or disposal of shares.

Mandatory Purchases and Acquisitions

Pursuant to Sections 979 to 991 of the Companies Act 2006, where a takeover offer has been made for us and the offeror has acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire not less than 90% in value of the shares to which the offer relates and not less than 90% of the voting rights carried by those shares, the offeror may give notice to the holder of any shares to which the offer relates which the offeror has not acquired or unconditionally contracted to acquire that he wishes to acquire, and is entitled to so acquire, those shares on the same terms as the general offer. The offeror would do so by sending a notice to the outstanding minority shareholder telling them that it will compulsorily acquire their shares. Such notice must be sent within three months of the last day on which the offer can be accepted in the prescribed manner. The squeeze-out of the minority shareholders can be completed at the end of six weeks from the date the notice has been given, following which the offeror can execute a transfer of the outstanding shares in its favor and pay the consideration to us, which would hold the consideration on trust for the outstanding minority shareholders. The consideration offered to the outstanding minority shareholders whose shares are compulsorily acquired under the Companies Act 2006 must, in general, be the same as the consideration that was available under the takeover offer.

Sell Out

The Companies Act 2006 also gives our minority shareholders a right to be bought out in certain circumstances by an offeror who has made a takeover offer for all of our shares. The holder of shares to which the offer relates,

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents

and who has not otherwise accepted the offer, may require the offeror to acquire his shares if, prior to the expiry of the acceptance period for such offer, (i) the offeror has acquired or agreed to acquire not less than 90% in value of the voting shares, and (ii) not less than 90% of the voting rights carried by those shares. The offeror may impose a time limit on the rights of minority shareholders to be bought out that is not less than three months after the end of the acceptance period. If a shareholder exercises his rights to be bought out, the offeror is required to acquire those shares on the terms of this offer or on such other terms as may be agreed.

Disclosure of Interest in Shares

Pursuant to Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006, we are empowered by notice in writing to any person whom we know or have reasonable cause to believe to be interested in our shares, or at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued has been so interested, within a reasonable time to disclose to us particulars of that person’s interest and (so far as is within his knowledge) particulars of any other interest that subsists or subsisted in those shares. The Articles specify that a response is required from such person within 14 days after service of any such notice.

Under the Articles, if a person defaults in supplying us with the required particulars in relation to the shares in question, or Default Shares, the directors may by notice direct that:

 

    in respect of the Default Shares, the relevant member shall not be entitled to attend or vote (either in person or by proxy) at any general meeting or of a general meeting of the holders of a class of shares or upon any poll or to exercise any right conferred by the Default Shares; and/or

 

    where the Default Shares represent at least 0.25% of their class, (a) any dividend or other money payable in respect of the Default Shares shall be retained by us without liability to pay interest, and/or (b) no transfers by the relevant member of any Default Shares may be registered (unless the member himself is not in default and the transfer does not relate to Default Shares or that the transfer is permitted under the U.K. Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001).

Purchase of Own Shares

Under English law, a limited company may only purchase its own shares out of the distributable profits of the company or the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of financing the purchase, provided that

they are not restricted from doing so by their articles. A limited company may not purchase its own shares if, as a result of the purchase, there would no longer be any issued shares of the company other than redeemable shares or shares held as treasury shares. Shares must be fully paid in order to be repurchased.

Subject to the above, we may purchase our own shares in the manner prescribed below. We may make a market purchase of our own fully paid shares pursuant to an ordinary resolution of shareholders. The resolution authorizing the purchase must:

 

    specify the maximum number of shares authorized to be acquired;

 

    determine the maximum and minimum prices that may be paid for the shares; and

 

    specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

We may purchase our own fully paid shares otherwise than on a recognized investment exchange pursuant to a purchase contract authorized by resolution of shareholders before the purchase takes place. Any authority will not be effective if any shareholder from whom we propose to purchase shares votes on the resolution and the resolution would not have been passed if he had not done so. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify a date, not being later than five years after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents

City Code on Takeovers and Mergers

As a United Kingdom incorporated public company with our registered office in the United Kingdom which is admitted to AIM, we are subject to the U.K. City Code on Takeovers and Mergers, or the City Code, which is issued and administered by the U.K. Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, or the Panel. The City Code provides a framework within which takeovers of companies subject to it are conducted. In particular, the City Code contains certain rules in respect of mandatory offers. Under Rule 9 of the City Code, if a person:

 

    acquires an interest in our shares which, when taken together with shares in which he or persons acting in concert with him are interested, carries 30% or more of the voting rights of our shares; or

 

    who, together with persons acting in concert with him, is interested in shares that in the aggregate carry not less than 30% and not more than 50% of the voting rights in us, acquires additional interests in shares that increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which that person is interested,

the acquirer and depending on the circumstances, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the Panel) to make a cash offer for our outstanding shares at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interests in the shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the previous 12 months.

Exchange Controls

There are no governmental laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in the United Kingdom that may affect the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash and cash equivalents for use by us, or that may affect the remittance of dividends, interest, or other payments by us to non-resident holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs, other than withholding tax requirements. There is no limitation imposed by English law or in the Articles on the right of non-residents to hold or vote shares.

Differences in Corporate Law

The applicable provisions of the Companies Act 2006 differ from laws applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain differences between the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law relating to shareholders’ rights and protections. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights and it is qualified in its entirety by reference to Delaware law and English law.

 

    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

Number of Directors    Under the Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must have at least two directors and the number of directors may be fixed by or in the manner provided in a company’s articles of association.    Under Delaware law, a corporation must have at least one director and the number of directors shall be fixed by or in the manner provided in the bylaws.
Removal of Directors    Under the Companies Act 2006, shareholders may remove a director without cause by an ordinary resolution (which is passed by a simple majority of those voting in person or by proxy at a general meeting) irrespective of any provisions of any service contract the director has with the    Under Delaware law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (a) unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

   company, provided 28 clear days’ notice of the resolution has been given to the company and its shareholders. On receipt of notice of an intended resolution to remove a director, the company must forthwith send a copy of the notice to the director concerned. Certain other procedural requirements under the Companies Act 2006 must also be followed such as allowing the director to make representations against his or her removal either at the meeting or in writing.    board of directors is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board of directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.
Vacancies on the Board of Directors    Under English law, the procedure by which directors, other than a company’s initial directors, are appointed is generally set out in a company’s articles of association, provided that where two or more persons are appointed as directors of a public limited company by resolution of the shareholders, resolutions appointing each director must be voted on individually.    Under Delaware law, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless (a) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (b) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case a majority of the other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.
Annual General Meeting    Under the Companies Act 2006, a public limited company must hold an annual general meeting in each six-month period following the company’s annual accounting reference date.    Under Delaware law, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or as provided in the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.
General Meeting   

Under the Companies Act 2006, a general meeting of the shareholders of a public limited company may be called by the directors.

 

Shareholders holding at least 5% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying voting rights at general

   Under Delaware law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the board of directors or by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws.

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

   meetings can require the directors to call a general meeting and, if the directors fail to do so within a certain period, may themselves convene a general meeting.   
Notice of General Meetings    Under the Companies Act 2006, 21 clear days’ notice must be given for an annual general meeting and any resolutions to be proposed at the meeting. Subject to a company’s articles of association providing for a longer period, at least 14 clear days’ notice is required for any other general meeting. In addition, certain matters, such as the removal of directors or auditors, require special notice, which is 28 clear days’ notice. The shareholders of a company may in all cases consent to a shorter notice period, the proportion of shareholders’ consent required being 100% of those entitled to attend and vote in the case of an annual general meeting and, in the case of any other general meeting, a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority who together hold not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at the meeting.    Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the stockholders must be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour, and purpose or purposes of the meeting.
Proxy    Under the Companies Act 2006, at any meeting of shareholders, a shareholder may designate another person to attend, speak and vote at the meeting on their behalf by proxy.    Under Delaware law, at any meeting of stockholders, a stockholder may designate another person to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.
Pre-emptive Rights    Under the Companies Act 2006, “equity securities”, being (i) shares in the company other than    Under Delaware law, shareholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

   shares that, with respect to dividends and capital, carry a right to participate only up to a specified amount in a distribution (“ordinary shares”) or (ii) rights to subscribe for, or to convert securities into, ordinary shares, proposed to be allotted for cash must be offered first to the existing equity shareholders in the company in proportion to the respective nominal value of their holdings, unless an exception applies or a special resolution to the contrary has been passed by shareholders in a general meeting or the articles of association provide otherwise in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.    stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.
Authority to Allot    Under the Companies Act 2006 the directors of a company must not allot shares or grant of rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares unless an exception applies or an ordinary resolution to the contrary has been passed by shareholders in a general meeting or the articles of association provide otherwise in each case in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.   

Under Delaware law, if the corporation’s charter or certificate of incorporation so provides, the board of directors has the power to authorize the issuance of stock. It may authorize capital stock to be issued for consideration consisting of cash, any tangible or intangible property or any benefit to the corporation or any combination thereof. It may determine the amount of such consideration by approving a formula. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the judgment of the directors as to the value of such consideration is conclusive.

Liability of Directors and Officers   

Under the Companies Act 2006, any provision, whether contained in a company’s articles of association or any contract or otherwise, that purports to exempt

a director of a company, to any extent, from any liability that would otherwise attach to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company is void.

  

Under Delaware law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may include a provision eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director

to the corporation and its stockholders for damages arising from a breach of fiduciary duty as

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

  

Any provision by which a company directly or indirectly provides an indemnity, to any extent, for a director of the company or of an associated

company against any liability attaching to him in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the company of which he is a director is also void except as permitted by the Companies Act 2006, which provides exceptions for the company to (a) purchase and maintain insurance against such liability; (b) provide a “qualifying third party indemnity” (being an indemnity against liability incurred by the director to a person other than the company or an associated company as long as he is successful in defending the claim or criminal proceedings); and (c) provide a “qualifying pension scheme indemnity” (being an indemnity against liability incurred in connection with the company’s activities as trustee of an occupational pension plan).

  

a director. However, no provision can limit the liability of a director for:

 

•   any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

•   acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve

intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

•   intentional or negligent payment of unlawful dividends or stock purchases or redemptions; or

 

•   any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Voting Rights   

Under English law, unless a poll is demanded by the shareholders of a company or is required by the chairman of the meeting or the company’s articles of association, shareholders shall vote on all resolutions on a show of hands. Under the Companies Act 2006, a poll may be demanded by (a) not fewer than five shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; (b) any shareholder(s)

representing not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all the shareholders having the right to vote on the resolution; or (c) any shareholder(s) holding shares in the company conferring a right to vote on the resolution being shares

   Delaware law provides that, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

  

on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10% of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right. A company’s articles of association may provide more extensive rights for shareholders to call a poll.

 

Under English law, an ordinary resolution is passed on a show of hands if it is approved by a simple majority (more than 50%) of the votes cast by shareholders present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote. If a poll is demanded, an ordinary resolution is passed if it is approved by holders representing a simple majority of the total voting rights of shareholders present, in person or by proxy, who, being entitled to vote, vote on the resolution. Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than 75% of the votes cast by shareholders present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting.

  

Shareholder Vote on Certain Transactions

  

The Companies Act 2006 provides for schemes of arrangement, which are arrangements or compromises between a company and any class of shareholders or creditors and used in certain types of reconstructions,

amalgamations, capital reorganizations or takeovers. These arrangements require:

 

•   the approval at a shareholders’ or creditors’ meeting convened by order of the court, of a majority in number of shareholders or creditors representing 75% in value of the capital held by, or debt owed to, the class of shareholders or creditors, or

  

Generally, under Delaware law, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for the vote of a larger portion of the stock, completion of a merger, consolidation, sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of a corporation’s assets or dissolution requires:

 

•   the approval of the board of directors; and

 

•   approval by the vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock or, if the certificate of incorporation provides for more or less than one vote per share, a majority of the votes of the

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

  

class thereof present and voting, either in person or by proxy; and

 

•   the approval of the court.

   outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote on the matter.
Standard of Conduct for Directors   

Under English law, a director owes various statutory and fiduciary duties to the company, including:

 

•   to act in the way he considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole;

 

•   to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly conflicts, with the interests of the company;

 

•   to act in accordance with the company’s constitution and only exercise his powers for the purposes for which they are conferred;

 

•   to exercise independent judgment;

 

•   to exercise reasonable care, skill and diligence;

 

•   not to accept benefits from a third party conferred by reason of his being a director or doing, or not doing, anything as a director; and

 

•   a duty to declare any interest that he has, whether directly or indirectly, in a proposed or existing transaction or arrangement with the company.

  

Delaware law does not contain specific provisions setting forth the standard of conduct of a director. The scope of the fiduciary duties of directors is generally determined by the courts of the State of Delaware. In general, directors have a duty to act without self-interest, on a well-informed basis and in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interest of the stockholders.

 

Directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents
    

England and Wales

  

Delaware

     

a threatened change in control of the corporation.

 

In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders.

Stockholder Suits    Under English law, generally, the company, rather than its shareholders, is the proper claimant in an action in respect of a wrong done to the company or where there is an irregularity in the company’s internal management. Notwithstanding this general position, the Companies Act 2006 provides that (i) a court may allow a shareholder to bring a derivative claim (that is, an action in respect of and on behalf of the company) in respect of a cause of action arising from a director’s negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust and (ii) a shareholder may bring a claim for a court order where the company’s affairs have been or are being conducted in a manner that is unfairly prejudicial to some of its shareholders.   

Under Delaware law, a stockholder may initiate a derivative action to enforce a right of a corporation if the corporation fails to enforce the right itself. The complaint must:

 

•   state that the plaintiff was a stockholder at the time of the transaction of which the plaintiff complains or that the plaintiffs shares thereafter devolved on the plaintiff by operation of law; and

 

•   allege with particularity the efforts made by the plaintiff to obtain the action the plaintiff desires from the

directors and the reasons for the plaintiff’s failure to obtain the action; or

 

•   state the reasons for not making the effort.

 

Additionally, the plaintiff must remain a stockholder through the duration of the derivative suit. The action will not be dismissed or compromised without the approval of the Delaware Court of Chancery.

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, also referred to as ADSs. Each ADS will represent             shares (or a right to receive             shares) deposited with The Bank of New York Mellon, as custodian for the depositary in London. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286. The Bank of New York Mellon’s principal executive office is located at One Wall Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, also referred to as an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, also called DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, also referred to as an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. English law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. Directions on how to obtain copies of those documents are provided in “Where You Can Find Additional Information” in this prospectus.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.

Cash . The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and can not be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation” in this prospectus. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution .

Shares . The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares . If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them . The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

Other Distributions . The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you .

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal at the depositary’s office. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they much reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of England and Wales and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not tell the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw the shares . In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested .

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 45 days in advance of the meeting date.

Fees and Expenses

 

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must pay:    For:
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)   

Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property

 

Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per ADS    Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs    Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents
$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year    Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees    Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary   

Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

 

Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes    As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities    As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers or other service providers that are affiliates of the depositary and that may earn or share fees or commissions.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your American Depositary Shares to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do so by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

 

- 161 -


Table of Contents

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender or of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended .

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may terminate the deposit agreement if:

 

    60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

 

    we delist our shares from an exchange on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange;

 

    we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

 

    all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

 

    there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

 

    there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

 

- 162 -


Table of Contents

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but , after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

 

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

    are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our or its control from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

    have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

 

    are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

 

    may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

 

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

 

    satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

    compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

 

- 163 -


Table of Contents

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

 

    when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

 

    when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Pre-release of ADSs

The deposit agreement permits the depositary to deliver ADSs before deposit of the underlying shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADSs. The depositary may also deliver shares upon cancellation of pre-released ADSs (even if the ADSs are canceled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary. The depositary may receive ADSs instead of shares to close out a pre-release. The depositary may pre-release ADSs only under the following conditions: (1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made represents to the depositary in writing that it or its customer owns the shares or ADSs to be deposited; (2) the pre-release is fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that the depositary considers appropriate; and (3) the depositary must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice. In addition, the depositary will limit the number of ADSs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although the depositary may disregard the limit from time to time if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRSs that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder communications; inspection of register of holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

 

- 164 -


Table of Contents

SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, ADSs will be outstanding representing approximately         % of our ordinary shares outstanding. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs, and a regular trading market may not develop in the ADSs. Our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on AIM.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose ordinary shares are aggregated) who is not considered to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the ordinary shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those ordinary shares without restriction, subject to our compliance with the reporting obligations under the Exchange Act. In addition, under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose ordinary shares are aggregated) who is not considered to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the ordinary shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those ordinary shares immediately upon the closing of this offering without restriction and without regard to whether we are in compliance with our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is our affiliate and has beneficially owned ordinary shares or ADSs for at least six months is entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of ordinary shares or ADSs that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which is expected to equal approximately                     ordinary shares immediately after this offering, and the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares in the form of ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 in connection with the sale.

Any such sales by an affiliate are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and our compliance with reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

In addition, in each case, these shares would remain subject to any lock-up arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that ordinary shares owned by any person may be sold without registration in the United States, provided that the sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no directed selling efforts are made in the United States (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our ordinary shares may be sold in some other manner outside the United States without requiring registration in the United States.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock plan or other written agreement executed prior to the completion of this offering is eligible to resell such ordinary shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

- 165 -


Table of Contents

Lock-up Arrangements

For a description of the lock-up arrangements that we, the members of our board of directors, our executive officers and certain of our shareholders have entered into in connection with this offering, see “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

Share Options

Following this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the our ordinary shares subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2005 Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme. See “Compensation—Equity Compensation Arrangements” for additional information regarding our equity compensation. Accordingly, our ordinary shares registered under the registration statements, will be available for sale in the open market, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.

 

- 166 -


Table of Contents

TAXATION

Taxation in the United Kingdom

The following is a general summary of certain U.K. tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposal of an ordinary shares or ADS and does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in an ordinary share or ADS. It is based on U.K. tax law and generally published HM Revenue & Customs, or HMRC, practice as of the date of this prospectus, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

Save as provided otherwise, this summary applies only to a person who is the absolute beneficial owner of an ordinary share or ADS and who is resident (and, in the case of an individual, domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes and who is not resident for tax purposes in any other jurisdiction and does not have a permanent establishment or fixed base in any other jurisdiction with which the holding of an ordinary share or ADS is connected (“U.K. Holders”). A person (a) who is not resident (or, if resident, is not domiciled) in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, including an individual and company who trades in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in the United Kingdom to which an ordinary share or ADS is attributable, or (b) who is resident or otherwise subject to tax in a jurisdiction outside the United Kingdom, is recommended to seek the advice of professional advisors in relation to their taxation obligations.

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to be, nor should it be considered to be, legal or tax advice to any particular investor. It does not address all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to specific investors in light of their particular circumstances or to investors subject to special treatment under U.K. tax law. In particular:

 

    this summary only applies to an absolute beneficial owner of an ordinary share or ADS and any dividend paid in respect of the ordinary share where the dividend is regarded for U.K. tax purposes as that person’s own income (and not the income of some other person);

 

    this summary: (a) only addresses the principal U.K. tax consequences for an investor who holds an ordinary share or ADS as a capital asset, (b) does not address the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain special classes of investor such as a dealer, broker or trader in shares or securities and any other person who holds an ordinary share or ADS otherwise than as an investment, (c) does not address the tax consequences for a holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, collective investment scheme, pension scheme, charity or tax-exempt organization, (d) assumes that a holder is not an officer or employee of the company (nor of any related company) and has not (and is not deemed to have) acquired the an ordinary share or ADS by virtue of an office or employment, and (e) assumes that a holder does not control or hold (and is not deemed to control or hold), either alone or together with one or more associated or connected persons, directly or indirectly (including through the holding of an ADS), an interest of 10% or more in the issued share capital (or in any class thereof), voting power, rights to profits or capital of the company, and is not otherwise connected with the company.

This summary further assumes that a holder of an ADS is the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary share for U.K. direct tax purposes.

POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN THE ADSs SHOULD SATISFY THEMSELVES PRIOR TO INVESTING AS TO THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES, INCLUDING, SPECIFICALLY, THE CONSEQUENCES UNDER U.K. TAX LAW AND HMRC PRACTICE OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSAL OF THE ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs, IN THEIR OWN PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES BY CONSULTING THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS.

 

- 167 -


Table of Contents

Taxation of Dividends

Withholding Tax

A dividend payment in respect of an ordinary share may be made without withholding or deduction for or on account of U.K. tax.

Income Tax

A dividend received by individual U.K. Holders will be subject to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend paid, increased for the amount of the non-refundable U.K. dividend tax credit referred to below.

An individual holder of an ordinary share or ADS who is not a U.K. Holder will not be chargeable to U.K. income tax on a dividend paid by the company, unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary share or ADS is attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. income tax on a dividend received from the company.

The rate of U.K. income tax that is chargeable on dividends received in the tax year 2014/2015 by (i) an additional rate taxpayer is 37.5%, (ii) a higher rate taxpayer is 32.5%, and (iii) a basic rate taxpayer is 10%. An individual U.K. Holder will be entitled to a non-refundable tax credit equal to one-ninth of the full amount of the dividend received from the company, which will be taken into account in computing the gross amount of the dividend that is chargeable to U.K. income tax. The tax credit will be credited against such holder’s liability (if any) to U.K. income tax on the gross amount of the dividend. After taking into account the tax credit, the effective rate of tax (i) for additional rate taxpayers will for the 2014/2015 tax year be 30.6% of the dividend paid, (ii) for a higher rate taxpayer will be 25% of the dividend paid, and (iii) for a basic rate taxpayer will be nil. An individual holder who is not subject to U.K. income tax on dividends received from the company will not generally be entitled to claim repayment of the tax credit in respect of such dividends. An individual’s dividend income is treated as the top slice of their total income that is chargeable to U.K. income tax.

Corporation Tax

A U.K. Holder within the charge to U.K. corporation tax may be entitled to exemption from U.K. corporation tax in respect of dividend payments. If the conditions for the exemption are not satisfied, or such U.K. Holder elects for an otherwise exempt dividend to be taxable, U.K. corporation tax will be chargeable on the gross amount of a dividend. If potential investors are in any doubt as to their position, they should consult their own professional advisers.

A corporate holder of an ordinary share or ADS that is not a U.K. Holder will not be subject to U.K. corporation tax on a dividend received from the company, unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary share or ADS is attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on its individual circumstances and if the exemption from U.K. corporation tax discussed above does not apply, be chargeable to U.K. corporation tax on dividends received from the company.

Taxation of Disposals

U.K. Holders

A disposal or deemed disposal of an ordinary share or ADS by an individual U.K. Holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, give rise to a chargeable gain or to an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. capital gains tax. The principal factors that will determine the capital gains tax position on a disposal of an ordinary share or ADS are the extent to which the holder realizes any other capital gains in the tax year in which the disposal is made, the extent to which the holder has incurred capital losses in that or any earlier tax year and the level of the annual exemption for tax-free gains in that tax year (the “annual exemption”). The annual

 

- 168 -


Table of Contents

exemption for the 2014/2015 tax year is £11,000. If, after all allowable deductions, an individual U.K. Holder’s total taxable income for the year exceeds the basic rate income tax limit, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of an ordinary share or an ADS is taxed at the rate of 28%. In other cases, a taxable capital gain accruing on a disposal of an ordinary share or ADS may be taxed at the rate of 18% or the rate of 28% or at a combination of both rates.

An individual U.K. Holder who ceases to be resident in the United Kingdom (or who fails to be regarded as resident in a territory outside the United Kingdom for the purposes of double taxation relief) for a period of five tax years or less than five years and who disposes of an ordinary share or ADS during that period of temporary non-residence may be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on a chargeable gain accruing on such disposal on his or her return to the United Kingdom (or upon ceasing to be regarded as resident outside the United Kingdom for the purposes of double taxation relief) (subject to available exemptions or reliefs).

A disposal (or deemed disposal) of an ordinary share or ADS by a corporate U.K. Holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purpose of U.K. corporation tax. Such a holder should be entitled to an indexation allowance, which applies to reduce a capital gain to the extent that such a gain arises due to inflation. The allowance may reduce a chargeable gain but will not create or increase an allowable loss.

Any gain or loss in respect of currency fluctuations over the period of holding an ordinary share or an ADS are also brought into account on a disposal.

Non-U.K. Holders

An individual holder who is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable to U.K. capital gains tax on capital gains realized on the disposal of an ordinary share or ADS unless such holder carries on (whether solely or in partnership) a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency in the United Kingdom to which the ordinary share or ADS is attributable. In these circumstances, such holder may, depending on his or her individual circumstances, be chargeable to U.K. capital gains tax on chargeable gains arising from a disposal of his or her ordinary share or ADS.

A corporate holder of an ordinary share or ADS that is not a U.K. Holder will not be liable for U.K. corporation tax on chargeable gains realized on the disposal of an ordinary share or ADS unless it carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment to which the ordinary share or ADS is attributable. In these circumstances, a disposal (or deemed disposal) of an ordinary share or ADS by such holder may give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of U.K. corporation tax.

Inheritance Tax

If for the purposes of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Estates of Deceased Persons and on Gifts) Treaty United States of America Order 1979 (31 1979/1454) between the United States and the United Kingdom an individual holder is domiciled at the time of their death or at the time of a transfer made during their lifetime, in the United States and is not a national of the United Kingdom, any ordinary share or ADS beneficially owned by that holder should not generally be subject to U.K. inheritance tax, provided that any applicable United States federal gift or estate tax liability is paid, except where (i) the ordinary share or ADS is part of the business property of a U.K. permanent establishment or pertain to a U.K. fixed base used for the performance of independent personal services; or (ii) the ordinary share or ADS is comprised in a settlement unless, at the time the settlement was made, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and not a national of the U.K. (in which case no charge to U.K. inheritance tax should apply).

Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax

The stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax, or SDRT, treatment of the issue and transfer of, and the agreement to transfer, an ordinary share outside a depositary receipt system or a clearance service are discussed in the paragraphs under “ General ” below. The stamp duty and SDRT treatment of such transactions in relation to such systems are discussed in the paragraphs under “ Depositary Receipt Systems and Clearance Services ” below.

 

- 169 -


Table of Contents

General

The issue of ordinary shares under the offering does not give rise to a SDRT liability, according to the HM Revenue & Customs practice and recent case law and is not subject to stamp duty.

An agreement to transfer an ordinary share will normally give rise to a charge to SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer. SDRT is, in general, payable by the purchaser.

A transfer of an ordinary share or ADS will generally be subject to stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the consideration given for the transfer (rounded up to the next £5). The purchaser normally pays the stamp duty.

If a duly stamped transfer completing an agreement to transfer is produced within six years of the date on which the agreement is made (or, if the agreement is conditional, the date on which the agreement becomes unconditional) and SDRT already paid is generally repayable, normally with interest, and any SDRT charge yet to be paid is cancelled.

Depositary Receipt Systems and Clearance Services

Following the ECJ decision in C-569/07 HSBC Holdings Plc, Vidacos Nominees Limited v The Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs and the First-tier Tax Tribunal decision in HSBC Holdings Plc and the Bank of New York Mellon Corporation v The Commissioners of Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs , HM Revenue & Customs has confirmed that 1.5% SDRT is no longer payable when shares are issued or transferred to a clearance service (such as, in our understanding, DTC) or depositary receipt system as an integral part of a raising of capital.

Where an ordinary share or ADS is otherwise transferred (i) to, or to a nominee or an agent for, a person whose business is or includes the provision of clearance services or (ii) to, or to a nominee or an agent for a person whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts, stamp duty or SDRT will generally be payable at the higher rate of 1.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given or, in certain circumstances, the value of the shares.

There is an exception from the 1.5% charge on the transfer to, or to a nominee or agent for, a clearance service where the clearance service has made and maintained an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act 1986, which has been approved by HM Revenue & Customs. In these circumstances, SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration payable for the transfer will arise on any transfer of ordinary share into such an account and on subsequent agreements to transfer such shares within such account. It is our understanding that DTC has not made an election under section 97A(1) of the Finance Act of 1986.

Any liability for stamp duty or SDRT in respect of a transfer into a clearance service or depositary receipt system, or in respect of a transfer within such a service, which does arise will strictly be accountable by the clearance service or depositary receipt system operator or their nominee, as the case may be, but will, in practice, be payable by the participants in the clearance service or depositary receipt system.

The Proposed Financial Transactions Tax

The European Commission has published a proposal for a Directive for a common Financial Transactions Tax, or FTT, in Belgium, Germany, Estonia, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia and Slovakia (described below as the “participating Member States”).

The proposed FRR has very broad scope and could, if introduced in its current form, apply to certain dealings in ordinary shares (including secondary market transactions) in certain circumstances.

 

- 170 -


Table of Contents

Under current proposals the FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in ordinary shares where at least one party is a financial institution, and at least one party is established in a participating Member State. A financial institution may be, or be deemed to be, “established” in a participating Member State in a broad range of circumstance, including (i) by transacting with a person established in a participating Member State or (ii) where the financial instrument which is subject to the dealings is issued in participating Member State.

The FTT proposal remains subject to negotiation between the participating Member States. Further, the legality of the FTT proposals is at present uncertain. It may therefore be altered prior to any implementation, the timing of which remains unclear. Additional EU Member States may decide to participate. Prospective holders of an ordinary share or ADS are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the FTT.

Taxation in the United States

The following summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs is based upon current law and does not purport to be a comprehensive discussion of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ADSs. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, final, temporary and proposed United States Treasury Regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, in each case as available on the date of this prospectus. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below.

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders, as defined below, of ADSs. This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income tax considerations for U.S. holders that acquire the ADSs at their original issuance and hold the ADSs as capital assets. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax matters that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder. Each prospective investor should consult a professional tax advisor with respect to the tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership or disposition of the ADSs . This summary does not address tax considerations applicable to a holder of ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation, the following:

 

    banks or other financial institutions;

 

    insurance companies;

 

    dealers or traders in securities, currencies, or notional principal contracts;

 

    tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” retirement plan;

 

    regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

 

    persons that hold the ordinary shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, constructive sale or similar transaction involving more than one position;

 

    an entity classified as a partnership and persons that hold the ordinary shares through partnerships or certain other pass-through entities;

 

    holders (whether individuals, corporations or partnerships) that are treated as expatriates for some or all U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons who acquired the ADSs as compensation for the performance of services;

 

    persons holding the ADSs in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States;

 

    a U.S. holder who holds the ADSs through a financial account at a foreign financial institution that does not meet the requirements for avoiding future withholding with respect to certain payments under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code;

 

- 171 -


Table of Contents
    holders that own (or are deemed to own) 10% or more of our voting shares; and

 

    holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Further, this summary does not address alternative minimum tax, gift or estate consequences or the indirect effects on the holders of equity interests in entities that own the ADSs. In addition, this discussion does not consider the U.S. tax consequences to holders of ADSs that are not “U.S. holders” (as defined below).

For the purposes of this summary, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is either a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust or has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership holds ordinary shares or ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership.

We will not seek a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs, and we cannot assure you that that the IRS will agree with the conclusions set forth below.

Ownership of ADSs

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. Gain or loss will generally not be recognized on account of exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, or of ADSs for ordinary shares. References to ordinary shares in the discussion below are deemed to include ADSs, unless context otherwise requires.

Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ” below, the gross amount of any distribution actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares will be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of such U.S. holder’s pro rata share of our current and accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such pro rata share of our earnings and profits will be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce, the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of the sum of such pro rata share of our earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as capital gain from the sale or exchange of property. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above. The amount of any distribution of property other than cash will be the fair market value of that property on the date of distribution. A corporate U.S. holder will not be eligible for any dividends-received deduction in respect of a dividend received with respect to ordinary shares.

 

- 172 -


Table of Contents

Subject to the discussion below regarding the “Medicare tax,” qualified dividends received by non-corporate U.S. holders ( i.e. , individuals and certain trusts and estates) are currently subject to a maximum income tax rate of 20%. This reduced income tax rate is applicable to dividends paid by “qualified foreign corporations” to non-corporate U.S. holders that meet the applicable requirements, including a minimum holding period (generally, at least 61 days without protection from the risk of loss during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date). A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is classified as a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on shares of stock which are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Our ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, which is an established securities market in the United States, and we expect the ADSs to be readily tradable on the NASDAQ Global Market. However, there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States in later years. The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of the United Kingdom, believes that it qualifies as a resident of the United Kingdom for the purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital Gains, signed on July 24, 2001, or the U.S.-U.K. Tax Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the U.S.-U.K. Tax Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. Based on the foregoing, we expect to be considered a qualified foreign corporation under the Code. Accordingly, dividends paid by us to non-corporate U.S. holders with respect to shares that meet the minimum holding period and other requirements are expected to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” However, dividends paid by us will not qualify for the 20% maximum U.S. federal income tax rate if we are treated, for the tax year in which the dividends are paid or the preceding tax year, as a “passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as discussed below.

Dividends received by a U.S. holder with respect to ordinary shares generally will be treated as foreign source income for the purposes of calculating that holder’s foreign tax credit limitation. For these purposes, dividends distributed by us generally will constitute “passive category income” (but, in the case of some U.S. holders, may constitute “general category income”).

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s tax basis for those ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “ Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations ” below, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss and will generally be treated as from sources within the United States. Such capital gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder has held the ordinary shares for more than one year at the time of the sale or exchange. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. holders may be eligible for a preferential tax rate; the deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale. An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of the ADSs that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

 

- 173 -


Table of Contents

Medicare Tax

An additional 3.8% tax, or “Medicare Tax”, is imposed on all or a portion of the “net investment income” (which includes taxable dividends and net capital gains, adjusted for deductions properly allocable to such dividends or net capital gains) received by (i) U.S. holders that are individuals with modified adjusted gross income of over $200,000 ($250,000 in the case of joint filers, $125,000 in the case of married individuals filing separately) and (ii) certain trusts or estates.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

A corporation organized outside the United States generally will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying the applicable look-through rules, either: (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income, or (ii) on average at least 50% of the gross value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce passive income or are held for the production of passive income. In arriving at this calculation, a pro rata portion of the income and assets of each corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least a 25% interest, as determined by the value of such corporation, must be taken into account. Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and gains from commodities and securities transactions.

We believe that we were not a PFIC for any previous taxable year. Based on our estimated gross income, the average value of our gross assets, and the nature of the active businesses conducted by our “25% or greater” owned subsidiaries, we do not believe that we will be classified as a PFIC in the current taxable year. Our status for any taxable year will depend on our assets and activities in each year, and because this is a factual determination made annually after the end of each taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. The market value of our assets may be determined in large part by reference to the market price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which is likely to fluctuate after the offering (and may fluctuate considerably given that market prices of life sciences companies can be especially volatile). In addition, the composition of our income and assets will be affected by how, and how quickly, we spend the cash we raise in this offering.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder held ordinary shares, under the “default PFIC regime” (i.e., in the absence of one of the elections described below) gain recognized by the U.S. holder on a sale or other disposition (including a pledge) of the ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that taxable year, and an interest charge would be imposed on the resulting tax liability for that taxable year. Similar rules would apply to the extent any distribution in respect of ordinary shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions on ordinary shares received by a U.S. holder during the preceding three years or the holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter.

In the event we were treated as a PFIC, the tax consequences under the default PFIC regime described above could be avoided by either a “mark-to-market” or “qualified electing fund” election. A U.S. holder making a mark-to-market election (if the eligibility requirements for such an election were satisfied) generally would not be subject to the PFIC rules discussed above, except with respect to any portion of the holder’s holding period that preceded the effective date of the election. Instead, the electing holder would include in ordinary income, for each taxable year in which we were a PFIC, an amount equal to any excess of (a) the fair market value of the ordinary shares as of the close of such taxable year over (b) the electing holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. In addition, an electing holder would be allowed a deduction in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the excess, if any, of (i) the electing holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares over (ii) the fair market value of such ordinary shares as of the close of such taxable year or (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the amount included in ordinary income because of the election for prior taxable years over (ii) the amount allowed as a deduction because of the election for prior taxable years. The election would cause adjustments in the electing

 

- 174 -


Table of Contents

holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares to reflect the amount included in gross income or allowed as a deduction because of the election. In addition, upon a sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares, an electing holder would recognize ordinary income or loss (not to exceed the excess, if any, of (a) the amount included in ordinary income because of the election for prior taxable years over (b) the amount allowed as a deduction because of the election for prior taxable years).

Alternatively, a U.S. holder making a valid and timely “QEF election” generally would not be subject to the default PFIC regime discussed above. Instead, for each PFIC year to which such an election applied, the electing holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the electing holder’s pro rata share of our net capital gain and ordinary earnings, regardless of whether such amounts were actually distributed to the electing holder. However, because we do not intend to prepare or provide the information that would permit the making of a valid QEF election, that election will not be available to U.S. holders.

If we were considered a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year, a U.S. holder would be required to file annual information returns for such year, whether or not the U.S. holder disposed of any ordinary shares or received any distributions in respect of ordinary shares during such year.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on ordinary shares and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of ordinary shares that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding (at a 28% rate) on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, and Related Provisions

Under certain circumstances, the Company or its paying agent may be required, pursuant to the FATCA provisions of the Code (or analogous provisions of non-U.S. law ) and regulations or pronouncements thereunder, any “intergovernmental agreement” entered into pursuant to those provisions or any U.S. or non-U.S. fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules, guidance notes or practices adopted pursuant to any such agreement, to withhold U.S. tax at a rate of 30% on all or a portion of payments of dividends or other corporate distributions which are treated as “foreign pass-thru payments” made on or after January 1, 2017, if such payments are not exempt from such withholding. The Company believes, and this discussion assumes, that the Company is not a “foreign financial institution” for purposes of FATCA. The rules regarding FATCA and “foreign pass-thru payments,” including the treatment of proceeds from the disposition of ordinary shares, are not completely clear, and further guidance may be issued by the IRS that would clarify how FATCA might apply to dividends or other amounts paid on or with respect to ordinary shares.

Foreign Asset Reporting

In addition, certain individuals who are U.S. Holders may be required to file IRS Form 8938 to report the ownership of “specified foreign financial assets” if the total value of those assets exceeds an applicable threshold amount (subject to certain exceptions). For these purposes, a specified foreign financial asset may include not only a financial account (as defined for these purposes) maintained by a non-U.S. financial institution, but also stock or securities issued by a non-U.S. corporation (such as the Company). Certain U.S. entities may also be required to file IRS Form 8938 in the future.

 

- 175 -


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom JMP Securities LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ADSs indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
ADSs

JMP Securities LLC

  

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADS offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the ADSs covered by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs to cover over-allotments described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per ADS under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional ADSs at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the over-allotment option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ADSs as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ADSs listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional                 ADSs to cover over-allotments.

 

            Total  
     Per ADS      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $         million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an amount up to $15,000.

We have applied to list the ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol “SMMT”. Our ordinary shares are listed on the AIM under the listing code “SUMM”.

 

- 176 -


Table of Contents

We, each of our directors and executive officers and certain of our shareholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):

 

    offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ADSs, ordinary shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we will not, during the restricted period, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, and such other persons have agreed that they will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ordinary shares or ADSs or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    transfers of ordinary shares, ADSs or any security convertible into ordinary shares or ADSs as a bona fide gift;

 

    transfers to any member of the immediate family of the shareholder or any trust or limited family partnership scheme for the direct or indirect benefit of the shareholder or the immediate family of the shareholder;

 

    transfers to the shareholder’s affiliates or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the shareholder;

 

    distributions of ordinary shares, ADSs or any security convertible into ordinary shares or ADSs to limited partners, members or stockholders of the shareholder;

 

    by testate succession or intestate succession; or

 

    by operation of law, including domestic relations orders;

provided that in the case of the transfers or distributions described above, each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee, as the case may be, shall sign and deliver a lock-up agreement with substantially the same terms as those described above.

In addition, the restrictions described above do not apply to:

 

    the sale of the ADSs to the underwriters;

 

    transfers of ADSs or ordinary shares to us in connection with the exercise, including by “net” exercise of options or warrants, in each case that are granted under any of the Company’s current or future equity incentive plans or equity purchase plans or otherwise referred to or described in this prospectus; provided that any ADSs or ordinary shares received in connection with the cashless exercise of options or warrants shall be subject to the restrictions described above;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares during the restricted period and no public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act regarding the establishment of such plan shall be required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the undersigned or us; or

 

- 177 -


Table of Contents
    transfers to the Company pursuant to any contractual arrangement in effect that provides for the repurchase of securities by the Company or in connection with the termination of the holder’s employment or other service relationship with the Company.

The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release the ADSs, ordinary shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the ADSs, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more ADSs than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs available for purchase by the underwriters under the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to the price available under the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs. The underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of their option to purchase additional ADSs, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ADSs in the open market to stabilize the price of the ADSs. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ADSs. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any of the ADSs may not be made in that

 

- 178 -


Table of Contents

Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any of the ADSs may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of any of the ADSs shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any of the ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any of the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

This document, in so far as it constitutes an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 as amended, or FSMA, in connection with the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document, our ordinary shares or otherwise, is being directed only at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments who fall within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) persons who fall within Article 43 of the Order (members and creditors of certain bodies corporate) or (iv) certain high value persons and entities who fall within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order; or (iv) any other person to whom it may lawfully be communicated (all such persons in (i) to (iv) together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The ADSs are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such ADSs will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents. The communication of this document or any such invitation or inducement to any persons other than relevant persons is unauthorized and may contravene FSMA.

No approved prospectus relating to the matters in this document has been made available to the public in the United Kingdom and, accordingly, the securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document may not be, and will not be, offered in the United Kingdom except in circumstances which will not result in there being an offer to the public in the United Kingdom (other than an offer falling within Section 86 FSMA).

Switzerland

The securities will not be distributed or offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this document may not be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

 

- 179 -


Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with this offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

 

Expenses    Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 4,648   

FINRA filing fee

   $ 6,500   

NASDAQ listing fee

   $ 125,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

   $ *   

Legal fees and expenses

   $ *   

Accounting fees and expenses

   $ *   

Depositary expenses

   $ *   

Miscellaneous costs

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

Total

$ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

All amounts in the table are estimates except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of this offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

Legal matters with respect to U.S. federal and New York laws in connection with this offering will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York, has also provided an opinion as to matters of U.S. federal income tax. Certain legal matters with respect to English law in connection with the validity of the shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters will be passed upon for us by Fasken Martineau LLP, London, United Kingdom. Fasken Martineau LLP, London, United Kingdom has also provided an opinion as to matters of English income tax. Goodwin Procter LLP, New York, New York is U.S. federal and New York law counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering. Wragge Lawrence Graham & Co LLP is counsel to the underwriters with respect to English law.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, and for the periods ended January 31, 2014 and 2013, for MuOx Limited included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The current address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is One Reading Central, 23 Forbury Road, Reading, Berkshire, RG1 3JH.

 

- 180 -


Table of Contents

SERVICE OF PROCESS AND ENFORCEMENT OF JUDGMENTS

We are incorporated under the laws of England and Wales. The majority of our directors and officers reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons, are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to serve legal process on us or our directors or have any of them appear in a U.S. court.

We have appointed C T Corporation System as our authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any action instituted in any U.S. federal or state court having subject matter jurisdiction arising out of or based upon the American Depository Shares, the deposit agreement or the underwriting agreement related to the American Depository Shares.

We understand that in England it may not be possible to bring proceedings or enforce a judgment of a U.S. Court in respect of civil liabilities based solely on the federal securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in England. An award of damages is usually considered to be punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is instead intended to punish the defendant. In addition to public policy aspects of enforcement, such as the aforementioned, the enforceability of any judgment in England will depend on the particular facts of the case and the relevant circumstances, for example (and expressly without limitation), whether there are any relevant insolvency proceedings which may affect the ability to enforce a judgment. In addition, the United States and the United Kingdom have not currently entered into a treaty (or convention) providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (although both are contracting states to the New York Convention on the Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards).

 

- 181 -


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act, including relevant exhibits and schedules, with respect to the ADSs to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement and its exhibits for further information with respect to us and the ADSs. Some of these exhibits consist of documents or contracts that are described in this prospectus in summary form. You should read the entire document or contract for the complete terms. You may read and copy the registration statement and its exhibits at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an internet website at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the registration statement and its exhibits.

After this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers. Because we are a foreign private issuer, the SEC’s rules do not require us to deliver proxy statements pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act or to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, among other things. However, we plan to produce quarterly financial reports and furnish them to the SEC not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of our fiscal year and to file our annual report on Form 20-F not later than 90 days after the end of our fiscal year. In addition, our “insiders” are not subject to the SEC’s rules that prohibit short-swing trading. Our annual consolidated financial statements will be prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and certified by an independent public accounting firm.

Our website address is www.summitplc.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed from, our website does not form a part of this prospectus.

 

- 182 -


Table of Contents

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

Index to Financial Statements

 

     PAGE  

Summit Corporation plc

  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Financial Position as at January  31, 2014 and October 31, 2014

     F-2   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Nine Months Ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-3   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended October  31, 2013 and 2014

     F-4   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Changes in Equity for the Nine Months Ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-5   

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

     F-6   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-11   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-12   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-13   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-14   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-15   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-16   

MuOx Limited

  

Independent Auditor’s Report

     F-42   

Statement of Financial Position as at January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-43   

Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Periods Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-44   

Statement of Cash Flows for the Periods Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-45   

Statement of Changes in Equity for the Periods Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-46   

Notes to the Financial Statements for the Periods Ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

     F-47   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Financial Position

As at October 31, 2014 and January 31, 2014

 

            October 31,
2014
    January 31,
2014
 
     Note       
            (in thousands)  

ASSETS

       

Non-current assets

       

Goodwill

      £ 664      £ 664   

Intangible assets

        3,486        3,493   

Property, plant and equipment

        49        43   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        4,199        4,200   

Current assets

       

Trade and other receivables

        1,340        431   

Current tax receivable

        768        634   

Cash and cash equivalents

        15,013        2,030   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        17,121        3,095   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        21,320        7,295   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

Non-current liabilities

       

Deferred tax liability

        (664     (664
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (664     (664

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

        (2,524     (1,852

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

     8         (470     (17
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (2,994     (1,869
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        (3,658     (2,533
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        17,662        4,762   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital

        411        10,075   

Share premium account

        24,101        40,177   

Share-based payment reserve

     9         2,337        1,636   

Merger reserve

        (1,943     (1,943

Special reserve

        19,993        —     

Currency translation adjustment

     7         8        —     

Accumulated deficit

        (27,245     (45,183
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      £ 17,662      £ 4,762   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

            Nine months ended  
     Note      October 31,
2014
    October 31,
2013
 
           

(in thousands, except per
share data)

 

Other operating income (1)

      £ 1,604      £ 1,383   

Operating expenses (2)

       

Research and development

        (7,642     (4,366

General and administration

        (3,134     (1,320
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

        (10,776     (5,686
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

        (9,172     (4,303

Finance income

        41        7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

        (9,131     (4,296

Income tax

     6         778        479   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

        (8,353     (3,817
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period attributable to owners of the parent

        (8,353     (3,817
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive losses

       

Exchange differences on translating foreign operations

     7         8        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period attributable to owners of the parent

        (8,345     (3,817
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing operations (post consolidation and subdivision)

     3       £ (0.21   £ (0.20
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)   As discussed in Note 1, “Basis of accounting,” the Group reclassified £835,000 (nine months ended October 31, 2013: £1,136,000) from revenue to other operating income. This change had no effect on the Group’s operating loss or loss for the period.
(2)   The Group has reclassified costs previously included on the face of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Comprehensive Income in respect of depreciation and amortization of £24,000 (nine months ended October 31, 2013 £19,000) and the share-based payment charge of £701,000 (nine months ended October 31, 2013: £170,000) to the “General and administration” and “Research and development” expense lines as appropriate.

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Cash Flows

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Nine months ended  
     October 31,
2014
    October 31,
2013
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Loss before income tax

   £ (9,131   £ (4,296

Adjusted for:

    

Finance income

     (41     (7

Foreign exchange loss

     21        13   

Depreciation

     16        12   

Amortization of intangible fixed assets

     7        7   

Profit on disposal of assets

     —          (14

Movement in provisions

     453        (150

Research and development expenditure credit

     (28     —     

Share-based payment

     701        170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted loss from operations before changes in working capital

     (8,002     (4,265

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

     (907     160   

Increase in trade and other payables

     672        408   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by operations

     (8,237     (3,697
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxation received

     658        343   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,579     (3,354
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

    

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     —          6   

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (23     (28

Interest received

     41        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated by / (used in) investing activities

     18        (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     22,000        4,624   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

     (1,482     (168

Exercise of share options

     26        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     20,544        4,456   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

     12,983        1,087   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     2,030        3,379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   £ 15,013      £ 4,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Changes in Equity

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

Nine months ended October 31, 2014

 

Group

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
account
    Share-
based
payment
reserve
    Merger
reserve
    Special
reserve
    Currency
translation
adjustment
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
    (in thousands)  

At February 1, 2014

  £ 10,075      £ 40,177      £ 1,636      £ (1,943   £ —        £ —        £ (45,183   £ 4,762   

Loss for the period from continuing operations

    —          —          —          —          —          —          (8,353     (8,353

Currency translation adjustment

    —          —          —          —          —          8        —          8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

  —        —        —        —        8      (8,353   (8,345

New share capital issued

  3,384      18,616      —        —        —        —        22,000   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

  —        (1,482   —        —        —        —        (1,482

Cancellation of deferred shares

  (13,048   —        —        —        13,048      —        —        —     

Reduction of share premium account

  —        (33,236   —        —        33,236      —        —        —     

Elimination of losses

  —        —        —        —        (26,291   —        26,291      —     

Share options exercised

  —        26      —        —        —        —        —        26   

Share-based payment

  —        —        701      —        —        —        —        701   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At October 31, 2014

£ 411    £ 24,101    £ 2,337    £ (1,943 £ 19,993    £ 8    £ (27,245 £ 17,662   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nine months ended October 31, 2013

 

Group

   Share
capital
     Share
premium
account
    Share-
based
payment
reserve
     Merger
reserve
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

At 1 February 2013

   £ 8,788       £ 33,686      £ 1,410       £ (1,943   £ (39,090   £ 2,851   

Loss for the period from continuing operations

     —           —          —           —          (3,817     (3,817
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

  —        —        —        —        (3,817   (3,817

New share capital issued

  933      3,691      —        —        —        4,624   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

  —        (167   —        —        —        (167

Share-based payment

  —        —        170      —        —        170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At 31 October 2013

£ 9,721    £ 37,210    £ 1,580    £ (1,943 £ (42,907 £ 3,661   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting

The unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements of Summit Corporation plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company” or the “Group”) for the nine months ended October 31, 2014 have been prepared in accordance with IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting” and other International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB. They do not include all the statements required for full annual financial statements, and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Group as at January 31, 2014. These unaudited condensed interim financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on January 12, 2015. There have been no changes to the accounting policies as contained in the annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2014.

The interim financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Management, having reviewed the future operating costs of the business in conjunction with the cash held at October 31, 2014, believes the Group has sufficient funds to continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future.

The Group’s activities and results are not exposed to any seasonality.

Reclassification within the Consolidated Financial Statements

In connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Group determined that £835,000 (nine months ended October 31, 2013: £1,136,000) of income received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups should be reclassified from revenue to other operating income. This reclassification is discussed further in Note 1, “Basis of Accounting,” of our audited consolidated financial statements. This change was considered immaterial to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. This change had no effect on the Group’s operating loss or loss for the periods presented.

2. Estimates

The preparation of condensed consolidated interim financial statements require management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

In preparing these condensed interim financial statements, the significant judgments made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those that applied to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 31, 2014.

3. Loss per share calculation

The loss per ordinary share has been calculated by dividing the loss for the period by the weighted average number of shares in issue during the nine month period to October 31, 2014, adjusted to reflect the share consolidation and subdivision which took effect on July 3, 2014: 39,510,817 (for the nine month period ended October 31, 2013 adjusted to reflect the share reorganization: 19,412,132).

Since the Group has reported a net loss, diluted loss per ordinary share is equal to basic loss per ordinary share.

4. Financial instruments

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign currency risk); cash flow and fair value interest rate risk; credit risk and liquidity risk.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

The condensed interim financial statements do not include all financial risk management information and disclosures required in the annual financial statements; they should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual financial statements as of January 31, 2014. There have been no changes in any risk management policies since the year end.

5. Segmental reporting

The Group’s activities are covered by one operating and reporting segment: Drug Development, as detailed more fully in the annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended January 31, 2014. There have been no changes to management’s assessment of the operating and reporting segments of the Group during the period.

6. Income taxes

The income tax credit is recognized based on management’s estimate of the expected research and development tax credit as a result of the research and development activities carried out by the Group.

7. New subsidiary

On February 4, 2014 a new wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Summit Therapeutics Inc., was incorporated in Delaware and operates from an office in Cambridge, Massachusetts. It is the Group’s authorized representative in the United States. Differences arising from the translation of net assets and the results for the period are taken to other comprehensive income.

8. Provisions and contingencies

Provisions

Following the successful equity placing in March 2014, a cash infusion milestone of £0.7 million became due to the U.S. not for profit organizations Muscular Dystrophy Association and Duchenne Partners Fund in accordance with grant agreements with these organizations. The entire amount of £0.7 million was recognized as general and administration expense in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. Of this amount, £0.3 million was paid during the period ended October 31, 2014 and £0.4 million remains payable as of October 31, 2014. The Company previously recognized income of £0.6 million and £0.1 million during the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, from grants received from Muscular Dystrophy Association and Duchenne Partners Fund as a result of incurring qualifying research and development expenses. These grants were not repayable outside of the control of the Company.

Contingencies

In addition to those items provided for above, we also have the following contingencies:

MuOx

Under the option agreement that the Company, the University of Oxford and its technology transfer division, Isis Innovation Limited, or Isis, entered into in November 2013, Isis granted the Company an exclusive option to license the IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement. The Company may exercise the option within specified periods. If the Company exercises its option to obtain a license under arising IP, the Company would be obligated to pay Isis up to a specified sum in option exercise fees.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

For any IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement and for which the Company has exercised the option and that comprises new chemical entities or compounds, the Company would obtain an exclusive, sublicensable license. The Company is obligated to pay milestone payments of up to £75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestones, whether such milestones occur prior to or after the Company’s exercise of the option to obtain an exclusive sublicenseable license. Following exercise of such an option the Company would also be obligated to pay milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones with respect to each optioned compound. The specified regulatory milestone payment is due each time the specified regulatory milestone is achieved with respect to an optioned compound and, if each optioned compound achieved each regulatory milestone once, the Company would be obligated to pay Isis a total of £3.7 million in regulatory milestone payments for each optioned compound.

The Company would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit royalty of net sales by the Company, its affiliates or sublicensees of any product containing an optioned compound.

Wellcome Trust

Under the terms of the revenue sharing agreement the Company would enter into with the Wellcome Trust to permit its exploitation of the exploitation IP or award products, the Wellcome Trust is entitled to a share of the cumulative net revenue that the Company or its affiliates receive from exploiting the exploitation IP or award products. The Wellcome Trust would be eligible to receive a tiered portion of the net revenue, ranging from a mid-single digit percentage up to a mid-twenties percentage. In addition, the Company would be obligated to pay the Wellcome Trust a milestone in a specified amount if cumulative net revenue exceeds a specified amount. Management currently considers the probability of this milestone payment to be remote.

U.S. Not for Profit Organizations

Muscular Dystrophy Association

If, prior to the first commercial sale of any project product, the Company or any of its affiliates, in one or more transactions, receives more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, the Company has agreed to pay a specified sum to MDA, which the Company refers to as the MDA cash infusion milestone payment. As noted in section “Provisions” above, a provision has been made for this amount as of October 31, 2014. Subsequent to October 31, 2014 this amount was paid to MDA.

The Company has agreed to pay MDA a specified lump sum amount, less any previously paid MDA cash infusion milestone payments, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone.

The Company would be obligated to pay MDA a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by the Company, its affiliates or licensees of any project product.

Duchenne Partners Fund Inc.

If, prior to the first commercial sale of any project product, the Company or any of its affiliates, in one or more transactions, receives more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, the Company has agreed to pay a specified sum to DPF, which is referred to as the DPF cash infusion milestone payment. This amount has been paid to DPF.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

The Company has agreed to pay DPF specified lump sum, less any previously paid DPF cash infusion milestone payments, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone.

The Company would be obligated to pay DPF a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by the Company, its affiliates or licensees of any project product.

The total amount payable with respect to regulatory milestones under the U.S. not for profit organization agreements would be $2.5 million if the Company meets all regulatory milestones. The total amount payable with respect to royalties is not known due to the contingent nature of the payments.

9. Share option scheme

The Company made two grants of share options during the period: 575,000 options were granted to a select number of employees on June 23, 2014 and a general award of 1,458,341 was granted on July 15, 2014. On this date, the Company also cancelled and replaced 100,000 options that were previously awarded on May 30, 2013 with options that have the same exercise price and vesting conditions. The numbers of all awards have been adjusted for the share consolidation (see Note 11).

The movement in the number of share options is set out below (the comparatives have been restated following the share consolidation):

 

     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Nine months
ended October 31,
2014
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Nine months
ended October 31,
2013
 

Outstanding at February 1

     1.27         3,573,597        1.02         2,720,703   

Granted during the period

     1.27         2,133,341        0.80         100,000   

Exercised during the period

     0.47         (56,285     —           —     

Lapsed/surrendered during the period

     2.27         (524,815     0.87         (442,476
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of outstanding options

     1.18         5,125,838        1.04         2,378,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The share-based payment expense for the period to October 31, 2014 was £701,000 (nine months ended October 31, 2013: £170,000) which has been allocated to the Research and development and General and administration expense lines of the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Statement of Comprehensive Income as follows:

 

     Nine months
ended October 31,
2014
£
     Nine months
ended October 31,
2013
£
 
     (in thousands)  

Research and development

     174         29   

General and administration

     527         141   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 701       £ 170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Issue of share capital

In March 2014 the number of ordinary shares in issue increased to 41,061,412 following the placing of 16,923,077 ordinary £0.01 shares. The shares rank pari passu with existing ordinary shares. The equity placing raised net proceeds of £20.5 million.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Unaudited Notes to the Financial Statements

For the nine months ended October 31, 2013 and 2014

 

In October 2014, the number of ordinary shares in issue increased to 41,117,697 following the exercise of 56,285 share options. The shares rank pari passu with existing ordinary shares. The exercise of options raised net proceeds of £0.03 million.

11. Share consolidation

On July 3, 2014 the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital as part of a share capital reorganization. The capital reorganization consisted of three elements;

 

    a consolidation of every 20 existing ordinary shares into one consolidated ordinary share; followed by

 

    an immediate subdivision of each of those ordinary shares into one new ordinary share and 19 new deferred shares; and

 

    a capital reduction to cancel the existing and new deferred shares together with a reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account.

The consolidation and subdivision took place on July 3, 2014 and resulted in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company consisting of 41,061,412 ordinary shares of £0.01 each. The cancellation of deferred shares and the reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account took effect on September 3, 2014. At the same time, the Company’s Accumulated Deficit was reduced and the Special Reserve was created. The Special Reserve does not represent realized profits of the Company and is treated as an undistributable reserve under U.K. law. This determination might change in future periods if and when allowed by U.K. law. These changes have been reflected in these condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

12. Related-party transactions

During the nine months to October 31, 2014, £24,431 was paid to Dr. Frank M. Armstrong Consulting Limited, a company controlled by Dr. Frank Armstrong in respect of his fees as Non-Executive Director and Chairman (nine months to October 31, 2013 £24,958). Of this amount £nil was outstanding at October 31, 2014 (January 31, 2014: £692).

During the nine months to October 31, 2014, £9,000 was paid to GECR, the trading name of Burnbrae Media Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Jim Mellon, and an additional £4,000 payment was made directly to Burnbrae Media Limited, in respect of investor relations support services. In the nine month period to October 31, 2013, these services were performed by T1ps.com Limited, a company also controlled by Mr. Mellon with £15,550 being paid during that period. Of this amount £nil was outstanding at October 31, 2014 (January 31, 2014: £nil). The Group had an existing relationship with T1ps.com Limited prior to Mr. Mellon becoming a Non-Executive Director of the Group. Mr. Mellon resigned as a Non-Executive Director of the Group effective December 3, 2014.

The aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company are shown below.

 

     Nine month period
ended October 31, 2014
     Nine month period
ended October 31, 2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Aggregate emoluments

   £ 243       £ 201   

Pension contributions

     —           7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 243       £ 208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the board of directors and shareholders of Summit Corporation plc:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Summit Corporation plc and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Reading, United Kingdom

December 3, 2014

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

           

Year ended

January 31,

 
     Note      2014     2013  
            (in thousands)  

ASSETS

       

Non-current assets

       

Goodwill

     5       £ 664      £ —     

Intangible assets

     11         3,493        171   

Property, plant and equipment

     12         43        23   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        4,200        194   

Current assets

       

Trade and other receivables

     13         431        461   

Current tax receivable

        634        343   

Cash and cash equivalents

        2,030        3,379   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        3,095        4,183   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        7,295        4,377   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

Non-current liabilities

       

Deferred tax liability

     17         (664     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (664     —     

Current liabilities

       

Trade and other payables

     14         (1,852     (1,376

Provisions for other liabilities and charges

     16         (17     (150
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (1,869     (1,526
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        (2,533     (1,526
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        4,762        2,851   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital

     18         10,075        8,788   

Share premium account

        40,177        33,686   

Share-based payment reserve

        1,636        1,410   

Merger reserve

        (1,943     (1,943

Accumulated deficit

        (45,183     (39,090
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      £ 4,762      £ 2,851   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

           

Year ended

January 31,

 
     Note      2014     2013  
            (in thousands, except
per share data)
 

Other operating income (1)

     7       £ 1,844      £ 1,895   

Operating expenses

       

Research and development (2)

        (6,611     (4,731

General and administration (2)

        (1,942     (1,741
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     7         (8,553     (6,472
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

        (6,709     (4,577

Finance income

        9        11   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income tax

     7         (6,700     (4,566

Income tax

     9         607        341   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (6,093     (4,225
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss and total comprehensive loss for the year attributable to owners of the parent

        (6,093     (4,225
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing operations
(post consolidation and subdivision (3) )

     10       £ (0.30   £ (0.27

 

(1)   As discussed in Note 1, “Basis of accounting,” the Group reclassified £1,375,000 (2013: £1,814,000) from revenue to other operating income. This change had no effect on the Group’s operating loss or loss for the year.
(2)   The Group has reclassified costs previously disclosed separately on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income to the “General and administration” and “Research and development” expense lines as appropriate. See Note 7 for more information.
(3)   Basic and diluted loss per ordinary share from continuing operations have been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the effect of the share consolidation and subdivision subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014 (Note 23).

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

            Year ended
January 31,
 
     Note      2014     2013  
            (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Loss before income tax

      £ (6,700   £ (4,566
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (6,700     (4,566

Adjusted for:

       

Finance income

        (9     (11

Foreign exchange loss

        18        5   

Depreciation

        17        48   

Amortization of intangible fixed assets

        9        45   

(Profit)/Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangibles

     7         (14     21   

Impairment charge

     11         —          899   

Movement in provisions

     16         (133     (55

Research and development expenditure credit

        (29     —     

Share-based payment

        226        115   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted loss from operations before changes in working capital and provisions

        (6,615     (3,499

Increase in trade and other receivables

        (65     (45

Increase in trade and other payables

        465        85   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash used by operations

        (6,215     (3,459

Taxation received

        346        272   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

        (5,869     (3,187
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities

       

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

        102        —     

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

        (37     (33

Purchase of intangible assets

        (10     (43

Interest received

        9        11   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated by/(used in) investing activities

        64        (65
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital

        4,663        5,000   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

        (207     (445
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

        4,456        4,555   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease)/Increase in cash and cash equivalents

        (1,349     1,303   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

        3,379        2,076   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

      £ 2,030      £ 3,379   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

Year ended January 31, 2014

 

     Share
capital
     Share
premium
account
    Share-based
payment
reserve
     Merger
reserve
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  

Group

              
     (in thousands)  

At February 1, 2013

   £ 8,788       £ 33,686      £ 1,410       £ (1,943   £ (39,090   £ 2,851   

Loss for the year from continuing operations

     —           —          —           —          (6,093     (6,093
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

     —           —          —           —          (6,093     (6,093

New share capital issued

     1,287         6,698        —           —          —          7,985   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

     —           (207     —           —          —          (207

Share-based payment

     —           —          226         —          —          226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

   £ 10,075       £ 40,177      £ 1,636       £ (1,943   £ (45,183   £ 4,762   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Year ended January 31, 2013               
     Share
capital
     Share
premium
account
    Share-based
payment
reserve
     Merger
reserve
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  

Group

              
    

(in thousands)

 

At February 1, 2012

   £ 7,121       £ 30,798      £ 1,295       £ (1,943   £ (34,865   £ 2,406   

Loss for the year from continuing operations

     —           —          —           —          (4,225     (4,225
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

     —           —          —           —          (4,225     (4,225

New share capital issued

     1,667         3,333        —           —          —          5,000   

Transaction costs on share capital issued

     —           (445     —           —          —          (445

Share-based payment

     —           —          115         —          —          115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

   £ 8,788       £ 33,686      £ 1,410       £ (1,943   £ (39,090   £ 2,851   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting

The principal accounting policies adopted by Summit Corporation plc and its subsidiaries (“the Company” or “the Group”) in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRSs as issued by IASB). The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention. These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on December 3, 2014.

Going concern

The financial information in these financial statements has been prepared on a going concern basis which assumes that the Group will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.

After review of the future operating costs of the business in conjunction with the cash held at January 31, 2014 and the net proceeds of approximately £20.5 million received following completion of a fund raising in March 2014, management believes the Group has sufficient funds to continue as a going concern for the foreseeable future.

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements, in conformity with IFRSs as issued by IASB, requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although these estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the amount, event or actions, actual results may ultimately differ from those estimates. The areas involving higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the Consolidated Financial Statements, are disclosed in Note 2, ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgments’.

Reclassification within the consolidated financial statements

In connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Group determined that £1.4 million (2013: £1,8 million) of income received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups should be reclassified from revenue to other operating income. As described below, in our revised accounting policy for other operating income, we consider that such arrangements are most similar to government grants and, accordingly, this income is recognized as other operating income in accordance with International Accounting Standard 20, “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance”. The Group revised its consolidated financial statements to correct this classification error. This change was considered immaterial to the consolidated financial statements taken as a whole. This change had no effect on the Group’s operating loss or loss for the year.

A summary of the principal accounting policies is set out below.

Basis of consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements incorporate the financial statements of the Group and entities controlled by the Group made up to the reporting date.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting (Continued)

 

Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

The results of subsidiary undertakings acquired or disposed of in the year are included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used in line with those used by the Group.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations

The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets exchanged, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. Identifiable assets acquired together with liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the identifiable net assets is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually and more frequently whenever there is an indication of impairment.

Intangible assets

In-process research and development that is separately acquired as part of a company acquisition or in-licensing agreement is capitalized even if they have not yet demonstrated technical feasibility, which is usually signified by regulatory approval. The intangible asset relating to intellectual property rights capitalized as part of the acquisition of MuOx Limited in November 2013 is considered to be not yet available for use. As such, it will not be subject to amortization and will be tested for impairment at least annually or whenever there is an indicator of impairment. Amortization will commence when either products underpinned by the intellectual property rights or the rights themselves become available for use.

Other intangible assets, comprising patents are amortized in equal instalments over their useful estimated lives as follows:

 

All patents (once filed):

   Over the period of the relevant patents (assumed to be 20 years)

Impairment of assets

At each year end date, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its tangible and intangible assets to determine whether there is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value, reflecting market conditions less costs to sell, and value in use based on an internal discounted cash flow evaluation. Impairment losses recognized for cash-generating units is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash generating unit. All assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognized may no longer exist. See Note 11 for details.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting (Continued)

 

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less depreciation. Cost comprises the purchase price plus any incidental costs of acquisition and commissioning. Depreciation is calculated to write-off the cost, less residual value, in equal annual instalments over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements

   Over the period of the remaining lease

Laboratory equipment

   3-10 years

Office and IT equipment

   3-5 years

The residual value, if not insignificant, is reassessed annually.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, where it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and where a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. If the effect of the time value of money is material, the expected future cash flows will be discounted using a pre-tax discount rate, adjusted for risk where it is inherent in a specific liability.

Other operating income

Other operating income primarily consists of amounts received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, including the Wellcome Trust. Because IFRS, as issued by IASB, does not provide specific accounting guidance for the treatment of amounts received from such organizations, the Group has applied the guidance in International Accounting Standard 8, “Accounting Policies Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” and the Group considers that such arrangements are most similar to government grants. Accordingly, these amounts are recognized as other operating income in accordance with International Accounting Standard 20, “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance,” at the same time as the underlying expenditure is incurred, provided that there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions of such awards. The monies received through these means are held as deferred income in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and are released to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income as the expenditure is incurred.

Other operating income also includes grant income from the government and government agencies. Grant related income is also recognized as other operating income in accordance with IAS 20, “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance,” at the same time as the underlying expenditure is incurred.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the year end date. All differences are taken to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency (pound sterling), if any, are translated at the closing rate at the date of each statement of financial position presented. Income and expenses are translated at average exchange rates. All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss), if any.

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting (Continued)

 

Employee benefits

All employee benefit costs, notably holiday pay, bonuses and contributions to Company or personal defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on an accruals basis.

Leased assets

Costs in respect of operating leases are charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight line basis over the lease term. Assets relating to lease incentives are depreciated over the life of the lease and are included in property, plant and equipment as leasehold improvements.

Research and development

All ongoing research expenditure is currently expensed in the period in which it is incurred. Due to the regulatory environment inherent in the development of the Group’s products, the criteria for development costs to be recognized as an asset, as set out in IAS 38 “Intangible Assets,” are not met until a product has received regulatory approval and it is probable that future economic benefit will flow to the Group. The Group currently has no qualifying expenditure.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call with the bank.

Share-based payments

In accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based payment,” share options are measured at fair value at their grant date. The fair value for the majority of the options is calculated using the Black-Scholes formula and charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over the expected vesting period. For those options issued with vesting conditions other than remaining in employment (for example, those conditional upon the Group achieving certain predetermined financial criteria) either a Monte-Carlo model and a Hull White trinomial lattice model have been used. At each year end date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable. This estimate is not revised according to estimates of changes in market based conditions.

Current taxation

Income tax is recognized or provided at amounts expected to be recovered or paid using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the year end date.

Research and development tax credits not received at the year end date are included as current assets within the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

Amounts receivable under the Research and Development Expenditure Credit are included within other operating income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income with a corresponding asset included as current asset within the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting (Continued)

 

Deferred taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:

 

  The initial recognition of goodwill;

 

  The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and

 

  Investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilized.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are settled/(recovered).

Financial instruments

The Group holds financial assets and liabilities in the respective categories “Loans and receivables” and “Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost.” Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to the debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the year end date, which are classified as non-current assets. Other liabilities consist of trade and other payables, being balances arising in the course of normal business with suppliers, contractors and other service providers, and borrowings, being loans and hire purchase funds advanced for the refit of leasehold premises and the purchase of laboratory equipment, fixtures and fittings. Loans and receivables, and other liabilities are initially recorded at fair value, and thereafter at amortized cost, if the timing difference is deemed to impact the fair value of the asset or liability.

The Group assesses at each year end date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. The Group does not hold or trade in derivative financial instruments.

Share capital and premium

When shares are issued, the nominal value of the shares is credited to the share capital reserve. Any premium paid above the nominal value is credited to the share premium. Summit Corporation plc shares have a nominal value of £0.01 per share.

Share-based payment reserve

The share-based payment reserve arises as the expense of issuing share-based payments is recognized over time (share option grants). The reserve will fall as share options vest and are exercised, and the impact of the subsequent dilution of earnings crystallizes, but the reserve may equally rise or might see any reduction offset, as new potentially dilutive share options are issued.

Merger reserve

The merger reserve was created during Group reorganization in 2004.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting (Continued)

 

Accumulated deficit

The accumulated deficit records the accumulated profits and losses of the Group since inception of the business. Where businesses or companies are acquired, only the profits or losses arising from the date of acquisition are included.

Warrants

Warrants issued by the Group are recognized and classified as equity when upon exercise the Company would issue a fixed amount of its own equity instruments (Ordinary shares) in exchange for a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset.

Consideration received, net of incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of such new warrants, is shown in equity. Such warrants are not re-measured at fair value in subsequent reporting periods.

When the warrants are exercised, the Company issues new Ordinary shares. The proceeds received, net of any directly attributable transaction costs, are credited to share capital (nominal value) and share premium.

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires the Group to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Group bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other assumptions that it considers to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Other operating income

Other operating income primarily consists of amounts received from philanthropic, non-government and not for profit organizations and patient advocacy groups, including the Wellcome Trust. Because IFRS, as issued by IASB, does not provide specific accounting guidance for the treatment of amounts received from such organizations, the Group has applied the guidance in International Accounting Standard 8, “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” and the Group considers that such arrangements are most similar to government grants. Accordingly, these amounts are recognized as other operating income in accordance with International Accounting Standard 20, “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance,” at the same time as the underlying expenditure is incurred, provided that there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions of such awards.

Under the terms of the various arrangements with such organizations, should the Group successfully commercialize its products, the Group has agreed to enter into certain revenue sharing agreements, under which those organizations will be entitled to a share of the cumulative net revenue that the Group or its affiliates receive from exploiting the relevant IP or award products. These royalties will be recognized as a reduction in revenue in line with the any potential future sales made by the Group. In addition, should certain milestones be achieved, the Group will be obligated to make milestone payments to certain such organizations. Both potential future royalty and milestone payment obligations are disclosed as a contingent liability in our consolidated financial statements (Note 16).

Recognition of research expenditure

The Group recognizes expenditure incurred in carrying out its research and development activities in line with the management’s best estimation of the stage of completion of each separately contracted study or activity. This includes the calculation of research and development accruals at each period to account for expenditure that has

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgments (Continued)

 

been incurred. This requires estimations of the full costs to complete each study or activity and also estimation of the current stage of completion. In all cases, the full cost of each study or activity is expensed by the time the final report or where applicable, product, has been received.

Business combinations

On November 22, 2013, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of MuOx Limited, a University of Oxford spin-off company which holds exclusive rights to early stage utrophin modulators and core biological screening technology. International Financial Reporting Standard 3, “Business Combinations,” requires an entity to identify whether a transaction is the acquisition of a business or an asset. The group has considered the guidance in IFRS 3 and concluded that the transaction is the acquisition of a business (Note 5).

The MuOx transaction was concluded through a number of agreements with the selling shareholders as detailed in Note 5. Certain of these agreements require additional payments for research services and research outcomes. These payments and potential payments have been assessed using the indicators in IFRS 3 to determine if the payments are additional consideration, employee compensation or research services. All such payments were assessed as either employee compensation or research services and will be expensed in the post acquisition period as incurred.

The estimation of fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in this business combination is considered to be a significant source of measurement uncertainty.

The rights to intellectual property acquired have been recognized at fair value at the acquisition date (Note 5), estimated using a cash flow model.

Impairment

The Group reviews annually whether there is any indication that intangible assets have suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy stated in Note 1, and if there is any indication then further tests are undertaken to determine the potential impact on the carrying value of the assets. The recoverable amounts of cash generating units have been determined based on value-in-use calculations which will be incurred in selling it. These calculations require the use of estimates; the nature of the estimates used in impairment testing as at January 31, 2014 and January 31, 2013 are presented in Note 11.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

3. Changes to accounting policies

During the year ended January 31, 2014 the following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations became effective for the first time. The adoption of these interpretations, standards or amendment to standards were either not relevant for the Group or have not led to any significant impact on the Group’s financial statements.

 

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRS)

   Effective Date  

IFRS 7

   Disclosures—Transfers of Financial Assets (amendments)      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 10

   Consolidated Financial Statements      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 11

   Joint Arrangements      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 12

   Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 13

   Fair Value Measurement      January 1, 2013   

IAS 19

   Employee Benefits      January 1, 2013   

IAS 27

   Separate Financial Statements      January 1, 2013   

IAS 28

   Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures      January 1, 2013   

 

International Financial Reporting Interpretations (IFRI)

      

IFRIC 20

   Stripping Costs in the Production Phase of a Surface Mine      January 1, 2013   

The International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and the International Financing Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) have issued the following standards and interpretations to be applied to financial statements with periods commencing on or after the following dates:

 

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRS)

   Effective Date  

IFRS 9

   Financial Instruments      January 1, 2015   

IFRS 15

   Revenue from contracts with customers      January 1, 2017   

IAS 32

   Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (amendment)      January 1, 2014   

IAS 36

   Impairment of Assets      January 1, 2014   

IAS 39

   Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement      January 1, 2014   

 

International Financial Reporting Interpretations (IFRI)

      

IFRIC 21

   Levies      January 1, 2014   

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on these consolidated financial statements.

4. Segment reporting

The Summit Group comprises seven legal entities, of which three are trading. These included the six subsidiary companies and the Group holding company, Summit Corporation plc. The Group operates in one reportable segment: drug development. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Executive Management team including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. The Executive Management Team reviews the consolidated operating results regularly to make decisions about the resources and to assess overall performance.

The Drug Development segment covers Summit’s research and development activities carried out by the Group, primarily comprising the DMD and the CDI programs.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

4. Segment reporting (Continued)

 

The corporate and other activities at Summit Corporation plc and Summit (Oxford) Limited which comprise the costs incurred in providing the facilities, finance, human resource and information technology services are incurred by the main segment of the Group.

All of the Group’s assets are held in the U.K.

5. Acquisition of subsidiary

On November 22, 2013, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of MuOx Limited, a University of Oxford spin-off company which holds exclusive rights to early stage utrophin modulators and core biological screening technology. At the same time the Group also entered into a number of key agreements including a sponsored research agreement, an exclusive option agreement over new intellectual property developed (see below and Note 16) and a warrant instrument (see below and Note 18).

The acquired business did not contribute any revenues (or costs) and did not contribute any net profit (or loss) from this date. If the acquisition had occurred on February 1, 2013, the Group’s other operating income would have been unchanged and the Group’s loss would have been £6,113,000. These amounts have been calculated using the Group’s accounting policies. No adjustments to the results in respect of fair value adjustments are required.

 

Purchase consideration

   £  

Fair value of shares issued

     3,321,350   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

     3,321,350   
  

 

 

 

The fair value of the shares issued was based on the published share price.

Recognized amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of November 22, 2013 arising from the acquisition are as follows:

 

     £  

Deed of License of Knowhow with University of Oxford

     3,321,350   

Deferred tax liability

     (664,270
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     2,657,080   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

     664,270   

Total

     3,321,350   
  

 

 

 

The deed of license of knowhow above was fair valued on acquisition using a risk adjusted, discounted cash flow valuation model which assessed the potential cash flows arising from the program over an expected development timeline. Goodwill is attributable to synergies expected from the Group’s collaboration with the University of Oxford and other founders of MuOx Limited. The Group initially recorded the provisional amounts of the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed since it had not completed the accounting for this business combination at year end. Subsequent to year end, the Group completed its assessment of the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed which resulted in certain measurement period adjustments to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that were in existence at the acquisition date. In connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Group retrospectively adjusted the fair values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. These adjusted amounts were included in these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

5. Acquisition of subsidiary (Continued)

 

As part of the transaction warrants over 354,090 Ordinary Shares (as updated for share consolidation and subdivision) were issued at an issue price of £0.01. These warrants can be exercised on achievement of key preclinical and clinical development milestones within a predetermined time period (Note 18).

The Group will pay up to £1.5 million to the University of Oxford for services to be provided by the key scientists to identify and research utrophin modulators over a 3 year period. These scientists must remain in employment with the University of Oxford during this time or suggest acceptable replacements. This amount will be treated as compensation cost and expensed over a 3 year period of the agreement.

Under the option agreement that the Group, the University of Oxford and its technology transfer division, Isis Innovation Limited, or Isis, entered into in November 2013, Isis granted to the Group an exclusive option to license the IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement. The Group may exercise the option within specified periods. If the Group exercises its option to obtain a license under arising IP, the Group would be obligated to pay Isis a specified sum in option exercise fees.

For any IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement and for which the Group has exercised the option and that comprises new chemical entities or compounds, the Group would obtain an exclusive, sublicenseable license. The Group is obligated to pay milestone payments of up to £75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestones, whether such milestones occur prior to or after the Group’s exercise of the option to obtain an exclusive sublicenseable license. Following exercise of such an option the Group would also be obligated to pay milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones with respect to each optioned compound. The specified regulatory milestone payment is due each time the specified regulatory milestone is achieved with respect to an optioned compound and, if each optioned compound achieved each regulatory milestone, the Group would be obligated to pay Isis a total of £3.7 million in regulatory milestone payments for each optioned compound.

The Group would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit royalty of net sales by the Group, its affiliates or sublicensees of any product containing an optioned compound.

Goodwill of £664,000 arising on acquisition of MuOx represented all of the goodwill balance as of January 31, 2014. There were no other movements in goodwill in the years presented.

6. Directors and employees

The average number of employees of the Group, including Executive Directors, during the  year was:

 

     January 31,
2014
     January 31,
2013
 

Technical, research and development

     7        16  

Corporate and administration

     10        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     17        27  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

6. Directors and employees (Continued)

 

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

 

     January 31,
2014
     January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Wages and salaries

   £ 1,191      £ 1,530  

Social security costs

     146        152  

Other pension costs

     77        81  

Share-based payment

     226        115  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 1,640      £ 1,878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Directors are of the opinion that the key management of the Group comprises the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of Summit Corporation plc, together with the Executive Management team. These persons have authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity.

The aggregate amounts of key management compensation are set out below:

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Short term employee benefits

   £ 355      £ 397  

Post-employment benefits

     22        41  

Termination benefits

     —          66  

Share-based payment

     182        101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 559      £ 605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

7. Loss before income tax

 

     Note      Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
            (in thousands)  

Other operating income

        

Income recognized in respect of the Wellcome Trust

      £ 1,375       £ 1,101   

Grant income

        307         81   

Other income

        133         713   

Research and development credit

        29         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        1,844         1,895   

Research and development

        

Employee benefit expense

     6         868         898   

Share-based payment expense

        38         29   

Programme related costs

        5,013         2,015   

Amortization of intangible assets

     11         9         45   

Impairment of intangible assets

     11         —           899   

Cessation of in-house discovery research

        —           308   

Release of provision for contingent consideration

     16         —           (205

Other research and development costs

        683         742   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        6,611         4,731   

General and administration

        

Employee benefit expense

     6         546         474   

Share-based payment expense

        188         86   

Foreign exchange loss

        18         5   

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     12         17         48   

Operating lease rentals

        117         184   

Other general and administration costs

        1,056         944   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        1,942         1,741   

Included in other operating income are amounts recognized from the arrangements with charitable, not for profit and patient organizations in support of the DMD program. Grant income includes amounts received from Innovate UK. The Group has complied with all the conditions attached to these awards.

Included in the cessation of inhouse discovery research costs in the prior year are employee redundancy costs of £92,000, termination costs in respect of a Director of £66,000 and a provision for dilapidation costs in respect of the laboratory facilities of £150,000.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

8. Auditors’ remuneration

Services provided by the Group’s auditors

During the year the Group obtained the following services from the Group’s auditors at the cost detailed below:

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Fees to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Parent Company and Consolidated Financial Statements

   £ 21       £ 20   

Fees to the Company’s auditors for other services

     

–The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

     9         5   

–Audit related assurance services

     3         11   

–Tax advisory services

     8         —     

–Tax compliance services

     6         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fees

   £ 47       £ 42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

9. Taxation

 

Analysis of credit in period

   Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

United Kingdom corporation tax at 23% (2013:24%)

     

Current tax credit

   £ 604      £ 343  

Prior year adjustment

     3        (2 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Taxation

   £ 607      £ 341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The difference between the total current tax shown above and the amount calculated by applying the standard rate of U.K. corporation tax to the loss before tax is as follows:

 

Loss before tax

   £ (6,700 )   £ (4,566 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the United
Kingdom of 23% (2013: 24%)

     (1,552 )     (1,096 )

Non-deductible expenses

     88        33  

Additional deduction for R&D expenditure

     (707     (533 )

R&D tax credits recoverable at a lower effective rate of 11% (2013: 11%)

     669        392  

Depreciation in excess of capital allowances

     (9     8  

Taxable losses not recognized

     901        819  

Other differences

     6        34  

Prior year adjustments

     (3     2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total taxation

   £ (607 )   £ (341 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There are no current tax liabilities as at January 31, 2014 (2013: nil).

See Note 17 for further details about deferred tax.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

10. Loss per share

The loss per share for continuing operations has been calculated using the loss for the year attributable to continuing operations of £6,093,000 (year ended January 31, 2013: loss of £4,225,000) and dividing this by the weighted average number of Ordinary shares in issue during the year to January 31, 2014: 20,509,631 (year ended January 31, 2013: 15,809,445). The numbers of Ordinary shares in issue were updated retrospectively to give effect to the share consolidation and subdivision which occurred subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014 (Note 23).

Since the Group has reported a net loss for continuing activities, diluted loss per share is equal to basic loss per share.

Potentially dilutive shares capable of vesting under the share options and warrants currently outstanding totaled 3,780,806 as of January 31, 2014 (January 31, 2013: 2,499,213). The numbers of share options and warrants outstanding were updated retrospectively to give effect to the share consolidation and subdivision which occurred subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014 (Note 23).

11. Intangible assets

 

     Iminosugar
related
programs
acquired
    Utrophin
program
acquired
     Other patents
and licenses
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Cost

         

At February 1, 2013

   £ 1,380      £ —         £ 187      £ 1,567   

Additions

     —          3,321         10        3,331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

     1,380        3,321         197        4,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

         

At February 1, 2013

     (1,380     —           (16     (1,396

Provided in the year

     —          —           (9     (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

     (1,380     —           (25     (1,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

         

At February 1, 2013

     —          —           171        171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

   £ —        £ 3,321       £ 172      £ 3,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

11. Intangible assets (Continued)

 

     Iminosugar
related
programs
acquired
    Other patents
and licenses
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Cost

      

At February 1, 2012

   £ 1,380      £ 180      £ 1,560   

Additions

     —          43        43   

Disposals

     —          (36     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

     1,380        187        1,567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

      

At February 1, 2012

     (445     (11     (456

Provided in the year

     (36     (9     (45

Impairments

     (899     —          (899

Disposals

     —          4        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

     (1,380     (16     (1,396
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount

      

At February 1, 2012

     935        169        1,104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

   £ —        £ 171      £ 171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets is included in the line “Depreciation and amortization” shown on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible assets have been reviewed for impairment.

The key assumptions used in the valuation model to assess for impairment are as follows:

 

  Expected research and development costs

 

  Probabilities of achieving development milestones based on industry standards

 

  Reported disease prevalence

 

  Expected market share

 

  Drug reimbursement, costs of goods and marketing estimates

 

  Expected patent life

The valuation model covers a period significantly longer than five years which is based on expected patent life, once filed, due to the length of the development cycle for assets of this nature. A discount factor of 18% has been used over the forecast period.

Based on sensitivity analysis, no reasonably possible change in assumptions would cause the carrying value of this asset to exceed its recoverable amount.

On November 22, 2013 the Group recognized £3,321,000 of intangible assets related to the utrophin program and £664,270 of goodwill upon acquisition of MuOx Limited (Note 5).

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

12. Property, plant & equipment

 

     Leasehold
improvements
    Laboratory
equipment
    Office
and IT
equipment
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Cost

        

At February 1, 2013

   £ 5      £ 137      £ 114      £ 256   

Additions

     9        —          28        37   

Disposals

     (5     —          (15     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

     9        137        127        273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

        

At February 1, 2013

     (4     (135     (94     (233

Charge for the year

     (2     —          (15     (17

Disposals

     5        —          15        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

     (1     (135     (94     (230
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

        

At February 1, 2013

     1        2        20        23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

   £ 8      £ 2      £ 33      £ 43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Leasehold
improvements
    Laboratory
equipment
    Office
and IT
equipment
    Total  
     (in thousands)  

Cost

        

At February 1, 2012

   £ 5      £ 1,131      £ 122      £ 1,258   

Additions

     —          10        23        33   

Disposals

     —          (1,004     (31     (1,035
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

     5        137        114        256   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation

        

At February 1, 2012

     (3     (995     (111     (1,109

Charge for the year

     (1     (33     (14     (48

Disposals

     —          893        31        924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

     (4     (135     (94     (233
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value

        

At February 1, 2012

     2        136        11        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

   £ 1      £ 2      £ 20      £ 23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

13. Trade and other receivables

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Trade receivables

   £ —         £ 51   

Other receivables

     86         187   

Prepayments and accrued income

     345         223   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 431       £ 461   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Trade and other payables

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Trade payables

   £ 349       £ 254   

Other taxes and social security costs

     56         70   

Accruals and deferred income

     1,412         998   

Other creditors

     35         54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 1,852       £ 1,376   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

15. Financial instruments

 

     Note      Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
            (in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents

      £ 2,030       £ 3,379   

Loans and receivables

        
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

     13         431         461   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost

        
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

     14       £ 1,852       £ 1,376   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign currency risk); cash flow and fair value interest rate risk; credit risk; and liquidity risk.

The Group’s principal financial instrument comprises cash, and this is used to finance the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial instruments such as trade receivables and payables that arise directly from its operations. The category of loans and receivables contains only trade and other receivables, shown on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, all of which mature within one year.

We have compared fair value to book value for each class of financial asset and liability: no difference was identified. The Group has a policy, which has been consistently followed, of not trading in financial instruments.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

15. Financial instruments (Continued)

 

Interest rate risk

The main risk arising from the Group’s financial instruments is interest rate risk. The Group holds no derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk; instead the Group placed deposits surplus to short-term working capital requirements with a variety of reputable U.K.-based banks and building societies. These balances are placed at fixed rates of deposit with maturities between one month and three months.

The Group’s cash and short-term deposits were as follows:

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

On current account

   £ 2,030       £ 3,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 2,030       £ 3,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The interest rates for dated deposits were dependent on the rates offered by the Group’s borrowers. The interest rate for short-term deposits is variable dependent on the rates offered by the Group’s bankers. During the year to January 31, 2014, the banking facility returned an average rate after fees of 0.35% (2012/13: 0.40%).

The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk is illustrated with regard to the opening and closing cash balances and the difference that an increase or decrease of 1% in interest rates would have made based on the average cash balance of £2,705,000 in the year:

 

Year ended January 31, 2014

   -1%      Actual      +1%  

Interest rate

     —           0.35         1.35   

Interest received (£000)

     —           9         37   

 

Year ended January 31, 2013

   -1%      Actual      +1%  

Interest rate

     —           0.40         1.40   

Interest received (£000)

     —           11         38   

Market risk

Foreign currency risk

Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the value of a financial commitment or recognized asset or liability will fluctuate due to changes in foreign currency rates. The Group’s net income and financial position, as expressed in Pounds Sterling, are exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates against the U.S. Dollar and the Euro. The main trading currencies of the Group are Pounds Sterling, the U.S. Dollar, and the Euro. The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk as a result of trading transactions and the translation for foreign bank accounts.

The exposure to foreign exchange is monitored by the Group finance function. Exposures are generally managed through natural hedging via the currency denomination of cash balances and any impact currently is not material to the Group.

Credit risk

The credit risk with respect to customers is limited and the Group had no trade receivables outstanding at January 31, 2014.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

15. Financial instruments (Continued)

 

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of short-term cash investments and trade accounts receivable. Excess cash is invested in short-term money market instruments, including bank term deposits, money market and liquidity funds and other debt securities provided by a variety of financial institutions with strong credit ratings; these investments typically bore minimal credit risk in the year.

Cash balances maintained during the year have been held with three major U.K. banking institutions. We do not believe that this constituted a major credit risk.

Liquidity risk

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities.

The Group ordinarily finances its activities through cash generated from operating activities and private and public offerings of equity and debt securities. The Group anticipates that its operating cash flow together with available cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to meet its anticipated needs. See Note 1 “Going concern.”

Of all the financial liability categories, no amounts can be analyzed for maturity. Provisions are amounts contingent upon events taking place and the recognition of deferred taxation is dependent upon future profits arising.

Capital management

The primary aim of the Group’s capital management, defined as its share capital, is to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, to support its programs and maximize shareholder value.

The Group monitors its capital structure and makes adjustments, as and when it is deemed necessary and appropriate to do so, using such methods as the issuing of new shares. The capital structure of the Group has come entirely from equity issues.

16. Provisions and contingent liabilities

 

Cost

   Dilapidations  
     (in thousands)  

At February 1, 2013

   £ 150   

Additions

     17   

Provision utilized

     (150
  

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

   £ 17   
  

 

 

 

Management have made a provision in respect of the dilapidation costs associated with the reinstatement obligations on their current lease based on best estimates. It is management’s intention to utilize the provision at the end of the lease term.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

16. Provisions and contingent liabilities (Continued)

 

In addition to those items provided for above, the Group also has the following contingencies:

MuOx

Under the option agreement that the Group and Isis entered into in November 2013, Isis granted to the Group an exclusive option to license the IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement. The Group may exercise the option within specified periods. If the Group exercises its option to obtain a license under arising IP, the Group would be obligated to pay Isis up to a specified sum in option exercise fees.

For any IP arising from the research carried out under the sponsored research agreement and for which the Group has exercised the option and that comprises new chemical entities or compounds, the Group would obtain an exclusive, sublicensable license. The Group is obligated to pay milestone payments of up to £75,000 upon the achievement of specified development milestones, whether such milestones occur prior to or after the Group’s exercise of the option to obtain an exclusive sublicenseable license. Following exercise of such an option the Group would also be obligated to pay milestone payments upon the achievement of specified regulatory milestones with respect to each optioned compound. The specified regulatory milestone payment is due each time the specified regulatory milestone is achieved with respect to an optioned compound and, if each optioned compound achieved each regulatory milestone, we would be obligated to pay Isis a total of £3.7 million in regulatory milestone payments for each optioned compound.

The Group would also be obligated to pay Isis a low single digit royalty of net sales by the Group, its affiliates or sublicensees of any product containing an optioned compound.

Wellcome Trust

Under the terms of the revenue sharing agreement the Group would enter into with the Wellcome Trust to permit its exploitation of the exploitation IP or award products, the Wellcome Trust is entitled to a share of the cumulative net revenue that the Group or its affiliates receive from exploiting the exploitation IP or award products. The Wellcome Trust would be eligible to receive a tiered portion of the net revenue, ranging from a mid-single digit percentage up to a mid-twenties percentage. In addition, the Group would be obligated to pay the Wellcome Trust a milestone of a specified amount if cumulative net revenue exceeds a specified amount. Management currently considers the probability of this milestone payment to be remote.

U.S. Not for Profit Organizations

Muscular Dystrophy Association

If, prior to the first commercial sale of any project product, the Group or any of its affiliates, in one or more transactions, receives more than a specified amount of funding, the Group has agreed to pay a specified sum to MDA, which the Group refers to as the MDA cash infusion milestone payment. Subsequent to January 31, 2014, this amount was provided for following the equity placing in March 2014.

The Group has agreed to pay MDA a specified lumps sum amount, less any previously paid MDA cash infusion milestone payments, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone.

The Group would be obligated to pay MDA a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by the Group, its affiliates or licensees of any project product.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

16. Provisions and contingent liabilities (Continued)

 

Duchenne Partners Fund Inc.

If, prior to the first commercial sale of any project product, the Group or any of its affiliates, in one or more transactions, receives more than a specified aggregate amount of funding, the Group has agreed to pay a specified sum to DPF, which is referred to as the DPF cash infusion milestone payment. Subsequent to January 31, 2014, this amount was paid to DPF following the equity placing in March 2014.

The Group has agreed to pay DPF a specified lump sum, less any previously paid DPF cash infusion milestone payments, following the regulatory approval of any project product for use or sale in the United States or European Union in the treatment of DMD and an additional specified sum upon achievement of a commercial milestone.

The Group would be obligated to pay DPF a low single digit percentage royalty of worldwide net sales by the Group, its affiliates or licensees of any project product.

The total amount payable with respect to regulatory milestones under the U.S. not for profit organization agreements would be $2.5 million if the Company meets all regulatory milestones. The total amount payable with respect to royalties is not known due to the contingent nature of the payments.

17. Deferred tax

A deferred tax liability of £664,270 (2013: £nil) was recognized upon acquisition of MuOx Limited (Note 5). There were no other movements in deferred tax liability during the years presented.

Deferred income tax assets of £4,000 (2013: £33,000) relating to provisions and £7,486,000 (2013: £6,782,000) on tax losses have not been recognized to the extent that they are not regarded as recoverable in the foreseeable future. Tax losses may be carried indefinitely under U.K. tax legislation. A further deferred tax liability of £9,000 (2013: £5,000) in respect of accelerated capital allowances has not been recognized as it was not considered material.

18. Share capital

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Allotted, called up and fully paid*

     

24,138,334 (2013: 17,704,422) Ordinary shares of £0.01 each

     4,828         3,541   

983,330,485 (2013: 861,086,161) Deferred shares of £0.01 each

     5,247         5,247   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     10,075         8,788   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* All numbers of ordinary shares, deferred shares, the number of warrants, and the exercise price of the warrants in this table and this note were updated retrospectively to give effect to the share consolidation and subdivision which occurred subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014 (Note 23), except where noted otherwise.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

18. Share capital (Continued)

 

The changes in the number of Ordinary and deferred shares issued and outstanding were as follows:

 

     Ordinary
shares (post
consolidation
and
subdivision)
     Ordinary
shares (pre
consolidation
and
subdivision)
     Deferred
shares (post
consolidation
and
subdivision)
     Deferred
shares (pre
consolidation
and
subdivision)
 

February 1, 2012

     9,371,089         187,421,780         702,752,824         524,702,133   

Equity placing

     8,333,333         166,666,670         158,333,337         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 31, 2013

     17,704,422         354,088,450         861,086,161         524,702,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity placing

     4,613,470         92,269,391         87,655,921         —     

Exercise of warrants

     50,000         1,000,000         950,000         —     

Shares issued during acquisition of MuOx Limited

     1,770,442         35,408,845         33,638,403         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 31, 2014

     24,138,334         482,766,686         983,330,485         524,702,133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Deferred shares have no voting or dividend rights and on a return of capital upon liquidation there is the right to receive the amount paid up after the holders of the Ordinary shares have received the amount paid up on those Ordinary shares and an additional £1 million of return of capital per Ordinary share. On July 23, 2013 the number of Ordinary shares was increased by 4,613,470 new Ordinary £0.01 shares. The shares rank pari passu with existing Ordinary shares. The equity placing raised net proceeds of £4,406,000.

On August 29, 2013 the number of Ordinary shares was increased to 22,367,892 following the exercise of warrants over 50,000 Ordinary £0.01 shares. The shares rank pari passu with existing Ordinary shares. The issue of new shares raised net proceeds of £50,000.

On November 22, 2013, the acquisition of MuOx Limited was effected by way of a share for share exchange at a fully paid up price of £1.876 per share. As a result the number of Ordinary shares was increased by 1,770,442 new Ordinary £0.01 shares. The shares rank pari passu with existing Ordinary shares. As part of the transaction, warrants over a further 354,090 Ordinary Shares were issued at an exercise price of £0.20. These warrants can be exercised on achievement of key preclinical and clinical development milestones within a predetermined time period.

As part of an equity placing in April 2012, warrants over 177,045 Ordinary £0.01 shares were issued to Nplus1 Singer Capital Markets Limited (formerly Singer Capital Markets Limited), the Company’s nominated advisor and joint-broker at the time, at an exercise price of £0.60. The warrants can be exercised in whole or in part at any time prior to April 24, 2016.

After the year end, a General Meeting of shareholders, held on February 28, 2014, approved the placing of 16,923,077 new Ordinary £0.01 shares at an issue price of £1.30 per share. The shares rank pari passu with existing Ordinary shares. The equity placing raised net proceeds of approximately £20.5 million. Following the placing the number of Ordinary shares in issue was 41,061,412.

On July 3, 2014 the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital as part of a share capital reorganization. The capital reorganization consisted of three elements: a consolidation of every 20 existing ordinary shares into one consolidated ordinary share followed by an immediate subdivision of each of those ordinary shares into one new ordinary share and 19 new deferred shares, and a capital reduction to cancel the existing and new deferred shares together with a reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account. The consolidation and subdivision that took place on July 3, 2014 resulted in the issued ordinary share capital of

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

18. Share capital (Continued)

 

the Company consisting of 41,061,412 ordinary shares of £0.01 each. This has been reflected retrospectively in this note. The cancellation of deferred shares and the reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account took effect on September 3, 2014 and will be reflected in the period when this transaction occurred.

On October 28, 2014, the number of ordinary shares in issue increased to 41,117,697 following the exercise of 56,285 share options. These shares rank pari passu with the Company’s existing ordinary shares. The exercise of options raised net proceeds of £0.03 million.

19. Share option scheme

All numbers of share options, share price, exercise price and fair value in this note were updated retrospectively to give effect to the share consolidation and subdivision which occurred subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014 (Note 23).

At January 31, 2014 the outstanding share options, which include the share options granted to Directors, are shown below:

 

     Date of grant      Exercise
price
     Number of
shares
     Date from which
exercisable
     Expiry date  

Approved EMI scheme

              
     December 2, 2005       £ 3.43         10,500         December 2, 2006         December 2, 2015   
     October 13, 2006         2.72         1,200         October 13, 2007         October 13, 2016   
     November 21, 2007         2.28         4,800         November 21, 2008         November 21, 2017   
     April 7, 2011         0.65         99,250         April 8, 2014         April 7, 2021   
     May 10, 2012         0.60         217,250         May 10, 2013         May 10, 2022   
     May 10, 2012         0.60         315,000         May 10, 2014         May 10, 2022   
     December 24, 2012         0.85         400,000         December 24, 2015         December 24, 2022   
     January 31, 2013         0.20         90,710         July 31, 2013         January 31, 2023   
     December 18, 2013         1.85         604,500         *         December 18, 2023   
     December 18, 2013         0.20         10,606         June 19, 2014         December 18, 2023   
        

 

 

       
           1,753,816         

Unapproved scheme

              
     December 2, 2005       £ 3.43         1,691         December 2, 2006         December 2, 2015   
     May 22, 2006         3.30         270,060         May 22, 2007         May 22, 2016   
     October 13, 2006         2.72         52,500         October 13, 2007         October 13, 2016   
     November 21, 2007         2.28         19,166         November 21, 2008         November 21, 2017   
     April 7, 2011         0.65         25,000         April 8, 2014         April 7, 2021   
     May 10, 2012         0.60         657,500         May 10, 2012         May 10, 2022   
     December 24, 2012         0.85         100,000         December 24, 2015         December 24, 2023   
     May 30, 2013         0.80         100,000         May 30, 2015         May 30, 2023   
     December 18, 2013         1.85         517,500         *         December 18, 2023   
     December 18, 2013         0.20         76,364         June 19, 2014         December 18, 2023   
        

 

 

       
           1,819,781         
        

 

 

       
           3,573,597         
        

 

 

       

 

* Options will vest and become exercisable on completion of Phase 2 proof of concept clinical trials in both the DMD and CDI programs or the third anniversary of grant, whichever is sooner.

The Group has no legal or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle the options in cash.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

19. Share option scheme (Continued)

 

The movement in the number of share options is set out below:

 

     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Year ended
January 31,
2014
    Weighted
average
exercise price
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 

Outstanding at 1 February

   £ 1.02         2,720,703      £ 1.79         953,410  

Granted during the year

     1.66         1,318,970        0.64         2,007,959  

Lapsed/surrendered during the year

     0.91         (466,076 )     0.92         (240,666 )
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

Number of outstanding options at 31 January

   £ 1.27         3,573,597     £ 1.02        2,720,703  
     

 

 

      

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2014, 450,627 share options were capable of being exercised with a weighted average exercise price of £2.56 (2013: 447,760 with a weighted average exercise price of £2.83). The options outstanding at 31 January 2014 had a weighted average exercise price of £1.27 (2013: £1.02), and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.3 years (2013: 8.3 years).

 

The fair value per award granted and the assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

 

Date of grant

   Type of
award
     Number of
shares
     Exercise
price
     Share price at
grant date
     Fair value
per option
     Expected
exercise
term
(years)
     Risk free
rate
 

December 2, 2005

     EMI         10,500       £ 3.43       £ 3.37       £ 0.82         3.0         4.2

December 2, 2005

     Unapproved         1,691         3.43         3.37         0.82         3.0         4.2

May 22, 2006

     Unapproved         270,060         3.30         3.34         0.90         3.0         4.6

October 13, 2006

     EMI         1,200         2.72         2.72         0.72         3.0         4.6

October 13, 2006

     Unapproved         52,500         2.72         2.72         0.72         3.0         4.6

November 21, 2007

     Unapproved         19,166         2.28         2.28         0.84         3.0         4.6

November 21, 2007

     EMI         4,800         2.28         2.28         0.84         3.0         4.6

April 7, 2011

     EMI         99,250         0.65         0.65         0.47         5.0         2.7

April 7, 2011

     Unapproved         25,000         0.65         0.65         0.47         5.0         2.7

May 10, 2012

     EMI         217,250         0.60         0.52         0.22         5.0         1.0

May 10, 2012

     EMI         315,000         0.60         0.52         0.24         5.0         1.0

May 10, 2012

     Unapproved         657,500         0.60         0.52         0.20         5.0         1.0

December 24, 2012

     EMI         400,000         0.85         0.85         0.59         5.0         0.9

December 24, 2012

     Unapproved         100,000         0.85         0.85         0.59         5.0         0.9

January 31, 2013

     EMI         90,710         0.20         0.94         0.74         5.0         1.0

May 30, 2013

     Unapproved         100,000         0.80         0.80         0.45         3.0         0.5

December 18, 2013

     EMI         604,500         1.85         1.85         0.37         5.0         0.9

December 18, 2013

     EMI         10,606         0.20         1.85         1.65         5.0         1.0

December 18, 2013

     Unapproved         517,500         1.85         1.85         0.37         5.0         0.9

December 18, 2013

     Unapproved         76,364         0.20         1.85         1.65         5.0         1.0
     

 

 

                
        3,573,597                  
     

 

 

                

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

19. Share option scheme (Continued)

 

The key assumptions used in calculating the share-based payments are as follows:

 

a. Black-Scholes valuation methodology was used for all options prior to 2008.

 

b. All the share options granted in calendar years 2011, 2012 and 2013 (except as noted below) are performance related and have been modelled using either the Monte-Carlo methodology or Hull White trinomial lattice model. The share options granted on January 31, 2013 and certain share options granted on December 18, 2013 are not performance related and have been modelled using the Hull White trinomial lattice model.

 

c. Figures in the range 18-134% have been used for expected volatility. This has been derived from historic share price performance.

 

d. Expected dividend yield is nil, consistent with the Directors’ view that the Group’s business model is to generate value through capital growth rather than the payment of dividends.

 

e. The risk free rate is equal to the prevailing U.K. Gilts rate at grant date that most closely matches the expected term of the grant.

 

f. Share options are assumed to be exercised immediately on vesting.

 

g. The fair value of the options awarded on May 10, 2012 is the average of the fair values calculated per possible vesting installment.

20. Fixed assets purchase commitments

At January 31, 2014 the Group had no fixed assets purchase commitments (2013: nil).

21. Leasing commitments

The Group’s total commitments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

     Land & Buildings  

Leases which expire

   Year ended
January 31,
2014
     Year ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Not later than one year

   £ 88       £ 128  

Later than one year and not later than five years

     330        129  

Later than five years

     34         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 452      £ 257  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

22. Related party transactions

During the year £32,967 was paid to Dr Frank M. Armstrong Consulting Limited, a company controlled by Dr. Frank Armstrong in respect of his fees as Non-Executive Director and Chairman (2013: £2,303). Of this amount £2,775 were outstanding at the year end (2013: £nil).

During the year £17,550 was paid to T1ps.com Limited, a company controlled by Mr. Jim Mellon in respect of investor relations support services (2013: £12,000). Of this amount £nil was outstanding at the year end (2013: £nil). The Group had an existing relationship with T1ps.com Limited prior to Mr. Jim Mellon becoming a Non-Executive Director of the Group. Mr. Mellon resigned as a Non-Executive Director of the Group effective December 3, 2014.

See Note 6 for details of key management emoluments.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

23. Subsequent Events

On February 4, 2014 a new wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, Summit Therapeutics Inc., was incorporated in Delaware and operates from an office in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

All numbers of ordinary shares and share prices in this note were updated retrospectively to give effect to the share consolidation and subdivision which occurred subsequent to year end on July 3, 2014.

A General Meeting of shareholders, held on February 28, 2014, approved the placing of 16,923,077 new Ordinary £0.01 shares at an issue price of £1.30 per share. The shares rank pari passu with existing Ordinary shares. The equity placing raised net proceeds of approximately £20.5 million. Following the placing the number of Ordinary shares in issue was 41,061,412.

On July 3, 2014 the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital as part of a share capital reorganization. The capital reorganization consisted of three elements: a consolidation of every 20 existing ordinary shares into one consolidated ordinary share followed by an immediate subdivision of each of those ordinary shares into one new ordinary share and 19 new deferred shares, and a capital reduction to cancel the existing and new deferred shares together with a reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account.

The consolidation and subdivision that took place on July 3, 2014 resulted in the issued ordinary share capital of the Company consisting of 41,061,412 ordinary shares of £0.01 each. This has been reflected retrospectively in these consolidated financial statements. The cancellation of deferred shares and the reduction of the Company’s Share Premium Account took effect on September 3, 2014 and will be reflected in the period when this transaction occurred.

On October 28, 2014, the number of ordinary shares in issue increased to 41,117,697 following the exercise of 56,285 share options. These shares rank pari passu with the Company’s existing ordinary shares. The exercise of options raised net proceeds of £0.03 million.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the board of directors and shareholders of MuOx Limited

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of MuOx Limited, which comprise the statement of financial position as of January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for the periods then ended.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MuOx Limited at January 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the periods then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Reading, United Kingdom

December 3, 2014

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Statement of Financial Position of MuOx Limited

 

As at January 31, 2013 and 2014           January 31,
2014
    January 31,
2013
 
     Note       
            (in thousands)  

ASSETS

       

Current assets

       

Trade and other receivables

     8       £ —        £ 20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        —          20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

        —          20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net assets

        —          20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

       

Share capital

     10         20        20   

Accumulated deficit

        (20     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

      £ —        £ 20   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Statement of Comprehensive Income of MuOx Limited

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Note      Year ended
January 31,
2014
    43 days
ended
January 31,
2013
 
           

(in thousands)

 

Operating expenses:

       

General and administration

      £ (20   £ —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the period

     5         (20     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss and total comprehensive loss for the period attributable to owners of the parent

      £ (20   £ —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company was acquired by Summit Corporation plc, a company incorporated in England and Wales, by way of a share for share exchange on November 22, 2013. There were no transactions between the acquisition date and January 31, 2014.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows of MuOx Limited

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
    43 days
period
ended
January 31,
2013
 
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Loss before income tax

   £ (20   £ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted loss from operations before changes in working capital

     (20     —     

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

     20        (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash generated by/(used) by operations

     20        (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     —          (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities

    

Proceeds from issue of share capital

     —          20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     —          20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     —          —     

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   £ —        £ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Statements of Changes in Equity of MuOx Limited

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

Twelve months ended January 31, 2014

 

     Share
capital
     Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
    

(in thousands)

 

At February 1, 2013

   £ 20       £ —        £ 20   

Loss for the period from continuing operations

     —           (20     (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss the period

     —           (20     (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

At January 31, 2014

   £ 20       £ (20   £ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Forty three days ended January 31, 2013

 

     Share
capital
     Accumulated
deficit
     Total  
    

(in thousands)

 

At December 20, 2012

   £ —         £ —         £ —     

Loss for the period from continuing operations

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss the period

     —           —           —     

New share capital issued

     20         —           20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At January 31, 2013

   £ 20       £ —         £ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Notes to the Financial Statements of MuOx Limited

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

1. Basis of accounting

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IFRSs as issued by IASB). The Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention.

These consolidated financial statements were authorized for issue by MuOx’s management on December 3, 2014.

Going concern

The financial information in these financial statements has been prepared on a going concern basis which assumes that the Company will continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.

Use of estimates

Given the limited number of transactions in the periods presented, there are no significant estimates made during the reporting period. The areas involving higher degree of judgment or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements are disclosed in Note 2, ‘Critical accounting estimates and judgments’.

A summary of the principal accounting policies is set out below:

Financial instruments

The Company holds financial assets in the “Trade and receivables” category measured at amortized cost. Trade and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Company provides money, goods or services directly to the debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. They are included in current assets, except for maturities greater than 12 months after the year end date, which are classified as non-current assets. Trade and receivables are initially recorded at fair value, and thereafter at amortised cost, if the timing difference is deemed to impact the fair value of the asset or liability.

The Company assesses at each year end date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. The Company does not hold or trade in derivative financial instruments.

Current taxation

Income tax is recognised or provided at amounts expected to be recovered or paid using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the year-end date.

Deferred taxation

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the Statement of Financial Position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:

 

  The initial recognition of goodwill;

 

  The initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting or taxable profit; and

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Notes to the Financial Statements of MuOx Limited (Continued)

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

  Investments in subsidiaries and jointly controlled entities where the Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the difference can be utilized.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities/(assets) are settled/(recovered).

Segmental analysis

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Directors.

Details are set out in Note 4.

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of the Financial Statements requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company bases its estimates and judgements on historical experience and various other assumptions that it considers to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Given its simplistic nature the Company does not believe that any accounting estimates or judgments are critical to the understanding of the financial statements.

3. Changes to accounting policies

During the year ended 31 January 2014 the following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations became effective for the first time. The adoption of these interpretations, standards or amendment to standards were either not relevant for the Company or have not led to any significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRS)

   Effective Date  

IFRS 7

   Disclosures—Transfers of Financial Assets (amendments)      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 10

   Consolidated Financial Statements      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 11

   Joint Arrangements      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 12

   Disclosures of Interests in Other Entities      January 1, 2013   

IFRS 13

   Fair Value Measurement      January 1, 2013   

IAS 19

   Employee Benefits      January 1, 2013   

IAS 27

   Separate Financial Statements      January 1, 2013   

IAS 28

   Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures      January 1, 2013   

The International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and the International Financing Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) have issued the following standards and interpretations to be applied to financial statements with periods commencing on or after the following dates:

 

International Accounting Standards (IAS/IFRS)

   Effective Date  

IFRS 9

   Financial Instruments      January 1, 2015   

IFRS 15

   Revenue from contracts with customers      January 1, 2017   

IAS 32

   Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (amendment)      January 1, 2014   

IAS 36

   Impairment of Assets      January 1, 2014   

IAS 39

   Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement      January 1, 2014   

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Notes to the Financial Statements of MuOx Limited (Continued)

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

The Directors anticipate that the adoption of these standards and interpretations in future periods will have no material impact on the financial statements of the company.

4. Segmental reporting

For the purposes of segmental reporting, the activities of the company is covered by one operating and reporting segment: Drug Development.

5. Operating loss

The audit fee for the year has been borne by Summit (Oxford) Limited, a fellow subsidiary. The figures within the auditors’ remuneration note in the Summit Corporation plc financial statements include fees charged by the company’s auditors to MuOx Limited in respect of audit and non-audit services. As such, no separate disclosure has been given above.

6. Taxation

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
    43 days period
ended
January 31, 2013
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Loss on ordinary activities before taxation

   £ (20   £ —     

Loss on ordinary activities multiplied by standard rate of corporation tax in the United Kingdom of 23% (period ended 31 January 2013: 24%)

     (5     —     

Taxable losses not recognized

     5        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total taxation

   £ —        £ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

There are no current tax liabilities as at January 31, 2014 or January 31, 2013.

Deferred income tax assets of £5,000 (January 31, 2013: £5,000) relating to tax losses have not been recognized to the extent that they are not regarded as recoverable in the foreseeable future.

7. Financial instruments

 

     Note      January 31,
2014
     January 31,
2013
 
           

(in thousands)

 

Loans and receivables

        

Trade and other receivables

     8       £ —         £ 20   

The company’s activities expose it to limited financial risks. The company’s principal financial instrument is other receivables. We have compared fair value to book value for each class of financial asset: no difference was identified.

Capital management

The primary aim of the company’s capital management, defined as its share capital, is to safeguard the company’s ability to continue as a going concern and to maximise shareholder value. The capital structure of the company has come entirely from equity issues.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Notes to the Financial Statements of MuOx Limited (Continued)

For the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014

 

8. Debtors

 

     January 31,
2014
     January 31,
2013
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Other debtors

     —           20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ —         £ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other debtors comprise amounts receivable from the Company’s shareholders.

9. Share capital

 

Allotted, called up and fully paid

   January 31,
2014
     January 31,
2013
 
    

(in thousands)

 

20,000 ordinary shares of £1 each

     20         20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   £ 20       £ 20   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

20,000 ordinary £1 shares were subscribed for and paid for by cash consideration on incorporation.

10. Reconciliation of movement in shareholders’ funds

 

     Year ended
January 31,
2014
    43 days
period ended
January 31,
2013
 
    

(in thousands)

 

Opening shareholders’ funds

   £ 20      £ —     

Shares issued during the year

     —          20   

Loss for the financial period

     (20     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Closing shareholders’ funds

   £ —        £ 20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

20,000 ordinary £1 shares were subscribed for and paid for by cash consideration on incorporation.

11. Fixed assets purchases

At January 31, 2014 the company had no fixed assets purchase commitments (January 31, 2013: Nil).

12. Related party transactions

The Company did not have any transactions with related parties during the periods ended January 31, 2013 and 2014.

13. Ultimate Parent Undertaking and Controlling Party

Following the acquisition by way of a share for share exchange which took place on November 22, 2013, the ultimate parent undertaking is Summit Corporation plc, a company incorporated in England and Wales.

The financial statements of Summit Corporation plc are the only group financial statements incorporating the company.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

 

 

American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

Representing                     Ordinary Shares

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

JMP Securities   Oppenheimer & Co.

 

 

Needham & Company

                    , 2015

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of directors.

The Registrant’s articles of association provide that, subject to the Companies Act 2006, every person who is or was at any time a director, alternate director, secretary or other officer (excluding an auditor) of the Registrant or of any of its subsidiaries may be indemnified out of the assets of the Registrant against all costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities incurred by him in performing his duties or the exercise of his powers or otherwise in relation to such group company. Generally, under the Companies Act 2006, a company may not indemnify its directors against personal liability covering: liability to the company in cases where the company sues the director (i.e., only liability to third parties can be the subject of an indemnity); liability for fines for criminal conduct or fines imposed by a regulator; or other liabilities, such as legal costs, in criminal cases where the director is convicted, or in civil cases brought by the company where the final judgment goes against the director.

Reference is made to Sections              and              of the form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the registration statement, which sets forth the Registrant’s and the underwriters’ respective agreement to indemnify each other and to provide contribution in circumstances where indemnification is unavailable.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent sales of unregistered securities

Listed below are the securities we issued within the last three years that were not registered under the Securities Act.

(a) Option awards

 

Date of Grant

  

Number of Shares Underlying
Share Options

  

Current Exercise Price per
Share (£)

May 10, 2012

  

1,417,250

   0.60

December 24, 2012

   500,000    0.85

January 13, 2013

   90,709    0.20

May 30, 2013

   100,000    0.80

December 18, 2013

   1,132,000    1.85

December 18, 2013

   86,970    0.20

June 23, 2014

   525,000   

1.48

June 23, 2014

   50,000    0.20

July 15, 2014

   1,458,341   

1.26

December 23, 2014

  

25,000

   1.37

January 22, 2015

   100,000    1.23

(b) Warrant Issuances

On April 16, 2012, in connection with an equity placing we issued warrants over 177,045 ordinary shares, with an exercise price of £0.60 to Nplus1 Singer Capital Markets Limited (formerly Singer Capital Markets Limited) , the Company’s nominated advisor and joint-broker at the time.

On November 22, 2013, in connection with the acquisition of MuOx Limited we issued warrants over 354,090 ordinary shares, with an exercise price of £0.20 per ordinary share, to Isis Innovation Limited.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

(c) Ordinary Share Issuances

On April 16, 2012, we issued an aggregate 8,333,333 ordinary shares to certain new and existing investors and certain of our directors and officers, for aggregate consideration of £5 million.

On July 23, 2013, we issued an aggregate 4,613,470 ordinary shares to new and existing investors and certain of our directors and officers, for aggregate consideration of £4.6 million.

On November 22, 2013, we in connection with the acquisition of MuOx Limited, we issued an aggregate 1,770,442 ordinary shares to the shareholders of MuOx Limited in a share for share exchange.

On August 29, 2013, we issued 50,000 ordinary shares to Nplus1 Singer Capital Markets Limited upon exercise of warrants at an exercise price of £1.00 per share for proceeds of £0.05 million.

On March 4, 2014, we issued an aggregate 16,923,077 ordinary shares to new and existing investors and certain of our directors and officers, for aggregate consideration of £22 million.

On October 28, 2014, we issued 56,285 ordinary shares upon the exercise of options for aggregate consideration of £0.03 million.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances of securities. These issuances were deemed exempt from registration requirement because they were made outside of the United States pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act, were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees and directors in reliance on the exemption provided by Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, or issued to accredited investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

Item 8. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

(a) The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

In June 2013, following a competitive bidding process, our Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP be appointed to replace BDO LLP as chartered accountants and registered auditors in the U.K. beginning with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2014. BDO LLP resigned as our statutory auditor on July 18, 2013.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has performed audits of our consolidated financial statements as of January 31, 2013 and 2014, and for each of the two years in the period ended January 31, 2014, which are included at the end of the prospectus that forms a part of this Registration Statement, in accordance with the standards of the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

BDO LLP performed a statutory audit of our financial statements, prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, for the fiscal year ending January 31, 2013 in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (U.K. and Ireland). Neither BDO LLP’s report relating to the statutory audit, nor the historic financial statements, prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, are included or incorporated by reference in this Registration Statement. BDO LLP’s statutory audit report did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and it was not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, although BDO LLP stated in their statutory audit report that:

“This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.”

In connection with the statutory audit performed by BDO LLP under International Standards on Auditing (U.K. and Ireland) of our financial statements, prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2013, we did not have any disagreements with BDO LLP on any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of BDO LLP would have caused BDO LLP to make reference to such matter in its report. We have requested that BDO LLP furnish a letter addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission stating whether BDO LLP agrees with the above statements, and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree. Such letter is included as Exhibit 16.1 to this Registration Statement on Form F-1.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in London, United Kingdom, on January 30, 2015.

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC
By:   /s/ Glyn Edwards
Name: Glyn Edwards
Title:    Chief Executive Officer; Executive Director

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Summit Corporation plc, hereby severally constitute and appoint Glyn Edwards and Erik Ostrowski, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Glyn Edwards

Glyn Edwards

  

Chief Executive Officer; Executive Director (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 30, 2015

/s/ Erik Ostrowski

Erik Ostrowski

  

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

January 30, 2015

/s/ Frank M. Armstrong

Frank M. Armstrong

  

Chairman

  January 30, 2015

/s/ Barry Price

Barry Price

  

Non-Executive Director

  January 30, 2015

/s/ Stephen Davies

Stephen Davies

  

Non-Executive Director

  January 30, 2015

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Leopoldo Zambeletti

Leopoldo Zambeletti

  

Non-Executive Director

  January 30, 2015

/s/ Valerie Andrews

Valerie Andrews

  

Non-Executive Director

  January 30, 2015

 

SUMMIT THERAPEUTICS INC.

Authorized Representative in the United States

By:   /s/ Erik Ostrowski
Name: Erik Ostrowski
Title:    Chief Financial Officer

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Articles of Association of the Registrant
  4.1*    Form of Deposit Agreement, dated as of                 , among Registrant, The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and all Owners and Holders of ADSs issued thereunder
  4.2*    Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in exhibit 4.1)
  4.3    Warrant Instrument, dated April 4, 2012, creating warrant to subscribe for shares in Registrant issued to Singer Capital Markets Limited
  4.4    Warrant Instrument, dated November 22, 2013, relating to Warrants in Registered Form to Subscribe for Ordinary Shares in Registrant
  4.5    Specimen certificate evidencing ordinary shares of the Registrant
  5.1    Form of opinion of Fasken Martineau LLP
  8.1    Form of tax opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
  8.2*    Form of tax opinion of Fasken Martineau LLP
10.1†    Grant Agreement, entered into as of December 15, 2011, by and between Duchenne Partners Fund and the Registrant
10.2†    MDA Venture Philanthropy Grant Contract, entered into as of December 15, 2011, by and between Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc. and the Registrant
10.3†    Translation Award Funding Agreement, entered into as of October 19, 2012, by and between the Wellcome Trust Limited and the Registrant
10.4†    Agreement for the Sponsorship of a Research Programme, dated November 22, 2013, between The Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford; Isis Innovation Limited; and the Registrant
10.5†    Deed of Licence of Know-How, dated November 22, 2013, by and between Isis Innovation Limited and MuOx Limited
10.6†    Supplemental Variation Deed, dated July 24, 2014, between Isis Innovation Limited and MuOx Limited
10.7†    Option Agreement, dated November 22, 2013, by and among between Isis Innovation Limited, The Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford and the Registrant
10.8†    Variation Agreement, dated July 16, 2014, by and between The Chancellor Master and Scholars of the University of Oxford, Isis Innovation Limited and the Registrant
10.9    Lease, dated June 21, 2013, between MEPC Milton Park No. 1 Limited and MEPC Milton Park No. 2 Limited on behalf of MEPC Milton LP and the Registrant
10.10    Service Agreement, effective as of April 7, 2014, by and between Cambridge Innovation Center and Summit Therapeutics Inc.
10.11    2005 Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme
10.12    Letter of Appointment, dated November 20, 2014, by and between Summit Therapeutics Inc. and Valerie Andrews
10.13    Letter of Appointment, dated November 21, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Frank Armstrong


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

10.14    Letter of Appointment, dated December 19, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Stephen Davies
10.15    Letter of Appointment, dated August 8, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Barry Price
10.16    Letter of Appointment, dated April 16, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Leopoldo Zambeletti
10.17*    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement
16.1    Letter of BDO LLP regarding change in certifying accountant
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Form of consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in exhibit 8.1)
23.2    Form of consent of Fasken Martineau LLP (included in exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consents of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
24.1    Power of attorney (included on signature page)

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.
Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions, which portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 3.1

Registered no: 05197494

THE COMPANIES ACT 2006

PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

(as adopted by Special Resolution passed on 17 June 2010)

 

 

PRELIMINARY

 

1. No regulations for the management of a company set out in, or in any subordinate legislation made under, any statute concerning companies shall apply as regulations or articles of the Company.

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

2.1 Definitions

In these Articles unless the context otherwise requires:

Act ” means the Companies Act 2006;

address ” has the ordinary meaning and in relation to electronic communications, includes any number or address used for the purposes of such communications;

Auditors ” means the auditors of the Company from time to time;

Board ” means the board of Directors of the Company or the Directors present at a meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present;

business day ” means a week day on which banks are generally open for business in the City of London;


clear days ” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

Companies Acts ” means the Act, the Regulations and all other statutes, orders, regulations and other subordinate legislation for the time being in force concerning companies registered under the Act insofar as the same applies to the Company;

Company ” means Summit Corporation plc;

connected with ” in relation to a Director, has the meaning given by section 252 of the Act;

Crest ” means the electronic system for the transfer of shares and other securities operated by Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited;

debenture ” and “ debenture holder ” shall include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively;

Directors ” means those persons holding office as directors of the Company from time to time;

electronic ” means actuated by electric, magnetic, electro-magnetic, electro-chemical or electro-mechanical energy and “ by electronic means ” means by any manner capable of being so actuated and shall include e-mail and or other data transmission services (including a communication by means of a relevant system (as defined in the Regulations);

“Electronic Form” has the meaning given in the Act;

executed ” includes any mode of execution;

Executive Director ” means an Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Director, Managing Director, Chief Financial Officer, Joint Managing Director or Assistant Managing Director of the Company or a Director who is the holder of any other employment or executive office with the Company;

Group ” means the Company, its holding company and any Subsidiary Undertaking of the Company or of such holding company for the time being (and “ Group Company ” shall be construed accordingly);

held ” means, in relation to shares, the shares entered in the Register as being held by a Member and term “ holder ” shall be construed accordingly;

Member ” means a member of the Company;

month ” means calendar month;

Office ” means the registered office of the Company from time to time;

paid up ” means paid up or credited as paid up and includes any sum paid by way of premium;

person ” means individuals, bodies corporate and all other legal persons;

present in person ” means, in the case of an individual, that individual or his lawfully appointed attorney being present in person and, in the case of a corporation, being present by duly authorised representative or lawfully appointed attorney and, in relation to meetings, “ in person ” shall be construed accordingly;

recognised investment exchange ” shall have the meaning ascribed by section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;


recognised person ” means a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange;

Register ” means the register of Members of the Company;

Registrars ” means the registrars of the Company from time to time;

Regulations ” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (SI 2001/3755);

relevant system ” means a relevant system as referred to in the Regulations to include Crest;

Seal ” means the common seal of the Company or any official seal that the Company may be permitted to have under the Act;

Secretary ” means any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of company secretary and includes a joint, temporary or assistant secretary;

Stock Exchange ” means the London Stock Exchange plc or any successor body carrying on its functions;

Subsidiary Undertaking ” means a subsidiary undertaking as defined in section 1162 of the Act

these Articles ” means these articles of association as altered from time to time; and

United Kingdom ” means Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

 

2.2 Interpretation

In these Articles, unless the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) references to persons include individuals, bodies corporate and other legal entities; words importing the singular number only shall include the plural and vice versa; words importing any gender shall include all genders;

 

  (b) references herein to statutory provisions or the provisions of subordinate legislation shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended or re-enacted or as their application is modified by other provisions from time to time and shall include any provisions of which they are re-enactments (whether with or without modifications);

 

  (c) subject to Articles 76 and 142, references to ‘writing’ shall include typewriting, word processing, printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing or reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form and ‘written’ shall be construed accordingly;

 

  (d) the word ‘including’ shall be deemed to mean ‘including (without limitation)’ and any words following shall not be construed as an exhaustive list or to limit the generality of the wording preceding ‘including’;

 

  (e) save as otherwise expressly provided in these Articles or unless the context otherwise requires, any words or expressions defined in the Act in force at the date when these Articles or any part thereof are adopted shall bear the same meaning in these Articles or such part (as the case may be);

 

  (f) where for any purpose reference is made to an ordinary resolution of the Company, a special resolution shall also be effective; and

 

  (g) headings are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of these Articles.


REGISTERED OFFICE

 

3. The Office shall be at such place in England and Wales as the Board shall from time to time appoint.

STATUS OF COMPANY AND CAPITAL

 

4.1 The Company is to be a Public Company limited by shares.

 

4.2 The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

 

4.3 No regulations for management of a company set out in any schedule to the Statutes concerning companies or contained in any regulations or instrument made pursuant to a statute shall apply to the Company, but the following shall be the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

4.4 The capital of the Company is divided into an unlimited number of ordinary shares of 1 pence each (“(“Ordinary Shares”) and an unlimited number of deferred shares of 1 pence each (“Deferred Shares”) conferring on the holders the rights and being subject to the restrictions set out in these Article 5.

 

4.5 Nothing in these Articles shall constitute a restriction on the objects of the Company to do (or omit to do) any act and, in accordance with section 31(1) of the CA 2006, the Company’s objects are unrestricted.

SHARE RIGHTS

 

5.1 Subject to the provisions of these Articles, provisions of the Companies Acts and in particular to those conferring rights of redemption and without prejudice to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, any shares in the Company may be issued with or have attached thereto such preferred, deferred, qualified or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise, as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine or, if there has not been any such determination or so far as the same shall not make specific provision, as the Board may determine.

 

5.2 The Deferred Shares shall confer on the holders the following rights and the holders shall be subject to the following restrictions:- :-

 

  (a) as to dividends – the holders of the Deferred Shares shall have no right to receive dividends or other distributions;

 

  (b) as to voting - the holders of Deferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, or to attend or to vote at, any general meeting of the Company;

 

  (c) as to capital – on a return of assets on liquidation or otherwise the holders of the Deferred Shares shall be entitled to the amount paid up thereon but only after the holders of the Ordinary Shares have received the aggregate amount paid up thereon and in addition, have received £1,000,000 per Ordinary Share. The holders of the Deferred Shares shall not be entitled to share or participate further in a return of assets

REDEEMABLE SHARES

 

6. Subject to the Companies Acts any shares may, with the sanction of a special resolution, be issued on terms that they are, or at the option of the Company and/or the holder are liable, to be redeemed. Subject as aforesaid, the terms and manner of redemption shall be provided for by special resolution passed before the issue of such shares.


VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

7. Subject to the Companies Acts and the terms of their issue, all or any of the rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class of shares for the time being issued may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered, added to or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three-fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of such shares.

 

8. The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall be deemed to be varied or abrogated by the reduction of the capital paid up on such shares or by the allotment of further shares ranking in priority thereto for payment of a dividend or repayment of capital but shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in these Articles or the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be altered by:

 

  (a) the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith or subsequent thereto save as to the date from which such new shares shall rank for dividends;

 

  (b) subject to Article 5, a purchase by the Company of its own shares.

CLASS MEETINGS

 

9. The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings apply to every separate general meeting of the holders of a class of shares but:

 

  (a) the quorum is 2 holders in person or by proxy representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class;

 

  (b) at the meeting, a holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll and shall on a poll be entitled to one vote for every share of the class held by him;

 

  (c) if at any adjourned meeting of such holders such a quorum is not present at the meeting, one holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at an adjourned meeting constitutes a quorum.

SHARES

 

10. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts and these Articles:

 

  (a) the unissued shares of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may determine;

 

  (b) the Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Act as consideration for subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally), or procuring or agreeing to procure, subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for shares and the commissions and brokerage may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

 

11. Except as ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other right in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.


CERTIFICATES

 

12.1 Every Member (other than a recognised person or a holder of shares in respect of which the Company is not by law required to complete and have ready for delivery a certificate) on becoming the holder of any shares shall be entitled, without payment, to receive within one month after allotment and within 5 business days of lodgement of a duly stamped (or adjudicated as exempt from stamp duty) transfer (unless the conditions of issue provide for a longer interval) one certificate for all such shares of any one class or, upon payment of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board may from time to time determine for every certificate after the first, several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class. If and for so long as all the issued shares in the capital of the Company or all the issued shares of a particular class are fully paid up and rank pari passu for all purposes, then none of those shares shall bear a distinguishing number. In all other cases each share shall bear a distinguishing number. In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. A Member (except such a recognised person as aforesaid) who has transferred part of the shares comprised in his registered holding shall be entitled to a certificate for the balance without charge. Every certificate shall specify the shares to which it relates and the amount paid up thereon. The Company shall in no case be bound to register more than four persons as the joint holders of any shares. A certificate shall be issued within one month after the date of expiration of the right of renunciation (or within such other period as the terms of allotment provide) or (in the case of the transfer of shares) within ten business days after the lodgement with the Registrar of the transfer, not being a transfer which the Company is entitled to refuse to register and does not register. No share certificate shall be issued in respect of the Deferred Shares.

 

12.2. If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed it may be replaced without fee but on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of defacement or wearing out, on delivery up of the old certificate to the Company.

 

13. All forms of certificate for share or loan capital or other securities of the Company (other than letters of allotment, scrip certificates and other like documents) shall be issued under Seal or in such other manner as the Board may authorise. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificate need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificate by some mechanical or electronic means or may be printed thereon or that such certificate need not be signed by any person.

 

14.    (a)     The Company may issue shares which may be held evidenced and transferred through a relevant system in uncertificated form, and where any share is held in uncertificated form the Company shall not issue and no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of such share at any time and for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and transfers may be made otherwise than by a written instrument by virtue of the Regulations. Title to shares in issue at the date of adoption of these Articles may be transferred and evidenced by a relevant system. The Board shall have power to implement any arrangements as they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing and transfer of shares held in uncertificated form (subject always to the Regulations and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned).
   (b)     Conversion of shares held in certificated form into shares held in uncertificated form, and vice versa, may be made in such manner as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, think fit (subject always to the Regulations and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned).


  (c) The Company shall enter on the register of Members how many shares are held by each Member in uncertificated form and in certificated form and shall maintain the register in each case as is required by the Regulations and the relevant system concerned.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding any provision of these Articles, a class of share shall not be treated as two classes by virtue only of that class comprising both certificated shares and uncertificated shares or as a result of any provision of these Articles or the Regulations which apply only in respect of certificated or uncertificated shares.

 

  (e) Crest accounts (or similar) of the members shall not be credited in respect of the member’s entitlement to Deferred Shares.

 

  (f) The provisions of Articles 12 to 13 (inclusive) shall not apply to uncertificated shares.

LIEN

 

15. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all amounts payable (whether presently or otherwise) in respect of such share and the Company shall also have a lien on all shares (other than fully paid shares) standing registered in the name of a sole holder (or the personal representatives of a deceased sole holder) for all sums payable by him or his estate to the Company. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends and other moneys payable and distribution of assets attributable to or in respect of it. The Board may at any time either generally or in any particular case waive any lien that has arisen, or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article.

 

16. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board may think fit (for which purposes the Board may authorise the conversion of shares to be sold which are certificated shares into uncertificated shares, and vice versa so far as is consistent with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned), any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen clear days after a notice stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of the intention to sell in default of such payment, has been served on the holder for the time being of the share or the persons (if any) entitled to the shares by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

17. The net proceeds of the sale by the Company of any shares on which it has a lien shall be applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (upon surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share or were payable by a single holder (or his personal representatives) to the Company prior to sale) be paid to the holder immediately before such sale of the share. For giving effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the share sold to, or in accordance with the directions of the purchaser thereof. The transferee shall be registered as the holder of the share and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

18. Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to the terms of allotment of the shares the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any money unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal amount of the shares or by way of premium) and not by the terms of issue thereof made payable at a date fixed by or in accordance with such terms of issue, and each Member shall (subject to the Company serving upon him at least fourteen clear days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his shares. A call may be wholly or partly revoked or postponed as the Board may determine. A Member shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect whereof the call was made.


19. A call may be made payable by instalments and shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.

 

20. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

21. If a sum called in respect of a share shall not be paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay:

 

  (a) all costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Company as a result of the non-payment; and

 

  (b) interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate, not exceeding (unless the Company by ordinary resolution shall otherwise direct) 2% p.a. above the base rate for the time being of National Westminster Bank plc, or such lower rate as the Board may determine;

but the Board shall be at liberty to waive payment wholly or in part. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or other payment or distribution or to be present or vote at any meeting or upon a poll, or to exercise any privilege as a Member, until he shall have paid all calls for the time being due and payable on every share held by him whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any).

 

22. Any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable on allotment or at any date fixed by or in accordance with the terms of issue, whether on account of the nominal amount of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made notified and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable and, in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of costs, charges, expenses, interest, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

23. The Board may on the issue of shares differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

24. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate, as may be agreed upon between the Board and the Member paying such sum in advance. No part of any such advance shall be taken into account in ascertaining the amount of the dividends payable on the shares.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

25. If a Member or a person entitled to a share by transmission fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid serve a notice on the person from whom the payment is due requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest at such rate not exceeding 2% p.a. above the base rate for the time being of National Westminster Bank plc which may have accrued, and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

26. The notice shall name a further day (not being less than fourteen clear days from the date of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall state that in the event of non-payment on or before the day and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which such call was made or instalment is payable will be liable to be forfeited. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture shall include surrender.


27. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls or instalments and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared and other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

28. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share or the person entitled to the share by transmission (as the case may be) and an entry of such notice having been given and of the forfeiture with the date thereof shall forthwith be made in the Register against the entry of the shares; but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by an omission or neglect to give such notice or to make such entry as aforesaid.

 

29.1 Until cancelled in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Acts, a forfeited share shall be deemed to be the property of the Company and may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Acts, be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was, before forfeiture, the holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the Board shall think fit and the Board may if necessary authorise a person to transfer the same to such other person as aforesaid, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on the terms of all calls and interest due thereon and all expenses incurred in respect of the share, or on the terms of compliance with the terms of any notice served under section 793 of the Act as appropriate and on such terms (if any) as the Board may think fit. If the share is not sold within three years of the date of forfeiture, it shall be cancelled and the amount of the share capital shall be diminished by the nominal value of the share.

 

29.2 The Board may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder.

 

30. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall thereupon cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the shares forfeited but shall, notwithstanding the forfeiture, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares with interest thereon at the rate of 2% p.a. above the base rate for the time being of National Westminster Bank plc (or such lower rate as the Board may determine) from the date of forfeiture until payment and to satisfy all (if any) claims and demands which the Company might have enforced in respect of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender, and the Company may enforce payment without being under any obligation to make any allowance for the value of the shares forfeited or for any consideration received on their disposal.

 

31. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary of the Company and that a share has been duly forfeited on the date stated in that declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Such declaration together with the receipt of the Company for the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale or disposition thereof and, in the case of certificated shares, a certificate for the share delivered to the person to whom the same is sold or disposed of shall constitute good title to the share. The Company may receive the consideration (if any) given for the share on the sale, re-allotment or disposition thereof and the Board may authorise some person to transfer the share to the person to whom the same is sold, re-allotted or disposed of, and the latter shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money (if any) nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share. The person who becomes registered as the holder of the share shall be discharged from all calls made before such sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

 

32. The forfeiture of a share shall involve the extinction at the time of forfeiture of all interest in and all claims and demands against the Company in respect of the share and of all sums then paid up thereon and all other rights and liabilities incidental to the share as between the person whose share is forfeited and the Company, except only such of those rights and liabilities as are by these Articles expressly saved, or as are by the Act given or imposed in the case of past Members.


TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

33.1 Subject to such of the restrictions of these Articles as may be applicable, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares in the case of certificated shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in any other manner which is permitted by the Act which the Board may approve. Any written instrument of transfer of a share shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (in the case of a partly paid share) the transferee, and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.

 

33.2 The Board may at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder thereof recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may think fit to impose.

 

34.1 In the case of uncertificated shares and subject to the Companies Acts, but notwithstanding any other provision in these Articles, a Member shall be entitled to transfer his shares and other securities by means of a relevant system.

 

34.2 Any provision in these Articles in relation to the shares shall not apply to any uncertificated shares to the extent that they are inconsistent with the holding of any shares in uncertificated form, the transfer of title to any shares by means of a relevant system and any provision of the Regulations.

 

35. The Register may be closed at such times and for such periods as the Board may from time to time determine, not exceeding in whole thirty days in each year, upon notice being given by advertisement in a leading daily newspaper and in such other newspaper (if any) as may be required by the Companies Acts.

 

36. Subject to compliance with section 771 of the Act, the Board may, decline to register any transfer of any share which is not a fully paid share providing that any such refusal will not prevent dealings in the shares from taking place on an open and proper basis.

 

37. Subject to compliance with section 771 of the Act, the Board may decline to register a transfer of any share to a person known to be a minor, bankrupt or person who is mentally disordered or a patient for the purpose of any statute relating to mental health.

 

38. Subject to compliance with section 771 of the Act, the Board may also decline to register any transfer unless:

 

  (a) any written instrument of transfer, duly stamped, is lodged with the Company at the Office or such other place as the Board may appoint accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates (except in the case of a transfer by a recognised person or a holder of such shares in respect of whom the Company is not required by law to deliver a certificate and to whom a certificate has not been issued in respect of such shares); and

 

  (b) there is provided such evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so; and

 

  (c) any instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; and

 

  (d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the share is to be transferred does not exceed four.


The Company may retain an instrument of transfer which is registered but a transfer which the Directors refuse to register shall (except in the case of known or suspected fraud) be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is given.

 

39. If the Board declines to register a transfer it shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which the transfer is lodged with itsuch other period (if any) as may be prescribed by the Companies Acts, send to the transferee notice of the refusal, together with its reasons for the refusal.

 

40. No fee shall be charged by the Company for registering any transfer, probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, distringas or stop notice, order of court or other instrument relating to or affecting the title of any share, or otherwise making any entry in the Register relating to any share.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors, where the deceased was a joint holder, and the executors or administrators of the deceased, where he was sole holder, or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased holder (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him solely or jointly with other persons.

 

42. Subject to the provisions of these Articles any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise by operation of law may, subject as hereinafter provided and upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Board as to his entitlement (and in the case of uncertificated shares, subject also to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned), either be registered himself as the holder of the share or elect to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If the person so becoming entitled elects to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he shall elect to have his nominee registered, he shall signify his election either:

 

  (a) by signing an instrument of transfer of such share in favour of his nominee; or

 

  (b) in any other manner (whether or not by written instrument) as the Board may approve.

All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or instrument of transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred and the notice or instrument of transfer were an instrument of transfer signed by such Member.

 

43. A person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member or otherwise by operation of law shall (upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Board as to his entitlement) be entitled to receive and may give a discharge for any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the share, but, subject to the provisions of Article 42, he shall not be entitled in respect of the share to receive notices of or to attend or vote at general meetings of the Company or, save as aforesaid, to exercise in respect of the share any of the rights or privileges of a Member until he shall have become registered as the holder thereof. The Board may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share and if the notice is not complied with within ninety days the Board may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

CONVERSION INTO STOCK

 

44.

The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution convert any fully paid up shares into stock and may reconvert any stock into fully paid up shares of any denomination. After the


  passing of any resolution converting all the fully paid up shares of any class in the capital of the Company into stocks any shares of that class which subsequently become fully paid up and rank pari passu in all other respects with such shares shall, by virtue of this Article and such resolution, be converted into stock transferable in the same units as the shares already converted.

 

45. The holders of stock may transfer the same or any part thereof in the same manner and subject to the same regulations as the shares from which the stock arose might previously to conversion have been transferred or as near thereto as circumstances admit. The Board may from time to time fix the minimum amount of stock transferable and restrict or forbid the transfer of fractions of such minimum, but the minimum shall not, without the sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company, exceed the nominal amount of each of the shares from which the stock arose.

 

46. The holders of stock shall, according to the amount of stock held by them, have the same rights as regards dividends, voting at general meetings of the Company and other matters as if they held the shares from which the stock arose, but no such right (except as to participation in dividends and in assets on a reduction of capital or a winding-up) shall be conferred by an amount of stock which would not, if existing in shares, have conferred such right.

 

47. All such of the provisions of these Articles as are applicable to paid up shares shall apply to stock, and the words “ share ” and “ shareholder ” herein shall include “ stock ” and “ stockholder ” respectively.

INCREASE OF CAPITAL

 

48. Unless the Company in general meeting otherwise resolves by special resolution, the Company shall not have an upper limit on its share capital.

 

49 The new shares shall be subject to the provisions of these Articles with reference to payment of calls, lien, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

50.1 The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

  (a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

  (b) sub-divide its shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount (subject, nevertheless, to the Companies Acts ) and so that the resolution whereby any share is sub-divided may determine that as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division one or more of the shares may have any such preferred or other special rights over, or may have such deferred or qualified rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with, the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

  (c) cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of its authorised share capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled, subject to the provisions of the Act; and

may also by special resolution

 

  (d) subject to any confirmation or consent required by law reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or any share premium account in any manner authorised and subject to any conditions prescribed by the Companies Acts.

Subject to compliance with the terms of any such resolution as referred to in this Article, if as a result of any consolidation and/or division Members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Board may for the purpose of dealing with the fractions, issue fractional certificates


or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, or, if permitted, for the retention of such net proceeds for the benefit of the Company, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to the purchaser thereof, who shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

50.2 Upon any consolidation of fully paid shares into shares of larger amounts, the Board may settle any difficulty which may arise as it thinks expedient and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) may:

 

  (a) as between the holders of shares to be consolidated, determine which particular shares are to be consolidated into each consolidated share; and

 

  (b) in the case of any share registered in the name of one holder or joint holders being consolidated with shares registered in the name of another holder or joint holders, make such arrangements as may be thought fit for the sale of the consolidated share or any fractions thereof and for such purpose may appoint some person to transfer the consolidated share to the purchaser and arrange either for the distribution among the persons entitled thereto of the net proceeds of such sale after deduction of the expenses of sale or (when such net proceeds in respect of any holding do not exceed £3 or such greater sum as may be permitted from time to time by the Stock Exchange) for the payment of such net proceeds to the Company.

The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase monies nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

50.3 The Board may alternatively, in each case where the number of shares held by any holder is not an exact multiple of the number of shares to be consolidated into a single share, issue to each such holder credited as fully paid up by way of capitalisation the minimum number of shares required to round up his holding to such a multiple (such issue being deemed to have been effected immediately prior to consolidation) and the amount required to pay up such shares shall be appropriated at its discretion from any of the sums standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including, subject to the Act, share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or to the credit of profit and loss account and capitalised by applying the same in paying up such shares.

PURCHASE OF OWN SHARES

 

51. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may purchase all or any of its shares of any class, including any redeemable shares. Every contract for the purchase of, or under which the Company may become entitled or obliged to purchase, shares in the Company shall be authorised by such resolution of the Company as may be required by the Act and by a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of any shares which at the date on which the contract is authorised by the Company in general meeting entitle them, either immediately or at any time later on, to convert all or any of the shares of that class held by them into equity share capital of the Company. Neither the Company nor the Board shall be required to select the shares to be purchased rateably or in any particular manner as between the holders of shares of the same class or as between them as the holders of shares of any class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

52 The Board shall convene and the Company shall hold general meetings and annual general meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Act at such times and places as the Board shall appoint.

 

53. The Board may, whenever and wherever it thinks fit, convene annual general meetings and general meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Act. If there are not within the United Kingdom sufficient Directors to call a general meeting, any Director or Member may call the meeting.


NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

54. An annual general meeting shall be called by not less than twenty-one clear days’ notice in writing and a general meeting (other than an annual general meeting) shall be called by not less than fourteen days’ clear notice in writing. The notice shall specify the place, day and time of the general meeting, and the general nature of the business and there shall appear with reasonable prominence in every such notice a statement that a Member entitled to attend and vote is entitled to appoint one or more proxies to attend on a poll vote instead of him and that a proxy need not be a Member (provided that, in the case of multiple proxies, each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by such member). The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such, and a notice calling for a general meeting for the passing of a special resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution. Subject to the provisions of the Act, notice of every general meeting shall be given in manner hereinafter mentioned to all Members other than those who, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, and also to Directors and the Auditors.

 

55. Notwithstanding that a meeting of the Company is called by shorter notice than that specified in Article 54, it shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent. in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

 

56. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the notice) the accidental omission to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of notice of a meeting or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

57. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the appointment, choice or election of a chairman which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, at least two Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

58. If within fifteen minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to such other day (not being less than seven days thereafter) and at such other time or place as the chairman of the meeting may determine and at such adjourned meeting two Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum. The Company shall give not less than seven days’ notice in writing of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum and such notice shall state that two Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum. If at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within fifteen minutes from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

59. Each Director shall be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company even if not a Member.


60. The Chairman (if any) of the Board or, in his absence, a Deputy Chairman (if any) shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If there is no such Chairman or Deputy Chairman, or if at any meeting neither the Chairman nor a Deputy Chairman is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or if neither of them is willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, the persons present and entitled to vote on a poll shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

 

61. The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall, if directed by the meeting to do so), adjourn the meeting either indefinitely or to another time or place. The chairman may also, without the consent of the meeting, adjourn the meeting (whether or not it has commenced or is quorate) either indefinitely or to such other time and place as he or the Directors decide if it appears to him that:

 

  (a) the number of persons wishing to attend cannot be conveniently accommodated in the place appointed for the meeting; or

 

  (b) the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly holding or continuation of the meeting; or

 

  (c) an adjournment is otherwise necessary for the business of the meeting to be properly conducted; or

 

  (d) a proposal of such importance is made that the consideration of a larger number of Members is desirable.

 

62. When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, not less than seven clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting save that it shall not be necessary to specify the business to be transacted. Save as expressly provided by these Articles, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

63.1 If the chairman considers that the meeting place specified in the notice convening the meeting is inadequate to accommodate all those entitled and wishing to attend, the meeting shall nevertheless be duly constituted and its proceedings valid provided that the chairman is satisfied that adequate facilities are available to ensure that Members who cannot be accommodated are able to participate in the business of the meeting and to see and hear all persons present who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loud-speakers, audio visual communications equipment or otherwise), whether in the meeting place or elsewhere, and to be seen and heard by all other persons in the same manner.

 

63.2 The Directors may make such arrangements for controlling the level of attendance at each place, whether involving the issue of tickets (on a basis intended to afford all Members entitled to attend the meeting an equal opportunity of being admitted to the meeting place specified in the notice) or the imposition of some random means of selection or otherwise, as they consider appropriate. The entitlement of Members to attend shall be subject to these arrangements, whether stated in the notice as applying to that meeting or notified to the Members after the notice has been given.

 

63.3 The meeting shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as having taken place at the meeting place specified in the notice.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

64. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is duly demanded before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll. Subject to the provisions of the Act, a poll may be demanded by:

 

  (a) the chairman of the meeting; or


  (b) at least three Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote; or

 

  (c) any Member or Members present in person or by proxy and representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting; or

 

  (d) any Member or Members present in person or by proxy and holding shares conferring a right to attend and vote at the meeting on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sums paid up on all shares conferring that right.

Unless a poll is so demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried or carried unanimously or by a particular majority or not carried by a particular majority or lost shall be final and conclusive, and an entry to that effect in the minute book of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against such resolution.

 

65. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted on. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution, no amendment (other than an amendment to correct a patent error) may be considered or voted on unless at least forty-eight hours before the time appointed for the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the resolution is to be proposed notice of the terms of the amendment and of the intention to move it has been lodged at the Office. If an amendment is proposed to a resolution under consideration which in good faith is ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by an error in the ruling.

 

66. If a poll is duly demanded, it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs. The chairman may, and if required to do so by the meeting shall, appoint scrutineers (who need not be Members) and may fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll which shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

67. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman shall direct. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded and it may be withdrawn with the consent of the chairman at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made. It shall not be necessary for notice to be given of a poll which is to be held immediately. Unless the chairman otherwise directs, notice need not be given of a poll which is not taken immediately if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting at which it is demanded. In any other case, at least seven clear days’ notice shall be given specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

 

68. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

69. In the case of an equality of votes at a general meeting, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

70. In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding.


71. Save as otherwise provided in these Articles and subject to any special terms as to voting upon which any shares may be issued or may for the time being be held, on a show of hands every Member who is present in person and is entitled to vote in his own right or the duly authorised representative of one or more corporations at a general meeting of the Company shall have one vote, and on a poll every Member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each share of which he is the holder.

 

72. A Member who is a patient for any purpose of any statute relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any Court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may if so permitted by the Board in its absolute discretion vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person authorised in that behalf by the Court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other authorised person may vote by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as such Member for the purposes of any general meeting, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office (or at such other place in the United Kingdom as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting or for the taking of the poll at which it is desired to vote (such 48 hour period excluding weekends, Christmas Day, Good Friday and any bank holiday).

 

73. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to vote at any general meeting or meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company either in person or by proxy or to be reckoned in a quorum or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the Company unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

74. If:

 

  (a) any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

  (b) any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

  (c) any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote was objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

 

75.1 Notwithstanding anything in these Articles to the contrary, if a Member holding any shares or any other person appearing to be interested in any shares has been served a disclosure notice and the Company has not received (in accordance with the terms of such disclosure notice) the information required therein within 14 days after the service of such disclosure notice, then the Board may give the registered holder of such shares a notice (in this Article called a “ restriction notice ”) stating or to the effect that the shares in respect of which the default has occurred (the “ default shares ”) that the Member is not entitled, in respect of the default shares, from the service of such restriction notice, to attend or vote (either in person or by proxy) at any general meeting of the Company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or upon any poll or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings or meetings of the holders of any class of shares.


75.2 Where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent. or more (in nominal value) of the shares of a class in issue concerned then the restriction notice may additionally direct that:

 

  (a) any dividend payable in respect of the default shares (or any payment up of unpaid amounts in respect of these default shares or shares issued in lieu of dividend in accordance with Article 135) shall be retained (in whole or in part) by the Company until such time as the restriction notice is cancelled or ceases to have effect for any reason without any liability to pay interest thereon when such money is finally paid to the person entitled thereto and that prior to such time the acceptance of an offer made by the Company under Article 135 in respect of such dividend shall be of not effect; and/or

 

  (b) no transfer of the default shares, or of shares which include or might include default shares shall be effective or registered unless:-

 

  (i) the Member is not himself in default as regards supplying the information required and the transfer is of part only of the Member’s holding and when presented for registration is accompanied by a certificate by the Member to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the Member is satisfied that none of the shares to which the transfer relates is a default share and that no person in default as regards supplying such information is interested in any of the shares which are the subject of the transfer and the transfer is to a bona fide unconnected third party; or

 

  (ii) registration of the transfer is permitted under the Regulations.

 

75.3 The Directors shall send a copy of the restriction notice to each other person appearing to be interested in the specified shares but their failure or omission to do so shall not invalidate the restriction notice.

 

75.4 For the purposes of this Article 75:-

 

  (a) connected ” shall have the meaning given to that term in section 839 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1985;

 

  (b) disclosure notice ” means a notice issued by or on behalf of the Company requiring disclosure of interests in shares pursuant to section 793 of the Act;

 

  (c) interested ” shall be construed as it is for the purposes of section 793 of the Act (and a person other than a Member holding a share shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if the Member has informed the Company that the person is, or may be, or has been at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date that the disclosure notice is issued, so interested, or if the Company (after taking into account any information obtained from the Member or, pursuant to a disclosure notice, from anyone else) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is, or may be, so interested); and

 

  (d) a person other than the Member holding a share shall be treated as appearing to be interested in that share if:-

 

  (i) the Member has informed the Company, whether under any statutory provision relating to disclosure of interests or otherwise, that the person is, or may be, or has been at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date upon which the restriction notice is issued, so interested; or

 

  (ii) the Board (after taking account of any information obtained from the Member or, pursuant to a disclosure notice, from any other person) knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person is, or may be, or has been at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date upon which the restriction notice is issued, so interested; or

 

  (iii) in response to a restriction notice, the Member or any other person appearing to be so interested has failed to establish the identities of all those who are so interested and (after taking into account the response and any other relevant information) the Board has reasonable cause to believe that such person is or may be so interested.


75.5 A restriction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms for so long as in the opinion of the Board the default in respect of which the restriction notice is served continues and (unless the Board otherwise determines) for a period of seven days thereafter but may be cancelled by the Board at any time. In the event that the Company receives a notice of transfer in respect of all or any default shares which would otherwise be given effect to pursuant to a sale:

 

  (a) on the acceptance of a takeover offer (as defined in sections 974 to 976 (inclusive) and 991 of the Act) for the shares of the class of which the default shares form part; or

 

  (b) on any stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company’s shares are normally dealt; or

 

  (c) on a recognised investment exchange,

to a person not connected with the Member holding such default shares or with any other person appearing to be interested in such restricted shares, then all the restrictions imposed on such default shares will cease to apply with effect from the date on which such aforementioned notice is received by the Company provided that if, within ten days after receipt of such aforementioned notice, the Board decides that it has reasonable cause to believe that the change in the registered holder of such default shares would not be as a result of an arm’s length sale resulting in a material change in the beneficial interests in such default shares, the restrictions imposed on such default shares will continue to apply.

 

75.6 Where the Board makes a decision pursuant to the proviso to Article 75.5, the Company shall notify the purported transferee of such decision as soon as practicable and any person may make representations in writing to the Board concerning any such decision. The Company shall not be liable to any person as a result of having imposed restrictions or deciding that such restrictions shall continue to apply if the Board acted in good faith.

 

75.7 Shares issued in right of default shares shall on issue become subject to the same restrictions whilst held by that Member as the default shares in right of which they are issued. For this purpose, shares which are allotted or offered or for which applications are invited (whether by the Company or otherwise) pro rata (or pro rata ignoring fractional entitlements and shares not allocated to certain Members by reason of legal or practical problems associated with offering shares outside the United Kingdom) shall be treated as shares issued in right of default shares.

 

75.8 The limitations on the powers of the Board to impose and retain restrictions under this Article 75 are without prejudice to the Company’s power to apply to the court pursuant to the Act to apply these or any other restrictions on any conditions.

PROXIES

 

76.

All votes may be given in person or by proxy. A Member is entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to exercise all or any of his rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company. A Member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion and if he does so he shall specify the number of shares held by him in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise votes. A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. Delivery of an appointment of proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending, speaking or voting at a meeting or any adjournment of it. The instrument appointing a proxy shall, subject to Article 78, be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person duly


  authorised to sign the same. A proxy need not be a Member. If the Directors in exercising their discretion decide a proxy appointment may be in Electrobic Form, any such appointment may be subject to authentication in such manner as the directors may determine.

 

77. The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of such power or authority, shall:

 

  (a) be delivered at the Office (or at such other place in the United Kingdom as may be specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any notice of any adjournment or, in either case, in any document sent therewith), not less than forty-eight hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote (such 48 hour period excluding non-working days in accordance with section 327 of the Act); or

 

  (b) in the case of a poll taken more than forty-eight hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the Office (or other specified place) not less than twenty-four hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than forty-eight hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the Chairman or to the Secretary or to any Director,

and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve months from the date named in it as the date of its execution. If two or more valid but differing instruments are delivered in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is last to be delivered shall be treated as replacing the others in respect of that share. If the Directors cannot readily determine to their satisfaction which was the last to be delivered, they may, in their absolute discretion, determine that any one or none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of the share.

 

78. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting (or separately) physical and/or electronic forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of any resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles the Directors can, but they are not obliged to, accept proxy forms which are delivered electronically or by other data transmission process subject to any limitations, restrictions or conditions that they decide. If so, then any requirements of these Articles that the proxy form is in writing and signed or sealed does not, to the extent the Directors decide, apply but the Directors can require such evidence as they think appropriate to show that the proxy appointment is valid. An instrument of proxy need not be witnessed.

 

79. A vote or poll demanded by proxy or by the duly authorised representative of a corporation given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or incapacity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, incapacity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office (or such other place in the United Kingdom as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) three hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

 

80.1

Subject to the Act, any corporation which is a Member of the Company may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any meeting of the Company, or at any meeting of any


  class of Members of the Company. The person or persons so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company (and the corporation for the purposes of these Articles shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person or persons so authorised is/are present at it and all references to attendance and voting in persons shall be construed accordingly). Such representative or representatives may be required to produce a copy of such resolution certified by an officer of such corporation.

 

80.2 Where a corporation authorises more than one person, any one of them is entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation as the corporation may exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company and all of them may speak at the meeting, save that if more than one of them purports to exercise a power (other than a power to speak at the meeting) on behalf of the corporation then (subject to the Act (including section 152 of the Act (if applicable)):-

 

  (a) if they purport to exercise the power in the same way, the power is treated as exercised in that way; but

 

  (b) if they do not purport to exercise the power in the same way, the power is treated as not exercised.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

81. The Directors shall be not less than two nor, unless and until otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of the Company, more than twelve in number.

APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

82. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

83.1 Without prejudice to the power of the Company in general meeting pursuant to any of the provisions of these Articles to appoint any person to be a Director, the Board shall have power at any time and from time to time to appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board. Any Director so appointed by the Board shall hold office only until the earlier to occur of the close of the next following annual general meeting and someone being appointed in his stead at that meeting. Such a Director shall be eligible for re-election at that meeting but shall not be taken into account in determining the Directors or the number of Directors who are to retire by rotation at such meeting.

 

83.2 A resolution for the appointment of 2 or more persons as Directors by a single resolution shall not be moved at any general meeting unless a resolution that it shall be so moved has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it and any resolution moved in contravention of this provision organised shall be void.

 

84. The Company may by special resolution, or by ordinary resolution of which special notice has been given in accordance with the Act, remove any Director before the expiration of his period of office and may (subject to these Articles) by ordinary resolution appoint another person in his place. Any person so appointed shall be subject to retirement at the same time as if he had become a Director on the day on which the Director in whose place he is appointed was last elected a Director.

 

85. No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Board, be eligible for election to the office of Director at any general meeting unless, not less than seven and not more than twenty-eight clear days before the day appointed for the meeting, there has been given to the Secretary notice in writing by some Member (not being the person to be proposed) entitled to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his intention to propose such person for election and also notice in writing signed by the person to be proposed of his willingness to be elected, accompanied by the particulars to be inserted in this register of Directors were he so appointed.


AGE OF DIRECTORS

 

86. No Director shall vacate or be required to vacate his office as a Director on or by person of his attaining the age of 70 or any other age, and any Director retiring or liable to retire under the provisions of these Articles and any person proposed to be appointed a Director shall be capable of being appointed or reappointed notwithstanding that he has attained the age of 70 or any other age and no special notice need be given of any resolution for the appointment or reappointment as a Director of a person who shall have attained the age of 70 or any other age.

DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING QUALIFICATION

 

87. No shareholding qualification for a Director shall be required but he shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at all general meetings of the Company and of any class of Members of the Company.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

88.1 Without prejudice to the provisions or retirement by rotation hereinafter contained, the office of a Director shall be vacated in any of the events following, namely:

 

  (a) if (not being an Executive Director whose contract precludes resignation) he resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board; or

 

  (b) if the Board resolves that he is through physical or mental incapacity or mental disorder no longer able to perform the functions of a Director; or

 

  (c) if he fails, without leave, to attend (whether or not an alternate Director appointed by him attends) three successive Board meetings or four Board meetings in any consecutive period of 12 months despite a notice being given to him prior to such third or fourth meeting (as the case may be) that the provisions of this paragraph might apply and not less than two-thirds of all the other Directors (excluding the Director concerned and, in his capacity as such, any alternate director appointed by the Director concerned) resolving that his office should be vacated; or

 

  (d) if he becomes bankrupt or a receiving order is made against him or he makes an arrangement or composition with his creditors or applies to the Court for an interim order under section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in connection with a voluntary arrangement; or

 

  (e) if he is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

 

  (f) if he ceases to be a Director by virtue of the Act or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

 

88.2 A resolution of the Directors declaring that a Director has vacated office under Article 88.1 shall be conclusive as to that fact and as to the ground of vacation as stated in the resolution.

 

88.3 Without prejudice to any of the provisions for disqualification of Directors or for the retirement by rotation hereinafter contained, the office of a Director shall be vacated if by notice in writing delivered to the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board his resignation is requested by all of the other Directors (being not less than three in number) excluding the Director concerned and, in his capacity as such, any alternate Director appointed by the Director concerned.

ROTATION OF DIRECTORS

 

89. At every annual general meeting one-third of the Directors for the time being or, if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to and not exceeding one-third shall retire from office and each Director shall retire from office at least once every three years. A Director retiring at a meeting shall retain office until the close or adjournment of the meeting.


90. The Directors to retire on each occasion shall be those subject to retirement by rotation who have been longest in office since their last election, but as between persons who became or were re-elected Directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree amongst themselves) be determined by lot. The Directors to retire on each occasion both as to number and identity) shall be determined by the composition of the Board at the date of the notice convening the annual general meeting, and no Director shall be required to retire or be relieved from retiring by reason of any change in the number or identity of the Directors after the date of such notice but before the close of the meeting.

 

91. A Director who retires at the annual general meeting shall be eligible for re-election. If he is not reappointed he shall retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his place, or if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.

 

92. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Company at the meeting at which a Director retires in manner aforesaid may fill the vacated office by electing a person and in default the retiring Director shall, if willing to continue to act, be deemed to have been re-elected, unless at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such vacated office or unless a resolution for the re-election of such Director shall have been put to the meeting and lost or such Director has given notice in writing to the Company that he is unwilling to be re-elected or such Director has attained any retiring age applicable to him as Director pursuant to the Act.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

 

93. The Board may from time to time appoint one or more of its body to be Executive Chairman, Non Executive Chairman, Chief Executive Director, Chief Financial Officer, Joint Chief Executive Director, Managing Director, Joint Managing Director, Assistant Managing Director or Chief Operating Officer or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to the Act) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company have against such Director for any breach of any contract of service between him and the Company.

 

94.1 An Executive Director shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.

 

94.2 An Executive Director shall be taken into account in determining the retirement by rotation of Directors, and in all other respects he shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to be an Executive Director if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

95.1 Each Director shall have the power to appoint any person to be his alternate Director and may at his discretion remove such alternate Director. If such alternate Director is not another Director, such appointment, unless previously approved by the Board, shall have effect only upon and subject to it being so approved. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by notice in writing signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director.


95.2 Every person acting as an alternate Director shall (except as regards power to appoint an alternate Director and remuneration and any requirement to hold a share qualification) be subject in all respects to the provisions of these Articles relating to Directors and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director may be paid expenses and shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to the Director appointing him as such Director may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

 

95.3 Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director but he shall not be counted more than once in the quorum). The signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

 

95.4 An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director provided that, if at any meeting any Director retires by rotation or otherwise but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment made by him pursuant to this Article which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

DIRECTORS’ FEES

 

96. Each of the Directors shall be paid a fee at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Board (or for the avoidance of doubt any duly authorised committee of the Board) provided that the aggregate of all such fees so paid to Directors (excluding amounts payable under any other Article) shall not exceed £250,000 per annum, or such higher amount as may from time to time be determined by ordinary resolution of the Company except that any Director holding office for less than the whole of the relevant period in respect of which the remuneration is paid shall only be entitled to a sum in proportion to the time during such period for which he has held office.

 

97. Each Director may be paid his reasonable travelling, hotel and incidental expenses of attending and returning from meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of the holders class of shares or of debentures of the Company and shall be paid all expenses properly and reasonably incurred by him in the conduct of the Company’s business or in the discharge of his duties as a Director. Any Director who, by request, goes or resided abroad for any purposes of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

DECLARATION OF DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

98.1 A Director who is in any way, directly or indirectly, interested in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company must declare, in accordance with the Act, the nature and extent of his interest to the other Directors.

 

98.2 A Director who is in any way, directly or indirectly, interested in a transaction or arrangement that has been entered into by the Company must declare, in accordance with the Act, the nature and extent of his interest to the other Directors unless the interest has been declared under Article 98.1 above.

 

98.3 For the purposes of Articles 98.1 and 98.2:-

 

  (a) the declaration of interest must be made at a meeting of the Directors or by notice in writing to the Directors in accordance with section 184 of the Act or by general notice in accordance with section 185 of the Act;


  (b) if the declaration proves to be or becomes inaccurate or incomplete, a further declaration must be made;

 

  (c) a declaration in respect of a proposed transaction or arrangement must be made before the company enters into the transaction or arrangement;

 

  (d) a declaration in respect of an existing transaction or arrangement must be made as soon as is reasonably practicable;

 

  (e) a declaration of an interest of which the director is not aware or where the director is not aware of the transaction or arrangement in question is not required; and

 

  (f) an interest of a person who is connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director.

 

98.4 A Director need not declare an interest under Articles 98.1 and 98.2:-

 

  (a) if it cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;

 

  (b) if, or to the extent that, the other Directors are already aware of it (and for this purpose the other Directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware); or

 

  (c) if, or to the extent that, it concerns terms of his service contract that have been or are to be considered by a:-

 

  (i) meeting of the Directors; or

 

  (ii) committee of the Directors appointed for the purpose under these Articles.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

99.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, and provided that he has disclosed to the Board the nature and extent of any interest of his in accordance with Article 98.1 or 98.2, a Director notwithstanding his office:-

 

  (a) may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  (b) may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to any transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate promoted by the Company or in which the Company is otherwise interested; and

 

  (c) shall not, by reason of his office, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he derives from any such office or employment or from any such transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any such body corporate and no such transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the ground of any such interest or benefit.

 

99.2 Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director.

 

99.3 In the case of interests arising under Article 98.1 or 98.2 , save as otherwise provided in these Articles, a Director shall not vote at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board on any resolution concerning a matter in which he has, directly or indirectly, an interest which is material (otherwise than by virtue of his interest in shares, debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company) unless his interest or duty arises only because the case falls within one or more of the following paragraphs:-

 

  (a) the resolution relates to the giving to him or a person connected with him of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent to, or an obligation incurred by him or such a person at the request of or for the benefit of, the Company or any Subsidiary Undertaking;


  (b) the resolution relates to the giving to a third party of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Undertaking for which the Director or a person connected with him has assumed responsibility in whole or part and whether alone or jointly with others under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

  (c) his interest arises by virtue of him or a person connected with him subscribing or agreeing to subscribe for any shares, debentures or other securities of the Company or any Subsidiary Undertaking or by virtue of him or a person connected with him being, or intending to become, a participant in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of an offer of any such shares, debentures, or other securities by the Company or any Subsidiary Undertaking for subscription, purchase or exchange;

 

  (d) the resolution relates in any way to any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise howsoever, provided that he and any persons connected with him do not to his knowledge hold an interest in shares (as that term is used in Part 22 of the Act) representing one per cent or more of any class of the equity share capital of such company or of the voting rights available to Members of such company (excluding any shares in the company held as treasury shares and any voting rights attaching thereto);

 

  (e) the resolution relates in any way to an arrangement in whole or in part for the benefit of the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary Undertakings which does not award him as such any privilege or advantage not generally awarded to the employees to whom such arrangement relates; or

 

  (f) the resolution relates in any way to the purchase or maintenance for the Directors of insurance against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise attach to all or any of them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the Company or any Subsidiary Undertaking.

 

99.4 A Director shall not be counted in the quorum present at a meeting in relation to a resolution on which he is not entitled to vote.

 

99.5 Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company or a body corporate in which the Company is interested the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately and (provided he is not for another reason precluded from voting) each of the Directors concerned shall be entitled to vote and be counted in the quorum in respect of each resolution except that concerning his own appointment.

 

99.6 If a question arises at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board as to the right of a Director to vote or be counted in the quorum, and such question is not resolved by his voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting or not to be counted in the quorum, the question may (unless the Director concerned is the chairman of the meeting in which case he shall withdraw from the meeting and the Board shall elect a vice chairman to consider the question in place of the chairman), before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chairman of the meeting and his ruling in relation to any Director other than himself shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the Director concerned has not been fairly disclosed and provided that any such question shall, for the purposes of disclosure of the interest in the accounts of the Company, be finally and conclusively decided by a majority of the Board (other than the Director concerned).


DIRECTORS’ POWERS TO AUTHORISE CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

100.1 The Directors may authorise, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any matter proposed to them which would otherwise result in a Director infringing his duty under section 175 of the Act to avoid a situation in which he has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company and which may reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest.

 

100.2 Authorisation of a matter under Article 100.1 is effective only if:-

 

  (a) the matter has been proposed to the Directors by its being submitted in writing for consideration at a meeting of the Directors or for the authorisation of the Directors by resolution in writing and in accordance with the Board’s normal procedures or in such other manner as the Board may approve;

 

  (b) any requirement as to quorum at the meeting of the Directors at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director; and

 

  (c) the matter has been agreed to without the Director in question and any other interested Director voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

 

100.3 Any authorisation of a matter under Article 100.3 shall extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the matter so authorised.

 

100.4 The Board may authorise a matter pursuant to Article 100.1 on such terms and for such duration, or impose such limits or conditions on it, as it may decide and vary the terms or duration of such an authorisation (including any limits or conditions imposed on it) or revoke it. A Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on him by the Directors pursuant to any such authorisation.

 

100.5 Any terms imposed by the Board under Article 100.4 may include (without limitation):-

 

  (a) whether the Director may vote (or be counted in the quorum) at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board in relation to any resolution relating to the relevant matter;

 

  (b) whether the Director is to be given any documents or other information in relation to the relevant matter; and

 

  (c) whether the Director is to be excluded from discussions in relation to the relevant matter at a meeting of the Board or any committee or sub-committee of the Board or otherwise.

 

100.6 The Director shall not be required to disclose any confidential information obtained in relation to the relevant matter (other than through his position as a Director of the Company) to the Company or to use or apply it in performing his duties as a Director if to do so would result in a breach of a duty or obligation of confidence owed by him in relation to or in connection with that matter.

 

100.7 A Director does not infringe any duty he owes to the Company by virtue of sections 171 to 177 of the Act if he acts in accordance with such terms, limits and conditions (if any) as the Board may impose in respect of its authorisation of the Director’s conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest under Article 100.1.

 

100.8 A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he (or a person connected with him) derives from any matter authorised by the Directors under Article 100.1 and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit.

 

100.9 A reference in these Articles to a conflict of interest includes a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties.


DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS – GENERAL

 

101.1 For the purposes of Articles 98.1 to 100.9 (inclusive):-

 

  (a) an interest of a person connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director; and

 

  (b) section 252 of the Act shall determine whether a person is connected with a Director.

 

101.2 The Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, either generally or in respect of any particular matter, any provision of these Articles prohibiting a Director from voting at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board or ratify any contract, transaction or arrangement, or other proposal, not duly authorised by reason of a contravention of any provisions of these Articles.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE BOARD

 

102. The business of the Company shall be managed by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Act or these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Act and these Articles and to such regulations, being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.

 

103. The Board may establish committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees, local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration. The Board may delegate to any committees, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in or exercisable by the Board, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local board or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

104. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

105. The Board may entrust to and confer upon any one or more Directors any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.


106. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may keep an overseas or local or other register in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it may think fit respecting the keeping of any such register.

 

107. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

108. The Board shall cause minutes or records to be made in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all appointments of officers made by the Board;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board or committee of the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, of the holders of any class or classes of shares in the Company and of the Board and of any committee of the Board.

 

109. The Board on behalf of the Company may, subject to the provisions of the Act , exercise all the powers of the Company to grant pensions, annuities or other allowances and benefits in favour of any person including any Director or former Director or the relations, connections or dependants of any Director or former Director, provided that no pension, annuity or other allowance or benefit (except such as may be provided for by any other Article) shall be granted to a Director or former Director who has not been an Executive Director or held any other office or place of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to a person who has no claim on the Company except as a relation, connection or dependant of such a Director or former Director without the approval of an ordinary resolution of the Company. A Director or former Director shall not be accountable to the Company or the Members for any benefit of any kind conferred under or pursuant to this Article and the receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a Director of the Company.

PROVISION FOR EMPLOYEES

 

110. The Board may by resolution exercise any power conferred by the Act to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection with the cessation or the transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

BORROWING

 

111.1 Subject as hereinafter provided and subject to the Act, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present or future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof and (subject to section 551 of the Act) to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

111.2 The Board shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and exercise all voting and other rights, powers of control or rights of influence exercisable by the Company in relation to its subsidiary undertakings (if any) so as to secure (so far, as regards subsidiary undertakings, as by such exercise the Board can secure) that the aggregate amount for the time being remaining outstanding of all monies borrowed by the Group (as hereinafter defined) and for the time being owing to persons outside the Group less the aggregate amount of Current Asset Investments (as hereinafter defined) shall not at any time without the previous sanction of the Company in general meeting exceed an amount equal to four times the Adjusted Capital and Reserves (as hereinafter defined).


111.3 For the purpose of this Article:

 

  (a) Group ” means the Company and its subsidiary undertakings for the time being;

 

  (b) Adjusted Capital and Reserves ” shall mean that sum, calculated from time to time, which equals the aggregate of the amount paid up on the issued or allotted share capital and the net amount of the credit and debit balances (if any) on the other reserves (whether distributable or undistributable) of the Company and its subsidiaries as shown in the latest audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries but after:

 

  (i) adding back the amount set aside for deferred taxation;

 

  (ii) making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the amount of such paid up share capital or share premium account subsequent to the date of the latest audited balance sheet and so that for this purpose if any issue or proposed issue of shares or loan stock convertible into shares by the Company for cash has been underwritten then such shares shall be deemed to have been issued and the amount (including any premium) of the subscription monies payable in respect thereof (not being monies payable later than six months after the date of allotment) shall to the extent so underwritten be deemed to have been paid up on the date when the issue of such shares or loan stock convertible into shares (as the case may be) was underwritten (or, if such underwriting was conditional, on the date when it became unconditional);

 

  (iii) making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any distribution declared, recommended or made by the Company or its subsidiary undertakings (to the extent not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company) out of profits earned up to and including the date of the latest audited balance sheet to the extent that such distribution is not provided for in such balance sheet;

 

  (iv) making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any material variation in the interests of the Company in its subsidiary undertakings (including a variation whereby an undertaking becomes or ceases to be a subsidiary undertaking) since the date of the latest audited balance sheet;

 

  (v) if the calculation is required for the purposes of or in connection with a transaction under or in connection with which any undertaking is to become or cease to be a subsidiary undertaking of the Company, making all such adjustments as would be appropriate if such transaction has been carried into effect;

 

  (vi) excluding minority interests in subsidiary undertakings to the extent not already excluded;

 

  (vii) adding back a sum equal to any goodwill arising on acquisitions (whether before or after the date of adoption of these Articles) of companies and businesses remaining within the Group which has been written off against reserves in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (c) monies borrowed ” shall be deemed to include (to the extent that the same would not otherwise fall to be taken into account):

 

  (i) the amount of all debentures allotted or issued (whether or not for cash) by any member of the Group which are not for the time being beneficially owned by a company within the Group;


  (ii) the outstanding amount of acceptances (not being acceptances of trade bills in respect of the purchase or sale of goods in the ordinary course of trading) by any member of the Group or by any bank or accepting house under any acceptance credit opened on behalf of and in favour of any member of the Group;

 

  (iii) the nominal amount of any allotted or issued and paid up share capital (other than equity share capital) of any subsidiary undertaking which is a body corporate of the Company not for the time being beneficially owned by other members of the Group;

 

  (iv) the amount of any other allotted or issued and paid up share capital and of any other debentures or other borrowed monies (not being shares or debentures which or borrowed monies the indebtedness in respect of which is for the time being beneficially owned within the Group) the redemption or repayment whereof is guaranteed (or is the subject of an indemnity granted) by any member of the Group;

 

  (v) the minority proportion of monies borrowed and owing to a partly owned subsidiary undertaking by another member of the Group;

 

  (vi) the aggregate amount owing by any member of the Group under leases or other arrangements which are to be treated as liabilities in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  (vii) the principal amount of any book debts of any member of the Group which have been sold or agreed to be sold, to the extent that any member of the Group is for the time being liable to indemnify or reimburse the purchaser in respect of any non-payment in respect of such book debts;

but shall be deemed not to include:

 

  (viii) any amounts borrowed by any member of the Group from bankers or others for the purpose of financing any contract up to an amount not exceeding that part of the price receivable under such contract which is guaranteed or insured by any federal or state agency or governmental body, or any institution carrying on a similar business or performing a similar function;

 

  (ix) the minority proportion of monies borrowed by a partly owned subsidiary undertaking and not owing to another member of the Group;

and so that:

 

  (x) no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation but subject thereto sub-paragraphs (i) to (ix) of this paragraph (c) above shall be read cumulatively; and

 

  (xi)

in determining the amount of any debentures or other monies borrowed or of any share capital for the purpose of this paragraph (c) there shall be taken into account the nominal or principal amount thereof (or, in the case of partly paid debentures or shares, the amount for the time being paid up thereon) together with any fixed or minimum premium payable on final redemption or repayment provided that if monies are borrowed or shares are issued on terms that they may be repayable or redeemable (or that any member of the Group may be required to purchase them) earlier than their final maturity or redemption date (whether by exercise of an option on the part of the issuer or the creditor or a trustee for the creditor or the shareholder, by reason of a default or for any other reason) at a premium or discount to their nominal or principal amount, then there shall be taken into account the amount which would, in accordance with United Kingdom


  generally accepted accounting principles, be regarded as payable on repayment, redemption or purchase of such debentures, monies borrowed or share capital as at the date of the latest audited balance sheet;

 

  (d) in relation to a partly owned subsidiary undertaking the “ minority proportion ” is a proportion equal to the proportion of its issued equity share capital which is not attributable to the Company;

 

  (e) Current Asset Investments ” means the aggregate of:

 

  (i) cash in hand of the Group;

 

  (ii) sums standing to the credit of any current or other account of any member of the Group with banks or similar institutions in the United Kingdom or elsewhere to the extent that remittance of the same to the United Kingdom is not prohibited by any law, regulation, treaty or official directive or, where remittance of the same to the United Kingdom is so prohibited, to the extent that the same may be set off against or act as security for any monies borrowed by such member;

 

  (iii) the amount of such assets as would be included in “ Current Assets - Investments ” and short term deposits in a consolidated balance sheet of the Group prepared as at the date of the relevant calculation in accordance with the principles used in the preparation of the latest audited balance sheet;

less, in the case of a partly owned subsidiary undertaking, a proportion thereof equal to the minority proportion.

 

111.4 For the purposes of the foregoing paragraphs borrowed monies expressed in or calculated by reference to a currency other than sterling shall be notionally converted into sterling at the relevant rate of exchange prevailing in London on the day before that date or, if it would result in a lower figure, at the rate of exchange prevailing in London on the day six months before that date and so that for these purposes the rate of exchange shall be taken as the spot rate in London recommended by a London clearing banker, selected by the Board, as being the most appropriate rate for the purchase by the Company of the currency in question for sterling on the day in question, or, if that is not a business day, on the last business day before the day in question.

 

111.5 The determination of the Auditors as to the amount of the Adjusted Capital and Reserves at any time shall be conclusive and binding on all concerned and for the purposes of their computation the Auditors may at their discretion make such further or other adjustments (if any) as they think fit. Nevertheless the Board may act in reliance on a bona fide estimate of the amount of the Adjusted Capital and Reserves at any time and if in consequence the limit hereinbefore contained is inadvertently exceeded an amount of borrowed monies equal to the excess may be disregarded until the expiration of three months after the date on which by reason of a determination of the Auditors or otherwise the Board became aware that such a situation has or may have arisen.

 

111.6 No person dealing with the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings shall be concerned to see or enquire whether the said limit is observed and no debt incurred or security given in excess of such limit shall be invalid or ineffectual unless the lender or the recipient of the security had, at the time when the debt was incurred or security given, express notice that the said limit had been or would thereby be exceeded.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

 

112. Subject to the provisions of these Articles the Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it thinks fit. The Board shall meet not less than six times in each year. A meeting of the Directors may be validly held notwithstanding that all of the Directors are not present at the same place and at the same time provided that:

 

  (a) all of the Directors at the time of the meeting are in direct communication with each other whether by way of telephone audio link or other form of telecommunications (and such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled or, if there is no such group, where the Chairman of the meeting then is); and

 

  (b) all of the Directors entitled to attend a meeting of the Directors agree to the holding of the meeting in the manner described herein.


113. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to him personally or by word of mouth or sent in writing to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the Company for this purpose. A Director absent or intending to be absent from the United Kingdom may require of the Board that notices of Board meetings shall during his absence be sent in writing to him at his last known address or any other address given by him to the Company for this purpose, but in the absence of any such requisition it shall not be necessary to give notice of a Board meeting to any Director who is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom. A Director may waive notice of any meeting either prospectively or retrospectively provided that for the purpose of determining the validity of any business conducted at any meeting no retrospective waiver given more than seven days after the date of the start of the meeting shall be effective.

 

114. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two. A person who is an alternate Director but not also a Director shall be counted in the quorum if his appointor is not present. Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of that Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

 

115. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose. If there are no Directors able or willing to act, then any two Members may summon a general meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

116. The Board may elect a Chairman and one or more Deputy Chairmen of its meetings and determine the period for which they are respectively to hold such office. If no such Chairman or Deputy Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting neither the Chairman nor any Deputy Chairman is present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

117.1 A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretion for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board. Each and every power, authority or discretion under these Articles vested in the Board may be delegated by the Board to a committee in accordance with the provisions of Article 117.2 and no such power, authority or discretion shall be regarded as being incapable of delegation to such a committee.

 

117.2 The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretion to committees, consisting, subject to the provisions of the next following Article, of such person or persons (whether a member or members of its body or not) as it thinks fit. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretion so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board. Any such regulations may provide for or authorise the co-option to the committee of persons other than Directors and for such co-opted members to have voting rights as members of the committee but so that:

 

  (a) the number of members of any committee who are not members of the Board shall be less than one half of the total number of members of that committee; and


  (b) no resolution of any committee shall be effective unless a majority of the members of the committee present at the meeting at which the resolution is passed are members of the Board; and

 

  (c) the chairman of each committee shall be a Director and in the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the committee shall have a second or casting vote.

Subject thereto the meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under this Article 117.2.

 

118. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors (or their duly appointed alternates) for the time being entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board (provided that number is sufficient to constitute a quorum) or by all the members of a committee for the time being shall be as valid and effectual as a resolution passed at a meeting of the Board or, as the case may be, of such committee duly called and constituted. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors or members of the committee concerned.

 

119. All acts done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or member of a committee shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee and had been entitled to vote.

DIVISIONAL DIRECTORS

 

120.1 The Board may appoint any person or manager as a divisional director or with such other title as the Board may from time to time determine. Any such divisional director shall not be or be deemed to be a director of the company within the meaning of the Act or these Articles. The appointment and remuneration (if any) of any divisional director shall be determined by the Board with full powers to make such arrangements as the Board may think fit. For the avoidance of doubt the Board shall have the right to enter into any contract on behalf of the Company or transact any business of any description without the knowledge and approval of the divisional directors excepting that no act shall be done that would impose any personal liability on any or all of the divisional directors except with his or their knowledge or consent.

 

120.2 No divisional director shall be entitled to attend or be present at or receive notice of any meeting of the directors or of any committee but the Board shall be at liberty at any time to request a divisional director to attend any meeting of the Board or a committee of the directors but divisional directors present at such meetings shall not be counted in quorum and shall not be entitled to vote thereat.

 

120.3 The appointment of a person to be a divisional director shall not (save as otherwise agreed between him and the Company), affect the terms and conditions of his employment (if any) by the Company whether as regards duties, remuneration, pension or otherwise and he shall cease to be a divisional director if he resigns as such or (as the case may be) in the event of his ceasing to be in employment of the Company or an associated company or in the event of his being removed as a divisional director by a resolution of the Board provided that termination of such an appointment shall not of itself affect the terms and conditions of his employment (if any) by the Company.

SECRETARY AND REGISTRAR

 

121.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Secretary shall be appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions as it may think fit and any Secretary so appointed may be removed by the Board. The Board may appoint a Registrar.


121.2 Anything by the Act or these Articles required or authorised to be done by or to the Secretary, if the office is vacant or there is for any reason no secretary capable of acting, may be done by or to any officer of the Company authorised generally or specifically in that behalf by the Board.

 

121.3 A provision of the Act or these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as, or in place of, the Secretary.

MINUTES

 

122. The Board shall cause minutes to be made:

 

  (a) of all appointments of officers made by the Board;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of committees of the Board; and

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meeting of the Company and of the Board and of committees of the Board.

Any such minutes shall be conclusive evidence of any such proceedings if they purport to be signed by the Chairman of the meeting at which the proceedings were conducted or by the Chairman of the next succeeding meeting.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

 

123. Any Director or the Secretary or any persons appointed by the Board for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolutions passed by the Company or the holders of any class of shares of the Company or the Board or any committee of the Board and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company and certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts. A document purporting to be a copy or production or the minutes of or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company or the holders of any class of shares of the Company or of the Board or any committee of the Board that is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

SEALS

 

124.1 The Board shall provide for the custody of every Seal. Save as provided in Article 124.2 a Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board on its behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which the common seal is affixed shall be signed by one or more Directors and the Secretary or by two or more Directors or by signatories appointed and authorised for the purpose by the Directors, and any instrument to which an official seal is affixed need not, unless the Board for the time being otherwise requires, be signed by any person.

 

124.2 The Company may have for use in any territory, district or place elsewhere than in the United Kingdom an official seal which shall be a facsimile of its common seal with the addition on its face of the name of every territory, district or place where it is to be used, and such seal shall be affixed under the authority and which the presence of such person or persons as the Directors shall from time to time in writing under the common seal direct to all instruments required to be sealed therewith and the said instruments shall be countersigned by such person or persons who shall in addition certify in writing on each such instrument the date on which and the place at which such official seal is affixed thereto.

 

124.3 A document signed by a Director and by the Secretary or another Director and expressed, in whatever form of words, to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if it were under seal. A document executed in this way which takes it clear on its face that it is intended to be a deed, in whatever form of words, has effect, upon delivery, as a deed.


DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

125. Subject to the Act, the Company in general meeting may from time to time declare dividends to be paid to the Members according to their rights and interests in the profits available for distribution, but no dividend shall be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the Board.

 

126.1 Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provides:

 

  (a) all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the nominal amounts (excluding any premium) paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and

 

  (b) all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

126.2 The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferential rights if at the time of payment any preferential dividend is in arrear. Provided that the Board acts bona fide, the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights.

 

126.3 No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits available for distribution in accordance with the Act.

 

127. Subject to the provisions of the Act, insofar as in the opinion of the Board the profits of the Company justify such payments the Board may pay the fixed dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates on the half-yearly or other dates prescribed for the payment thereof.

 

128. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of shares of the Company.

 

129.1 The Board may retain the dividends payable upon shares in respect of which any person is entitled to become a Member under the provisions of these Articles as to the transmission of shares or that any person is under those provisions entitled to transfer until that person becomes a Member in respect of those shares or transfers the same.

 

129.2 All dividends shall be apportioned and (subject to any lien of the Company) paid to Members on the register on the date the dividend is declared, made or paid notwithstanding any subsequent transfer or transmission of shares proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but if any share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date such share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

 

130. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.


131. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or by direct debit or bank transfer to such bank or building society account as the Member entitled thereto in writing directs or by such other means including electronic media offered by the Company as the holder or person entitled thereto may in writing agree or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address or bank or building society or other electronic account as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address or bank or building society or other electronic account as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the holder or in the case of joint holders the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

 

132. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of twelve years from the date such dividend became due for payment shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company and the payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend, interest or other sum payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

133. Any general meeting declaring a dividend may by ordinary resolution, upon the recommendation of the Board, direct payment or satisfaction of such dividend wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets, and in particular of paid up shares or debentures of any other company, and the Board shall give effect to such direction, and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution the Board may settle it as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue fractional certificates or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions and arrange for the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, or for the retention of such net proceeds for the benefit of the Company, or may ignore fractions altogether, and may fix the value for distribution purposes of any such specific assets and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to secure equality of distribution and may vest such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board.

RESERVES

 

134. The Board may, before recommending any dividend (whether preferential or otherwise), set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it thinks proper as reserves which shall (subject to the Act), at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for meeting claims on or liabilities of the Company or contingencies or for paying off any loan capital or for equalising dividends or for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Board may from time to time think fit so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

135.1

The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, and subject to the provisions of the Act, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including the profit and loss account) and not required for payment of dividend on any shares with a preferential right to dividend whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in payment up in full of


  unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted, distributed and credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and a capital redemption reserve, and any reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid and that no unrealised profits shall be used in paying up any amounts unpaid on any issued shares.

 

135.2 Subject to the provisions of this Article the Board may, with prior sanction of an ordinary resolution of the Company offer the holders of Ordinary shares the right to elect to receive, in respect of all or part of their holding of Ordinary shares, additional Ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of such dividend or dividends (or parts thereof) as are specified by such resolution. The following provisions shall apply:

 

  (a) the said resolution may specify a particular dividend, or may specify all or any dividends paid, proposed to be paid or declared within a specified period, but such period must expire not later than the end of the fifth annual general meeting to be held following the date of the meeting at which such resolution is passed;

 

  (b) save where the said resolution specifies or requires otherwise, the entitlement of each holder of Ordinary shares to new Ordinary shares shall be determined by the Board so that the Relevant Value thereof shall be as nearly as practicable equal to (but not in excess of) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) that such shareholder would have received by way of dividend. For this purpose “ Relevant Value ” shall be calculated by reference to the average of the mid closing price of the Company’s Ordinary shares on the Alternative Investment Market operated by the Stock Exchange on the day when Ordinary shares are first quoted ‘ex’ the relevant dividend and four dealing days thereafter or in such other manner as may be determined by or in accordance with an ordinary resolution of the Company. A certificate of or report by the Auditors as to the amount of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that amount;

 

  (c) the basis of allotment shall be such that no Member may receive a fraction of an Ordinary share and an election to receive Ordinary shares in lieu of a cash dividend which gives rise to a fractional entitlement will be deemed to be an election to receive only that whole number of additional Ordinary shares which is as nearly as possible to but not greater than the cash amount of the dividend to which the Member is otherwise entitled;

 

  (d) the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall notify the holders of Ordinary shares in writing of the right of election offered to them, and, subject as provided in paragraph (j) below, shall send with, or following, such notification forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which, and the latest time by which, duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

  (e) the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable on Ordinary shares in respect whereof the said election has been duly made (“ the elected Ordinary shares ”) and instead thereof additional Ordinary shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary shares shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid. For such purpose the Board shall capitalise out of such of the sums standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserves (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve fund or any other undistributable reserve) or any of the profits which could otherwise have been applied in paying dividends in cash as the Board may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional Ordinary shares to be allotted on such basis and apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of unissued Ordinary shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary shares on such basis;


  (f) the additional Ordinary shares so allotted shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully paid Ordinary shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend (or share election in lieu);

 

  (g) where the Ordinary shares constitute authorised investments for the purposes of the Trustee Investments Act 1961 the Board shall (unless otherwise resolved by the Company in general meeting) ensure that at least part (being such part as the Board may decide) of the dividend payable on each Ordinary share in each calendar year is paid in cash;

 

  (h) the Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election hereunder shall be subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or expedient in relation to legal or practical problems under the laws of or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in any territory;

 

  (i) the Board may undertake and do such acts and things as it may consider necessary or expedient for the purpose of giving effect to the provisions of this Article including (without limiting the foregoing) making such provisions as they may think fit in relation to any fracture of an Ordinary share which may or would arise pursuant to the application of paragraph (c) of this Article (including provisions whereby fractional entitlements are disregarded or the benefit thereof accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned); and

 

  (j) the Board may introduce and operate such arrangements as it may consider necessary whereby any holder of Ordinary shares may agree (unless and until such arrangements are by written notice terminated in respect of any holder by the Board or by any such holder himself) to elect to receive in respect of all (but not part) of his holding of Ordinary shares additional Ordinary shares of the Company in lieu of the whole (but not part) of all future dividends payable on his holding of Ordinary shares in respect of which the Company (pursuant to any authority of the Board in general meeting as is specified in this Article) offers to holders of Ordinary shares such right to elect (“ relevant dividends ”) (subject always to the provisions of paragraph (c) hereof) and during the continuance of such arrangements in respect of any holder of Ordinary shares (i) the Board shall not be obliged to send forms of election to any such holder in accordance with paragraph (d) hereof; and (ii) the agreement by such holder to elect as aforesaid shall be effective for all purposes as an election in respect of all relevant dividends;

 

  (k) in relation to any particular proposed dividend the Board may in its absolute discretion withdraw or terminate the offer previously made to holders to elect to receive additional Ordinary shares in lieu of the cash dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) at any time prior to the allotment of the additional Ordinary shares. The Board shall not proceed with any offer unless the Company has sufficient authorised but unissued Ordinary shares and sufficient reserves or funds that may be capitalised to give effect to it after the basis of allotment has been determined.

 

135.3 Where any difficulty arises in regard to any distribution under this Article, the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions and arrange for the distribution of the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, or for the retention of such net proceeds for the benefit of the Company, or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seen expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.


RECORD DATES

 

136. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles the Company or the Board may fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue and such record date may be on or at any time before or after any date on which such dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made.

FORM OF RECORDS

 

137. Any register, index, minute book, or other book or accounting records required by these Articles or the Act to be kept by or on behalf of the Company may be kept either by making entries in bound books or by recording them in any other manner. In any case in which bound books are not used, the Directors shall take adequate precautions for guarding against falsification and for facilitating its discovery.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

 

138. The Board shall cause to be kept and laid before the Company in general meeting accounting records sufficient to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to show and explain its transactions in accordance with the Act.

 

139. The accounting records shall be kept at the office or, subject to the Act, at such other place or places as the Board may think fit and shall always be open to inspection by the officers of the Company. No Member (other than an officer of the Company) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board.

 

140.1 Subject to Article 140.2 a printed copy of every balance sheet and profit and loss account together with the report of the Board thereon and including every other document required by law to be annexed thereto, which is to be laid before the Company in general meeting, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least twenty one days before the date of the meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Act, and copies shall also be sent in appropriate numbers to the Stock Exchange in accordance with its regulations.

 

140.2 The Company need not, if the Board so decides send copies of such documents to Members, but may instead send them a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s balance sheet and profit and loss account and the report of the Board thereon, in such form and containing such information as may be required by the Act provided that copies of the documents referred to in Article 140.1 shall be sent to any Member who wishes to receive them and the Company shall comply with the provisions of the Act as to the manner in which it is to ascertain whether a Member wishes to receive them.

 

140.3 This Article shall not require a copy of the documents referred to in Articles 140.1 or 140.2 to be sent to any person of whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

AUDIT AND AUDITORS

 

141.1 Auditors shall be appointed and their duties regulated in accordance with the Act.

 

141.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, all acts done by any person or persons acting as Auditors shall, as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid notwithstanding that there was some defect in their appointment.

 

141.3 The Auditors shall be entitled to attend any general meeting and to receive all notices of and other communications relating to any general meeting which any Member is entitled to receive, and to be heard at any general meeting on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns them as Auditors.


SERVICE OF NOTICES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

 

142 Any notice or other document (including a share certificate) may be served on or delivered to any Member either:

 

  (a) personally; or

 

  (b) by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register; or

 

  (c) by delivering it to or leaving it at such registered address addressed as aforesaid; or

 

  (d) by any electronic means which enables the Member concerned to read the text of the notice or other document but only where the Member has given his consent in writing to receiving notice or other documents by electronic means and in such consent has set out an address to which notice or other documents shall be sent by electronic means.

In the case of joint holders of a share, service or delivery of any notice or other document on or to one of the joint holders shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

 

143. Any Member described in the Register by an address not within the United Kingdom who shall, from time to time, give to the Company an address within the United Kingdom at which notices may be served upon him shall be entitled to have notices served upon him at such address, but save as aforesaid no Member other than a Member described in the Register by an address within the United Kingdom shall be entitled to receive any notice from the Company.

 

144. Any such notice or other document, if sent by first class post, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day after the day when it was put in the post, and in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice or document was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post. Any notice or other document delivered or left at a registered address otherwise than by post shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was so delivered or left. Any notice or other document given or sent by electronic means shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day it was given or sent by electronic means.

 

145. Any notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the tine of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

146. Every person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which, before his name and address have been entered in the Register, shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

 

147. Any summons, notice, order or other document required to be to sent to or served upon the Company, or upon any officer of the Company, may be sent or served by leaving the same or sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to the Company, or such officer at the Office.

 

148.1

If at any time the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post as a result of the suspension or curtailment of postal services in the United Kingdom, a general meeting may be convened by advertisement in the United Kingdom. In


  any such case the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post if at least two days prior to the date fixed for the meeting the posting of notices to addresses throughout the United Kingdom again becomes practicable.

 

148.2 Any notice given by advertisement shall be advertised on the same date in at least two leading daily newspapers in the United Kingdom (at least one of which shall be published in London) and such notice shall be deemed to have been served at noon on the day when the advertisement appears.

ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS

 

149.1 Subject to the provisions of the Act , any document or information to be given, sent, supplied, delivered or provided to any person by the Company, whether pursuant to these Articles, the Acts or otherwise, is also to be treated as given sent, supplied, delivered or provided where it is made available on a website, or is sent by electronic means, in the manner provided by the Act for the purposes of, inter alia, that Act. For the purposes of paragraph 10(2)(b) of Schedule 5 to the Act, the Company may give, send, supply, deliver or provide documents or information to Members by making them available on a website.

 

149.2 Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Directors may from time to time make such arrangements or regulations (if any) as they may from time to time in their absolute discretion think fit in relation to the giving of notices or other documents or information by electronic means by or to the Company and otherwise for the purpose of implementing and/or supplementing the provisions of these Articles and the Acts in relation to electronic means; and such arrangements and regulations (as the case may be) shall have the same effect as if set out in this Article.

UNTRACED SHAREHOLDERS

 

150. When the registered address of any Member appears to the Board to be incorrect or out of date such Member may, if the Board so resolves, be treated as if he had no registered address and the Company will not thereafter be obliged to send to such Member cheques, warrants, notices of meetings or copies of the documents referred to in Article 140.1 or any of them provided that no resolution as aforesaid shall be proposed by the Board until cheques or warrants sent to the registered address of such Member have been returned by the Post Office or left uncashed on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish any new address of such Member.

 

151. The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable any share or stock of a Member or any share to which a person is entitled by transmission if and provided that:

 

  (a) for a period of twelve years in the course of which at least three dividends have become payable in respect of the share in question, no cheque or warrant sent by the Company through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to the Member or to the person entitled by transmission to the share at his address on the Register or the other last known address given by the Member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques and warrants are to be sent has been cashed no dividend has been claimed and no communication has been received by the Company from the Member or the person entitled by transmission; and

 

  (b) the Company has at the expiration of the said period of twelve years by advertisement in both a leading national newspaper and in a newspaper circulating in the area in which the address referred to in paragraph (a) above is located given notice of its intention to sell such share or stock; and

 

  (c) the Company has not during the further period of three months after the date of the advertisement and prior to the exercise of the power of sale received any communication from the Member or person entitled by transmission; and

 

  (d) the Company has first given notice in writing to the Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares or stock.


152. To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person (a) in the case of certificated shares to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of such share or stock and such instrument of transfer and/or (b) in the case of uncertificated shares to authorise and procure the execution of such transfer in accordance with and subject to the regulations and facilities and requirements of the relevant system concerned and such instrument of transfer and/or transfer, shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder of or person entitled by transmission to such share or stock. The Company shall account to the Member or other person entitled to such share or stock for the net proceeds of such sale and shall be deemed to be his debtor and not a trustee for him in respect of the same. Any money not accounted for to the Member or other person entitled to such share or stock shall be carried to a separate account and shall be a permanent debt of the Company. Money carried to such separate account may either be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company, if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

153.1 The Company may destroy:

 

  (a) any share certificate which has been cancelled, at any time after the expiry of one year from the date of such cancellation;

 

  (b) any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address, at any time after the expiry of two years from the date such mandate, variation, cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

  (c) any instrument of transfer or form of renunciation of shares which has been registered, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date of registration; and

 

  (d) any other document on the basis of which any entry in the Register is made, at any time after the expiry of six years from the date that the entry in the Register was first made.

The Company may, however, destroy a document after a shorter period than that specified above if a copy is retained in permanent form. The copy of a document shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as if it were the document.

 

153.2 It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company, provided always that:

 

  (a) the foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim;

 

  (b) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing any liability upon or recognising liability of the Company in respect of the destruction of any document before the expiration of the relevant period specified in these Articles merely because such period had not elapsed; and

 

  (c) references in this Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.


SECRECY

 

154. No Member or general meeting or other meeting of Members shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or in any matter that is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process or that may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company that in the opinion of the Board would be contrary to the interests of the Company to communicate to the public.

WINDING-UP

 

155. The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the Court for the Company to be wound up.

 

156. Save as otherwise provided in these Articles and subject to the rights attached to any shares issued on any special terms and conditions, on return of assets on a winding up or otherwise the surplus assets of the Company after discharge of its liabilities shall belong to and be distributed amongst the holders of Shares in proportion to the number of such shares held by them respectively after deducting in respect of any share not fully paid up the amount remaining unpaid thereon (whether or not then payable).

 

157. If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Act, divide amongst the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such values as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members, but so that if any division shall be otherwise than in accordance with the existing rights of the Members, every Member shall have the same right of dissent and other ancillary rights as set out in section 111 of the Insolvency Act 1986 as if such resolution were a special resolution passed in accordance with section 110 of that Act. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other assets upon which there is any liability.

INDEMNITY

 

158.1 Without prejudice to any other provisions of these Articles, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any persons who are or were at any time directors, officers (other than the Auditors) and employees of any Group Company or body (whether or not incorporated) otherwise associated with any Group Company (or in which any Group Company has or had any interest, whether direct or indirect) or of any predecessor in business of any of the foregoing, or who are or were at any time trustees of (or directors of trustees of) any pension, superannuation or similar fund, trust or scheme or any employees’ share scheme or other scheme or arrangement in which any employees of any Group Company or of any such other body are interested including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any costs, charges, expenses, losses or liabilities suffered or incurred by such persons in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of their duties and/or the actual or purported exercise of their powers and discretions and/or otherwise in relation to or in connection with their duties, powers or offices in relation to the Group Company or any such other body, fund, trust, scheme or arrangement.

 

158.2

Subject to the provisions of the Act but without prejudice to any indemnity to which he may otherwise be entitled, every person who is (or was at any time) a director, alternate director, secretary or other officer (other than the Auditors) of the Company or of any other Group Company (and any executor or administrator of any such person) may be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law (but so that this Article does not extend to any matter insofar as it would cause this Article or any part of it to be void under the Act ) out of the assets of the Company against all costs, claims, charges, expenses, losses, damages and liabilities (“ Liabilities ”) incurred by him in relation to the actual or purported execution or discharge of his duties or the exercise or purported exercise of his powers or otherwise in relation to such


  Group Company (or in relation to his directorship of any company that is a trustee of an occupational pension scheme (as defined by section 235(6) of the Act), including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any Liability incurred by him in defending, disputing, investigating or providing evidence in connection with any actual or threatened proceedings, claims, demands or investigations whether civil, criminal or regulatory, which relate to anything done or omitted (or alleged to have been done or omitted) by him as an officer or employee of any Group Company in which judgment is given in his favour (or in which he is acquitted, or which are otherwise disposed of without any finding or admission of material breach of duty on his part) or in connection with any application in which relief is granted to him by the court from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust in relation to the matter concerned.

Exhibit 4.3

TRAVER SMITH

DATED April 2012

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

WARRANT INSTRUMENT

CREATING WARRANTS

TO SUBSCRIBE FOR SHARES IN

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC


CONTENTS

 

Clause         Page  
1.   

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     1   
2.   

CONSTITUTION AND FORM OF WARRANTS AND CERTIFICATES

     3   
3.   

EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

     4   
4.   

ADJUSTMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

     5   
5.   

WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

     6   
6.   

UNDERTAKINGS

     7   
7.   

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

     8   
8.   

MEETINGS

     8   
9.   

REGISTER

     9   
10.   

REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES

     9   
11.   

PURCHASE

     9   
12.   

NOTICES

     10   
13.   

AVAILABILITY OF INSTRUMENT

     11   
14.   

AUDITORS

     11   
15.   

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     11   
Schedule      
1.    FORM OF CERTIFICATE      12   
2.    TRANSFER OF WARRANTS      14   

 

i


THIS INSTRUMENT is entered into by way of Deed on     April 2012.

BY SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC registered in England and Wales under number 05197494 whose registered office is at 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4RY (the “Company”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Company has entered into the Placing Agreement with Singer Capital Markets Limited (“Singer”) pursuant to which Singer has agreed to use its reasonable endeavours as agent for the Company to procure placees to subscribe for certain Ordinary Shares.

 

(B) In consideration of the services provided by Singer under the Placing Agreement, the Company has agreed, inter alia , to issue warrants to Singer to subscribe for Ordinary Shares on the terms set out in this Instrument.

 

(C) By a resolution of the Directors passed on             2012, Company resolved to create and issue the Warrants to subscrFibe in cash at par for new Ordinary Shares on the terms set out in this Instrument.

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Instrument, unless the context requires otherwise, each of the following expressions has the following meanings:

 

Act

   the Companies Act 2006.

Admission

   admission of the New Ordinary Shares (as defined in the Placing Agreement) to trading on AIM becoming effective in accordance with the AIM Rules.

AIM

   AIM, a market operated by the London Stock Exchange.

AIM Rules

   the rules of AIM published by the London Stock Exchange.

Articles

   the articles of association of the Company in force from time to time.

Auditors

   the auditors of the Company from time to time.

Business Day

   any day (other than a Saturday) on which banks in the City of London are ordinarily open for business.

Certificate

   in relation to a Warrant, a certificate in the form, or substantially in the form, set out in Schedule 1.

 

1


CREST

   the relevant system (as defined in the Regulations) in respect of which CRESTCo is the Operator (as defined in the Regulations).

CRESTCo

   CRESTCo Limited.

Directors

   the directors of the Company from time to time.

London Stock Exchange

   London Stock Exchange pic.

Long Stop Date

   subject to clause 3.9, the date being 4 years from the date of Admission.

Notice of Exercise

   in relation to a Warrant, the duly completed notice of exercise as contained in the Certificate for such Warrant.

Ordinary Shares

   ordinary shares of 1p each in the capital of the Company, or any other shares into which they may be reclassified, consolidated or sub-divided from time to time.

Placing Agreement

   the agreement dated 4 April 2012 between the Company and Singer relating to Admission and the placing of certain Ordinary Shares.

Register

   the register of holders of Warrants to be maintained in accordance with clause 9.

Regulations

   the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 (SI 2001 No. 3755).

Share Register

   the register of members of the Company.

Singer Group

   Singer, any parent undertaking of Singer and any subsidiary undertaking of Singer or such parent undertaking from time to time and references to “Singer Gnmp Company” and to “any member of Singer Group” shall be construed accordingly.

Stock account

   an account within a member account in CREST to which a holding of a particular share or other security in CREST is credited.

Subscription Price

   subject to the provisions of this Instrument, 3p per Ordinary Share.

 

2


Warrentholder(s)

   the person(s) in whose name(s) a Warrant is registered in the Register from time to time.

Warrants

   the warrants of the Company constituted by this Instrument.

 

1.2 In this Instrument headings are for convenience only and shall not affect its interpretation.

 

1.3 References to clauses, paragraphs and Schedules are to be construed as references to the clauses of, Schedules to and paragraphs of Schedules to this Instrument.

 

1.4 References to any agreement or document (including, without limitation, this Instrument) shall include any amendment or supplement to, or amendment and restatement, replacement or novation of, such agreement or document, but disregarding any amendment, supplement, amendment and restatement, replacement or novation made in breach of this Instrument.

 

1.5 Words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

1.6 References to persons shall include individuals, corporations (where incorporated), unincorporated associations (including partnerships), trusts, any form of governmental body, agency or authority and any other organisation of any nature.

 

1.7 References to any statute or statutory provision shall include references to such statute or statutory provision as in force at the date of this Instrument (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amendments made to such statute or statutory provision as in force at the date of this Instrument) and as subsequently re-enacted, amended or consolidated.

 

1.8 The Schedules form part of this Instrument and shall be construed and shall have the same full force and effect as if expressly set out in the body of this Instrument.

 

2. CONSTITUTION AND FORM OF WARRANTS AND CERTIFICATES

 

2.1 The Company hereby creates and covenants to grant, on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this Instrument, rights to Warrantholders to subscribe in aggregate for such number of Ordinary Shares as shall, immediately following Admission, constitute 1 percent of the Company’s total issued Ordinary Shares at a price per share equal to the Subscription Price.

 

2.2 Warrantholders are entitled in respect of every 1 (one) Warrant held to subscribe for 1 (one) Ordinary Share in the Company (or such other number of Ordinary Shares as may for the time being be applicable in accordance with the provisions of this Instrument).

 

2.3 The Warrants shall be in registered form. Each Warrantholder will be entitled to a Warrant Certificate in the form set out in Schedule I.

 

3


2.4 The Warrants shall be freely transferable by Singer to any member of Singer Group (and by any such member to any other member of Singer Group) PROVIDED ALWAYS that in the event that a Warrantholder shall cease to be a member of the Singer Group then the Warrants held by that Warrantholder shall not be exercisable unless they are transferred by such Warrantholder to a member of the Singer Group. The provisions of Schedule 2 shall apply in relation to transfers of Warrants.

 

2.5 The Warrants are issued subject to the memorandum of association of the Company, the Articles and otherwise on the terms of this Instrument which are binding upon the Company and each Warrantholder and all persons claiming through them.

 

2.6 This Instrument shall take effect from the date hereof and shall, subject to clause 3.9 below, terminate upon the earlier of (i) the exercise of the Warrants in full and (ii) the Long Stop Date.

 

3. EXERCISE OF WARRANTS

 

3.1 Subject to clause 3.9, the Warrants shall be exercisable by Warrantholders at any time between the date on which the Warrants are issued and the Long Stop Date. A Warrantholder shall be entitled to exercise all or any part of its holding of Warrants and, if a Warrantholder exercises part only of its holding of Warrants, the Warrantholder shall be entitled to exercise the balance of its holding of Warrants on any one or more occasions and in any one or more parts as the Warrantholder (subject to the terms of this Instrument) determines in its discretion.

 

3.2 In order to exercise the whole or any part of its holding of Warrants, the Warrantholder must, subject to clause 3.9, deliver to the Company before the Long Stop Date a Notice of Exercise together with the relevant Certificate and the remittance in cleared funds of an amount equal to the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued to the Warrantholder as a result of the exercise of the Warrants which are being exercised.

 

3.3 Once delivered to the Company in accordance with clause 3.2, a Notice of Exercise shall (save the consent of the Company) be irrevocable.

 

3.4 Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued on the exercise of Warrants shall be allotted and issued by the Company and, if relevant, a Certificate for the outstanding balance of Warrants that have not been exercised shall be despatched to the Warrantholder referred to in the relevant Notice of Exercise by no later than 10 Business Days after such Notice of Exercise was delivered to the Company in accordance with clause 3.2.

 

3.5 To the extent that Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued on the exercise of Warrants are to be held in certificated form (as indicated in the relevant Notice of Exercise), the Company shall deliver a share certificate for the Ordinary Shares so allotted to the relevant Warrantholder by no later than 10 Business Days after such Notice of Exercise was delivered to the Company in accordance with clause 3.2.

 

4


3.6 To the extent that Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued on the exercise of Warrants are to be held in uncertificated form through CREST (as indicated in the relevant Notice of Exercise), the Company shall procure that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited is instructed to credit to the stock account of the relevant Warrantholder entitlements to such Ordinary Shares by no later than 10 Business Days after such Notice of Exercise was delivered to the Company in accordance with clause 3.2.

 

3.7 Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of Warrants shall be entitled in full to all dividends and distributions declared or paid on any date, or by reference to any date, on or after the date on which the relevant Notice of Exercise was delivered to the Company in accordance with clause 3.2 and shall otherwise rank pari passu in all respects from the date of allotment with the Ordinary Shares of the Company then in issue.

 

3.8 Warrants shall be deemed to be exercised on the day upon which the Warrantholder gives to the Company a Notice of Exercise (together with the relevant Certificate and appropriate remittance of funds as required by clause 3.2).

 

3.9 If any Warrantholder is in possession of relevant inside information and is thereby precluded from exercising any Warrants or any part thereof immediately prior to the Long Stop Date, then such Warrantholder shall serve a notice to that effect on the Company on or before the Long Stop Date and provided it has done so then, in respect of such Warrantholder, the Long Stop Date shall be extended until the date which falls 10 Business Days after the later of (i) the day on which the Warrantholder ceases to be an insider (as defined in the Criminal Justice Act 1993) and (ii) the day on which the Warrantholder ceases to be an insider (as defined in section 118B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000).

 

3.10 No Ordinary Shares shall be allotted to a person on exercise of the Warrants if such allotment and/or the issue of shares in uncertificated form and/or the delivery of the relevant share certificate would either be in contravention of the laws or rules of any overseas territory or overseas regulatory authority or would require any registration to be made in any overseas territory or overseas regulatory authority.

 

3.11 No exercise of Warrants shall result in the issue of a fraction of an Ordinary Share. Any fractional entitlements to Ordinary Shares arising as a result of an adjustment in accordance with clause 4.1 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Ordinary Share.

 

4. ADJUSTMENT OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

4.1

Upon the occurrence of a reorganisation or reclassification of the share capital of the Company, a capitalisation issue (whether by way of capitalisation of reserves or of profits) or an offer by the Company of new shares by way of rights or otherwise limited to the Company’s shareholders at the time, or a sub-division, reduction or consolidation of the capital of the Company, or a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another company or demerger, or the modification of rights attaching to the Ordinary Shares or a dividend in kind declared and/or made by the Company (each an “Adjustment

 

5


  Event”) after the date on which any Warrants are granted, the number of Ordinary Shares which are the subject of the Warrants and the Subscription Price payable on the exercise of Warrants shall be adjusted either in such manner as the Company and the Warrantholder(s) holding the majority of the outstanding Warrants from time to time agree in writing is appropriate or, failing agreement, in such manner as the Auditors shall certify is appropriate. If the Auditors refuse to so certify, the Company and the Warrantholder(s) shall refer the matter to an independent accountant agreed by the parties or, in absence of such agreement, to the President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales. For the purposes of this clause 4.1, an adjustment to the Warrants and the Subscription Price shall be “appropriate” if, as a consequence of the adjustment, Warrantholders enjoy the same economic effect on the exercise of their Warrants as if the relevant Adjustment Event had not occurred or arisen (it being acknowledged that a change in the relative percentage of Ordinary Shares represented by the Warrants does not itself necessitate an adjustment). The Company and the Warrantholders shall endeavour to agree any adjustment pursuant to this clause 4.1 within 10 Business Days of the Adjustment Event, failing which the adjustment shall be certified by the Auditors or, where the Auditors refuse to so certify, an accountant agreed by the parties or, failing such agreement, the President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and the Company shall give notice of the adjustment (as certified by the Auditors or an accountant agreed by the parties or the President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales, as the case may be) to Warrantholders within 30 Business Days of the relevant Adjustment Event together with a new Certificate in respect of any additional Warrants to which Warrantholders are entitled in consequence of such adjustment. Any such additional Warrants shall confer the same rights and restrictions as are attached to the Warrants which are in issue at the date of the Adjustment Event (subject to any adjustment to the Subscription Price which is made pursuant to this clause 4.1).

 

4.2 The Company shall not implement an Adjustment Event if it would otherwise result in the Subscription Price payable per Ordinary Share on the exercise of the Warrants being less than the nominal value of an Ordinary Share.

 

5. WINDING-UP OF THE COMPANY

 

5.1 If, at any time when any Warrants are exercisable, an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or if any other dissolution of the Company by operation of law is to be effected then:

 

  5.1.1 if such winding-up or dissolution is for the purpose of a reconstruction or amalgamation pursuant to a scheme of arrangement to which any Warrantholder has consented in writing, the terms of such scheme of arrangement will be binding on such Warrantholder; or

 

  5.1.2

in any other case, the Company shall forthwith notify the Warrantholder stating that such an order has been made or resolution has been passed or other dissolution is to be effected and the Warrantholder shall be entitled at any time within one month after the date such notice is published to elect by notice in

 

6


  writing to the Company to be treated as if it had, immediately before the date of the making of the order or passing of the resolution or other dissolution, exercised all of its Warrants and it shall be entitled to receive out of the assets which would otherwise be available in the liquidation to the holders of Ordinary Shares, such a sum, if any, as it would have received had it been the holder of and paid for the Ordinary Shares to which it would have become entitled by virtue of such exercise, after deducting from such sum an amount equal to the amount which would have been payable by it in respect of such Ordinary Shares if it had exercised all its Warrants, but nothing contained in this clause shall have the effect of requiring the Warrantholder to make any actual payment to the Company.

 

5.2 Subject to compliance with clause 5.1, the Warrants shall lapse on a dissolution or winding- up of the Company.

 

6. UNDERTAKINGS

 

6.1 The Company represents that it shall upon Admission have, and thereafter shall maintain, all necessary authorisations pursuant to the Act to enable it to lawfully and fully perform its obligations under this Instrument to allot and issue Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of all Warrants remaining exercisable from time to time.

 

6.2 Unless otherwise authorised in writing by the Warrantholder(s) holding the majority of the outstanding Warrants from time to time:

 

  6.2.1 the Company shall procure that at all times whilst any Warrants remain exercisable all Ordinary Shares in issue from time to time shall be admitted to trading, and continue to be traded, on AIM or a regulated market (as defined in the Insider Dealing (Securities and Regulated Markets Order 1994) or the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ and that any Ordinary Shares arising upon the exercise of any Warrants shall be so admitted;

 

  6.2.2 if at any time an offer is made to holders of Ordinary Shares (or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any company controlled by the offeror and/or persons acting in concert with the offeror) to acquire the whole or any part of the Ordinary Share capital of the Company, Company will as soon as possible give notice of such offer to the Warrantholders and use its best endeavours to procure that a full and adequate opportunity is given to the Warrantholders to exercise the Warrants and that a like offer, being one pari passu with the best terms offered to holders of Ordinary Shares, is extended in respect of any Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of the Warrants. The publication of a scheme of arrangement under sections 895 to 899 of the Act providing for the acquisition by any person of the whole or any part of the Ordinary Share capital of the Company shall be deemed to be the making of an offer for the purposes of this clause 6.3 and references herein to such an offer shall be read and construed accordingly;

 

7


  6.2.3 if at any time an offer or invitation is made by the Company to the holders of Ordinary Shares for the purchase by the Company of any of the Ordinary Shares, the Company shall simultaneously give notice thereof to the Warrantholders who shall be entitled, at any time while such offer or invitation is open for acceptance, to exercise their Warrants on the terms (subject to any adjustments pursuant to clause 4.1 above) on which the same could have been exercised and as if the same had been exercised on the day immediately preceding the record date for such offer or invitation; and

 

  6.2.4 the Company shall supply to the Warrantholders copies of all notices of meetings, annual reports and accounts and all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and all statements, circulars and other communications to its shareholders at the same time as they are despatched to its shareholders.

 

7. MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

     All or any of the rights for the time being attached to the Warrants may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or amended with the prior sanction of a Special Resolution or Written Resolution (in accordance with clause 8.2) of the Warrantholders and the agreement of the Company.

 

8. MEETINGS

 

8.1 All the provisions of the Articles for the time being of the Company relating to General Meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis as though the Warrants were a class of shares forming part of the capital of the Company except that:

 

  8.1.1 the necessary quorum shall be Warrantholders present (in person or by proxy) entitled to subscribe for 20 per cent. in nominal amount of the Ordinary Shares attributable to the outstanding Warrants, provided that if at any meeting a quorum is not present such meeting shall be adjourned to a time and place directed by the Chairman and at such adjourned meeting those Warrantholders present (in person or by proxy and whatever the number of Warrants held or represented by them) shall constitute a quorum. Whenever there is only one holder of Warrants, a quorum at any meeting of Warrantholders shall, for all purposes, be that Warrantholder or any proxy for that Warrantholder;

 

  8.1.2 every Warrantholder present in person at any such meeting shall be entitled on a show of hands to one vote and every Warrantholder present in person or by proxy shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every Ordinary Share for which he is entitled to subscribe pursuant to the Warrants held by him; and

 

  8.1.3 any Warrantholder present (in person or by proxy) may demand or join m demanding a poll.

 

8.2

A resolution in writing signed by Warrantholders entitled to subscribe for not less than 75 per cent. in nominal amount of the Ordinary Shares attributable to the outstanding Warrants (a “Written Resolution”) shall for all purposes be as valid and effectual as an

 

8


  Ordinary Resolution or a Special Resolution passed at any General Meeting as provided for under clause 8.1. Such Written Resolution may be contained in one or more documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Warrantholders.

 

9. REGISTER

 

9.1 The Company shall maintain a register of Warrants and the persons entitled to them.

 

9.2 The registered holder of a Warrant shall be treated as its absolute owner (except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or required by law). The Company shall not (except as stated above) be bound to recognise any other claim or interest in any Warrant.

 

9.3 There shall be entered in the Register the following:

 

  9.3.1 the names and addresses and facsimile numbers of the holder for the time being of the Warrants (provided that the Company shall not be obliged to register more than four joint-holders in respect of any Warrant);

 

  9.3.2 the amount of the Warrants held every registered holder; and

 

  9.3.3 the date at which the name of every such registered holder is entered in respect of the Warrants standing in his name.

 

9.4 Any change of name or address or facsimile number on the pm1 of any Warrantholder shall forthwith be notified to the Company in accordance with clause 12 and the Company shall cause the Register to be altered accordingly. The Warrantholder, and any person authorised by any such holder, shall be at liberty at all reasonable times during normal business hours on any Business Day to inspect the Register and to take copies of or extracts from the same or any part thereof.

 

10. REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES

 

     If a Certificate is mutilated, defaced, lost, stolen or destroyed, it will be replaced at the registered office of the Company for the time being upon payment by the claimant of such reasonable costs as may be incurred in connection therewith and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Company may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Certificates must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

11. PURCHASE

 

11.1 The Company may at any time purchase Warrants either by tender (available to all Warrantholders alike) or by private treaty, in each case at any price that is accepted and/or agreed by Warrantholders.

 

11.2 All Warrants purchased pursuant to clause 11.1 shall be cancelled forthwith and may not be reissued or sold.

 

9


12. NOTICES

 

12.1 Any notice, consent, request, demand, approval or other communication (each a “Notice”) to be given or made under this Instrument shall be in English, in writing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, may include facsimile transmission but shall not include electronic mail) and signed by or on behalf of the person giving it.

 

12.2 Service of a Notice must be effected by one of the following methods:

 

  12.2.1 by hand to the relevant address set out in clause 12.4 and shall be deemed served upon delivery if delivered during a Business Day, or at the start of the next Business Day if delivered at any other time; or

 

  12.2.2 by prepaid first-class post to the relevant address set out in clause 12.4 and shall be deemed served at the start of the second Business after the date of posting; or

by prepaid international airmail to the relevant address set out in clause 12.4 and shall be deemed served at the start of the fourth Business Day after the date of posting; or

 

  12.2.3 by facsimile transmission to the relevant facsimile number set out in clause 12.4 and shall be deemed served on despatch if despatched during a Business Day, or at the start of the next Business Day if despatched at any other time, provided that in each case a receipt indicating complete transmission of the Notice is obtained by the sender and that a copy of the Notice is also despatched to the recipient using a method described in clauses 12.2.1 to 12.2.3 (inclusive) no later than the end of the next Business Day.

 

12.3 clause 12.2 “during a Business Day” means any time between 9.30 a.m. and 5.30 p.m. on a Business Day based on the local time where the recipient of the Notice is located. References to “the start of [a] Business Day” and “the end of [a] Business Day” shall be construed accordingly.

 

12.4    If to the Company:   Address:   

91 Milton Park,

Abingdon, Oxfordshire,

OX14 4RY

     Fax No.:    +44 (0)1235 443 999
     For the attention of:    Chief Executive

 

     If to a Warrantholder: The address and facsimile number (if any) stated in the Register

 

12.5 A party may change its address for service provided that the new address is within the United Kingdom and that it gives the other parties not less than 10 days’ prior notice in accordance with this clause 12. Until the end of such notice period, service on the address set out in clause 12.4 shall remain effective.

 

10


13. AVAILABILITY OF INSTRUMENT

 

     Every Warrantholder shall be entitled to inspect a copy of this Instrument at the registered office for the time being of the Company on any Business Day during normal business hours and shall be entitled to receive a copy of this Instrument against payment of such reasonable copying and postage charges as the Directors may reasonably request.

 

14. AUDITORS

 

     Any determination made by the Auditors or by an independent accountant pursuant to the provisions of this Instrument shall be made by them as experts and not as arbitrators and any such determination or adjustment made by them shall the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon the Company and the Warrantholders.

 

15. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

     The provisions of this Instrument and the Warrants shall be subject to and governed English law and each of the parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

IN WITNESS whereof this Instrument has been duly executed as a Deed by the Company the day and year first above written.

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

FORM OF CERTIFICATE

Certificate No.

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

(Incorporated in England and Wales with registration number 05197494)

A WARRANT TO SUBSCRIBE FOR ORDINARY SHARES

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the Warrantholder named below is the registered holder of the right to subscribe in cash for Ordinary Shares at a price of 3p per Ordinary Share subject to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and otherwise on the terms and conditions set out in the Instrument dated [     ] 200[ ® ]. Words and expressions used in this Certificate and Notice of Exercise shall have the same meanings as in the Instrument.

 

NAME(S) OF HOLDERS  

NUMBER OF

WARRANTS

 

NUMBER OF

ORDINARY SHARES

   
   
   
   
   

The registered holder is entitled in respect of every 1 (one) Warrant held to subscribe for 1 (one) Ordinary Share in Summit Corporation pic (or such other number of Ordinary Shares as may for the time being be applicable in accordance with the provisions of the Instrument) prior to [ Insert Long Stop Date here ].

IN WITNESS whereof this certificate is executed as a Deed on [            , 200[    ]

 

EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   
SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC    )   
acting by:    )   
      Director
      Director/Secretary

 

12


SCHEDULE TO THE CERTIFICATE

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: The Directors

Summit Corporation pic

[Address]

We hereby exercise our subscription rights conferred by [III] [ insert number of Warrants which are to be exercised ] Warrants held by us entitling us to subscribe for [@] [ insert aggregate number of Ordinary Shares to be subscribed as a consequence of exercise of Warrants ] Ordinary Shares. On the basis that the price payable per Ordinary Share for which we are subscribing by the exercise of such Warrants is the Subscription Price (as adjusted, if at all, pursuant to the terms of the Instrument constituting the Warrants), the aggregate price payable on the exercise of such Warrants is [                    ] [ insert aggregate subscription price payable on exercise of Warrants ].

We hereby direct you to allot the Ordinary Shares to be issued pursuant hereto to us and authorise and request the entry of our name(s) in the Share Register.

[We hereby request that a certificate for the said Ordinary Shares be sent by post to us at the address shown below. We agree that the said Ordinary Shares are allotted and issued subject to the articles of association of the Company.]

[ Use the above paragraph where the shares are to be held in certificated form ]

OR

[We hereby direct you to procure that CRESTCo is instructed to credit to our CREST stock account, details of which are set out below, the said Ordinary Shares. We agree that the said Ordinary Shares are allotted and issued subject to the articles of association of the Company.]

 

  PARTICIPANT ID (not more than 5 figures)

  MEMBERSHIP ID

[ use the above paragraphs where shares are to be held in uncertificated form through CREST ]

Signed

Name

Address

Date:

 

13


SCHEDULE 2

TRANSFER OF WARRANTS

The Warrants are transferable in accordance with the following provisions:

 

1. Warrants shall be transferable by instrument in writing in the usual common form (or in such other form as the Directors may reasonably approve). A Warrantholder’s holding of Warrants may be transferred in whole or in part in accordance with this Schedule 2.

 

2. Every instrument of transfer must be duly signed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the Warrants to be transferred until the transferee’s name is entered in the register of Warrantholders.

 

3. Every instrument of transfer must be delivered to the Company at its registered office for the time being for registration by the Company accompanied by the Certificate(s) for the Warrants to be transferred. All instruments of transfer which are registered shall be retained by the Company. No transfer shall be registered of Warrants in respect of which a Notice of Exercise has been given.

 

4. No fee shall be charged for the registration of any transfer of Warrants or for making any entry in the Register.

 

5. Upon delivery to the Company of an instrument of transfer in accordance with paragraph 3 above, the Company shall without delay (and in any event within 10 Business Days of receipt of such instrument of transfer) register in the Register both the transferor and the transferee as the holder of the relevant Warrants and shall send (without charge) to (i) the transferee a Certificate in respect of the Warrants transferred to it and (ii) if the transferor has transferred part only of his holding of Warrants, to the transferor a new Certificate in respect of the balance of its holding of Warrants which it has not transferred.

 

6. The registration of a transfer shall be conclusive evidence of the approval by the Company and the Registrar of the transfer and the Company shall, on registration, issue the transferee with a Warrant Certificate in respect of the Warrant transferred.

 

7. Every Warrantholder shall register with the Company and the Registrar an address to which copies of notices can be sent. A Warrantholder whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom and who gives the Company an address within the United Kingdom at which notice may be given to him shall be entitled to copies of notices given to him at that address, but otherwise no such member shall be entitled to receive a copy of any notice from the Company.

 

8. Any copy notices given pursuant to the provisions of this Schedule 2 with respect to the Warrant standing in the names of joint holders shall be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register and such notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of the Warrant.

 

14


EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a    )  
DEED by SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC   )  
acting by:     )  
 

 

 
  Director  
 

 

 
  Director/  

 

15

Exhibit 4.4        

 

LOGO

 

DATED 22 NOVEMBER

  2013            

 

WARRANT INSTRUMENT

RELATING TO WARRANTS IN REGISTERED FORM TO

SUBSCRIBE FOR 7,081,770 NEW ORDINARY SHARES OF 1P

EACH IN SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

Fasken Martineau LLP

17 Hanover Square London W1S 1HU

Telephone: +44 20 7917 8500 Fax: +44 20 7917 8555


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1. Definitions and interpretation   3   
2. Constitution and the form of the Warrant   7   
3. Certificates and Conditions   7   
4. Subscription Price   7   
5. Exercise of Warrant   7   
6. Anti-dilution provisions   8   
7. Winding up of the Company   9   
8. Supplementary protection   9   
9. Transfer and transmission of Warrants   10   
10. Meetings of Warrantholders   10   
11. Modification of Rights   10   
12. Information/Representation Rights of Warrantholders   11   
13. Replacement of Certificates   11   
14. Notices   11   
15. Governing law   11   
Schedule 1 – Form of Certificate   12   
Schedule 2 – Provisions as to the Register, transmission and other matters   16   
Schedule 3 – Provisions for meetings of Warrantholders   18   
Schedule 4 – Condition of Exercise and Subscription Periods   22   


THIS INSTRUMENT is made on 22 November 2013

BY:

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC a company registered in England and Wales (company number 5197494), whose registered office is at 85B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4RY (the “ Company ”)

WHEREAS:

 

(A) Pursuant to an option agreement dated on or about the date of this Instrument between Isis Innovation Limited (“ Isis ”) (1) the Company (2) and the Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford (3) (the “ Option Agreement ”) the Company undertook to execute this warrant instrument and to issue the warrants to Isis.

 

(B) The Company has accordingly determined to execute this instrument in order to create the Warrants and to define the rights and interest of the registered holders for the time being of such Warrants and to afford protection for such rights and interest.

THIS INSTRUMENT WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this instrument, including the schedules, the following words and expressions have the meanings unless the context otherwise requires:

“Act”

the Companies Act 2006;

“acting in concert”

has the meaning ascribed thereto in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers as in force at the date of this instrument;

“Adjustment Event”

 

  (a) any allotment or issue of fully paid Shares by way of capitalisation of profits or reserves (including share premium account and any capital redemption reserve) to holders of Equity Shares on the Share Register on a date prior to the end of the relevant Subscription Period; or

 

  (b) any sub-division or consolidation of Equity Shares on a date prior to the end of the relevant Subscription Period;

“Admission”

the admission of the ordinary share capital of the Company to trading on AIM becoming effective as provided in Rule 6 of the AIM Rules;

“AIM”

the market of that name operated by London Stock Exchange plc;

 

3


“AIM Rules”

the AIM Rules for Companies and the guidance notes relating to AIM published by London Stock Exchange plc governing admission to and the operation of AIM as in force at the date of this instrument, or where the context requires, as amended or modified after the date of this instrument;

“Articles”

the articles of association of the Company as at the date of this instrument, or where the context requires, as amended or modified after the date of this instrument;

“Auditors”

the auditors of the Company for the time being;

“A Warrants”

the 1,000,000 Warrants the exercise of which is subject to the satisfaction of the A Warrant Condition;

“A Warrant Condition”

the condition defined as such in Schedule 4;

“Business Day”

a day other than a Saturday or Sunday or public holiday in England and Wales;

“B Warrants”

the 2,540,885 Warrants the exercise of which is subject to the satisfaction of the B Warrant Condition;

“B Warrant Condition”

the condition defined as such in Schedule 4;

“Certificate”

a certificate evidencing the Subscription Rights for the time being vested in the relevant Warrantholder in the form, or substantially in the form, set out in schedule 1;

“Conditions”

the terms and conditions set out in the second schedule to the Certificate set out in schedule 1, as the same may from time to time be altered in accordance with the provisions of this instrument;

“Connected Person”

has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1122 of the Corporation Tax Act 2010;

“Controlling Interest”

Shares conferring in the aggregate 30% or more of the total voting rights conferred by all the Shares for the time being in issue and conferring the rights to vote at all general meetings of the Company and shall include Shares held by all persons who in relation to each other are Connected Persons or persons acting in concert;

“C Warrants”

the 3,540,885 Warrants the exercise of which is subject to the satisfaction of the C Warrant Condition;

 

4


“C Warrant Condition”

the condition defined as such in Schedule 4;

“Directors”

the board of directors of the Company for the time being;

“Equity Shares”

Shares which are part of the equity share capital (as defined in section 548 of the Act) of the Company;

“Extraordinary Resolution”

has the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraphs 17 and 18 of schedule 3;

“Notice of Exercise”

the duly completed notice set out as the first schedule to the Certificate;

“Ordinary Shares”

the ordinary Shares of 1p each and all other (if any) shares or stock resulting from any sub-division, consolidation or re-classification of such ordinary Shares having the rights and privileges set out in the Articles;

“Register”

the register of persons for the time holding the Warrants, such register to be maintained pursuant to the provisions of clause 9;

“Share Register”

the register of shareholders of the Company;

“Shares”

shares in the capital of the Company;

“Subscription Periods”

the respective periods defined in Schedule 4;

“Subscription Price”

in relation to any Share the subject of Subscription Rights, the price which the relevant Warrantholder is required to pay to the Company in order to subscribe for such Share fully paid upon exercising the Subscription Rights in relation thereto;

“Subscription Rights”

the rights for the time being conferred by the Warrants to subscribe for Ordinary Shares which are constituted by virtue of the provisions of clause 2.1 of this instrument;

“Warrantholder”

in relation to a Warrant, the person in whose name such Warrant is registered for the time being in the Register;

 

5


“Warrants”

the A Warrants, B Warrants and C Warrants to subscribe for Ordinary Shares constituted by this instrument including all Subscription Rights and other rights conferred thereby;

“Warrant Exercise Conditions”

The A Warrant Exercise Condition, the B Warrant Exercise Condition and the C Warrant Exercise Condition; and

“Warrant Shares”

Shares which are for the time being the subject of the Subscription Rights conferred by the holding of the Warrants.

 

1.2 In this instrument, a reference to:

 

  1.2.1 a “subsidiary” or “holding company” is to be construed in accordance with section 1159 of the Act;

 

  1.2.2 a statutory provision includes a reference to the statutory provision as replaced, modified or re-enacted from time to time before or after the date of this agreement and any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision before or after the date of this instrument and includes any statute, statutory provision or subordinate legislation that it amends or re-enacts;

 

  1.2.3 a person includes a reference to an individual, body corporate, association, government, state, agency of state or any undertaking (whether or not having a legal personality and irrespective of the jurisdiction in or under the law of which it was incorporated or exists);

 

  1.2.4 a company (other than “the Company”) shall be construed so as to include any company, corporation or other body corporate, wherever and however incorporated or established;

 

  1.2.5 this instrument includes its schedules;

 

  1.2.6 a sub-clause in a clause, or to a paragraph in a schedule, are to a sub-clause of that clause or a paragraph of that schedule;

 

  1.2.7 a clause, paragraph or schedule, unless the context otherwise requires, is a reference to a clause or paragraph of, or schedule to, this instrument;

 

  1.2.8 writing shall include any mode of reproducing words in a legible and non-transitory form;

 

  1.2.9 “includes” and “including” shall mean including without limitation; and

 

  1.2.10 this instrument or any provision of this instrument or any document are to this instrument, that provision or that document as in force for the time being and as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this instrument or that document or with the agreement of the relevant parties.

 

6


1.3 The contents table and headings in this instrument are for convenience only and do not affect its interpretation.

 

1.4 Words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing a gender include every gender.

 

2. CONSTITUTION AND THE FORM OF THE WARRANT

 

2.1 Each Warrant shall confer the right, exercisable on the terms and subject to the conditions set out in this instrument, to subscribe in cash at the Subscription Price (subject to the provisions of clause 6) for one Ordinary Share.

 

2.2 The Warrants shall be in registered form. The Warrants are issued subject to the Articles and otherwise on the terms of this instrument which are binding upon the Company and each Warrantholder and all persons claiming through them.

 

2.3 No application has been or will be made for the Warrants to be listed, traded, quoted or otherwise dealt in on any stock or investment exchange (including, without limitation, AIM).

 

3. CERTIFICATES AND CONDITIONS

Entitlement to the Subscription Rights and other rights attaching to the Warrants shall be evidenced by the issue to the relevant Warrantholder of a Certificate which shall have Conditions endorsed thereon.

 

4. SUBSCRIPTION PRICE

Subject to clause 6, the Subscription Price for each Ordinary Share to which a Warrant relates shall be 1p.

 

5. EXERCISE OF WARRANT

 

5.1 Subscription Rights shall be exercisable at any time during the relevant Subscription Period by the delivery of:

 

  5.1.1 the Certificate;

 

  5.1.2 a Notice of Exercise; and

 

  5.1.3 the requisite remittance for the aggregate Subscription Price of the Warrant Shares,

to the registered office of the Company in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 15 to 19 of schedule 2 of this instrument PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the requisite remittance for the aggregate Subscription Price, shall be paid by telegraphic transfer to the Company’s bank account (the details of which the Company shall supply on written request) or by bankers draft made payable to the Company and cleared through the Company’s bank account (as above).

 

7


5.2 The date of the allotment and issue of any Shares subject to the Notice of Exercise delivered in accordance with clause 5.1 shall be the date of delivery of the Certificate, or receipt of the aggregate Subscription Price, whichever is the later.

 

5.3 On delivery to the Company of a Notice of Exercise for less than the number of Warrant Shares the Warrantholder holds as evidenced by the accompanying Certificate the Company will issue the Warrantholder with a new Certificate for the number of Warrant Shares not subscribed for.

 

5.4 Five working days after the Certificate accompanied by the documents and remittance as specified in clause 5.1 are lodged at the registered office of the Company in accordance with clause 5.1, share certificates shall be issued (free of charge) in respect of the Warrant Shares allotted and issued in accordance with this clause 5.

 

5.5 Each Warrant will be cancelled once the Subscription Rights attaching thereto have been exercised and Warrant Shares allotted pursuant to such exercise.

 

5.6 Ordinary Shares allotted pursuant to the exercise of Subscription Rights will rank for all dividends and distributions declared or paid on any date on or after the date on which the relevant Notice of Exercise is lodged at the registered office in accordance with clause 5.1 and otherwise shall have the rights and privileges prescribed in the Articles in relation to Ordinary Shares and rank pari passu in all respects with the existing Ordinary Shares.

 

6. ANTI-DILUTION PROVISIONS

 

6.1 Subject to clause 8, following an Adjustment Event the number and/or nominal value of Warrant Shares to be, or capable of being, subscribed for on any subsequent exercise of the Subscription Rights and/or the Subscription Price will be adjusted in such manner as the Auditors shall certify to be necessary in order that, after such adjustment:

 

  6.1.1 the total number of Warrant Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the Subscription Rights is such that Warrant Shares when issued:

 

  (a) will carry nearly as possible (and in any event not less than) the same proportion of the votes attaching to all the issued share capital of the Company; and

 

  (b) will carry the entitlement to participate in the same proportion in the profits and assets of the Company,

as would the total number of Warrant Shares which would have been subscribed for pursuant to the Subscription Rights immediately prior to the relevant Adjustment Event; and

 

  6.1.2 the aggregate Subscription Price payable in order to subscribe for all the Warrant Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to Subscription Rights will be as nearly as possible (and in any event no more than) the same as it was prior to the relevant Adjustment Event.

 

8


6.2 The Company shall procure that no Adjustment Event shall occur prior to the end of the Subscription Period unless the Auditors shall either (i) prior to or (ii) contemporaneously with, the passing of the relevant resolution of the Shareholders or Directors giving effect to or sanctioning such event, certify the appropriate adjustments. The Company shall send notice of such adjustments to the Warrantholders as soon as practicable (and in any event no later than 7 days) following the passing of the relevant resolution together with a replacement Certificate evidencing the Warrantholders’ adjusted Subscription Rights (and the original Certificate shall automatically be cancelled).

 

6.3 In calculating any entitlement to additional Subscription Rights under this clause 6 fractions shall be rounded up to the nearest whole Share.

 

7. WINDING UP OF THE COMPANY

If, prior to the end of the Subscription Period, an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for winding up the Company the holders of Warrants which have become exercisable pursuant to Schedule 4 will (if in such winding up there shall be a surplus available for distribution to the holders of the Warrant Shares which, taking into account the amounts payable to exercise Subscription Rights, exceeds in respect of each Warrant Share a sum equal to the relative Subscription Price) be treated as if, immediately before the date of such order or resolution the Subscription Rights had been exercised in full in the terms (including the effect of any adjustment pursuant to clause 6) then current and shall accordingly be entitled to receive out of the assets available in the liquidation according to the priority rights which would have been applicable to the relevant Warrant Shares such sum as he would have received had he been the holder of the Warrant Shares to which he would have become entitled by virtue of such subscription but after deducting a sum per Share equal to the Subscription Price (after any appropriate adjustment pursuant to clause 6). Subject to the foregoing provisions of this clause 7, all Subscription Rights shall lapse upon an order being made or effective resolution being passed for winding up the Company.

 

8. SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTION

 

8.1 Prior to the end of the Subscription Period the Company shall not without the prior sanction of an Extraordinary Resolution (and otherwise than on terms including consequent adjustment of Subscription Rights and subject to such conditions as may be approved or stipulated in or by the terms of such Extraordinary Resolution):

 

  8.1.1 make any reduction of share capital, share premium account or capital redemption reserve including the repayment of money to shareholders; or

 

  8.1.2 modify the rights attached to any of its Shares in any way which has, or might reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the rights of the Warrantholders or on the respective abilities of such persons to enjoy such rights (but so that such restriction shall not be construed as a restriction or prohibition on sub-division or consolidation of Shares subject to the provisions of clause 6).

 

9


8.2 If at the date of exercise of any Subscription Rights, the Ordinary Shares are either admitted to trading on AIM or to the Official List of the UK Listing Authority, the Company shall use its best endeavours to obtain admission to trading on AIM or listing (as the case may be) of the Ordinary Shares which are to be allotted on the exercise of such Subscription Rights, on or within three working days after allotment of the same.

 

8.3 If any offer is made to all holders of Shares (or all such holders other than the offeror and/or any company controlled by the offeror and/or persons acting in concert with the offeror) to acquire all or a proportion of the Shares, the Company shall forthwith give notice of such offer to the holders of Warrants which have become exercisable pursuant to Schedule 4 at the same time as any notice thereof is sent by the Company to its shareholders and in such event notwithstanding any other provision of this instrument, the Warrants shall (provided always that the Subscription Period has not expired) be exercisable at any time after such offer has become or been declared unconditional in all respects and the Company shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the offer is extended to the holders of any Shares issued during the offer period. To the extent that such Warrants have not been exercised by the end of the offer period they shall lapse. For the avoidance of doubt, Warrants in respect of which the related Warrant Exercise Condition has not been satisfied at the end of such offer period shall continue in force in accordance with their terms.

 

9. TRANSFER AND TRANSMISSION OF WARRANTS

 

9.1 Warrants are not transferable.

 

9.2 The Company shall maintain a register of persons entitled to the Warrants and the provisions of schedule 2 shall apply (subject to clause 10) in relation to the transmission thereof.

 

10. MEETINGS OF WARRANTHOLDERS

The provisions of schedule 3 shall apply in relation to the meetings of the Warrantholders.

 

11. MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

11.1 Any modification to this instrument may be effected only by deed executed by the Company and, save in the case of a modification of a purely formal, minor or technical nature, with the prior sanction of an Extraordinary Resolution.

 

11.2 All or any of the rights for the time being attaching to the Warrants (including the Subscription Rights) may from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be altered or abrogated with the prior sanction of an Extraordinary Resolution and the prior written consent of the Company.

 

10


12. INFORMATION/REPRESENTATION RIGHTS OF WARRANTHOLDERS

 

12.1 The Company shall send or procure to be sent to each Warrantholder a copy of its annual financial statements together with all documents required by law to be annexed thereto and copies of every statement, notice or circular issued to the shareholders of the Company concurrently with the issue of the same to its shareholders.

 

12.2 Warrantholders shall have the right to attend and speak (but not, by virtue or in respect solely of holdings of Warrants, to vote) at all general meetings of shareholders of the Company.

 

13. REPLACEMENT OF CERTIFICATES

If a Certificate is mutilated, defaced, lost, stolen or destroyed, it will be replaced by the Company at the expense of the Warrantholder concerned and on such terms as to evidence and indemnity as the Company may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Certificates must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

14. NOTICES

Any notice to the Warrantholders required for the purposes of any provision of this instrument shall be given in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs 15 to 19 (inclusive) of schedule 2.

 

15. GOVERNING LAW

 

15.1 This instrument is governed by English law.

 

15.2 The courts of England have jurisdiction to hear and decide any suit, action or proceedings, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or in connection with this instrument.

IN WITNESS of which the Company has executed this instrument as a Deed on the date first above written

 

11


Schedule 1– Form of Certificate

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

(Registered under the Act with company number 5197494)

CERTIFICATE REPRESENTING WARRANT

to subscribe for Ordinary Shares at 1p per Ordinary Share

 

Certificate No.:    [            ]
Date of Issue:    [            ] 2013
Name and address of Warrantholder:   

 

  

 

  

 

Number of Warrants comprised in this Certificate:    [            ]
Class of Warrant comprised in this Certificate:    [A] [B] [C]

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the Warrantholder named above is the registered holder of the right to subscribe during the periods set out below in cash at the subscription price set out above for 1 Warrant Share in respect of each Warrant held (subject to adjustment in accordance with clause 6 of the instrument executed by the Company on and dated [ ] 2013 (the “ Instrument ”) and subject to the articles of association of the Company and otherwise on the terms set out in the Instrument and referred to in the Second schedule to this Certificate).

Subject to the terms of the Instrument the Warrants comprised in this Certificate are exercisable at any time in the relevant Subscription Period (as defined in the Instrument).

Warrants shall be transferable without restriction once they have become exercisable in accordance with Schedule 4 of the Instrument but are not otherwise transferable.

Terms used in this Certificate which are defined in the instrument bear the same meaning herein.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED BY   )   

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC   )    Director
acting by:   )   
    

 

     Director / Secretary

 

12


First schedule to the Certificate

Notice of Exercise

To: The Directors

Summit Corporation plc

We hereby exercise the Subscription Rights over             of the Ordinary Shares the subject of the Warrant(s) represented by this Certificate and confirm we have transferred £            to your bank account/attach hereto a bankers draft for £            .

 

Signed:  

 

Full name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

We hereby direct the Company to allot the Ordinary Shares to be issued hereto to the following proposed allottees:

 

No. of Shares

  

Name of proposed allottee

  

Address of proposed allottee

1.

     

2.

     

3.

     

4.

     

5.

     

6.

     

We hereby request that a certificate for such Ordinary Shares be sent by post at our risk to us at the first address shown above or to our agent lodging the Certificate as mentioned below:

We agree that such Ordinary Shares are accepted subject to the articles of association of the Company.

 

Signed:  

 

Full name:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

13


Lodged by:   (agent to whom certificate(s) should be sent).
Name of Agent:  

 

Address:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

14


Second schedule to the Certificate

Terms

The Warrants are constituted by an instrument dated [ ] November 2013 (the “ Instrument ”). Constitution of the Warrants and execution of the Instrument by the Company was authorised by a resolution of the board of directors of the Company passed on 22 November 2013. The Warrants are subject to the provisions of the Instrument. Copies of the Instrument are available for inspection at the registered office for the time being of the Company during normal business hours on weekdays (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Bank Holidays). The Warrantholder is entitled to the benefit of, is bound by and is deemed to have knowledge of all the provisions of the instrument.

 

15


Schedule 2- Provisions as to the Register, transmission and other matters

 

1. A register of entitlement to the Warrants (the “Register”) will be kept by the Company and there shall be entered in the Register:

 

1.1 the names and addresses of the persons for the time being entitled to be registered as the holders of the Warrants;

 

1.2 the number of Warrants held by every such registered holder; and

 

1.3 the date on which the name of every such registered holder is entered in the Register in respect of the Warrants registered in his name.

 

2. Any change in the name or address of any Warrantholder shall forthwith be notified to the Company which shall cause the Register to be altered accordingly. The Warrantholders or any of them or any person authorised by any such Warrantholder shall be at liberty during normal business hours on weekdays (excluding Saturdays, Sundays and Bank Holidays) to inspect the Register and to take copies of or extracts from the same or any part thereof.

 

3. The Company shall be entitled to treat the relevant Warrantholder as the absolute owner of a Warrant and accordingly shall not, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by law, be bound to recognise any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Warrant on the part of any person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

 

4. Every Warrantholder will be recognised by the Company as entitled to his Warrants free from any equity, set-off or cross-claim on the part of the Company against the original or any intermediate holder of such Warrants.

 

5. Any person becoming entitled to a Warrant otherwise than by transfer may, upon producing such evidence of title as the Directors shall reasonably require, and subject as hereinafter provided, be registered himself as holder of the Warrant.

 

6. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects.

 

7. A person becoming entitled to a Warrant otherwise than on transfer shall be entitled to receive and may give a good discharge for any moneys payable in respect thereof but shall not be entitled to receive notices of or to attend or vote at meetings of the Warrantholders or, save as specified above, to any of the rights or privileges of a Warrantholder until he shall have become the registered holder of the Warrant.

 

8. Every Warrantholder shall register with the Company an address either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere to which notices can be sent and if any Warrantholder shall fail so to do notice may be given to such Warrantholder by sending the same by any of the methods referred to in paragraph 16 of this schedule to his place of business or residence last known to the Company.

 

16


9. Any notice or other communication to Warrantholders shall be in writing and may be served by delivering it by hand or sending it by pre-paid recorded delivery or registered post (or by registered airmail in the case of an address for service outside the United Kingdom) or by fax at the address last notified or known to the Company pursuant to paragraph 15 of this schedule.

 

10. In the absence of evidence of earlier receipt, any notice or other communication given pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 16 of this schedule shall be deemed to have been received:

 

10.1 if delivered by hand, at the time of actual delivery to the address referred to in paragraph 15 of this schedule;

 

10.2 in the case or pre-paid recorded delivery or registered post, two Business Days after the date of posting;

 

10.3 in the case of registered airmail, five Business Days after the date of posting; and

 

10.4 if sent by fax, at the time of completion of transmission,

and if deemed receipt occurs after 5.00 pm on a Business Day or on any day which is not a Business Day, the notice shall be deemed to have been received on the next Business Day. For the avoidance of doubt, notice given under this instrument shall not be validly sent if sent by e-mail.

 

11. All notices and other communications with respect to Warrants registered in the names of joint registered holders shall be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register and such notices so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint registered holders of such Warrants.

 

12. Any person who, whether by operation of law or other means whatsoever, shall become entitled to any Warrant shall be bound by every notice in respect of such Warrant which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such Warrant.

 

13. Any notice or other communication given to a Warrantholder in accordance with this schedule shall, notwithstanding that such Warrantholder may then be deceased and whether or not the Company has notice of his death, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Warrant held solely or jointly with other persons by such Warrantholder until some other person be registered in his place as the holder or joint holder thereof and such service shall for all purposes of this instrument be deemed a sufficient service of any notice or document on his or her executors or administrators and all persons (if any) jointly interested with him in any such Warrant.

 

17


Schedule 3- Provisions for meetings of Warrantholders

 

1. The Company at any time may, and upon a request in writing of Warrantholders holding not less than 10 per cent. in number of the Warrants shall, convene a meeting of Warrantholders. Every such meeting shall be held at such reasonably convenient and appropriate place in the United Kingdom as the Directors may approve. Any references in this schedule to a specific percentage of Warrants at any time shall be a reference to that percentage of Warrants in issue and not exercised or cancelled at that time.

 

2. At least 21 days’ notice of the meeting shall be given to Warrantholders. The notice shall specify the day, time and place of the meeting and the terms of the resolutions to be proposed. The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of any such notice, by any of the Warrantholders shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

 

3. A person (who may, but need not, be a Warrantholder) nominated in writing by the Company shall be entitled to take the chair at every such meeting but if no such nomination is made or, if at any meeting the person nominated shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the holding of such meeting, the Warrantholders present shall choose one of their number to be chairman.

 

4. At any such meeting two or more persons holding Warrants and/or being proxies and being or representing in the aggregate Warrantholders registered as the holders of not less than 10 per cent. of the Warrants shall (except for the purpose of passing an Extraordinary Resolution) form a quorum for the transaction of business and no business other than the choosing of a chairman shall be transacted at any meeting unless the requisite quorum shall be present at the commencement of business. The quorum at any such meeting for the passing of any Extraordinary Resolution shall be at least one person holding Warrants and/or being proxies and being or representing in the aggregate Warrantholders registered as the holders of not less than 50 per cent. of the Warrants.

 

5. If, within half an hour after the time appointed for any meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting shall, if convened upon the requisition of Warrantholders, be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned for such period, not being not less than 14 days nor more than 28 days, and to such time and place, as may be appointed by the chairman. At such adjourned meeting at least one person present in person holding Warrants and/or being proxies (whatever the number of Warrants so held or represented) shall for all purposes form a quorum and shall have the power to pass any resolution (including an Extraordinary Resolution) and to decide upon all matters which could properly have been dealt with at the meeting from which the adjournment took place had a quorum been present at such meeting.

 

6. The chairman may with the consent of (and shall if directed by) any meeting adjourn the same from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

18


7. At least ten days’ notice of any meeting adjourned through want of a quorum shall be given to Warrantholders in the same manner as for an original meeting, and such notice shall state the quorum required at such adjourned meeting. Subject to that requirement, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjourned meeting.

 

8. Every question submitted to a meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall both on a show of hands and on a poll have a casting vote in addition to the vote or votes (if any) to which the chairman may be entitled as a Warrantholder or as a proxy.

 

9. At a meeting, unless a poll is demanded by the chairman or by one or more Warrantholders (or by their proxies) being or representing in the aggregate Warrantholders registered as the holders of not less than 10 per cent. of the Warrants (before or on the declaration of the result of a show of hands), a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried or carried by a particular majority or lost or not carried by any particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

10. If at any meeting a poll is so demanded, it shall be taken in such manner and, subject as hereinafter provided, either at once or after any adjournment, as the chairman directs, and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

 

11. Any poll demanded at any meeting on the election of a chairman or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the meeting without adjournment.

 

12. The Company (through its representatives and legal and financial advisers) shall be entitled to attend and speak at any meeting of Warrantholders. Other than as previously specified, no person shall be entitled to attend or vote at any meeting of Warrantholders or to join with others in requesting the convening of such a meeting unless he is a Warrantholder or the duly appointed proxy of a Warrantholder. Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company shall be entitled to vote in respect of Warrants held by it or on its behalf nor shall the holding of any such Warrants count towards a quorum.

 

13. Subject as provided in paragraph 12 of this schedule, at any meeting:

 

13.1 on a show of hands, every Warrantholder who is present in person (or in the case of a corporation by a duly authorised representative) and every person who is a proxy shall have one vote; and

 

13.2 on a poll, every Warrantholder who is present in person or by proxy as aforesaid shall have one vote in respect of each Warrant Share then the subject of Subscription Rights conferred by Warrants held by him. Any person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes to which he is entitled in the same way.

 

19


14. A proxy need not be a Warrantholder.

 

15. A meeting of Warrantholders shall in addition to all other powers (but without prejudice to any powers conferred on any other person by this instrument) have the following powers exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution, namely:

 

15.1 power to sanction any compromise or arrangement proposed to be made between the Company and the Warrantholders or any of them;

 

15.2 power to sanction any proposal by the Company for the modification, abrogation, variation or compromise of, or arrangement in respect of, the rights of the Warrantholders against the Company whether such rights shall arise under these presents or otherwise;

 

15.3 power to sanction any proposal by the Company for the exchange or substitution for the Warrants of, or the conversion of the Warrants into shares, stocks, bonds, debentures, debenture stock or other obligations or securities of the Company, or any other body corporate formed or to be formed;

 

15.4 power to assent to any modification of the conditions and/or the provisions contained in this instrument which shall be proposed by the Company;

 

15.5 power to authorise any person to concur in and execute and to do all such documents, acts and things as may be necessary to carry out and give effect to any Extraordinary Resolutions;

 

15.6 power to discharge or exonerate any person from any liability in respect of any act or omission for which such person may have become responsible under this instrument or the Conditions;

 

15.7 power to give any authority, direction or sanction which under the provision of this instrument or the conditions is required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution; and

 

15.8 power to appoint any persons (whether Warrantholders or not) as a committee or committees to represent the interests of the Warrantholders and to confer upon such committee any powers or discretions which the Warrantholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution.

 

16. An Extraordinary Resolution shall be binding upon all Warrantholders, whether present or not present at such meeting and each of the Warrantholders shall be bound to give effect thereto accordingly. The passing of any such resolution shall be conclusive evidence that the circumstances of such resolution justified the passing thereof.

 

17. The expression “Extraordinary Resolution” when used in this instrument means a resolution passed at a meeting of the Warrantholders duly convened and held and carried by a majority consisting of not less than 75 per cent. of the votes cast upon a show of hands or, if a poll is duly demanded, by a majority consisting of not less than 75 per cent. of the votes cast on a poll.

 

20


18. A resolution in writing signed by Warrantholders who are for the time being entitled to receive notice of meetings in accordance with the provisions of this instrument and to exercise at any such meeting not less than 75 per cent. of the votes which may be cast on a poll on any resolution, shall for all purposes be as valid and effectual as an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting duly convened and held in accordance with the provisions hereof. Such resolution in writing may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Warrantholders.

 

19. Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at every meeting shall be made and duly entered in books to be from time to time provided for that purpose by the Company and any such minutes, if the same are signed by the chairman of the meeting at which such resolutions were passed or proceedings transacted or by the chairman of the next succeeding meeting of the Warrantholders, shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein contained. Until the contrary is provided, every meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have been made and so signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted thereat to have been duly passed and transacted.

 

21


Schedule 4- Condition of Exercise and Subscription Periods

 

1. Definition

Terms and expression defined in the Option Agreement shall have the same meanings herein.

 

2. The A Warrants

 

2.1 The A Warrants shall be exercisable if and only if the Company or the Company’s sub licensee identifies the first Chemical Lead (“the First Compound”) by 22 November 2016 (the “ A Warrant Condition ”) failing which the A Warrants will lapse on that date.

 

2.2 The Subscription Period for the A Warrants shall commence on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and shall end at 5pm on the date which is three calendar months after such third anniversary.

 

3. The B Warrants

 

3.1 The B Warrants shall be exercisable if and only if the Company or the Company’s sub-licensee initiates GLP Toxicology Studies for the First Compound by 22 November 2016 (the “ B Warrant Condition ”) failing which the B Warrants will lapse on such date.

 

3.2 The Subscription Period for the B Warrants shall commence on the third anniversary of the Effective Date and shall end at 5pm on the date which is three calendar months after such third anniversary.

 

4. The C Warrants

 

4.1 The C Warrants shall be exercisable if and only if both (a) the B Warrant Condition has been duly satisfied and (b) the first dosing to a human subject of a product licensed pursuant to the Option Agreement in a Phase 1 Clinical Trial occurs prior to 22 November 2018 (the “ C Warrant Condition ”) failing which the C Warrants will lapse on such date PROVIDED ALWAYS that if such an event occurs after that date but prior to 22 May 2020 and the delay is not caused by any act or omission of the University (whether under the Option Agreement or the Sponsored Research Agreement) then the said date by which such first dosing must occur shall be deferred by the extent of such delay (such date being referred to herein as the Deferred C Condition Date ).

 

4.2 The Subscription Period for the C Warrants shall commence on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date and shall end at 5pm on the date which is three calendar months after such fifth anniversary SAVE THAT if the proviso to paragraph 4.1 applies, the Subscription Period shall commence on the Deferred C Condition Date and shall end at 5pm on the date which is three calendar months after the Deferred C Condition Date.

 

22


5. Provision of Information

 

5.1 The Company undertakes to notify holders of each class of Warrant in writing that the relevant Warrant Condition has been satisfied as soon as reasonably practicable after such satisfaction.

 

23


EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AS A DEED BY   )   

/s/ illegible

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC   )    Director
acting by:   )   
    

/s/ illegible

     Director / Secretary

 

24

Exhibit 4.5

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 1)XXXX26
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 2)XXXX27
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 3)XXXX28
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 4)XXXX29
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 5)XXXX30
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 6)XXXX31
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 7)XXXX32
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 8)XXXX33
  XXXXXXX(CERT DESPATCH NOTE 9)XXXX34

TEAR HERE

 

    SHARE CERTIFICATE     V619/02

CERTIFICATE NO.

  L/A CODE   INVESTOR CODE   DATE   AMOUNT IN FIGURES

XXXXXX01

  XXX03   XXXXXXXXX07   DD-MMM-YY05   ***************.***06

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

(Incorporated and Registered in England and Wales with No. 05197494)

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that the undermentioned is/are the registered holder(s) of Ordinary Shares of 1p each in

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC subject to the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

LOGO

 

NAME(S) OF HOLDER(S)       AMOUNT IN WORDS
XXXXX(MAIN HOLDER NAME LINE 1)XXX48       *XXXXXXXX(AMOUNT IN WORDS 1)XXXXXX*55
XXXXX(MAIN HOLDER NAME LINE 2)XXX49       *XXXXXXXX(AMOUNT IN WORDS 2)XXXXXX*56
XXXXX(MAIN HOLDER NAME LINE 3)XXX50       *XXXXXXXX(AMOUNT IN WORDS 3)XXXXXX*57
XXXXX(MAIN HOLDER NAME LINE 4)XXX51       *XXXXXXXX(AMOUNT IN WORDS 4)XXXXXX*58
XXXXX(MAIN HOLDER NAME LINE 5)XXX52      
XXXXXXXX(JOINT NAMES LINE 1)XXXXX17      
XXXXXXXX(JOINT NAMES LINE 2)XXXXX18      
XXXXXXXX(JOINT NAMES LINE 3)XXXXX19      
XXXXXXXX(JOINT NAMES LINE 4)XXXXX20      
XXXXXXXX(JOINT NAMES LINE 5)XXXXX21      
THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN DULY ISSUED AND AUTHORISED BY THE COMPANY IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION.   

 

 

NOTE: Any change in the ownership of the above (either in total or in part) will be registered only if both the transfer and this certificate are lodged with the Company’s Registrar:

Capita Asset Services, The Registry, 34 Beckenham Road, Beckenham, Kent BR3 4TU.

  THIS DOCUMENT IS VALUABLE AND SHOULD BE KEPT IN A SAFE PLACE

Exhibit 5.1

 

Fasken Martineau LLP

 

   www.fasken.com

17 Hanover Square

London W1S 1HU

 

  

+44 (0) 20 7917 8500 Telephone

+44 (0) 20 7917 8555 Facsimile

DX: 82984 Mayfair

  

 

Summit Corporation Plc

85B Park Drive

Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

England

OX14 4RY

  

David Smith

Direct +44 20 7917 8510

Facsimile +44 207 917 8555

dsmith@fasken.com

 

Your Ref:

Our Ref: DS/276962.00045-2160830/ml

[                    ] [2015]

Dear Sirs

Summit Corporation plc (proposed to be renamed Summit Therapeutics plc)

We have acted for Summit Corporation Plc (proposed to be renamed Summit Therapeutics plc), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of England and Wales (the “ Company ”) as its legal advisers in England in connection with the offering (the “ Offering ”) by the Company of new ordinary shares of £0.01 each in the Company (the “ New Shares ”). The New Shares are to be offered in the form of American Depositary Shares (the “ ADSs ” and, together with the New Shares, the “ Securities ”). Each ADS represents [                 ] ordinary shares of the Company.

This opinion letter is being given in connection with the registration statement (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Registration Statement ”) on Form F-1 (File No. 333-             ) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission on [                    ] [2015] pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Rules ”).

The existing issued ordinary shares of the Company are admitted to trading on AIM, a market operated by London Stock Exchange plc. Application will be required to be made for the New Shares to also be admitted to trading on AIM.

 

1. INTRODUCTION

 

1.1 Documents Reviewed

For the purpose of this opinion letter, we have solely reviewed the following documents:

 

  1.1.1 the Registration Statement; and

 

  1.1.2 a certificate dated [                    ] [2015] (the “ Reference Date ”) signed by a director of the Company (the “ Director’s Certificate ”) relating to certain factual matters as at the Reference Date and having annexed thereto copies (certified by the

 

Fasken Martineau LLP is a limited liability partnership which is registered in England and Wales.    Registered number: OC 309059
A list of the members, all of whom are Solicitors or Registered Foreign Lawyers, may be inspected at the registered office.    Registered Office: 17 Hanover Square, London, W1S 1HU.
Any reference to a “partner” shall, subject to the context, be interpreted as referring to a member of Fasken Martineau LLP.    Authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority

 

Vancouver    Calgary    Toronto    Ottawa    Montréal    Québec City    London    Paris    Johannesburg


  company secretary as being true, complete, accurate and up-to-date in each case) of the following documents:

 

  (A) the certificate of incorporation, certificates of change of name and the memorandum and articles of association of the Company (the “ Memorandum and Articles ”);

 

  (B) the shareholder resolutions passed at the general meeting of the Company on [                    ] [2015] resolving, inter alia, to give the directors of the Company authority to allot ordinary shares and dis-apply pre-emption rights up to a nominal amount of £[    ] (the “ Shareholder Resolutions ”);

 

  (C) minutes of a meeting of the board of directors of the Company held on and [20 November] [2014] at which it was resolved to proceed with the Offering; and

 

  (D) [other meetings of directors/board committees as required];

 

  1.1.3 [draft] minutes of a meeting of the board directors of the Company [to be] held to resolve to allot the New Shares (such resolutions, together with the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company of [     ] [2015], the “ Board Resolutions ”, and, together with the Shareholder Resolutions, the “ Corporate Approvals ”).

 

1.2 Searches and Enquiries

For the purpose of this opinion letter, we have solely reviewed and undertaken the following searches and enquiries:

 

  1.2.1 an online search carried out on [                    ] [2015] at [    ] (GMT) in respect of the Company with the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales; and

 

  1.2.2 an enquiry by telephone search made on [                    ] [2015] at [    ] [am/pm] (GMT) at the Companies Court in London of the Central Index of Winding Up Petitions with respect to the Company,

the “ Company Searches ”.

 

2 SCOPE OF OPINION

 

2.1 For the purpose of this opinion letter, we have examined only the documents and completed only the searches and enquiries referred to in paragraphs 1.1 ( Documents Reviewed ) and 1.2 ( Searches and Enquiries ) above.

 

2.2 Except as stated above, for the purpose of this opinion letter we have not examined any contracts, deeds, instruments or documents, or examined any corporate or other records of any other company or any other documents entered into by or affecting the Company or its subsidiaries (the “ Group ”) or any corporate records of the Company or the Group nor made any other enquiries concerning the Company or the Group.

 

Page 2


2.3 The opinions given in this opinion letter are given in connection with the Offering and may not be relied upon in connection with any other matter.

 

2.4 The opinions given in this opinion letter are given on the basis of the assumptions and qualifications set out in this opinion letter. The opinions given in this opinion letter are strictly limited to the matters stated in paragraph 4 ( Opinions ) and do not extend to any other matters.

 

2.5 We express no opinion as to matters of fact.

 

2.6 We express no opinion in respect of tax and no such opinion is implied or may be inferred.

 

2.7 This opinion letter is limited to the laws of England and Wales and we express no opinion as to the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction.

 

2.8 This opinion letter and all non-contractual obligations and any other matters arising out of or in connection with this opinion letter are governed by English law. To the extent that you place reliance on this opinion letter you irrevocably agree and accept that the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any dispute or claim relating to it or its formation.

 

2.9 By giving this opinion letter we do not assume any obligation to notify you of changes in law following the date of this opinion letter which may affect the opinions expressed herein or to otherwise update this opinion letter in any respect.

 

2.10 Our work for you in providing this opinion, and our liability to you in respect hereof, are covered in all respects by our terms and conditions of business delivered to you on 20 October 2014.

 

3 ASSUMPTIONS

 

3.1 In giving this opinion letter we have assumed the following:

 

  3.1.1 all documents supplied to us as originals are authentic and complete and all signatures, stamps and seals thereon are genuine;

 

  3.1.2 all documents submitted to us as copies or received by facsimile transmission or by email conform to the originals, and the original documents of which such copies, facsimiles or emails have been supplied to us were authentic and complete;

 

  3.1.3 that each of the individuals who signs as, or otherwise claims to be, an officer of the Company is the individual whom he or she claims to be and holds the office he or she claims to hold and that all documents submitted to us have been duly executed and delivered;

 

Page 3


  3.1.4 all factual representations made in any of the documents submitted are accurate and complete;

 

  3.1.5 that the Company has fully complied and will comply with its obligations under all applicable money laundering legislation;

 

  3.1.6 that the Company has fully complied and will comply with its obligations under all applicable bribery and corrupt practices legislation in the UK or otherwise including the Bribery Act 2010 (UK) and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (USA), as amended;

 

  3.1.7 that the Corporate Approvals referred to above were [or will be] passed at a meeting which was [or will be] duly convened, constituted and held in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations; that in particular, but without limitation, a duly qualified quorum of directors or, as the case may be, shareholders was [or will be] present in each case throughout the meeting and voted [or will vote] in favour of the resolutions; and that in relation to each meeting of the board of directors of the Company, each provision contained in the Companies Act 2006 or the Memorandum and Articles of the Company relating to the declaration of directors’ interests or the power of interested directors to vote and to count in the quorum was [or will be] duly observed;

 

  3.1.8 no amendments (whether oral, in writing or by conduct of the parties) have been or will be made to the Director’s Certificate or the Corporate Approvals and such Director’s Certificate and Corporate Approvals remain true, complete, accurate and in full force and effect;

 

  3.1.9 that there are no provisions of the laws of any jurisdiction outside England and Wales that would have any implication for the opinions we express and that, insofar as the laws of any jurisdiction outside England and Wales may be relevant to this opinion letter, such laws have been and will be complied with;

 

  3.1.10 the Company has not passed a voluntary winding-up resolution and no petition or application has been presented to or order made by a court for the winding-up or dissolution of the Company or the appointment of an administrator of the Company and no receiver or administrator has been appointed in respect of the Company or any of its assets which in any such case has not been revealed by the Company Searches referred to above; and

 

  3.1.11 the Company is not unable to pay its debts, within the meaning of section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986, at the date hereof.

 

Page 4


4 OPINION

 

4.1 Based upon the foregoing, subject to any matters not disclosed to us and subject to the qualifications set out below, we give the following opinions in respect of the Company:

 

  4.1.1 the New Shares have been duly authorised for allotment and issue; and

 

  4.1.2 the New Shares will, when the names of the holders of such New Shares are entered in the register of members of the Company and subject to the receipt by the Company of the aggregate issue price in respect of all the New Shares, be validly issued, fully paid and no further amount may be called thereon.

 

5 QUALIFICATIONS

 

5.1 This opinion letter is subject to the following qualifications:

 

  5.1.1 the enquiries at the Central Registry of Winding-Up Petitions referred to in paragraph 1.2.2 above, relate only to compulsory winding up petitions presented to and winding up orders made in, the High Court in London and District Registries in England and Wales and to applications for administration presented to and administration orders made in, the High Court in London. It is not capable of revealing conclusively whether or not:

 

  (A) a winding up petition or administration application has in fact been presented at the relevant court, as details of the petition/application may not have been entered on the records of the Central Registry of Winding Up Petitions in time to be disclosed by our enquiry;

 

  (B) an application has been made or a petition has been presented for an administration or a winding up order in any court other than the High Court. We have not made enquiries of any County Court as to whether an application or petition for an administration/winding up order has been presented to, or an administration or winding up order has been made by, such County Court against the Company; and

 

  (C) a notice of appointment of an administrator has been filed in either the High Court or the County Court by the Company or by any secured creditor of the Company; and

 

  5.1.2 searches with the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales are not capable of revealing definitively whether or not a winding up petition or an application for an administration order has been presented. Notices of a winding up order made or resolutions passed or an administration order made, or an administrative receiver or a receiver appointed may not be filed with the Registrar of Companies in England and Wales immediately.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to this firm under the captions [     ], [     ] and [     ] of the prospectus contained

 

Page 5


in [     ] of the Registration Statement at pages [     ] and [     ] respectively. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules. Our consent is not to be taken as an acknowledgement that we accept liability to any person other than you, our client, in respect of this opinion and such liability is expressly denied.

Yours faithfully

Fasken Martineau LLP

 

Page 6

EXHIBIT 8.1

 

LOGO

+1 212 230 8800 (t)

+1 212 230 8888 (f)

wilmerhale.com

[              ], 2015

Summit Corporation plc

85B Park Drive

Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

England

OX14 4RY

Re: Summit Corporation plc (proposed to be renamed Summit Therapeutics plc)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the public offering of Ordinary shares, par value £0.01 per share (the “Shares”), of Summit Corporation plc (the “Company”), pursuant to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), originally filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on [      ], 2015 (File No. 333-              ) (as so filed and as amended, the “Registration Statement”), you have requested our opinion concerning the statements in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation—Taxation in the United States.”

In connection with rendering the opinion set forth below, we have examined and relied on the Registration Statement and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or relevant as a basis for the opinion set forth below. We have not independently verified any factual matters.

For purposes of rendering our opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies, the genuineness of all signatures and the legal capacity of all persons executing all instruments or documents examined or relied on by us.

Our opinion is based upon the relevant provisions of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and interpretations of the foregoing as expressed in court decisions and administrative determinations, all as in effect on the date of this opinion and all of which are subject to change at any time (possibly with retroactive effect). A change in the authorities upon which our opinion is based could affect the conclusions expressed herein. We undertake no obligation to update or supplement this opinion to reflect any changes of law or fact.

Our opinion is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) or any court. Thus, no assurance can be given that a position taken in reliance on our opinion will not be challenged by the IRS or rejected by a court.

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing and in reliance on the assumptions described above, subject to the limitations set forth in the Registration Statement, we are of the opinion that the statements of law or legal conclusions in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation—Taxation in the United States” fairly summarize the material United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders (as defined therein) of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

 

 

LOGO


 

LOGO

Summit Corporation plc

[                      ], 2015

Page 2

 

This opinion is limited to the matters of federal income tax law of the United States set forth in the Registration Statement, and we express no opinion with respect to any other federal, state, local or foreign tax issues, consequences or matters related to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

This opinion is furnished to you solely in connection with the Registration Statement and may not be relied upon by anyone else or used for any other purpose without our prior written consent, provided, however, that it may be relied upon by persons entitled to rely on it pursuant to applicable provisions of federal securities laws.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 8.1 to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules or regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder, nor do we thereby admit that we are experts with respect to any part of such Registration Statement within the meaning of the term “experts” as used in the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

Sincerely,

 

WILMER CUTLER PICKERING HALE AND DORR LLP
By:  
[                    ], Partner
 

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

  

Exhibit 10.1

 

Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit    CONFIDENTIAL   
Corporation plc – Grant       FINAL
Agreement – 15.12.2011       12-15-2011

Grant Agreement

Between Duchenne Partners Fund, and

Summit Corporation plc

(for the development of DMD and or BMD therapeutics)

This Contract (“ Contract ”) is entered into as of 15th December, 2011, between Duchenne Partners Fund, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company (“DPF”), and Summit Corporation plc, a company incorporated in England and listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange having its registered office at 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, England (“ GRANTEE ”), to document the terms upon which DPF will provide funding for the Project (as defined below) and certain related matters. DPF and GRANTEE are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

Background

GRANTEE has identified certain small molecules which can transcriptionally upregulate the utrophin gene (such compounds and any other compounds having a similar mechanism of action and all salts, esters, free acid forms, free base forms, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, enantiomers, racemates, metabolites and prodrugs thereof to which GRANTEE has rights from time to time, including SMT C1100, being referred to herein as the “ Project Compounds ”).

The Parties believe that the Project Compounds may have utility in the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy and or Becker muscular dystrophy (collectively, the “ Disease ”).

GRANTEE has submitted to DPF a grant application titled “SMT C1100 utrophin upregulator: Request for Phase I clinical trial funding,” a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (the “ Grant Application ”), for a grant for partial funding of its project to develop a new formulation for SMI C1100 to enable such compound to advance into a new Phase I clinical trial for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease (such project, as the same may be modified from time to time by the Steering Committee (as defined below) being referred to herein as the “ Project ”); and DPF desires to provide such funding on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract.

GRANTEE has submitted to DPF a budget for the Project covering work through the receipt of the final report in analyzing the plasma exposure from dosing of the new formulation for SMT C1100 (the “ Budget ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 4.

It also is contemplated that GRANTEE will receive additional funding for the Project from Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (“ MDA ”), pursuant to a Grant Agreement between the GRANTEE and MDA of the Effective Date as the same may be amended or modified from time to time (the “ MDA-Summit Agreement ”).


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and warranties and mutual covenants contained herein, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions.

The following terms shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:

Affiliate ” of a Parson means any other Person which (directly or indirectly) is controlled by, controls or is under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) as used with respect to a Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct; or cause the direction of, the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Control ” and “ Controlled by ” means with respect to any GRANTEE Technology, the possession by GRANTEE or its Affiliates of the ability to grant the right to access or use, or to grant a license or a sublicense to, such GRANTEE Technology as provided for herein without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement between GRANTEE (or any of its Affiliates) and any Third Party.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, joint venture, Governmental Authority, association or other entity.

Third Party ” means any Person other than GRANTEE and its Affiliates or DPF.

 

2. DPF Translational Research Corporate Grant Policy Manual; Exhibits.

 

  A. This Contract includes the following Exhibits:

 

Exhibit 1:      Grant Application
Exhibit 2:      Milestones and Funding Schedule
Exhibit 3:      Steering Committee Confidentiality Agreement
Exhibit 4:      Project Budget
Exhibit 5:      Summit C1100 patents and patent applications

 

3. Funding; Funding Schedule; Suspension and Modification of Funding; Use of Funds.

 

  A. Award of Grant . DPF agrees to award a research grant in the aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) to GRANTEE for the Project (the “ Grant ”), which shall be issued in installments in accordance with the funding schedule set forth in Exhibit 2, subject to the funding conditions set forth in Section 3.B, the right of DPF to suspend funding as provided in Section 3.C and the right of DPF to modify the Grant and the payments under this Contract as provided in Section 3.D.

 

  B. Conditions to Funding . Each installment of the funding to be provided by DPF under the Grant award as contemplated by Section 3.A and Exhibit 2 is subject to, and conditioned upon, the satisfaction of the following conditions; provided that any such condition may be waived by DPF is its-sole discretion:

 

  (i) the timely achievement (as determined in accordance with Section 4) of each Milestone (as defined in Section 4) scheduled to be achieved (as set forth in Exhibit 2) prior to the scheduled date for achievement of such Milestone;

 

2


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  (ii) compliance by GRANTEE with the terms of this Contract in all material respects;

 

  (iii) the accuracy as of the date of this Contract and as of the date of the payment of such installment of the representations and warranties of GRANTEE set forth in Section 7;

 

  (iv) the delivery by GRANTEE to DPF of a certificate of a senior officer of GRANTEE certifying the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above;

 

  (v) the delivery to DPF on or promptly following the Effective Date of documentation satisfactory to DPF establishing the availability of other financial resources that, together with the Grant and assuming that neither DPF nor MDA suspend or cancel the provision of any part of their grant funds to GRANTEE, are sufficient to complete the Project.

 

  C. Suspension of Funding . DPF reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately suspend all funding under this Contract and terminate the Grant and this Contract if (i) GRANTEE fails to timely achieve any of the Milestones described in Section 4 and Exhibit 2 (unless any such Milestone is achieved by the applicable extended date, if any, agreed to by the Parties in writing as provided in Section 4), (ii) GRANTEE takes any of the actions specified in Section 6.A (unless, in the case of the replacement of the Principal Investigator, DPF has given its prior written consent to such replacement), (iii) any action, proceeding, or claim described in Section 6.B is commenced or asserted against GRANTEE, or (iv) GRANTEE breaches any of its material obligations under this Contract.

 

  D. Modification of the Grant and Award . GRANTEE acknowledges that payment of funds under this Contract by DPF is contingent upon the availability to DPF of sufficient research funds to fund the payments under this Contract and to fund DPF other research commitments. DPF retains right in its sole discretion, upon not less than [**] day’s prior written notice to GRANTEE, to revise the Grant and the amount and/or timing of payments provided for in this Contract based on the availability of funds and budgetary constraints.

 

  E.

GRANTEE Financial Commitment . The Grant is subject to GRANTEE demonstrating the availability of other financial resources that, together with the Grant, are sufficient to satisfactorily complete the Project. In furtherance of the foregoing, GRANTEE shall provide to DPF during the term of this Contract all updates to the budget for the Project. GRANTEE also shall provide to DPF

 

3


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  promptly (and in any event not later than [**] days) following the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of GRANTEE and not later than [**] days following the end of each fiscal year of GRANTEE) a statement of the out-of-pocket costs incurred by GRANTEE for the Project, a reconciliation of such costs against the budget for the Project, a statement of the costs that remain unpaid and the sources of turrets that have been used to pay such costs and that are expected to be used to pay outstanding costs.

 

  F. Use of Grant Funds . GRANTEE shall use all Grant funds received from DPF solely for the Project.

 

  G. Effect of Suspension or Cancellation of Funding . DPF acknowledges that in the event of any decision by it or MDA to permanently suspend or cancel funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the MDA-Summit Agreement, GRANTEE may no longer have the financial resources necessary to complete the Project. A permanent suspension or cancellation of funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the MDA-Summit Agreement for reasons other than a breach of any such agreement by GRANTEE or a failure to satisfy the conditions for such funding set forth in the applicable agreement is referred to herein as a “ Funding Suspension ”, DPF agrees that (i) GRANTEE shall not have any liability to DPF solely as a result of the failure of GRANTEE to complete the Project solely as a result of a Funding Suspension and (ii) if GRANTEE permanently cancels or terminates the Project solely as the result of a Funding Suspension, DPF shall not be entitled to exercise its rights under Section 9 of this Contract.

 

4. Milestones.

The milestones described in the attached Exhibit 2 (each a “ Milestone ”) represent pivotal evaluation points upon which further funding of the Project will depend. Both Parties agree to the timeline, Milestone descriptions, and (subject to the conditions to funding provided for in Section 3.B and the rights of DPF under Section 3.C and Section 3.D) payment schedule described in Exhibit 2, provided, however, any Milestone may be extended, in a written agreement signed by both Parties, for up to [**] months at the discretion of the Steering Committee. Milestone 3 will be considered to be timely achieved only if the Steering Committee determines by majority vote of the entire Steering Committee (as described in Section 5.B and 5.C) that such Milestone has been achieved by the date set forth in Exhibit 2. If the date for achievement of any Milestone is extended and such Milestone is achieved (as determined by the Steering Committee, in the case of Milestone 3) by such extended date, such Milestone shall be deemed to have been timely achieved. DPF may, in its discretion, either provide or withhold funding during the extension period, but in the event such funding is provided, DPF will nonetheless retain its rights under Section A.XIV.2 of the MVP Policy and in Section 3.C of this Contract to cancel the Grant and terminate this Contract if the applicable Milestone, as extended, is not timely achieved.

 

4


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

5. Steering Committee.

 

  A.

The Parties shall establish a Steering Committee composed of one representative of GRANTEE, one representative of DPF, three outside experts (who are acceptable to both Parties) and for so long as MDA is entitled to appoint a representative to the Steering Committee pursuant to the MDA-Summit Agreement, one representative of MDA. If MDA ceases to be entitled to appoint a representative to the Steering Committee pursuant to the MDA-Summit Agreement. Summit shall immediately notify DPF and any representative or alternate appointed by MDA shall immediately cease to be a member of the Steering Committee. Each representative of Party shall be a full-time employee of such Party, unless the other Party consents in writing to the appointment of a representative who is not a full-time employee. Each representative or alternate appointed by MDA shall be a person with relevant scientific expertise who qualifies as an outside expert (as defined below) and to whom neither DPF nor GRANTEE has a reasonable objection. GRANTEE shall cause the MDA-Summit Agreement to include provisions relating to MDA representation on the Steering Committee that are consistent with this Section 5.A. As used herein, “ outside expert ” means a natural poison having expertise pertaining to translational research who is not and has not been for the preceding three (3) years an officer, director or employee of or paid consultant to (i) either Party, (ii) any Affiliate of a Party, (iii) any beneficial owner of any Person that directly or indirectly owns or controls more than 5% of any class of securities of a Party or of any Affiliate of a Party and who does not otherwise have any direct or indirect financial or other interest in the Project or in any other business or competitive activity that could reasonably be expected to constitute a conflict of interest or to impair the ability of such person to exercise impartial judgment with respect to matters presented to the Steering Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prior or contemporaneous service by any person as a member of any steering committee, advisory committee or other committer having oversight or advisory responsibilities with respect to any other grant by DPF shall not make such person ineligible to serve as an “outside expert” under this Contract. Each Party also may designate an alternate for its representative on the Steering Committee who shall represent such Party and act in the place and stead of such Party’s representative on the Steering Committee if such representative is unavailable. Each such alternate shall meet the qualifications, established above for a representative of a Party on the Steering Committee. Each Party shall designate its representative on the Steering Committee and any alternate by written notice to the other Party. Appointment of the outside experts on the Steering Committee will be confirmed by the Parties in writing. Each Party may, at any time upon written notice to the other Party, change its representative on the Steering Committee or its alternate representative by written notice to the other Party. Any outside expert member of the Steering Committee may be replaced at any time upon the agreement of both Parties in writing. In addition, the Parties may designate, in writing, an alternate outside expert member. An alternate member may participate in meetings of the Steering Committee as a voting member in the absence of the applicable regular

 

5


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  member. Outside expert members of the Steering Committee (including their alternatives) shall be required to enter into written agreements that subject them to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for in Section 15 of this Contract, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit 3. The initial members of the Steering Committee are as follows:

 

DPF Representative:   

Ernie Bush

Preclinical Development Advisor

1 Grandview Place

Rockaway, NJ 07866

[**]

DPF Alternate:   

Eugene Williams

Business Advisor

43 Hillcrest Road

Belmont, MA 02478

[**]

GRANTEE Representative:   

Jon Tinsley, PhD

Senior Director, R&D

[**]

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK

GRANTEE Alternate:   

Richard Storer, DPhil

Chief Scientific Officer

[**]

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK

MDA Representative:   

Jane Larkindale, Ph.D.

Director of Translational Research

[**]

Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc.

3300 East Sunrise Drive

Tucson, AZ 85718

MDA Alternate:   

Sanjay Bidichandani, M.B.B.S., Ph.D.

Vice President – Research

[**]

Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc.

3300 East Sunrise Drive

Tucson, AZ 85718

 

6


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

Outside Expert:   

John McCall

President, PharMac LLC

[**]

Outside Expert:   

Meg Winberg

Independent Consultant

[**]

Outsider Expert:   

Anne Connolly

Washington School of Medicine

[**]

 

  B. The Steering Committee shall determine (by majority vote of the entire Steering Committee) whether and when Milestone 3 has been achieved and shall meet as requested by the Parties to provide such advice and recommendations as the Parties may request from time to time. The Steering Committee also shall have the responsibility for preparing (with assistance from GRANTEE) a quarterly summary of all significant reportable items under Section 10 of this Contract that relate to the progress and status of the Project. DPF may share this report with members of DPF Advisory Committee (“ DPF Committee ”), subject to the members of the DPF Committee complying with the confidentiality restrictions with respect thereto set forth in Section 14 of this Contract. Members of the Steering Committee shall be entitled to conduct site visits at locations where activities relating to the Project are conducted.

 

  C. If practical in light of the requirements and timetable of the Project (including any ongoing clinical trial), the Steering Committee shall meet (in person or by telephone or video conference call) to determine whether Milestone 3 has been achieved by the date specified in Exhibit 2 (as such date may be extended as provided in this Contract). If because of the exigencies of any ongoing clinical trial or otherwise it is impractical for the Steering Committee to meet for such purpose, the Steering Committee (or any members thereof who are unable to meet) may be polled and the determination by a majority of the members of the Steering Committee, whether by vote at a meeting or by written communication to both DPF and GRANTEE, that Milestone 3 has been achieved shall constitute the majority vote of the entire Steering Committee. The failure of one or more members of the Steering Committee to attend any such meeting or to respond to any poll of the Steering Committee shall not affect any determination made by a majority of the members of the Steering Committee.

 

  D.

GRANTEE shall submit to all members of the Steering Committee and contemporaneously therewith to DPF documentation, relating to Milestone 3 sufficient for the Steering Committee and DPF to evaluate and determine whether or not such Milestone has been achieved and shall provide such information as soon as it is reasonably able to do so. DPF and GRANTEE shall cooperate to cause the

 

7


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  Steering Committee to make such determination as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of such documentation from GRANTEE; provided however, that nothing in this Section 5 shall preclude any member of the Steering Committee from requiring additional information from GRANTEE in order to make such determination.

 

6. Notice of Certain Actions.

 

  A. GRANTEE agrees that it shall give DPF at least [**] days’ prior written notice before taking any of the following action; provided , however , that (i) such advance notice shall not be required where it would breach a contractual obligation of GRANTEE, violate any applicable law or regulation, or (based on the good-faith opinion of outside counsel to GRANTEE) trigger public disclosure requirements and (ii) with respect to transactions described in paragraph (1) or (2) below or a merger or consolidation described in paragraph (3) below, such notice shall not be required prior to the earlier of the execution of a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) to consummate such a transaction or the occurrence of such transaction):

 

  (1) Enter into or permit to occur any Change of Control Transaction (as defined below);

 

  (2) Sell all or substantially all of its assets except for sales in the ordinary and normal course of its business as now conducted;

 

  (3) Liquidate, dissolve, merge or consolidate, or commence any proceedings therefor;

 

  (4) Replace the person serving as the principal investigator of the Project (the “ Principal Investigator ”) for the Project; or

 

  (5) File a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or requesting reorganization under any provision of any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law or consent to the filing of any petition against it under any such law.

 

  B. GRANTEE agrees that it shall, within [**] days after it obtains knowledge thereof, provide written notice to DPF of (1) any action, proceeding, or claim which has commenced or been asserted against it in which the amount involved is more than $250,000, or if such claim could have a material adverse effect on the Project, impair DPF’s reputation, or prevent GRANTEE from performing its obligations under this Contract or materially impair GRANTEE’s ability to perform such obligations, (2) the termination or reduction of any other grant or source of funds intended for use in funding the Project or (3) a Cash Infusion (as defined in Section 8.A.

 

8


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  C. As used herein, “ Change of Control Transaction ” means with respect to GRANTEE:

 

  (1) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (a “ Specified Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of fifty percent (50%) or more of either (a) the then outstanding shares of common stock of GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (b) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of GRANTEE or such controlling Person (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for the purposes of this subsection C(1), the following acquisitions of securities of GRANTEE or such controlling Person shall not constitute a Change of Control Transaction of GRANTEE: (a) any acquisition by GRANTEE or such controlling Person, (b) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by GRANTEE or such controlling Person or any corporation controlled by such Party or controlling Person or (c) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (a) and (b) of subsection C(2) of this definition;

 

  (2)

the consummation by GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE of any acquisition, merger or consolidation involving any Third Party (a “ Business Combination Transaction ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination Transaction, (a) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or other entity resulting from such Business Combination Transaction (including a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the then-outstanding securities of GRANTEE or such controlling Person or all or substantially all of GRANTEE’s or such controlling Person’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be and (b) fifty percent (50%) of more of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination Transaction were members of the Board of Directors

 

9


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  of GRANTEE of such controlling Person at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors of GRANTEE or such controlling Person, providing for such Business Combination Transaction; or

 

  (3) GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates sells or transfers to any Specified Person(s) in one or more related transactions properties or assets representing all or substantially all of GRANTEE’s or such controlling Person’s business to which this Agreement relates at the time of such sale or transfer;

provided , however , that the issuance by GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE of new shares for cash in accordance with the rules of the AIM market (operated by the London Stock Exchange) and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 made with the primary objective of raising additional working capital for GRANTEE or such controlling Person (a “ Public Offering ”) shall not be deemed a Change of Control Transaction.

 

7. Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

  A. GRANTEE and DPF each hereby represents and warrants to the other that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Contract, and it is not subject to any obligation that would impair or conflict with its ability to perform fully its obligations under this Contract:

 

  B. GRANTEE hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, DPF as follows:

 

  (1) As of the Effective Date, GRANTEE holds certain issued patents and patent applications relating to the commercialization of C1100, including a patent application claiming a novel composition of matter. Exhibit 5 sets forth a true and complete list of GRANTEE’s patents and patent applications relating to C1100.

 

  (2) Based on available information after reasonable investigation, GRANTEE has all other intellectual property rights necessary to perform the Project as it is proposed to be conducted according to Exhibit 1.

 

  (3) Based on available information, GRANTEE does not believe that the performance of the Project by it would infringe on the intellectual property rights of any Third Party.

 

  (4) GRANTEE is a public limited company duly organized and existing under the laws of England, is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all states in which such qualification is necessary.

 

  (5)

The Project and GRANTEE’s business are and will be conducted in accordance with the highest ethical standards set forth in the Helsinki

 

10


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  Declaration of the World Medical Assembly and in compliance with all applicable national (United States federal, United Kingdom, etc.), state, foreign and local laws and rules and regulations and all applicable policies and protocols of the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency thereto (collectively, the “ EMA ”), U.S. Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency thereto (collectively, the “ FDA ”) and other drug regulatory agencies, Human Subjects Review Boards and Institutional Review Boards of all collaborating institutions, and any other bona fide regulatory agencies governing clinical testing on human or animal subjects.

 

  (6) On the Effective Date and assuming no suspension or cancellation by DPF or MDA of funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the MDA-Summit Agreement, GRANTEE has available to it financial resources that, together with the Grant, are sufficient to complete the Project. GRANTEE has disclosed to DPF all other grants and funding sources intended to provide funds to be used in funding the Project, and GRANTEE is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of any contract or grants related thereto, and there has been no termination or reduction of any such grant or source of funds intended for use in funding the Project or any failure to meet any milestone or funding condition provided for in any such contract or grant.

 

  (7) There is no action, proceeding, or claim which has commenced or been asserted against GRANTEE in which the amount involved is more than $250,000, or which could have a material adverse effect on the Project, impair DPF’s reputation, or prevent GRANTEE from performing its obligations under this Contract or materially impair GRANTEE’s ability to perform such obligations.

 

  (8) GRANTEE has delivered to DPF a true and complete copy of each freedom to operate study or similar study prepared by or on behalf of GRANTEE with respect to the Project and the Project Compounds and the intellectual property related thereto (each a “ Freedom to Operate Study ”) and shall provide to DPF a true and complete copy of each additional Freedom to Operate Study or any update to any such study, promptly after the completion thereof.

 

  (9) The initial Principal Investigator is Jon Tinsley, Ph.D.

 

  C. GRANTEE agrees that it shall conduct the Project substantially in accordance with the Grant Application, as the same may be modified from time to time with the consent of the Steering Committee and DPF.

 

11


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

8. Payments by GRANTEE.

GRANTEE and DPF agree to the following commercial terms with regard to the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals products containing any Project Compound (all such pharmaceutical products being referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Product ”):

 

  A. Development Funding Milestone Payment . In the event that prior to the first commercial sale of any Product that has been approved for use in the Field, GRANTEE receives a Cash Infusion (as defined below) and GRANTEE has not permanently ceased its research and development efforts directed towards developing and obtaining Regulatory Approval of the Products, GRANTEE will make a lump sum payment to DPF of [**] Dollars ($[**]) promptly following (and in any event not later than [**] days after) the receipt of such Cash Infusion (such payment being referred to herein as the “ Cash Infusion Milestone Payment ”). As used herein, “ Cash Infusion ” means (a) the receipt by GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates of funds or payments in one or more transactions in an aggregate amount exceeding [**] Dollars ($[**]) regardless of the source thereof, it being understood and agreed that (1) without limiting the foregoing, such funding may include the proceeds of the sale or issuance of any shares of capital stock or other securities of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates, milestone or other payments received pursuant to any joint venture, collaboration, joint development or similar agreement and (2) in the event of the merger or consolidation of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates with another Person, the cash, deposits, money market instruments, marketable securities and similar financial instruments held by such other Person or its Affiliate shall be counted as part of such Cash Infusion and the value of any proceeds paid to stockholders of GRANTEE and its Affiliates or (b) the direct or indirect purchase by a Third Party in one or more transactions of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates or a merger or consolidation of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates with a Third Party in which the proceeds of such purchase or merger to the shareholders of GRANTEE or such Affiliate have a value exceeding [**] Dollars ($[**]).

 

  B. Commercial Milestone Payments .

 

  (1) GRANTEE will make a lump sum payment to DPF of [**] Dollars ($[**]) (less the amount if any previously paid in respect of the Cash Infusion Milestone) not later than [**] days following the receipt of Regulatory Approvals (such payment being referred to herein as the “ First Commercial Milestone Payment ”). As used herein, “ Regulatory Approval ” means the approval of the applicable regulatory authority in the United States or in the European Union of the use and sale of any Project Compound or Product for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease, excluding any pricing and reimbursement approvals and, without limiting the foregoing, “Regulatory Approval” shall include the approval of a New Drug Application by the FDA or the approval of a Marketing Authorization Application by the EMA with respect to any Project Compound or Product for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease.

 

  (2) If the Product has received Regulatory Approval in the United States or the European Union and worldwide cumulative gross sales of the Product by GRANTEE and its Affiliates and their licensees exceed the aggregate sum of [**] Dollars ($[**]), GRANTEE shall pay DPF an additional payment of [**] Dollars ($[**]) within [**] days after the end of the GRANTEE fiscal quarter during which such worldwide cumulative gross sales level is achieved.

 

12


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

The foregoing payments described in this subsection B are referred to herein collectively as the “ Commercial Milestone Payments ” and together with the Cash Infusion Milestone Payment are referred to herein collectively as the “ Milestone Payments .”

 

  C. Quarterly Payments . In addition to the Cash Infusion Milestone Payment and the Commercial Milestone Payments provided for above if the Product has received Regulatory Approval in the United States or the European Union, GRANTEE shall pay to DPF on a quarterly basis is within [**] days following the end of each fiscal quarter of GRANTEE an amount equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the worldwide Net Sales (as defined below) of the Product during such fiscal quarter. The foregoing payments are referred to herein collectively as the “ Quarterly Payments .”

As used herein, “ Net Sales ” means with respect to the Product, the gross amount billed by GRANTEE and its Affiliates and licensees for sales of the Product to a Third Party, less:

 

  (i) discounts (including cash discounts and quantity discounts), cash and non-cash coupons, retroactive price reductions, charge-back payments and rebates actually granted to managed care organizations or to federal, state and local governments, their agencies, and purchasers and reimbursers or to customers;

 

  (ii) credits or allowances actually granted upon claims, damaged goods, rejections or returns of the Product; and

 

  (iii) taxes or duties levied on, absorbed or otherwise imposed on sale of the Product, including value-added taxes, healthcare taxes or other governmental charges otherwise imposed upon the billed amount (to the extent not paid by the Third Party).

If GRANTEE or its Affiliate or licensee enters into an agreement with a Third Party for the purchase of the Product that provides discounts or rebates on the Product that are conditioned on pricing terms or conditions for purchase of another product or products sold by GRANTEE or such Affiliate or licensee, then the discount or rebate on the Product under such agreement shall be determined, for purposes of determining Net Sales under this Contract based on the weighted average of discounts or rebates for the Product and such other product(s) sold under such agreement for the applicable accounting period.

 

13


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  D. Payments in the Event of an Assignment of Rights . In the event GRANTEE assigns its rights to any or all of the Project Compounds or experiences a Change of Control Transaction or to all or any part of the Product, GRANTEE shall, at the election of DPF, (i) cause such assignee to assume GRANTEE’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to the assigned rights or (ii) pay to DPF not later than [**] days following the consummation of such assignment or Change of Control Transaction an amount equal to the greater of (x) [**] percent ([**]%) of the fair market value of the assigned rights or (y) such amounts as is necessary to provide DPF with an internal rate of return on the Grant payments made by DPF under this Contract (without regard to the Commercial Milestone Payments) or [**] percent ([**]%) (such payment being referred to herein as the “ Assignment Payment ”).

 

  E. Payment Following Termination . If DPF terminates this Contract before DPF pays any grant funds to GRANTEE, or if DPF fails to make the first payment of grant funds to GRANTEE under this Contract despite the achievement of the relevant Milestone, then this Contract shall be null and void, and GRANTEE shall neither be liable for any Commercial Milestone Payment or any Quarterly Payment or Assignment Payment. If DPF terminates this Contract after DPF makes the first payment of grant funds to GRANTEE, but before DPF pays the entire grant of $500,000 to GRANTEE, or DPF fails to pay to GRANTEE the full aggregate amount of payments contemplated by Section 3.A of this Contract, then (i) the Cash Infusion Milestone Payment, the First Commercial Milestone Payment and any Assignment Payment, whichever is due first, shall be reduced to an amount equal to [**] times the Grant funds actually paid by DPF to GRANTEE, and (ii) DPF shall not be entitled to receive any other Milestone Payment, any Quarterly Payment or Assignment Payment.

 

9. Reports.

GRANTEE agrees to contemporaneously (except where a reporting date is specified or applicable law prohibits) provide the following information to DPF, provided, however , that distribution of such reports or the information they contain within DPF will be limited to the extent reasonably possible to DPF Board of Directors, officers, and employees, and members of the Steering Committee with a need to know, and that such reports or the information they contain may not be shared with any other non-employees of DPF absent GRANTEE’s prior written consent:

 

  A. Copies of GRANTEE’s regular investor reports and, to the extent available to prospective investors, all registration statements, prospectuses, preliminary prospectuses, and similar materials created by GRANTEE in connection with a prospective or actual Public Offering;

 

  B.

To the extent not made simultaneously available to (or, in the case of verbal or non-written communications, made outside the presence of) a representative of DPF or a member of the Steering Committee other than the GRANTEE Representative, copies of all communications (including summaries of all verbal and other non-written communications) with the EMA, the FDA or other drug

 

14


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  regulatory agency concerning issues that may substantially affect the Project, specifically including, without limitation, copies of any communications from the EMA, the FDA or other drug regulatory agency allowing the effectiveness of any Clinical Trials Application or Investigational New Drug Application or similar application and all communications concerning adverse events associated with the use of the Project Compounds or Product that are both serious and unexpected (as those terms are defined in the applicable regulations of the EMA, the FDA or other drug regulatory agency) that may occur in relation to any clinical trial involving the Project Compounds or the Product.

 

  C. Copies of all Institutional Review Board communications about and approvals of any clinical trial relating to the Project Compounds or the Product;

 

  D. Copies of all documents confirming that research involving animals, whether conducted in-house or subcontracted, complies with all applicable federal laws and regulations;

 

  E. All final study reports relating to the Project;

 

  F. Copies of any published or unpublished papers resulting from a DPF research award, including papers intended for future publication whether or not the publication date is known (it being understood and agreed that journal embargoes will not be violated);

 

  G. The date of the first commercial sale of the Product anywhere in the world;

 

  H. Within [**] days after the end of each GRANTEE fiscal quarter, a report in a form reasonably satisfactory to DPF of the gross sales and Net Sales of the Product and such other reports in a form reasonably satisfactory to DPF as may be reasonably requested by DPF to determine the amounts payable to DPF under this Contract and showing the computation of such amounts;

 

  I. Within [**] days after the end of each GRANTEE fiscal quarter, a report of the amount expended by GRANTEE with respect to the Project; and

GRANTEE shall keep or cause to be kept such records as are required to determine, in a manner consistent with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and this Contract, the expenditure of funds under this Contract and the sums payable to DPF under this Contract. At the request of DPF, GRANTEE shall permit DPF Vice President – Finance, DPF outside accountants, and/or an independent certified public accountant or accounting firm appointed by DPF, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, to examine such records as may be necessary to determine, with respect to any period, the correctness or completeness of any report, expenditure of funds, or payment made under this Contract. DPF shall be responsible for the fees of such independent certified public accountants for the performance of any such audit, unless such audit discloses a variance to the detriment of DPF of more than [**] percent ([**]%) from the amount of the original report, budget, or payment calculation. In such case, GRANTEE shall reimburse DPF for such fees.

 

15


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

Following completion of the Project and up until such time as the Product is commercialized, GRANTEE shall submit annual progress reports to DPF on the preclinical and clinical progress made on the Product in the Field. Such progress reports shall describe in summary fashion GRANTEE’s efforts to bring the Product through EMA and FDA approval and to commercialization for the Disease and shall include a discussion of the actual number of staff and expenditures directed toward the commercialization effort since the preceding report. Progress reports shall also contain: the status of clinical development including a summary of any communications with regulatory authorities; a description of efforts to commercialize the Product by any sublicensee; and any other information that may be deemed pertinent to the commercialization efforts.

 

10. Indemnification.

GRANTEE agrees to indemnify and hold DPF and its officers, directors, employees, volunteers, and agents harmless from any and all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, demands, damages, expenses, and losses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs), including, without limitation, personal injury or death (each, a “ Claim ”), resulting from:

 

  A. GRANTEE’s performance or failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder;

 

  B. Any and all research and other activities conducted by GRANTEE and any investigator or subcontractor of GRANTEE pursuant to this Contract and in connection with the Project, including, without limitation, clinical testing on human subjects;

 

  C. Any product developed in whole or in part from the Project;

 

  D. Any violation or alleged violation by GRANTEE or any investigator or subcontractor of GRANTEE of any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation, or policy or protocol in conducting the Project;

 

  E. Any infringement or alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of a Third Party;

 

  F. Any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus, or other offer by GRANTEE to issue or sell securities, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any other violation or alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by GRANTEE.

In each of the foregoing cases: (i) DPF shall notify GRANTEE of any Claim with reasonable promptness under the circumstances, (ii) if GRANTEE has acknowledged in writing to DPF its full responsibility for such Claim, GRANTEE may select counsel to direct the defense and

 

16


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

settlement of such Claim, provided, however , that DPF may, at its election, participate in the defense of any Claim, and (iii) DPF shall reasonably cooperate with GRANTEE, at GRANTEE’s expense, in the investigation of, preparation of, and defense and settlement of any such Claim. GRANTEE shall promptly reimburse DPF for any indemnifiable losses, damages and expenses incurred by DPF or any other Indemnified Person hereunder as and when such losses, damages and expenses are incurred, subject to submission of reasonable documentation of such amounts. In the event, GRANTEE assumes the defense of any such Claim as provided above, GRANTEE may not settle any such Claim without the prior written consent of DPF.

 

11. Insurance.

GRANTEE hereby represents, warrants, and agrees that (i) it currently maintains general corporate liability insurance and clinical trials insurance with coverage limits of not less than [**] Dollars ($[**]), and (ii) during the term of this Contract and the duration of the Project and until all applicable statues of limitations have expired with respect to the activities conducted in connection with the Project, GRANTEE shall maintain coverage with at least the same coverage limits so long as it remains available on commercially reasonable terms. GRANTEE shall cause such coverage to name DPF as an additional insured and to contain a waiver of subrogation. GRANTEE shall deliver to DPF a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage prior to the date the first grant payment is due and from time to time thereafter upon the request of DPF.

 

12. Communications and Notices.

An notice or other communication required or desired to be given with respect to this Contract shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered immediately upon delivery by courier or upon transmission by telex, telecopy, e-mail (with confirmation of receipt) or similar electronic medium to the Parties and their respective designated project information officers for this Project as follows, or to such other address as each Party designates to the other in writing:

 

   Duchenne Partners Fund LLC
   c/o Ernie Bush
   Preclinical Development Advisor
   1 Grandview Place
   Rockaway, NJ 07866
   Fax: (to be specified by DPF)
   E-mail: [**]
Attention:    Summit Corporation plc
   91 Million Park
   Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK
Attention    Dr. Jon Tinsley, PhD.
   Senior Director, R&D
   Fax: +44 1235 443999
   E-mail: [**]

 

17


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

with an e-mail copy for:    Richard Storer, DPhil
   CSO
   E-mail: [**]
13. Termination

This Contract shall be deemed to be terminated upon the exercise by DPF of any right it may have to cancel the Grant, provided, however , that the following sections shall survive termination of this Contract: Section 5, Section 8, Section 9, Section 10, Section 11, this Section 12 and Section 13.

 

14. Confidentiality, Publicity, and Publication.

 

  A. Confidentiality . As used in this Contract, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean all information provided by one party (the “ Discloser ”) to the other party (the “ Recipient ”) pursuant to this Contract that is either explicitly designated as confidential by the Discloser, or is of such a nature that the Recipient either knew, or should reasonably have known, that it was disclosed with an expectation of confidentiality. Confidential Information shall not include (i) information previously known to the Recipient, as evidenced by written records, (ii) information which becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Contract, (iii) information obtained by Recipient from a Third Party having no obligation of confidentiality to the Discloser, (iv) information independently developed by Recipient, provided Recipient can demonstrate that the independent development was by employees or agents of Recipient who did not have access to Confidential Information. Recipient shall not disclose to any Third Party or use in any manner Confidential Information other than as explicitly permitted in this Contract for a period of [**] years from the date of disclosure by Discloser; provided, however , that (a) in the case of information explicitly designated as a trade secret, such information shall not be disclosed while it remains subject to trade secret protection, and (b) in the case of reports provided under Section 10 of this Contract containing information submitted to a government agency or institutional review board, such information shall not be disclosed until such time as it becomes available to the public pursuant to the federal Freedom of Information Act or similar state or local law. Disclosures required of Recipient by law or regulation shall not constitute a breach of this Contract, provided that Recipient minimizes the disclosure to the extent legally possible and (if legally permissible) promptly notifies Discloser of the disclosure requirement. Each party shall ensure that any of its employees or agents who require access to Confidential Information are subject to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for this Contract.

 

  B.

DPF Public Information . Notwithstanding the foregoing, DPF retains the right to make public the title and amount of the Project, as well as a brief lay summary reviewed and approved by GRANTEE. All other Project-related information, including the substance of the grant application, any resulting progress reports, or other written or oral communications is considered confidential and will not be

 

18


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  released to other than DPF’s Board of Directors, offices and employees, the MVP Committee (provided that the distribution to the MVP Committee consists solely of the report contemplated by Section 5.B), and the Steering Committee without specific, written permission from GRANTEE. GRANTEE shall designate on representative as the Project Information Officer to oversee and authorize release of Project-related information.

 

  C. Publicity . It is understood that DPF and GRANTEE will make every to coordinate publicity related to the Project as funded by DPF, and that DPF will respect confidentiality agreements and proprietary information about this work. GRANTEE shall cause all GRANTEE-generated press releases and journal publications relating to the Project to include a prominent reference to the support received from the Muscular Dystrophy Association and its seminal role in the Project. GRANTEE shall submit to DPF all GRANTEE-generated journal articles related to the Project as soon as they are accepted for publication, together with information about embargo dates. Press releases and other public media generated by DPF will acknowledge GRANTEE by name. Except for uses of a Party’s name provided for elsewhere in this Section, neither Party shall issue any press release or other information designated for public release that is related to the Project and uses the name of the other Party unless such press release or information has been approved in advance in writing by such other Party. Each Party shall use all reasonable efforts, subject to the AIM Rules or other public disclosure requirements, to provide the other Party with a reasonable time to review such press releases and information, and each Party shall endeavor to give its approval for the reasons for the denial of its approval as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving such press release or information. Without limiting the foregoing, GRANTEE acknowledges that DPF contemplates that it will make a public announcement contemporaneously with each public announcement by GRANTEE that relates to the Project, the Project Compounds or the Product. Accordingly, GRANTEE shall provide DPF with such advance notice of any such proposed announcement by GRANTEE as may be necessary for DPF to prepare its own announcement and for the review and approval of such DPF announcement by GRANTEE. If, prior to the expiration of [**] full business days following the receipt by DPF of GRANTEE’s draft announcement, DPF notifies GRANTEE that DPF will also make an announcement contemporaneously with the GRANTEE announcement, GRANTEE shall not make its own announcement with respect to such matters other than contemporaneously with DPF’s announcement unless DPF fails to provide GRANTEE with DPF’s proposed announcement prior to the expiration of such three (3) business day period; provided that nothing in this sentence shall restrict GRANTEE from complying with the AIM Rules or other public disclosure requirements.

The Parties further agree that this Contract supersedes in its entirety the “Translational Research Corporate Grant Communications and Confidentiality Policy” referenced in Part II(8) of Section A and Part III of Section C of the MVP Policy and included as Exhibit 2 to such policy.

 

19


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

15. Miscellaneous Terms.

 

  A. This Contract may only be amended or modified by a written instrument signed by both Parties.

 

  B. This Contract shall not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided, however, that (1) either Party may assign this Contract without consent to (i) any wholly-owned subsidiary or Affiliate under common control, or (ii) any successor to substantially all of the business to which this Contract relates, (2) DPF may assign to MDA or any organization that is a successor thereto any or all of its rights under this Contract, and (3) DPF or any assignee of DPF may assign any or all of its rights under this Contract, to any other Person for the further development and/or commercialization of Products. Any purported assignment not made in compliance with this Section shall be null and void. Upon any such assignment by DPF, DPF shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder to the extent such obligations are assumed by such assignee; and, in the event of any such assignment by DPF (as DPF’s assignee), DPF shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder to the extent such obligations are assumed by such assignee.

 

  C. This Contract, together with the Exhibits hereto, embodies the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written and verbal, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision of this Contract shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The headings in this Contract are for reference purposes only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and, to the extent permitted by Section 16.B, their respective assigns.

 

  D. This Contract will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

  E.

Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Contract (each, a “ Dispute ”) shall be submitted to, and settled by, arbitration pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association at a mutually-convenient venue to be determined by agreement of the parties (or, in the absence of such agreement, by the arbitrators). Any award rendered shall be final and conclusive upon the Parties. The expenses of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the Parties, provided that each Party shall pay for and bear the cost of its own experts, evidence, and counsel’s fees, except that in the discretion of the arbitrator, any award may include the cost of a Party’s counsel. The requirement to submit Disputes to arbitration shall not prevent either Party from seeking injunctive relief from an appropriate court or other tribunal to preserve its rights while resolution of such Dispute is pending. In the event that the amount in dispute exceeds $[**] ($[**]), DPF may require such arbitration to be

 

20


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

  conducted before and resolved by a panel of three (3) neutral arbitrators appointed a follows. Each of DPF and GRANTEE shall appoint a neutral arbitrator (each a “ Party Arbitrator ”) and the two Party Arbitrators shall jointly appoint the third neutral arbitrator, who shall serve as the chairperson of the arbitration panel. If the two Party Arbitrators fail to agree on the third arbitrator within [**] days following the appointment of the Party Arbitrators, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association.

 

  F. The relationship between the Parties to this Contract is that of independent contractors and not agents of each other or joint venturers or partners. Each Party shall retain sole and exclusive control over its personnel and operations.

 

  G. This Contract may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  H. Except in the event of fraud, willful misconduct or death or personal injury arising from negligence, no Party shall be liable to the other Party for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages.

[Signature page follows.]

 

21


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

S UMMIT C ORPORATION PLC       D UCHENNE P ARTNERS F UND LLC
By:  

/s/ Richard Storer

    By:  

/s/ Debra Huisken

Name:   Richard Storer     Name:   Debra Huisken
Title:   Director and CSO     Title:   Member

 

22


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

EXHIBIT 1

GRANT APPLICATION

 

23


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

SUMMIT PLC

SMT C1100 utrophin upregulator:

Request for Phase I clinical trial

funding

Jon Tinsley PhD

11 th February 2011

Executive Summary : Summit is proposing to fast track assessment of a second readily available formulation of SMT C100 in healthy volunteers. It is our belief that this approach will give SMT C1100 the best opportunity of being able to demonstrate its true potential as a viable DMD therapy.

Summit has estimated that $[**] will be required to fund this plan of work and we are seeking the financial support of the MDA-VP to provide $[**] to assist in advancing SMT C1100 into a new Phase I trial using a more appropriate formulation. We are currently looking to identify additional partners to commit to the remaining balance required. In return, Summit will contribute its considerable scientific expertise to support SMT C1100’s development and eventual commercialisation as it remains our commitment to work towards producing a new medicine for DMD.

DMD remains a disease for which there is no cure. Summit understands it is a race against time for patients and families and that if the challenge of finding a cure, or even a life-enhancing treatment, is to be met, every available opportunity must be fully explored.

Introduction

Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) is a lethal X-linked recessive muscle wasting disease caused by mutations in the dystrophin gene. Affected boys are ambulatory until about 12 years of age. They used die in their late teens but many patients can live into their twenties with respiratory support. Many boys show at abnormal ECG in the late stages of the diseases and cardiomyopathy is a general feature of the disease. The milder form of the disease known as Becker muscular dystrophy (BMD) also characterized by cardiac defects even though BMD patients can be ambulant in the 50 and 60s. Thus any therapy for the disease would need not only to target skeletal but also cardiac muscle.

Currently there is no effective treatment for DMD. Various strategies to alleviate the symptoms such as steroid treatment, anti-inflammatory agents and growth hormone and myostatin inhibitors which promote increased muscle mass. More recently, genetic approaches have been tested in DMD patient trials. In particular, read through of stop codons have been attempted in the 10-15% of patients that have stop codons. Atularen entered a phase 2b trial which utilised a six minute walk distance test (6MWD) as the primary efficacy endpoint as the ability to walk further after treatment is considered a major improvement in the quality of life for these patients. Unfortunately after conclusion of the trial, no increase in the distance travelled using the 6MWD

 

24


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

test was reported. Exon skipping using antisense molecules has shown some dystrophin increase in trials utilising direct injection into muscle. Early data on systemic delivery shows restoration of dystrophin to a variable degree in patients. Next generation trials are continuing with constructs which increase the efficiency of delivery of the antisense oligonucleotides. The efficacy of this approach was demonstrated in the dystrophin/utrophin knock out mouse where restoration of muscle function was demonstrated. The main exon skipping efforts are currently directed at skipping exon 51 which will target about 13% of patients. To treat more patients different antisense sequences will need to be developed to target other exons and the regulatory authorities may treat each of these new constructs as a new drug. The ideal scenario would be to develop multi-exon skipping but this may only be achieved using AAV delivery which also has problems.

We have taken an alternative pharmacological approach to DMD developing a strategy which should be appropriate to treat all patients irrespective of their mutation and would also have the potential to target skeletal and cardiac muscle. Building on our work on the mdx mouse which demonstrated that the loss of dystrophin could be compensated for by increasing the levels of the dystrophin related protein, utrophin, we have been developing novel small molecules which can transcriptionally upregulate the utrophin gene. The demonstration that increased utrophin can prevent the muscular dystrophy in the mdx mouse has been confirmed by others. Our data from the mdx mouse suggested that increasing the levels of utrophin 2-3 fold would be a great benefit. We therefore screened for small molecules that would increase the levels of utrophin in the cell based assay 4-5 fold.

SMT C1100 was the final product of an exhaustive chemical screening and optimisation campaign. In this paper we present evidence demonstrating a significant reduction in dystrophic symptoms and increased muscle function in dystrophin deficient mdx mice. This was a comprehensive study looking at the beneficial effects of daily dosing of SMTC1100 on both sedentary and the more severely affected forced exercise model. If the results obtained using the SMT C1100 translated across to DMD patients then undoubtedly this would be a disease modifying therapy for DMD.

Results

In vitro upregulation of ultrophin

SMT C1100 was identified from an iterative analoging approach from initial hits identified using a human muscle specific utrophin-A promoter cell based assay (ref from review or add in figure) Mdx myoblasts were cloned from H-2K-isA58 x mdx with an IFN / is SV40 T Ag transgene in order to control proliferation and fusion. The screening line contains a stably integrated reporter consisting of 8.4kb of the human utrophin (UTRN) promoter linked to a luciferase reporter gene. The region of the utrophin promoter contained all the motifs known to control utrophin expression. This high throughput screening assay identified a number of luciferase inducing compounds that also have the ability to Increase the transcription of the endogenous mouse UTRN, thus identifying compounds with both human and mouse activity eventually leading to the final optimized compound, SMTC1100.

 

25


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

SMTC 110 shows a maximum increase of 5 fold compared to vehicle with an EC 50 of 0.4 µM (Fig 1a). In vitro dosing of human DMD muscle cells with SMT C1100 induces utrophin protein (Fig. lb) when compared to vehicle dosing. Maximal utrophin protein increase of 100% above vehicle during the three days of dosing with 0.3µM was achieved. Human myotubes when dosed with SMT C1100 for 7 days demonstrated and increase of utrophin protein of around 50% when compared to vehicle with an EC50 of 0.2µM (Fig 1c).

 

 

LOGO

Plasma levels of SMT C1100

Single administration of 50mg/kg SMT C1100 by oral gavage demonstrates that levels of compounds are above the estimated efficacy level of 0.5µM in both plasma and muscle and are maintained for over 12 flours (Fig 2a and b respectively).

 

 

LOGO

In vivo upregulation of utrophin

To confirm the activity in vivo of SMT C1100, the dystrophin deficient mdx mouse was used to monitor any changes in the dystrophic phenotype after chronic dosing for several weeks. To confirm increases in utrophin expression after repeat daily dosing with SMT C1100, muscle samples were taken for RNA analysis and protein expression. Fig. 3a demonstrates almost a two fold increase in utrophin mRNA as determined by quantitave PCR from mdx mice dosed daily with SMT C1100 for 28 days compared to vehicle. Muscle sections were also taken, Fig. 3b demonstrates significant increases in utrophin protein quantified from western blots from heart, a muscle notoriously difficult to target with systemic administration of putative DMD therapeutics, and diaphragm, the skeletal muscle most affected in sedentary mdx mice. Fig. 3c

 

26


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

 

LOGO

 

illustrates a qualitative increase in sarcolemmal bound utropin in the TA and EDL muscles after repeat dosing with SMT C1100. This data confirms SMT C1100 drives increased utrophin expression in vivo and more importantly demonstrates increased utrophin staining at the required site of action, the sarcolemma.    LOGO

Benefits of daily dosing of sedentary mdx mice with SMT C1100

In the case of the sedentary mdx mouse, there is a significant triggering of muscle degeneration at around 4 weeks of which continues for a further 4 weeks where limb muscles then appear to reach stasis and levels of regeneration remain stable. One muscle where continued development of necrosis is seen is the diaphragm muscle. The dosing schedule for SMT C100 treated mice was a single daily administration from day 21 for a further 28 days. This period of dosing encompassed the necrotic degenerative phase resulting from dystrophin deficiency.

 

The hypothesis to protect myofibres from damage in the absence of dystrophin is that utrophin, if continually localised to the sarcolemma, will replace dystrophin function. If dystrophin negative fibers are protected from damage for longer by the continued presence of utrophin then the catastrophic secondary effects of regeneration, fibrosis and inflammation should be reduced and muscle should be able to function for longer. All of these endpoints are significantly improved in mdx dosed daily with SMT SMTC1100 several weeks compared to mdx only dosed with vehicle. SMT C1100 addresses the primary cause of fibre loss by protecting the sarcolemma from damage as exemplified by resistance to eccentric contractions (Fig.4a) and a reduction in serum creatine kinase levels (Fig. 4b). At the point where the muscle necrosis is at a maximum, SMT C1100 reduces significantly the release of CK into the plasma (Fig. 4b, 15d after alert of dosing) and when degeneration has stabilised there is still   

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

27


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

significant benefit seen as evidenced by continued lower levels of CK (Fig4b, 28d after start of dosing). This data also demonstrates that beneficial effects of SMT C1100 driven utrophin upregulation must occur within a few days after the start of dosing.

 

The resultant protection of dystrophin deficient fibres by continued expression of utrophin resulted in a reduction in the level of regeneration taking place in skeletal muscle in mdx mice dosed with SMT C1100. This is demonstrated by a significant reduction in the numbers of fibres with centrally localized nuclei where fibres with peripheral nuclei are thought to be more mature in development and therefore have been a component of the muscle for longer (Fig. 4c). Significant reduction in centrally nucleated fibres is seen in the skeletal muscles examined including the more DMD like, diaphragm.    LOGO

 

As the cycle of fibre degeneration-regeneration is being slowed by continued utrophin expression in SMT C1100 dosed mdx then the cytoplasmic signals to engage in muscle repair responses such as inflammation and fibrosis are reduced. In normal muscle this inflammatory protection response is dampened down as the proliferation of resident satellite cells fuse and reconnects the broken fibres. However, with the constant degeneration, these protection signals are not switched off, resulting in the continued influx of inflammatory cells and fibroblasts, leading to an increasing cascade of further fibre damage and loss of muscle “space” by fibrotic plaques. Treatment with SMT C1100 significantly reduces this damage by virtue of the reduced fibre regeneration. Blinded analysis by a board-certified veterinary pathologist of muscle sections from mdx mice dosed with either vehicle or SMT C1100 shows a significant reduction in both inflammation and fibrosis   

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Whole muscle sections were rated with a pathology score on a scale from normal (0) – mild (1) – moderate (2) – severe. Results from the average of total scoring from the TA, EDL and solesus are shown (Fig. 5a). A qualitative example of the extent of inflammation from a SMTC1100 dosed EDL (Fig. 5b) or vehicle dosed EDL (Fig. 5c) is shown where the SMTC1100 section was scored as mild (occasional mononuclear inflammatory cells in the inter-bundle connective tissue with focal aggregations of mononuclear inflammatory cells) and the mdx as moderate (multiple foci of mononulclear inflammatory cell infiltration in the inter-bundle connective tissue; occasional mononuclear inflammatory cells between individual muscle fibres). This data confirms the concept of reduced fibre damage due to utrophin localization leading to reduced inflammation and fibrosis.

 

28


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

Benefits of daily dosing of forced exercise mdx mice with SMT C1100

In order to increase the severity of the mdx muscular dystrophy, we used a forced exercise regime of chronic exercise, a strategy to worsen the murine pathology. Five week old mdx mice underwent forced treadmill exercise twice a week. The effects of daily SMT C1100 treatment was then evaluated on these forced exercise mdx mice.

 

This exercise protocol significantly worsens in vivo parameters readily evaluated by noninvasive approaches, such as the grip and endurance tests. In particular, the exercise protocol induced the typical decrease of fore limb force in vivo over time, a reduction which is minimally observed in sedentary mdx . SMT C1100 treated mdx mice showed a significant protection against exercise induced fore limb weakness, in terms of maximal strength achieved and the increase in strength after 4 weeks of dosing (Fig 6a and 6b). After 4 weeks of dosing both values from the SMT C1100 dosed mdx were equivalent to those observed in wild type mice.    LOGO

 

Data with direct relevance to DMD treatment was generated using fatigue assessment of the mice which underwent forced exercise. Fatigue was assessed in an acute endurance test and estimated as the maximal distance run before exhaustion. Sedentary mdx mice, although running for shorter distance than wildtype maintain the same exercise performance over time, while exercised md x group shows a dramatic increase in fatigability between the start and the 4 th and 5 th week of training (Fig. 7). After 5 weeks of dosing a partial restoration of the resistance to fatigue was observed in SMT C1100 dosed mice with an increase in distance travelled of around 50% compared to vehicle. Interestingly this effect was similar to that observed exercised mdx mice treated with prednisolone, the standard of care for Duchenne patients. Significant synergy was observed when SMT C1100 was co-administered with prednisolone for five weeks, the forced exercise mdx were completely resistant to fatigue and were able to continue running as far as the sedentary mdx (Fig. 7) which equated to an increase in distance travelled of around 350% compared to the vehicle treated forced exercise mdx .    LOGO

 

29


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

Ex vivo analysis on isolated muscles from forced exercise mdx mice demonstrated that SMT C1100 exerted a significant amelioration of calcium-department functional parameters, which are typically modified in mdx muscles due to the altered calcium homeostasis which in turn drives the rate of degeneration. In SMT C1100 treated EDL muscle fibres the strength-duration curve describing the mechanical threshold was significantly shifted toward the more positive membrane potential values and almost overlapped with that observed in wildtype myofibres (Fig. 8a). The rheobase value of SMT C1100 treated muscles approached the wildtype value (-69.3 ± 0.4 mV) which was about 5mV less negative than that of non-treated exercised ones (-70.5 ± 1.2 mV vs. -75 ± 1.5 mV: p < 0.5 by Student test). Interestingly this parameter is not ameliorated by a partial increase in dystrophin expression by gentamicin treatment. Similarly, the ratio between twitch and tetanic tension was significantly reduced in SMT C1100 treated exercised mdx muscles with respect to untreated counterparts, again showing that SMT C1100 treatment generates similar values typically found in wildtype EDL muscle (Fig. 8b). The amelioration of calcium-dependent parameters was paralleled by a partial although significant 18% decrease of cystosolic Ca level determined by fura-2 microspectroflurimetry (data not shown), thus corroborating that the sarcolemmal bound utrophin from SMT C1100 can improve calcium-mediate mechanotransduction signaling. As one would predict from the reductions in cytoplasmic Ca levels, there is a significant reduction in the necrosis seen in muscle sections with a corresponding increase in healthy fibres and reduction in fibres showing evidence of regeneration from the SMTC1100 forced exercise mdx . Table 1 shows a 75% reduction in necrotic areas.   

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

Footnote: The in vivo work described was commissioned by Summit and performed in the laboratories of Prof. Kay Davies (Oxford, UK), Prof. Annamaria de Luca (Bari, Italy) and Jackson Labs- West (Sacramento, US).

Discussion

The data presented here illustrates the effectiveness of dosing a well-established model of DMD with a novel oral utrophin upregulator for several weeks. SMT C1100 induces increased levels of utrophin RNA and protein in human muscle cells and significantly reduces dystrophin deficient muscle pathology to such an extent that significant benefit on whole body strength and endurance is observed. Currently prednisolone and deflazacort are the only drugs approved by the regulators for DMD. We believe that fatigue testing of mdx after a regime of forced exercise is a good surrogate for the primary clinical endpoint which is used in DMD trials, i.e. the distance walked in 5 minutes (8MWD test). Dosing with SMT C1100 alone showed significant benefit in this surrogate modal where the 50% increase in the distance walked would have achieved the required

 

30


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

efficacy endpoint if translated over to 6MD test in DMD trials. Unexpectedly dosing the combination of SMT C1100 and steroid for several weeks completely prevented fatigue of mdx mice undergoing the forced exercise regime. Thus, the combination of the two drugs with presumed different modes of action protect the muscle from fatiguing with exercise thereby allowing for significantly increased ambulation. High levels of long term steroid use have unwanted side effects however a steroid sparing therapy working synergistically with a utrophin upregulator has the potential to become the new standard of care for all DMD patients.

The great advantage of this approach is that it will be possible to treat all DMD and Becker patients, whatever their dystrophin mutation. In addition, it could also be used in combination with existing or other hew strategies in the future inducing utrophin stabilization strategies such as biglycan. In choosing, a dosing route, an orally bioavailable product to be taken at home would be the ideal preference. In short SMT C1100 has the perfect profile, an oral drug suitable for treating treating all DMD patients.

In the recent Phase I clinical trial sponsored by BioMarin, SMT C1100 (BMN195) achieved plasma exposure marginally below the predicted efficacy levels. This is frequently a problem in Phase I trials which can often be circumvented using new formulations of the drug to increase bioavailability. From the data presented in this application only modest plasma levels of around [**] for several hours are needed to generate enough utrophin for substantial benefit and strongly supports the importance of retesting new formulations of SMT C1100 in new Phase I clinical trials to confirm that utrophin upregulation is a promising strategy for the therapy of DMD.

Lead up to Phase I Studies

[**].

BioMarin Phase I Study Results

The trial utilised jet milled SMT C11O0 suspended in [**]. This was a randomized, double-blind, placebo controlled single- and multiple-dose study in healthy male volunteers; ages 18-55. The single ascending dose level was a doubling dose level was a doubling dose from 25mg/kg up to 400mg/kg.

 

The most important observation was that there were no significant adverse events at the plasma concentrations achieved. This is very relevant as we believe that the levels achieved in the BioMarin trial are close to therapeutic levels of [**].    LOGO

 

As expected with a [**] formulation there was high variability within each group. This was seen in the minipig closing and historically this is the major issue of [**] in man. However it is apparent from the error bars that some individuals did achieve plasma levels higher than the required efficacy level of [**] in the single doses. We believe the overall low    LOGO

 

31


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

exposure is undoubtedly due to inability of the body to emulsify the compound in such large volumes of [**]. Apparent loss of linear dose increase was not due directly to SMT C1100 bioavailability but more likely due to the change in the formulation (increase of API in [**]) which led to a further reduction in emulsification leading to reduced bioavailability.

 

With no adverse side effects noted the study moved to ascending multiple doses for 14 days using 100, 200 and 400mg/kg dosing regimen. Once again no significant adverse events were noted even at the highest dose. Again high variability observed within each group with little difference in exposure between 100mg/kg and 400mg/kg groups. There was an apparent reduction in AUC and C max within the first week of repeat dosing which then remained constant for the remaining 7 days of dosing. Examining the data there is still a significant level of SMT C1100 within this constant level from around day 7 to day 14 which is estimated to be around 30% of required efficacy level. One explanation of this reduction is that the repeated insult of gastric irritation due to daily [**] administration could result in activation of gut CYPs and cause SMT C100 metabolism issues resulting in lower absorption.    LOGO

[**].

Conclusions from 1 st Phase I Trial sponsored by BioMarin

Most importantly there were no reported significant adverse events and the compound was safe and well tolerated in all subjects including those who did achieve efficacy levels.

[**].

Summit’s conclusion from the data review and knowledge of the formulation is that the Phase I trial is inconclusive and does not load to the conclusion that SMT C1100 development should be discontinued. The data points to the pressing need to repeat the Phase I with a more appropriate formulation.

Proposal to Test the Aqueous Microfluidised Formulation in a new Phase I

Summit believes the BioMarin results endorse the view that an alternative formulation could be more effective only needing to increase bioavailability in the order of a few fold to achieve and maintain significant efficacy levels.

[**]

Top Level Development Plan for SMTC1100

The current plan is to prioritise the aqueous microfluidised suspension formulation described above for use in a new Phase I trial in healthy volunteers

 

32


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

[**].

The planned Phase I trial is a double blind; placebo controlled ascending single oral dose, safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic study. We have also included analysis of food effect, steroid combination, multiple daily dosing, and metabolism effects. Full study synopsis and plans will be made available if required. Time taken from the start of new non-GMP production of the new formulation for the PK cross over study in minipigs to the end of the Phase I is approximately 10 months.

The new trial will be deemed successful if the SMT C1100 plasma exposure using the new formulation is in excess of the efficacy level over the duration of a day after repeat dosing. This will confirm that there are no absorption or auto-induction issues with the compound and that dose levels will have been identified to translate into dosing regimens in Phase IIa DMD patient trials.

Total cost is approximately $[**].

Support Requested

Summit believes this proposal aligned with the research aims of the MDA-VP to identify therapies and a cure for DMD. We are therefore seeking finance support from the MDA-VP of $[**] to assist in advancing SMT C1100 into a new Phase I trial using a more appropriate formulation. We are currently looking to identify additional partners to commit to the remaining balance required. A successful outcome from this safety trial should enable clinical trials in DMD patients to start in 2012 and bring the first potentially disease modifying treatment for all DMD boys, irrespective of their genetic mutation a significant step closer.

[**].

Without the requested funding from the MDA-VP, we are unable to progress further with the programme and fulfilling our objective of commencing DMD patient trials for utrophin upregulation in 2012.

 

33


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

EXHIBIT 2

MILESTONES AND FUNDING SCHEDULE

 

Milestones and Grant Payments

   Date    Amount  

Milestone 1 : Notice of Award Signed

     

First Grant Payment

   [**]      [**]   
     

 

 

 

2011 Total Payments

      Total $ [**]   
     

 

 

 

Milestone 2 : [**].

   [**]   

[**]

   [**]      [**]   

Milestone 3 : [**]

   [**]   

[**]

   [**]      [**]   
     

 

 

 

2012 Total Payments

      Total $ [**]   
     

 

 

 

Final report

   [**]   
     

 

 

 

Total Grant Payments

      Total $ 500,000   
     

 

 

 

 

34


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

EXHIBIT 3

FORM OF STEERING COMMITTEE CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

T HIS C ONFIDENTIALITY A GREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by [Recipient’s name] (the “Recipient”).

1. The Recipient has been appointed to, and desires to serve on, the Steering Committee for the MDA Venture Philanthropy Grant Contract dated [date of Grant Contract] (the “Grant Contact”), between Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc. (“MDA”) and [Grantee’s legal name] (“Grantee”), pursuant to which MDA will provide funding to Grantee for a research project entitled, [project title].

2. The Recipient acknowledges that, as a member of the Steering Committee he/she will receive confidential information from MDA and Grantee, and the Recipient agrees to enter into this Confidentiality Agreement as a condition to serving on the Steering Committee.

3. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall mean all information received by the Recipient pursuant to the Grant Contract or by virtue of his or her service on the Steering Committee that is either explicitly designated as confidential by the discloser, or is of such a nature that the Recipient either knew, or should reasonably have known, that it was disclosed with an expectation of confidentiality. Confidential Information shall not include (i) information previously known to the Recipient, as evidenced by written records, (ii) information which becomes publicly available other than through a breach of the Grant Contract or this Agreement, (iii) information obtained by Recipient from a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to the discloser, or (iv) information independently developed by Recipient, provided Recipient can demonstrate that the independent development was by employees or agents of Recipient who did not have access to Confidential Information. Recipient shall not disclose to any third party or use in any manner Confidential Information other than as explicitly permitted in the Grant Contract or this Agreement for a period of [**] years from the date of disclosure by discloser; provided , however , that (a) in the case of information explicitly designated as a trade secret, such information shall not be disclosed while it remains subject to trade secret protection, and (b) in the case of reports provided under the Grant Contract containing information submitted to a government agency or institutional review board, such information shall not be disclosed until such time as it becomes available to the public pursuant to the federal Freedom of Information Act or similar state or local law. Disclosures required of Recipient by law or regulation shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, provided that Recipient minimizes the disclosure to the extent legally possible and (if legally permissible) promptly notifies MDA and Grantee of the disclosure requirement. Recipient shall ensure that any of his or her employees or agents who require access to Confidential Information are subject to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for in this Agreement.

4. Recipient expressly acknowledges that the disclosure of Confidential Information by Recipient will cause immediate, substantial, and irreparable damage to MDA and Grantee for

 

35


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

which monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy. If Recipient breaches this Agreement in any manner, MDA and/or Grantee shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement, an injunction restraining the Recipient from all further acts of disclosure and/or unauthorized use of Confidential Information, or both. These equitable remedies are in addition to all other rights MDA and Grantee may have at law or in equity.

5. Recipient shall not assign this Agreement, his or her obligations hereunder, or any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of MDA and Grantee.

6. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of Recipient and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, written and verbal, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. No alteration, amendment, or modification of this Agreement shall be made except by an instrument in writing signed by Recipient, MDA, and Grantee.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:
Signature of Recipient
Printed Name of Recipient
Address:   [Address line 1]
  [Address line 2]
  [City, State Zip Code]
Tel: (    ) –
Fax: (    ) –
E-mail [E-mail address]
Date:            

 

36


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

 

EXHIBIT 4

PROJECT BUDGET

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page was omitted. [**]

 

37


Duchenne Partners Fund_Summit

Corporation plc – Grant

Agreement – 15.12.2011

  CONFIDENTIAL  

FINAL

12-15-2011

 

EXHIBIT 5

SUMMIT C1100 PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

REF

  

TITLE (mnemonic)

  

STATUS

  

FAMILY

  

APPLN NO.

  

PUB/PAT NO

  

PR

DATE

  

FILING

DATA

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page was omitted. [**]

  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

  Exhibit 10.2

MDA Venture Philanthropy Grant Contract

Between Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc. and

Summit Corporation plc

(for the development of DMD and/or BMD therapeutics)

This MDA Venture Philanthropy Corporate Grant Contract (“ Contract ”) is entered into as of December 15, 2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), between Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc., a New York not-for-profit corporation (“ MDA ”) and Summit Corporation plc, a company incorporated in England and listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange having its registered office at 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, England (“ GRANTEE ”), to document the terms upon which MDA will provide funding for the Project (as defined below) and certain related matters. MDA and GRANTEE are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

Background

GRANTEE has identified certain small molecules which can transcriptionally upregulate the utrophin gene (such compounds and any other compounds having a similar mechanism of action and all any salts, esters, free acid forms, free base forms, solvates, polymorphs, stereoisomers, enantiomers, racemates, metabolites and prodrugs thereof to which GRANTEE has rights from time to time, including SMT C1100, being referred to herein as the “ Project Compounds ”).

The Parties believe that the Project Compounds may have utility in the treatment of Duchenne muscular dystrophy and or Becker muscular dystrophy (collectively, the “ Disease ”).

GRANTEE has submitted to MDA a grant application titled “SMT C1100 utrophin upregulator: Request for Phase I clinical trial funding,” a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 (the “ Grant Application ”), for a grant for partial funding of its project to develop a new formulation for SMT C1100 to enable such compound to advance into a new Phase I clinical trial for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease (such project, as the same may be modified from time to time by the Steering Committee (as defined below) being referred to herein as the “ Project ”); and MDA desires to provide such funding on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract.

GRANTEE has submitted to MDA a budget for the Project covering work through the receipt of the final report in analyzing the plasma exposure from dosing of the new formulation for SMT C1100 (the “ Budget ”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 5.

It also is contemplated that GRANTEE will receive additional funding for the Project from Duchenne Partners Fund LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ DPF ”), pursuant to the Grant Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, between DPF and Summit, as the same may be amended or modified from time to time (the “ DPF-Summit Agreement ”).


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations and warranties and mutual covenants contained herein, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions.

The following terms shall have the following meanings as used in this Agreement:

Affiliate ” of a Person means any other Person which (directly or indirectly) is controlled by, controls or is under common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, the term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”) as used with respect to a Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Control ” and “ Controlled by ” means, with respect to any GRANTEE Technology, the possession by GRANTEE or its Affiliates of the ability to grant the right to access or use, or to grant a license or a sublicense to, such GRANTEE Technology as provided for herein without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangement between GRANTEE (or any of its Affiliates) and any Third Party.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, business trust, joint venture, Governmental Authority, association or other entity.

Third Party ” means any Person other than GRANTEE and its Affiliates or MDA.

 

2. MDA Translational Research Corporate Grant Policy Manual; Exhibits.

 

  A. In addition to the other terms and conditions contained in this Contract, funding for the Project by MDA is subject to the MDA Venture Philanthropy Grant Policy Manual, a copy of which is set forth thereto as Exhibit 3 (the “ MVP Policy ”), except for such provisions of the MVP Policy as are specifically made inapplicable to or are superseded by this Contract as provided herein. In the event of a conflict between this Contract and the MVP Policy, the terms and conditions specifically set forth herein will take precedence over the MVP Policy.

 

  B. This Contract includes the following Exhibits:

 

Exhibit 1:    Grant Application
Exhibit 2:    Milestones and Funding Schedule
Exhibit 3:    MDA Venture Philanthropy Grant Policy Manual
Exhibit 4:    Steering Committee Confidentiality Agreement
Exhibit 5:    Project Budget

 

3. Funding; Funding Schedule; Suspension and Modification of Funding; Use of Funds.

 

  A. Award of Grant . MDA agrees to award a research grant in the aggregate amount of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) to GRANTEE for the Project (the “ Grant ”), which shall be issued in installments in accordance with the funding schedule set forth in Exhibit 2, subject to the funding conditions set forth in Section 3.B, the right of MDA to suspend funding as provided in Section 3.C and the right of MDA to modify the Grant and the payments under this Contract as provided in Section 3.D.


  B. Conditions to Funding . Each installment of the funding to be provided by MDA under the Grant award as contemplated by Section 3.A and Exhibit 2 is subject to, and conditioned upon, the satisfaction of the following conditions; provided that any such condition may be waived by MDA is its sole discretion:

 

  (i) the timely achievement (as determined in accordance with Section 4) of each Milestone (as defined in Section 4) scheduled to be achieved (as set forth in Exhibit 2) prior to the scheduled date for achievement of such Milestone;

 

  (ii) compliance by GRANTEE with the terms of this Contract in all material respects;

 

  (iii) the accuracy as of the date of this Contract and as of the date of the payment of such installment of the representations and warranties of GRANTEE set forth in Section 7;

 

  (iv) the delivery by GRANTEE to MDA of a certificate of a senior officer of GRANTEE certifying the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above;

 

  (v) the delivery to MDA on or promptly following the Effective Date of documentation satisfactory to MDA establishing the availability of other financial resources that, together with the Grant and assuming that neither MDA nor DPF suspend or cancel the provision of any part of their grant funds to GRANTEE, are sufficient to complete the Project.

 

  C. Suspension of Funding . MDA reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately suspend all funding under this Contract and terminate the Grant and this Contract if (i) GRANTEE fails to timely achieve any of the Milestones described in Section 4 and Exhibit 2 (unless any such Milestone is achieved by the applicable extended date, if any, agreed to by the Parties in writing as provided in Section 4), (ii) GRANTEE takes any of the actions specified in Section 6.A (unless, in the case of the replacement of the Principal Investigator, MDA has given its prior written consent to such replacement), (iii) any action, proceeding, or claim described in Section 6.B is commenced or asserted against GRANTEE, or (iv) GRANTEE breaches any of its material obligations under this Contract.

 

  D. Modification of the Grant and Award . GRANTEE acknowledges that payment of funds under this Contract by MDA is contingent upon the availability to MDA of sufficient research funds to fund the payments under this Contract and to fund MDA’s other research commitments. MDA retains right in its sole discretion, upon not less than [**] days’ prior written notice to GRANTEE, to revise the Grant and the amount and/or timing of payments provided for in this Contract based on the availability of funds and budgetary constraints.


  E. GRANTEE Financial Commitment . The Grant is subject to GRANTEE demonstrating the availability of other financial resources that, together with the Grant, are sufficient to satisfactorily complete the Project. In furtherance of the foregoing, GRANTEE shall provide to MDA during the term of this Contract all updates to the budget for the Project. GRANTEE also shall provide to MDA promptly (and in any event not later than [**] days) following the second fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of GRANTEE and not later than [**] days following the end of each fiscal year of GRANTEE) a statement of the out-of-pocket costs incurred by GRANTEE for the Project, a reconciliation of such costs against the budget for the Project, a statement of the costs that remain unpaid and the sources of funds that have been used to pay such costs and that are expected to be used to pay outstanding costs.

 

  F. Use of Grant Funds . GRANTEE shall use all Grant funds received from MDA solely for the Project.

 

  G. Effect of Suspension or Cancellation of Funding . MDA acknowledges that in the event of any decision by it or DPF to permanently suspend or cancel funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the DPF-Summit Agreement, GRANTEE may no longer have the financial resources necessary to complete the Project. A permanent suspension or cancellation of funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the DPF-Summit Agreement for reasons other than a breach of any such agreement by GRANTEE or a failure to satisfy the conditions for such funding set forth in the applicable agreement is referred to herein as a “ Funding Suspension ”. MDA agrees that (i) GRANTEE shall not have any liability to MDA solely as a result of the failure of GRANTEE to complete the Project solely as a result of a Funding Suspension and (ii) if GRANTEE permanently cancels or terminates the Project solely as the result of a Funding Suspension, MDA shall not be entitled to exercise its rights under Section 9 of this Contract.

 

4. Milestones.

The milestones described in the attached Exhibit 2 (each a “ Milestone ”) represent pivotal evaluation points upon which further funding of the Project will depend. Both Parties agree to the timeline, Milestone descriptions, and (subject to the conditions to funding provided for in Section 3.B and the rights of MDA under Section 3.C and Section 3.D) payment schedule described in Exhibit 2; provided, however, any Milestone may be extended, in a written agreement signed by both Parties, for up to [**] months at the discretion of the Steering Committee. Milestone 3 will be considered to be timely achieved only if the Steering Committee determines by majority vote of the entire Steering Committee (as described in Section 5.B and 5.C) that such Milestone has been achieved by the date set forth in Exhibit 2. If the date for achievement of any Milestone is extended and such Milestone is achieved (as determined by the Steering Committee, in the case of Milestone 3) by such extended date, such Milestone shall be


deemed to have been timely achieved. MDA may, in its discretion, either provide or withhold funding during the extension period, but in the event such funding is provided, MDA will nonetheless retain its rights under Section A.XIV.2 of the MVP Policy and in Section 3.C of this Contract to cancel the Grant and terminate this Contract if the applicable Milestone, as extended, is not timely achieved.

 

5. Steering Committee.

 

  A.

The Parties shall establish a Steering Committee composed of one representative of GRANTEE, one representative of MDA, three outside experts (who are acceptable to both Parties) and for so long as DPF is entitled to appoint a representative to the Steering Committee pursuant to the DPF-Summit Agreement, one representative of DPF. If DPF ceases to be entitled to appoint a representative to the Steering Committee pursuant to the DPF-Summit Agreement, Summit shall immediately notify MDA and any representative or alternate appointed by DPF shall immediately cease to be a member of the Steering Committee. Each representative of Party shall be a full-time employee of such Party, unless the other Party consents in writing to the appointment of a representative who is not a full-time employee. Each representative or alternate appointed by DPF shall be a person with relevant scientific expertise who qualifies as an outside expert (as defined below) and to whom neither MDA nor GRANTEE has a reasonable objection. GRANTEE shall cause the DPF-Summit Agreement to include provisions relating to DPF representation on the Steering Committee that are consistent with this Section 5.A. As used herein, “ outside expert ” means a natural person having expertise pertaining to translational research who is not and has not been for the preceding three (3) years an officer, director or employee of or paid consultant to (i) either Party, (ii) any Affiliate of a Party, (iii) any beneficial owner of any Person that directly or indirectly owns or controls more than 5% of any class of securities of a Party or of any Affiliate of a Party and who does not otherwise have any direct or indirect financial or other interest in the Project or in any other business or competitive activity that could reasonably be expected to constitute a conflict of interest or to impair the ability of such person to exercise impartial judgment with respect to matters presented to the Steering Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the prior or contemporaneous service by any person as a member of any steering committee, advisory committee or other committee having oversight or advisory responsibilities with respect to any other grant by MDA shall not make such person ineligible to serve as an “outside expert” under this Contract. Each Party also may designate an alternate for its representative on the Steering Committee who shall represent such Party and act in the place and stead of such Party’s representative on the Steering Committee if such representative is unavailable. Each such alternate shall meet the qualifications established above for a representative of a Party on the Steering Committee. Each Party shall designate its representative on the Steering Committee and any alternate by written notice to the other Party. Appointment of the outside experts on the Steering Committee will be confirmed by the Parties in writing. Each Party may, at any time upon written notice to the other Party, change its representative on the Steering


  Committee or its alternate representative by written notice to the other Party. Any outside expert member of the Steering Committee may be replaced at any time upon the agreement of both Parties in writing. In addition, the Parties may designate, in writing, an alternate outside expert member. An alternate member may participate in meetings of the Steering Committee as a voting member in the absence of the applicable regular member. Outside expert members of the Steering Committee (including their alternates) shall be required to enter into written agreements that subject them to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for in Section 15 of this Contract, in substantially the form attached as Exhibit 4. The initial members of the Steering Committee are as follows:

 

MDA Representative:

  

[**]

Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc.

3300 East Sunrise Drive

Tucson, AZ 85718

MDA Alternate:

  

[**]

Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc.

3300 East Sunrise Drive

Tucson, AZ 85718

GRANTEE Representative:    

  

Jon Tinsley, PhD

Senior Director, R&D

[**]

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK

GRANTEE Alternate:

  

Richard Storer, DPhil

Chief Scientific Officer

[**]

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK

DPF Representative:

  

Ernie Bush

Preclinical Development Advisor

[**]

DPF Alternate:

  

Gene Williams

Business Advisor

[**]


Outside Expert:

  

John McCall

President, PharMac LLC

[**]

Outside Expert:

  

Meg Winberg

Independent Consultant

[**]

Outside Expert:

  

Anne Connolly

Washington School of Medicine

[**]

 

  B. The Steering Committee shall determine (by majority vote of the entire Steering Committee) whether and when Milestone 3 has been achieved and shall meet as requested by the Parties to provide such advice and recommendations as the Parties may request from time to time and, if requested by either Party, shall determine whether any Interruption is the result of Scientific Failure in accordance with Section 9. The Steering Committee also shall have the responsibility for preparing (with assistance from GRANTEE) a quarterly summary of all significant reportable items under Section 10 of this Contract that relate to the progress and status of the Project. MDA may share this report with members of MDA’s Venture Philanthropy Advisory Committee (“ MVP Committee ”), subject to the members of the MVP Committee complying with the confidentiality restrictions with respect thereto set forth in Section 15 of this Contract. Members of the Steering Committee shall be entitled to conduct site visits at locations where activities relating to the Project are conducted.

 

  C. If practical in light of the requirements and timetable of the Project (including any ongoing clinical trial), the Steering Committee shall meet (in person or by telephone or video conference call) to determine whether Milestone 3 has been achieved by the date specified in Exhibit 2 (as such date may be extended as provided in this Contract). If because of the exigencies of any ongoing clinical trial or otherwise it is impractical for the Steering Committee to meet for such purpose, the Steering Committee (or any members thereof who are unable to meet) may be polled and the determination by a majority of the members of the Steering Committee, whether by vote at a meeting or by written communication to both MDA and GRANTEE, that Milestone 3 has been achieved shall constitute the majority vote of the entire Steering Committee. The failure of one or more members of the Steering Committee to attend any such meeting or to respond to any poll of the Steering Committee shall not affect any determination made by a majority of the members of the Steering Committee.

 

  D.

GRANTEE shall submit to all members of the Steering Committee and contemporaneously therewith to MDA documentation relating to Milestone 3 sufficient for the Steering Committee and MDA to evaluate and determine whether or not such Milestone has been achieved and shall provide such


  information as soon as it is reasonably able to do so. MDA and GRANTEE shall cooperate to cause the Steering Committee to make such determination as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of such documentation from GRANTEE; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 5 shall preclude any member of the Steering Committee from requiring additional information from GRANTEE in order to make such determination.

 

6. Notice of Certain Actions.

 

  A. GRANTEE agrees that it shall give MDA at least [**] days’ prior written notice before taking any of the following actions; provided, however , that (i) such advance notice shall not be required where it would breach a contractual obligation of GRANTEE, violate any applicable law or regulation, or (based on the good-faith opinion of outside counsel to GRANTEE) trigger public disclosure requirements and (ii) with respect to transactions described in paragraph (1) or (2) below or a merger or consolidation described in paragraph (3) below, such notice shall not be required prior to the earlier of the execution of a binding commitment (whether or not subject to conditions) to consummate such a transaction or the occurrence of such transaction):

 

  (1) Enter into or permit to occur any Change of Control Transaction (as defined below);

 

  (2) Sell all or substantially all of its assets except for sales in the ordinary and normal course of its business as now conducted;

 

  (3) Liquidate, dissolve, merge or consolidate, or commence any proceedings therefor;

 

  (4) Replace the person serving as the principal investigator of the Project (the “ Principal Investigator ”) for the Project; or

 

  (5) File a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or requesting reorganization under any provision of any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law or consent to the filing of any petition against it under any such law.

 

  B. GRANTEE agrees that it shall, within [**] days after it obtains knowledge thereof, provide written notice to MDA of (1) any action, proceeding, or claim which has commenced or been asserted against it in which the amount involved is more than $250,000, or if such claim could have a material adverse effect on the Project, impair MDA’s reputation, or prevent GRANTEE from performing its obligations under this Contract or materially impair GRANTEE’s ability to perform such obligations, (2) the termination or reduction of any other grant or source of funds intended for use in funding the Project or (3) a Cash Infusion (as defined in Section 8.A.


  C. As used herein, “ Change of Control Transaction ” means with respect to GRANTEE:

 

  (1) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) (a “ Specified Person ”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of fifty percent (50%) or more of either (a) the then outstanding shares of common stock of GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE (the “ Outstanding Common Stock ”) or (b) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of GRANTEE or such controlling Person (the “ Outstanding Voting Securities ”); provided , however , that for the purposes of this subsection C(1), the following acquisitions of securities of GRANTEE or such controlling Person shall not constitute a Change of Control Transaction of GRANTEE: (a) any acquisition by GRANTEE or such controlling Person, (b) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by GRANTEE or such controlling Person or any corporation controlled by such Party or controlling Person or (c) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (a) and (b) of subsection C(2) of this definition;

 

  (2) the consummation by GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE of any acquisition, merger or consolidation involving any Third Party (a “ Business Combination Transaction ”), unless immediately following such Business Combination Transaction, (a) the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination Transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation or other entity resulting from such Business Combination Transaction (including a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the then-outstanding securities of GRANTEE or such controlling Person or all or substantially all of GRANTEE’s or such controlling Person’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be and (b) fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination Transaction were members of the Board of Directors of GRANTEE or such controlling Person at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors of GRANTEE or such controlling Person, providing for such Business Combination Transaction; or

 

  (3) GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates sells or transfers to any Specified Person(s) in one or more related transactions properties or assets representing all or substantially all of GRANTEE’s or such controlling Person’s business to which this Agreement relates at the time of such sale or transfer;


 provided, however , that the issuance by GRANTEE or any Person that directly or indirectly controls GRANTEE of new shares for cash in accordance with the rules of the AIM market (operated by the London Stock Exchange) and the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 made with the primary objective of raising additional working capital for GRANTEE or such controlling Person (a “ Public Offering ”) shall not be deemed a Change of Control Transaction.

 

7. Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

  A. GRANTEE and MDA each hereby represents and warrants to the other that it has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Contract, and it is not subject to any obligation that would impair or conflict with its ability to perform fully its obligations under this Contract.

 

  B. GRANTEE hereby represent and warrants to, and agrees with, MDA as follows:

 

  (1) As of the Effective Date, GRANTEE holds certain issued patents and patent applications relating to the commercialization of C1100, including a patent application claiming a novel composition of matter. Exhibit 6 sets forth a true and complete list of GRANTEE’s patents and patent applications relating to C100.

 

  (2) Based on available information after reasonable investigation, GRANTEE has all other intellectual property rights necessary to perform the Project as it is proposed to be conducted according to Exhibit 1 and has the power, authority and legal right to grant the MDA License (as defined in Section 9).

 

  (3) Based on available information, GRANTEE does not believe that the performance of the Project by it would infringe on the intellectual property rights of any Third Party.

 

  (4) GRANTEE is a public limited company duly organized and existing under the laws of England, is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in all states in which such qualification is necessary.

 

  (5)

The Project and GRANTEE’s business are and will be conducted in accordance with the highest ethical standards set forth in the Helsinki Declaration of the World Medical Assembly and in compliance with all applicable national (United States federal, United Kingdom, etc.), state, foreign and local laws and rules and regulations and all applicable policies and protocols of the European Medicines Agency or any successor agency thereto (collectively, the “ EMA ”), U.S. Food and Drug Administration or


  any successor agency thereto (collectively, the “ FDA ”) and other drug regulatory agencies, Human Subjects Review Boards and Institutional Review Boards of all collaborating institutions, and any other bona fide regulatory agencies governing clinical testing on human or animal subjects.

 

  (6) On the Effective Date and assuming no suspension or cancellation by MDA or DPF of funding to GRANTEE under this Contract or under the DPF-Summit Agreement, GRANTEE has available to it financial resources that, together with the Grant, are sufficient to complete the Project. GRANTEE has disclosed to MDA all other grants and funding sources intended to provide funds to be used in funding the Project, and GRANTEE is in compliance in all material respects with the terms of any contract or grants related thereto, and there has been no termination or reduction of any such grant or source of funds intended for use in funding the Project or any failure to meet any milestone or funding condition provided for in any such contract or grant.

 

  (7) There is no action, proceeding, or claim which has commenced or been asserted against GRANTEE in which the amount involved is more than $250,000, or which could have a material adverse effect on the Project, impair MDA’s reputation, or prevent GRANTEE from performing its obligations under this Contract or materially impair GRANTEE’s ability to perform such obligations.

 

  (8) GRANTEE has provided to MDA true and complete copies of all agreements and documents evidencing the Third Party Obligations (as defined in Section 9.D).

 

  (9) GRANTEE has delivered to MDA a true and complete copy of each freedom to operate study or similar study prepared by or on behalf of GRANTEE with respect to the Project and the Project Compounds and the intellectual property related thereto (each a “ Freedom to Operate Study ”) and shall provide to MDA a true and complete copy of each additional Freedom to Operate Study or any update to any such study, promptly after the completion thereof.

 

  (10) The initial Principal Investigator is Jon Tinsley, Ph.D.

 

  C. GRANTEE agrees that it shall conduct the Project substantially in accordance with the Grant Application, as the same may be modified from time to time with the consent of the Steering Committee and MDA.


8. Payments by GRANTEE.

GRANTEE and MDA agree to the following commercial terms with regard to the development and commercialization of pharmaceutical products containing any Project Compound (all such pharmaceutical products being referred to herein, collectively, as the “ Product ”):

 

  A. Development Funding Milestone Payment . In the event that prior to the first commercial sale of any Product that has been approved for use in the Field, GRANTEE receives a Cash Infusion (as defined below) and GRANTEE has not permanently ceased its research and development efforts directed towards developing and obtaining Regulatory Approval of the Products, GRANTEE will make a lump sum payment to MDA of Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) promptly following (and in any event not later than [**] days after) the receipt of such Cash Infusion (such payment being referred to herein as the “ Cash Infusion Milestone Payment ”). As used herein, “ Cash Infusion ” means (a) the receipt by GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates of funds or payments in one or more transactions in an aggregate amount exceeding [**] Dollars ($[**]) regardless of the source thereof, it being understood and agreed that (1) without limiting the foregoing, such funding may include the proceeds of the sale or issuance of any shares of capital stock or other securities of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates, milestone or other payments received pursuant to any joint venture, collaboration, joint development or similar agreement and (2) in the event of the merger or consolidation of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates with another Person, the cash, deposits, money market instruments, marketable securities and similar financial instruments held by such other Person and its Affiliates shall be counted as part of such Cash Infusion and the value of any proceeds paid to stockholders of GRANTEE and its Affiliates or (b) the direct or indirect purchase by a Third Party in one or more transactions of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates or a merger or consolidation of GRANTEE or any of its Affiliates with a Third Party in which the proceeds of such purchase or merger to the shareholders of GRANTEE or such Affiliate have a value exceeding [**] Dollars ($[**]).

 

  B. Commercial Milestone Payments .

 

  (1) GRANTEE will make a lump sum payment to MDA of [**] Dollars ($[**]) (less the amount if any previously paid in respect of the Cash Infusion Milestone) not later than [**] days following the receipt of Regulatory Approval (such payment being referred to herein as the “ First Commercial Milestone Payment ”). As used herein, “ Regulatory Approval ” means the approval of the applicable regulatory authority in the United States or in the European Union of the use and sale of any Project Compound or Product for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease, excluding any pricing and reimbursement approvals; and, without limiting the foregoing, “Regulatory Approval” shall include the approval of a New Drug Application by the FDA or the approval of a Marketing Authorization Application by the EMA with respect to any Project Compound or Product for the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease.

 

  (2)

If the Product has received Regulatory Approval in the United States or the European Union and worldwide cumulative gross sales of the Product by GRANTEE and its Affiliates and their licensees exceed the aggregate


  sum of [**] Dollars ($[**]) GRANTEE shall pay MDA an additional payment of [**] Dollars ($[**]) within [**] days after the end of the GRANTEE fiscal quarter during which such worldwide cumulative gross sales level is achieved.

The foregoing payments described in this subsection B are referred to herein collectively as the “ Commercial Milestone Payments ” and together with the Cash infusion Milestone Payment are referred to herein collectively as the “ Milestone Payments .”

 

  C. Quarterly Payments . In addition to the Cash Infusion Milestone Payment and the Commercial Milestone Payments provided for above if the Product has received Regulatory Approval in the United States or the European Union, GRANTEE shall pay to MDA on a quarterly basis within [**] days following the end of each fiscal quarter of GRANTEE an amount equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the worldwide Net Sales (as defined below) of the Product during such fiscal quarter. The foregoing payments are referred to herein collectively as the “ Quarterly Payments .”

As used herein, “ Net Sales ” means with respect to the Product, the gross amount billed by GRANTEE and its Affiliates and licensees for sales of the Product to a Third Party, less:

 

  (i) discounts (including cash discounts and quantity discounts), cash and non-cash coupons, retroactive price reductions, charge-back payments and rebates actually granted to managed care organizations or to federal, state and local governments, their agencies, and purchasers and reimbursers or to customers;

 

  (ii) credits or allowances actually granted upon claims, damaged goods, rejections or returns of the Product; and

 

  (iii) taxes or duties levied on, absorbed or otherwise imposed on sale of the Product, including value-added taxes, healthcare taxes or other governmental charges otherwise imposed upon the billed amount (to the extent not paid by the Third Party).

If GRANTEE or its Affiliate or licensee enters into an agreement with a Third Party for the purchase of the Product that provides discounts or rebates on the Product that are conditioned on pricing terms or conditions for purchase of another product or products sold by GRANTEE or such Affiliate or licensee, then the discount or rebate on the Product under such agreement shall be determined, for purposes of determining Net Sales under this Contract based on the weighted average of discounts or rebates for the Product and such other product(s) sold under such agreement for the applicable accounting period.

 

  D.

Payments in the Event of an Assignment of Rights . In the event GRANTEE assigns its rights to any or all of the Project Compounds or experiences a Change


  of Control Transaction or to all or any part of the Product, GRANTEE shall, at the election of MDA, (i) cause such assignee to assume GRANTEE’s obligations under this Agreement with respect to the assigned rights or (ii) pay to MDA not later than thirty (30) days following the consummation of such assignment or Change of Control Transaction an amount equal to the greater of (x) [**] percent ([**]%) of the fair market value of the assigned rights or (y) such amount as is necessary to provide MDA with an internal rate of return on the Grant payments made by MDA under this Contract (without regard to the Commercial Milestone Payments) of [**] percent ([**]%) (such payment being referred to herein as the “ Assignment Payment ”).

 

  E. Payment Following Termination . If MDA terminates this Contract before MDA pays any grant funds to GRANTEE, or if MDA fails to make the first payment of grant funds to GRANTEE under this Contract despite the achievement of the relevant Milestone, then this Contract shall be null and void, and GRANTEE shall neither be liable for any Commercial Milestone Payment or any Quarterly Payment or Assignment Payment or for the MDA License grant provided for in Section 9.D of this Contract. IF MDA terminates this Contract after MDA makes the first payment of grant funds to GRANTEE, but before MDA pays the entire grant of $750,000 to GRANTEE, or MDA fails to pay to GRANTEE the full aggregate amount of payments contemplated by Section 3.A of this Contract, then (i) the Cash Infusion Milestone Payment, the First Commercial Milestone Payment and any Assignment Payment, whichever is due first, shall be reduced to an amount equal to [**] times the Grant funds actually paid by MDA to GRANTEE, and (ii) MDA shall not be entitled to receive any other Milestone Payment, any Quarterly Payment or Assignment Payment.

 

  F. The Parties further agree that this Contract supersedes in its entirety the MDA “Patents and Licensing Policy” included as Exhibit 1 to the MVP Policy.

 

9. Consequence of an Interruption.

 

  A. If, after MDA pays GRANTEE all grant funds in accordance with this Contract, an Interruption occurs (other than as the sole result of a Funding Suspension (as defined in Section 3.G), (i) if such interruption occurs for reasons other than Scientific Failure (as defined below) or Funding Suspension, GRANTEE shall promptly refund to MDA all amounts paid to GRANTEE under this Contract together with interest at the rate of [**] percent ([**]%) and (ii) the MDA License provided for in Section 9 shall become effective. MDA acknowledges that GRANTEE’s business model is not to take Products beyond Phase I itself but instead to license the further development and commercialization of Products to a commercial partner. As used herein, an “ Interruption ” shall be deemed to have occurred in the event:

 

(1)      (a)    GRANTEE and its Affiliates cease for a period of more than [**]days reasonable research, development and commercialization efforts directed toward developing and obtaining Regulatory


        Approval of, and commercializing, Products, including without limitation using diligent efforts to obtain a Third Party development and commercialization partner for the Product; or
     (b)    it GRANTEE has licensed to a Third Party commercialization partner the right to develop and/or commercialize the Product and has not retained a right of reversion with respect to such rights in the event such licensee ceases to devote reasonable efforts to the research, development and commercialization of the Product (a “ Right of Reversion ”), such licensee ceases for a period of more than [**] days reasonable research, development and commercialization efforts directed toward developing and obtaining Regulatory Approval of, and commercializing, Products or ceases to sell Products in the United States or European Union; or
     (c)    in the event the right to develop and/or commercialize the Product reverts from such Third Party licensee to GRANTEE, whether pursuant to a Right of Reversion, termination of the relevant agreements or otherwise, and GRANTEE fails to: (i) use reasonable efforts directed toward developing and obtaining Regulatory Approval of, and commercializing, Products, including without limitation using diligent efforts to obtain a Third Party development and commercialization partner for the Product (as contemplated by Section 9.A.1(a) above) or (ii) within [**] after the date of such reversion enter into a further bona fide transaction with a Third Party pursuant to which it licenses to such Third Party the right to continue the development and/or commercialization of the Product; and

 

  (2) MDA delivers to GRANTEE written notice (an “ Interruption Notice ”) stating MDA’s belief that an Interruption has occurred; provided that an Interruption shall not be deemed to have occurred if GRANTEE re-commences reasonable development efforts within [**] days after receipt of such Interruption Notice and such reasonable development efforts continue uninterrupted for a period of not less than [**] days.

For the purposes of this definition, reasonable development efforts shall require the annual expenditure of not less than [**] Dollars ($[**]) on such efforts.

As used herein, “ Scientific Failure ” means that:

 

  (i) the Project Compounds demonstrate unacceptable levels of toxicity or other adverse characteristics that make products containing the Project Compounds inappropriate for administration to humans; or

 

  (ii) the primary end point of any clinical studies of C1100 are not met; or

 

  (iii) the inability of GRANTEE (or its affiliates, agents or contractors) to develop a manufacturing process that would permit production of commercial quantities of Product in accordance with pharmaceutical good manufacturing practices with the consequence that it is impractical to commercialize the Products.


In the event of a disagreement between the Parties as to whether there has been a Scientific Failure, such disagreement shall be resolved by the Steering Committee, and the determination of the Steering Committee shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

  B. GRANTEE hereby grants to MDA, effective upon the occurrence of an Interruption, an exclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable and royalty-free license under the GRANTEE Technology, with the right to sublicense, to research, develop, manufacture, have manufactured, use, sell, offer to sell, import and export the Project Compounds and the Products for use in the Field. Such license is referred to herein as the “ MDA License .” As used herein, the “ Field ” means the prevention, treatment or amelioration of the Disease. As used herein, the “ GRANTEE Technology ” means all Patents, data, technical information, know-how, inventions (whether or not patented or patentable), trade secrets, processes and methods Controlled by GRANTEE used or useful in connection with the research, development, manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale, import or export of the Project Compounds or Products in the Field. As used herein, “ Patents ” means (i) the domestic or foreign patents and patent applications issued by or filed with patent authorities anywhere in the world which claim the composition or any method of use of any Project Compound or Product or the process of making any Project Compound or Product (ii) any continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional, and continued-prosecution applications of any patent applications included in the foregoing clause (i), and (iii) any patents issuing from any patent applications included in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), including any renewals, extensions, patents of addition, supplemental protection certificates, revivals, re-examinations, and reissues thereof.

 

  C.

Promptly following the written request of MDA following the effectiveness of the MDA License, GRANTEE shall (i) deliver to MDA or MDA’s designee the GRANTEE Know-How Package, (ii) assign (or cause to be assigned) to MDA or MDA’s designee all of GRANTEE’s right, title and interest in and to all regulatory filings and approvals, if any, owned by GRANTEE and its Affiliates relating to the Project Compounds and the Product in the Field, (iii) assign to MDA or MDA’s designee any contract rights owned by GRANTEE and its Affiliates relating to the research, development or commercialization of the Project Compounds and/or the Product in the Field and (iv) to the extent they have not been transferred, grant (or cause to be granted) to MDA or its designee cross-reference rights to any relevant drug master files relating to the Project Compounds and/or the Product in the Field. As used herein, the “ GRANTEE Know-How Package ” means (a) all data and study results conducted with respect to the Project Compounds, including all compound structure information,


  toxicology studies, clinical trials, formulation studies and manufacturing and regulatory activities relevant to the exploitation of the MDA License, (b) standard operating procedures for assays relating to the Project Compounds, (c) all manufacturing process and procedures and (d) any physical stocks of the Project Compounds. Such GRANTEE Know-How Package may be delivered in electronic form with all necessary format information and documentation as may be necessary to enable MDA or its designee to effectively use the information contained in the GRANTEE Know-How Package. GRANTEE shall provide MDA or MDA’s designee with reasonable access to and reasonable assistance of GRANTEE’s personnel and contractors for the purpose of effectively transferring such technology to MDA or MDA’s designee.

 

  D. MDA acknowledges that (i) other granting organizations may receive from GRANTEE similar field-specific licenses to the same Project Compounds and Product in their respective therapeutic areas, (ii) in connection with the in-license or acquisition of certain rights included in the GRANTEE Technology, GRANTEE has entered into agreements, and may in the future enter into additional agreements, that oblige any licensee of a Project Compound, including MDA if the MDA License is in effect, to make royalty or other payments in connection with development and commercialization of the Project Compounds and/or the Product (the “ Third Party Obligations ”), and (iii) the MDA License is made contingent on MDA’s or MDA’s sublicensee’s explicit assumption of such aspects of the Third Party Obligations as are required to support any development or commercialization efforts MDA or its sublicensees may undertake following the effectiveness of the MDA License; provided, however, that if a sublicensee of MDA assumes such obligation with respect to the rights sublicensed by it, MDA shall automatically be released from such obligations.

 

  E. GRANTEE shall, at its sole option, file, prosecute, maintain or extend the patent applications included in the GRANTEE Technology (the “ Licensed Patent Applications ”). GRANTEE shall: (a) keep MDA and its sublicensees and assignees reasonably informed of any material developments or notices in connection with the prosecution of any Licensed Patent Application; (b) give MDA and its sublicensees and assignees a reasonable opportunity to comment on any GRANTEE’s response to such developments or notices that are intended to be filed in any patent office in relation to the Licensed Patent Applications and consider in good faith any such comments; and (c) give MDA and its sublicensees and assignees a reasonable opportunity to liaise and cooperate with GRANTEE in the prosecution and maintenance of the Licensed Patent Applications. In the event that GRANTEE elects not to continue to file, prosecute or maintain patent protection for any of the Licensed Patent Applications, MDA and or its sublicensee or assignee shall have the right, at its option, to maintain such Licensed Patent Applications on behalf of GRANTEE. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in no event shall GRANTEE provide MDA or such sublicensee or assignee with notice of abandonment of any Licensed Patent Application less than [**] days prior to its date of lapse. Neither MDA nor any sublicensee or assignee of MDA shall have any liability to GRANTEE for any failure to prosecute or maintain any Licensed Patent Application.


  F. GRANTEE shall have the right and responsibility to maintain the patents included in the GRANTEE Technology (the “ Licensed Patents ”). GRANTEE shall give notice to MDA of any desire to cease maintenance of any Licensed Patents, including payment of maintenance fees or other fees, as applicable, and, in such case, shall permit MDA or its sublicensee or assignee, to exercise its sole discretion to continue maintenance of such Licensed Patents at its own expense. Should GRANTEE elect to not maintain the Licensed Patents and MDA or its sublicensee or assignee elect to continue maintenance of the Licensed Patents, GRANTEE shall execute documents and perform such acts at GRANTEE’s expense as may be reasonably necessary to effect an assignment of any such patent rights to MDA or such sublicensee or assignee in a timely manner, so as to allow MDA or such sublicensee or assignee to continue maintaining such Licensed Patents. GRANTEE shall promptly give notice to MDA and any sublicensee or assignee of the grant, lapse, revocation, surrender, invalidation or abandonment of any Licensed Patent. Neither MDA nor any sublicensee or assignee of MDA shall have any liability to GRANTEE for any failure to maintain any Licensed Patent.

 

10. Reports.

In addition to the reports required by the MVP Policy, GRANTEE agrees to contemporaneously (except where a reporting date is specified or applicable law prohibits) provide the following information to MDA, provided, however , that distribution of such reports or the information they contain within MDA will be limited to the extent reasonably possible to MDA’s Board of Directors, officers, and employees, members of the MVP Committee (provided that the distribution to the MVP Committee consists solely of the report contemplated by Section 5.B), and members of the Steering Committee with a need to know, and that such reports or the information they contain may not be shared with any other non-employees of MDA absent GRANTEE’s prior written consent:

 

  A. Copies of GRANTEE’s regular investor reports and, to the extent available to prospective investors, all registration statements, prospectuses, preliminary prospectuses, and similar materials created by GRANTEE in connection with a prospective or actual Public Offering;

 

  B.

To the extent not made simultaneously available to (or, in the case of verbal or non-written communications, made outside the presence of) a representative of MDA or a member of the Steering Committee other than the GRANTEE Representative, copies of all communications (including summaries of all verbal and other non-written communications) with the EMA, the FDA or other drug regulatory agency concerning issues that may substantially affect the Project, specifically including, without limitation, copies of any communications from the EMA, the FDA or other drug regulatory agency allowing the effectiveness of any Clinical Trials Application or Investigational New Drug Application or similar


  application and all communications concerning adverse events associated with the use of the Project Compounds or Product that are both serious and unexpected (as those terms are defined in the applicable regulations of the EMA, the FDA or other drug regulatory agency) that may occur in relation to any clinical trial involving the Project Compounds or the Product;

 

  C. Copies of all Institutional Review Board communications about and approvals of any clinical trial relating to the Project Compounds or the Product;

 

  D. Copies of all documents confirming that research involving animals, whether conducted in-house or subcontracted, complies with all applicable federal laws and regulations;

 

  E. All final study reports relating to the Project;

 

  F. Copies of any published or unpublished papers resulting from an MDA research award, including papers intended for future publication whether or not the publication date is known (it being understood and agreed that journal embargoes will not be violated);

 

  G. The date of the first commercial sale of the Product anywhere in the world;

 

  H. Within [**] days after the end of each GRANTEE fiscal quarter, a report in a form reasonably satisfactory to MDA of the gross sales and Net Sales of the Product and such other reports in a form reasonably satisfactory to MDA as may be reasonably requested by MDA to determine the amounts payable to MDA under this Contract and showing the computation of such amounts;

 

  I. Within [**] days after the end of each GRANTEE fiscal quarter, a report of the amounts expended by GRANTEE with respect to the Project; and

 

  J. Summaries of all Third Party Obligations referred to in Section 9.D undertaken by GRANTEE.

GRANTEE shall keep or cause to be kept such records as are required to determine, in a manner consistent with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) and this Contract, the expenditure of funds under this Contract and the sums payable to MDA under this Contract. At the request of MDA, GRANTEE shall permit MDA’s Vice President - Finance, MDA’s outside accountants (currently Ernst & Young LLP), and/or an independent certified public accountant or accounting firm appointed by MDA, at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, to examine such records as may be necessary to determine, with respect to any period, the correctness or completeness of any report, expenditure of funds, or payment made under this Contract. MDA shall be responsible for the fees of such independent certified public accountants for the performance of any such audit, unless such audit discloses a variance to the detriment of MDA of more than [**] percent ([**]%) from the amount of the original report, budget, or payment calculation. In such case, GRANTEE shall reimburse MDA for such fees.


Following completion of the Project and up until such time as the Product is commercialized, GRANTEE shall submit annual progress reports to MDA on the preclinical and clinical progress made on the Product in the Field. Such progress reports shall describe in summary fashion GRANTEE’s efforts to bring the Product through EMA and FDA approval and to commercialization for the Disease and shall include a discussion of the actual number of staff and expenditures directed toward the commercialization effort since the preceding report. Progress reports shall also contain: the status of clinical development including a summary of any communications with regulatory authorities; a description of efforts to commercialize the Product by any sublicensee; and any other information that may be deemed pertinent to the commercialization effort.

 

11. Indemnification.

GRANTEE agrees to indemnify and hold MDA and its officers, directors, employees, volunteers, and agents harmless from any and all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, demands, damages, expenses, and losses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs), including, without limitation, personal injury or death (each, a “ Claim ”), resulting from:

 

  A. GRANTEE’s performance or failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder;

 

  B. Any and all research and other activities conducted by GRANTEE and any investigator or subcontractor of GRANTEE pursuant to this Contract and in connection with the Project, including, without limitation, clinical testing on human subjects;

 

  C. Any product developed in whole or in part from the Project, provided , however , that such indemnification obligation shall not apply to any Claim arising from an act or omission by MDA or its sublicensees under the MDA License on or after the effectiveness of the MDA License or an event that arises out of an act or omission of MDA or its sublicensees under the MDA License and occurs on or after the effectiveness of the MDA License;

 

  D. Any violation or alleged violation by GRANTEE or any investigator or subcontractor of GRANTEE of any applicable law, governmental rule or regulation, or policy or protocol in conducting the Project;

 

  E. Any infringement or alleged infringement of the intellectual property rights of a Third Party, provided , however , that such indemnification obligation shall not apply to any Claim arising from an act or omission by MDA or its sublicensees under the MDA License on or after the effectiveness of the MDA License or an event that arises out of an act or omission of MDA or its sublicensees under the MDA License and occurs on or after the effectiveness of the MDA License;

 

  F. Any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus, or other offer by GRANTEE to issue or sell securities, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any other violation or alleged violation of federal or state securities laws by GRANTEE.


In each of the foregoing cases: (i) MDA shall notify GRANTEE of any Claim with reasonable promptness under the circumstances, (ii) if GRANTEE has acknowledged in writing to MDA its full responsibility for such Claim, GRANTEE may select counsel to direct the defense and settlement of such Claim, provided , however , that MDA may, at its election, participate in the defense of any Claim, and (iii) MDA shall reasonably cooperate with GRANTEE, at GRANTEE’s expense, in the investigation of, preparation of, and defense and settlement of any such Claim. GRANTEE shall promptly reimburse MDA for any indemnifiable losses, damages and expenses incurred by MDA or any other indemnified Person hereunder as and when such losses, damages and expenses are incurred, subject to submission of reasonable documentation of such amounts. In the event GRANTEE assumes the defense of any such Claim as provided above, GRANTEE may not settle any such Claim without the prior written consent of MDA.

 

12. Insurance.

GRANTEE hereby represents, warrants, and agrees that (i) it currently maintains general corporate liability insurance and clinical trials insurance with coverage limits of not less than [**] Dollars ($[**]), and (ii) during the term of this Contract and the duration of the Project and until all applicable statues of limitations have expired with respect to the activities conducted in connection with the Project, GRANTEE shall maintain coverage with at least the same coverage limits so long as it remains available on commercially reasonable terms. GRANTEE shall cause such coverage to name MDA as an additional insured and to contain a waiver of subrogation. GRANTEE shall deliver to MDA a certificate of insurance evidencing such coverage prior to the date the first grant payment is due and from time to time thereafter upon the request of MDA.

 

13. Communications and Notices.

Any notice or other communication required or desired to be given with respect to this Contract shall be in writing, and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given or delivered immediately upon delivery by courier or upon transmission by telex, telecopy, e-mail (with confirmation of receipt) or similar electronic medium to the Parties and their respective designated project information officers for this Project as follows, or to such other address as each Party designates to the other in writing:

 

Muscular Dystrophy Association, Inc.

3300 East Sunrise Drive

Tucson Arizona 85718

Attention:    [**]
with a copy to:    [**]

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon, OX14 4RY, UK


Attention:            Dr Jon Tinsley, PhD
   Senior Director, R&D
   [**]
with an e-mail copy to:
   Richard Storer DPhil
   CSO
   [**]

 

14. Termination.

This Contract shall be deemed to be terminated upon the exercise by MDA of any right it may have to cancel the Grant, provided , however , that the following sections shall survive termination of this Contract: Section 5, Section 6, Section 8, Section 9, Section 10, Section 11, this Section 12, Section 13, and Section 15.

 

15. Confidentiality, Publicity, and Publication.

 

  A. Confidentiality . As used in this Contract, the term “ Confidential Information ” shall mean all information provided by one party (the “ Discloser ”) to the other party (the “ Recipient ”) pursuant to this Contract that is either explicitly designated as confidential by the Discloser, or is of such a nature that the Recipient either knew, or should reasonably have known, that it was disclosed with an expectation of confidentiality. Confidential Information shall not include (i) information previously known to the Recipient, as evidenced by written records, (ii) information which becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Contract, (iii) information obtained by Recipient from a Third Party having no obligation of confidentiality to the Discloser, or (iv) information independently developed by Recipient, provided Recipient can demonstrate that the independent development was by employees or agents of Recipient who did not have access to Confidential Information. Recipient shall not disclose to any Third Party or use in any manner Confidential Information other than as explicitly permitted in this Contract for a period of [**] years from the date of disclosure by Discloser; provided, however , that (a) in the case of information explicitly designated as a trade secret, such information shall not be disclosed while it remains subject to trade secret protection, and (b) in the case of reports provided under Section 10 of this Contract containing information submitted to a government agency or institutional review board, such information shall not be disclosed until such time as it becomes available to the public pursuant to the federal Freedom of Information Act or similar state or local law. Disclosures required of Recipient by law or regulation shall not constitute a breach of this Contract, provided that Recipient minimizes the disclosure to the extent legally possible and (if legally permissible) promptly notifies Discloser of the disclosure requirement. Each party shall ensure that any of its employees or agents who require access to Confidential Information are subject to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for in this Contract.


  B. MDA Public Information . Notwithstanding the foregoing, MDA retains the right to make public the title and amount of the Project, as well as a brief lay summary reviewed and approved by GRANTEE. All other Project-related information, including the substance of the grant application, any resulting progress reports, or other written or oral communications is considered confidential and will not be released to other than MDA’s Board of Directors, officers, and employees, the MVP Committee (provided that the distribution to the MVP Committee consists solely of the report contemplated by Section 5.B), and the Steering Committee without specific, written permission from GRANTEE. GRANTEE shall designate one representative as the Project Information Officer to oversee and authorize release of Project-related information.

 

  C. Publicity . It is understood that MDA and GRANTEE will make every effort to coordinate publicity related to the Project as funded by MDA, and that MDA will respect confidentiality agreements and proprietary information about this work. GRANTEE shall cause all GRANTEE-generated press releases and journal publications relating to the Project to include a prominent reference to the support received from the Muscular Dystrophy Association and its seminal role in the Project. GRANTEE shall submit to MDA all GRANTEE-generated journal articles related to the Project as soon as they are accepted for publication, together with information about embargo dates. Press releases and other public media generated by MDA will acknowledge GRANTEE by name. Except for uses of a Party’s name provided for elsewhere in this Section, neither Party shall issue any press release or other information designated for public release that is related to the Project and uses the name of the other Party unless such press release or information has been approved in advance in writing by such other Party. Each Party shall use all reasonable efforts, subject to the AIM Rules or other public disclosure requirements, to provide the other Party with a reasonable time to review such press releases and information, and each Party shall endeavor to give its approval or the reasons for the denial of its approval as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving such press release or information. Without limiting the foregoing, GRANTEE acknowledges that MDA contemplates that it will make a public announcement contemporaneously with each public announcement by GRANTEE that relates to the Project, the Project Compounds or the Product. Accordingly, GRANTEE shall provide MDA with such advance notice of any such proposed announcement by GRANTEE as may be necessary for MDA to prepare its own announcement and for the review and approval of such MDA announcement by GRANTEE. If, prior to the expiration of [**] full business days following the receipt by MDA of GRANTEE’s draft announcement, MDA notifies GRANTEE that MDA will also make an announcement contemporaneously with the GRANTEE announcement, GRANTEE shall not make its own announcement with respect to such matters other than contemporaneously with MDA’s announcement unless MDA fails to provide GRANTEE with MDA’s proposed announcement prior to the expiration of such [**] business day period; provided that nothing in this sentence shall restrict GRANTEE from complying with the AIM Rules or other public disclosure requirements.


The Parties further agree that this Contract supersedes in its entirety the “Translational Research Corporate Grant Communications and Confidentiality Policy” referenced in Part II(8) of Section A and Part III of Section C of the MVP Policy and included as Exhibit 2 to such policy.

 

16. Miscellaneous Terms.

 

  A. This Contract may only be amended or modified by a written instrument signed by both Parties.

 

  B. This Contract shall not be assigned by either Party without the prior written consent of the other Party, provided , however , that (1) either Party may assign this Contract without consent to (i) any wholly-owned subsidiary or Affiliate under common control, or (ii) any successor to substantially all of the business to which this Contract relates, (2) MDA may assign to DPF or any organization that is a successor thereto any or all of its rights under this Contract, including any or all of its rights with respect to the MDA License, the Licensed Patents and Licensed Patent Applications and (3) MDA or any assignee of MDA may assign any or all of its rights under this Contract, including any or all of its rights with respect to the MDA License, the Licensed Patents and Licensed Patent Applications to any other Person for the further development and/or commercialization of Products. Any purported assignment not made in compliance with this Section shall be null and void. Upon any such assignment by MDA, MDA shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder to the extent such obligations are assumed by such assignee; and, in the event of any such assignment by DPF (as MDA’s assignee), DPF shall be automatically released from its obligations hereunder to the extent such obligations are assumed by such assignee.

 

  C. This Contract, together with the Exhibits hereto, embodies the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, written and verbal, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision of this Contract shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. The headings in this Contract are for reference purposes only, and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and, to the extent permitted by Section 16.B, their respective assigns.

 

  D. This Contract will be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

  E.

Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or in connection with or relating to this Contract (each, a “ Dispute ”) shall be submitted to, and settled by, arbitration pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association at a mutually-convenient venue to be determined by agreement of the parties (or, in the absence of such agreement, by the arbitrators). Any award rendered shall be final and conclusive upon the Parties. The expenses of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the Parties, provided that each Party


  shall pay for and bear the cost of its own experts, evidence, and counsels fee’s, except that in the discretion of the arbitrator, any award may include the cost of a Party’s counsel. The requirement to submit Disputes to arbitration shall not prevent either Party from seeking injunctive relief from an appropriate court or other tribunal to preserve its rights while resolution of such Dispute is pending. In the event that the amount in dispute exceeds $[**] ($[**]), MDA may require such arbitration to be conducted before and resolved by a panel of three (3) neutral arbitrators appointed as follows. Each of MDA and GRANTEE shall appoint a neutral arbitrator (each a “ Party Arbitrator ”) and the two Party Arbitrators shall jointly appoint the third neutral arbitrator, who shall serve as the chairperson of the arbitration panel. If the two Party Arbitrators fail to agree on the third arbitrator within [**] days following the appointment of the Party Arbitrators, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the American Arbitration Association.

 

  F. The relationship between the Parties to this Contact is that of independent contractors and not agents of each other or joint venturers or partners. Each Party shall retain sole and exclusive control over its personnel and operations.

 

  G. This Contract may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

  H. Except in the event of fraud, willful misconduct or death or personal injury arising from negligence, no Party shall be liable to the other Party for any indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages.

[Signature page follows.]


AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

S UMMIT C ORPORATION PLC     M USCULAR D YSTROPHY A SSOCIATION , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Richard Storer

    By:  

/s/ Valerie Cwik

Name:   Richard Storer     Name:   Valerie Cwik, MD
Title:   Director and CSO     Title:   Interim President


EXHIBIT 1

GRANT APPLICATION


LOGO

 

SUMMIT PLC

SMT C1100 utrophin upregulator: Request for Phase I clinical trial funding

 

Jon Tinsley PhD

11 th  February 2011

Executive Summary Summit is proposing to fast track assessment of a second readily available formulation of SMT C1100 in healthy volunteers. It is our belief that this approach will give SMT C1100 the best opportunity of being able to demonstrate its true potential as a viable DMD therapy.

Summit has estimated that $[**] will be required to fund this plan of work and we are seeking the financial support of the MDA-VP to provide $[**] to assist in advancing SMT C1100 into a new Phase I trial using a more appropriate formulation. We are currently looking to identify additional partners to commit to the remaining balance required. In return, Summit will contribute its considerable scientific expertise to support SMT C1100’s development and eventual commercialisation as it remains our commitment to work towards producing a new medicine for DMD.

DMD remains a disease for which there is no cure. Summit understands it is a race against time for patients and families and that if the challenge of finding a cure, or even a life-enhancing treatment, is to be met, every available opportunity must be fully explored.

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 1        


LOGO

 

Introduction

Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD) is a lethal X-linked recessive muscle wasting disease caused by mutations in the dystrophin gene. Affected boys are ambulatory until about 12 years of age. They used die in their late teens but many patients can live into their twenties with respiratory support. Many boys show at abnormal ECG in the late stages of the diseases and cardiomyopathy is a general feature of the disease. The milder form of the disease known as Becker muscular dystrophy (BMD) also characterized by cardiac defects even though BMD patients can be ambulant in the 50 and 60s. Thus any therapy for the disease would need not only to target skeletal but also cardiac muscle.

Currently there is no effective treatment for DMD. Various strategies to alleviate the symptoms such as steroid treatment, anti-inflammatory agents and growth hormone and myostatin inhibitors which promote increased muscle mass. More recently, genetic approaches have been tested in DMD patient trials. In particular, read through of stop codons have been attempted in the 10-15% of patients that have stop codons. Atularen entered a phase 2b trial which utilised a six minute walk distance test (6MWD) as the primary efficacy endpoint as the ability to walk further after treatment is considered a major improvement in the quality of life for these patients. Unfortunately after conclusion of the trial, no increase in the distance travelled using the 6MWD test was reported. Exon skipping using antisense molecules has shown some dystrophin increase in trials utilising direct injection into muscle. Early data on systemic delivery shows restoration of dystrophin to a variable degree in patients. Next generation trials are continuing with constructs which increase the efficiency of delivery of the antisense oligonucleotides. The efficacy of this approach was demonstrated in the dystrophin/utrophin knock out mouse where restoration of muscle function was demonstrated. The main exon skipping efforts are currently directed at skipping exon 51 which will target about 13% of patients. To treat more patients different antisense sequences will need to be developed to target other exons and the regulatory authorities may treat each of these new constructs as a new drug. The ideal scenario would be to develop multi-exon skipping but this may only be achieved using AAV delivery which also has problems.

We have taken an alternative pharmacological approach to DMD developing a strategy which should be appropriate to treat all patients irrespective of their mutation and would also have the potential to target skeletal and cardiac muscle. Building on our work on the mdx mouse which demonstrated that the loss of dystrophin could be compensated for by increasing the levels of the dystrophin related protein, utrophin, we have been developing novel small molecules which can transcriptionally upregulate the utrophin gene. The demonstration that increased utrophin can prevent the muscular dystrophy in the mdx mouse has been confirmed by others. Our data from the mdx mouse suggested that increasing the levels of utrophin 2-3 fold would be of great benefit. We therefore screened for small molecules that would increase the levels of utrophin in the cell based assay 4-5 fold.

SMT C1100 was the final product of an exhaustive chemical screening and optimisation campaign. In this paper we present evidence demonstrating a significant reduction in dystrophic symptoms and increased muscle function in dystrophin deficient mdx mice. This was a comprehensive study looking at the beneficial effects of daily dosing of SMTC1100 on both sedentary and the more severely affected forced exercise model. If the results obtained using the SMT C1100 translated across to DMD patients then undoubtedly this would be a disease modifying therapy for DMD.

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 2        


LOGO

 

Results

In vitro upregulation of utrophin

SMT C1100 was identified from an iterative analoging approach from initial hits identified using a human muscle specific utrophin-A promoter cell based assay (ref from review or add in figure). Mdx myoblasts were cloned from H-2K-tsA58 x mdx with an IFN / ts SV40 T Ag transgene in order to control proliferation and fusion. The screening line contains a stably integrated reporter consisting of 8.4kb of the human utrophin (UTRN) promoter linked to a luciferase reporter gene. The region of the utrophin promoter contained all the motifs known to control utrophin expression. This high throughput screening assay identified a number of luciferase inducing compounds that also have the ability to increase the transcription of the endogenous mouse UTRN, thus identifying compounds with both human and mouse activity eventually leading to the final optimized compound, SMTC1100.

SMT C1100 shows a maximal increase of 5 fold compared to vehicle with an EC 50 of 0.4µM (Fig 1a). In vitro dosing of human DMD muscle cells with SMT C1100 induces utrophin protein (Fig. 1b) when compared to vehicle dosing. Maximal utrophin protein increase of 100% above vehicle during the three days of dosing with 0.3µM was achieved. Human myotubes when dosed with SMT C1100 for 7 days demonstrated and increase of utrophin protein of around 50% when compared to vehicle with an EC50 of 0.2µM (Fig 1c).

 

LOGO

Plasma levels of SMT C1100

Single administration of 50mg/kg SMT C1100 by oral gavage demonstrates that levels of compounds are above the estimated efficacy level of 0.5µM in both plasma and muscle and are maintained for over 12 hours (Fig 2a and b respectively).

 

LOGO

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 3        


LOGO

 

In vivo upregulation of utrophin

To confirm the activity in vivo of SMT C1100, the dystrophin deficient mdx mouse was used to monitor any changes in the dystrophic phenotype after chronic dosing for several weeks. To confirm increases in utrophin expression after repeat daily dosing with SMT C1100, muscle samples were taken for RNA analysis and protein expression. Fig.3a demonstrates almost a two fold increase in utrophin mRNA as determined by quantitative PCR from mdx mice dosed daily with SMT C1100 for 28 days compared to vehicle. Muscle sections were also taken, Fig.3b demonstrates significant increases in utrophin protein quantified from western blots from heart, a muscle notoriously difficult to target with systemic administration of putative DMD therapeutics, and diaphragm, the skeletal muscle most affected in sedentary mdx mice. Fig. 3c

 

LOGO

 

illustrates a qualitative increase in sarcolemmal bound utrophin in the TA and EDL muscles after repeat dosing with SMT C1100. This data confirms SMT C1100 drives increased utrophin expression in vivo and more importantly demonstrates increased utrophin staining at the required site of action, the sarcolemma.

 

Benefits of daily dosing of sedentary mdx mice with SMT C1100

 

In the case of the sedentary mdx mouse, there is a significant triggering of muscle degeneration at around 4 weeks which continues for a further 4 weeks where limb muscles then appear to reach stasis and levels of regeneration remain stable. One muscle where continued development of necrosis is seen is the diaphragm muscle. The dosing schedule for SMT C1100 treated mice was a single daily administration from day 21

  LOGO
for a further 28 days. This period of dosing encompassed the necrotic degenerative phase resulting from dystrophin deficiency.

 

The hypothesis to protect myofibres from damage in the absence of dystrophin is that utrophin, if continually localised to the sarcolemma, will replace dystrophin function. If dystrophin negative fibres are protected from damage for longer by the continued presence of utrophin then the catastrophic secondary effects of regeneration, fibrosis and inflammation should be reduced and muscle should

LOGO

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 4        


LOGO

 

be able to function for longer. All of these endpoints are significantly improved in mdx dosed daily with SMT SMTC1100 for several weeks compared to mdx only dosed with vehicle. SMT C1100 addresses the primary cause of fibre loss by protecting the sarcolemma from damage as exemplified by resistance to eccentric contractions (Fig.4a) and a reduction in serum creatine kinase levels (Fig. 4b). At the point where the muscle necrosis is at a maximum, SMT C1100 reduces significantly the release of CK into the plasma (Fig4b, 15d after start of dosing) and when degeneration has stabilised there is still significant benefit seen as evidenced by continued lower levels of CK (Fig4b, 28d after start of dosing). This data also demonstrates that beneficial effects of SMT C1100 driven utrophin upregulation must occur within a few days after the start of dosing.   LOGO

 

The resultant protection of dystrophin deficient fibres by continued expression of utrophin resulted in a reduction in the level of regeneration taking place in skeletal muscle in mdx mice dosed with SMT C1100. This is demonstrated by a significant reduction in the numbers of fibres with centrally localized nuclei where fibres with peripheral nuclei are thought to be more mature in development and therefore have been a component of the muscle for longer (Fig. 4c). Significant reduction in centrally nucleated fibres is seen in the skeletal muscles examined including the more DMD like, diaphragm.

LOGO

 

 

As the cycle of fibre degeneration – regeneration is being slowed by continued utrophin expression in SMT C1100 dosed mdx then the cytoplasmic signals to engage in muscle repair responses such as inflammation and fibrosis are reduced. In normal muscle this inflammatory protection response is dampened down as the proliferation of resident satellite cells fuse and reconnects the broken fibres. However, with the constant degeneration, these protection signals are not switched off, resulting in the continued influx of inflammatory cells and fibroblasts, leading to an increasing cascade of further fibre damage and loss of muscle “space” by fibrotic plaques. Treatment with SMT C1100 significantly reduces this damage by virtue of the reduced fibre regeneration. Blinded analysis by a board-certified veterinary pathologist of muscle sections from mdx mice dosed with either vehicle or SMT C1100 shows   LOGO
  

 

LOGO

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 5        


LOGO

 

a significant reduction in both inflammation and fibrosis. Whole muscle sections were rated with a pathology score on a scale from normal (0) – mild (1) – moderate (2) – severe. Results from the average of total scoring from the TA, EDL and soleus are shown (Fig. 5a). A qualitative example of the extent of inflammation from a SMTC1100 dosed EDL (Fig.5b) or vehicle dosed EDL (Fig. 5c) is shown where the SMTC1100 section was scored as mild (occasional mononuclear inflammatory cells in the inter-bundle connective tissue with focal aggregations of mononuclear inflammatory cells) and the mdx as moderate (multiple foci of mononuclear inflammatory cell infiltration in the inter-bundle connective tissue; occasional mononuclear inflammatory cells between individual muscle fibres). This data confirms the concept of reduced fibre damage due to utrophin localization leading to reduced inflammation and fibrosis.

Benefits of daily dosing of forced exercise mdx mice with SMT C1100

In order to increase the severity of the mdx muscular dystrophy, we used a forced exercise regime of chronic exercise, a strategy to worsen the murine pathology. Five week old mdx mice underwent forced treadmill exercise twice a week. The effects of daily SMT C1100 treatment was then evaluated on these forced exercise mdx mice.

 

This exercise protocol significantly worsens in vivo parameters readily evaluated by non-invasive approaches, such as the grip and endurance tests. In particular, the exercise protocol induced the typical decrease of fore limb force in vivo over time, a reduction which is minimally observed in sedentary mdx . SMT C1100-treated mdx mice showed a significant protection against exercise-
induced fore limb weakness, in terms of maximal strength achieved and the increase in strength after 4 weeks of dosing (Fig 6a and 6b). After 4 weeks of dosing both values from the SMT C1100 dosed mdx were equivalent to those observed in wild type mice.   

 

LOGO

 

Data with direct relevance to DMD treatment was generated using a fatigue assessment of the mice which underwent forced exercise. Fatigue was assessed in an acute endurance test and estimated as the maximal distance run before exhaustion. Sedentary mdx mice, although running for shorter distance than wildtype maintain the same exercise performance over time, while exercised mdx group shows a dramatic increase in fatigability between the start and the 4th and 5th week of training (Fig 7). After 5 weeks of dosing a partial restoration of the resistance to fatigue was observed in SMT C1100 dosed mice with an increase in distance travelled of around 50% compared to vehicle. Interestingly this

LOGO

 

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 6        


LOGO

 

effect was similar to that observed in exercised mdx mice treated with prednisolone, the standard of care for Duchenne patients. Significant synergy was observed when SMT C1100 was co-administered with prednisolone for five weeks, the forced exercise mdx were completely resistant to fatigue and were able to continue running as far as the sedentary mdx (Fig. 7) which equated to an increase in distance travelled of around 350% compared to the vehicle treated forced exercise mdx .

 

Ex vivo analysis on isolated muscles from forced exercise mdx mice demonstrated that SMT C1100 exerted a significant amelioration of calcium-dependent functional parameters, which are typically modified in mdx muscles due to the altered calcium homeostasis
which in turn drives the rate of degeneration. In SMT C1100 treated EDL muscle fibres the strength-duration curve describing the mechanical threshold was significantly shifted toward the more positive membrane potential values and almost overlapped with that observed in wildtype myofibres (Fig. 8a). The rheobase value of SMT C1100 treated muscles approached the wildtype value (-69.3 ± 0.4 mV) which was about 5 mV less negative than that of non-treated exercised ones (-70.5 ±1.2 mV vs. -75 ± 1.5 mV: p < 0.05    LOGO
by Student’t test). Interestingly this parameter is not ameliorated by a partial increase in dystrophin expression by gentamicin treatment. Similarly, the ratio between twitch and tetanic tension was significantly reduced in SMT C1100 treated exercised mdx muscles with respect to untreated counterparts, again showing that SMT C1100 treatment generates similar values typically found in
wildtype EDL muscle (Fig 8b). The amelioration of calcium-dependent parameters was paralleled by a partial although significant 18% decrease of cytosolic Ca 2+ level determined by fura-2 microspectrofluorimetry (data not shown), thus corroborating that the sarcolemmal bound utrophin from SMT C1100 can improve calcium-mediate mechanotransduction signalling. As one would predict from the reductions in cytoplasmic Ca 2+ levels, there is a significant reduction in the necrosis seen in muscle sections with a corresponding increase in healthy fibres and reduction in fibres showing evidence of regeneration from the SMTC1100 foreced exercise mdx . Table 1 shows a 75% reduction in necrotic areas.    LOGO

Footnote: The in vivo work described was commissioned by Summit and performed in the laboratories of Prof. Kay Davies (Oxford, UK), Prof Annamaria de Luca (Bari, Italy) and Jackson Labs - West (Sacramento, US)

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 7        


LOGO

 

Discussion

The data presented here illustrates the effectiveness of dosing a well-established model of DMD with a novel oral utrophin upregulator for several weeks. SMT C1100 induces increased levels of utrophin RNA and protein in human muscle cells and significantly reduces dystrophin deficient muscle pathology to such an extent that significant benefit on whole body strength and endurance is observed. Currently prednisolone and deflazacort are the only drugs approved by the regulators for DMD. We believe that fatigue testing of mdx after a regime of forced exercise is a good surrogate for the primary clinical endpoint which is used in DMD trials, i.e. the distance walked in 6 minutes (6MWD test). Dosing with SMT C1100 alone showed significant benefit in this surrogate model where the 50% increase in the distance walked would have achieved the required efficacy endpoint if translated over to the 6MD test in DMD trials. Unexpectedly dosing the combination of SMT C1100 and steroid for several weeks completely prevented fatigue of mdx mice undergoing the forced exercise regime. Thus, the combination of the two drugs with presumed different modes of action protect the muscle from fatiguing with exercise thereby allowing for significantly increased ambulation. High levels of long term steroid use have unwanted side effects however a steroid sparing therapy working synergistically with a utrophin upregulator has the potential to become the new standard of care for all DMD patients.

The great advantage of this approach is that it will be possible to treat all DMD and Becker patients, whatever their dystrophin mutation. In addition, it could also be used in combination with existing or other new strategies in the future including utrophin stabilisation strategies such as biglycan. In choosing a dosing route, an orally bioavailable product to be taken at home would be the ideal preference. In short SMT C1100 has the perfect profile, an oral drug suitable for treating all DMD patients.

In the recent Phase I clinical trial sponsored by BioMarin, SMT C1100 (BMN195) achieved plasma exposure marginally below the predicted efficacy levels. This is frequently a problem in Phase I trials which can often be circumvented using new formulations of the drug to increase bioavailability. From the data presented in this application only modest plasma levels of around [**] for several hours are needed to generate enough utrophin for substantial benefit and strongly supports the importance of retesting new formulations of SMT C1100 in new Phase I clinical trials to confirm that utrophin upregulation is a promising strategy for the therapy of DMD.

Lead up to Phase I Studies

[**].

BioMarin Phase I Study Results

 

The trial utilised jet milled SMT C1100 suspended in [**]. This was a randomised, double-blind, placebo controlled single- and multiple-dose study in healthy male volunteers; ages 18-55. The single ascending dose level was a doubling dose from 25mg/kg up to 400mg/kg.
The most important observation was that there were no significant adverse events at the plasma concentrations achieved. This is very relevant as we believe that the levels achieved in the BioMarin trial are close to therapeutic levels of [**].
As expected with a [**] formulation there was high variability within each group.    LOGO

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 8        


LOGO

 

This was seen in the minipig dosing and historically this is the major issue of [**] in man. However it is apparent from the error bars that some individuals did achieve plasma levels higher than the required efficacy level of [**] in the single doses. We believe the overall low exposure is undoubtedly due to inability of the body to emulsify the compound in such large volumes of [**]. Apparent loss of linear dose increase was not due directly to SMT C1100 bioavailability but more likely due to the change in the formulation (increase of API in [**]) which led to a further reduction in emulsification leading to reduced bioavailability.

 

With no adverse side effects noted the study moved to ascending multiple doses for 14 days using 100, 200 and 400mg/kg dosing regimen. Once again no significant adverse events were noted even at the highest dose. Again high variability observed within each group with little difference in exposure between 100mg/kg and 400mg/kg groups. There was an apparent reduction in AUC and C max within the first week of repeat dosing which then remained constant for the remaining 7 days of dosing. Examining the data there is still a significant level of SMT C1100 within this constant level from around day 7 to day 14 which is estimated to be around 30% of required efficacy level. One explanation of this reduction is that the repeated insult of gastric irritation due to daily [**] administration could result in activation of gut CYPs and cause SMT C1100 metabolism issues resulting in lower absorption.    LOGO

[**].

Conclusions from 1st Phase I Trial sponsored by BioMarin

Most importantly there were no reported significant adverse events and the compound was safe and well tolerated in all subjects including those who did achieve efficacy levels.

[**].

Summit’s conclusion from the data review and knowledge of the formulation is that the Phase I trial is inconclusive and does not lead to the conclusion that SMT C1100 development should be discontinued. The data points to the pressing need to repeat the Phase I with a more appropriate formulation.

Proposal to Test the Aqueous Microfluidised Formulation in a new Phase I

Summit believes the BioMarin results endorse the view that an alternative formulation could be more effective only needing to increase bioavailability in the order of a few fold to achieve and maintain significant efficacy levels.

[**].

Top Level Development Plan for SMTC1100

The current plan is to prioritise the aqueous microfluidised suspension formulation described above for use in a new Phase I trial in healthy volunteers.

[**].

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 9        


LOGO

 

The planned Phase I trial is a double blind; placebo controlled ascending single oral dose, safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic study. We have also included analysis of food effect, steroid combination, multiple daily dosing, and metabolism effects. Full study synopsis and plans will be made available if required. Time taken from the start of new non-GMP production of the new formulation for the PK cross over study in minipigs to the end of the Phase I is approximately 10 months.

The new trial will be deemed successful if the SMT C1100 plasma exposure using the new formulation is in excess of the efficacy level over the duration of a day after repeat dosing. This will confirm that there are no absorption or auto-induction issues with the compound and that dose levels will have been identified to translate into dosing regimens in Phase IIa DMD patient trials.

Total cost is approximately $[**].

Support Requested

Summit believes this proposal aligned with the research aims of the MDA-VP to identify therapies and a cure for DMD. We are therefore seeking financial support from the MDA-VP of $[**] to assist in advancing SMT C1100 into a new Phase I trial using a more appropriate formulation. We are currently looking to identify additional partners to commit to the remaining balance required. A successful outcome from this safety trial should enable clinical trials in DMD patients to start in 2012 and bring the first potentially disease modifying treatment for all DMD boys, irrespective of their genetic mutation, a significant step closer.

[**].

Without the requested funding from the MDA-VP, we are unable to progress further with the programme and fulfilling our objective of commencing DMD patient trials for utrophin upregulation in 2012.

 

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL       Page 10        


Exhibit 2

Milestone Schedule

 

Milestone

     Date      Amount  

Milestone 1: Notice of Award Signed

     [**]     

First Grant Payment

          $ [**]   

2011 Total Payments

          Total $ [**]   

Milestone 2: [**].

     [**]     

[**]

     [**]      $ [**]   

Milestone 3: [**]

     [**]     

[**]

     [**]      $ [**]   

2012 Total Payments

          Total $ [**]   

Final report

     [**]     

Total Grant Payments

          Total $ 750,000   


EXHIBIT 3

MDA VENTURE PHILANTHROPY GRANT POLICY MANUAL


 

LOGO

  

MDA Venture Philanthropy, Inc.

3300 E. Sunrise Drive, Tucson, AZ 85718-3208

Telephone (520) 615-6700 Fax (520) 529-5454

www.mdavp.org

  
  
  

 

 

MVP RESEARCH PROJECT POLICY

Projects awarded by MDA Venture Philanthropy, Inc. (“MVP”) are governed by the policy set forth herein.

MDA and MVP support research aimed at developing treatments for the muscular dystrophies and related diseases of the neuromuscular system. These are the muscular dystrophies (among which are Duchenne and Becker); motor neuron diseases (including ALS and SMA); the peripheral nerve disorders (CMT and Friedreich’s ataxia); inflammatory myopathies; disorders of the neuromuscular junction; metabolic diseases of muscle as well as other myopathies.

MDA Venture Philanthropy (MVP) is MDA’s drug development arm. MVP acts within MDA’s Translational Research Program, and has the mission of identifying and overcoming the inherent regulatory, cultural, financial and logistical barriers to bringing to market new therapeutic agents for neuromuscular disease.

MDA defines Translational Research as research that transforms scientific discoveries arising from the laboratory, clinic or population into new clinical tools and applications that reduce neuromuscular disease incidence, morbidity or mortality. This broadly includes intervention development and Phase I/II clinical trials.

Terms of this policy are subject to revision

or alteration at any time

 

1


SECTION A

I. TYPE AND PURPOSE OF MVP GRANTS

MVP provides a mechanism to fund for-profit companies or academic institutions engaged in pre-clinical or clinical therapy development for any neuromuscular disease(s) covered in MDA’s program. Proposed projects should be focused on translational aspects of therapy development (e.g., optimization, scale-up, manufacturing, toxicology testing, and phase I/II clinical trials), and will be awarded with the understanding that there is a reasonable expectation that a therapeutic product will be brought to market by the MVP recipient, either during the tenure of the project, or subsequent to the award. A collaborative effort between academic or institutional researchers and companies in an appropriate field is preferred, and expertise may be offered to the applicant in the form of a steering committee with members agreed upon by both parties. The project may last for 1-3 years, with award amounts generally not to exceed $2 million per year. This award is highly competitive.

 

  I. II. AWARD REQUIREMENTS

 

  1. Proposed MVP projects must move a potential therapeutic agent closer to the market, and have a plan to make it commercially available (directly or indirectly).

 

  2. Recipient will provide annual reports of expenditures to MDA.

 

  3. Recipient will provide records of appropriate institutional/federal regulatory requirements.

 

  4. Company recipients will be expected to demonstrate a fiscal commitment to the project that equals or exceeds the amount awarded by MDA.

 

  5. Modular funding may be contingent upon achievement of pre-determined milestones as described in the grant application. For larger projects, achievement of milestones will be evaluated by a steering committee composed of one member of the MDA research staff, one member of the recipient organization and three outside experts for larger projects. For smaller projects, achievement of milestones will be evaluated on the basis of progress reports supplied to MDA.

 

  6. Recipient will abide by the MDA policy agreement for intellectual property (Exhibit 1), or a modified version of this agreement that is acceptable to all parties.

 

  7. Recipient and company will agree on a fair return on investment for MDA based on the stage of the project, financial investment by MDA and risk taken.

 

  8. Recipient will abide by the MDA Translational Research Corporate Grant Communications and Confidentiality Policy (Exhibit 2), or a modified version of this agreement that is acceptable to all parties.

 

  9. Recipient and MDA must come to agreement on a contract acceptable to both parties

III. APPLICATION PROCEDURE

APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDING ARE NOT PUBLICALLY AVAILABLE.

Applications are made available to qualified applicants only. An application may be submitted and accepted at MDA’s sole discretion and is based on the nature of the research proposed and the qualifications of the applicant. In order to apply for funding, a Contact Form must be completed and submitted online for review (see http://mdavp.org/images/contactform.pdf ).

IV. DEADLINE DATES

MVP projects are reviewed on a rolling basis, and there are no deadlines for applications.

V. APPLICATION REVIEW

To ensure support of meritorious neuromuscular disease research, applications are peer-reviewed to assess their scientific merit and to evaluate their relevance to MVP’s goals. MDA’s Board of Directors has the sole authority to award all grants. Projects are reviewed under confidentiality agreements by outside reviewers (Exhibit 3) and by MVP’s advisory committee.

MVP projects are reviewed at two levels, firstly scientific and secondarily from a business standpoint.

 

2


The main criteria for scientific approval of MVP projects are:

Therapy Development Potential: Rationale of treatment modality; quality of preclinical data; results of toxicology studies to date

Plans for Proposed Research : Appropriateness of plan for advancing therapy towards commercialization; suitability of experimental plan; appropriate subcontractors used to get quality results; access to necessary institutional facilities and infrastructure

Ability to meet Regulatory Requirements: Manufacturing plan; regulatory compliance plan [for all projects beyond optimization]

Quality of Applicant/Co-Applicant(s): General excellence; expertise in clinical research; experience bringing therapies to market; quality of collaborators

The main criteria for business approval of MVP projects are:

Track Record of the Applicant: Experience of management, track record of attracting additional financing, track record of advancing therapeutics towards commercialization

Financial Stability of the Company (if relevant): Demonstration that the company has at least sufficient capital to complete the project with MDA investment, company has the ability to attract more funding, company has the necessary intellectual property to bring the therapy to market

Budget: Budget, including subcontracts, is reasonable for the proposed work

VI. PATENT AND LICENSING POLICY INFORMATION

Projects are subject to the Association’s Patent and Licensing Policy (Exhibit 1). By accepting a research project offered through MDA’s Research Program, the MVP recipient, all personnel contributing to and working on the project, as well as the Company/Institution with which they are affiliated, agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of MDA’s most recent policy on patents and licensing as described in Exhibit 1, or amendments of that policy described in the contract.

SECTION B

I. ELIGIBILITY FOR MVP RESEARCH PROJECTS

A corporate applicant must:

1. Be a biotechnology, pharmaceutical, or other related business.

2. Employ a qualified Principal Investigator for the duration of the award and during the conduct of the proposed project (at least 50% effort; precludes full-time employment at another Company/Institution).

An academic applicant must:

 

  1. Be a professional or faculty member at an appropriate educational, medical or research institution and be qualified to conduct and supervise a program of original research;

 

  2. Have access to institutional resources necessary to execute the proposed research plan; and

 

  3. Hold a Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Science or equivalent degree.

 

  II. II. DURATION OF RESEARCH PROJECTS

Awards are for up to three years. Payments are contingent on the availability of research funds, achievement of predetermined milestones satisfactory to MDA, and confirmation that appropriate Company/Institutional requirements for human subject protection and animal care are current and on file (if applicable).

III. DELAY IN ACTIVATION

The activation of an MVP project by the MVP recipient may not be delayed. A MVP recipient who is unable to begin his or her project on its designated start date must relinquish the award and reapply.

 

3


IV. SUBCONTRACTS

MVP includes support for approved subcontracts. It is expected that the MVP recipient will manage collaborations with outside companies or academic investigators through a subcontract mechanism, with the understanding that MDA’s Research Grants Policy allows the payment of no more than 10% overhead to research organizations.

In connection with a subcontract, the MVP recipient will administer and account for all expenses of collaborators. This includes indirect costs. Appropriate documentation related to regulations governing animal and human subject use will be required from each subcontracted entity where applicable. The MVP recipient submitting the core research project application will be responsible for assembling and submitting to MDA such documentation along with a copy of each subcontract agreement prior to funding.

 

  III. V. RESEARCH PROJECT PAYMENT

Checks are made payable to the recipient company or institution and are issued upon achievement of milestones agreed upon in the contract. The milestones are set up such that the upfront payments should support the project up until the next milestone. If that milestone is deemed a failure, it suggests that the project should not go forwards and there should be no further expenses. Therefore, MDA would not make subsequent payments (with the caveat that MDA or the steering committee can approve a change in direction if there is an obvious alternative route forwards to develop the drug – at which point, alternate milestones would be agreed upon).

The company or institutional financial officer should establish an account from which research expenses may be paid under the terms of the approved award. MDA has the right to withhold or cancel payments at any time for non-compliance of Policies or failure to meet milestones.

 

  IV. VI. AUTHORIZED EXPENSES

When MDA deems them justified by the research plan, the expenses identified below are permitted under the MDA policies:

 

1. Salary support for other scientists, technicians, research assistants, post-doctoral fellows, and graduate students and fringe benefits at levels appropriate to the Company/Institution.

 

2. Equipment and supplies necessary to complete the project’s milestones. Unless otherwise stipulated at the time of the award, equipment purchased solely with MDA funds belongs to and is considered the property of the academic Principal Investigator or the company to whom the research project was awarded. Computer hardware (i.e., PC’s, printers, monitors, etc.) is limited to a maximum of $5000 per grant.

 

3. Travel expenses:

a. Must be directly related to the implementation of the research and/or expressly and solely for the purpose of reporting the results of MDA-supported research at suitable scientific or medical meetings and/or associated with getting the required regulatory approvals necessary to achieve the goals of the project.

b. Are limited to $1,000 maximum per year. With MDA approval exceptions may be made for projects such as clinical trials where travel to remote sites is an integral part of the project plan.

 

4. Costs associated with submission of IND and to get FDA approval for a trial

 

5. Vendor Subcontracts:

a. May include but are not limited to toxicology/biodistribution studies, product manufacture, formulation, data management, quality assurance and regulatory compliance (i.e., consultant or Contract Research Organization [CRO])

b. Maximum allowable for regulatory compliance consultation or CRO is $75,000 annually

 

6. Indirect costs not to exceed 10% of direct costs.

 

  V.     

 

  VI. VII. UNAUTHORIZED EXPENSES

The following expenses are NOT permitted under the MDA research program:

 

1. Salaries, travel and/or housing related to sabbatical leaves;

 

2. Salaries for secretarial and/or clerical staff;

 

3. Purchase or rental of office equipment; (e.g. office furniture, filing cabinets, and copy machines);

 

4


4. Expenses normally covered by the indirect cost of the Company or the Principal Investigator’s institution;

 

5. Fees for tuition, registration or other fees relating to academic studies;

 

6. Membership dues, subscriptions, books or journals; and/or

 

7. Expenses for or related to moving from one institution to another.

 

8. Subcontracts to vendors in which the MVP recipient holds a proprietary interest.

VIII. SUPPORT FROM OTHER SOURCES

 

1. ALTERNATE FUNDING

An Applicant may not apply for, use or accept MDA funds to support the same budgetary aspects of a research project already supported either by another source. If funds for the project in question become available to the MVP recipient from other sources during the review or tenure of an MVP research project, the MVP recipient must so inform MDA’s Research Department in writing. MDA will then make a decision about the allocation of its research award.

 

2. SUPPLEMENTAL FUNDING

Financial support for related but clearly non-overlapping aspects of a project from separate funding sources is permitted under MVP grants. For example, a company that already has a Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) grant from the National Institutes of Health may still apply to MVP for funding related to additional distinct aims of the same project, provided that there is no scientific or budgetary overlap. Such supplementary funding must be disclosed, fully, to MDA as part of the research proposal or at the time such funding is received, and may be included in the matching funds required by MDA.

IX. BUDGET REVISIONS

During the review of the application, MDA may approve an award contingent on a reduction in budget. The applicant may choose to respond in writing within two weeks if the suggested budgetary changes are not acceptable, justifying in detail the need for the requested funding levels or suggesting a compromise. MDA will, in turn, respond within two weeks either accepting the compromise, or denying the request. If the request is denied, the applicant may choose to accept the award originally offered by MDA, or refuse the award.

MDA requires the submission of a revised budget when the funding for the project awarded is different than that originally requested in the proposal. The revised budget must reallocate the amount awarded for items requested in the original budget - except for any items specifically described in the contract that both parties have agreed to delete from the budget. A revised budget must be submitted to MDA’s Research Department within two weeks of receipt of the signed contract or within two weeks of acceptance of MDA’s required budgetary modifications.

To reallocate funds totaling more than fifteen percent (15%) of the current annual budget, the recipient must submit a written request to MDA’s Research Department for authorization. Such requests must include the amount of the reallocation and a detailed justification. Requests for budget revisions may be submitted up to four (4) weeks prior to the termination date of an award. Reallocations are permitted only during the current funding year.

X. UNEXPENDED FUNDS

Expenditures may not be committed against a grant after its expiration date except when authorized in writing by MDA.

At the termination of the project, unexpended funds may, under exceptional circumstances, be used for a period of either three (3) or six (6) months beyond the expiration date (no cost extension). The recipient must request in writing such an extension of the use of MDA funds. The request must state the amount of unexpended funds, how those funds will be used during the extension period and provide a detailed justification for the extension satisfactory to MDA. Such a request must be made no later than four (4) weeks before the termination date of the award. The originally approved budget remains in effect throughout the extension period, inclusive of all category maximums.

 

5


XI. CHANGE IN STATUS

The continued use of research project funds following any major change in status of the Principal Investigator requires prior written authorization from MDA. As described below, such changes include but are not limited to prolonged absence or withdrawal from the project.

1. WITHDRAWAL OR ABSENCE FROM THE PROJECT

When a Principal Investigator withdraws from a projector will be absent for an extended period of time, the MVP research project may be transferred to a new Principal Investigator, or his/her grant will be terminated and all unexpended funds plus unexpended accrued interest, if any, must be returned to MDA, accompanied by a Report of Expenditures, within eight (8) weeks of the withdrawal from the project.

If a project is continued under a new Principal Investigator, the Principal Investigator must write to MDA requesting authorization for such a continuation at least eight (8) weeks before the effective date of withdrawal or start of the absence from the project. The following documentation must be provided:

 

  a. Effective date - month/day/year - of the change in Principal Investigator;

 

  b. Updated progress report on the project;

 

  c. Name, address and curriculum vitae of the proposed new Principal Investigator.

 

  d. Signed letter from the investigator referred to in item “c” above confirming that he or she is familiar with all aspects of the project and accepts full responsibility for the conduct of the research during the absence of the Principal Investigator. The proposed new Principal Investigator must indicate to MDA his/her familiarity with the specific aims of the project and agree to accept responsibility for all scientific and administrative aspects of the grant and also provide a statement about the availability of equipment, personnel, etc., necessary to conduct the research.

2. CANCELATION OF GRANT

If, for any reason, the recipient of a research project must relinquish the award, the MVP recipient should promptly so notify MDA in writing. The notification should state the effective date of cancellation of the project. Unexpended funds plus unexpended accrued interest, if any, must be returned to MDA accompanied by a final Report of Expenditures within eight (8) weeks of the cancellation date.

MDA reserves the right to cancel a research project if circumstances render the individual on whose behalf the award was made unfit, unqualified and/or unable to perform under the terms and conditions of this MVP Policy. Such circumstances include, but are not limited to, abandonment of the project, loss of license, conviction of a crime, or withdrawal of insurance or other material institutional protections.

3. CANCELATION OF GRANT BY MDA

MDA has the option of canceling an award at anytime with notice for any of the following reasons:

 

  a. If within ninety (90) days from the scheduled funding start date or the established deadline date for receipt of required reports, MDA has not received the required supporting documentation, e.g. copy of IRB, FDA, IACUC approval letters; IND confirmation; copy of informed/consent form(s); progress report; or other documentation as defined by the MVP Policies.

 

  b. Availability of Association resources are limited to the extent that continuation of funding of research projects must necessarily be placed on temporary or indefinite hold.

 

  c. For any violation of the guidelines governing MDA’s research grants program as defined by the Association’s MVP Policy.

 

  VII. 4. OWNERSHIP OF DATA

In the event that the project is discontinued by MDA either due to failure by the MVP recipient to meet terms described in this policy or due to a default by the MVP recipient, and in so much that no provisions satisfactory to MDA have been developed for its continuance, all data produced with MDA funding up to the time of the cancellation will become the sole property of MDA.

 

6


XII. CURRICULUM VITAE/BIOSKETCH

Curriculum vitae of all investigators, advisors, co-investigators and post-doctoral fellows who will be participating in the execution of the research project must be provided to MDA with the research project application. When a project is underway, MDA must be informed immediately in writing of any change in personnel participating in the project, the reason(s) for such a change, and be provided the curriculum vitae or biosketch of any additional or replacement personnel.

SECTION C

RESEARCH REPORTS AND PUBLICATIONS

 

  VIII. I. REPORT OF EXPENDITURES

At the conclusion of each funding year of the grant, the designated financial officer of the recipient company or institution when the grant is awarded must submit a Report of Expenditures to MDA detailing the use of the awarded funds.

 

  IX. II. REPORT OF PROGRESS

Where Progress reports are required, Progress reports must be submitted on completion of each milestone as detailed in the milestone schedule. A final report must be submitted no later than four (4) weeks following the grant termination date. Where a steering committee is used, a transcript of the steering committee call will stand in lieu of progress reports.

 

  X. III. PUBLICATIONS AND NEWS RELEASES

All MDA Translational Research Grants, including MVP projects, are subject at minimum to the terms of MDA’s Translational Research Grants Communications and Confidentiality Policy (Exhibit 2)

Funds to support MDA’s research program come primarily from donations from private citizens. It is essential to the maintenance and growth of MDA and its research program that these donors be kept fully informed of the research progress their contributions make possible. Individuals and families affected by the neuromuscular diseases covered under its programs must also be kept fully informed of research progress. For these purposes MDA often issues press releases on newsworthy research developments and produces various publications for the public that report research activities. Such a press release or report may be issued on the occasion of the publication of an article in a professional journal or a presentation at a scientific or medical meeting. It is understood that MDA and the recipient will make every effort to coordinate publicity related to work funded by MDA, and that MDA will respect confidentiality agreements and proprietary information about this work.

To avoid misinterpretation of research results or the raising of false hopes about a possible treatment or cure for diseases covered under MDA programs, the Association requires the cooperation of the MVP recipient in providing MDA with advance prepublication copies of all articles and abstracts reporting the results of MDA-supported research which MDA shall keep confidential. MDA also requires the cooperation of its MVP recipients in participating in interviews as MDA may deem necessary. This cooperation will enable MDA to prepare press releases or other reports MDA issues on the research it supports.

If the recipient chooses to publish the results of the project, MDA requires that every such publication (print or on-line) - whether in peer-reviewed journals, meeting abstract formats, or in review articles or similar publications - contain the following statement or its equivalent: “ Supported by MDA .”

SECTION D

HUMAN SUBJECTS/TISSUES AND ANIMAL RESEARCH

It is the responsibility of the Company/Institution to ensure that no MDA funds will be released for research involving humans and/or animals until the required documentation described below is on file with the appropriate official at the Company/Institution as well as MDA.

 

7


  XI. I. INSTITUTIONAL REVIEW BOARD APPROVAL

When human subjects, tissues and/or materials are to be used in a research project, it is the responsibility of the MVP recipient to ensure that the company/institution has the following on file:

1. A complete copy of the research protocol approved by the Company/Institution’s Human Subjects Review Board and a copy of that Board’s current approval notice;

2. A copy of the patient informed consent form(s) to be used.

A copy of the Board’s current approval notice and a copy of the patient informed consent form must be submitted prior to initiation of the human subject research, and upon renewal.

Projects must be in compliance with all policies, rules and regulations governing clinical trials including those of the federal regulatory agencies, the respective university and Company/Institution and MDA (if applicable). MDA must be advised about any amendments to the original research protocol (including the participant consent form) occurring prior to the commencement of or during the course of the research project. MDA must also be informed of any adverse events reported to the IRB, or other changes that may affect the project as it progresses.

 

  XII. II. FOOD AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION APPROVALS

When experimental drugs and/or experimental medical devices are to be administered to patients, the materials required in the “Institutional Review board approval” section “D” of this document are necessary. In addition, it is the responsibility of the MVP recipient to ensure that the following is on file at the company/institution, and that copies are sent to MDA:

 

  1. A complete copy of the Investigational New Drug (IND) and/or Investigational Device Exemption (IDE) application approved by the Federal Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and a copy of the FDA’s approval notice; and

 

  2. Copies of all correspondence during the application and award periods between the FDA and the MVP recipient pertaining to the experimental drug(s) and/or device study.

 

  XIII. III. PATIENT CHARGES

MDA requires that patients participating in experimental drug and/or device studies not be charged directly for any research procedures included under the project’s approved protocol. Patients must be fully informed about their responsibility for ancillary costs relating to participation in a research project — travel, lodging, food, etc.

IV. ANIMAL RESEARCH

MDA investigators may use animals and animal tissues for research purposes only when reasonable and practical alternatives do not exist. When completion of the milestones absolutely requires the use of animals and/or animal tissues, a detailed justification must be included in the research grant application submitted to MDA. The justification shall include statements confirming that Company/Institutional guidelines:

1. Are at least as protective as those of the National Institutes of Health;

2. Conform to all applicable laws and regulations;

3. Meet prevailing community standards for responsible scientific research;

4. Apply throughout the project to ensure the humane treatment of all animals involved in the project.

SECTION E

XIV.

 

  XV. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Any potential conflict of interest the MVP recipient(s) or collaborator(s) may have relating to the project must be revealed. Such conflict would include (but may not be limited to) having a proprietary interest that may be affected by the outcome of a research project. It is expected that MVP recipients will observe the highest ethical standards in the conduct of research.

 

8


Exhibit 1:

PATENTS AND LICENSING POLICY

OF MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY ASSOCIATION, INC.

All MDA grants are subject to MDA’s Policy on Patents and Licensing. By accepting an MDA award for a research project, the MVP recipient or other personnel contributing to and working on the Project, as well as the Institution(s) with which they are affiliated, agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of MDA’s Patents and Licensing Policy.

MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY ASSOCIATION, INC. (“MDA”) understands that patents and licensing agreements may be sought on inventions resulting from research by the grant recipient supported in whole or in part by funds furnished by MDA; that such inventions should be administered so that they are introduced into public use as soon as practicable; and that such result will be achieved through granting permission to patent and license such inventions. Accordingly, it adopts the following policy:

 

1. An invention (hereinafter “MDA invention”) resulting from the support in whole or in part to the grant recipient of funds awarded by MDA shall be reported to MDA promptly in writing.

 

2. If the university or other research institution or an individual investigator(s) associated therewith (“Institution” or “Investigator”) which is the recipient of financial support for the work leading to the MDA invention, has an established patent and licensing policy and procedure for procuring and administering inventions which are known to and accepted by MDA, or has an agreement with another organization, including agencies or departments of the U.S. Government relating to the MDA invention due to joint support, MDA will defer to that policy or agreement on the following terms:

 

  a. With respect to any such invention, the Institution or Investigator shall have the right to file a patent application, and if the Institution or Investigator decides not to file a patent application MDA shall be notified thereof within a reasonable time and thereupon MDA shall have the right to file a patent application. On any Institution- or Investigator-filed or MDA-filed patent application and on any patent obtained thereof or thereon, MDA shall have a nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for and on its behalf any such invention and to grant sublicenses thereunder. The patent application(s) and patent(s) obtained thereon shall embrace the United States and all countries outside of the United States. The inventions hereinabove contemplated shall include those made by employees or agents of the Institution or Investigator and third parties under the control of the Institution or Investigator.

 

  b. The Institution or Investigator will notify MDA in writing of any decision not to continue the prosecution of a patent application, pay maintenance fees, or defend a reexamination or opposition proceeding on a patent, in any country, not less than thirty days before the expiration of response period required by the relevant patent office. The Institution or Investigator will convey to MDA, upon written request, title to any such patent application or patent.

 

  c. The Institution or Investigator will make the invention available for commercial licensing upon reasonable terms and conditions.

 

  d. From the monies, if any, received from licensing the invention, MDA and the Institution or Investigator and all other parties shall share on terms mutually agreed upon by the Institution or Investigator and MDA, such terms to be determined prior to any licensing or commercial exploitation of the invention with MDA’s share being at least equal to the percent of total funding that MDA has financially supported the specific research project through grants and awards.

 

9


  e. In the event that it obtains a patent, license arrangement or other commercial exploitation of an invention, the Institution or Investigator shall make periodic reports to MDA with respect to its utilization of the invention and account for any income received by it by reason of exploitation of the invention.

 

  f. The Institution or Investigator or its licensee will use its best efforts to make MDA inventions available for the public benefit within a reasonable period of time. In circumstances of unreasonable delay, MDA shall have the right to require assignment of the patent or the invention to it; cancellation of any outstanding exclusive licenses granted relating to the invention and particularly under said patent; and the granting of any such licenses to a party designated by MDA on a nonexclusive royalty-free basis or on terms that are reasonable in the circumstances.

 

3. If the Institution or Investigator has no patent or licensing policy and procedure for administering inventions, MDA shall have the right to determine the disposition of the invention rights in any such case.

 

10


Exhibit 2:

Translational Research Grants Communications and Confidentiality Policy

By accepting an MDA award for a research project, the company MVP recipient or other personnel contributing to and working on the Project, as well as the Institution(s) or companies with which they collaborate, agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of MDA’s Translational Research Grant Communications and Confidentiality Policy as they relate to the project for which the grant has been awarded. MDA in turn agrees to abide by the same provisions described in this policy. Additional provisions may be negotiated during the period before the recipient company formally accepts the MDA award. MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY ASSOCIATION, INC. (“MDA”) understands that information is sensitive and its release can be harmful to certain entities, and that proprietary information needs to remain confidential and protected. In turn, the recipient company or institution recognizes that dissemination of information about MDA funded research projects is important to the Muscular Dystrophy Association and the families that it serves. Such information is critical to ensuring the continued financial support of the Association by the public. If the recipient company or institution has an established confidentiality agreement that is known to and accepted by MDA, MDA may choose to accept, in addition, those terms of that policy or agreement that do not violate or supersede those of MDA’s Translational Research Grant Communications and Confidentiality Policy.

Policy Terms:

 

  1. MDA retains the right to make public the title and amount of all funded projects, as well as a brief lay summary. All other project-related information, including the substance of the grant application, any resulting progress reports, or other written or oral communications is considered confidential and will not be released to other than MDA staff without specific, written permission from the recipient company or institution. Recipient companies/ institutions should designate one representative (project information officer) to oversee and authorize release of project-related information.

 

  2. It is understood that MDA and the recipient company or institution will make every effort to coordinate publicity related to work funded by MDA, and that MDA will respect confidentiality agreements and proprietary information about this work. All press releases or other information designated for public release that is related to the awarded project, whether generated by MDA or the recipient company, must be reviewed and approved by both the recipient company and MDA. Company-generated press releases and journal publications should include a reference to the support received by the Muscular Dystrophy Association and its role in the research project. Conversely, press releases and other public media generated by MDA will acknowledge the recipient company or institution by name.

 

  3. Any and all project-related outcomes, achievements must be reported to MDA as specified in the grant paperwork as part of milestone and progress reports.

 

  4. Copies of any papers resulting from an MDA research award must be sent to the MDA Research Department upon acceptance for publication, even if the publication date is several months away, or if there is no publication date known. Journal embargoes will not be violated.

 

  5. Failure to adhere to this policy will result in termination of project support.

 

11


Exhibit 3:

REVIEWER CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

T HIS C ONFIDENTIALITY A GREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made by                                          (the “Recipient”).

1. The Recipient has been requested to review an application for funding by Muscular Dystrophy Association. (“MDA”).

2. The Recipient acknowledges that, as a reviewer, he/she will receive confidential information from MDA and from one or more individuals and/or entities applying to MDA for funding (an “Applicant”), and the Recipient agrees to enter into this Confidentiality Agreement as a condition to reviewing these applications.

3. As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” shall mean all information received by the Recipient pursuant to an Applicant’s contract or application that is either explicitly designated as confidential by an Applicant, or is of such a nature that the Recipient either knew, or should reasonably have known, that it was disclosed with an expectation of confidentiality. Confidential Information shall not include (i) information previously known to the Recipient, as evidenced by written records, (ii) information which becomes publicly available other than through a breach of this Agreement, (iii) information obtained by Recipient from a third party having no obligation of confidentiality to an Applicant, or (iv) information independently developed by Recipient, provided Recipient can demonstrate that the independent development was by employees or agents of Recipient who did not have access to Confidential Information. Recipient shall not disclose to any third party or use in any manner Confidential Information other than as explicitly permitted in this Agreement for a period of five (5) years from the date of disclosure by an Applicant; provided, however, that (a) in the case of information explicitly designated as a trade secret, such information shall not be disclosed while it remains subject to trade secret protection, and (b) in the case of reports containing information submitted to a government agency or institutional review board, such information shall not be disclosed until such time as it becomes available to the public pursuant to the federal Freedom of Information Act or similar state or local law. Disclosures required of Recipient by law or regulation shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, provided that Recipient minimizes the disclosure to the extent legally possible and (if legally permissible) promptly notifies MDA of the disclosure requirement. Recipient shall ensure that any of his or her employees or agents who require access to Confidential Information are subject to an obligation of confidentiality substantially equivalent to that provided for in this Agreement.

4. Recipient expressly acknowledges that the disclosure of an Applicant’s Confidential Information by Recipient will cause immediate, substantial, and irreparable damage to MDA and the Applicant for which monetary damages would not be a sufficient remedy. If Recipient breaches this Agreement in any manner, MDA and/or the Applicant shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement, an injunction restraining the Recipient from all further acts of disclosure and/or unauthorized use of Confidential Information, or both. These equitable remedies are in addition to all other rights MDA and the Applicant may have at law or in equity.

5. Recipient shall not assign this Agreement, his or her obligations hereunder, or any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of MDA

6. This Agreement embodies the entire agreement of Recipient and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings, written and verbal, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. No alteration, amendment, or modification of this Agreement shall be made except by an instrument in writing signed by Recipient and MDA.

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:      

 

      Tel.:  

 

 

    Fax:  

 

[Signature of Recipient]     E-mail:  

 

 

    Date:  

 

[Printed Name of Recipient]      
Address:  

 

     
 

 

     

 

12


EXHIBIT 4

FORM OF STEERING COMMITTEE CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

2


EXHIBIT 5

PROJECT BUDGET

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page is omitted. [**]

 

3


EXHIBIT 6

SUMMIT C1100 PATENTS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

 

REF

  

TITLE (mnemonic)

  

STATUS

  

FAMILY

  

APPLN NO.

  

PUB/PAT NO

  

PR

DATE

  

FILING

DATA

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page was omitted. [**]

 

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.3

DATED 19 OCTOBER 2012

 

  (1) THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED

 

  (2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

 

 

TRANSLATION AWARD FUNDING AGREEMENT

 

 


1     

INTERPRETATION

     4   
2     

AWARD TO BE ADVANCED BY THE TRUST

     20   
3     

REPAYMENT

     26   
4     

INTEREST

     27   
5.     

EXPLOITATION

     27   
6.     

AWARD AUDIT

     28   
7.     

WARRANTIES

     29   
8.     

WARRANTY CLAIMS

     31   
9.     

LIMITS ON LIABILITY

     32   
10.     

REPORTING

     32   
11.     

THIRD PARTY COLLABORATIONS AND SUBCONTRACTING

     34   
12.     

TERMINATION

     34   
13.     

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     35   
14.     

OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

     38   
15.     

SITE VISIT GROUP

     40   
16.     

UNEXPLOITED IPRS

     41   
17.     

REVENUE SHARING

     43   
18.     

ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS AND PAYMENTS

     46   
19.     

FURTHER FUNDING

     49   
20.     

DISPUTE RESOLUTION

     49   
21.     

WAIVER

     51   
22.     

ENTIRE AGREEMENT/VARIATIONS

     51   


23.     

ANNOUNCEMENTS

     52   
24.     

CONFIDENTIALITY

     53   
25.     

NOTICES

     55   
26.     

ASSIGNMENT

     56   
27.     

SEVERANCE OF TERMS

     56   
28.     

COSTS

     57   
29.     

FURTHER ASSURANCES

     57   
30.     

GENERAL

     57   
31.     

GOVERNING LAW

     58   
SCHEDULE 1 DRAWDOWN NOTICE      60   
SCHEDULE 2 DRAWDOWN NOTICE      62   
SCHEDULE 3 DETAILS OF SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC      64   
SCHEDULE 4A THE APPLICATION      66   
SCHEDULE 4B THE PLAN      120   
SCHEDULE 5 MILESTONES, TRANCHES AND INSTALMENTS      130   
SCHEDULE 6 TREASURY POLICY      132   
SCHEDULE 7 CONDITIONS      133   
SCHEDULE 8 REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT      134   
SCHEDULE 9 COSTS SCHEDULE (INCLUDING COMPANY CONTRIBUTION)      147   
SCHEDULE 10 COMPANY PATENTS      154   


 

LOGO

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 19th day of October 2012.

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED a company registered in England & Wales with company no. 2711000 with registered address at 215 Euston Rd London NW1 2BE UK, as Trustee of the Wellcome Trust, a charity registered in England under no. 210183 (the “Trust” ); and

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC a public limited company registered in England and Wales under number 05197494 whose registered office is at 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4RY (the “Company” ).

RECITALS:

 

(A) The Company is a public limited company incorporated on 4 August 2004 in England and Wales under the provisions of the Companies Act 1985.

 

(B) Pursuant to a funding agreement between the Trust and the Company dated 30 October 2009, the Trust made a programme-related investment by way of an award of two million, two hundred and eighty eight thousand, two hundred and twenty one pounds sterling (£2,288,221) to the Company to progress the development of a novel class of antibiotics for the targeted treatment of Clostridium difficile infection in consideration of a share of any resulting revenue.

 

(C) In order to further its charitable objects, the Trust wishes to make a further programme-related investment by way of an award of a maximum amount of four million pounds sterling (£4,000,000) to the Company to support a first-in-human Phase I and Phase II clinical trial for the novel Clostridium difficile antibiotic SMT19969 in consideration of a share of any resulting revenue.

 

1 INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.2   “Accounts Date”    means:
     (a)    as at the Effective Date, the date to which the most recent set of Audited Accounts immediately preceding the Effective Date are made up, and
     (b)    after the Effective Date, means the date to which the most recent Audited Accounts immediately preceding the date upon which the Warranties are repeated are made up;
1.3   “Accrued Interest”    means interest payable and accrued in respect of the Award as calculated in accordance with Clause 4.1;

 

LOGO


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.4   “Advance”    means the payment of tranches of the Award Amount by the Trust to the Company from time to time in accordance with Clause 2;
1.5   “Affiliate”    means, with respect to a given entity, any person, corporation, partnership or other entity, that Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with such entity;
1.6   “Agreement”    means this agreement;
1.7   “Anniversary Date”    means each anniversary of the Effective Date or, if such date is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day;
1.8   “Application”    means the application as set out at Schedule 4A as amended by the Plan;
1.9   “Audited Accounts”    means the audited Group and Parent Company financial statements of the Company, for the relevant financial year of the Company, together with the related cash flow statements, notes, directors’ reports and Auditors’ reports;
1.10   “Auditors”    means BDO LLP or such other firm of chartered accountants as may be appointed as auditors of the Company from time to time;
1.11   “Award”    means the award made available by the Trust to the Company on the terms and conditions of this Agreement;
1.12   “Award Amount”    means up to four million pounds sterling (£4,000,000):
1.13   “Background IPRs”    means any IPRs created, devised, generated, owned by or licensed to the Company or which the Company had rights to prior to 30 October 2009, which are necessary or useful for undertaking the Project or for the protection or Exploitation of the Project IPRs or the Project Patents including without limitation the Company patents;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   5

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.14   “Board”    means the Company’s board of directors from time to time;
1.15   “Business Day”    means a day on which banks are normally open for business and which is not a Saturday or Sunday or a bank or public holiday in England and Wales;
1.16   “Calendar Quarter”    means each successive period of three (3) calendar months commencing on 1st January, 1st April, 1st July and 1st October or such other quarterly dates as may be agreed between the parties, and “ Quarterly ” shall be construed accordingly;
1.17   “Change of Control”    means, in relation to the Company, where a person (or persons acting in concert) directly or indirectly, including through any Subsidiary or Holding Company or Subsidiary of such Holding Company:
     (a)    has beneficial ownership over more than 50 per cent of the total voting rights conferred by all the issued shares in the capital of the Company which are ordinarily exercisable in general meeting; or
     (b)    has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its directors; or
     (c)    has power to direct that the affairs of the Company are conducted in accordance with its wishes;
     in each case where such person or persons did not have such beneficial ownership, right or power at the Effective Date;
1.18   “Claim”    means any claim by the Trust for breach of any of the Warranties;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   6

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.19   “Clinical Trial Cover”   

means either:

     (i)    a clinical trial liability insurance policy which will cover the clinical trial due to take place as part of the Project; and/or
     (ii)    (ii) an NHS indemnity for clinical trials which will cover the trial due to take place as part of the Project together with evidence that the clinical trial due to take place as part of the Project shall be conducted with the permission of the NHS;
1.20   “Close Down Activities”    means all activities reasonably required pursuant to ICH GCP in order to close down any clinical trial that is the subject of the Project;
1.21   “Companies Acts”    means Companies Act 1985, Companies Act 1989, Companies Act 2006, Business Names Act 1985 and Enterprise Act 2002;
1.22   “Company Contribution”    means the contributions (financial and otherwise) to be made by the Company to the Project as set out in Schedule 9;
1.23   “Company Patents”    means the patent and patent applications registered or filed in the name of the Company set out at Schedule 10;
1.24   “Company TPC”    means the Company’s Treasury Policy contact as set out in Clause 2.14 or such other contact as may be notified by the Company to the Trust in writing from time to time in accordance with Clause 2.14;
1.25   “Conditions”    means the conditions described in Schedule 7;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   7

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.26   “Confidential Information”    means any and all data, results, Know-How, software, plans, details of research work, discoveries, inventions, intended publications, intended or pending patent applications, designs, technical information, business plans, budgets and strategies, business or financial information or other information in any medium and in any form, and any physical items, prototypes, compounds, samples, components or other articles or materials disclosed by one Party to another Party whether orally or in writing or in any other form;
1.27   “Connected Persons”    means a person connected with the Company or any director or any former director or any shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 839, Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;
1.28   “Control”    means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of an entity, or the right to receive more than fifty percent (50%) of the profits or earnings of an entity. Any other relationship which in fact results in one entity having a decisive influence over the management, business and affairs of another entity shall also be deemed to constitute Control;
1.29   “Cost Schedule”    means the Cost Schedule at Schedule 9 setting out the Trust’s approved budget for the Project;
1.30   “CTSC”    means the clinical trial steering committee for the clinical trial that is the subject of the Project;
1.31   “Direct Costs”    means any costs and expenses incurred or allowed from time to time in accordance with this Agreement by or for the account of the Trust or the Company (as appropriate) in prosecuting, maintaining, enforcing or defending any of the Exploitation IPRs, marketing the Exploitation IPRs and negotiating, concluding or enforcing agreements for the licensing or other Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs (including by way of acquisition of equity in a company), including without limitation:
     (a)    all reasonable legal, accounting and other professional fees and charges;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   8

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     (b)    official filing, prosecution, maintenance and renewal fees;
     (c)    travelling and other out-of-pocket expenditure; and
     (d)    Cost of Goods;
1.32   “Disclosure Letter”    means:
     (a)    as at the Effective Date, the disclosure letter dated the same date as this Agreement and accepted by the Trust, and
     (b)    after the Effective Date, the disclosure letter as subsequently amended and agreed by the Parties on each Anniversary Date and on the date of each Advance;
1.33   “Drawdown Date”    means a Business Day on which an Advance is made;
1.34   “Drawdown Notice”    means a notice in writing signed by the Company as detailed in Schedules 1 or 2 of this Agreement;
1.35   “Drawdown Period”    means the period starting on the Effective Date and ending on the date which is the earlier of the Repayment Date or thirty six (36) months from the date of this Agreement;
1.36   “DSMB”    means the Data Safety Monitoring Board for the clinical trial that is the subject of the Project;
1.37   “Effective Date”    means the date of this Agreement as set out at the top of page 4 of this Agreement;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   9

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.38   “Encumbrance”    means any claim, charge, mortgage, security, lien, option, equity, power of sale, hypothecation or other third party rights, retention of title, right of pre-emption, right of first refusal or security interest of any kind;
1.39   “Event of Default”    means any event or circumstance listed in Clause 13;
1.40   “Exploitation”    means development and exploitation activities after completion of or during the Project including any further clinical trials, obtaining Marketing Approvals in any country, the commercialisation, licensing, promotion, marketing, distribution and sales of any Project Compounds and/or Licensed Products and “Exploited” , “Exploiting” and “Exploitation” shall be construed accordingly;
1.41   “Exploitation IPRs”    means the Background IPRs, Project IPRs, Project Compounds and Licensed Products;
1.42   “Exploiting Party”    means the Party(ies) undertaking Exploitation pursuant to Clauses 5 and 16. For clarity any Third Party to whom the Company or its Affiliates licences the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs shall not be considered an Exploiting Party for the purposes of this Agreement;
1.43   Fair Value    means the fair market value of any asset taking into account the following assumptions:
    

(a)    

   the sale is between a willing seller and a willing purchaser on an arms length basis;
     (b)    the relevant asset is sold free of all restrictions, liens, charges and other encumbrances;
     or as determined by the Expert in accordance with Clause 19;
1.44   Financial Terms    shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 17.1;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   10

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.45   Grant Conditions    means the conditions under which the Trust makes grants to Organisations (currently version Cond 10/11) as amended from time to time;
1.46   “Group”    means, in relation to any Party, its Holding Companies, its Subsidiaries and the Subsidiaries of those Holding Companies;
1.47   “Holding Company”    shall have the definition given to it in the definition of Subsidiary;
1.48   “Indication”    means a disease indication manifested by a characteristic set of pathological symptoms and signs. Such disease indication is not manifested by reference to either patient sub-populations or to drug formulations, dosage regimes or other product line extensions, which relate to the characteristics of the product rather than the characteristics of the disease;
1.49   “IND”    means an investigational new drug application filed with the FDA or any equivalent from another regulatory authority(ies) including but not limited to a Clinical Trials Application to the EMA;
1.50   “IPRs”    means (i) patents, designs, trade marks and trade names (whether registered or unregistered), copyright and related rights, database rights, Know-How and Confidential Information; (ii) all other intellectual property rights and similar or equivalent rights anywhere in the world which currently exist or are recognised in the future; (iii) applications, extensions and renewals in relation to any such rights; and (iv) rights in the nature of data exclusivity relating to any IND;
1.51   “Know-How”    means any technical and other information which is not in the public domain at the date created, including information comprising or relating to concepts, discoveries, data, designs, formulae, ideas, inventions, methods, models, assays, research plans,

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   11

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     procedures, designs for experiments and tests and results of experimentation and testing (including results of research or development), processes (including manufacturing processes, specifications and techniques), laboratory records, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, clinical, analytical and quality control data, clinical trial data, case report forms, data analyses, reports, manufacturing data or summaries and information contained in submissions to and information from ethical committees, regulatory authorities and/or Marketing Authorities;
1.52   “Licensed-In IPRs”    means all IPRs licensed by the Company from a Third Party which are being used or have been used by the Company at any time in the course of undertaking the Project;
1.53   “Licensed Products”    means any product developed or Exploited by or on behalf of the Exploiting Party that is derived from or incorporates any Background IPRs, Project IPRs and/or any Project Compound(s);
1.54   “Major Markets”    means the United States of America and the European Union;
1.55   “Management Accounts”    means:
     (a)    as at the Effective Date, the most recent unaudited monthly management accounts of the Company prior to the Effective Date, and
     (b)    after the Effective Date, the most recent management accounts prior to the date upon which the Warranties are given;
1.56   “Marketing Approval”    means all approvals, licences, registrations or authorisations of any federal, state or local regulatory agency, department or bureau or other governmental entity, required for the manufacturing, use, storage, distribution, promotion, marketing, import, transport and/or sale of Project Compounds and/or Licensed

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   12

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     Products in any jurisdiction (including in the case of countries where no national agency exists for the approval of drugs, approval by the World Health Organisation)
1.57   “Milestones”    means the Milestones as described in Schedule 5, and “Milestone” means any one of them;
1.58   “Milestone Date”    means a date set out in Schedule 5 for the achievement of a Milestone;
1.59   “MRC Guidelines”    means the Medical Research Council’s Guidelines for Good Clinical Practice in Clinical Trials set out at http://www.mrc.ac.uk/Utilities/Documentrecord/index.htm?d=MRC002416;
1.60   “Net Revenue”    means Revenue less:
     (a)    any Direct Costs;
     (b)    any applicable VAT on Revenue and/or Direct Costs;
     (c)    amounts repaid or credited and allowances including cash, credit or free goods allowances, given by reason of billing errors, discounts, actually allowed or paid or accrued;
     (d)    amounts refunded or credited for Licensed Products which were rejected or damaged or recalled or by reason of reasonable purchase chargebacks or rebates;
     (e)    freight, postage and shipping insurance invoiced to the Third Party;
     (f)    taxes, tariffs, customs duties and surcharges and other governmental charges incurred in connection with the sale, exportation or importation of Licensed Products; and
     (g)    government mandated and other reasonable rebates (such as those in respect of any state or federal Medicare or Medicaid or similar programs).

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   13

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     The transfer of Licensed Products between the Company and any of its Affiliates shall not be considered a sale for the purposes of calculating Revenue. In such cases, Revenue shall be determined on the gross invoiced price levied by the Affiliate on a Third Party, less the aforementioned deductions to the extent they are allowed, paid or accrued.
     Any Licensed Product which is transferred by the Company or its Affiliates to a Third Party on less than arms length terms shall be deemed for the purposes of calculation of Revenue to be a sale at the list price of Licensed Product provided always that the use of Licensed Product in clinical trials shall not give rise to any deemed sale under this definition.
     Transfers or dispositions of Licensed Product free of charge and in line with normal industry practice (a) for charitable purposes; (b) for non-commercial manufacturing purposes; (c) as free promotional samples of Licensed Product; or (d) for regulatory or governmental purposes shall not in each case be deemed “sales” for the purposes of calculating Revenue;
1.61   “Non-Cancellable Commitments”    means the reasonable costs of:
     (i)    the Close Down Activities;
     (ii)    final assessment of any clinical trial subjects;
     (iii)    data compilation and analysis in relation to the any clinical trial; and
     (iv)    preparation of publications including the clinical study report;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   14

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.62   “Non-Exploiting Party”    means the Party(ies) that are not undertaking Exploitation pursuant to Clauses 5 and 16;
1.63   “Parties”    means the parties to this Agreement, or either of them, as the context may require, and “Party” shall be interpreted accordingly;
1.64   “Plan”    means the plan set out in Schedule 4B;
1.65   “Policies and Positions    means the Trust’s policies and positions set out at http://www.wellcome.ac.uk/About-us/Policy/Policy-and-position-statements/index.htm as amended from time to time;
1.66   “Principal Scientific Contact”    means Dr Richard John Vickers or such other person appointed by the Company to oversee the Project reasonably acceptable to and agreed with the Trust;
1.67   “Project”    means a first-in-human Phase I and Phase II clinical trial for the novel Clostridium difficile antibiotic SMT19969 in accordance with the Application and the Protocol;
1.68   “Project Compound”    means any compound in respect of which activities are undertaken by the Company in the course of the SDD Project and/or the Project, and shall include the chemical compound as well as all esters, salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs and isomers thereof, and shall include compositions comprising such compound, or esters, salts, hydrates, solvates, polymorphs, isomers and enantiomers ;
1.69   “Project Inventions”    means any inventions created, devised or arising out of the Company’s undertaking and performance of the SDD Project, the Project or any part of them;
1.70   “Project IPRs”    means any IPRs (including the Project Patents, Project Inventions, and Project Compounds) created,

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   15

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     devised or arising out of the Company’s undertaking and performance of the SDD Project, the Project or any part of them;
1.71   “Project Patents”    means any patent applications that may be made by the Company which claim any Project Inventions or parts thereof, and any patents resulting from any such applications, utility certificates, improvement patents and models and certificates of addition and all foreign counterparts of them in all countries, including any divisional applications and patents, refiling, renewals, continuations, continuations-in-part, patents of addition, extensions, (including patent term extensions,) reissues, substitutions, confirmations, registrations, revalidations, pipeline and administrative protections and additions, and any equivalents of the foregoing in any and all countries of or to any of them, as well as any supplementary protection certificates and equivalent protection rights in respect of any of them;
1.72   “Protocol”    means the description of any clinical trial comprising part of the Project signed by the Principal Scientific Contact;
1.73   “PubMed Central”    means an archive of life science journal literature operated by the National Center for Biotechnology Information, a division of the US National Library of Medicine accessible at http://www.pubmedcentral.nih.gov/ ;
1.74   “Repayment Date”    means the date which is [**] Business Days following the date of any notice for repayment served by the Trust on the Company pursuant to Clause 3.1;
1.75   “Revenue”    means the pre-tax gross receipts actually received by the Exploiting Party and its Affiliates from time to time in respect of the Exploitation of Exploitation Project IPRs and/or Licensed Products, whether by grant of a licence or an option thereto in respect of any Exploitation IPRs and/or Licensed Products, the

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   16

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

     assignment of the Exploitation IPR or otherwise, including, without limitation, gross receipts representing sales of the Licensed Products, cash sums, other monetary sums, royalties, licences fees, signature fees, lump sum payments or otherwise and/or any other consideration actually received by the Exploiting Party and/or its Affiliates such as the provision of premises, equipment or cross licences. Where any consideration comprising Revenue is received other than in money the value of the consideration shall be determined by reference to the Fair Value of the goods, services, licence or other benefit to the Exploiting Party as at the date of receipt by the Exploiting Party and/or its Affiliates. The Exploiting Party shall pay to the Non-Exploiting Party an amount in cash as required to satisfy the Non-Exploiting Party’s share of the Fair Value at the time it converts the non-cash consideration into cash. If the Parties are unable to agree on the Fair Value such dispute shall be referred to an expert under Clause 20 of the Funding Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Revenues shall include any award of damages received by the Exploiting Party and/or its Affiliates in respect of enforcement of the Exploitation IPRs, less the costs of such action. For the further avoidance of doubt, where the Company is the Exploiting Party, Revenue shall not include any equity investment made in the Company by a Third Party or money paid to the Company by way of a grant;
1.76   Revenue Sharing Agreement    means the Template Equity and Revenue Sharing Agreement to be entered into between the Parties in the form attached at Schedule 8 as amended from time to time on the mutual agreement of the Parties;
1.77   “Sale”    means (i) the acquisition by any person of more than fifty percent (50%) of the shares of the Company or all of the shares not already owned by the acquirer; or (ii) the acquisition by any person of the business or assets of the Company or any material part thereof (including the Project IPRs);

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   17

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.78   “Secondary Markets”    means the following countries namely Japan, Brazil, India, China, Russia and the following regions namely Africa and Oceania;
1.79   Site Visit Group    shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 15;
1.80   SDD Funding Agreement    means the funding agreement between the Trust and the Company dated 30 October 2009 in respect of the SDD Project;
1.81   SDD Project    means the Company’s project to progress the development of a novel class of antibiotics for the targeted treatment of Clostridium difficile infection funded by the Trust pursuant to the SDD Funding Agreement;
1.82   “Subsidiary”    means a company of which another company, its “Holding Company”:
     (a)    holds a majority of the voting rights in;
     (b)    is a member of and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors; or
     (c)    is a member of and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights;
     and shall include companies which are the subsidiary of a company that is itself a subsidiary of the Holding Company;
1.83   “Tax” or “Taxes”    means all forms of taxation, duties, imposts, levies and rates whenever created or imposed and whether of the United Kingdom or elsewhere and all penalties and interest payable in respect thereof including VAT;
1.84   “Third Party”    means an entity or person other than the Parties or an Affiliate of any of the Parties:

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   18

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

1.85   “Trust CP Position”    means the Trust’s position statement and guidance note about research involving people living in low and middle income countries as set out at http://www.wellcome.ac.uk/About-us/Policy/Policy-and-position-statements/WTD015295.htm;
1.86   “Trust TPC”    means the Trust’s Treasury Policy contact as set out at Clause 2.15 or such other contact as may be notified by the Trust to the Company in writing from time to time in accordance with Clause 2.15;
1.87   “VAT”    means goods, sales, value added or any similar tax;
1.88   “Warranties”    means the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7 and each and any of them; and
1.89   “Year”    means a period of twelve (12) months starting on the Repayment Date or the Effective Date as the case may require and ending on the date twelve (12) months thereafter and each subsequent period of twelve (12) months.

 

1.90 References in this Agreement to any statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended consolidated or re-enacted (whether before or after the Effective Date) from time to time and shall include any provisions of which they are consolidations or re-enactments (whether with or without amendment).

 

1.91 Reference to any statute, statutory instrument, regulation, by law or other requirement of English law and to any English legal term for any actions, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or doctrine shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the relevant English term.

 

1.92 The Schedules and Recitals form part of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules and Recitals.

 

1.93 In this Agreement:

 

  (a) the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   19

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  (b) references to persons shall include bodies corporate, unincorporated associations, partnerships and individuals;

 

  (c) except where the contrary is stated, any reference in this Agreement to a Clause or Schedule is to a Clause of or Schedule to this Agreement, and any reference within a Clause or Schedule to a sub-Clause, paragraph or other sub-division is a reference to such sub-Clause, paragraph or other sub-division so numbered or lettered in that Clause or Schedule.

 

1.94 The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of the provision to which they relate.

 

1.95 References to the winding-up of a person include the amalgamation, reconstruction, reorganisation, administration, dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, merger or consolidation of such person and an equivalent or analogous procedure under the law of any jurisdiction in which that person is incorporated, domiciled or resident or carries on business or has assets.

 

1.96 Any reference to books, records or other information includes books, records or other information in any format or medium including paper, electronically stored data, video or audio recordings and microfilm.

 

1.97 Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

1.98 Where reference is made in this Agreement to the prior written consent of the Trust being required in respect of any matter, the Company shall give not less than [**] Business Days notice to the Trust of the matter for which such consent is required.

 

2 AWARD TO BE ADVANCED BY THE TRUST

 

2.1 In consideration of the rights and obligations of the Parties as set out in this Agreement, the Trust shall grant the Award to the Company on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   20

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

2.2 The Trust and the Company agree that the Project will be carried out in accordance with this Agreement in addition to the Grant Conditions and the Policies and Positions. If there is any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Grant Conditions or the Policies and Positions, then the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

2.3 The Award shall be used by the Company for the sole purpose of providing funding and support for the Project as described in the Application and shall be used for no other purpose without the prior written consent of the Trust.

 

2.4 The first instalment of the first tranche of the Award may be drawn down by the Company at any time after the Effective Date by providing to the Trust a Drawdown Notice in the form set out in Schedule 1. The Trust shall release the first instalment of the first tranche of the Award within [**] Business Days of the later of:

 

  (a) the date of receipt by the Trust of such Drawdown Notice (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set out in Clause 2.10); and

 

  (b) the date of written confirmation from the Trust to the Company of acceptance of the then current Treasury Policy.

The obligations under Clauses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 11, 15, 16, 17 and 18 shall not come into effect unless and until such Drawdown Notice is submitted. If no Drawdown Notice is received within [**] Business Days of the Effective Date, the Award shall be cancelled unless agreed otherwise in writing by the Trust. The Company may draw down subsequent tranches (or instalments) of the Award on the dates specified in Schedule 5. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust shall not pay any part of the Award to the Company unless and until the Company’s then current Treasury Policy has been accepted by the Trust in writing and the Company is in compliance with such Treasury Policy.

 

2.5 When the Company considers that any Milestone has been achieved by the relevant Milestone Date:

 

  (a) The Company shall as soon as reasonably practicable provide the Trust with a report of how the Milestone was achieved, a signed Drawdown Notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 and an updated Disclosure Letter; and

 

  (b) The Trust shall confirm to the Company in writing, within [**] Business Days of receipt by the Trust of notification pursuant to Clause 2.5 either that:

 

  (i)

the Milestone has been achieved by the relevant Milestone Date the contents of the Disclosure Letter are reasonably acceptable to the Trust and

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   21

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  (subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set out in Clause 2.9) the first instalment of the next tranche of the Award will be released, in which case, within [**] Business Days of the later of:

 

  (A) receipt by the Company of the Trust’s confirmation pursuant to this Clause 2.5(a); or

 

  (B) where the Company has amended its Treasury Policy, the date of written acceptance from the Trust to the Company of the amended Treasury Policy,

the Company shall draw down the next tranche of the Award in the instalments set out in Schedule 5; or

 

  (ii) the Milestone has not been achieved by the relevant Milestone Date and the relevant tranche of the Award will not be released, in which case the Trust shall provide the Company with reasonable details of the grounds on which it has reached this decision. Any disagreement between the Parties as to whether or not a Milestone has been achieved shall be referred to the Dispute Resolution Procedure. The Trust shall grant the Company a reasonable period of time ( “Milestone Extension” ), in order to address the reasons why the Trust has judged that a particular Milestone has not been met. In the event of a dispute between the Parties regarding the achievement of a Milestone the Trust shall grant a Milestone Extension for the duration of the resolution of the Dispute. Any dispute between the Parties concerning the achievement of a Milestone arising from to one set of facts may only be referred through the Dispute Resolution Procedure once, and, for clarity, it is not intended that this clause creates a perpetual right to refer a dispute between the Parties concerning the achievement of a Milestone arising from to one set of facts through the Dispute Resolution Procedure. Upon the expiry of a Milestone Extension, the Trust shall, at its sole discretion, decide whether or not to release the relevant instalment of the next tranche of the Award to the Company, but the Trust shall not be obliged to do so; or

 

  (iii) the contents of the Disclosure Letter are not reasonably acceptable to the Trust and the relevant tranche of the Award will not be released, in which case the Trust shall provide the Company with reasonable details of the grounds on which it has reached this decision. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust must have reasonable grounds for not accepting the contents of the relevant Disclosure Letter.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   22

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

2.6 The Company shall complete and submit a detailed report on the work done and outcomes of the Project (“ End of Award Report ”) in the prescribed form to the Trust within [**] months of completion of analysis of the results of the Project. The Trust will evaluate the End of Award Report and will notify the Company within [**] Business Days of receipt whether the report is acceptable to the Trust, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. If the End of Award Report is not acceptable to the Trust, it shall notify the Company of its reasons at the same time, which may include that the report is incomplete or insufficiently detailed.

 

2.7 Up to [**] sterling (£[**]) (the “ Retained Amount ”) shall be retained by the Trust until receipt of an End of Award Report acceptable to the Trust in accordance with Clause 2.6 above. The Retained Amount may be drawn down by the Company [**] Business Days following notification of the Trust’s acceptance of the End of Award Report by submitting a signed Drawdown Notice.

 

2.8 If any Milestones have not been achieved by the last day of the Drawdown Period, the Award shall be cancelled to the extent not drawn down, unless agreed otherwise in writing by the Trust or where there are outstanding Non-Cancellable Commitments.

 

2.9 The Company undertakes to use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Conditions will be satisfied at all times throughout the duration of the Project and that the Milestones will be achieved by the Milestone Dates.

 

2.10 The Trust will only be obliged to make an Advance if on the date of the Drawdown Notice and on the proposed Drawdown Date:

 

  (a) no breach or default is subsisting or would result from the proposed Advance;

 

  (b) the Warranties are true and correct in all respects, subject to the matters set out in the relevant Disclosure Letter;

 

  (c) the Trust has received the relevant Disclosure Letter and the contents of such Disclosure Letter are reasonably acceptable to the Trust;

 

  (d) no written demand for repayment has been issued by the Trust pursuant to Clauses 3 and/or 12;

 

  (e) other than in the case of a drawdown of the first tranche of the Award or the Retained Amount, the Trust has provided confirmation to the Company in accordance with Clause 2.5 that the relevant Milestone has been met;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   23

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  (f) in the case of the Retained Amount, the End Of Award Report has been accepted by the Trust in accordance with Clause 2.7;

 

  (g) the Company’s then current Treasury Policy includes provisions ensuring maintenance of the Project funds (including the Award) in banks with at least the minimum credit rating (e.g. Standard & Poor’s) required by the Trust from time to time and such Treasury Policy has been accepted in writing by the Trust; and

 

  (h) the Company operates such Treasury Policy accepted in writing by the Trust.

 

2.11 The Company shall ensure that it holds a bank account in the currency in which the Award Amount shall be advanced. All payments made by the Company to the Trust or by the Trust to the Company as the case may be under this Agreement shall be made in pounds sterling. Payment shall be made by electronic wire transfer of immediately available funds directly to the account of the relevant Party designated below or to any other account which the relevant Party may specify by written notice.

 

  (a) Bank Account for the Company:

 

Account Name:    [**]
Account No.:    [**]
Bank:    [**]
Sort code:    [**]
SWIFT code:    [**]
Branch:    [**]

 

  (b) Bank Account for the Trust:

 

Bank name:    [**]
Bank Address:    [**]
Account Name:    [**]
Sort Code:    [**]
Account No:    [**]
IBAN:    [**]
BIC / SWIFT:    [**]

 

2.12 Written confirmation of such transfer shall be sent by the Party sending the funds to the individual at the Party receiving the funds at the address provided in Clause 24.2.

 

2.13

Each Party shall pay any and all Taxes levied in respect of all payments it receives or makes under this Agreement. Any withholding or other taxes that any Party is required by law to withhold or pay on behalf of any other Party, with respect to any payments to it under this Agreement, shall be deducted from such payments and paid contemporaneously

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   24

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  with the remittance to such other Party, together with evidence of such withholding or payment. Such withholding and payment shall fully discharge the Party making the payment and no further payment shall be required by the payor to the payee. The Party withholding or making such payment shall furnish the other Party with appropriate documents to secure application of the most favourable rate of withholding tax under applicable law.

 

2.14 The contact details of the Company TPC are set out below. The Company shall promptly notify the Trust TPC in writing of any changes to the identity and/or contact details of the Company TPC.

 

Company TPC:   
Name:    The Chief Financial Officer and the Financial Controller of the Company who, at the Effective Date are Raymond Spencer and Melissa Strange
Position:    Chief Financial Officer, Financial Controller
Address:    91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY
Phone number:    [**]
Email:    [**]

 

2.15 The contact details of the Trust TPC are set out below. The Trust shall promptly notify the Company TPC in writing of any changes to the identity and/or contact details of the Trust TPC.

 

Trust TPC:   
Name:    [**]
Position:    Financial Account Manager / Financial Controller / Head of Financial Accounting
Address:    Wellcome Trust
   Gibbs Building
   215 Euston Road
   London NW1 2BE, UK
Phone number:    [**]
Email:    [**]

 

2.16 In the event that the Company makes any amendments to the Treasury Policy most recently accepted in writing by the Trust, the Company shall prior to such changes taking effect:

 

  (a) notify the Trust TPC in writing of the amendments to the Treasury Policy; and

 

  (b) provide a copy (in English) of the amended Treasury Policy to the Trust TPC for acceptance by the Trust.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   25

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

The Trust shall notify the Company in writing within [**] Business Days of receipt of such amended Treasury Policy whether such amended Treasury Policy has been accepted by the Trust.

 

2.17 In the event that the credit rating of the Company’s bank holding the bank account for the Project funds (including the Award) falls to a credit rating below the Trust’s minimum required credit rating, the Trust shall not be under any obligation to pay any part of the Award to the Company unless and until the Company operates a bank account for the Project funds with a bank with at least the minimum credit rating required by the Trust from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust may require the Company to open and operate a bank account with an alternative bank where the Company’s original bank’s credit rating falls below the minimum credit rating required by the Trust from time to time.

 

3 REPAYMENT

 

3.1 The Trust may, in its absolute discretion, serve a written demand on the Company requiring that the Company repay the part of the Award Amount that has actually been paid to the Company or, in the event the whole of the Award Amount has been paid to the Company, the whole of the Award Amount together with Accrued Interest in the following circumstances:

 

  (i) where the Company has used the Award Amount for purposes other than those reasonably related to the Project; or;

 

  (ii) if the Company has been fraudulent, has engaged in wilful misconduct or has knowingly withheld material information from the Trust.

 

3.2 The Trust may, in its absolute discretion, serve a written notice on the Company requiring the Company to repay to it any unused part of any of the tranches of the Award Amount actually paid to the Company together with Accrued Interest thereon less the costs of the Close Down Activities in the following circumstances:-

 

  (i) an Event of Default has occurred and the Trust has elected to terminate the Project; or

 

  (ii) a Sale or the assignment of the Exploitation IPR to a Third Party falling within the scope of Clause 13.1.11.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   26

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

3.3 Any written demand served by the Trust on the Company requiring repayment of the Award shall state the amount of the Award and Accrued Interest that shall be repaid (the “ Repayment Amount ”).

 

3.4 Upon payment by the Company to the Trust of the outstanding amount of the Award and Accrued Interest the Company shall have no further obligation to the Trust with respect to any revenue received by the Company from the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs, Background IPRs and/or Licensed Products, whether under this Agreement, any Revenue Sharing Agreement between the Parties, or otherwise howsoever.

 

4 INTEREST

 

4.1 The Accrued Interest payable by the Company on a repayment of the Award shall be deemed to have accrued on a daily basis on the amount of the Award from time to time outstanding at the rate of [**] percent ([**]%) per annum above the three month sterling LIBOR from time to time. Such interest shall have accrued from day to day by reference to a year of three hundred and sixty five (365) days and such interest shall be deemed to have been added to the principal amount of the Award annually on each Anniversary Date and on each Repayment Date (if the relevant Repayment Date is not an Anniversary Date).

 

4.2 If the Company fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Agreement on the relevant due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgement) at a rate which is the sum of [**] percent ([**]%) per annum and the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had constituted a Award in an amount equal to such overdue amount on the same terms as the Award. Any interest accruing under this Clause 4.2 shall be immediately payable by the Company on demand.

 

5. EXPLOITATION

 

5.1 The Company shall be the first Exploiting Party under this Agreement.

 

5.2

Prior to any member of the Group (whether itself or through any other member of the Group or by granting a licence or in collaboration with any Third Party) commencing the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs, the Company or the relevant member of the Group shall obtain the prior written consent of the Trust to such Exploitation by sending written notice to the Trust and the following information: reasonable details of the relevant Exploitation IPRs and the activity proposed. The grant of the Trust’s consent shall be conditional on the parties promptly entering into a Revenue Sharing Agreement incorporating the Financial Terms. The Trust shall notify the Company or the relevant

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   27

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  member of the Group as the case may be as to whether it consents (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to such Exploitation and, as far as is reasonably practicable, within [**] Business Days of receiving the written notice from the Company as provided for in this clause 5.2. The Company shall use reasonable endeavours to keep the Trust informed of any proposed Exploitation transactions prior to presenting the final agreement for an Exploitation for approval of the Trust pursuant to this Clause 5.2.

 

5.3 Following the receipt of such consent the Company or the relevant member of the Group shall be free to Exploit the relevant Exploitation IPRs in accordance with the consent given by the Trust without further consent or approval from the Trust. If, in respect of any Exploitation IPRs, the Trust does not give its consent, the Parties shall meet to discuss the Trust’s concerns and if they are unable to resolve those concerns that matter shall be referred to the dispute resolution procedure set out in Clause 20. All agreements entered into by the Company or Group shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6. AWARD AUDIT

 

6.1 The Company shall procure that the control of expenditure to be funded under this Agreement is governed by the normal standards and procedures of the Company and is covered by the formal audit arrangements that exist in the Company.

 

6.2 The Trust (at its own expense) shall have the right to ask for confirmation from the Auditors that the Auditors have signed their opinion on the annual accounts of the Company without qualification and that any management letter(s) raises no matters that have, or could, significantly affect the administration of the award made by the Trust.

 

6.3 The Trust shall have the right, at its discretion, to audit (either directly or via Third Parties engaged by it) any expenditure of the Award Amount and any amounts due to the Trust under this Agreement. To this end, the Company shall, and shall procure that its Affiliates and sublicensee’s shall [**], provide access (during normal business hours) to all or any part of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ or sublicensees’ accounting and other financial and corporate records and books necessary to check the accuracy of the expenditure of the Award Amount, any share of Revenue paid to the Trust under this Agreement and any other amounts due to the Trust under this Agreement. The Parties agree to settle any discrepancies promptly. The costs of such audit shall be paid by the Trust, except in the case of a discrepancy in favour of the trust of more than [**] per cent ([**]%) of any sums paid or payable to the Trust under this Agreement where the charges shall be paid by the Company.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   28

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

7. WARRANTIES

 

7. 1 The Company represents and warrants to the Trust that:

 

  (a) It has the requisite authority to enter into this Agreement;

 

  (b) It has the full power and authority to assume all of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  (c) No consent, approval, authorisation, or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

 

  (d) The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any statue, regulation, or other law or agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency of body having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties.

 

  (e) to the best of the Group’s actual knowledge, information and belief that, on the Effective Date and on the date of any Advance, each of the statements below are true and accurate in all respects, subject to matters fairly and accurately disclosed in the Disclosure Letter or otherwise through information disclosed in writing or by email to the Trust prior to the date of the relevant Disclosure Letter):

 

  (i) all facts and information reasonably believed by the Group to be material for disclosure to the Trust in connection with the grant of the Award (including in relation to the Company and/or Group) have been fairly and accurately disclosed to the Trust in writing, by email or in the Disclosure Letter;

 

  (ii) the Company is the sole legal and beneficial owner and, where registered, the sole registered proprietor of all the Background IPRs and Project IPRs free from all Encumbrances;

 

  (iii) no material Third Party IPRs are required for the Project and/or Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs;

 

  (iv) all agreements, arrangements and obligations relating to material licensed-in IPRs are in writing, valid and in force and have not been the subject of any breach or default by any party or of any event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would constitute a default and no notice has been given by any relevant party to terminate any of them;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   29

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  (v) the Company and all counterparties have complied with their respective obligations under all agreements, arrangements and obligations relating to any material licensed-in IPRs, and no disputes or claims are pending or threatened in respect of any of them;

 

  (vi) there are no grounds for invalidity, termination, avoidance or repudiation of any agreements, arrangements or obligations in respect of any material licensed-in IPRs;

 

  (vii) no Third Party has given notice of its intention to terminate, or has sought to repudiate or disclaim any agreement, arrangement or obligation in respect of any material licensed-in IPRs;

 

  (viii) the Background IPRs and Project IPRs created pursuant to the SDD Project are not subject to any pending or threatened claims, challenges or proceedings save for examinations of the applications by patent offices;

 

  (ix) no Third Party has made unauthorised use of any Background IPRs and/or Project IPRs nor threatened to do so; and

 

  (x) the Company has not received notice of any allegation that the activities of the Company in relation to the Background IPRs infringe, any Third Party IPRs and the Company is not in receipt of actual knowledge that the activities of the Company in relation to the Background IPRs infringe any Third Party IPRs.

 

7.2 The Company acknowledges that the Company has given the Warranties with the intention of inducing the Trust to enter into this Agreement and, as the case may be, to the make the Advances on the achievement of each of the Milestones and that the Trust has been induced to enter into this Agreement and make available the Award on the basis of and in full reliance on them.

 

7.3 Each of the Warranties shall be construed as a separate and independent warranty and (save where expressly provided to the contrary) shall not be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other term of this Agreement or other Warranty save for the Disclosure Letter.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   30

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

7.4 Where any statement in the Warranties is qualified by reference to the knowledge, awareness or belief of the Company and/or Group, the Company and/or Group shall be deemed to be aware of all matters of which it had actual knowledge.

 

7.5 The Company will immediately cause to be disclosed in writing to the Trust any fact, matters, circumstances or other information which may become known to any of them which is a breach of or can reasonably be expected to be, or be likely to cause, a breach of the Warranties.

 

8. WARRANTY CLAIMS

 

8.1 The maximum liability of the Company under this Agreement in respect of the aggregate of all Claims shall not exceed any unused part of any of the tranches of the Award Amount that have actually been paid to the Company together with Accrued Interest thereon less the costs of the Close Down Activities save in the circumstances set forth in Clause 3.1 and in such circumstances the maximum liability of the Company under this Agreement shall not, save in the event of fraud, wilful misconduct or the withholding of material information, exceed the part of the Award Amount that has actually been paid to the Company or, in the event the whole of the Award Amount has been paid to the Company, the whole of the Award Amount together with Accrued Interest thereon The Company shall not be liable and no Claim or Claims shall be made against the Company:

 

  (a) if the fact, omission, circumstances or occurrence giving rise to the Claim has been fairly and accurately disclosed to the Trust in the Disclosure Letter or through information provided in writing or by email to the Trust prior to the date of the relevant Disclosure Letter;

 

  (b) if the matter giving rise to the Claim is provided for under the terms of this Agreement;

 

  (c) if the Claim arises from any act, matter or thing done by Company at and in accordance with the written request of the Trust; or

 

  (d) if the Claim occurs as a result of the passing of any legislation not in force at the Effective Date, or which takes effect retroactively, or occurs as a result of any increase in the tax rate in force on the Effective Date or any change in the generally established practice of the relevant tax authority; and

 

  (e) unless the Trust has given the Company notice in writing of the Claim, summarising the nature of the Claim as far as it is known to the Trust and, if known, the amount claimed.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   31

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

8.2 To the extent that any breach of the Warranties is in the reasonable opinion of the Trust capable of remedy, the Trust shall afford the Company an opportunity to remedy the matter complained of within [**] Business Days of receipt of written notice from the Trust specifying the breach and requiring its remedy.

 

9. LIMITS ON LIABILITY

 

9.1 Except in circumstances of fraud or wilful misconduct by a Party or its Affiliates, no Party nor any of its Affiliates shall be liable to another Party or any Affiliate of another Party for special, indirect, incidental or consequential damages (including loss of profit, whether arising directly or indirectly), whether in contract, warranty, negligence, tort, strict liability or otherwise, arising out of any breach of or failure to perform any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of any Party in respect of:

 

  9.2.1 personal injury or death arising out of that Party’s negligence or wilful misconduct, or

 

  9.2.2 fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9.3 The maximum liability of the Trust under this Agreement in respect of the aggregate of all claims shall not exceed the Award Amount less the amount of the Award Amount spent by the Company in undertaking the Project.

 

9.4 The maximum liability of the Company under this Agreement shall not exceed any unused part of any of the tranches of the Award Amount that has actually been paid to the Company together with Accrued Interest thereon less the costs of the Close Down Activities save in the circumstances set forth in Clause 3.1 and in such circumstances the maximum liability of the Company under this Agreement shall not, save in the event of fraud, wilful misconduct or the withholding of material information exceed the part of the Award Amount that has actually been paid to the Company or, in the event the whole of the Award Amount has been paid to the Company, the whole of the Award Amount together with Accrued Interest thereon

 

10. REPORTING

 

10.1 The Trust (or its representative) shall have the right to:

 

  10.1.1 attend meetings of the CTSC and meetings of the DSMB for the Project as an observer;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   32

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  10.1.2 receive all papers that a member of the CTSC and/or DSMB would be entitled to receive under the Project; and

 

  10.1.3 with the permission of the chair of the CTSC and/or DSMB (as the case may be), attend meetings of the CTSC and/or DSMB regarding the Project by telephone or other electronic means rather than in person, provided that persons attending the meeting can hear and be heard for all parts of the meeting.

 

10.2 The Company shall supply to the Trust and/or its representative, subject at all times to its obligations to the London Stock Exchange in respect of price sensitive information:

 

  10.2.1 reports on the progress of the Project and Exploitation in such form and in such intervals as agreed with the Trust; and

 

  10.2.2 Audited Accounts (if it is legally required to prepare audited accounts, and otherwise annual accounts for the previous financial year), together with any management letters relating to them, as soon as they are available and in any event, within [**] Business Days of the end of each financial year;

 

  10.2.3 copies of all documents the Company discloses to its creditors generally, and such documents as may be available in the public domain;

 

  10.2.4 details of any material litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against the Company or any of its directors as soon as it becomes aware of them; and

 

  10.2.5 such additional financial or corporate information relating to the Company as the Trust may reasonably require.

 

10.3 Subject at all times to the Company’s obligation to the London Stock Exchange in respect of price sensitive information, the Company shall keep the Trust reasonably informed and report at least [**] all matters relating to the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs by or on behalf of the Company.

 

10.4 The Company shall ensure that data reported to the Trust and/or its representatives are reliable, accurate and not misleading.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   33

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

10.5 Following the end of the Project, the Trust (or its representative) and the Company shall meet within [**] Business Days to discuss and report on the outcomes of the Project.

 

11. THIRD PARTY COLLABORATIONS AND SUBCONTRACTING

 

11.1 The Company shall ensure in all cases that any collaborations or sub-contracts shall be on the following terms:

 

  11.1.1 that the Third Party shall not have any rights to any results emerging from such work, and all such results shall as between the parties and the Third Party be deemed to be Project IPRs and owned in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;

 

  11.1.2 that the Third Party shall be under obligations of confidence concerning such results on terms equivalent to those set out under this Agreement;

 

  11.1.3 that the Third Party shall keep detailed records including scientific notebooks of all of its activities and upon request shall make available copies to the Trust;

 

  11.1.4 that the Third Party will upon reasonable request make available its employees and/or consultants for discussion with the Site Visit Group; and

 

  11.1.5 that the provisions of such sub-contract or collaboration agreement shall be consistent with the milestoned nature of the award and the termination provisions of this Agreement, and shall terminate if this Agreement terminates.

 

12. TERMINATION

 

12.1 This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of:

 

  12.1.1 full repayment of the Award and any Accrued Interest in cash pursuant to Clauses 3 and/or 13; or

 

  12.1.2 the expiration of all payment obligations under this Agreement and/or the Revenue Sharing Agreement with respect to Revenue.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   34

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

12.2 The Trust may terminate or suspend the Project on the occurrence of an Event of Default and where, following receipt of written notice from the Trust requiring remedy of any such circumstances, the Company fails to remedy those circumstances within [**] Business Days from receipt of such written notice save that such notice shall not be required in the circumstances set forth in Clauses 13.1.3 to 13.1.10.

 

12.3 On such termination, all payment obligations under this Agreement and/or the Revenue Sharing Agreement with respect to Revenue shall cease.

 

12.4 On Termination, the following provisions of this Agreement shall survive termination 6, 7, 9, 21 to 31 inclusive.

 

13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

13.1 The following events or circumstances set out in this Clause 13 shall each constitute an Event of Default:

 

  13.1.1 any material breach of this Agreement, including any material breach of a Warranty by the Company, subject to the matters fairly and accurately set out in any Disclosure Letter which has been accepted by the Trust;

 

  13.1.2 the provision by the Company of a Disclosure Letter the contents of which indicate that completion of the Project and/or Exploitation are unlikely due to an adverse intellectual property position held by a Third Party;

 

  13.1.3 the Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

  13.1.4 a proposal is made or a nominee or supervisor is appointed for a composition in satisfaction of the debts of the Company or a scheme or voluntary arrangement of its affairs within the meaning of the relevant bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or the Company enters into any composition or voluntary arrangement for the benefit of its creditors, or proceedings are commenced in relation to the Company under any law, regulation or procedure relating to the re-construction, deferment or re-adjustment of all or substantially all of the Company’s debts;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   35

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  13.1.5 the Company takes any action, or any legal proceedings are started whether by a third party or not, for the purpose of the winding up or dissolution of the Company, other than for a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation;

 

  13.1.6 the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, receiver and manager, interim receiver custodian, sequestrator, administrator or similar officer, in respect of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Company;

 

  13.1.7 an effective resolution being passed for the winding-up or entering into administration (whether out of court or otherwise) of the Company;

 

  13.1.8 a distress, execution or other legal process being levied against all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, and not being discharged or paid out in full within ten (10) Business Days of the commencement of each process;

 

  13.1.9 the occurrence in respect of the Company of any event in any jurisdiction to which it is subject having an effect similar to that of any of the events referred to in Clauses 13.1.2 to 13.1.8 above;

 

  13.1.10 the Company ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or a substantial part of its business or operations necessary for the completion of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

  13.1.11 the Company takes any action, or omits to take any action, or is subject to any action the consequences of which, in the reasonable opinion of the Trust, would be incompatible with or have an adverse effect (i) on the Trust’s charitable objectives or reputation, or (ii) on the ability of the Company to comply with its obligations under this Agreement, including where such incompatibility or adverse effect is a consequence of undergoing a Change of Control. For clarity and by way of examples, the Trust cannot be involved in a business relationship with any tobacco company, any arms manufacturing, dealing or selling company, any company that does not comply with MHRA or equivalent guidelines for clinical trials, companies that do not comply with the Trust’s policies regarding to the use of animals in medical research, animal health or undertaking clinical trials in low income populations and any other material policies of the Trust.;

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   36

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  13.1.12 the Trust and the Company are unable, having used bona fide reasonable efforts, to agree upon a replacement for Dr Richard John Vickers as Principal Scientific Contact

 

  13.1.13 the Company or any Group company enters into any transactions involving any of Exploitation IPRs and/or any of the Licensed-In IPRs necessary or useful for undertaking the Project or for the protection or exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs without the prior written consent of the Trust;

 

  13.1.14 the Site Visit Group recommends to the Trust’s Technology Transfer Division that the Trust terminates the Project under Clause 15.1 and the Company fails to correct any identified failings within the time period granted by the Trust (if any) under Clause 15.2; or

 

  13.1.15 the Company fails to comply with any of the Conditions.

 

13.2 On the occurrence of an Event of Default the Trust may in its absolute discretion serve written notice on the Company (“ Default Notice ”) and shall permit the Company [**] Business Days from the date of receipt of the Default Notice to remedy any such Event of Default (if such Event of Default is capable of remedy) to the satisfaction of the Trust. For clarity, the rights of the Trust to demand repayment of all or any part of the Award Amount are set forth in Clause 3.

 

13.3 If the Trust requires repayment of any part of the Award and Accrued Interest pursuant to Clause 3, the relevant sumsshall be repayable as follows:

 

  13.3.1 Within [**] Business Days of the date on which the Trust notifies the Company that repayment is required pursuant to Clause 3, (the “ Notification Date ”), the Company shall refund to the Trust any portion of the Award advanced by the Trust but not yet spent (other than any amount which the Company has irrevocably committed to pay to a third party, provided that the Company shall use all reasonable endeavours to minimise any further payments that it is required to pay) and shall provide to the Trust such information as the Trust may reasonably require to enable the Trust to verify compliance with this paragraph; and

 

  13.3.2 the balance of the Award and Accrued Interest not repaid pursuant to Clause 13.3.1 shall be repaid by the Company to the Trust by the next [**] following the Notification Date.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   37

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

13.4 For the avoidance of doubt following the service of a Default Notice by the Trust pursuant to Clause 13.2, the Trust shall not be required to make any further Advance of the Award.

 

14. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY

Company Contribution

 

14.1 The Company undertakes to make, or to procure that other members of the Group make, the Company Contribution available to finance and support the Project in accordance with Schedule 9.

 

14.2 The Company shall provide written statements to the Trust setting out in reasonable detail the Company Contribution provided by the Company to the Project at [**] monthly intervals. Each such statement shall include details of the funding provided, the date on which the funding was provided and the cash amount attributed to such Company Contribution.

Company undertakings

 

14.3 The Company undertakes to the Trust that the Company shall not, and none of the Company’s Subsidiaries or Holding Company (if any) shall, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Trust:

 

  14.3.1 enter into any transactions involving any of the Exploitation IPRs and/or any of the Licensed-In IPRs necessary or useful for undertaking the Project or for the protection or Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs, without the prior written consent of the Trust save that the Company may assign or otherwise transfer any of the foregoing from the Company to a Subsidiary or Holding Company provided such Subsidiary or Holding Company agrees in writing with the Trust to be bound by the term of this Agreement;

 

  14.3.2 make any material change to the general nature of the business of the Company as carried on as at the Effective Date; and/or

 

  14.3.3 create any new security, or increase any existing security over any of the Exploitation IPRs, Project IPRs and/or any of the Licensed-In IPRs necessary or useful for undertaking the Project or for the protection or Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs, (other than any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of the Company’s banking or financing arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances; or any lien arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business).

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   38

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

Project Inventions

 

14.4 The Company shall procure that the Principal Scientific Contact monitors the Project for material that may be the subject of Project Inventions and shall promptly notify the Trust of any such Project Invention.

Project Manager

 

14.5 The Company shall appoint a project manager from its employees who shall be responsible on a day-to-day basis for co-ordinating the internal and external components of the Project

Use of Trust name

 

14.6 The Company shall not use the “Wellcome Trust” name or logo except with the prior written consent of the Trust and in the manner approved by the Trust except where the Company is legally required to disclose the source of funding for the Project.

Management of research work

 

14.7 The Company shall be responsible for the management, monitoring and control of all research work undertaken by it. This shall include, as appropriate, the requirements of all applicable laws and regulatory authorities, including but not limited to those governing the use of radioactive isotopes, animals, pathogenic organisms, diagnostic tools, medical devices, genetically modified organisms, toxic and hazardous substances, research on human subjects and human embryos, and include appropriate ethical approvals and consents, including for example but not limited to, such approvals and consents for obtaining tissues and other human samples.

Clinical trials

 

14.8 Any clinical trial which is undertaken by the Company, its collaborators, sub-contractors or service providers under the Project:

 

  14.8.1 Where the clinical trial is to be undertaken in the UK and/or other high income economies (as defined by the World Bank), shall comply with the MRC Guidelines, insofar as it is reasonable to do so; and

 

  14.8.2 Where the clinical trial is to be undertaken in low or middle income economies (as defined by the World Bank), shall comply with:

 

  14.8.2.1 The Trust CT Position; and

 

  14.8.2.2 The MRC Guidelines, provided that the MRC Guidelines are not inconsistent with the Trust CT Position, and only insofar as it is reasonable to comply with the MRC Guidelines under the circumstances.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   39

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

Clinical trial insurance

 

14.9 Prior to the commencement of any clinical trial under the Project, the Company shall take out and maintain, or procure adequate Clinical Trial Cover which must be effective from the commencement date of the clinical trial until at least [**] years after the completion of the clinical trial. The adequacy of such Clinical Trial Cover shall be considered in relation to generally accepted industry standards at the time of the clinical trial

Trust clinical trial register

 

14.10 For any clinical trial carried out pursuant to the Project the Company shall on the Trust’s written request supply details of such clinical trial for publication on the Trust’s clinical trial register, such details not to include Company Confidential Information.

Principal Scientific Contact

 

14.11 If the Principal Scientific Contact ceases to be involved with the Project, ceases to be employed by or provide services to the Company or is prevented through illness or injury from promptly fulfilling his obligations in respect of the Project, the Company shall propose a replacement Principal Scientific Contact and shall notify the Trust of such person for approval by the Trust, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld. The Trust shall confirm to the Company within [**] Business Days of receipt of such notification whether or not it approves such appointment. If the Trust and the Company are unable to agree upon a replacement, the Trust may terminate the Agreement pursuant to Clauses 12 and 13.

 

15. SITE VISIT GROUP

 

15.1 The Trust may appoint a Site Visit Group, made up of a small team of independent experts and observers from the Trust’s Technology Transfer Division. The Company shall have [**] Business Days from notification by the Trust to notify the Trust of any concerns regarding the qualifications or independence of the designated members of the Site Visit Group, which concerns the Trust shall consider in good faith. The Site Visit Group shall have reasonable access during normal working hours and at mutually agreed times to visit the premises where the Project is being conducted to consult informally with the Company’s researchers, consultants or contractors working on the Project, to evaluate progress, performance and key issues and to report back to the Trust on their findings.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   40

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

15.2 The Site Visit Group may recommend that the Trust terminates the Project due to a serious failure in the progress, management or conduct of the Project (including a finding that the Project will be unable to achieve the next Milestone within a reasonable time period after the relevant Milestone Date, or due to a major external scientific, technical or commercial barrier which the Site Visit Group considers will mean that the Project is unlikely to succeed in its objectives). If the Site Visit Group makes such a recommendation pursuant to this Clause 15.1, the Trust may terminate this Agreement pursuant to Clause 13.1.14.

 

15.3 The Trust may, in its sole discretion, allow the Company a reasonable period of time to take corrective action to address any failings identified by the Site Visit Group (if such failings are capable of correction). If the Trust grants the Company a period of time (such period of time to be no less than [**] Business Days) to correct such failings and the Company does not correct such failings within the period specified by the Trust (if any), the Trust shall retain the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Clause 13.1.13.

 

16. UNEXPLOITED IPRS

 

16.1 If any Exploitation IPRs remain unExploited or not further developed by the Company in any Major Market or in respect of any Indication where such Indication is identified in the Application or by the CTSC, in each case within [**] years following completion of the Project, the Trust shall have the option in its sole discretion by giving written notice to the Company to become the Exploiting Party and take responsibility on behalf of the Company for the commercialisation and Exploitation of such Exploitation IPRs in that country or in respect of that Indication as the case may be, which includes discretion to make any and all decisions regarding the negotiation, acceptance and conclusion of terms for any agreement regarding the commercial development and Exploitation of such unexploited Exploitation IPRs (including development and Exploitation by way of licence, sale, assignment, materials transfer or other transfer of rights, as well as any transaction which involves placing such unexploited Exploitation IPRs into a separate corporate vehicle) in such country and, if applicable, in such Indication. For clarity, if a further clinical trial is being undertaken anywhere in the World with a view to providing data that will enable applications for Marketing Approvalss to be made in either or both of the Major Markets, the Company shall be considered to be fulfilling its further development and Exploitation obligations.

 

16.2

If any Exploitation IPRs remain unExploited or not further developed by the Company in any Secondary Market or in respect of any Indication where such Indication is identified in the Application or by the CTSC, in each case within [**] years following completion of the Project, the Trust shall have the option in its sole discretion by giving written notice to the Company to become the Exploiting Party and take responsibility on behalf of the Company for the

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   41

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  commercialisation and Exploitation of such Exploitation IPRs in those countries or regions or in respect of that Indication as the case may be, which includes discretion to make any and all decisions regarding the negotiation, acceptance and conclusion of terms for any agreement regarding the commercial development and Exploitation of such unexploited Exploitation IPRs (including development and Exploitation by way of licence, sale, assignment, materials transfer or other transfer of rights, as well as any transaction which involves placing such unexploited Exploitation IPRs into a separate corporate vehicle) in such country and, if applicable, in such Indication. For clarity and without limitation, (i) if a further clinical trial is being undertaken or is pending anywhere in the World with a view to providing data that will enable applications for Marketing Approvals to be made in any of the Secondary Markets or (ii) applications for Marketing Approvals have been made within all of the countries or regions of the Secondary Markets, in either case in the timeline set forth in this Clause 16.2, the Company shall be considered to be fulfilling its further development and Exploitation obligations in the Secondary Markets.

 

16.3 If the Trust exercises its right to become the Exploiting Party and to exploit on behalf of the Company under Clause 16.1 or 16.2, the Company agrees that it shall pass to the Trust immediately any or all Exploitation opportunities in the applicable country and with respect to the applicable Indication that it becomes aware of from time to time in connection with the Exploitation IPRs, The Company further undertakes that it shall not engage in any activities (including in relation to the Background IPRs) that could reasonably lead to the loss of an Exploitation opportunity in the applicable country and with respect to the applicable Indication without the prior written consent of the Trust.

 

16.4 If the Trust exercises its right to become the Exploiting Party and to exploit on behalf of the Company under Clause 16, the Company will license or assign the Exploitation IPRs to the Trust or its nominee and provide the Trust with access to any associated data, documents, materials, regulatory approvals or information as required for the Trust to exploit such rights. At the Trust’s request, the Company shall grant to the Trust or its nominee a licence to the Background IPRs to the extent that they are required to exploit the Exploitation IPRs. Any such licence grant shall be non-exclusive and free of charge other than for reasonable costs that are incurred in respect of necessary Third-Party licences.

 

16.5 If the Trust exercises its right to Exploit under Clause 16, the Trust shall share Net Revenue received in respect of Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs in accordance with the Financial Terms.

 

16.6

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in Clause 16.1 or 16.2, in the event that the Company licenses a third party to exploit the Exploitation IPRs (whether alone or

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   42

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  together with other IPRs of the Company) in any country in any indication then the Trust shall have no rights under Clause 16.1 or 16.2 with respect to such Exploitation IPRs in such countries or indications, provided that either (a) under a written agreement with the Company such licensee is required to use diligent efforts to exploit the licensed Exploitation IPRs in such country or indication, and such written agreement provides for a reversion to the Company of the Exploitation IPRs in such country or indication if the licensee materially breaches this diligence obligation; or (b) the Trust has approved such licence in writing (a decision on the granting of such approval to be provided by the Trust, as far as is reasonably practicable, within [**] Working Days). The Company shall use reasonable endeavours to keep the Trust informed of any proposed Exploitation transactions prior to presenting the final agreement for an Exploitation for approval of the Trust pursuant to this Clause 16.6.

 

17. REVENUE SHARING

 

17.1 Except where the Company has repaid the Repayment Amount pursuant to Clauses 3 and/or 13, as a condition of granting Exploitation consent pursuant to Clause 5 the Trust will require the Company to enter into the Revenue Sharing Agreement pursuant to which the Parties shall share cumulative Net Revenue received in respect of Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs in accordance with the following financial terms (the “ Financial Terms ”):

 

  17.1.1 Revenue Share as at Effective Date (i.e. where there has been no drawdown under the Agreement):

 

Cumulative Net Revenue (Pounds Sterling):

   Percentage of Net Revenue due
to the Trust (excluding Taxes):
 

Up to [**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   43

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  17.1.2 Revenue Share where the Company has drawdown the total Award Amount under the Agreement and the Company has made a Company Contribution of £[**] to Phase I and Phase II development of SMT19969:

 

Cumulative Net Revenue (Pounds Sterling):

   Percentage of Net Revenue due
to the Trust (excluding Taxes):
 

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

In addition to the percentage of cumulative Net Revenue due to the Trust set out at Clause 17.1.2 above, where the cumulative Net Revenue from the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs exceeds [**] pounds Sterling (£[**]) the Trust shall be entitled to a one-off Exploitation milestone payment of [**] Pounds Sterling (£[**]).

 

  17.1.3 Revenue Share where the Company has drawdown the total Award Amount under the Agreement and the Company has contributed at least £[**] to Phase I and Phase II development of SMT19969:

 

Cumulative Net Revenue (Pounds Sterling):

   Percentage of Net Revenue due
to the Trust (excluding Taxes):
 

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   44

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

In addition to the percentage of cumulative Net Revenue due to the Trust set out at 17.1.3 above, where the cumulative Net Revenue from the Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs exceeds [**] pounds Sterling (£[**]) the Trust shall be entitled to a one-off Exploitation milestone payment of [**] Pounds Sterling (£[**]).

 

17.2 For clarity, all of the Net Revenue shares in all of the situations set forth in Clause 17.1 above are tiered. By way of example where the Company has drawdown the total Award Amount under the Agreement and the Company has contributed at least £[**] to Phase I and Phase II development of SMT19969 (see Clause 17.1.3) and the cumulative Net Revenue is GBP [**] (£[**]), the percentage of Net Revenue due to the Trust shall be [**] percent ([**]%) for the first GBP [**] (£[**]) and [**] percent ([**]%) for the next GBP [**] (£[**]) being a total sum of GBP [**] (£[**]).

 

17.3 If, following the end of the Project, the Company, the Trust or any Third Party contributes any funding to further develop any of the Exploitation IPRs (including general working capital of the Company used to fund such development), the Parties shall promptly negotiate in good faith modifications to the Financial Terms to reflect such further funding based on the change in the Parties’ respective proportion of the overall development cost of the Licensed Products. In the event that the Parties are unable to agree the share of Net Revenue due to the Trust and the Group, the matter shall be referred to an Expert pursuant to Clause 20.

 

17.4 If, during the Project or thereafter the Trust:

contributes any funding in addition to the SDD Award and this Award; in order to enable the Company to achieve a particular Milestone or complete a relevant development phase, the share of Net Revenue due to the Trust shall be increased based on the change in the Parties’ respective proportions on the overall development cost of the Licensed Products so as to give the Trust an equitable share of such Net Revenue with regard to the contribution made by the Trust to the development of the Exploitation IPRs.

 

17.5 Where any Net Revenue is received by the Exploiting Party as consideration for the grant of rights under the Exploitation IPRs in one or more Indications and other rights, then the consideration shall be apportioned by the Exploiting Party between, on the one hand, the Exploitation IPRs and on the other hand, any other rights granted, in such manner as is fair and reasonable. If the Parties are unable to agree on such apportionment, the matter shall be referred to an Expert pursuant to Clause 20.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   45

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

17.6 Where Direct Costs incurred/allowed in a given accounting year exceed the Revenue from Exploitation of Exploitation IPRs (if any) for that year, then such excess costs shall be carried forward and offset against future Revenue until such time as they have been fully recovered.

 

18. ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS AND PAYMENTS

 

18.1 Within [**] days of the end of each Calendar Quarter, the Exploiting Party shall deliver a statement to the Non-Exploiting Party setting out for the relevant Calendar Quarter:

 

  18.1.1 Revenue and Net Revenue received;

 

  18.1.2 deductible Direct Costs and taxes;

 

  18.1.3 sales of Licensed Products made by any member of the Exploiting Party’s Group or any Third Party;

 

  18.1.4 cumulative Net Revenue, cumulative Revenue and cumulative Direct Costs; and

 

  18.1.5 the share of Net Revenue due to the Non-Exploiting Party pursuant to Clause 17 above;

(the “ Quarterly Statement ”).

 

18.2 The Non-Exploiting Party shall deliver to the Exploiting Party an invoice for the amount due to it as set out in the Quarterly Statement in Pounds Sterling.

 

18.3 The share of Net Revenue due to the Non-Exploiting Party and any other amount invoiced shall be payable to the Non-Exploiting Party within [**] days of receipt of the invoice.

 

18.4 All payments of Net Revenue made by the Company to the Trust or by the Trust to the Company as the case may be under this Agreement shall be made in Pounds Sterling. Payment shall be made by electronic wire transfer of immediately available funds directly to the account of the relevant Party designated below or to any other account which the relevant Party may specify by written notice in accordance with Clause 23.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   46

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

18.5 Bank Account for the Company:

 

Account Name:    [**]
Account No.:    [**]
Bank:    [**]
Sort code:    [**]
SWIFT code:    [**]
Branch:    [**]

 

18.6 Bank Account for the Trust:

 

Account Name:    [**]
Account No.:    [**]
Bank:    [**]
Sort code:    [**]
SWIFT code:    [**]
Branch:    [**]

 

18.7 Written confirmation of such transfer shall be sent by the Party sending the funds to the individual at the Party receiving the funds at the address provided in Clause 25.

 

18.8 Where any Revenue and Direct Costs in respect of the Exploitation IPRs is received or made in a currency other than sterling, the sterling equivalent of the sum shall be:

 

  18.8.1 where such sum has been converted into sterling prior to preparation of the Quarterly Statement, the actual sterling sum on conversion; or

 

  18.8.2 where such conversion has not taken place prior to preparation of the Quarterly Statement, calculated using the average of the buying and selling rates quoted by [**]. at the date the sum is received or paid by the Exploiting Party as applicable, or at such other date as the paying Party may reasonably specify having regard to the circumstances.

 

18.9 If the paying Party fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Agreement on the relevant due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgement) at the rate equivalent to [**] percent ([**]%) per annum above the three month sterling LIBOR from time to time.

 

18.10 All Net Revenue payments under this Agreement are expressed to be exclusive of VAT howsoever arising. Set out below are the VAT registration details for the Company and the Trust:

 

  18.10.1 VAT registration details for the Company: 876331407

 

  18.10.2 VAT registration details for the Trust: 744495211

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   47

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

18.11 Each Party shall promptly inform the other Party in writing of any changes to the VAT registration details set out above. Neither Party shall charge VAT to the other Party on the supply of rights made or deemed to be made for VAT purposes pursuant to this Agreement provided however that if the VAT registration details provided are otherwise not acceptable to the competent authority, each Party may charge VAT appropriately as necessary in order to comply with that Party’s obligations under applicable law. In such event the paying Party shall pay the receiving Party, in addition to any payment due hereunder, all VAT for which the receiving Party is liable to account to any competent authority in relation to any supply made or deemed to be made for VAT purposes pursuant to this Agreement. The paying Party shall pay any payments due to the receiving Party at the same time as the relevant payment is due under this Agreement.

 

18.12 If any paying Party is required by law to make any withholding or similar Tax payment on behalf of the receiving Party, with respect to any of the payments to be made to the receiving Party under this Agreement, the paying Party shall pay to the receiving Party such amount as shall after the deduction of any withholding tax, result in the receiving Party receiving such amount as it would have been entitled to had no withholding been made.

 

18.13 The Exploiting Party shall keep such records as are reasonably necessary to enable a proper assessment to be made of the following for at least [**] years:

 

  18.13.1 the sums payable under this Agreement;

 

  18.13.2 Revenue and Net Revenue received;

 

  18.13.3 deductible Direct Costs and taxes on the Exploitation IPRs; and

 

  18.13.4 sales of Licensed Products made by any member of the Exploiting Party’s Group or any Third Party;

 

  18.13.5 cumulative Revenue, cumulative Direct Costs and cumulative Net Revenue.

(the “ Records ”).

 

18.14

The Exploiting Party shall allow an independent accountant duly authorised on behalf of and at the expense of the Non-Exploiting Party to inspect the Records by prior written appointment during normal business hours and not more than [**]. Such accountant shall not

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   48

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  disclose to any Third Party or use for any unauthorised purpose any information not relevant to the verification of the sums due to the Non-Exploiting Party that is obtained as a result of any such inspection. The Exploiting Party shall procure that these inspection and audit rights extend to the records of the Exploiting Party’s Group and any sub-licensees thereof.

 

18.15 The Party arranging for the audit shall pay for the audit as well as its own legal expenses associated with enforcing its rights with respect to any payments due under this Agreement except where the audit reveals a discrepancy of [**] percent ([**]%) or more of any sums paid or payable, in which case the costs of the audit shall be paid by the audited Party.

 

19. FURTHER FUNDING

 

19.1 Save as provided in Clause 17, the Company undertakes that it will not, without the prior written consent of the Trust (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), accept any further funding to complete the Phase II trial of SMT 19969 by way of loan, grant or other funding the conditions of which would materially prejudice the Trust’s position under this Agreement with respect to its share of Net Revenues or its rights to become the Exploiting Party set forth in Clause 16. For clarity the Company is not restricted from raising general working capital.

 

20. DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

20.1 Any question, difference or dispute which may arise concerning the construction meaning or effect of this Agreement or concerning the rights and liabilities of the Parties hereunder or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall first be submitted to the senior officers of the Parties set out below (or their nominees):

 

  20.1.1 In the case of the Trust, the Director of the Technology Transfer Division; and

 

  20.1.2 In the case of the Company, Mr Glyn Edwards, Chief Executive Officer

(together, the “ Senior Officers ”).

 

20.2 The Senior Officers may call on others to advise them as they see fit. If the Senior Officers are unable to resolve the dispute within [**] days of the date on which the matter is referred to them, the dispute may be referred by one of the Parties for resolution by an Expert pursuant to the procedure set out below.

 

20.3 Any expert (the “ Expert ”) appointed to resolve any matter arising under this Agreement shall be an independent expert whose appointment is agreed between the Parties.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   49

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

20.4 If the Parties are unable to agree on an Expert within [**] Business Days of either Party serving notice that it wishes to seek an expert determination, then the expert shall be (i) in the event of a determination of Fair Value, an accountant nominated at the request of either Party by the President for the time being of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales or (ii) in the case of determination as to whether or not a Milestone has been achieved, an experienced independent consultant drug development professional nominated at the request of the Parties by the Chairman of the BioIndustry Association or (iii) in all other cases an independent experienced arbitrator nominated at the request of the Parties by the President of the Chartered Institute of Arbitrators in England.

 

20.5 The Expert shall be required to deliver a notice setting out their determination within [**] Business Days of her appointment. The Expert shall adopt a valuation method which they consider, in their absolute discretion, to be the most appropriate method for the matter upon which determination is required.

 

20.6 The Parties shall be entitled to make submissions to the Expert and shall provide (or procure that others provide) the Expert with such assistance and documents as they shall reasonably require for the purposes of making their determination.

 

20.7 The Parties shall provide each other with such reasonable information concerning the affairs of the Company as will enable them to make submissions under Clause 20.6.

 

20.8 The Expert shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator and their written opinion on the matters referred to them shall, save for manifest error, be final and binding.

 

20.9 The costs of any reference to an Expert under Clause 20 shall be borne by the Parties equally unless the Expert shall decide otherwise in which case the costs shall be borne by the Parties in the proportions indicated by the Expert.

 

20.10 If the Expert dies or becomes unwilling or incapable of acting, or does not deliver the decision within the time required by this Clause 20 then:

 

  20.10.1 either Party may apply to the president of the relevant body (as set forth in Clause 20.4 above) to discharge the Expert and to appoint a replacement Expert with the required expertise; and

 

  20.10.2 this Clause 20 shall apply in relation to the new Expert as if he were the first Expert appointed.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   50

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

20.11 The Expert shall determine any dispute, which may include any issue involving the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement, his jurisdiction to determine the matters and issues referred to him or his terms of reference.

 

20.12 If the Expert resolution procedure set out above should fail to resolve the question, difference or dispute the Parties agree to try in good faith to settle the matter by mediation in accordance with the Centre for Effective Dispute Resolution (“ CEDR ”) Model Mediation Procedure prior to any reference of the matter to the courts of England. Unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, the mediator will be nominated by CEDR. Any mediation under this Clause 19 shall take place in London, England.

 

20.13 If the mediation under Clause 20.12 should fail to resolve the question, difference or dispute within [**] days of commencement of the discussions under Clause 20, the Parties shall submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.

 

20.14 Nothing in this Clause 20 shall prevent a Party from seeking injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction for any reason including but not limited to in respect of a breach or threatened breach of Clause 24 (Confidentiality).

 

21. WAIVER

No Party shall be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement unless the waiver is expressly made in writing and signed by a duly authorised representative of that Party. In particular, no delay or failure of any Party in exercising or enforcing any of its rights or remedies under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of those rights or remedies nor shall any single or partial exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy by any Party preclude or impair any other exercise or enforcement of that right or remedy by that Party.

 

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT/VARIATIONS

 

22.1 This Agreement, together with the Application and any agreement between the Parties entered into pursuant to the Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and together they supersede and replace all prior drafts, previous understandings, arrangements, representations or agreements, whether in writing or oral, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

22.2 That Parties agree that the terms and condition of this Agreement shall govern the relationship between the two Parties and that, except for Clause 7.3 (in respect of audit of any expenditure of the Award Amount) and Clause 21 of the SDD Funding Agreement, the SDD Funding Agreement and the revenue sharing agreement that formed part of the SDD Funding Agreement are hereby terminated.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   51

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

22.3 No variation, amendments, modification or supplement to this Agreement shall be valid unless and until it is made in writing and signed by a duly authorised representative of each Party.

 

23. ANNOUNCEMENTS

 

23.1 Subject to ensuring it does not put the Company in breach of its obligations to the London Stock Exchange regarding price sensitive information, (which for clarity means the Trust must have the agreement of the Company before releasing the following statement) the Trust may publish summary details of the Project including the name of the Principal Scientific Contact, the name of the Company, the title of the Project, the Award Amount and the following description of the Project:

“First in Human clinical trials for SMT19969: A novel antibiotic for the treatment of Clostridium difficile infection.

Hospital acquired bacterial infections continue to be a significant burden to the healthcare system and to patient welfare due to ever increasing rates of antibiotic resistance and the rise in prevalence of emerging and hard to treat infections. One of the most important of these, Clostridium difficile, is a typically harmless bacteria that under certain conditions can cause a life-threatening infection of the colon. In particular, C. difficile infection (CDI) is associated with antibiotic use, which can cause an imbalance in the healthy bacterial population of the gut resulting in an overgrowth of C. difficile.

There are estimated to be around 900,000 cases of CDI each year across North America and the EU and the infection now accounts for >80% of deaths due to gastroenteritis. Of particular concern are outbreaks due to hyper-virulent strains of the bacteria that are responsible for more severe forms of the disease. Antibiotic choices for CDI are limited and of sub-optimal efficacy with up to 30 per cent of patients suffering at least one recurrence of the infection. Each recurrence tends to be more severe and is associated with increased risk of further infection. Combatting recurrent disease remains the central issue in achieving effective therapy for this life threatening infection.

SMT19969 is a novel antibiotic being developed by Summit Corporation PLC for the specific treatment of CDI. SMT19969 shows high levels of selectivity for C. difficile

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   52

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

whilst having minimal effect on the normal healthy gut bacteria, which is expected to result in a significant healthcare benefit by reducing rates of recurrent disease. Preclinical development by a team led by Dr Richard Vickers was funded by a Wellcome Trust Seeding Drug Discovery award. With continuing support via a Translation Award to Summit Corporation PLC the company is now undertaking Phase I first-in-man safety studies and Phase II efficacy trials.”

 

23.2 Except as provided in Clause 23.1, required by law or any competent regulatory authority, no announcement concerning this Agreement or its subject matter shall be made by a Party without the prior written approval of the other Party. For clarity the requirements of law include the rules of the London Stock Exchange and the Company shall make such statements regarding this Agreement and/or its subject matter as are necessary to comply with the rules of the London Stock Exchange.

 

23.3 The Trust’s contribution must be acknowledged in all scientific publications concerning the Project, quoting the Award reference number.

 

23.4 A copy of the final manuscript of all research publications that relate to the Project must be deposited into PubMed Central (or UK PubMed Central) upon acceptance for publication, to be made freely available as soon as possible and in any event no later than [**] months after the journal publisher’s official date of final publication.

 

24. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

24.1 The Parties shall keep confidential and ensure that their respective Connected Persons, and their respective officers, employees, consultants, agents and professional and other advisers shall keep confidential any of the following information save that nothing herein shall prevent the Company using any information relating to the Project for its business purposes including the development of SMT 19969, any Exploitation and including obtaining any further funding:

 

  24.1.1 relating to the customers, business, assets or affairs of the Company;

 

  24.1.2 relating to the customers, business, assets or affairs of the Trust; or

 

  24.1.3 which relates to the Project or the contents of this Agreement or any agreement or arrangement entered into pursuant to this Agreement

(the “ Confidential Information ”).

 

24.2 Save as set out below, neither Party may use for its own business purposes or disclose to any third party any Confidential Information of the other Party without the prior consent of the Party to whom the Confidential Information relates. Confidential Information does not include:

 

  24.2.1 information which is or becomes publicly available (otherwise than as a result of a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Parties);

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   53

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  24.2.2 information which is independently developed by the relevant Party or acquired from a third party, to the extent that it is acquired with the right to disclose it;

 

  24.2.3 information which was lawfully in the possession of the relevant Party prior to or on the Effective Date, free of any restriction on disclosure as can be shown by that Party’s written records or other reasonable evidence;

 

  24.2.4 the disclosure of information to the extent required to be disclosed by law, including any requirements for disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 or any court of competent jurisdiction, any governmental official, any tax or regulatory authority (including any Recognised Investment Exchange and the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers) or any binding judgement, order or requirement of any other competent authority;

 

  24.2.5 the disclosure to a Party’s professional advisers or to the Trust’s Site Visit Group of information reasonably required to be disclosed for purposes relating to this Agreement;

 

  24.2.6 any announcement made, or information provided in relation to the Company with the approval of the Trust in accordance with Clause 23; and

 

  24.2.7 the disclosure of information by the Trust for the purposes of publishing summary details of awards made by the Trust including the name of the Company, the name of the Principal Scientific Contact, the title of the Project and the amount of the Award Amount and (in the event that the Project includes a clinical trial) for the purpose of registering a clinical trial on the Trust’s clinical trial register.

 

24.3 Each Party shall inform any officer, employee, consultant or agent or any professional or other adviser advising it in relation to matters relating to this Agreement, or to whom it provides Confidential Information, that such information is confidential and shall instruct them:

 

  24.3.1 to keep it confidential; and

 

  24.3.2 not to disclose it to any third party (other than those persons to whom it has already been or may be disclosed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement),

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   54

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

provided that the disclosing Party shall remain responsible for any breach of Clause 23 by the person to whom that Confidential Information is disclosed.

 

24.4 Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which a Party may have, the Parties acknowledge and agree that damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of Clause 24 and the remedies of injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief are appropriate for any threatened or actual breach of any such provision.

 

25. NOTICES

 

25.1 Any notice to be given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing in the English language and shall be delivered by overnight courier, by registered, recorded delivery or certified mail (postage prepaid) or by facsimile confirmed by registered, recorded delivery or certified mail (postage prepaid) to the address or facsimile number of the recipient Party set out below or such other address or facsimile number as a Party may from time to time designate by written notice to the other Parties. Any notice by facsimile shall be confirmed by the sender sending a confirmatory copy of the notice by registered, recorded delivery or certified mail (postage prepaid).

 

25.2 Address of Company

Summit plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

 

Fax No:    01235 443999
For the attention of:    The Company Secretary (currently Raymond Spencer)

 

25.3 Address of the Trust

Technology Transfer Division

The Wellcome Trust Limited,

215 Euston Road

London NW1 2BE

 

Fax No:    +44 (0) 20 7611 8857
For the attention of:    The Contracts Officer
with a copy to:    [**]

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   55

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

25.4 Any notice given pursuant to Clause 25.1 shall be deemed to have been received:

 

  25.4.1 in the case of delivery by courier or sending by certified mail, on the day of receipt, provided receipt occurs on a Business Day or otherwise on the next following Business Day; or

 

  25.4.2 in the case of facsimile, on acknowledgement by the recipient facsimile receiving equipment on a Business Day if the acknowledgement occurs before 5:00 pm local time of the recipient Party and in any other case on the following Business Day.

 

25.5 Any notice that is required in this Agreement may be validly given if transmitted by fax or sent by post in accordance with Clause 25.1. For the avoidance of doubt, email is not a valid method of giving notice under this Agreement.

 

26. ASSIGNMENT

Save as set forth herein, no Party shall without the prior written consent of the other Parties assign, transfer, convey or declare a trust over this Agreement or make any other disposition (whether in whole or in part) of any of its rights and obligations hereunder to any third party. The aforementioned consent of the other Party shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned save that the Company acknowledges that in the case of an assignment by it at any time prior to the payment of the full Award Amount by the Trust, the Trust will have to undertake due diligence on the intended assignee. The Company may assign the benefit and burden of this agreement to any of its Group companies without the prior written consent of the Trust provided the assignee agrees with the Trust to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

 

27. SEVERANCE OF TERMS

 

27.1 If the whole or any part of this Agreement is or becomes or is declared illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction for any reason (including both by reason of the provisions of any legislation and also by reason of any court or competent authority which either has jurisdiction over this Agreement or has jurisdiction over any of the Parties):

 

  27.1.1 in the case of the illegality, invalidity or un-enforceability of the whole of this Agreement it shall terminate only in relation to the jurisdiction in question; or

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   56

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

  27.1.2 in the case of the illegality, invalidity or un-enforceability of part of this Agreement that part shall be severed from this Agreement in the jurisdiction in question and that illegality, invalidity or un-enforceability shall not in any way whatsoever prejudice or affect the remaining parts of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and effect.

 

27.2 If in the reasonable opinion of any Party any severance under Clause 16 materially affects the commercial basis of this Agreement, the Parties shall discuss, in good faith, ways to eliminate the material effect.

 

28. COSTS

Each Party shall bear its own legal costs, legal fees and other expenses incurred in the preparation and execution of this Agreement.

 

29. FURTHER ASSURANCES

Each Party shall perform such acts and execute such documents as may be reasonably required for securing to or vesting in another Party the rights agreed to be granted to it under or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

30. GENERAL

 

30.1 If any provisions of the Memorandum or Articles of the Company at any time conflict with any of the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

30.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall be taken to constitute a partnership between the Parties. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, none of the Parties shall by reason of this Agreement be empowered to act as agent for any other party nor to pledge the credit of any other party nor shall any Party be held liable for or incur liability in respect of the acts or defaults of any other Party to this Agreement.

 

30.3 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties on separate counterparts, but shall not be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Agreement, but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   57

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

30.4 A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

31. GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of this Agreement or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   58

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

IN WITNESS of which this Agreement has been signed as follows:

 

Signed for and on behalf of   )  
THE WELLCOME TRUST   )  

/s/ Dr. Daniel Nelki

LIMITED as trustee of   )   Authorised Signatory
The Wellcome Trust by its   )   Name:   Dr. Daniel Nelki

Authorised signatory(ies)

  )   Position:   Head of Legal & Operations, Technology Transfer
  )   Date:   30 th October 2012
  )  
Signed for and on behalf of   )  
SUMMIT CORPORATION   )  
PLC   )  

/s/ Glyn Edwards

  )   Name:   Glyn Edwards
  )   Position:   Chief Executive Officer
  )   Date:   19/10/2012
  )  
  )  

/s/ RJ Spencer

  )   Name:   RJ Spencer
  )   Position:   Chief Financial Officer
  )   Date:   19/10/2012

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   59

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

SCHEDULE 1

Drawdown Notice

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

The Contracts Officer

Technology Transfer Division

The Wellcome Trust Limited

215 Euston Road

London NW1 2BE

[Date]

Dear Sirs

The Funding Agreement made on [                ] 2012 between Summit Corporation plc and The Wellcome Trust Limited (the “Award Agreement”)

We hereby give you irrevocable notice that, pursuant to Clause 2.5 of the Award Agreement we wish to drawdown [ ] Pounds Sterling (£[ ]) of the Award Amount upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Award Agreement.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 2.10 is satisfied on the date of the proposed drawdown and enclose an amended Disclosure Letter.

Terms and expressions defined in the Award Agreement shall have the same meanings in this Letter.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   60

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

For and on behalf of
Summit Corporation plc

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   61

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

SCHEDULE 2

Drawdown Notice

Summit Corporation plc

91 Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

The Contracts Officer

Technology Transfer Division

The Wellcome Trust Limited

215 Euston Road

London NW1 2BE

[Date]

Dear Sirs

The Funding Agreement made on [                ] 2012 between Summit Corporation plc and The Wellcome Trust Limited (the “Award Agreement”)

We refer to Milestone [number] as described in the Award Letter and hereby confirm the completion of the achievement of such Milestone. A report detailing achievement of Milestone [number] [is attached to this letter]/[has been provided to the Trust]. Please confirm that Milestone [number] has been achieved to your reasonable satisfaction and that we may proceed to drawdown [ ] Pounds Sterling (£[ ]) in respect of the [number] tranche of the Award Amount.

Subject to receipt of your confirmation that we may proceed to drawdown the next tranche of the Award Amount, we hereby give you irrevocable notice that, pursuant to the Funding Agreement we wish to draw down [ ] Pounds Sterling (£[ ]) of the Award Amount upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Funding Agreement.

We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 2.10 is satisfied on the date of the proposed drawdown and enclose an amended Disclosure Letter.

Terms and expressions defined in the Award Agreement shall have the same meanings in this Letter.

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   62

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

For and on behalf of

Summit Corporation plc

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   63

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

SCHEDULE 3

DETAILS OF SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

 

(1)      Company Number:   05197494           
(2)      Date and Place of Incorporation:        

04/08/2004, England and Wales

(3)      Share Capital:             
    

(i)     Authorised:

   

-    No upper limit

    

(ii)    Issued:

   

-    354,088,450 new Ordinary shares of 1p each

        

-   524,702,133 deferred shares of 1p each

(4)      Registered Office:     91 Milton Park
         Abingdon
         Oxfordshire
         OX14 4RY
(5)      Directors:   Barry Price PhD
       Glyn Edwards MBE
       Professor Stephen Davies MA, D.Phil
       George Elliott BA, CA
       Andrew Richards PhD
       Richard Storer DPhil

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   64

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

(6) Secretary: Raymond Spencer ACA

(7) Accounting Reference Date: 31/01

(8) Stock Exchange: LSE (AIM)

(9) Symbol: SUMM

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   65

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

SCHEDULE 4A

THE APPLICATION

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   66

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

TA 02/12

FULL APPLICATION FOR A TRANSLATION AWARD

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING TRANSLATION AWARD NOTES FOR GUIDANCE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS APPLICATION FORM.

Non-company applicants:

PLEASE READ THE TRUST’S GRANT CONDITIONS IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS APPLICATION FORM ( Wellcome Trust Grant Conditions ).

Company applicants:

PLEASE READ THE TRUST’S CONVERTIBLE LOAN AGREEMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS APPLICATION FORM (Convertible loan agreement).

If you have any questions or comments about the completion of this form, including submission of the final version, please contact Technology Transfer.

 

Tel:    (0)20 7611 8202
Fax:    (0)20 7611 8857
E-mail:    techtransfer@wellcome.ac.uk

Macintosh users can save this document in .rtf format before completing the application form.

Applicants experiencing any technical difficulties with the form should call: +44 (0)20 7611 8896.

Index to sections of the form:

Undertakings

Front page

Contact details

Science

Curriculum Vitae

Financial details

Justification of costs requested

Administration

Subject classification

Collaboration form

Equal opportunities monitoring form

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   67

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


TA 09/11

 

FULL APPLICATION FOR

  LOGO

 

A Translation Award

   
     
      

 

 

GIBBS BUILDING 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE UK   68

T +44 (0)20 7611 8888 F +44 (0)20 7611 8545 WWW.WELLCOME.AC.UK

REGISTERED CHARITY NO. 210183 TRUSTEE: THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED REGISTERED IN ENGLAND NO. 2711000 REGISTERED OFFICE: 215 EUSTON ROAD LONDON NW1 2BE


LOGO

 

APPLICATION FOR A TRANSLATION AWARD

WELLCOME TRUST DATA PROTECTION STATEMENT

 

1. This statement is a “fair processing notice” under the Data Protection Act 1998 (the “ Act ”) and sets out what the Wellcome Trust will do with the information that it collects from you during the grant/award application process and throughout the life of the grant/award (including all information relating to the grant/award application and, as applicable, any subsequent grant/award made).

 

2. Information (including “ personal data ” as defined under the Act) that you supply to the Wellcome Trust, including in any application and progress or update report, may be used by the Wellcome Trust to process applications and administer grants/awards, for the purposes of audit and evaluation and to monitor the fairness of and trends in application decisions. Your information may be disclosed for these purposes only to individuals and organisations connected with the Wellcome Trust, including funding partners, external peer reviewers and external committee members. Your information may also be shared with selected third parties for the purpose of independent audit, evaluation and assessment of activities funded by the grant/award and their outputs and outcomes. Some of these third parties may be based outside the European Economic Area. All personal data will be stored and used by or on behalf of the Wellcome Trust in accordance with the Act.

 

3. The Wellcome Trust may anonymise your personal data and use it for research and statistical purposes.

 

4. The Wellcome Trust may publish details of successful grants/awards and their outputs, including your name, employing organisation, project title, a summary of the grant/award and its value and, in the case of grants/awards funding research, scientific/academic abstracts and lay summaries of research (e.g. via the internet or via publicly accessible databases or other publications, some of which may be accessible from outside the EEA).

 

5. The Wellcome Trust may contact you about its activities and events, or to help inform or evaluate these activities and events, Wellcome Trust application processes and policy work.

 

6. The Wellcome Trust also has a more general Privacy Statement on its website at www.wellcome.ac.uk. Please contact the Wellcome Trust Data Protection Compliance Officer by email at dataprotection@wellcome.ac.uk or by post at The Wellcome Trust, 215 Euston Road, London NW1 2BE if you have any queries about the use of your personal data.

 

7. The Wellcome Trust may amend this Statement from time to time. Any material changes in how the Wellcome Trust collects, uses or shares your personal data will be posted on the Wellcome Trust website at www.wellcome.ac.uk.

UNDERTAKINGS

 

1. I confirm that I (and all those providing personal information in the application) have read and understood the Wellcome Trust Data Protection statement above.

 

2. To the best of my knowledge, the information provided in this application is accurate and complete and I agree to inform the Wellcome Trust of any material changes to this information during the period of the grant/award.

 

3. I have read the conditions under which grants/awards are made and agree to abide by the conditions should a grant/award be made.

 

4. The necessary facilities will be made available to conduct the research/activities funded by the Wellcome Trust’s grant/award, and will continue to be available for the duration of the grant/award.

 

Signature of Principal Applicant   

 

    Date:  

 

Signature of Coapplicant (1)   

 

    Date:  

 

 

LOGO


LOGO

 

 

Signature of Coapplicant (2)   

 

    Date:  

 

Signature of Coapplicant (3)   

 

    Date:  

 

 

FRONT PAGE   70


LOGO

 

Signature of Head Technology Transfer Office/Group or Business Officer  

 

     Date:   

 

Signature of Chief Scientific Officer  

 

     Date:   

 

 

For and on behalf of the Institution:

 

    
Signature of Secretary of Institution/Finance Officer/Company Official:  

 

     Date:   

 

Position:   CEO   Company/ Institution:    Summit PLC

 

Q1 Applicants

  

Principal Applicant

  

Coapplicant (1)

Surname    Vickers   
Forenames    Richard John   
Title (Dr etc.)    Dr   

 

    

Coapplicant (2)

  

Coapplicant (3)

  

Technology Transfer Officer

Surname         
Forenames         
Title (Dr etc.)         

 

Q2 Title of project: (no more than 220 characters)

 

A First-in-Human Phase I Clinical Trial for the Novel Clostridium difficile Antibiotic SMT19969

 

Q3 Company name and address or department name and address at administering institution:

 

Summit PLC, 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY

 

Q4   

Type of Translation Award requested:

 

(Strategic Awards by prior agreement only)

   TRANSLATION AWARD
Q5    Period for which support is sought: (state in months)    12
Q6    Proposed start date: (dd/mm/yy)    06/08/2012

 

FRONT PAGE   71


TA 02/12

 

Principal Applicant

 

Name    Richard Vickers      Telephone numbers:
       
Contact address   

91 Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

     Day    [**]
          
        Mobile    [**]
          
        Fax.    [**]
          
        e-mail    [**]

Coapplicant (1)

 

Name         Telephone numbers:
       
Contact address         Day   
          
        Mobile   
          
        Fax.   
          
        e-mail   

Coapplicant (2)

 

Name         Telephone numbers:
       
Contact address         Day   
          
        Mobile   
          
        Fax.   
          
        e-mail   

Coapplicant (3)

 

Name         Telephone numbers:
       
Contact address         Day   
          
        Mobile   
          
        Fax.   
          
        e-mail   

 

CONTACT DETAILS   72


TA 02/12

 

Technology Transfer Officer

 

Name         Telephone numbers:
       
Contact address         Day   
          
        Mobile   
          
        Fax.   
          
        e-mail   

 

CONTACT DETAILS   73


TA 02/12

 

If a company please provide the following:

 

Company number:

   05197494

Date and place of incorporation:

  

England and Wales

04/08/2004

Shared capital:

   354,088,450

Authorised:

   N/A

Issued:

   354,088,450

Registered holders (name, number and type):

   Publically listed company – multiple shareholders

Registered office:

  

91 Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

Directors:

  

Dr Barry Price – Non-executive Chairman

Mr Glyn Edwards - CEO

Dr Richard Storer - CSO

Prof Steve Davies - NED

Dr Andrew Richards – NED

Mr George Elliot - NED

Secretary:

   Raymond Spencer - CFO

Accounting reference date:

   31 st January

Previous source of funding and amount:

  

Public Markets

IPO - £15mill

Secondary placings - £10.45mill (2006); £5.4mill (2009);

£1.35mill (2011); £5.0mill (2012)

Cash in bank and other investments:

   £2.0mill. Year end 31/1/2012

Average monthly expenditure:

   £275K

Board of Directors:

  

Dr Barry Price – Non-executive Chairman

Mr Glyn Edwards - CEO

Dr Richard Storer - CSO

Prof Steve Davies - NED

Dr Andrew Richards – NED

Mr George Elliot - NED

Scientific advisory Board:

   N/A – independent advisors engaged for relevant projects

Number of Employees:

   31

 

SCIENCE   74


TA 02/12

 

 

SCIENCE   75


TA 02/12

 

Please enclose a copy of the current Business Plan Executive Summary with application.

Summit is an Oxford (UK) based drug discovery Company with an innovative Seglin™ technology platform for the discovery of new medicines and a portfolio of drug programme assets. Summit’s programme portfolio consists of a number of drug programmes targeting high-value areas of unmet medical need, including rare/orphan diseases and infectious disease. Summit is listed on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange and trades under the ticker symbol SUMM. Further information is available at www.summitplc.com .

Summit’s value proposition stems from four key value drivers: (i) SMT C1100, a first-in-class, potentially disease-modifying, small molecule utrophin upregulator for Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy; (ii) SMT 19969, a novel, potentially front-line, small molecule antibiotic for Clostridium difficile infection; (iii) OGA Inhibitors as potentially disease-modifying therapies for Alzheimer’s Disease and related Tauopathies and (iv) Seglin™ Technology - an innovative drug discovery platform that aims to prosecute new targets emerging from advances in the understanding of the role played by carbohydrate recognition and processing in disease pathogenesis.

Summit’s strategy is to monetise its small molecule assets at key value inflexion points, up to and following pivotal, proof-of-concept clinical trials, thereby mitigating the risk and costs of large-scale, late-stage registration trials and providing a favourable return on investment through securing of pre-marketing payments (up-fronts, development and regulatory milestone payments) in addition to sales milestones and royalties on product sales.

(i) SMT C1100: A Utrophin Upregulator for Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy (DMD).

DMD is an X-linked, fatal, progressive neuromuscular disease affecting one in 3,500 male births, with an estimated prevalence of 50,000+ patients in the seven major markets. DMD is caused by mutations which adversely affect the expression of dystrophin, a key musculoskeletal protein. Based on the orphan pricing model, a disease-modifying therapy for all DMD patients would be expected to achieve annual revenues in excess of $1bn.

Utrophin is a naturally occurring protein that has a similar function to dystrophin. Utrophin is produced during foetal development and in regenerating muscle fibres but downregulated in adult muscle. Maintaining the expression of utrophin has been shown to be able to function in place of the aberrantly regulated dystrophin to maintain the healthy function of muscles in animal models of DMD. Utrophin upregulation will be beneficial to all DMD patients regardless of their specific genetic mutation and is also expected to be complimentary to other therapeutic approaches in development. This approach is based on the ground-breaking work of Summit Co-founder, Dame Prof. Kay Davies, FRS.

Discovered and developed by Summit scientists, SMT C1100 has demonstrated exciting potential as a disease-modifying drug in non-clinical efficacy studies. SMT C1100 disengages normal utrophin control such that utrophin RNA and protein is expressed continually in muscle. It has received orphan drug designation in the US and Europe. In December 2011 Summit signed a $1.5 million funding agreement with a group of US-based DMD organisations to support the development of SMT C1100. Summit intends to commence a randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 1 study to investigate safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic of single and multiple oral escalating doses in healthy volunteers in Q2 2012 with top-line results expected in Q3 2012.

(ii) SMT 19969: A Novel, Front-line Antibiotic for C. difficile Infection.

Clostridium difficile infection (‘CDI’) is a significant healthcare issue in hospitals, long-term care homes and there is growing concern about its spread to the wider community. It is a serious illness caused by infection of the inner lining of the colon by the C. difficile bacteria, which produces toxins that cause inflammation of the colon, severe diarrhea and, in the most serious cases, death. Patients typically develop CDI following the use of broad-spectrum antibiotics (e.g. cephalosporins and fluoroquinolones) that disrupt the normal gastrointestinal (gut) flora and so allow C. difficile bacteria to flourish. Broad spectrum antibiotics are associated with recurrent disease which represents the major clinical issue in treating CDI because repeat episodes of infection are often more severe. The severity of the disease is also increasing due to infection from hyper-virulent strains such as BI/NAP1/027. The limited treatment options currently available are failing to address these clinical challenges.

SMT 19969 is a small molecule, novel antibiotic that is being developed for the treatment of CDI. Results from in vivo and in vitro non-clinical efficacy studies have shown that SMT 19969 has a superior profile

 

SCIENCE   76


TA 02/12

 

compared to antibiotics that are currently on the market to treat CDI. The molecule combines potent activity against C. difficile , including hyper-virulent, endemic and emerging strains, with exceptionally high levels of antibacterial selectivity. This selectivity results in a lack of disruption to the healthy gut bacteria and this is important in naturally preventing recurrence of CDI to improve the prognosis for patients. In addition, SMT 19969 is targeted exclusively to the site of infection by being retained in the GI tract. It also shows exceptionally low levels of resistance development and has an excellent safety profile. SMT 19969 has recently completed preclinical development and a CTA application for a Phase I study will be submitted in Q3 2012. SMT 19969 has been developed under a prestigious Seeding Drug Discovery Award in conjunction with the Wellcome Trust.

(iii) OGA Inhibitor Programme for Alzheimer’s Disease and related Tauopathies.

Alzheimer’s disease is the most common form of dementia and is a progressive, debilitating disorder with symptoms including memory loss, change in mood and personality, and a decline in cognitive abilities. One of the main characteristics of the disease is the formation of neurofibrillary tangles (‘NFT’), which are toxic aggregates of tau protein that contribute to the death of nerve cells in the brains of Alzheimer’s patients. Recent independent scientific publications have placed greater emphasis on the importance of tau and NFTs in the cause and spread of Alzheimer’s disease. Additional studies have highlighted how inhibiting the enzyme O -linked N -acetylglucosaminidase (‘OGA’) can prevent tau from aggregating and forming NFTs, confirming it as a target for the development of potential disease modifying drugs to treat Alzheimer’s and related Tauopathies. OGA is a hexoseaminidase – a hydrolytic enzyme responsible for removing post-translational, terminal N-acetyl-D-hexosamine moieties from serine and threonine residues of proteins. As a carbohydrate processing enzyme, OGA was identified as a prime candidate for Summit Seglin Technology.

Using Seglin™ Technology, Summit has identified potent and highly selective Seglin inhibitors of OGA and has established in vitro efficacy in human cell models of Alzheimer’s disease. Recent in vivo , non-clinical studies evaluated the pharmacokinetic properties of these potent Seglin OGA inhibitors and the results demonstrated to have rapid oral bioavailability and CNS penetration. Summit is seeking to establish proof of concept for its OGA inhibitor programme in transgenic tauopathy models.

(iv) Seglin™ Technology.

Recent advances in glycobiology have led to a dramatically improved understanding of the role that carbohydrate processing and recognition plays in disease pathogenesis. However, Summit has identified that in order to capitalise on these new insights to address serious unmet medical need, requires access to new uncharted chemical space. Summit has therefore developed Seglin™ technology to comprehensively cover carbohydrate diversity space. Seglins are orally available, small molecule carbohydrate mimetics with intrinsic biological activity and excellent drug properties that renders them highly attractive for the development of novel, oral therapeutics. The Seglin™ Technology is expected to have broad use with applicability across all main therapeutic areas. Summit intends to exploit the Seglin™ Technology to address serious unmet need, with a particular emphasis on infectious and rare/orphan diseases. The wider potential of the technology will be realised through discovery collaborations with Pharma and biotech partners.

 

SCIENCE   77


TA 02/12

 

Q7 TIME SPENT BY APPLICANTS ON RESEARCH

 

(a) How many hours per week do the Principal Applicant and Coapplicant(s) spend on research?

 

Principal Applicant

   Coapplicant 1    Coapplicant 2    Coapplicant 3    Coapplicant 4

40

           

 

(b) How many hours per week will be spent on this project by the Principal Applicant and Coapplicant(s)?

 

Principal Applicant

   Coapplicant 1    Coapplicant 2    Coapplicant 3    Coapplicant 4

40

           

 

Q8 RELATED APPLICATIONS

 

(a)    Is this or a related application currently being submitted elsewhere?

   YES   ¨   NO   x

 

If yes, to which organisation?

  

By what date is a decision expected? (dd/mm/yy)

  

 

(b)    Has this, or a similar, application been submitted elsewhere over the past year?

   YES   ¨   NO   x

 

If yes, to which organisation?

  

What was the result?

  

 

(c)    Is this application a resubmission or has it been previously considered under another Wellcome Trust scheme?

  YES   ¨   NO   x

 

If yes, when was it originally considered?

  

Please give the Wellcome Trust’s reference number:

  

Briefly state how this application differs from the original (no more than 250 words)

  

 

SCIENCE   78


TA 02/12

 

 

Q9 SUMMARY OF PROPOSED RESEARCH INCLUDING KEY GOALS

 

(a) For scientifically qualified assessors: (no more than 200 words)

 

SMT19969 is a novel antibiotic under development for the specific treatment of C. difficile infection (CDI) with a unique profile that clearly differentiates it from all other CDI antibiotics in clinical use and development. In particular, the exceptionally narrow spectrum of activity is expected to significantly reduce rates of recurrent disease which remains the main issue in CDI management. Up to 30% of patients will experience at least one recurrent episode with each recurrent period associated with significantly increased risk of further recurrence, disease severity, risk of life threatening complications and mortality.

 

Wellcome Trust funding will allow completion of a First-in-Human (FIH) Phase I trial on SMT19969. In addition to data on safety and tolerability in healthy volunteers a comprehensive package of scientific data supporting efficacy being achieved in patients will be generated. In particular, the absence of gut flora damage by SMT19969 following repeat dosing will be examined which will add significant support to a reduction in recurrent disease being achieved in efficacy trials. Once successfully complete, the package of work described in this proposal will result in a significantly de-risked Phase II ready asset for commercialisation.

 

(b) For lay readers: (no more than 200 words)

 

The bacterium Clostridium difficile is often a harmless resident of the human intestine with levels kept in check by the complex community of other microorganisms resident in the gut. However, following disruption to the healthy balance of the gut flora it can cause a potentially fatal infection of the colon. Recent years have seen a dramatic increase in both the number of cases and severity of C. difficile infection (CDI) and the disease is now firmly established as a significant healthcare issue. Current therapy options are limited and of sub-optimal efficacy with up to 30% of patients experiencing at least one additional episode of CDI following initial treatment. The primary goal of this proposal is to complete a first-in-human (FIH) Phase I clinical trial on SMT19969 which is a novel antibiotic specifically targeted to the treatment of CDI that is expected to significantly reduce rates of recurrent disease. In addition to basic safety and tolerability data in man, an extensive package of additional scientific data will be generated that will support high levels of efficacy being achieved in CDI patients.

 

SCIENCE   79


TA 02/12

 

Q10 DETAILS OF PROJECT

Provide over 4 pages, using the box below, in the following order:

(a) What is the total requested cost from the Trust?

 

Funding dependent milestones

          Cumulative Costs         

Cost of Milestone Period 1 (M1):

      £ 263,342      

Cost of Milestone Period 2 (M2):

   £ 1,076,670       £ 1,340,012         =M1+M2   

(b) The plan of investigation proposed to be funded by the Trust including: the specific aims and objectives; at least 2 milestones, (m1, m2 and/or m3) for the Trust-funded component during the course of the project (funding maybe dependent on achieving milestones); and how this proposal will ultimately lead to a healthcare benefit.

(c) A description of the validation or proof of concept to date. (Guide  1 2 page)

(d) A Gantt chart or similar graphical overview of the tasks to be undertaken, their sequence and duration for the entire project including those (marked separately) that will be undertaken in parallel but without Trust funding (if applicable) and key development steps after Trust funding. What other funds (if any) are contributing to related project tasks in the Gantt chart. Please give a brief description of the work to be undertaken with these alternative funds.

(e) How the project will be managed to deliver the milestones and key objectives, describing in-house expertise and any to be accessed externally.

Graphs, figures and supporting unpublished data may be embedded in the text or included as an appendix. This data must not exceed the equivalent of 5 A4 pages in length.

 

SCIENCE   80


TA 02/12

 

CDI remains a significant clinical issue (see Appendix C ) and is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in the healthcare system. In the USA, mortality increased 400% between 2000 and 2007 and although the dramatic rise in prevalence witnessed since the late 1990s has slowed, US and UK prevalence now seems to have stabilised at around 500,000 and 20,000 cases p.a respectively. However, prevalence rates are increasing in many other Western EU countries and the disease is now becoming established in Eastern Asia and Australia. In addition to suboptimal and eroding efficacy, the limited choice of mainstay antibiotics (vancomycin and metronidazole) are associated with up to a 30% rate of recurrent disease which remains the central clinical problem in CDI, especially in patients infected with hyper-virulent strains such as BI/NAP1/027. Recurrent disease is frustratingly difficult to treat and results in a significant detrimental impact on patient welfare and disease progression and is associated with major economic and resource repercussions to the healthcare system. SMT19969 is a novel, narrow spectrum antibiotic specifically under development for the treatment of CDI that is clearly differentiated from clinical and competitor products. Of particular importance is an exceptionally narrow spectrum of activity which is expected to address recurrent disease whilst effectively treating the initial infection. C. difficile spore outgrowth and toxin production invariably occurs following disruption to the healthy balance of the gut flora, typically as a result of prior antibiotic use. CDI antibiotics, such as vancomycin and metronidazole, continue to suppress significant components of the gut flora during treatment, thereby rendering patients susceptible to recurrent disease. By targeting the offending pathogen whilst allowing gut flora to recover during dosing, it is expected that SMT19969 will reduce rates of recurrent disease by allowing natural restoration of the gut flora to normal healthy levels thereby allowing colonisation resistance to re-establish. This restoration of gut flora in preventing recurrent disease is supported by the remarkable success ( ³ 90% long term cure rates) of faecal biotherapy which acts to completely restore a healthy ecological balance to the gut flora ( Q12e ).

Q10(b). The project has two clear Milestones ( M1  & M2 ) with the overall aim of the programme being successful completion of a Phase I human clinical trial. Summit believes the studies described in this application are the optimal package of work to ensure that a comprehensive picture of SMT19969’s profile continues to be built and ensure expedient clinical development of the compound. All non-clinical studies on the compound are complete ( Appendix B ) and the work proposed in this application can be initiated immediately on confirmation of funding. A Gantt chart showing the timing and order of activities is included in Appendix A. The proposed studies described in this application are designed to add as much scientific, and therefore commercial, value to SMT19969 as possible by generating a data package that not only answers key safety and tolerability questions but also continues to support efficacy being achieved in Phase II studies. As such, this will make the asset highly attractive to potential commercial and development partners.

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of three pages were omitted. [**]

Once all data from the clinical trial and supporting studies has been analysed an out-licensing package will be prepared for discussion with potential partners ( Q12f ). Translational award funding of the work outlined above will not only allow a comprehensive and compelling package of scientific data to be generated but will also allow Summit to differentiate and position SMT19969 in the competitive landscape making the asset attractive to development partners.

Q10(c). Validation and Proof of Concept to Date: A brief synopsis of the validation data surrounding SMT19969 is described here with a more extensive review found in Appendix B . In addition to potent growth inhibition of C. difficile (MIC 90 =0.125µg/mL), SMT19969’s key differentiator is an exceptionally narrow spectrum of activity with no significant growth inhibition of gut flora components. MIC 90 values against C. difficile were typically >1,000 fold lower than those recorded against key members of the GI microflora including Gram negative and, importantly, Gram positive anaerobic and facultative bacteria. It is this sparing of gut flora that is expected to result in clinical superiority by significantly reducing rates of recurrent disease. C. difficile has been shown to have a very low propensity to develop SMT19969 resistance. Spontaneous resistant mutants could not be isolated and no resistance was observed following 14 serial passages at 0.5xMIC. Superior efficacy to vancomycin has been shown in the hamster model of CDI with SMT19969 (20mg/Kg SID) conferring complete protection from CDI with a 100% survival rate through to day 21. Regulatory GLP toxicology studies are now complete and data have shown SMT19969 to be very well tolerated. Following 28 days repeat oral dosing (route of clinical administration) at 1,000mg/Kg in both rat and dog (>150 fold higher than the maximum likely clinical dose) there were no adverse effects, post-dosing observations or any findings from in-life endpoints or from histopathology of tissues. Importantly, there was no systemic exposure of the compound with SMT19969 not detected in any plasma sample confirming retention in the GI tract. As such, the No Observed Adverse Effect Limit (NOAEL) from oral dosing is set at 1,000mg/Kg.

 

SCIENCE   81


TA 02/12

 

Although SMT19969 is to be dosed orally in the clinic and will likely be retained in the GI tract, the regulatory bodies will expect a thorough understanding of any potential systemic toxicity and therefore IV dosing arms were included in the 28 day repeat dose GLP studies. During the course of IV dosing SMT19969 was generally well tolerated and although findings were recorded in the high and mid dose groups following histopathology of tissue, these were mostly consistent with lack of solubility (e.g. granuloma formation) rather than compound specific toxicity. Based on these studies, the systemic NOAEL ( Appendix B ) demonstrates at least a 450 fold window between the oral and systemic peak plasma concentrations at their respective NOAELs. In addition, no effects were seen in the rat Irwin test, no genotoxicity was observed in standard Ames and chromosomal aberration assays and no significant inhibition of hERG tail current recorded. All chemistry, manufacturing and control (CMC) activities to support an FIH study have been completed, including manufacture of a single GMP batch of SMT19969 used in the pivotal GLP toxicology studies that will be used in the PI human trial.

Q10(d-e): Project Management and Expertise: All suppliers/collaborators for the proposed studies have been identified and draft work plans/protocols have been agreed. Overall timelines for each phase of the programme are shown in the Gantt chart ( Appendix A ). The programme of work will be coordinated and managed by the same Summit team that successfully delivered the Wellcome Trust SDDI funded discovery phases. The project will make use of external groups with leading expertise for each of the sections of work. Long-term successful relationships have been built up with these collaborators and suppliers during the course of SMT19969’s preclinical development thereby ensuring the maximum chance of successfully delivering the project as anticipated. In particular, Professor Mark Wilcox, a world-leading clinician in CDI, will continue to be a close advisor to the programme and will carry out faecal flora analysis and additional efficacy studies. Covance (Summit’s on-going and preferred supplier for all preclinical toxicology and PI studies) will conduct the PI trial and any associated regulatory work. Continuing mode-of-action studies and supporting microbiology will be carried out by Quotient Bioresearch and Euprotec – leading UK microbiology CROs who perform all microbiology on Summit’s portfolio of anti-infective drug discovery programmes.

 

SCIENCE   82


TA 02/12

 

 

Q11 REFERENCES (Research project)

Please give citation in full, including title of paper and all authors.

Leading Reviews on C. difficile Infection:

 

  Ananthakrishnan, A. N.; Clostridium difficile Infection: Epidemiology, Risk Factors and Management. Nature Reviews Gastroenterology and Hepatology, 2011 , 8 , 17-26.

 

  Rupnik, M.; Wilcox, M. H.; Gerding, D. N.; Clostridium difficile Infection: New Developments in Epidemiology and Pathogenesis. Nature Reviews Microbiology, 2009 , 7 , 526-536.

 

  Owens, R. C.; Clostridium difficile Associated Disease: An Emerging Threat to Patient Safety. Pharmacotherapy , 2006, 26(3) , 299-311.

Current Epidemiology:

 

  Khanna, S.; Pardi, D. S.; Aronson, S. L.; Kammer, P. P.; Orenstein, R.; St Sauver, J. L.; Harmsen, S.; Zinmeister, A. R.; The Epidemiology of Community-Acquired Clostridium difficile Infection: A Population Based Study. The American Journal of Gastroenterology , 2012 , 107 , 89-95.

 

  Lucado, J.; Gould, C.; Elixhauser, A.; Clostridium difficile Infections (CDI) in Hospital Stays, 2009. HCUP Statistical Brief #124. January 2012 . Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, Rockville, MD. http://www.hcup-us.ahrq.gov/reports/statbriefs/sb124.pdf

 

  Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; Preventing Clostridium difficile Infections; Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report. Vital Signs . 2012 , 61,  March 6.

 

  Bauer. M. P.; Notermans, D. W.; van Benthem, B. H. B.; Brazier, J. S.; Wilcox, M. H.; Rupnik, M.; Monnet, D. L.; van Dissel J. T.; Clostridium difficile Infection in Europe: a Hospital-based Survey. Lancet, 2011 , 377 , 63-73.

 

  Freeman, J.; Bauer, M. P.; Baines, S. D.; Corver, J.; Fawley, W. N.; Goorhius, B.; Kuijper, E. J. Wilcox, M. H.; The Changing Epidemiology of Clostridium difficile Infections. Clinical Microbiology Reviews , 2010 , 23 (3) , 529-549.

Marketed and Development CDI Therapies:

General Reviews:

 

  Gerding, D. N.; Johnson, S.; Management of Clostridium difficile Infection: Thinking Inside and Outside the Box. Clinical Infectious Diseases . 2010 , 51 , 1306-1313.

 

  Gerding, D. N.; Muto, C. A.; Owens Jr, R.; Treatment of Clostridium difficile Infection. Clinical Infectious Disease, 2008 , 46 (S1) , S32-S42.

 

  Miller, M. A.; Clinical Management of Clostridium difficile -Associated Disease. Clinical Infectious Disease, 2007 , 45 (S2) , S122-S128.

 

  Bartlett, J. G.; New Drugs for Clostridium difficile Infection. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 2006 , 43 (4) , 428-431.

 

  McFarland, L. V.; Alternative treatments for Clostridium difficile disease: what really works? Journal of Medical Microbiology, 2005 , 54 , 101-111.

Optimer Pharmaceuticals – Dificid (fidaxomicin):

 

  Louie, T. J.; Miller, M. A.; Mullane, K. M.; Weiss, K.; Lentnek, A.; Golan, Y.; Gorbach, S.; Sears, P.; Shue, Y. K.; Fidaxomicin versus Vancomycin for Clostridium difficile Infection. New England Journal of Medicine, 2011 , 364(5) , 422-431.

 

  Cornely, O. A.; Crook, D. W.; Esposito, R.; Poirier, A.; Somero, M. S.; Weiss, K.; Sears, P.; Gorbach, S.; Fidaxomicin versus Vancomycin for Infection with Clostridium difficile in Europe, Canada, and the USA: a Double-blind, non-inferiority, Randomised Controlled Trial. Lancet Infectious Diseases, 2012 , 12 , 281-289.

Merck – CDI Antibodies:

 

  Lowy, I.; Molrine, D. C.; Leav. B. A.; Blair, B. M.; Baxter, R.; Gerding, D. N.; Nichol, G.; Thomas, Jr. W. D.; Leney, M. ; Sloan, S.; Hay, C. A.; Ambrosino, D. M.; Treatment with Monoclonal Antibodies against Clostridium difficile Toxins, New England Journal of Medicine, 2010 , 362(3) , 197-205.

 

  Babcock, G.J.; Broering, T.J.; Hernandez, H.J.; Mandell, R.B.; Donahue, K.; Boatright, N.; Stack, A.M.; Lowy, I.; Graziano, R.; Molrine, D.; Ambrosino, D.M.; Thomas, W.D.Jr.; Human monoclonal antibodies directed against toxins A and B prevent Clostridium difficile -induced mortality in hamsters. Infection and Immunity . 2006 , 74(11) , 6339-6347.

 

SCIENCE   83


TA 02/12

 

Faecal Biotherapy:

 

  Gough, E.; Henna, Shaikh.; Manges, A. R.; Systematic Review of Intestinal Microbiota Transplantation (Fecal Bacteriotherapy) for Recurrent Clostridium difficile Infection. Clinical Infectious Diseases , 2011 , 53 , 994-1002.

 

  van Nood, E., Speelman, P.; Kuijper, E, J.; Keller, J, J. Struggling with Recurrent Clostridium difficile Infections: Is Donor Faeces the Solution? Eurosurveillance, 2009 , 14 (34), 1-6.

 

SCIENCE   84


TA 02/12

 

Q12 COMMERCIAL MATTERS

[**]

 

REF

  

TITLE

  

FAMILY

  

APPLN NO.

  

PRIO.DATE

[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]       [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]
[**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

Table 1 : Summary of Summit’s Patent Estate Covering its Novel Class of C. difficile Antibiotics

 

SCIENCE   85


TA 02/12

 

(ai) Patent information (continue on another sheet if necessary)

 

Application number:    [**]
Priority date:    [**]
Inventors:    [**]
Applicant:    [**]
Funding source:    [**]
Title    [**]

 

(bi) How do these patent(s) or patent application(s) relate to the proposal? (Max. 1 page)

[**].

 

(ci) Describe any freedom to operate issues that have been identified or that might arise and how these will be tackled. Include the type and date of any searches that have been conducted. (Max.  1 2 page)

[**].

 

(di) Describe any new types of intellectual property that can be anticipated including how the identification of these inventions will be managed. (Max.   1 2 page)

[**]

 

SCIENCE   86


TA 02/12

 

(aii) Patent information (continue on another sheet if necessary)

 

Application number:    [**]
Priority date:    [**]
Inventors:    [**]
Applicant:    [**]
Funding source:    [**]
Title    [**]

 

(bii) How do these patent(s) or patent application(s) relate to the proposal?

[**].

 

(cii) Describe any freedom to operate issues that have been identified or that might arise and how these will be or have been addressed. Include the type and date of any searches that have been conducted.

[**].

 

(dii) Describe any new types of intellectual property that can be anticipated including how the identification of these inventions will be managed.

[**].

(aiii) Patent information (continue on another sheet if necessary)

 

Application

number:

   [**]
Priority date:    [**]

 

SCIENCE   87


TA 02/12

 

Inventors:    [**]
Applicant:    [**]
Funding source:    [**]
Title    [**]

 

(biii) How do these patent(s) or patent application(s) relate to the proposal?

[**].

 

(ciii) Describe any freedom to operate issues that have been identified or that might arise and how these will be or have been addressed. Include the type and date of any searches that have been conducted.

[**].

 

(diii) Describe any new types of intellectual property that can be anticipated including how the identification of these inventions will be managed.

[**].

 

SCIENCE   88


TA 02/12

 

 

(e) Please describe any competing technologies identifying those groups carrying out research and development in the field. In addition, please provide a description of the competitive advantage of this technology over currently accepted methods. (Max. 1 page)

As discussed in detail in Appendix C , CDI is a significant and difficult to manage infection with an estimated 900,000 cases p.a. across the EU, US and Canada. Disease severity and mortality rates are increasing and CDI prevalence is continuing to rise in may EU countries. The disease is now emerging as a significant issue in other territories such as Eastern Asia and there are increasing reports of CDI as an emerging community problem. However, the most significant hurdle to effectively treating CDI is recurrent disease and any novel CDI therapy that is able to address this aspect of the disease more effectively than its competitors will be expected to become a front line agent. In the context of both approved CDI agents and those in clinical development, the profile of SMT19969 offers several significant competitive advantages. In particular, the narrow spectrum of activity is expected to result in significantly less collateral damage to the patients gut flora than other antibiotics and this is expected to translate to significantly reduced rates of recurrent disease ( Q10 ). In addition, the very low resistance development potential will extend clinical utility and, as a synthetic heterocyclic small molecule, SMT19969’s low cost-of-goods and simple, reliable manufacture (especially when compared to antibiotics generated from fermentation broths and biologics such as antibodies and vaccines) offers significant clinical and commercial appeal. Given this encouraging profile it is expected that SMT19969 would be positioned as a front line agent for CDI for use in all patients suffering initial infection rather than a sub-population of patients who are, for example, treatment failures following other therapies. In addition, eventual prophylactic use in select groups of high risk patients could also be considered Overall, the competitive landscape in CDI can be broken down into antibiotic and non-antibiotic approaches.

1. Antibiotic Approaches : The only FDA approved CDI antibiotics are Vancocin (oral vancomycin) and Dificid (fidaxomicin) and although reasonably effective at treating initial infection, neither agent is truly effective at reducing recurrent disease. Although Dificid does show an overall improvement over vancomycin, 30% of Dificid patients are still either treatment failures or suffer recurrent disease. In addition, and in common with all current development antibiotics, Dificid does not show any improvement over vancomycin in rates of recurrent disease for patients infected with hyper-virulent strains. All CDI antibiotics in both regular clinical use and in development cause on-going collateral damage to gut flora during the course of CDI therapy as described below ( Table 4, Appendix D ). As discussed previously ( Q10 ), this continues to hold open the niche that C. difficile can exploit allowing subsequent periods of spore outgrowth and recurrent disease. As SMT19969 is sparing of both the Gram positive and Gram negative anaerobic and facultative components of the gut flora, this on-going collateral damage should be minimised during the course of CDI therapy allowing colonisation resistance to re-establish thereby reducing rates of recurrent disease.

2. Non-Antibiotic Approaches: Alternatives to antibiotics such as pro/prebiotics, antibodies, vaccines and faecal biotherapy have shown either limited efficacy or are appropriate only as second line therapies, especially as many of them must be dosed in conjunction with antibiotics and are associated with high cost and inconvenient administration.

To date, there is little or no evidence to show any clinical benefit in the use of toxin sequestering agents, prebiotics and IV immunoglobulin G. However, recent PII data on the Merck antibodies (CDA1 and CDB1) targeting the C. difficile toxins A and B showed a 70% reduction in relapse rates when used in combination with either vancomycin or metronidazole. In addition, a reduction in the severity of disease symptoms was also observed and the antibodies were well tolerated. However, despite these encouraging results, such an approach suffers from certain drawbacks. The antibodies must be used in combination with standard antibiotics, must be dosed IV and only target Toxins A and B and not the binary toxin produced by certain strains. Antibody approaches to CDI are also most likely positioned for use in severe disease only and in patients who have suffered multiple recurrent episodes.

The only approach to CDI that has shown significant success is faecal biotherapy which achieves >90% cure rates in treating patients suffering multiple recurrent episodes of CDI who are completely refractory to all other treatment options. Indeed, many of these patients are facing colectomy as the only remaining course of action. The procedure involves transplantation by enema or nasogastric tube of a liquid suspension of faeces from a healthy individual, usually a close relative. This acts to recreate a healthy balance to the intestinal microbiota of the diseased individual and therefore prevents active CDI. Despite the obvious limitations of this approach it does clearly demonstrate the vital role played by the gut flora in CDI pathogenesis and the requirement for a narrow spectrum of activity in any CDI antibiotic.

 

SCIENCE   89


TA 02/12

 

 

(f) Describe the commercialisation strategy for the technology, including (where appropriate) factors such as potential sources of further funding, relevant licensing partners and potential to create early revenue streams to support development. (Max. 1 page)

Commercialisation Strategy: SMT19969 constitutes a highly differentiated, first-in-class antibiotic being developed for use as a front line CDI therapy with genuine potential to minimise rates of recurrent disease. Summit’s commercialisation strategy is to monetise its small molecule assets at key value inflexion points through licensing to partners with specific clinical development expertise. In the case of SMT19969, the value inflexion point would be a package of human safety and tolerability data in healthy volunteers and a differentiated package of in vitro and in vivo discovery data on efficacy, pharmacokinetics and microbiology. Wellcome Trust funding will be used for the translation of SMT19969 through to this value inflexion point.

Project Funding: Adequate funding to allow the full programme of work described in this proposal to proceed in a timely manner is critical to the expeditious progression of SMT19969. It is our view that this is appropriate to provide the necessary data to ensure engagement with licensing partners who would take the project through subsequent pivotal trials and ultimately to the market. Inability to commit to and complete the full work package would compromise this position. Whilst Summit might in future be in a position to undertake a more modest programme of work, Wellcome Trust funding will be instrumental in allowing the full package of work to be undertaken. Discussions between Summit and the Trust regarding the equity stakes in the programme following the SDDI award are currently on-going and successful application for this translational award would be factored into those discussions as appropriate.

[**] .

 

SCIENCE   90


TA 02/12

 

 

(g) What are the key current and downstream regulatory considerations or risks that need to be addressed to achieve approval for this technology? (Max.  1 2 page)

[**].

 

(h) Describe the R&D strategy and portfolio/pipeline, in the case of companies. (Max  1 2 page)

[**].

 

Q13 OUTLINE OF PUBLIC ENGAGEMENT PLANS (max.  1 2 page)

Summit will, where appropriate, present data on the programme at leading global scientific meetings specialising in anti-infectives. This would include events such as ECCMID (European Congress of Clinical Microbiology and Infectious Diseases) and ICAAC (Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy). In addition, Summit and its collaborators will publish selected data in the primary scientific literature when this does not impinge on patent protection of data or on commercialisation of the project.

In addition to publication and presentation of data at scientific meetings, Summit will also discuss its programme, when appropriate, at specialist pharmaceutical partnering conferences such as BIO in North America and BIO Europe.

The primary purpose of all these publicity activities would be raise commercial interest in the programme and to help identify and meet with suitable licensing partners.

 

Please note that we provide support for researchers in the UK and Republic of Ireland to engage with the lay public. To receive information about training, funding and other public engagement opportunities, please tick the box.    ¨

 

SCIENCE   91


TA 02/12

 

Q14 CURRICULUM VITAE OF APPLICANT(S)

This section should be completed by the Principal Applicant and all Coapplicants and can be duplicated if required.

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one page was omitted. [**]

 

(h) Summary of career to date, including key achievements (no more than 700 words)

[**].

 

(i) Publications

Applicants should provide references or examples to 5 key achievements over the past 5 years which may include any of the following:

Inventions protected by intellectual property rights that have been developed commercially and or adopted; ii) patents that have issued; iii) peer-reviewed publications.

Please append to the application in PDF format any references that are particularly relevant.

 

  Baines , S., Dorgan. C., Freeman. J., Storer. R., Tinsley. J., Vickers. R., Wilcox. M., Wilson. F., Wren. S. SMT19969: A novel antibiotic for C. difficile infection; C. difficile growth inhibition, spectrum of activity and resistance development.; Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy ; 2011, Abstract B-1194.

 

    Publication appended to application

 

  Nguyen, P., Pulse. M., Renick, P., Simecka, J., Vickers, R., Weiss, W.; Efficacy of SMT19969 and SMT21829 in a hamster model of Clostridium difficile associated disease. Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy ; 2011 Abstract B-1195

 

    Publication appended to application

 

  Baines, S., Freeman, J., Huscroft, G., Todhunter, S., Vickers, R., Wilcox, M.; Efficacy of novel antimicrobial agent SMT19969 against simulated Clostridium difficile infection in an in vitro human gut model. Interscience Conference on Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy ; 2011, Abstract B-1193

 

    Publication appended to application

 

  Wilson, Francis, Xavier; Johnson, Peter, David; Vickers, Richard; Storer, Richard; Wynne, Graham, Michael; Roach, Alan, Geoffrey; De Moor, Olivier; Dorgan, Colin, Richard; Davis, Paul, James; Antibacterial Agents ; WO2010/063996 ( C. difficile SUM35 patent family – see Q12 )

 

  Westwood IM, Bhakta S, Russell AJ, Fullam E, Anderton MC, Kawamura A, Mulvaney AW, Vickers RJ, Bhowruth V, Besra GS, Lalvani A, Davies SG, Sim E; Identification of Arylamine N -acetyltransferase Inhibitors as an Approach Towards Novel Anti-tuberculars. Protein Cell. 2010 , 1(1), 82-95.

 

(j) Financial support

Please list all key forms of financial support in the last 5 years (commercial, research grant etc). Please state the name of the funder, title of project or enterprise, amounts awarded and start to end dates of support. For any current grants indicate the proportion of time spent on each project. Please identify with a (*) those sources of support that have contributed to the background of this proposal.

 

* Wellcome Trust SDDI – Development of a Novel Class of Antibiotics for the Targeted Treatment of Clostridium difficile Infection - £2.2mill – Jan 2010 to March 2012.

 

Q15 PREVIOUS APPLICATIONS TO THE WELLCOME TRUST

 

(a)    Is this the Principal Applicant’s first application to the Wellcome Trust?      YES   ¨     NO   x   
(b)    Give details of all previous applications to the Wellcome Trust over the last five years. This information should be provided for the Principal Applicant and all Coapplicant(s). Please include name of grant holder, grant number (if known) and, if application was successful, the amount and period of award.     

 

CURRICULUM VITAE OF APPLICANT   92


TA 02/12

 

 

  Successful application made to Wellcome Trust under the Seeding Drug Discovery Initiative.

 

  Principal Investigator was Dr Richard Vickers (principal applicant on this proposal).

 

  Project Title: Development of a Novel Class of Antibiotics for the Targeted Treatment of Clostridium difficile Infection.

 

  Total Award was £2.2mill.

 

  Funding period was Jan 2010 to March 2012.

 

CURRICULUM VITAE OF APPLICANT   93


TA 02/12

 

Q16    CURRICULUM VITAE OF NAMED RESEARCH ASSISTANT
   This page may be duplicated if more than one research assistant is required.
(a)    Surname:   Forenames:
   Date of birth:  
(b)    Degrees, diplomas etc: (subject, class, university and dates)
    
(c)    Current post: (if not currently in employment, please give details of most recent post)
   Position and grade:
   Department:
   Institution:
   Funding body:
   Termination date of support:
   Current basic salary and incremental date:
   Basic salary must be shown separately from any salary enhancements or other allowances.
   If currently funded by a Wellcome Trust grant, please give grant reference number:
(d)    Previous posts: (with dates)
    
(e)    Most recent publications: (no more than five ; please give citation in full, including title of paper and all authors)
    

 

CURRICULUM VITAE OF RESEARCH ASSISTANT   94


TA 02/12

 

Q17    CURRENCY REQUESTED   
(a)    What currency is being used for the costings in this application?    Sterling
(b)    Is the chosen currency your local currency?    Yes
(c)    What is your local currency if the chosen currency is not your local currency?    N/A
(d)    Please specify the exchange rate to GBP£ with your local currency that has been used to provide the costings in this application.    N/A
(e)    Please state clearly the reasons for requesting costs in the chosen currency (no more than 150 words)
   Sterling is the functional currency of Summit and of all the collaborators, suppliers and service providers involved with the programme.

 

Q18    SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT REQUESTED
   Duration of grant (state in months):    12 months

 

     Total cost  

(a) Salaries (Summit staff only)

   £ [**

(b) Materials and consumables

     N/A   

(c) Animals

     N/A   

(d) Equipment

     N/A   

(e) Miscellaneous (outsourced costs for clinical development etc.)

   £ [**
  

 

 

 

GRAND TOTAL

   £ 1,340,012   
  

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   95


TA 02/12

 

Q19 DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED

 

(a) Salaries

Please refer to Guidance Notes and definition of terms for further details. Expand table as necessary.

 

                               

EFFORT ON
PROJECT

                         

Post no.

  

Staff category

   Name
(if known)
  Starting
salary
    Grade/
Scale
  Increment
date
(dd/mm)
  Start
date
(dd/mm/yy)
  Period on
project
(months)
  % of
full
time
    London
Allowance
    Total of other
allowances
    Employer’s
contributions
    Total cost
on grant
 

1

  

Principal Investigator

   [**]     [**   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]     [**     [**     [**     [**     [**

2

  

Senior Management

   [**]     [**   [**]   [**]   [**]   [**]     [**     [**     [**     [**     [**

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   96


TA 02/12

 

Q19 DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED (cont.)

 

Expand table as necessary.

 

     Costs  

(b) Materials and consumables (description)

  
                    
  
  
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  
  

 

 

 

(c) Animals

  

Total purchase cost

  

Total maintenance cost

  

Total procedures cost

  
  

 

 

 

Total associated cost

  
  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  
  

 

 

 

The table below should be duplicated for each different species .

 

(i) Animal species to be used, and strain if relevant

                    

(ii) Source of supply

  

(iii) Purchase

  

Purchase price per animal

  
  

 

 

 

Total number of animals to be purchased

  
  

 

 

 

Total purchase cost

  
  

 

 

 

(iv) Maintenance

  

Total number of animals to be maintained

  
  

 

 

 

Total number of weeks’ maintenance required

  
  

 

 

 

Cost per animal per week

  
  

 

 

 

Total maintenance cost

  
  

 

 

 

(v) Experimental procedures

  

Types of procedure(s)

  

Cost per procedure(s)

  
  

 

 

 

Total procedures cost

  
  

 

 

 

(vi) Associated costs

  

Staff training costs

  

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   97


TA 02/12

 

 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total staff training costs

                    
  

 

 

 

Animal environment, training and enrichment costs

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total animal environment, training and enrichment costs

  
  

 

 

 

Animal licence costs

  
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total animal licence costs

  
  

 

 

 

Total associated cost

  
  

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   98


TA 02/12

 

Q19 DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED (cont.)

 

(d) Equipment

Please provide contact details for the Institution’s Director of Procurement/Head of Purchasing (or equivalent).

 

Name:       Tel:   
Address:       E-mail:   

 

(i) Request for equipment. Expand table as necessary.

 

Type of equipment

  

Equipment specification

  

Preferred manufacturer/

supplier (if known)

  

Duration & total cost of
maintenance contract to be

purchased

   Number of
items
     Cost per
item
     Total cost  
                                                                       
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 

 

 

 

Total:

                 
                 

 

 

 

Contribution from other sources:

                 

Amount requested:

                 

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   99


TA 02/12

 

Q19 DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED (cont.)

 

(d) Equipment (cont.)

 

(ii) Request for equipment maintenance. Expand table as necessary.

Maintenance of existing Wellcome Trust-funded equipment

The Wellcome Trust will only consider providing maintenance funds for equipment more than five years old if the applicant can demonstrate it is cost-effective to do so.

 

Details of equipment/facility

   Wellcome Trust grant reference
number and start/end dates of
original award
   Date of
purchase
   Start/end dates of any current
maintenance contract, length
and total cost
   % of time/hours
of use for this
project
   Maintenance cost
requested based on
time used for this
project
              
              
              
              
              

 

(iii) Request for access charges. Expand table as necessary.

Access charges

 

Details of equipment/facility

   Original source of funding (provide
Wellcome Trust grant reference number
if applicable)
   Standard access
charge per hour/day
   % of time/hours of use
for this project
   Access charge requested
based on time used for
this project
           
           
           
           
           

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   100


TA 02/12

 

Q19 DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED (cont.)

 

Expand table as necessary.

 

     Costs  

(e) Miscellaneous

  

• 

  All outsourced costs are included in this section and this covers all programme costs except for Summit staff costs detailed in Q19a.    

Chemistry Manufacture and Control

     [**

Bioanalysis

     [**

Regulatory

     [**

Mode of Action

     [**

Clinical

     [**

CDARO Service

     [**

Independent Clinical Monitoring

     [**

ADMET

     [**

Supporting Microbiology

     [**

Patent Costs

     [**

Consultancy (Clinical and regulatory – Q21a)

     [**

Misc (travel etc.)

     [**
    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   £ 1,215,147   
    

 

 

 

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   101


TA 02/12

 

Q20    ACCESS TO RADIATION SOURCES
(a)    Will the proposed research require access to either the Synchrotron Radiation Source (SRS) at Daresbury or the European Synchrotron Radiation Facility (ESRF) at Grenoble?    YES   ¨   NO   x
   If yes, please complete the table below, providing details of beam time requested and scheduling information (anticipated usage must be specified in whole days).

 

          Special
requirements
(single bunch,
  

Total

number

  

Number of days per annum

Synchrotron

  

Station

  

other specify)

  

of days

  

Year 1

  

Year 2

  

Year 3

  

Year 4

  

Year 5

                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       
                       

 

(b)    Please justify the stations and beam time requested (no more than 500 words).   
     
(c)    Will the proposed research require access to a neutron source?    YES   ¨     NO   x
   If yes, complete Q19 (a) and (b) above indicating that it is a neutron source that is required, and Q18 (d)(iii) Access charges, detailing the costs required.

 

FINANCIAL DETAILS   102


TA 02/12

 

Q21 REASONS FOR SUPPORT REQUESTED

In this section, justify:

 

(a) Staff requested specifying their roles, responsibilities and location, if appropriate, with respect to the proposed project (no more than 700 words)

Project Leader - Dr Richard Vickers

 

  Dr Richard Vickers is based at Summit’s facilities in Oxford and has specific overall responsibility for the programme and ensuring successful delivery against the agreed project plan. He has acted as project leader from the project’s inception, acted as principal investigator during the Wellcome Trust SDDI funded sections and will continue this role through the programme of work described in this application. Richard will act as the primary point of contact between all the various parties involved in the project (including Wellcome Trust) and will be responsible for the overall strategy.

Consultants:

 

  Dr Neil Robinson: Dr Robinson will continue as a long term consultant to the project and will offer expert guidance and review of the regulatory and clinical documents and will work closely with Dr Vickers on the day to day management of the programme. Neil has been an advisor to the programme during preclinical development, monitoring study protocols and reports across all sections (CMC, toxicology, regulatory). Dr Robinson also fulfils this role on Summit’s other preclinical and clinical programmes.

 

  Regulatory and Clinical: Although the day-to-day management of the programme will be carried out by Dr Vickers, expert consultants on the regulatory and clinical development of antibiotics will be engaged. The role of these consultants will be to ensure that an appropriate overall clinical development strategy is in place, especially with respect to FDA/EMEA guidelines on the design of antibiotic and CDI trials. The use of such consultants will not only ensure that the correct studies are being carried out but will also add a significant level of credibility during any licensing discussions with potential commercial partners. A short list of suitable candidates is being reviewed and the consultants will be in place shortly.

Summit Senior Management :

 

  Dr Richard Storer – Chief Scientific Officer; Dr Jon Tinsley – Senior Director R&D; Dr Andrew Mulvaney – Director Business Development

A proportion of Summit’s senior management time (located at Summit’s Oxford facility) will be required to oversee the scientific strategy and programme progression in line with the overall Summit portfolio. This will also include significant involvement from the commercial department to ensure that a robust licensing package is prepared, that potential commercial partners are engaged in a timely manner and to lead any commercial discussions and negotiations.

 

(b) Materials and consumables (no more than 300 words)

N/A

 

(c) Animals (numbers and species) (no more than 300 words)

N/A

 

(d) Equipment, equipment maintenance and access charges (no more than 700 words) For access charges, please show how they have been calculated on a cost-recovery basis. This can include (i) a maintenance or service contract providing a basic level of service; (ii) running costs; (iii) materials and consumables; and (iv) staff time. Please also state the percentage of time/number of hours the equipment/facility will be used for the project.

N/A

 

(e) Miscellaneous costs (no more than 300 words)

The programme of work detailed in the proposal will primarily rely on outsourced studies with overall coordination and management of the programme by Summit. Summit has found this to be the most appropriate, efficient and cost effective means of accessing specialist services.

All companies to which studies will be outsourced are long-term suppliers of services to Summit and have been associated with the programme during the Wellcome Trust funded SDDI discovery phase.

All costs described in the proposal are based on accurate quotations provided by each supplier.

 

JUSTIFICATION OF COSTS REQUESTED   103


02/12

 

Q22   

FULL ECONOMIC COSTING (UK applicants only)

 
  

The Wellcome Trust would like to monitor the full economic cost of research proposals. If your institution is calculating the full economic costs of this proposal, the table below should be completed.

 

Please note that the Wellcome Trust will not fund the full economic cost of research and the actual costs sought from the Wellcome Trust should be detailed in the ‘DETAILS OF FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND RESOURCES REQUESTED’ section of the form.

 

This information is being gathered for monitoring purposes only and will have no bearing on the peer review and decision-making process for your application.

(a)    Does the host institution use TRAC or an alternative methodology validated by the UK Research Councils to calculate full economic costs?   YES   ¨     NO   ¨
(b)    If yes, please complete the following table:  

 

     Full Economic Cost
(£)
   Contribution requested
from the Wellcome Trust
(£)

Directly Incurred Costs

     

Staff

     

Travel and subsistence

     

Other costs

     

Equipment

     

Subtotal

     

Directly Allocated Costs

     

Principal Applicant salary costs

     

Coapplicant salary costs

     

Estates costs

     

Other directly allocated costs

     

Subtotal

     

Indirect Costs

     

TOTAL

     

 

ADMINISTRATION   104


02/12

 

Q23   RESEARCH INVOLVING HUMAN PARTICIPANTS, BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES AND PERSONAL DATA
(a)   Does your project involve human participants?    YES   x     NO   ¨
  If yes, refer to notes.
(b)   Will personal data be used?    YES   x     NO   ¨
(c)   Will your project involve use of biological samples?    YES   x     NO   ¨
(d)   Please state by whom the project will be, or has been, ethically reviewed, and specify any other regulatory approvals that have been, or will be, obtained.
  A Clinical Trial Application (CTA), supported by the Investigational Medicinal Product Dossier (IMPD), Investigator’s Brochure (IB) and Clinical Trial Protocol, will be submitted to the UK’s Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) and National Research Ethics Service for review prior to initiation of the proposed trial.
(e)   In the course of your project:
(i)   Do you propose to use facilities within the National Health Service (NHS)?    YES   ¨     NO   x
(ii)   Does your research involve patients being cared for by the NHS?    YES   ¨     NO   x
(iii)  

If the answer is yes to (i) or (ii) above, please indicate which organisation has agreed to be the sponsor for the project under the Research Governance Framework for Health and Social Care, published by the Department of Health in England or the corresponding departments in Northern Ireland, Scotland or Wales.

 

Please note that the Wellcome Trust cannot act as sponsor.

 
(f)   If your project involves a clinical trial:
(i)   Please state whether it is covered by The Medicines for Human Use (Clinical Trials) Regulations.    YES   x     NO   ¨
(ii)   Please indicate which organisation has agreed to be the sponsor for the project.
  Please note that the Wellcome Trust cannot act as sponsor.
  Summit PLC

 

Q24   EXPERIMENTS ON ANIMALS
  Please note, this question is mandatory for all applications for funding that propose research using animals. Applications may be referred to the National Centre for the Replacement, Refinement and Reduction of Animals in Research (NC3Rs) for review. Where animal work is sub-contracted, this question must be completed by the organization conducting the animal studies.
(a)   Do your proposals involve the use of animals or animal tissue?    YES  [**]    NO  [**]
(b)  

Do your proposals include procedures to be carried out on animals in the UK which require a Home Office licence?

 

If yes, refer to notes.

   YES  [**]    NO  [**]
(c)   Does the institution where the animal work is to be carried out hold a certificate of designation under the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986?    YES  [**]    NO  [**]
(d)  

Do your proposals involve the use of animals or animal tissue outside the UK?

 

If yes, refer to notes.

   YES  [**]    NO  [**]

 

ADMINISTRATION   105


02/12

 

(e)    If your project does involve the use of animals, what would be the severity of the procedures?   Mild   [**]
        Moderate   [**]
        Substantial   [**]
(f)    Please provide details of any procedures of substantial or moderate severity (no more than 250 words).    
   [**]       
(g)    Why is animal use necessary: are there any other possible approaches? (no more than 250 words)    
   [**].       
(i)    Will the following species to be used?    
   Primate    [**]    
   Cat    [**]    
   Dog    [**]    
   Equidae    [**]    
   Genetically Altered Animals    [**]    
   Other animals    [**]    
(j)    Why is the species to be used the most appropriate? (no more than 250 words)
   [**].       
(l)    Primates
(i)    Do you expect facilities and practices, and the proposed research will comply with the principles set out in the ‘National Centre for the Replacement, Refinement and Reduction of Animals in Research (NC3Rs) Guidelines: Primate accommodation, care and use’ ( http://www.nc3rs.org.uk/downloaddoc.asp?id=418 )?
         
If not, please explain why.
  
(ii)    Will it be necessary to transport the non-human primates (i.e from breeding facility and within the host institution environment)?
  
If so, indicate approximate journey times and the measures that will be taken to minimise the potential stress during transport.
         
(iii)    Will single housing of the non-human primates be necessary at any time?
         

 

ADMINISTRATION   106


02/12

 

If so, please provide details in terms of the justification for single housing, its duration, and what additional resources will be provided to the animals to minimise the impact on animal welfare.
  
(iv)    Describe the experimental procedures involved and how any pain, suffering, distress and/or lasting harm will be minimised. Have the procedures been recently reviewed by the Named Veterinary Surgeon (NVS), Named Animal Care and Welfare Officer (NACWO) and ethical review process (ERP)?
  
(v)    Will any of the experimental procedures involve food and/or water restriction?
  
If so, justify why this is necessary and outline what alternatives have been considered.
  
(vi)    Will any of the experimental procedures involve restraint?
  
What alternatives have been considered? Describe the nature of the restraint, its duration and frequency, and what will be done to avoid distress?
  
(vii)    What prior experience and training in non-human primate use, care and welfare have the staff named in the application had? What provision is made for continuing professional development in these areas?
  
(viii)    Will any of the staff involved require specific training for any of the procedures concerned?
  
Please provide details of the training needed and where it will be undertaken.
  
(l)    Cats and Dogs
(i)    From where will the animals be sourced?
  
(ii)    Will it be necessary to transport the animals?
  

 

ADMINISTRATION   107


02/12

 

If so, indicate approximate journey times and the measure that will be taken to minimise the potential stress during transport.
  
(iii)    Are animals to be imported?
  
Where animals are to be imported, what journey times have been agreed with the Home Office? Describe the conditions for the animals at the breeding establishment and how the potential stress during transport will be minimised.
  
(iv)    Please provide details of the housing for the animals, e.g. enclosure size, environmental enrichment.
  
(v)    Will single housing of the animals be necessary at any time?
  
If so, please provide details in terms of the justification for single housing, its duration, and what additional resources will be provided to the animals to minimise the impact of the single housing.
  
(vi)    Describe the experimental procedures involved and how any pain, suffering, distress and/or lasting harm will be minimised. Have the procedures been recently reviewed by the Named Veterinary Surgeon (NVS), Named Animal Care and Welfare Officer (NACWO) and ethical review process (ERP)?
  
(vii)    Will any of the experimental procedures involve restraint?
  
What alternatives have been considered? Describe the nature of the restraint, its duration and frequency, and what will be done to avoid distress?
  
(viii)    What prior experience and training in animal use, care and welfare will be required of the staff named in the application? What provision is made for continuing professional development in these areas?
  
(ix)    Will any of the staff involved require specific training for any of the procedures concerned?
  
Please provide details of the training needed and where it will be undertaken.
  

 

ADMINISTRATION   108


02/12

 

Q25    RISKS OF RESEARCH MISUSE
(a)    It is the responsibility of institutions in receipt of Wellcome Trust funding to ensure that any risks that research could be misused for harmful purposes are managed in an appropriate manner.
  

 

Please tick the box to confirm that you have considered whether your proposed research could generate outcomes that could be misused for harmful purposes.

   x
(b)    If you have identified any tangible risks of this type, please briefly describe these risks and the steps that you and your institution will take to manage them (no more than 250 words).
        
Q26    LOCATION OF RESEARCH   
(a)    Will the research project be undertaken in a Wellcome Trust Clinical Research Facility?    YES   ¨     NO   x
   If yes, please specify:      
(b)    Will the research project be undertaken in the Wellcome Trust Sanger Institute or a Wellcome Trust Centre?    YES   ¨     NO   x
   If yes, please specify:      
Please provide a letter of support from the Director of the Centre/Clinical Research Facility specified.
Q27    CONSULTANCIES AND EQUITIES
Do any of the applicants have consultancies or any equity holdings in companies or other organisations that might have an interest in the results of the proposed research?   

YES   ¨     NO   x

If yes, refer to notes and give brief details (no more than 200 words).
Q28    COMMERCIAL EXPLOITATION
(a)    Will the proposed research use technology, materials or other invention that, as far as you are aware, are subject to any patents or other form of intellectual property protection?    YES   ¨     NO   x
   If yes, give brief details (no more than 200 words).   
     
(b)    Is the proposed research, in whole or in part, subject to any agreements with commercial, academic or other organisations?    YES   ¨     NO   x
   If yes, give brief details (no more than 200 words).   
        
(c)    Is the proposed research likely to lead to any patentable or commercially exploitable results?    YES   x     NO   ¨
   If yes, give brief details (no more than 200 words).   

 

ADMINISTRATION   109


02/12

 

At the end of the proposed work plan, it is expected that a successful Phase I clinical trial on SMT19969 will have been completed. At this time, Summit intends to seek a commercial partner to continue the later stage clinical development of the compound and this would be subject to the usual out-license deal structures discussed in Section Q12 .
(d)    If any potentially commercially exploitable results may be based upon tissues or samples derived from human participants, please confirm that there has been appropriate informed consent for such use.
N/A

 

ADMINISTRATION   110


02/12

 

LOGO

SUBJECT CLASSIFICATION

1. Systems and processes

Choose one primary (compulsory) and up to three secondary (optional).

Infection

Drug and vaccine development

2. Disease

Choose one primary (compulsory) and up to three secondary (optional) .

Bacterial

3. Discipline

Choose one primary (compulsory) and up to three secondary (optional) .

Clinical research

Microbiology - bacteriology

4. Technique

Choose up to three (optional) .

 

5. Other identifier

Choose up to six (optional) .

Antibiotic

6. Tick all relevant boxes (compulsory) .

 

BASIC    ¨   
CLINICAL    x   
TROPICAL    ¨   
VETERINARY    ¨   
TRANSLATION    ¨   

 

ADMINISTRATION   111


LOGO

 

COLLABORATION ON A GRANT FORM

 

  Reference Number:  

Collaborators, i.e. scientific/medical colleagues, who are associated with a research proposal and named in the body of the application, but are not Coapplicants, are asked to complete this form.

 

  Name of grant applicant:  
  Department and institution:  
  Name of collaborator:  
  Full address:  
  Title of research project:  

Extent and nature of collaboration:

 

 

(A brief paragraph providing details of:

 

 
 

The role and contribution of the collaborator, with an indication of the time the collaborator will spend on the project.

 

 
  Any reagents the collaborator will provide. Please indicate if there are any Intellectual Property issues or restrictions arising from Material Transfer Agreements.)  

I confirm that I am willing to collaborate as stated above with on this research project

 

Signed:  

 

    Date:  

 

(if more than one copy of this form is required, duplicate as necessary)

 

COLLABORATION FORM   112


LOGO

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES MONITORING FORM

CONFIDENTIAL

The Commission for Racial Equality and the Equal Opportunities Commission recommend collecting data to monitor the fairness of selection decisions. There is no obligation to provide this information but the Wellcome Trust would be grateful if the Principal Applicant would complete this form to assist with this process. On receipt, this form will be separated from the completed application form. The information provided will be regarded as strictly confidential and will be held on a secure database; it will not be shown to anybody involved in the processing of the application. The Wellcome Trust will anonymise these data (i.e. remove the applicant’s name) when using them for statistical and research purposes.

 

Name:    [**]
1. Sex:    x   Male                     ¨   Female   
2. Date of birth:    [**]
3. Ethnic origin:    [**] White
   [**] Chinese
   [**] Black African
   [**] Black Caribbean
   [**] Black – Other    Please describe:      
   [**] Indian
   [**] Irish
   [**] Pakistani
   [**] Bangladeshi
   [**] Other                  Please describe:      
4. Disability:    The Disability Discrimination Act 1995 states a person has a disability for the purposes of the Act if he/she: “Has a physical or mental impairment which has a substantial and long-term adverse effect on his/her ability to carry out normal day to day activities”.
   Do you consider yourself to be disabled within the definition of this Act?    YES   ¨     NO   x

 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITIES MONITORING FORM   113


LOGO

 

Appendix A: Programme Gantt Chart.

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of one pages was omitted. [**]

 

APPENDIX   114


LOGO

 

Appendix B: Validation and Proof of Concept to Date.

B1: Spectrum of activity . SMT19969’s key differentiator, especially when compared to all other CDI antibiotics in clinical use or development, is an exceptionally narrow spectrum of activity with no significant growth inhibition of gut flora components. MIC 90 values against C. difficile were typically >1,000 fold lower than those recorded against key members of the GI microflora including Gram positive and negative anaerobic and facultative bacteria such as Bacteroides, Bifidobacterium and Lactobacillus spp., as well as fungal organisms (both yeasts and moulds). This sparing of gut flora is expected to result in superiority over other CDI antibiotics by significantly reducing rates of recurrent disease ( Q10 ) which remains the key clinical hurdle to achieving effective treatment of CDI. SMT19969 showed potent growth inhibition of C. difficile (MIC 90 =0.125µg/mL; range=0.06-0.25µg/mL) when tested against a comprehensive panel of 82 C. difficile clinical isolates, covering major ribotypes of clinical significance including the hyper-virulent ribotype 027 (BI/NAP1), endemic EU ribotypes such as 106 and 001 and emerging strains such as ribotype 078. All C. difficile isolates tested to date are susceptible to SMT19969 and no significant differences in MICs against different ribotypes have been observed ( Table 2 ).

 

C. difficile Group (N o Isolates)

  

SMT19969

  

Metronidazole

  

Vancomycin

  

MIC Range

  

MIC 90

  

MIC 90

  

MIC 90

Overall Total (82/82)

   0.06 - 0.25    0.125    8    2

Genotypically distinct group (30)

   0.06 - 0.125    0.125    2    2

•   Ribotype 001 (10)

   0.06 - 0.125    0.125    1    4

•   Ribotype 027 (11)

   0.125 - 0.25    0.125    2    2

•   Ribotype 106 (10)

   0.125 - 0.25    0.125    2    2

Reduced MET susceptibility (21)

   0.06 - 0.125    0.125    8    2

Table 2: Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations of SMT19969, Metronidazole and Vancomycin against 82 C. difficile Clinical Isolates. MICs recorded in µg/mL.

 

B2: Efficacy Studies. In the gold standard hamster model of CDI, SMT19969 showed superior efficacy to vancomycin ( Figure 1 ). SMT19969 (20mg/Kg SID) showed complete protection from CDI with a 100% survival rate through to day 21 compared to a 40% survival rate in vancomycin controls (20mg/Kg SID). In the vehicle control group, 0% survival was recorded by day 2. SMT19969 has also been assessed in the human gut model of CDI (developed by Professor Mark Wilcox) which monitors effect of drug against C. difficile in the context of the entire human gut microbiome. SMT19969 showed a rapid reduction in toxin titres, approximately a 3 log reduction in C. difficile total viable counts and, most importantly, was highly sparing of the indigenous gut flora which was at normal healthy levels by the end of SMT19969 dosing.    LOGO

B3: Resistance Development . Resistance development studies have demonstrated the very low propensity for C. difficile to develop SMT19969 resistance which is an important aspect in the development of any new antibiotic. Spontaneous resistant mutants could not be isolated (F res <6.99x10 -9 ) and no increase in SMT19969 C. difficile MIC was observed following 14 serial passages at 0.5xMIC. In fact, generation of C. difficile mutants resistant to SMT19969 required the aggressive use of mutagens on gradient plates. Importantly these mutants showed no cross resistance to known classes of antibiotics including the current front-line CDI antibiotics vancomycin and metronidazole.

 

APPENDIX   115


LOGO

 

B4: Preclinical Development. Regulatory GLP toxicology studies are now complete and data generated support moving the compound into clinical trials. No effects were seen in the rat Irwin test, no genotoxicity was observed (Ames and chromosomal aberration +/-S9) and no significant inhibition of hERG tail current was observed. 28 days of repeat oral dosing (clinical route of administration) in both rat and dog at 1,000mg/Kg/day resulted in no in-life or necropsy findings and the No Observed Adverse Effect Limit (NOAEL) for oral dosing is set at 1,000mg/Kg which is at least 150 fold higher than the likely maximum clinical dose. Importantly, no systemic exposure is seen following oral dosing with no SMT19969 detected in any plasma sample (LOQ=1ng/mL). This retention in the GI tract and therefore the site of infection, is supported by QWBA and excretion mass balance studies using 14 C labelled SMT19969 where no radioactivity was detected in any tissue outside of the GI tract and >99.8% of radioactivity was excreted in faeces. Although SMT19969 will likely be retained in the GI tract and no plasma exposure is expected in patients the regulatory bodies will expect an understanding of any systemic toxicity associated with SMT199696 be developed should systemic exposure be seen and also allows the stopping criteria to be set for the Phase I trials ( Q10 ). As such, the 28 day repeat dose toxicology studies in rat and dog included IV administration arms and although compound solubility issues hampered administration by IV, 28 days of repeat administration was successfully completed and NOAELs set that demonstrate a significant window between oral bioavailability and systemic adverse effects and these NOAELs will form the basis for setting the hard stop in the PI trial discussed in Q10 . Finally, the NOAEL in the anaesthetised dog cardiovascular and respiratory study was set at 0.5mg/Kg (IV administration) and all chemistry, manufacturing and control (CMC) activities to support an FIH study have been completed, including manufacture of a single GMP batch of SMT19969 that is being used in the pivotal GLP toxicology studies and will be used in the proposed PI human trials.

 

Summary of NOAEL limits from the 28 Day Repeat Dose Studies

Rat

  

IV

  

PO

  

Fold Difference at NOAELs

Dose (mg/Kg)

   0.1    1,000    —  

C max /C o (ng/mL)

   1170    <1    >1170

AUC 0-t (ng.h/mL)

   35.3    <<1    >>35

Dog

  

IV

  

PO

  

Fold Difference at NOAELs

Dose (mg/Kg)

   0.1    1,000    —  

C max /C o (ng/mL)

   481    <1    >480

AUC 0-t (ng.h/mL)

   32.7    <<1    >>33

Table 3: Summary of the NOAELs following 2 8days repeat IV and oral administration in rat and dog.

Appendix C: CDI and the Medical Need

 

C1: Epidemiology . Clostridium difficile infection (CDI) is now firmly established as a significant healthcare issue and is the leading cause of infectious nosocomial diarrhoea in the developed world. The unprecedented rise in prevalence in recent years, starting in the late 1990s with outbreaks in the US and Canada, has resulted in CDI becoming endemic in the North American and European healthcare systems. In the USA, the CDC reported a total of 350,000 cases in 2010 ( Figure 2: Data from HCUP Statistical Brief #124 and CDC National Vital Statistic Reports) although reliable estimates put the annual number of cases at around 500,000. Although the rise in prevalence seems to have halted in the US, figures over the last few years suggest that a plateau has been reached at around 4 fold more cases than reported in 1993. Overall, this has placed an enormous financial and human welfare burden on the healthcare system. Healthcare costs in the US are    LOGO

 

APPENDIX   116


LOGO

 

estimated at >$1bn p.a and the individual cost of each CDI case in the EU is €33,840. The management of patients with CDI often requires isolation and environmental decontamination and in the case of outbreaks may necessitate cohort isolation and ward closure. Although CDI is a disease that disproportionally affects the elderly or immunocompromised, increasing numbers of cases are being reported in previously low risk groups such as the young. There is increasing awareness of CDI as an emerging community issue with community onset CDI now being linked with higher risk of associated colectomy. A similar picture has been reported in the UK where a dramatic rise in prevalence resulted in a peak of >55,000 cases in 2006 and although significant efforts in the UK have reduced the number of cases, recent data suggests a stabilisation at around 20,000 p.a. The wider European picture continues to show an increasing number of cases in Denmark, Finland, Germany and Spain and an on-going north to south spread of the disease across the continent. Although now endemic in the EU and USA, CDI in Eastern Asia and Australia has recently started to emerge as a significant issue. Although Australia has historically had a relatively well controlled level of CDI with few cases progressing to severe disease in 2011 the first cases of CDI due to hypervirulent BI/NAP1/027 strains were encountered and a similar picture has been emerging in Japan.

C2: Hyper-virulent Strains. One of the most significant drivers for the emergence of CDI as a worldwide problem is the emergence of hypervirulent strains of C. difficile and in particular the BI/NAP1/027 strain. The key issues presented by hyper-virulent BI/NAP1/027 infection are:

 

  Mutations in the negative regulatory gene tcdC result in production of up to 20-fold more toxin than non-hypervirulent strains resulting in more severe forms of the disease, increased risk of life threatening complications and a 2.5-3.5 fold increase in associated mortality rates.

 

  Increased rates of recurrent disease when compared to infection by non-hypervirulent strains. This is likely due to factors such as an increased sporulation capability that allows BI/NAP1/027 to effectively exploit any niche held open by previous rounds of antibiotic use.

Although BI/NAP1/027 remains a significant issue in North America (approx. 30% of cases) the number of 027 cases in the UK and EU has fallen over recent years. However, new strains continue to emerge and in particular ribotype 078, which was first reported in The Netherlands in 2005 is now the 3rd most common ribotype in the EU. Ribotype 078 displays all the characteristics of a hyper-virulent strain with mutations in tcdC resulting in increased toxin production and increased rates of severe disease. In addition, new ribotypes continue to emerge that are associated with increased disease severity.

 

C4: Antibiotic Treatment Options. Despite this, therapy options are limited with the FDA approved Vancocin® (oral vancomycin) and off label metronidazole being the only two mainstay antibiotics available. Whilst reasonably effective in treating initial infection, the major clinical problem with CDI antibiotics is recurrent disease. Up to 30% of patients receiving vancomycin or metronidazole will experience at least one episode of recurrent CDI with each episode associated with an increased risk of further recurrence and severe disease. In addition, treatment failure rates and rates of recurrent disease have increased over the last three decades ( Figure 3; Adapted from Lancet Infectious Dis . 2005: 5, 549–557). In the case of metronidazole the recent emergence of isolates with reduced susceptibility is likely to significantly erode efficacy further in the coming years and could result in metronidazole no longer being considered a realistic treatment option. Dificid™ (fidaxomicin) has recently been approved in the US    LOGO
and EU with the US launch in Q3 2011. Although fidaxomicin has shown an improvement in preventing recurrent disease when compared to vancomycin, only 70% of fidaxomicin patients showed a sustained clinical response

 

APPENDIX   117


LOGO

 

during PIII trials (compared to vancomycin at 58%) – i.e. 30% of fidaxomicin patients are either treatment failures or suffer recurrent disease. In addition, PIII subgroup analysis has shown that fidaxomicin shows no improvement in rates of recurrent disease for BI/NAP1/027 infections when compared to vancomycin. Alternative approaches (see Q12e ) to CDI therapy, such as the use of probiotics, toxin sequestering agents, antibodies to the C. difficile toxins and faecal biotherapy have shown either limited efficacy or are impractical as first choice therapy options for the effective management of CDI.

C5: Summary. Overall, these data show that although prevalence increases have generally slowed or halted in the US and UK, CDI is a continually shifting and dynamic disease with the continued emergence of new and difficult to treat strains set against a backdrop of inadequate therapies. The profile of SMT19969 presents a genuine opportunity to develop an effective and economically viable CDI therapy that would address recurrent disease and hyper-virulent infections and would offer significant healthcare benefits by reducing morbidity and mortality rates and relieving the economic and resource pressures of CDI on the healthcare system.

 

APPENDIX   118


LOGO

 

Appendix D: Supporting Tables of Data

 

Agent and
Company

  

Current

Status

  

Spectrum of
Activity

  

C. difficile
MIC 90
(µg/mL)

  

PII Study Design Summary

           

Study Design

  

Dosing

Regimen

  

N o of
Participants

  

N o of
Centres

  

Optimal
Dose

Vancomycin ViroPharma

   Approved   

Broad spectrum Gram+ve activity

Activity against B. fragilis group

   1.0    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    500mg
(125mg
QID)

Metronidazole Generic

   Off-label for CDI    Broad spectrum anaerobe activity    1.0    N/A    N/A    N/A    N/A    1500mg
(500mg
TID)

Fidaxomicin Optimer Pharmaceuticals

   Approved (CDI only)    Inhibits growth of most Gram+ve bacteria    0.125-0.25   

Open label

Randomised

No comparator

  

10 days

50mg BID

100mg BID

200 mg BID

   48    5 (US)    400mg
(200mg
BID)

CB-183,315 Cubist Pharmaceuticals

   PII/III    Broad spectrum Gram+ve activity    0.25   

Double blind

Randomised

Vancomycin comparator

  

10 days

125mg BID

250mg BID

   209    32 (US)    500mg
(250mg
BID)

LFF571 Novartis

   PI/II    Broad spectrum Gram+ve activity    0.5   

Single blind

Randomised

Vancomycin comparator

   Unknown    88    18 (US)    N/A

Cadazolid Actelion

   PII   

Unknown

Likely broad spectrum

   Unknown   

Double blind

Randomised

Unknown comparator

   Unknown    Unknown    92    19 (US
and
EU)

CDA1/CDB1 (MK3415A) Merck

   PIII    N/A – toxin antibody   

Double blind

Randomised

Placebo

   Single IV dose of antibodies + standard of care    200    29 (US)    N/A

Table 4: Leading Marketed and Development CDI Agents.

 

  119


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 4B

THE PLAN

SMT19969: A Selective Antibiotic for C. difficile Infection

Project Proposal to Complete a CDI Patient Trial

Confidential

Prepared by

Summit PLC

for the

Wellcome Trust

FINAL

Version 2.0

9 th  October 2012

 

  120


LOGO

 

Table of Contents

 

Introduction

     122   

Milestone 1

     123   

1.0 Introduction

     123   

2.0 Phase 1 Trial Design Summary

     123   

2.1 Part 1 – Single Ascending Dose Phase

     123   

2.2 Part 2 – Multiple Ascending Dose Phase

     124   

3.0 Supporting Studies

     126   

3.1 Microbiology - Introduction

     133   

[**]

  

Milestone 2

     126   

4.0 Introduction

     126   

4.1 CMC Activities Introduction

     127   

[**]

  

5.0 Regulatory - Introduction

     127   

[**]

  

6.0 Staff Recruitment

     127   

Milestone 3

     127   

7.0 Introduction

     127   

7.1 Comments on Trial Protocols and Budgets

     128   

8.0 Smaller Phase 2 - Introduction

     128   

[**]

  

9.1 Trial Design

     128   

[**]

  

Budget

     129   

10.0 Summary

     129   

 

  121


LOGO

 

Introduction

Following submission of a Translation Award application to Wellcome Trust by Summit PLC, Wellcome Trust has made a conditional offer of funding subject to:

 

  Mutual agreement, by the end of September 2012, of a revised plan and budget for a SMT19969 Phase I study in healthy volunteers and a Phase 2a efficacy study in a patient cohort

 

  Due diligence on project cost

 

  Both parties agreeing and executing the funding agreement

This document describes a plan to take SMT19969 from the current stage of development through to completion of a Phase 2 patient trial. The programme of work is divided into 3 Milestones as highlighted in Table 1 . Milestone 1 will essentially be the package of work described in the original Translation Award application (re-summarised in this document) although additional microbiology and CMC activities have been included to support the proposed patient trial. Milestones 2 and 3 will be work required to complete the revised plan requested by Wellcome Trust. Costs and timelines are based, where possible, on competing quotations from various CROs and service providers.

 

[**]

  

[**]

    

[**]

    

[**]

 

[**]

     [**]         [**]         [**]   

[**]

     [**]         [**]         [**]   

[**]

     [**]         [**]         [**]   

Table 1: Summary of Revised Project Milestones

Discussions have been held between Wellcome and Summit on the design of the first CDI patient trials with SMT19969. [**]

Following the meeting of 19 th  September between Summit and Wellcome Trust, it was agreed that Wellcome would contribute £4million towards funding of the smaller of the two trial designs described below and that Summit would commit to the remaining £2.4million. Both trial designs were discussed and it was agreed, following some modification to the designs initially presented, that the smaller of the Phase 2 trials would generate meaningful data on the clinical efficacy and commercial differentiation of SMT19969. However, should additional funding beyond that agreed at this stage between Wellcome and Summit be secured, then a larger trial design will be considered which is also described in this document.

 

  122


LOGO

 

Smaller Phase 2

  

Larger Phase 2

Summary Design

  

Objectives

  

Summary Design

  

Objectives

•     Three groups

 

•     Total of 100 patients

 

•     Vancomycin comparator

 

•     Three SMT19969 regimens

  

•     Efficacy

 

•     Early recurrence rates

 

•     Microbiology

 

•     Gut flora analysis

 

•     Selected immune/inflammatory markers

  

•     Four groups

 

•     Total of 200 patients

 

•     Vancomycin comparator

 

•     Three SMT19969 regimens

  

•     Efficacy

 

•     Dose selection for Phase 3

 

•     Early recurrence rates

 

•     Long term recurrence rates

 

•     Microbiology

 

•     Gut flora analysis

 

•     Immune/inflammatory biomarkers

Table 2: Summary of Phase 2 Trial Options

Milestone 1

1.0 Introduction

The objective of Milestone 1 will be the completion of a Phase 1 healthy volunteer study. In parallel to the clinical trial a series of supporting studies are to be run that will continue to build on the data package surrounding the compound and to allow initiation of a CDI patient trial.

Documentation for regulatory and ethics review of the trial has been submitted and it is expected that the first volunteer will be dosed on 8 th  October 2012.

2.0 Phase 1 Trial Design Summary

The trial will be a randomised, double-blind, placebo controlled study to investigate the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetics of single and multiple ascending oral doses of SMT19969 in healthy male volunteers. The trial is conducted in two parts as described below and the full trial protocol is included in Appendix A .

 

    2.1 Part 1 – Single Ascending Dose Phase

 

Objectives

Primary objective

  

•     Determine safety and tolerability of ascending single oral doses

Secondary objectives

  

•     Determine concentrations of SMT19969 in plasma and faeces

 

•     Protocol allows for metabolite, degradant or biomarkers analysis from plasma and faecal samples if required

 

•     Assess the effect of food on systemic exposure

 

  123


LOGO

 

Table 3: Phase 1 Part 1 Trial Objectives

 

  Part 1 will use 4 groups (A-D) of healthy male volunteers aged 18-55 years as summarised in Table 4 .

 

  Group C will take part in two treatment periods (TP1 – fasted and TP2 – fed) to assess effect of dietary state on systemic exposure.

 

  Starting dose (group A) will be 100mg based on review of data from preclinical toxicology studies.

 

  Anticipated dose escalations are described in Table 4 but will be determined following review of safety and PK data from previous group. Protocol allows for a maximum single dose of 2,000mg.

 

  There will be a minimum of 7 days between each dose escalation to review safety, tolerability and PK data.

 

  Faecal samples will be analysed for levels of SMT19969 to 72 hours post dose (Groups A, B, CTP1, D) and this will form an important part of determining dose selection in Part 2 of the study.

 

  Table 5 summarises the timeline and sampling points for Part 1 of the study.

 

Group    Dose   

N

   Dietary Sate    Residence at Unit
         

SMT19969

  

Placebo

         

A

   100mg    6    2    Fasted    Day -1 to Day 4

B

   400mg  a    6    2    Fasted    Day -1 to Day 4

C (TP1)

   1,000mg  a    6    2    Fasted    Day -1 to Day 4

D

   2,000mg  a    6    2    Fasted    Day -1 to Day 4

C (TP2)

   1,000mg  a    6    2    Fed    Day -1 to Day 2

Table 4: Phase 1 Part 1 Summary

 

a: Dose escalations to be confirmed following review of previous group data.

 

         

Time point – hours post dose

Group

  

Sample

  

Pre-

dose

  

1

  

2

  

4

  

8

  

12

  

24

  

48

  

72

A, B,C (TP1), D

   Plasma    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X    X
   Faeces    X    X a    X a    X a

C (TP2)

   Plasma    X    X    X    X    X    X    X      
   Faeces    X    X a      

Table 5: Sample collection for Part 1

 

a: Samples voided over each 24 hour period to be pooled for analysis.

 

    2.2 Part 2 – Multiple Ascending Dose Phase

 

Objectives

Primary objective     Determine safety and tolerability of ascending multiple oral doses
Secondary objectives     Determine concentrations of SMT19969 in plasma and faeces.
     

 

 

 

Protocol allows for metabolite, degradant or biomarkers analysis from plasma and faecal samples if required.

    Determine effects of repeat oral dosing on gut flora composition

 

  124


LOGO

 

Table 6: Phase 1 Part 2 Trial Objectives

 

  Part 2 will use 2 groups (E, F) of healthy male volunteers aged 18-55 years as summarised in Table 7 .

 

  The protocol allows for an additional Group G to be included should data from Groups E and F warrant examination of alternative dose levels or regimens.

 

  Starting dose for group E will be determined following review of data from Part 1 but will likely be 200mg BID. Dose escalations will be determined following review of safety and PK data from previous group.

 

  Table 8 summarises the timeline and sampling points for Part 2 of the study.

 

  Samples collected on Days (±1 day) 1, 5 and 10 to be analysed for levels of SMT19969.

 

  Samples collected on Days (±1 day) 0, 4, 9 and 24 will be assessed for effects of repeat administration of SMT19969 on the composition of the gut flora.

 

Group    Dose    Regimen   

N

   Residence at Unit
              

SMT19969

  

Placebo

    

E

   200mg  a    BID on days 1-9, Single dose day 10    6    2    Day -1 to Day 12

F

   500mg  b    BID on days 1-9, Single dose day 10    6    2    Day -1 to Day 12

G c

   TBC    TBC    6    2    Day -1 to Day 12

Table 7: Phase 1 Part 2 Summary

a: Starting dose to be confirmed following review of data from Part 1. b: Dose escalations to be confirmed following review of previous group data. c: Inclusion of Group G to be confirmed following review of Group E and F data

 

         

Time point – days post dose

Group

  

Sample

  

Pre-

dose

  

1

  

2

  

3

  

4

  

5

  

6

  

7

  

8

  

9

  

10

  

11

  

12

  

24

E, F    Plasma analysed for SMT19969       X a    X b    X b    X b    X b    X b    X b    X b    X b    X c         
   Faeces collected    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X d    X
   Faeces analysed for SMT19969       X             X                X         
   Faeces analysed for gut flora    X             X                X             X

Table 8: Sample Collection for Part 2

a: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12 hours post dose. b: Before morning dose. c: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 24, 48 hours post dose. d: Samples voided over each 24 hour period to be pooled for analysis

 

  125


LOGO

 

Although feedback from the Translation Award committee is that assessment of faecal samples for gut flora composition should not be included, Summit recommends that this remain a part of the Phase 1 trial for the following reasons:

 

  The Phase 1 is the only opportunity to assess the effects of SMT19969 on a healthy and complete gut microbiota since the gut flora in CDI patients is significantly damaged.

 

  Should any deleterious effects against gut flora be observed during the MAD phase at higher doses then a preliminary dose response relationship between GI concentrations and gut flora inhibition will be established. This will be valuable data in dose selection for Phase 2.

 

  The cost of this analysis is minimal as all faecal samples voided during the course of the MAD phase are to be collected anyway and low cost, simple culture methods to analyse gut flora are to be used rather than the 16S RNA sequencing methods to be used in the proposed patient trial.

 

  Data from the human gut model (detailed in SDDi Milestone 1 report) showed that total Clostridia were reduced during SMT19969 treatment. As Clostridia are often resident in the human GI tract, observation of a similar reduction would give a surrogate endpoint for an antibiotic effect in humans.

3.0 Supporting Studies

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 4 pages were omitted. [**]

Milestone 2

4.0 Introduction

The objective of Milestone 2 will be to file an IND to support a Phase 2 clinical trial with SMT19969. In addition to completion and submission of the requisite regulatory documents, the drug product will be manufactured (following development work carried out in Milestone 1), finalisation of clinical trial protocols and engagement of trial centres. As summary of activities is shown in Table 10 with further detail in Sections 4.1-6.0 .

 

[**]

    
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]

[**]

    
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]

 

  126


LOGO

 

Table 10: Summary of Milestone 2 Activities

 

    4.1 CMC Activities Introduction

CMC quotes have been requested from Covance as they have the most experience of SMT19969 and they have provided a reasonably detailed proposal. Additional CMC suppliers will be contacted shortly for competing quotes.

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 1 page was omitted. [**]

5.0 Regulatory - Introduction

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 1 page was omitted. [**]

 

    6.0 Staff Recruitment

[**]

Milestone 3

7.0 Introduction

As discussed in Sections 1.0 two possible options for Phase 2 patient trials with SMT19969 are presented in this document. These options have been prepared following discussions with independent experts and a summary of the trial designs is shown below ( Table 11 ) with specific discussions on endpoints presented in Section 8 and 9. Draft trial synopses are included in Appendix B and C and budget in Section 10 .

Following the meeting of 19 th  September between Summit and Wellcome Trust, it was agreed that Wellcome would contribute £4million towards funding of the smaller of the two trial designs described below and that Summit would commit to the remaining £2.4million. Both trial designs were discussed and it was agreed, following some modification to the designs initially presented, that the smaller of the Phase 2 trials would generate meaningful data on the clinical efficacy and commercial differentiation of SMT19969. However, should additional funding beyond that agreed at this stage between Wellcome and Summit be secured, then a larger trial design will be considered.

 

  127


LOGO

 

[**]

Table 11: Summary Designs of Phase 2 Options

 

    7.1 Comments on Trial Protocols and Budgets

This proposal reflects Summits projections and trial designs based on current knowledge. As the project progresses Summit, in conjunction with Wellcome, expects the project plan to be modified and refined as further discussions are held with experts and as additional information becomes available.

Quotes have been requested from INC Clinical, Parexel and Covance for the clinical trials. Costs described in this document are those provided by INC Clinical as they have the most recent and in-depth experience of CDI trials having carried out Optimer’s Phase 3, Cubist’s Phase 2 and are currently running Cubist’s Phase 3 CDI trials. The costs provided by Parexel are Covance broadly in-line with the INC quote.

It should be noted that the costs provided at this stage are ball-park figures and will be refined in line with the project plan’s development but should be sufficient for these early planning phases. In addition, no negotiation on costs has been held yet.

For the purposes of this document timelines for both the Phase 2 options are the same (See Table 24 ).

8.0 Proposed Smaller Phase 2 – Introduction

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 4 pages were omitted. [**]

 

    9.1 Trial Design

The study will be comprised of up to 4 groups, each of 50 CDI patients, as described in Table 16 . An N=50 per arm would provide sufficient data to allow for selection of SMT19969 dosing regimen for Phase 3 and would also provide more robust data on rates of recurrent CDI. Vancomycin will be the comparator since it is recommended as the best treatment for the full range of disease severity that is likely to be encountered in the trial.

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 3 pages were omitted. [**]

 

  128


LOGO

 

Budget

10.0 Summary

Budgets for both the Phase2A and Phase 2 options are described with summary costs for each Milestone under each option shown below in Table 19 .

[**]

 

  129


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 5

MILESTONES, TRANCHES AND INSTALMENTS

 

Tranche

  

Amount of Advance

(Pounds Sterling)

  

Released on:

1    One million, two hundred and sixty two thousand and fifty seven (£1,262,057)    [**]
2    [**]    Within [**] Business Days of achievement of Milestone One
3    [**]    [**]

4

(Retained

Amount)

   [**]    Within [**] Business Days of receipt of the Clinical Study Report and an End of Award Report which is acceptable to the Trust

MILESTONES AND MILESTONE DATES

 

Milestone 1

 

Activity

 

Milestone date

Phase 1 Trial   [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
Supporting Studies   [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
CMC   [**]   [**]
Toxicology   [**]   [**]
Milestone 1 Complete     [**]

 

  130


LOGO

 

 

Milestone 2        
CMC   [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
Regulatory   [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
Milestone 2 Complete     [**]
Milestone 3        
Clinical   [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
  [**]   [**]
Milestone 3 Complete     [**]
Milestone 4        
  End of award report and End of Grant Spend report and Final Clinical Study Report   [**]
Milestone 4 Complete     [**]

 

  131


SCHEDULE 6

TREASURY POLICY

Treasury Policy (for cash balances up to £[**])

 

1. The company will maintain a balance representing up to [**] weeks operational requirements (currently c.£[**]) with its principal clearing bankers, currently HSBC. Overnight surplus balances will be “swept” to a Special Interest Bearing Account.

 

2. Balances of up to £[**] equivalent may also be held in currency accounts with its principal clearing bank in order to meet anticipated payments in foreign currency over a [**] month period.

 

3. The balance of remaining cash will be deposited with UK banks, or UK subsidiaries of European banks on immediate notice withdrawal or on fixed term between [**].

 

4. Only banks with a Moody’s short term ratings of P1 or S&P AA- (or better) will be considered.

 

5. The maximum amount to be placed with any one institution will be the higher of [**]% of total cash balances or £[**].

R J Spencer

Chief Financial Officer

 

  132


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 7

CONDITIONS

The satisfaction of the following throughout the duration of the Project:

 

1. submission of [**] monthly reports on Project progress to the Trust within [**] Business Days of the [**] anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

2. co-operation with the Site Visit Group prior to and during visits in accordance with Clause 14; and

 

3. compliance with any other agreements between the Company and the Trust relating to the Project.

 

  133


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 8

REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT

EQUITY AND REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT

DATED              20[    ]

 

 

TEMPLATE EQUITY AND REVENUE

SHARING AGREEMENT

(Seeding Drug Discovery Initiative)

 

 

 

BETWEEN

(1) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

and

(2) THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED

 

  134


LOGO

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the      day of              20[    ]

BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED a company registered in England & Wales with company no. 2711000 with registered address at 215 Euston Rd London NW1 2BE UK, as Trustee of the Wellcome Trust, a charity registered in England under no. 210183 (the “Trust” ); and

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC a public limited company registered in England and Wales under number 05197494 whose registered office is at 91 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4RY (the “Company” ).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) Pursuant to a funding agreement between the Trust and the Company dated 30 October 2009, the Trust made a programme-related investment by way of an award of two million, two hundred and eighty eight thousand, two hundred and twenty one pounds sterling (£2,288,221) to the Company to progress the development of a novel class of antibiotics for the targeted treatment of Clostridium difficile infection in consideration of a share of any resulting revenue (the “ SDD Award ”).

 

(B) The Trust has approved a Translation Award (award no. WT099444) to the Company to support a first-in-human Phase I and Phase II clinical trial for the novel Clostridium difficile antibiotic SMT19969 in consideration of a share of any resulting revenue (the “ TA Award ”).

 

(C) To facilitate management and commercialisation of the technology arising under the SDD Award and the TA Award, the Parties have agreed that the Exploitation IPRs (as defined in the TA Award funding agreement) shall be exploited in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Capitalised terms in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the definitions as set out in the Funding Agreement or above. Where a capitalised term is defined in both this Agreement and the Funding Agreement, the definition in this Agreement shall apply.

 

1. 1.2 In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.3   Accounting Standard    means IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) as generally and consistently applied throughout each Party’s organization;
1.4   Effective Date    means [                ]; and
1.5   TA Funding Agreement    means the Translation Award Funding Agreement between the Parties dated [insert date] ;

 

  135


LOGO

 

 

1.6 Capitalised terms in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the definitions as set out in the Funding Agreement or above. Where a capitalised term is defined in both this Agreement and the Funding Agreement, the definition in this Agreement shall apply.

 

1.7 References in this Agreement to any statutory provisions shall be construed as references to those provisions as respectively amended consolidated or re-enacted (whether before or after the Effective Date) from time to time and shall include any provisions of which they are consolidations or re-enactments (whether with or without amendment).

 

1.8 The Schedules and Recitals form part of this Agreement and any reference to this Agreement shall include the Schedules and Recitals.

 

1.9 In this Agreement:

 

  (a) the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter and the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa;

 

  (b) references to persons shall include bodies corporate, unincorporated associations, partnerships and individuals; and

 

  (c) except where the contrary is stated, any reference in this Agreement to a Clause or Schedule is to a Clause of or Schedule to this Agreement, and any reference within a Clause or Schedule to a sub-Clause, paragraph or other sub-division is a reference to such sub-Clause, paragraph or other sub-division so numbered or lettered in that Clause or Schedule.

 

1.10 The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the construction of the provision to which they relate.

 

1.11 References to the winding-up of a person include the amalgamation, reconstruction, Company, administration, dissolution, liquidation, bankruptcy, merger or consolidation of such person and an equivalent or analogous procedure under the law of any jurisdiction in which that person is incorporated, domiciled or resident or carries on business or has assets.

 

1.12 Any reference to books, records or other information includes books, records or other information in any format or medium including paper, electronically stored data, video or audio recordings and microfilm.

 

1.13 Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.

 

1.14 Reference to any statute, statutory instrument, regulation, by law or other requirement of English law and to any English legal term for any actions, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or doctrine shall, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the relevant English term.

 

  136


LOGO

 

 

2 REVENUE SHARING ARRANGEMENTS

 

2.1 The Trust and the Company shall share cumulative Net Revenue received in respect of Exploitation of the Exploitation IPRs in accordance with the Financial Terms.

 

3 RECOVERY OF COSTS

 

3.1 Where Direct Costs incurred/allowed in a given accounting year exceed the Revenue from Exploitation of Exploitation IPRs for that year, then such excess costs shall be carried forward and offset against future Revenue until such time as they have been fully recovered.

 

4 ACCOUNTING STATEMENTS AND PAYMENTS

 

4.1 Within [**] days of the end of each Calendar Quarter, the Exploiting Party shall deliver a statement to the Non-Exploiting Party setting out for the relevant Calendar Quarter:

 

  (a) Revenue and Net Revenue received;

 

  (b) deductible Direct Costs and taxes;

 

  (c) sales of Licensed Products made by any member of the Exploiting Party’s Group or any Third Party;

 

  (d) the share of Net Revenue due to the Non-Exploiting Party pursuant to Clause 2.1 above; and

 

  (e) cumulative Revenue, cumulative Net Revenue and cumulative Direct Costs;

(the “Quarterly Statement” ).

 

4.2 The Non-Exploiting Party shall deliver to the Exploiting Party an invoice for the amount due to it as set out in the Quarterly Statement in [pounds sterling] .

 

4.3 The share of Net Revenue due to the Non-Exploiting Party and any other amount invoiced shall be payable to the Non-Exploiting Party within [**] days of receipt of the invoice.

 

4.4 All payments of Net Revenue made by the Company to the Trust or by the Trust to the Company as the case may be under this Agreement shall be made in [ pounds sterling] . Payment shall be made by electronic wire transfer of immediately available funds directly to the account of the relevant Party designated below or to any other account which the relevant Party may specify by written notice in accordance with Clause 7.3.

 

4.5 Bank Account for the Company:

 

Account Name:    [                            ]
Account No.:    [                            ]
Bank:    [                            ]
Sort code:    [                            ]
SWIFT code:    [                            ]
Branch:    [                            ]

 

  137


LOGO

 

 

4.6 Bank Account for the Trust:

 

Account Name:    [                            ]
Account No.:    [                            ]
Bank:    [                            ]
Sort code:    [                            ]
SWIFT code:    [                            ]
Branch:    [                            ]

 

4.7 Written confirmation of such transfer shall be sent by the Party sending the funds to the individual at the Party receiving the funds at the address provided in Clause 25 of the TA Funding Agreement.

 

4.8 Where any Revenue and Direct Costs in respect of the Exploitation IPRs is received or made in a currency other than sterling, the sterling equivalent of the sum shall be:

 

  (a) where such sum has been converted into sterling prior to preparation of the Quarterly Statement, the actual sterling sum on conversion; or

 

  (b) where such conversion has not taken place prior to preparation of the Quarterly Statement, calculated using the average of the buying and selling rates quoted by [**]. at the date the sum is received or paid by the Exploiting Party as applicable, or at such other date as the paying Party may reasonably specify having regard to the circumstances.

 

4.9 If the paying Party fails to pay any amount payable by it under this Agreement on the relevant due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgement) at the rate equivalent to [**] percent ([**]%) per annum above the three month sterling LIBOR from time to time.

 

4.10 All Net Revenue payments under this Agreement are expressed to be exclusive of VAT howsoever arising. Set out below are the VAT registration details for the Company and the Trust:

 

  (a) VAT registration details for the Company:

[Company to insert]

 

  (b) VAT registration details for the Trust:

[Trust to insert]

 

4.11

Each Party shall promptly inform the other Party in writing of any changes to the VAT registration details set out above. Neither Party shall charge VAT to the other Party on the supply of rights made or deemed to be made for VAT purposes pursuant to this Agreement provided however that if the VAT registration details provided are otherwise not acceptable to the competent authority, each Party may charge VAT appropriately as necessary in order to comply with that Party’s obligations under applicable law. In such event the

 

  138


LOGO

 

  paying Party shall pay the receiving Party, in addition to any payment due hereunder, all VAT for which the receiving Party is liable to account to any competent authority in relation to any supply made or deemed to be made for VAT purposes pursuant to this Agreement. The paying Party shall pay any payments due to the receiving Party at the same time as the relevant payment is due under this Agreement.

 

4.12 If any paying Party is required by law to make any withholding or similar Tax payment on behalf of the receiving Party, with respect to any of the payments to be made to the receiving Party under this Agreement, the paying Party shall pay to the receiving Party such amount as shall after the deduction of any withholding tax, result in the receiving Party receiving such amount as it would have been entitled to had no withholding been made.

 

4.13 The Exploiting Party shall keep such records as are reasonably necessary to enable a proper assessment to be made of the following for at least [**] years:

 

  (a) the sums payable under this Agreement;

 

  (b) Revenue and Net Revenue received;

 

  (c) deductible Direct Costs and taxes on the Exploitation IPRs;

 

  (d) sales of Licensed Products made by any member of the Exploiting Party’s Group or any Third Party; and

 

  (e) cumulative Revenue, cumulative Net Revenue and cumulative Direct Costs;

(the “ Records ”).

 

4.14 The Exploiting Party shall allow an independent accountant duly authorised on behalf of and at the expense of the Non-Exploiting Party to inspect the Records by prior written appointment during normal business hours and not more than [**]. Such accountant shall not disclose to any Third Party or use for any unauthorised purpose any information not relevant to the verification of the sums due to the Non-Exploiting Party that is obtained as a result of any such inspection. The Exploiting Party shall procure that these inspection and audit rights extend to the records of the Exploiting Party’s Group and any sub-licensees thereof.

 

4.15 The Party arranging for the audit shall pay for the audit as well as its own legal expenses associated with enforcing its rights with respect to any payments due under this Agreement except where the audit reveals a discrepancy of [**] percent ([**]%) or more of any sums paid or payable, in which case the costs of the audit shall be paid by the audited Party.

 

5 DURATION AND TERMINATION

 

5.1 This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue for whichever is the longer of:

 

  (a) the last to expire of the Project Patents;

 

  139


LOGO

 

 

  (b) the expiry of any agreement entered into for the Exploitation of the Project IPRs; or

 

  (c) the expiry of any payment obligation relating to the Exploitation of the Project IPRs.

 

5.2 Either Party (“ Terminating Party ”) shall have the right to terminate this Agreement forthwith at any time upon giving written notice of termination to the other Party (“ Defaulting Party ”), upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

  (a) the Defaulting Party commits a breach of a material obligation set out in this Agreement which is not capable of remedy;

 

  (b) the Defaulting Party commits a breach of a material obligation set out in this Agreement which is capable of remedy but has not been remedied within [**] days of the receipt by it of a notice from the other Party identifying the breach and requiring its remedy;

 

  (c) the Defaulting Party is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness;

 

  (d) a proposal is made or a nominee or supervisor is appointed for a composition in satisfaction of the debts of the Defaulting Party or a scheme or voluntary arrangement of its affairs within the meaning of the relevant bankruptcy or insolvency laws, or the Defaulting Party enters into any composition or voluntary arrangement for the benefit of its creditors, or proceedings are commenced in relation to the Defaulting Party under any law, regulation or procedure relating to the re-construction, deferment or re-adjustment of all or substantially all of the Defaulting Party’s debts;

 

  (e) the Defaulting Party takes any action, or any legal proceedings are started whether by a Third Party or not, for the purpose of the winding up or dissolution of the Defaulting Party, other than for a solvent reconstruction or amalgamation;

 

  (f) the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, receiver and manager, interim receiver custodian, sequestrator, administrator or similar officer, in respect of all or a substantial part of the assets of the Defaulting Party;

 

  (g) an effective resolution being passed for the winding-up or entering into administration (whether out of court or otherwise) of the Defaulting Party;

 

  (h) a distress, execution or other legal process being levied against all or substantially all of the assets of the Defaulting Party, and not being discharged or paid out in full within ten (10) Business Days of the commencement of each process;

 

  140


LOGO

 

 

  (i) the Funding Agreement has expired or terminated; and/or

 

  (j) the occurrence in respect of the Defaulting Party of any event in any jurisdiction to which it is subject having an effect similar to that of any of the events referred to in Clauses 6.2(c) to 6.2(h) above.

 

6 GENERAL

 

6.1 This Agreement is in addition to the TA Funding Agreement (as may be amended from time to time), which will continue to apply unless terminated on its terms. Should there be any conflict between this Agreement and the TA Funding Agreement, then this Agreement shall prevail.

 

6.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any partnership or the relationship of principal and agent between the Trust and the Company.

 

6.3 All notices and communications shall be in writing and addressed to the Parties at the relevant address stated at the beginning of this Agreement (or such other address as may be notified from time to time).

 

6.4 None of the rights or obligations under this Agreement may be assigned or transferred without the prior written consent of the other Party. This Agreement shall be binding on and enure for the benefit of the successors in title of the Parties.

 

6.5 No waiver of any breach or default under this Agreement or any of the terms herein shall be effective unless such waiver is in writing and has been signed by the Parties. No waiver of any such breach or default shall constitute a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or default.

 

6.6 If any provisions of this Agreement are held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (in whole or in part) such provisions or parts shall to that extent be deemed not to form part of this Agreement but the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

6.7 Each Party shall do and execute or arrange for the doing or executing of all acts, documents and things as may be necessary in order to implement this Agreement.

 

6.8 This Agreement (and any dispute, controversy, proceedings or claim of whatever nature arising out of this Agreement or its formation) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England. The Parties irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of England.

 

  141


LOGO

 

IN WITNESS whereof the Parties or their duly authorised representatives have executed this Agreement on the date hereinbefore written.

 

Signed for and on behalf of

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

 

by its duly authorised representative:

   

Signed for and on behalf of

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

 

by its duly authorised representative:

Signature:     Signature:
Name:     Name:
Title:     Title:
Date:     Date:

Signed for and on behalf of

 

THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED as trustee of the Wellcome Trust

 

by its duly authorised representative:

   

Signed for and on behalf of

 

THE WELLCOME TRUST LIMITED as trustee of the Wellcome Trust

 

by its duly authorised representative:

Signature:     Signature:
Name:     Name:
Title:     Title:
Date:     Date:

 

  142


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 1 TO THE REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT

COST OF GOODS

For the purpose of calculating the cost of Licensed Product a standard costing approach is to be applied. The following types of expenses shall be included:

 

(i) direct materials;

 

(ii) direct labour;

 

(iii) indirect manufacturing costs;

 

(iv) quality assurance, and

 

(v) certain variances as set out in 5 below, but not including other production costs, as identified below.

 

Each of these categories of expenses are further specified below.

In any event, the Cost of Goods shall include all cost elements appropriate under the Accounting Standard .

 

1. Direct Materials

Materials used in the manufacturing process that are traced directly to the completed Licensed Product, such as:

 

  Inert raw materials or excipients

 

  Active substances/ingredients

 

  Packaging components such as bottles, caps, labels, etc.

 

2. Direct Labour

The cost of employees engaged in production activities that are directly identifiable with Licensed Product costs. This shall exclude supervision, which is included in indirect labour, and production support activities such as inspection, plant and equipment maintenance labour, and material handling personnel.

Direct labour cost includes:

 

  Base pay, overtime, vacation and holidays, illness, personal time with pay and shift differential.

 

  Cost of employee fringe benefits such as health and life insurance, payroll taxes, welfare, pension and profit sharing.

 

  143


LOGO

 

 

3. Indirect Manufacturing Costs

Costs for plant and equipment are to be applied to standard costs taking normal capacity utilization as a reference.

Costs which are ultimately allocated to product based on standard direct labour hours of the operating departments. These costs include:

 

  Indirect Production Labour - salaries of employees engaged in production activities who are not classified as direct labour, including supervision, clerical, etc.

 

  Costs of Direct Labour - employees not utilized for the manufacturing of product such as training and general duties.

 

  Indirect Materials - supplies and chemicals which are used in the manufacturing process and are not assigned to specific products but are included in manufacturing overhead costs. Includes supplies for which direct assignment to products is not practical.

 

  Utilities - expenses incurred for fuel, electricity and water in providing power for production and other plant equipment and waste disposal.

 

  Maintenance and Repairs - amount of expense incurred in-house or purchased to provide services for plant maintenance and repairs of facilities and equipment.

 

  Other Services - purchased outside services and rentals such as the cost of security, ground maintenance, etc.

 

  Depreciation - of plant and equipment utilizing the straight-line method of calculation.

 

  Insurance - cost of comprehensive and other insurance necessary for the safeguard of manufacturing plant and equipment.

 

  Taxes - expense incurred for taxes on real and personal property (manufacturing site, buildings and the fixed assets of equipment, furniture and fixtures, etc.) If manufacturing site includes other operations (marketing, R&D, etc.), taxes are allocated to manufacturing on the basis of total real and personal property.

 

  Cost of manufacturing, service departments - such as:

(where applicable)

 

    Packaging Engineering

 

    Manufacturing Maintenance

 

    Industrial Engineering

 

    Receiving and Warehousing

 

  144


LOGO

 

 

    Purchasing and Accounting

 

    Production Scheduling

 

    Inventory Management

 

    Plant Materials Management

 

    Central Weigh

 

    Manufacturing Administration

 

  Allocated costs of services provided to manufacturing including: (where applicable)

 

    Cafeteria

 

    Personnel Operations

 

    Health and Safety Services

 

    Division Engineering and Operations Services

 

    Plant Services (housekeeping)

 

    Manufacturing Information Systems

 

    Plant Power

 

    Office of V.P. Manufacturing

Various bases are used for allocating these costs to manufacturing operating departments including headcount, square feet, metered utilities use, estimated services rendered, EDP computer hours, etc.

 

4. Quality Assurance Costs

Direct labour and indirect costs for Quality Assurance departments testing and approving materials used in manufacturing and completed manufacturing batches and finished products. This includes all manufacturing in-process testing and testing of finished materials. Excluded from product costs are Quality Assurance costs related to research and development, stability testing, and other costs customarily excluded from such Quality Assurance costs.

 

5. Variance Costs

 

  Standard Cost of Goods include cost elements which are set at so-called standard costs. They serve as a norm on how much typically a product costs. Deviations from such standard costs are captured in variances.

 

  Inventory re/devaluation shall mean the gain or loss as a result of the inventory value adjustment due to changes in the standard costs.

 

  145


LOGO

 

 

  Non-product related production costs shall contain Technical Operations Corporate Headquarter overhead costs, non product allocated QA costs, validation costs, directly expensed IT project costs, and other costs that cannot be attributed to specific products.

 

  Warehousing & Distribution costs are costs related to warehousing and distribution activities for Finished Goods to be shipped to 3rd parties.

 

  Write-offs are captured for the destruction of products that cannot be used anymore due to expiration of shelf-life, spoilage in the production process, and transportation mishaps.

 

  Third Party royalties for manufacturing or marketing, and/or supply royalties paid to third parties

 

    Product liability and/or business interruption insurance expenses, and

 

    Patent maintenance costs

The following expenses are not included in production costs:

 

  a) Inventory Carrying Costs

 

  b) Regulatory Affairs Costs

 

  c) Significant idle capacity is eliminated from factory overhead and product cost.

 

  d) Intracompany profit.

 

  146


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 9

COSTS SCHEDULE

(including Company Contribution)

Milestone 1 budget – [**]

 

Staff

Person

  

Role

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]
     

 

  

 

      [**]    [**]
     

 

  

 

 

Phase 1 Trial

Section

  

Primary Activities

  

Service

Provider

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   
        

 

  

 

         £[**]    £[**]
        

 

  

 

 

  147


LOGO

 

 

Supporting Studies

 

Section

  

Activity

  

Service

Provider

    

Trust

    

Company

Contribution

 

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]         [**]      

[**]

   [**]      [**]            [**]   

[**]

   [**]      [**]            [**]   
           [**]         [**]   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 
        TOTAL         £[**]   
        

 

 

 

 

  148


LOGO

 

Milestone 2 budget – [**]

 

Staff

                

Person

  

Role

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

 

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   
     

 

  

 

 

 
      [**]      [**]   
     

 

  

 

 

 

Primary Activities

 

Section

  

Primary Activities

  

Service

Provider

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]   

[**]

   [**]    [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]    [**]       [**]
         [**]    [**]
        

 

  

 

      TOTAL    [**]
        

 

 

  149


LOGO

 

Milestone 3 budget – [**]

 

Person

  

Role

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]

[**]

   [**]       [**]
     

 

  

 

      £ [**]    [**]
     

 

  

 

 

  150


LOGO

 

 

Section

 

Primary Activities

 

Trust

 

Company

Contribution

[**]

  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]   [**]  
  [**]     [**]
  [**]   [**]   [**]

[**]

  [**]   [**]   [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]
    [**]   [**]
   

 

 

 

  TOTAL   £ [**]
   

 

 

  151


LOGO

 

Milestone 3 budget – [**]

 

Person

 

Role

 

Trust

 

Company

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]

[**]

  [**]     [**]
   

 

 

 

    [**]   [**]
   

 

 

 

Primary Activities

 

Primary Activities

  

Primary Activities

  

Trust

  

Company

Contribution

 

[**]

   [**]    [**]   
   [**]    [**]   
   [**]    [**]   
   [**]    [**]      [**]   
   [**]    [**]   

 

  152


LOGO

 

 

Primary Activities

  

Primary Activities

  

Trust

    

Company

Contribution

 
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]      [**]      
   [**]         [**]   
   [**]      [**]      

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   

[**]

   [**]         [**]   
        [**]         [**]   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
   TOTAL      £[**]   
     

 

 

 

 

  153


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 10

COMPANY PATENTS

 

      

 

REF

  

TITLE

  

FAMILY

  

APPLN

NO.

  

PRIO.

DATE*

  

FILING

DATE

[**]

   [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]    [**]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

  154
  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.4

DATED 22 November 2013

 

LOGO

AGREEMENT FOR THE SPONSORSHIP OF A RESEARCH PROGRAMME


AGREEMENT FOR THE SPONSORSHIP OF A RESEARCH PROGRAMME

THIS AGREEMENT dated 22 November 2013 is made BETWEEN :

 

(1) THE CHANCELLOR, MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD , whose administrative offices are at Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD (“the University”)

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC whose registered company number is 05197494 and whose address is 85b Park Drive, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY (“the Sponsor”)

 

(3) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED whose registered company number is 02199542 and whose registered office is University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford, OX1 2JD (“Isis”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The University has developed technology in the field of therapeutic and commercial applications of small molecule utrophin modulation, particularly (but without limitation) for therapy of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy.

 

(B) Isis has licensed technology to MuOx Ltd under Isis Project numbers 7903, 4417 and 8066.

 

(C) The Sponsor has through a Share Purchase Agreement bought MuOx Ltd and the Licence, as defined below, may be novated to Sponsor.

 

(C) The Sponsor now wishes to fund the University to undertake a programme of research and the Parties wish to define certain of their rights and obligations with regard to that programme of research.

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE

 

1.   DEFINITIONS   
1.1   The Project    shall mean the programme of work described in the First Schedule to this Agreement; and any modifications, deletions or expansions approved in writing by both parties;
1.2   The Principal Investigators    shall mean Professor Kay Davies, Professor Stephen Davies and Dr. Angela Russell or their successors under clause 8.2 of this Agreement;
1.3   The Project Period    shall mean the period from Effective Date for a period of thirty-six (36) months and subject to clause 11.7 any further period that the Parties agree is required for the successful completion of the Project;
1.4   The Effective Date    shall mean the date of signature of this Agreement.
1.5   Confidential Information    shall mean all and any specifications, formulae, structures, synthetic routes and methods, drawings, tapes, discs and other computer-readable media, documents, information, techniques and know-how which either

 

1


     1.5.1 are disclosed by one party to the other in connection with the Project and marked or labelled “Proprietary”, “Confidential” or “Sensitive” by the disclosing party at the time of disclosure; or
     1.5.2 are written, prepared or generated in the course of, and as part of, the Project;
1.6   Intellectual Property    shall mean know how, patents, rights to inventions, registered designs, copyright and related rights, database rights, design rights, topography rights, trade marks, service marks, trade names and domain names, and renewals or extensions of such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world created or first reduced to practice during the course of the Project excluding any copyright in academic publications or similar materials to which the University does not lay claim under its Statutes and Regulations as amended from time to time;
1.7   Arising Intellectual Property    shall mean all Intellectual Property arising from the conduct of the Project;
1.8   Background Intellectual Property    shall mean Intellectual Property owned or controlled by a Party other than Arising Intellectual Property, Licensed Technology, and made available by that Party for use in the Project;
1.9   The Licence    shall mean the Deed of Licence of technology agreement between Isis and the MuOx Ltd and attached as the fourth Schedule to this Agreement;
1.10   The Licensed Technology    shall have the same definition as contained in the Licence;
1.11   Option Agreement    means the Option Agreement entered into between Sponsor and Isis dated 22 November 2013 and attached as Schedule 5 to this Agreement;
1.12   Party    shall mean the University, Isis or the Sponsor individually;
1.13   Parties    shall mean University, Isis and the Sponsor taken together;

 

2


2. THE PROJECT

 

  2.1 The Project will be conducted in laboratories of the University under the direction and supervision of the Principal Investigators.

 

  2.2 Subject to clause 8.4 the Project shall run for the Project Period.

 

  2.3 The University will use all reasonable endeavours to provide adequate facilities; to obtain any requisite materials, equipment and personnel; and to carry out the Project diligently within the scope allowed by the Sponsor’s funding. Although the University will use all reasonable endeavours to perform the research described in the First Schedule, the University does not undertake that work carried out under or pursuant to this Agreement will lead to any particular result, nor is the success of such work guaranteed.

 

  2.4 The University will provide the Sponsor with quarterly reports summarising the progress of work under the Project as set out in the Second Schedule. The University shall ensure that full and complete records of all work undertaken under the Project are kept including full accurate and up to date laboratory notebooks whether in writing or electronic form in accordance with the procedures of best practice set out on the University’s web-site and updated from time to time 1 .

 

  2.5 The Parties will comply with the Project Management and Governance obligations set out in Second Schedule to this Agreement.

 

3. FUNDING BY THE SPONSOR

 

  3.1 The Sponsor will make payments to the University towards the cost of the Project on the dates and in the amounts set out in the Third Schedule to this Agreement.

 

  3.2 Except as otherwise provided by agreement in writing, as between the Sponsor and the University the full and unencumbered title to all equipment purchased or constructed using funds provided by the Sponsor shall vest in the University.

 

  3.3 Subject to clause 11.7 additional funding may be provided by the Sponsor to fund work undertaken by commercial third party organisations for the furtherance of the Project. No commercial third party organisation may be appointed to assist with the performance of the Project without the approval of the RMT, as defined in Schedule 2, to both the organisation and the terms of engagement of the organisation. Both Sponsor and University shall be parties to any master services agreement governing such work by such commercial third party organisation. Subject to Clause 6.3 Arising Intellectual Property resulting from the conduct of work placed with a commercial third party organisation under the direction of the RMT shall be owned by the University and the parties shall ensure that any master services agreement governing such work confers to the University title over such Arising Intellectual Property.

 

1   http://www.admin.ox.ac.uk/rdm/dmp/documentation/labnotebooks/ retrieved 11/10/

 

3


4. FUNDING BY THIRD PARTIES

 

  4.1 It is within the contemplation of the Parties that the Principal Investigators may during the Project Period, in execution of their duties as academic scientists apply from time to time for grant funding from Governmental bodies and not-for-profit organisations. The University undertakes to diligently review the terms and conditions prevalent in any grant awards to be made and promptly bring to the attention of the JSC any potential conflicts with the rights granted to Sponsor under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence and Option Agreement. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to seek a resolution to such potential conflict(s) so that the award may be made and accepted by the University without prejudice to Sponsor’s exclusive rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement.

 

  4.2 For the avoidance of doubt, should a resolution to any potential conflicts not be possible, the University shall not accept any grant funding, the prevalent terms and conditions of which prejudice or otherwise conflict with Sponsor’s rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence and Option Agreement.-

 

5. CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION PROCEDURES

 

  5.1 The Parties acknowledge that in the performance of this Agreement, each may have access to Confidential Information of the others.

 

  5.2 Subject to the following sub-clauses of this clause 5, each Party agrees to use all reasonable endeavours not to disclose to any third party any Confidential Information of the other Parties within clause 1.5.1, and not to make to any third party any disclosure of Confidential Information within clause 1.5.2 which would prejudice the rights of the other Parties under this Agreement or the Option Agreement.

 

  5.3 None of the Parties shall incur any obligation under clause 5.2 with respect to information which:

 

  5.3.1 is known to the receiving Party before its receipt, and not impressed already with any obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.2 is or becomes publicly known without any breach of this Agreement or of any other obligation to keep it confidential; or

 

  5.3.3 is obtained by the receiving party from a third party in circumstances where the receiving Party has no reason to believe that there has been a breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.4 is independently developed by the receiving Party; or

 

  5.3.5 is approved for release in writing by an authorised representative of the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.6

the receiving Party is required to disclose by law or regulation (provided that, in the case of the Freedom of Information Act 2000, none of the exemptions in that Act applies to the information disclosed) or by order of a competent authority (including any regulatory or governmental body or securities exchange); provided that, where

 

4


  practicable, the disclosing Party is given reasonable advance notice of the intended disclosure and provided that the relaxation of the obligation of confidentiality shall only last for as long as necessary to comply with the relevant law, regulation or order and shall apply solely for the purposes of such compliance.

 

  5.4 If the University receives a request under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 to disclose any information which, under this Agreement, is the Sponsor’s Confidential Information, it will notify the Sponsor and will consult with the Sponsor. The Sponsor will respond to the University within [**] days after receiving the University’s notice if that notice requests the Sponsor to provide information to assist the University to determine whether or not an exemption in the Freedom of Information Act applies to the information requested under that Act.

 

  5.5 The Project will form part of the actual carrying out of a primary charitable purpose of the University; that is, the advancement of education through teaching and research. There must therefore be some element of public benefit arising from the Project, and this is secured through the following sub-clauses.

 

  5.5.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or hinder any registered student of the University from submitting for a degree of the University a thesis based on the results obtained during the course of work undertaken as part of the Project, the examination of such a thesis by examiners appointed by the University, or the deposit of such a thesis in accordance with the relevant procedures of the University.

 

  5.5.2 In accordance with normal academic practice, all employees, students, agents or appointees of the University (including those who work on the Project) shall be permitted:-

 

  5.5.2.1 subject to first following the procedures laid down in clause 5.6, to publish results obtained during the course of work undertaken as part of the Project; and

 

  5.5.2.2 in pursuance of the University’s academic functions, to discuss work undertaken as part of the Project in internal seminars, and to give instruction within the University on questions related to such work.

 

  5.6 Where the University wishes to submit for publication results of the Project in which the Sponsor has an interest pursuant to this Agreement or the Option and Licence Agreement, the University will submit such results to the Sponsor in writing, together with a formal notification of intent to submit for publication not less than [**] days in advance of the submission for publication. The Sponsor may require the University to delay submission for publication if in the Sponsor’s opinion such delay is necessary in order to seek patent or similar protection for the results. A delay imposed as a result of a requirement made by the Sponsor shall not last longer than is absolutely necessary to seek the required protection; and therefore shall not exceed [**] months from the date of receipt of the results by the Sponsor, although the University will not unreasonably refuse a request from the Sponsor for additional delay in the event that property rights would otherwise be lost. Notification of the requirement for delay in submission for publication must be received by the University within [**] days after the receipt of the results by the Sponsor, failing which the University and the Principal Investigator shall be free to assume that the Sponsor has no objection to the proposed publication.

 

5


6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

  6.1 Subject to clauses 6.2 and 6.5 nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the absolute and unfettered rights of each Party in their Background Intellectual Property and the provisions of clause 4 shall apply to all Background Intellectual Property.

 

  6.2 The Sponsor hereby grants the University a royalty free, non-exclusive licence to its Background Intellectual Property solely for the purposes of the Project. The University may not grant any sub-licence to use the Sponsor’s Background Intellectual Property.

 

  6.3 All Arising Intellectual Property shall be the property of the University. The University and those working on the Project shall have the irrevocable right to use the Arising Intellectual Property for academic and research purposes only provided that (unless the Sponsor fails to exercise its option set out in Schedule 5 to this Agreement) any such right will not extend to use of the Arising Intellectual Property for any research carried out with the benefit of funding from a commercial entity or non-profit organisation where such commercial entity or non-profit organisation would gain rights over the Arising Intellectual Property as a result of such funding.

 

  6.4 The Sponsor’s rights in relation to Arising Intellectual Property are defined in the Option Agreement and the Licence.

 

  6.4.1 If the Sponsor requires the use of the University’s Background Intellectual Property in order to exercise its rights in any Arising Intellectual Property as granted by clauses 6.4 above, then, provided the University is free and willing to license the Background Intellectual Property in question, the University will not unreasonably refuse to grant or delay granting a commercial licence to the Sponsor (through Isis Innovation Limited, its technology transfer division) so that the Sponsor may use such Background Intellectual Property for the purpose of exercising its rights in Arising Intellectual Property. The provisions of clause 6.4 shall apply to the grant of any licence of Background Intellectual Property pursuant to this clause.

 

  6.5 The University may fulfil its obligations under clauses 6.4 and 6.5 through its technology transfer company Isis Innovation Ltd and the University may take such actions (including in respect of the Arising Intellectual Property) as may be necessary or desirable for this purpose.

 

7. ASSIGNMENT

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither party may assign this Agreement, or delegate its performance, to any other person without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6


8. TERMINATION

 

  8.1 This Agreement may be terminated by either party

 

  8.1.1 for any material breach of the obligations set out in this Agreement, by giving [**] days’ written notice to the other of its intention to terminate. The notice shall include a detailed statement describing the nature of the breach. If the breach is capable of being remedied and is remedied within the [**]-day notice period, then the termination shall not take effect. If the breach is of a nature such that it can be fully remedied but not within the [**] day notice period, then termination shall also not be effective if the party involved begins to remedy the breach within that period, and then continues diligently to remedy the breach until it is remedied fully. If the breach is incapable of remedy, then the termination shall take effect at the end of the [**]-day notice period in any event;

 

  8.1.2 with immediate effect by giving notice to the other party, if the other party becomes insolvent, or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for its winding up (except voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction), or if an administrator, administrative receiver or receiver is appointed over the whole or any part of the other party’s assets, or if the other party makes any arrangement with its creditors.

 

  8.2 The University agrees to notify the Sponsor promptly if at any time Professor Kay Davies, Professor Steve Davies or Dr. Angela Russell are unable or unwilling to continue the direction and supervision of the Project. Within sixty (60) days after such incapacity or expression of unwillingness the University shall nominate a successor to any of the above. The Sponsor will not decline unreasonably to accept the nominated successor. However, if the successor is not acceptable to the Sponsor on reasonable and substantial grounds, then the Sponsor may terminate this Agreement by giving ninety (90) days’ written notice to the University. Nevertheless, the Sponsor will continue to reimburse the cost to the University of any non-cancellable amounts committed by the University before receipt of the Sponsor’s notice and of contracts of service or for services which were made by the University before receipt of the Sponsor’s notice with personnel appointed to work on the Project. In such circumstances the University shall use its reasonable endeavours to reallocate personnel and minimise the sums payable by the University in accordance with the University’s personnel policies. The University will exercise such rights of termination as may be available to the University in order to bring such contracts to an end as quickly as is lawfully possible. Reimbursement by the Sponsor will continue until the effective date of termination of each contract.

 

  8.3 The University may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice in writing to the Sponsor if the Sponsor fails to make more than one of the payments due to the University pursuant to clause 3.1 in a timely manner and has failed, within [**] days of receipt of written notice requiring payment, to remedy the failure to pay.

 

  8.4 The parties will assess on or around each anniversary of this Agreement whether there are valid scientific reasons for ceasing the conduct of the Project. In the event that the parties agree that this is the case, this Agreement may be terminated by the parties in writing. In the event that the parties cannot agree on whether there are valid scientific reasons for ceasing the conduct of the Project, the matter shall be escalated in accordance with clause 11.10.

 

  8.5

The expiration of the Project Period, or the termination of this Agreement under clauses 7, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 or 8.4 shall mean the termination with effect from the expiry date or (as the case may be) the effective date of termination of the obligations imposed on the parties

 

7


  under clauses 2 and 3. Clauses 5.1 to 5.3 shall survive for [**] years after the expiration of the Project Period or (as the case may be) the termination of this Agreement. Clauses 5.6 and 6.5 shall survive for one year (in the case of clause 5.6), and [**] months (in the case of clause 6.5) after expiration or termination (or for such other period as the parties may agree under clause 6.5), unless it is a case of repudiation by the Sponsor, of termination by the University under clause 8.1 or termination by the Sponsor under clause 8.4 (in which event clauses 5.6 and 6.5 shall terminate with clauses 2 and 3). The remaining clauses shall survive indefinitely after expiration or termination.

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The University of Oxford will make every effort to perform the Project with reasonable care and skill. However, the University is a charitable foundation devoted to education and research; and in order to fulfil its legal obligations to protect its assets for the benefit of those objects, the University imposes the following conditions on the performance of the Project, and the following limits on the University’s liability.

 

  9.1 The University makes no representation or warranty that advice or information given by the Principal Investigator or any other of its employees, students, agents or appointees who work on the Project, or the content or use of any materials, works or information provided in connection with the Project, will not constitute or result in infringement of third-party rights.

 

  9.2 The University accepts no responsibility for any use which may be made of any work carried out under or pursuant to this Agreement, or of the results of the Project, nor for any reliance which may be placed on such work or results, nor for advice or information given in connection with them.

 

  9.3 The Sponsor undertakes to make no claim in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter against the Principal Investigator or any other employee, student, agent or appointee of the University (apart from claims based on fraud, recklessness or wilful misconduct). This undertaking is intended to give protection to individual researchers: it does not prejudice any right which the Sponsor might have to claim against the University. The benefit conferred by this sub-clause is intended to be enforceable by the persons referred to in it.

 

  9.4 Subject to clause 9.6, the liability of either party to the other for any breach of this Agreement, for any negligence, or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this Agreement, the Project or the results will not extend to any indirect damages or losses, or to any loss of profits, loss of revenue, loss of business, loss of data, loss of contracts or opportunity, whether direct or indirect; even if, in any such case, the party bringing the claim has advised the other of the possibility of those losses or if they were within the other party’s contemplation.

 

  9.5 Subject to Clause 9.6, in order to conserve the assets of the University for application to its charitable purposes the maximum liability of the University to the Sponsor under or otherwise in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter shall not exceed the return of all moneys provided by the Sponsor under clause 3.1 together with interest on the balance of such moneys from time to time outstanding, accruing from day to day at the Barclays Bank plc Base Rate from time to time in force and compounded annually as at 31 December.

 

8


  9.6 Nothing in this Agreement limits or excludes either party’s liability for:

 

  9.6.1 death or personal injury resulting from negligence; or

 

  9.6.2 any fraud or for any sort of other liability which, by law, cannot be limited or excluded;

 

  9.6.3 wilful misconduct

 

  9.7 If any sub-clause of this clause 9 is held to be invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law then it shall be deemed to be omitted, and if as a result any party becomes liable for loss or damage which would otherwise have been excluded then such liability shall be subject to the remaining sub-clauses of this clause 9.

 

10. NOTICES

The University’s representative for the purpose of receiving payments, reports and other notices shall until further notice be:

The Director

Research Services Office

University Offices

Wellington Square

Oxford OX1 2JD

with copies to:

 

The Administrator

Department of Physiology, Anatomy, and Genetics

University of Oxford

Le Gros Clark Building

South Parks Road

Oxford

OX1 3QX

   And   

Professor K. Davies

Department of Physiology, Anatomy, and Genetics

University of Oxford

Sherrington Building

South Parks Road

Oxford

OX1 3QX

The Sponsor’s representative for the purpose of receiving invoices, reports and other notices shall until further notice be:

The Company Secretary

Summit Corporation PLC

85b Park Drive

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

 

9


11. GENERAL

 

  11.1 Clause headings are inserted in this Agreement for convenience only, and they shall not be taken into account in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

  11.2 Amounts specified for payment in this Agreement are stated exclusive of Valued Added Tax. Whenever the Sponsor is obliged to make a payment to the University under this Agreement which attracts Value Added, sales, use, excise or other similar taxes or duties, the Sponsor shall be responsible for paying such taxes and duties.

 

  11.3 If the Sponsor fails to make any payment due to the University under this Agreement then, without prejudice to the University’s other rights and remedies consequent upon breach of this Agreement, the University may charge interest on the balance outstanding, accruing from day to day at the rate of [**] per cent ([**]%) per annum above the Barclays Bank plc Base Rate from time to time in force and compounded annually as at 31 December.

 

  11.4 If the performance by either party of any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than an obligation to make payment) shall be prevented by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, then such party shall be excused from performance of that obligation for the duration of the relevant event.

 

  11.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall create, imply or evidence any partnership or joint venture between the University and the Sponsor or the relationship between them of principal and agent.

 

  11.6 Neither the University nor the Sponsor shall use the name or any trademark or logo of the other in any press release or product advertising, or for any other commercial purpose, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that publication of the sums received from the Sponsor in the University’s Annual Report and similar publications shall not be regarded as a breach of this clause.

 

  11.7 This Agreement and its five Schedules (which are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement between the parties for the Project and no statements or representations made by either party have been relied upon by the other in entering into this Agreement. Any variation shall be in writing and signed by authorised signatories for both parties.

 

  11.8 No one except a party to this Agreement has any right to prevent the amendment of this Agreement or its termination, and no one except a party to this Agreement may enforce any benefit conferred by this Agreement, unless this Agreement expressly provides otherwise.

 

  11.9 This Agreement shall be governed by English Law. Subject to clause 11.10, the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

  11.10 Any dispute, controversy or claim arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement and any subsequent amendments of this Agreement, including, without limitation, its formation, validity, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, as well as non-contractual claims, shall be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. The place of arbitration shall be London, England. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The dispute, controversy or claim shall be decided in accordance with the law of England.

 

10


  11.11 If any one or more clauses or sub-clauses of this Agreement would result in this Agreement being prohibited pursuant to any applicable law then it or they shall be deemed to be omitted. The parties shall uphold the remainder of this Agreement, and shall negotiate an amendment which, as far as legally feasible, maintains the economic balance between the parties.

 

  11.12 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed will constitute an original of this Agreement, but all counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. No counterpart will be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart.

 

11


AS WITNESS the hands of authorised signatories for the parties on the date first mentioned above.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

THE CHANCELLOR, MASTERS AND

SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY

OF OXFORD

   

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC :

Name:   Glenn Swafford     Name:   Raymond Spencer
Position:   Director, Research Services     Position:   CFO
Signature:   /s/ Glenn Swafford     Signature:   /s/ Raymond Spencer

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED :

Name:   Linda Naylor
Position:   Head of Technology Transfer and Consulting
Signature:   /s/ Linda Naylor

SCHEDULES

 

1. Description of the Project

 

2. Project Management

 

3. Payment schedule

 

4. The Licence (Background Know How)

 

5. Option Agreement (Arising IPR)

 

12


SCHEDULE 1

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of three pages were omitted. [**]

 

13


SCHEDULE 2

Project Management and Governance

 

0. Definitions

 

0.1 “RMT” shall mean the Research Management Team

 

0.2 “JSC” shall mean the Joint Steering Committee

 

1. Provision of Information

1.1 The RMT shall provide to the JSC quarterly written reports containing such information as the JSC may reasonably request and that the members of the JSC are entitled to acquire under this Agreement.

1.2 The University through the Principal Investigators shall notify the Sponsor and the JSC within [**] business days if it believes it has created Arising Intellectual Property as a result of the performance of the Project and shall provide to the Sponsor and the JSC all information it has regarding such Arising Intellectual Property.

1.3 Upon reasonable request by the Sponsor, the University shall provide to the Sponsor at the Sponsor’s expense all raw data, photocopies of laboratory notebooks, protocols, structures, markush structures, and any other data created during the performance of the Project and whether or not in machine readable form. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such information is subject to the terms of the Agreement and such information shall be considered the Confidential Information of the University.

 

2. RMT

2.1 The Parties shall establish and maintain for the duration of the Project Period a RMT. Save as follows, the RMT shall comprise Dr. Jon Tinsley, Chief Scientific Officer, DMD and Dr. Francis Wilson, Head of Chemistry from the Sponsor and Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Angela Russell from the University. Each party shall be entitled to replace its members on the RMT with equivalently qualified and experienced persons. The parties agree that Dr. Alfred Ajami shall be appointed as an independent member of the RMT.

2.2 The RMT shall meet every [**] weeks, either face to face, by conference call or by videoconference. RMT meetings will be co-chaired by Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Jon Tinsley. Each of the University and Sponsor agree that any number of observers may attend RMT meetings. Observers may include members of the Principal Investigators’ research groups, Summit employees, and in line with the University of Oxford’s Conflicts of Interest Policy, the respective Heads of Departments of DPAG and Chemistry or their nominees. For the avoidance of doubt, the conduct of the RMT shall be under the terms of the Agreement including but not limited to clause 4 and any Confidential Information disclosed by one Party to the other during the course of any RMT meeting shall be treated in accordance with clause 4.

 

14


2.3 The functions of the RMT shall be:-

2.3.1 to ensure timely execution of the research plan and budget and the interchange of information and ideas between the University and Sponsor such that are relevant to the Project;

2.3.2 to provide day to day oversight of the Project; and

2.3.3 to make decisions regarding the appointment of third party contractors and placing of work orders to assist with the performance of the Project.

2.4 Save as expressly provided in the following sentence, the RMT shall not have the right to amend research plan without prior recourse to the JSC.

 

3. JSC

3.1 The Parties shall throughout the Project Period maintain in existence a Joint Steering Committee (the “JSC”) to oversee the performance of the Project.

 

3.2 The JSC shall:

3.2.1 have the right to agree any amendment to the Project, such right to be subject to formal written agreement where required between the Parties in accordance with clause 11.7 of this Agreement; and

 

3.2.2 direct, manage and monitor the RMT; and

3.2.3 review the progress of the Project and make any decisions required, and recommend to the Parties whether the Parties should continue to participate in the Project;

3.2.4 make recommendations to the Sponsor upon whether any patents can be sought in relation to any of the Arising Intellectual Property or Improvements; and

 

3.2.5 provide strategic oversight of the performance of the Project; and

3.2.6 propose to the Parties amendments to this Agreement from time to time as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement, such amendments to be subject to formal written agreement where required between the Parties in accordance with clause 11.7 of this Agreement; and

3.2.7 The University will within [**] days of submission of any grant application made by the Principal Investigators that relate to the Project, provide to the JSC the terms and conditions of any potential grant awards that may be made subject to such grant application. If such terms are prejudicial to the rights granted to the Sponsor under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement., the University will discuss such potential conflict(s) with Sponsor and Principal Investigators and the University and Sponsor shall use reasonable endeavours to seek a resolution to such potential conflict(s) so that the award may be made and accepted by the University without prejudice to Sponsor’s exclusive rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement.

 

15


3.3 The JSC shall be established and run by the Parties as follows

3.3.1 The JSC shall comprise a total of four (4) members (“Members”) comprising two (2) appointees from the Sponsor and one (1) for the University and one for Isis. The initial Members appointed by the Parties shall be as follows

 

Sponsor    Isis    University
Dr Andrew Mulvaney    Dr. Carolyn Porter    Professor Tim Donohoe
Dr. Michael Boss      

3.3.2 Each Party may invite observers to meetings of the JSC. A Party inviting any such observer shall ensure that it uses reasonable efforts to ensure that the other Parties are advised at least [**] Business Days prior to the relevant meeting of the identity of the observer and that such observers are bound by obligations of confidentiality no less onerous than those imposed by this Agreement. Such observers shall not be counted towards any assessment of quorum for the purpose of Clause 3.3.7 below and shall not be entitled to participate in any decision making or voting.

3.3.3 Each Party shall be entitled to remove any Member appointed by it and to appoint any person to fill a vacancy arising from the removal or retirement of such Member. Each Party shall give the other Parties, prior written notice of any proposed changes in the identity of any of their Members.

3.3.4 Without prejudice to Clause 3.3.5 below, the JSC shall meet as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date and thereafter shall hold regular meetings at intervals of [**] months throughout the Project Period, in each case at dates and times to be mutually agreed.

3.3.5 It is understood and agreed by the Parties that in order to ensure that the performance of the Project operates optimally, the JSC may need to operate occasionally on a highly responsive basis and consider and make decisions on an ad-hoc basis as required from time to time and as appropriate the Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to ensure that Members are available to take decisions at short notice.

3.3.6 Provided that at least [**] meetings are held face-to-face [**] during the Project Period, meetings of the JSC may be held (at the request of any Party) by teleconference or other electronic means. In the case of meetings at which Members are physically present the venue for all meetings shall unless otherwise agreed by the Parties alternate between the premises of the University and the Sponsor.

3.3.7 Provided always that at least two (2) Members, including one Member appointed by each of the University and the Sponsor are present throughout a meeting, the quorum for meetings of JSC shall be two (2) Members.

3.3.8 Decisions of the JSC shall be made by unanimous agreement of the Members present. In the event of a vote at a meeting of the JSC, the University and Isis shall each have one (1) vote and the Sponsor shall have two (2) votes. Should it prove impossible to obtain unanimous agreement, the matter shall be referred for discussion between Sponsor’s CEO and the Head of the Department of Physiology, Anatomy and Genetics and the Chairman of Chemistry.

 

16


3.3.9 The functions of chairperson and secretary (responsible for preparing the minutes of each meeting of the JSC) shall alternate between the Members of the University and the Sponsor. The minutes of each meeting of the JSC shall be sent to each of the Members within [**] Business Days of each meeting. In the case of any amendment to the Project approved by the JSC pursuant to Clause 6, the Parties shall update the Project in Schedule 1.

 

17


SCHEDULE 3

Payment Schedule

 

Date for Payment by the Sponsor

   Amount (excluding VAT 1 ): £sterling  

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**
  

 

 

 

TOTAL PAYABLE

     1,537,372   
  

 

 

 

The University shall invoice the Sponsor on the dates listed above, and the Sponsor shall pay within [**] days.

Payments shall quote reference [**]

Bank detail for payment:

 

Name of Bank:    [**]   
Sortcode:    [**]   

 

1   VAT will be added when chargeable.

 

18


Address:    [**]   
Account Name:    [**]   
Account No.:    [**]   
SWIFT address:    [**]   
IBAN    [**]   

The University of Oxford’s VAT number is [**]

 

19


SCHEDULE 4:

The Licence (Background Know How)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

20


SCHEDULE 5

Exclusive Option Agreement

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

21

  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.5

DATED 22 November 2013

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED

and

(2) MUOX LIMITED

DEED OF LICENCE OF KNOW-HOW

(ISIS PROJECT Nos. 4417, 7903, 8066)


THIS DEED is made on 22 November 2013

BETWEEN:

 

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED (Company No. 2199542) whose registered office is at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD, England (the “ Licensor ”); and

 

(2) MUOX LIMITED (Company Registration No. 08338316) whose registered office is at 9400 Garsington Road, Oxford Business Park, Oxford, England, OX4 2HN (the “ Licensee ”).

BACKGROUND:

The Licensor wishes to license the Licensed Know-how, and the Licensee wishes to acquire a licence to the Licensed Know-how, on the terms of this agreement to permit the Licensee and its Affiliates to carry out further research and development of the Licensed Know-how.

AGREEMENT:

 

1. Interpretation

In this Deed (including its Schedules), any reference to a “clause” or “Schedule” is a reference to a clause of this agreement or a schedule to this agreement, as the case may be and as the same may be amended from time to time. Words and expressions used in this agreement have the meaning set out in Schedule 1. The headings are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Deed. Use of the words “includes” and “including” shall be construed as being without limitation.

 

2. Grant Of Licence

 

2.1 The Licensor hereby grants to the Licensee a licence in the Territory under the Licensed Know-how and all Intellectual Property Rights pertaining to the Licensed Know-how, to research, develop, make, have made, use and have used, import, have imported, export, have exported and Market Licensed Products in the Field on and subject to the terms and conditions of this agreement. For clarity the Parties agree that, as at the Effective Date, the information set forth in Schedule 2 does not reflect the totality of the Licensed Know-how existing at the date of this agreement as it currently does not reflect the results of research in the Field undertaken by the Researchers since the first due diligence report prepared by the Licensee. The Parties will fully and openly co-operate and agree the additions that should be made to Schedule 2, as soon as is practicable but in any event within [**] months following the date of this Agreement, so that Schedule 2 accurately reflects the full extent of the Licensed Know-how that the parties contemplated would be included within this agreement. In the event of any disagreement regarding this matter, it shall be referred to the JSC established under the Option Agreement for final determination. The said additions to the Know how as agreed or determined shall be added to this Agreement under a supplemental variation agreement to be entered into by the parties promptly

 

2.2 Subject to clause 3 the Licence granted under clause 2.1 above is:

 

  2.2.1 exclusive with a right of sub-license in respect of the Project 7903 Know How;

 

  2.2.2 subject to clauses 2.2.4 and 2.2.5, exclusive with a right of sub-license in respect of the Project 4417 Know How;


  2.2.3 subject to clauses 2.2.4 and 2.2.5, exclusive with a right of sub-license in respect of the Project 8066 Know How;

 

  2.2.4 the licence granted under clause 2.1 in respect of the Project 4417 Know How and the Project 8066 Know How shall automatically convert to non-exclusive licences on the third anniversary of the Effective Date;

 

  2.2.5 the grant of any sub-licence under the Project 4417 Know How or the Project 8066 Know How shall require the prior written consent of the Licensor which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

2.3 Every sub-licence entered into under this agreement must comply with the following conditions:

 

  (a) the sub-license must not be inconsistent with the rights granted under this licence and must contain appropriate diligence obligations and a right to terminate the sub-licence in the event of failure to comply with those diligence obligations;

 

  (b) the nature or business of the proposed sub-licensee or any Affiliate of the proposed sub-licensee is not in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University;

 

  (c) immediately following the grant of each sub-licence, the Licensee shall provide a certified, redacted copy of that sub-licence (with commercially sensitive terms removed) to the Licensor;

 

  (d) no sub-licensee shall be permitted to grant any further sub-licences (i) to parties who are, or their Affiliates are carrying out business in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University or (ii) that enable the sub-licensee’s sub licensee to grant further sub-licences without the prior written consent of the Licensor. For clarity the sub-licensee shall only be able to grant a sub-licence through one more tier without the prior written consent of the Licensor;

 

  (e) the Licensee should enforce any breach of the sub-licence against the sub-licensee if the breach would be a breach of this agreement if it had been committed under this agreement.

 

2.4 As soon as is reasonably possible after the date of this agreement and in any event no later than [**] from the date of this agreement, the Licensor will, at the Licensor’s cost, supply the Licensee with the Documents. Licensee shall have the right, at any time during the first [**] months of the term of this Agreement to request and be provided with, as soon as is reasonable practicable, copies of any other embodiments of the Licensed Know How existing at the date of this Agreement of which the Licensor is aware.

 

3. Rights Re Non-Commercial Use

 

3.1 The Licensee grants the Licensor a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free licence to grant severally to each of the Specified Persons and every respective employee, student and individual appointed by the Specified Persons the licence set out in clause 3.2.

 

3.2 The Licensor has granted or shall imminently grant to the Specified Persons a non-transferable, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free licence for the Specified Persons and every respective employee, student and appointee of the Specified Persons to use and, subject to the publication provision below, publish the Licensed Know-how for Non-Commercial Use.

 

4. Prosecution and Infringement

 

4.1 Licensor alone shall have the right to file, prosecute and maintain of any patent application or patent claiming any Project 4417 and Project 8066 Know How (“ Isis Patents ”) subject to the following clauses. For clarity Licensor shall have final say on all matters pertaining to the filing, prosecution and maintenance of patents for inventions relating to the Project 4417 and Project 8066 Know How.


4.2 Licensor shall:-

 

  4.2.1 Copy the Licensee on all material correspondence relating to Isis Patents and provide Licensee with a reasonable opportunity to comments on such material correspondence;

 

  4.2.2 Consult with Licensee prior to making any material decisions in relation to Isis Patents and take into consideration any comments received from the Licensee;

 

  4.2.3 Save that in the case of an emergency, Isis may proceed without first informing or consulting with Licensee provided that disclosure of such action shall be made to Licensee as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

4.3 Licensee alone shall have the right to file, prosecute and maintain of any patent application or patent solely based on Project 7903 Know How (“ Summit Patents ”) subject to the following clauses.

 

4.4 Licensee shall:-

 

  4.4.1 copy Licensor on all material correspondence relating to Summit Patents and provide Licensor with a reasonable opportunity to comment on such material correspondence; and

 

  4.4.2 consult with the Licensor prior to making any material decisions in relation to Summit Patents and obtain Licensor’s prior written consent to such material decisions (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); and

 

  4.4.3 save that in the case of an emergency, Licensee may proceed without first informing or consulting with Licensor provided that disclosure of such action shall be made to Licensor as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

4.5 The parties shall agree which patent agents shall be used to advise on the filing, prosecution and maintenance of any patents and patent applications covering the Summit Patents. For clarity, different patent agents may be agreed in relation to patents and patent applications claiming different Summit Patents.

 

4.6 Licensee shall be responsible for all costs relating to the filing of any patent application or patent claiming any Licensed Know How.

 

4.7 Licensor and Licensee shall be entitled to attend any meetings with patent agents relating to any patents or patent applications claiming Licensed Know How. Licensee shall keep Licensor informed of the dates of any planned meetings with patent agents in which any patents or patent applications claiming Licensed Know How are intended to be discussed.

 

4.8 Prior to Licensee permitting any patent application or patent claiming any Licensed Know How to lapse, it shall notify the Licensor and provide the Licensor with at least [**] days’ written notice to take over the prosecution, maintenance and filing of the notified patent application or patent. The Licensor shall have [**] days from date of written notice to respond should it wish to take over the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the notified patent or patent application. In the absence of any response within such [**] day period, Licensee shall be entitled to permit such patent application or patent to lapse. Where the Licensor does notify within the [**] day period that it wishes to take over the filing, prosecution and maintenance of any notified patent or patent application, the parties shall co-operate to ensure transfer of filing, prosecution and maintenance as quickly as possible and in any event within any timescales for lapse or renewal of such patent or patent application

 

4.9 Each party will notify the other in writing of any misappropriation or infringement of any rights in the Licensed Know-how of which the party becomes aware.


4.10 Subject to clause 4.11, the Licensee has the first right (but is not obliged) to take legal action at its own cost against any misappropriation or infringement of any rights included in the Licensed Know-how in the Field. The Licensee must discuss any proposed legal action with the Licensor prior to the legal action being commenced, and take due account of the legitimate interests of the Licensor in the action it takes.

 

4.11 The Licensor has the first right (but is not obliged) to take legal action at its own cost against any misappropriation or infringement of any rights included in any Licensed Know-how that is or has become licensed to the Licensee under this agreement on a non-exclusive basis. The Licensor must discuss any proposed legal action with the Licensee prior to the legal action being commenced, but the Licensor shall have the final decision in the event of any disagreement between the parties. The Licensor may give notice to the Licensee that it does not intend to take legal action pursuant to this clause, in which case for the purposes of clause 4.10, the Licensee shall be entitled to treat the relevant Licensed Know-how as if it was exclusively licensed.

 

4.12 If the Licensee takes legal action under clause 4.10, the Licensee will:

 

  (a) indemnify and hold the Licensor and the University harmless against all costs (including lawyers’ and patent agents’ fees and expenses), claims, demands and liabilities arising out of such activities and will settle any invoice received from the Licensor in respect of such costs, claims, demands and liabilities within [**] days of receipt of invoice; and

 

  (b) keep the Licensor regularly informed of the progress of the legal action, including, without limitation, any claims affecting the scope of the Licensed Know-how;

 

  (c) be entitled to retain the all damages received

 

4.13 If the Licensee has notified the Licensor in writing that it does not intend to take any action in relation to the misappropriation or infringement or the Licensee has not taken any such action within [**] days of the notification under clause 4.9 or 4.11, the Licensor may take such legal action at its own cost.

 

5. Confidentiality

 

5.1 Subject to clauses 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4, each party (being a receiving or disclosing party as the case may be) will keep confidential the Confidential Information and will not disclose or supply the Confidential Information to any third party or use it for any purpose, except in accordance with the terms and objectives of this agreement. For clarity, nothing in this Clause 5 shall prevent the Licensee or any Affiliate of the Licensee or any sub-licensee from using the Licensed Know How in any manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Sponsored Research Agreement or the Option and Licence Agreement.

 

5.2 The Licensee may disclose to sub-licensees of the Licensed Know-how such of the Confidential Information of which it considers is necessary for the exercise of any rights sub-licensed, provided that the Licensee shall ensure that such sub-licensees accept a continuing obligation of confidentiality in the same terms as this clause, and giving third party enforcement rights to the Licensor, before the Licensee makes any disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

5.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or hinder any registered student of the University from submitting for a degree of the University a thesis based on the Licensed Know how, the examination of such a thesis by examiners appointed by the University, or the deposit of such a thesis in accordance with the relevant procedures of the University.

 

5.4 The Licensor shall use its best efforts to procure that the University complies with the following obligations. In accordance with normal academic practice, all employees or students of the University shall be permitted:-

 

  5.4.1 subject to first following the procedures laid down in clause 5.5, to publish the Licensed Know how; and

 

  5.4.2 in pursuance of the University’s academic functions, to discuss the Licensed Know How in internal seminars, and to give instruction within the University on questions related to such work.


5.5 Where the University wishes to submit for publication any paper containing the Licensed Know- how are any part thereof, the Licensor shall use its best efforts to procure that the University will submit such proposed publication to the Licensee in writing, together with a formal notification of intent to submit for publication not less than [**] days in advance of the submission for publication. Licensee may require the University to delay submission for publication if in the Licensee’s opinion such delay is necessary in order to seek patent or similar protection for the relevant part or parts of the Licensed Know-how and, in such a case, the Licensor shall procure that the University delays the publication in accordance with the following sentences. A delay imposed as a result of a requirement made by the Licensee shall not last longer than is absolutely necessary to seek the required protection; and therefore shall not exceed [**] months from the date of receipt of the proposed publication by the Licensee, although the University will not unreasonably refuse a request from the Sponsor for additional delay in the event that property rights would otherwise be lost. Notification of the requirement for delay in submission for publication must be received by the Licensor and the University within [**] days after the receipt of the proposed publication by the Licensee, failing which the University and the Licensor shall be free to assume that the Licensee has no objection to the proposed publication.

 

5.6 Clause 5.1 will not apply to any Confidential Information which:

 

  (a) is known to the receiving party before disclosure, and not subject to any obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing party; or

 

  (b) is or becomes publicly known without the fault of the receiving party; or

 

  (c) is obtained by the receiving party from a third party in circumstances where the receiving party has no reason to believe that it is subject to an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing party; or

 

  (d) the receiving party can establish by reasonable proof was substantially and independently developed by officers or employees of the receiving party who had no knowledge of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; or

 

  (e) the receiving party is required to disclose by law including, for clarity, the listing rules of the London Stock Exchange; or

 

  (f) the Licensee needs to disclose in the ordinary course of its business to potential partners, investors, bankers and professional advisers provided such parties are subject to written confidentiality obligations with regard to such Confidential Information or are subject to codes of professional conduct which prohibit disclosure of client confidential information

 

6. Diligence

 

6.1

The Licensee must use its Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to develop, exploit and Market the Licensed Know-how and in accordance with the Development Plan. For clarity, provided the Licensee, any Affiliate of the Licensee or any sub-licensee is using Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to research, develop or Market (i) the Project 7903 Know-how or (ii) any patent or patent application or compound which in any such case is derived from or based on the Project 7903 Know How, the Licensee shall be considered to be fulfilling its obligations to use Commercially Reasonable Endeavours. In the event that substantive, legitimate scientific evidence becomes available showing the Licensed Know-how has the potential to deliver therapeutic benefits for indications other than Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy, the Licensor may, at its option, make a formal written request for the Licensee to consider initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications. Within [**] months of such written request the Parties shall meet to discuss and consider (a) the scientific evidence available showing the Licensed Know-how has the potential to deliver therapeutic benefits for indications other than Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy (b) the scientific and commercial merits of initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications and (c) the impact initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications might have on the development and commercialisation of any programmes for the use of the Licensed Know-how in Duchenne


  Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy. The Licensee shall, acting based on its reasonable commercial judgment, have the sole discretion as to whether or not to proceed with a research and development programme for the Licensed Know-how in those potential new indications.

 

6.2 An indicative research plan shall be agreed between the Parties within [**] months of the Effective Date. The Development Plan proper will be supplied by the Licensee to the Licensor for the Licensor’s approval within [**] months from the execution of the Licence. The approved version of the Development Plan will replace the then existing Development Plan from the date of the Licensor’s approval.

 

7. Reporting

 

7.1 The Licensee will provide the Licensor with a report at least [**] months (the first report to be filed [**] months following the [**] day after the effective date of this agreement) detailing:

 

  (a) the activities and achievements in its development of the Licensed Know-how in relation to the Development Plan.

 

8. Duration And Termination

 

8.1 This agreement will take effect on the Effective Date. Subject to the possibility of earlier termination under the following provisions of this clause 8, and subject to the possibility of an extension to the term by mutual agreement, this agreement shall continue in force:

 

  (a) in relation to the Project 7903 Know How for so long as the Licensee or any of its successors or sub-licensees are using Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to research, develop or Market: (i) the Project 7903 Know-how or (ii) any patent or patent application or compound which in any such case is derived from or based on the Project 7903 Know How;

 

  (b) subject to Clause 6.1, in relation to all other Licensed Know-how until at least the third anniversary of the Effective Date and thereafter for so long as the Licensee is using Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to utilise such Know how in the research and development of one or more compounds that have been identified through the use of the said other Licensed Know-how.

 

8.2 If either party commits a material breach of this agreement, and the breach is not remediable or (being remediable) is not remedied within the period allowed by notice given by the other party in writing calling on the party in breach to effect such remedy (such period being not less than [**] days), the other party may terminate this agreement by written notice having immediate effect.

 

8.3 The Licensee may terminate this agreement for any reason by giving the Licensor six (6) months’ written notice expiring at any time on or after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, whereupon the Licensee shall bring all sub-licences to an end on the same date.

 

8.4 The Licensor may terminate this agreement:

 

  (a) immediately, if the Licensee has a petition presented for its winding-up, or passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up otherwise than for the purposes of a bona fide amalgamation or reconstruction, or compounds with its creditors, or has a receiver or administrative receiver appointed of all or any part of its assets, or enters into any arrangements with creditors, or takes or suffers any similar action in consequence of debts;

 

  (b) without affecting its rights under clause 8.2 above, on [**] days’ written notice if in the Licensor’s reasonable opinion, the Licensee is in breach of clause 6.1 above and the Licensee fails to take the steps requested by the Licensor by written notice given to the Licensee to remedy the situation within a reasonable time period.


8.5 If any of the Sponsored Research Agreement, Option and Licence Agreement and Share Purchase Agreement has/have not been executed within six (6) months of the Effective Date, the Licence will automatically terminate and all rights of the Licensee in respect of the Licensed Know-how will automatically and unconditionally revert to the Licensor.

 

8.6 On termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason, the Licensee:

 

  (a) must bring all sub-licences to an end on the same date; and

 

  (b) must cease to use or exploit the Licensed Know-how, provided that this restriction does not apply to Licensed Know-How which has entered the public domain through no fault of the Licensee, and that the Licensee may continue to use the Licensed Know-how in order to meet any specific existing binding commitments already made by the Licensee at the date of termination and requiring delivery of Licensed Products within the next [**] months or such longer period as may be required by a regulatory body to bring about an orderly closure of a clinical trial; and

 

  (c) must, at the option of the Licensor and at the Licensee’s cost, destroy all other Licensed Products or send all other Licensed Products to a location nominated by the Licensor to the Licensee in writing.

 

8.7 Termination of this agreement, whether for breach of this agreement or otherwise, shall not absolve the Licensee of its obligations generally under this agreement in respect of any continuing dealings in Licensed Products permitted by clause 8.6(b).

 

8.8 Clauses 3, 4.12, 5.3, 8.6, 8.7, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 10.2, 10.12, and 10.13 will survive the termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason, indefinitely.

 

8.9 Clause 5 other than clause 5.3 will survive the termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason, for a period of [**] years.

 

8.10 Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice the accrued rights of the Parties at the date of termination.

 

9. Liability

 

9.1 Licensor warrants that:

 

  (a) It has full corporate power and authority to enter into the agreement;

 

  (b) to the best of its knowledge and as at the date hereof, with the exception of the licences granted or to be granted as mentioned in clause 3 above and the MDA and MDC Rights, the Licensor has not previously granted any licences to or created any charge or mortgage over the Licensed Know-how; provided always that

 

  (c) No claim may be brought by the Licensee under this clause 9.1 after the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

9.2 Other than the warranties given in clause 9.1, to the fullest extent permissible by law, the Licensor does not make any representations or warranties of any kind including, without limitation, representations or warranties with respect to:

 

  (a) the quality of the Licensed Know-how;

 

  (b) the suitability of the Licensed Know-how for any particular use; and

 

  (c) whether use of the Licensed Know-how will infringe third-party rights.

 

9.3 The Licensee agrees to indemnify the Licensor and the University and hold the Licensor and the University harmless from and against any and all claims, damages and liabilities:

 

  (a) asserted by third parties (including claims for negligence) which arise directly or indirectly from the use of the Licensed Know-how or the Marketing of Licensed Products by the Licensee and/or its sub-licensees; and/or

 

  (b) arising directly or indirectly from any breach by the Licensee of this agreement.


9.4 The Licensor will use its reasonable endeavours (at the Licensee’s cost) to defend any Indemnified Claim or (at the Licensor’s option) allow the Licensee to do so on its behalf (subject to the University retaining the right to be kept informed of progress in the action and to have reasonable input into its conduct.) The Licensor will not (except as required by law) make any admission, compromise, settlement or discharge of any Indemnified Claim without the consent of the Licensee (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

9.5 The Licensee undertakes to make no claim against any employee, student, agent or appointee of the Licensor or of the University, being a claim which seeks to enforce against any of them any liability whatsoever in connection with this agreement or its subject-matter.

 

9.6 Save for any liability of the Licensee under clause 9.3(a) above, the liability of either party for any breach of this agreement, or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this agreement, will not extend to incidental or consequential damages or to any loss of profits or opportunity.

 

9.7 The liability of the Licensor to the Licensee in respect of any event or circumstance or series of connected events or circumstances under or otherwise in connection with this agreement or its subject-matter, including without limitation liability for negligence, shall in no event exceed £50,000 (fifty thousand pounds) in aggregate.

 

9.8 Nothing in this agreement shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, wilful misconduct or death or personal injury arising from the negligence of that Party.

 

10. General

 

10.1 Registration – The Licensee may, if appropriate or relevant, register its interest in the Licensed Know-how with any relevant authorities in the Territory as soon as legally possible. The Licensee must not, however, register an entire copy of this agreement in any part of the Territory or disclose its financial terms without the prior written consent of the Licensor.

 

10.2 Advertising – Neither party may use the name of the other, or the University in any advertising, promotional or sales literature, without the other’s prior written approval. The Parties shall agree a press release concerning the entering into of this transaction

 

10.3 Packaging – The Licensee will ensure that the Licensed Products and the packaging associated with them are marked suitably with any relevant patent or patent application numbers to satisfy the laws of each of the countries in which the Licensed Products are sold or supplied and in which they are covered by the claims of any patent or patent application, to the intent that the Licensor shall not suffer any loss or any loss of damages in an infringement action.

 

10.4 Taxes - Where the Licensee has to make a payment to the Licensor under this agreement which attracts value-added, sales, use, excise or other similar taxes or duties, the Licensee will be responsible for paying those taxes and duties.

 

10.5 Notices - All notices to be sent to the Licensor under this agreement must indicate the Isis Project N o and should be sent, by post and fax unless agreed otherwise in writing, until further notice to: The Managing Director, Isis Innovation Ltd, Ewert House, Ewert Place, Summertown, Oxford, OX2 7SG, Fax: 01865 280831. All notices to be sent to the Licensee under this agreement should be sent, until further notice, to the Company Secretary MuOx Limited c/o 85B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY quoting the relevant Isis Project N o .

 

10.6 Force Majeure - If performance by either party of any of its obligations under this agreement (not including an obligation to make payment) is prevented by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, that party will be excused from performance of that obligation for the duration of the relevant event.


10.7 Assignment – The Licensee may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this agreement in whole or in part, except to an Affiliate and only for so long as it remains an Affiliate, without the prior written consent of the Licensor such consent not to be unreasonably withheld delayed or conditioned. For clarity, and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Licensor will not consent to assignment of this agreement to any company whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University. In the event of the acquisition of Control of the Licensee by a third party whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University, the Licensor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement.

 

10.8 Severability - If any of the provisions of this agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties will, however, negotiate to agree the terms of a mutually satisfactory provision, achieving as nearly as possible the same commercial effect, to be substituted for the provision found to be void or unenforceable.

 

10.9 No Partnership etc - Nothing in this agreement creates, implies or evidences any partnership or joint venture between the Licensor and the Licensee or the relationship between them of principal and agent.

 

10.10 Entire Agreement - This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the Licence and the Licensee has not relied on any other statements or representations in agreeing to enter this contract. Specifically, but without limitation, this agreement does not impose or imply any obligation on the Licensor or the University to conduct development work. Any arrangements for such work must be the subject of a separate agreement between the University and the Licensee.

 

10.11 Variation - Any variation of this agreement must be in writing and signed by authorised signatories for both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties to this agreement may rescind or vary this agreement without the consent of any party that has the benefit of clause 10.13.

 

10.12 Rights Of Third Parties - The parties to this agreement intend that by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 the University and the people referred to in clause [ ] will be able to enforce the terms of this agreement intended by the parties to be for their benefit as if the University and the people referred to in clause [ ] were party to this agreement.

 

10.13 Governing Law - This Deedis governed by English Law, and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts for the resolution of any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

10.14 Counterparts – This Deed may be executed in one or more counterparts. The execution and exchange by each Party of correctly executed and initialed counterparts shall constitute execution.


SCHEDULE 1 - DEFINITIONS

(Clause 1)

Affiliate means any company or legal entity in any country Controlling or Controlled by the Licensee or under common Control of the Licensee.

Commercially Reasonable Endeavours means, with respect to the efforts to be expended by Licensee hereunder, efforts and resources comparable to those used by a biotechnology company of comparable value, business model and resources; in respect of a product proprietary to that company, which product is of similar market potential (taking into account the relevant patent and proprietary position) at a similar stage in its development or product life to any Licensed Product, utilizing sound and reasonable scientific, business, (where relevant) pre-clinical and clinical practice and judgment in order to develop and commercialise such product in a timely manner. Commercially Reasonable Efforts recognizes and accounts for a staggered approach to multiple potential candidates (meaning focus is placed on a lead candidate and a small number of back up candidates rather than equally across all potential candidates), the uncertainties of drug development, and is evaluated in the context of Territory-wide efforts, recognizing that some development and commercialization activities may or may not be required by this standard for countries other than, for example, the EU and that a reasonable development and commercialization program may stage or stagger activities for different countries over time.

Confidential Information means in relation to each party any materials, trade secrets or other information disclosed by that party to the other.

Control means:

 

(a) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital of the relevant entity; or

 

(b) the ability to direct the casting of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes exercisable at a general meeting of the relevant entity on all, or substantially all, matters.

Development Plan means the plan produced in accordance with clause 6.2 including any plan that may later replace it by agreement of the parties.

Documents means in relation to Project 7903 Know-how: The reports titled “Hit Series” and “Series Under Evaluation”; and in relation to Project 4417 Know How and Project 8066 Know How: The report titled “4417 8066 Development of the LUmdx Mouse Model and Cell” [to be updated following update to Diligence report].

Effective Date means the date on which this agreement is executed.

Field means all therapeutic and commercial applications of small molecule utrophin modulators in humans and animals, particularly (but without limitation) for therapy of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy For the avoidance of doubt, Licensee shall have exclusive rights to Licensed Products in all indications.

Indemnified Claim means any claim under which the Licensor and the University are entitled to be indemnified under clause 9.3.

Intellectual Property Rights means patents, trade marks, copyrights, database rights, rights in designs, and all or any other intellectual or industrial property rights, whether or not registered or capable of registration.

Know How means all confidential information, whether patentable or not including that comprised in data, formulae, techniques, designs, specifications, laboratory notebooks, instructions, research and other reports and memoranda.

Licence means the licence granted by the Licensor to the Licensee under clause 2.1.


Licensed Know-how means together the Project 7903 Know How, the Project 4417 Know How, and the Project 8066 Know How.

Licensed Product means any product, process, service or composition which is entirely or partially produced by means of or with the use of, or within the scope of, the Licensed Know-how, or any of it.

Licence Year means each twelve (12) month period beginning on the Effective Date or any anniversary of the Effective Date.

MDA and MDC Rights means the rights of the MDA and MDC in respect of Intellectual Property Rights set out in their respective funding awards made to the University dated 6 January 2012 reference [MDA217606, MDA157450, MDA4235] and dated 11 November 2011, reference 21092-ASA001/ ref.:RA2/703/1

Market means, in relation to a Licensed Product, offering to sell, lease, licence or otherwise commercially exploit the Licensed Product or the sale, lease, licence or other commercial exploitation of the Licensed Product.

Non-Commercial Use means, save as expressly provided in this definition, scholarly and academic research and teaching purposes only, including the right to use the Licensed Know-how in other scholarly and academic research and teaching only projects. For the duration of the Sponsored Research Agreement, the Licensor shall not and shall procure that the University shall not engage in the following activities which, for the sake of clarity, do not constitute Non-Commercial Use namely (a) make available to any third party (including any Specified Person) or researchers outside the Researchers’ laboratories (i) the information in Schedule 2 and (ii) any of the compounds in the Project 7903 Know How; and (b) make available to any third party (including any Specified Person) or researchers outside the Researchers’ laboratories , the Project 4417 Know How or the Project 8066 Know How other than on the condition that the third party either (i) agrees that the Licensee shall have the exclusive right to develop and commercialise the results arising from any use of the Project 4417 Know How or the Project 8066 Know How in the Field or (ii) agrees not to use the Project 4417 Know How or the Project 8066 Know How for the purposes of conducting small molecule screening in the Field.

Project 7903 Know How means the Know How listed or identified in Part 1 of Schedule 2 and all information and data pertaining to that Project.

Project 4417 Know How means the Know How listed or identified in Part 2 of Schedule 2 and all information and data pertaining to that Project.

Project 8066 Know How means the Know How listed or identified in Part 3 of Schedule 2 and all information and data pertaining to that Project.

Researcher means the following University of Oxford researchers: Kay Davies, Steve Davies, Rebecca Fairclough, Angela Russell and Graham Wynne.

Specified Persons means together the University, theMuscular Dystrophy Association, Inc. 3300 East Sunrise Drive, Tuscon, Arizona. 85718 USA (“MDA”) and the Muscular Dystrophy Campaign, 61A Great Suffolk Street, London, SE1 0BU (“MDC”) and in the singular any one of them.

Territory means Worldwide.

University means the Chancellor, Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford whose administrative offices are at the University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD.


SCHEDULE 2 – KNOW-HOW

Part 1: 7903 Know-how

PDF documents entitled:

 

    “7903 DMD SRA series 1-4 21-11-13”,

 

    “Hit series 21-11-13”

 

    “Series under Evaluation 21-11-13”

Part 2: 4417 Know-how

PDF document entitled:

 

    “4417 Development of the LUmdx Mouse Model”

Part 3: 8066 Know-how

PDF document entitled:

“8066 Development of the LUmdx Cell Based Model”

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 27 pages were omitted. [**]


Executed and delivered as a Deed on the date set forth on the first page.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED  
as a DEED for and on behalf of     EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as a
      DEED for and on behalf of
ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED :     MUOX LIMITED :
Name:   Giles Kerr     Name:   S.S. Davies
Position:   Director     Position:   Director
Signature:   Giles Kerr     Signature:   /s/ S.S. Davies

 

Witness Signature   /s/ D. H. Stepney     Witness Signature   /s/ Patrick Charles Murrish
        Baddeley
Witness name   D.H. Stepney     Witness name   Patrick Charles Murrish Baddeley
Witness address.   [**]     Witness address   9400 Garsington Road
  [**]       Oxford OX4 2HN
  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.6

DATED 24 th  July 2014

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED

and

(2) MUOX LIMITED

SUPPLEMENTAL VARIATION DEED TO LICENCE OF KNOW-HOW

DATED 22 NOVEMBER 2013

(ISIS PROJECT Nos. 4417, 7903, 8066)


THIS DEED OF VARIATION is made on 24 th  July, 2014

BETWEEN:

 

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED (Company No. 2199542) whose registered office is at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD, England (the “ Licensor ”); and

 

(2) MUOX LIMITED (Company No. 08338316) whose registered office is at 9400 Garsington Road, Oxford Business Park, Oxford, England, OX4 2HN (the “ Licensee ”).

BACKGROUND:

Under a Deed of Licence of Know-how entered into between the Licensor and the Licensee and its Affiliates to carry out further research and development of the Licensed Know-how dated 22 November 2013 (“the Know-how Licence”) the parties agreed to determine additions required to the Licensed Know-how set out in Schedule 2 to the Know-how Licence so that it accurately reflected the full extent of the Licensed Know–how at the date of the Know-how Licence.

AGREEMENT:

 

1. Interpretation

Except as otherwise provided in this Deed of Variation, the words and expressions used in this Deed of Variation shall have the meanings set out in the Know-how Licence.

 

2. Variation

 

2.1 In accordance with clause 2.1 of the Know-how Licence it is agreed that the information set out in the Schedule to this Deed of Variation will the added to Schedule 2 of the Know-how Licence and that as a result Schedule 2 will now reflect the totality of Licensed Know-how existing at the date of the Know-how Licence.

 

2.2 This Deed of Variation is supplemental to the Know-how Licence and except as specifically amended by this Deed of Variation shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

2.3 This Agreement is governed by English Law, and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts for the resolution of any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.


SCHEDULE 2 – KNOW-HOW

[List documents and attribute Part Numbers to each document]

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of 5 pages were omitted. [**]


Executed and delivered as a Deed on the date set forth on the first page.

 

EXECUTED AND DELIVERED
as a DEED for and on behalf of
 
ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED :
Name:   Linda Naylor
Position:   Director
Signature:   /s/ Linda Naylor
 
EXECUTED AND DELIVERED as a
DEED for and on behalf of
MUOX LIMITED :
Name:   Glyn Edwards
Position:   Director
Signature:   /s/ Glyn Edwards
 

 

Witness Name:    Carolyn Porter
Witness Address:    32 Manor Road
   South Hinsey
   OX1 5AS
Witness Signature:    /s/ Carolyn Porter
Witness:    Andy Mulvaney
Witness Address:    6 Medhurst Way
   Oxford OX4 4NY
Witness Signature:    /s/ Andy Mulvaney
 
  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.7

OPTION AGREEMENT

This Agreement dated 22 November 2013 (“ Effective Date ”) is between:

 

1. ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED , a company registered in England (company no. 02199542) with registered office address at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD (“ Isis ”); and

 

2. SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC a company registered in England (company no. 05197494) with registered office address at 85B Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire OX14 4RY (“ Summit ”); and

 

3. THE CHANCELLOR MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD , whose administrative offices are at Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD (the “ University ”)

BACKGROUND

 

  A. MuOx Limited (a company in which the Founders, defined below and the University were initial shareholders) has taken an exclusive licence from Isis to certain intellectual property rights referred to as the Background IP below. MuOx will on or around the Effective Date be acquired by Summit in return for the issue of shares in Summit to the Founders and the University and in accordance with an agreement between Summit, the Founders and the University (“ Share Purchase Agreement ”).

 

  B. Summit is in addition funding certain research at the University of Oxford as provided for in a separate sponsored research agreement dated on or around the Effective Date (“ Sponsored Research Agreement ”).

 

  C. Certain intellectual property rights may arise during the course of the Sponsored Research Agreement or otherwise in the Research Field (defined below).

 

  D. Isis is prepared to grant an option to Summit in relation to the intellectual property rights arising in the performance of the Sponsored Research Agreement and Research Field on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1. Definitions and Interpretation

 

  1.1. In this Agreement the following words and expressions have the meaning set opposite:

 

Affiliate    means any company or other entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a party to this Agreement, where ‘control’ means the ownership of more than 50% of the issued share capital or other equity interest or the legal power to direct or cause the direction of the general management and policies of the relevant party or such company or other entity;


AIM    AIM, a market operated and regulated by the London Stock Exchange;
Arising IP    means the Intellectual Property Rights (a) arising in the performance of the Sponsored Research Agreement; and/or (b) arising in the Research Field in each case to the extent such Arising IP is created or reduced to practice during the Option Period and is created solely by the Founders, under the supervision of the Founders or by a third party sub-contractor appointed by the RMT and in any case to the extent Isis is legally able to licence such to Summit;
Arising IP Type    means the four types of Arising IP as defined in Schedule 1 and referred to as Arising IP 1, Arising IP 2, Arising IP 3 and Arising IP 4;
Background IP    means the Intellectual Property Rights licensed by Isis to MuOx under the Licence Agreement;
Candidate Product    shall mean any product, process or service which (a) in the absence of the licence granted pursuant to this Agreement will infringe any Valid Claim of any patent within the Arising IP; or (b) uses, or is produced by use of, or which comprises any Arising IP;
Chemical Lead    means a compound achieving the criteria set out in Schedule 7 and corresponding to Decision Point #5 as defined in Hughes, et al Early Drug Discovery and Development Guidelines: For Academic Researchers, Collaborators and Start-up Companies;
Commercially Reasonable Endeavours    means, with respect to the efforts to be expended by Licensee hereunder, efforts and resources comparable to those used by a biotechnology company of comparable value, business model and resources; in respect of a product proprietary to that company, which product is of similar market potential (taking into account the relevant patent and proprietary position) at a similar stage in its development or product life to any Candidate Product, utilizing sound and reasonable scientific, business, (where relevant) pre-clinical and clinical practice and judgment in order to develop and commercialise such product in a timely manner. Commercially Reasonable Endeavours recognizes and accounts for a staggered approach to multiple potential candidates (meaning focus is placed on a lead candidate and a small number of back up

 

Page 2


   candidates rather than equally across all potential candidates), the uncertainties of drug development, and is evaluated in the context of Territory-wide efforts, recognizing that some development and commercialization activities may or may not be required by this standard for countries other than, for example, the EU and that a reasonable development and commercialization program may stage or stagger activities for different countries over time;
Confidential Information    means (a) the terms of this Agreement and (b) the Arising IP;
Effective Date    means the date set out above;
Equity Event    shall have the meaning given in Schedule 3;
Equity Milestone    means the events listed in Schedule 3 of the Warrant Instrument (Schedule 6) that trigger the commencement of the Subscription Periods, as defined in the Warrant Instrument;
Field    means all therapeutic and commercial applications of small molecule utrophin modulators in humans and animals for any indication, particularly (but without limitation) for therapy of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy. For the avoidance of doubt, Summit shall have exclusive rights over Candidate Products in all indications;
Founders    means any of Professor Dame Kay Davies; Professor Stephen Davies, Dr. Angela Russell, Dr. Graham Wynne and Dr. Rebecca Fairclough;
GLP Toxicology Studies    means 14 day (or longer) repeat dose toxicology in two mammalian species comprising of a rodent and a second, non-rodent species in accordance with ICH Guideline M3 (R2) on the non-clinical safety studies for the conduct of human clinical trials and marketing authorisation for pharmaceuticals. For the purposes of this Operative Provision, “Initiation” means dosing of the first animal in the first mammalian species cohort with a Candidate Product;
Intellectual Property Rights    means patents, rights to inventions, copyright and related rights, trade marks, trade names and domain names, rights in designs, rights in computer software, database rights, rights in confidential information (including know-how) and any other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including

 

Page 3


   all applications (or rights to apply) for, and renewals or extensions of, such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection in any part of the world;
Licence Agreement    means the licence agreement between Muox and Isis dated on or about the Effective Date;
Master Licence    means the template agreement attached as Schedule 5;
MuOx    means MuOx Limited, a company registered in England and Wales (company no. 08538316) and with registered office address at 9400 Garsington Road, Oxford Business Park, Oxford, England, OX4 2HN;
Milestone Events    in respect of the Milestone Payments listed in column [3] of the table in Schedule 2, means the corresponding milestone triggers for those Milestone Payments as listed in column [1] of the same table and in the singular means any one of those Milestone Events;
Milestone Payments    in respect of the Milestone Events listed in column [1] of the table in Schedule 2, means the corresponding milestone payments for those Milestone Events as listed in column [3] of the same table and in the singular means any one of those Milestone Payments;
Option Exercise Fee    means in respect of first Option exercise, [**] pounds sterling (£[**]) (The Initial Option Exercise Fee) and [**] pounds sterling per subsequent exercise of the Option (Subsequent Option Exercise Fee) and up to a maximum of [**] pounds sterling (£[**]);
Option Fee    means the sum of [**] pounds Sterling (£[**]);
Option Notice    shall have the meaning given in clause 2.1;
Option Period    means a period starting on the Effective Date and ending on expiry of a period of [**] calendar months from notification of Arising IP by Isis under clause 2.1.1 only (and for clarity excluding notification under clause 2.1.2 or 2.1.3);
Option Term    Means the Option Period together with the [**] month period (or such longer period as is provided in clause 2.2) required by Isis to obtain

 

Page 4


   assignments of Arising IP and carry out any internal due diligence in relation to Arising IP in accordance with clause 2.2;
Personnel    means any directors, employees, agents, consultants, contractors, collaborators, sub-licensees of a party to this Agreement;
Principal Investigators    means Professor Kay Davies, Professor Stephen Davies and Dr Angela Russell or their successors;
Phase 1 Clinical Trial    means a human clinical trial, the principal purpose of which is preliminary determination of safety of a Candidate Product in healthy individuals or patients as described in 21 C.F.R. §312.21, or similar clinical study in a country other than the United States;

Publish

   the publication of an abstract or an article in a journal or presentation at a conference or seminar (other than seminars internal to the University), and references to “Publication” are to be construed accordingly;
Research Field    means research and development in small molecule utrophin modulation in humans or animals;
RMT    means the Research Management Team as appointed under the Sponsored Research Agreement;
Royalties    means the royalty of [**]% currently provided for in the Arising IP 1 and IP3 Master Licence in Schedule 5;
Share Purchase Agreement    shall have the meaning given in Recital A above;
Sponsored Research Agreement    shall have the meaning given in Recital B above;
Term    means the term of this Agreement as set out in clause 11 below;
Third Party Funder    means a third party who contributes financial funding to either research covered by the Sponsored Research Agreement or research within the Research Field other than an Affiliate of Summit;
Valid Claim    means (a) a claim of any issued and unexpired patent, to the extent that such claim in any patent has not lapsed, been withdrawn or been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid by

 

Page 5


   any court of competent jurisdiction in a non-appealable judgment or otherwise rendered invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise through re-examination, opposition, post-grant review or inter partes review, or lost through interference proceeding, or been cancelled or abandoned or dedicated to the public or (b) a claim of a pending patent application which has not been pending for a period of more than [**] years and that has not been finally cancelled, withdrawn, abandoned or rejected by any administrative agency or other body of competent jurisdiction;
Warrant    shall have the meaning given in clause 6.3;
Warrant Instrument    means the warrant instrument in the form set out in Schedule 6, to be executed by Summit on the date hereof.

 

  1.2. In this Agreement:

 

  1.2.1 references to clauses are to the clauses of this Agreement;

 

  1.2.2 references to the parties are to the parties to this Agreement;

 

  1.2.3 headings are used for convenience only and do not affect its interpretation; and

 

  1.2.4 references to a statutory provision include references to the statutory provision as modified or re-enacted or both from time to time and to any subordinate legislation made under the statutory provision.

 

2. Option

 

  2.1. During the Option Term, Isis grants to Summit an exclusive option to a licence or licences under the Arising IP in the Field on the terms set out in this Agreement (“ Option ”). The option shall be exercised in each case by Summit notifying Isis in writing in accordance with any of clauses 2.1.1 or 2.1.2 or 2.1.3 below (each an “ Option Notice ”):

 

  2.1.1 On expiry or termination of the Sponsored Research Agreement, Isis shall provide to Summit a written list of all Arising IP existing as of the date of such expiry or termination including Arising IP identified to the RMT of which it is aware. Summit shall have [**] months from receipt of such written list to serve an Option Notice on Isis in relation to any of the Arising IP listed by Isis; or

 

  2.1.2 Service of an Option Notice by Summit at any time during the Option Period such notice specifying the chemical series around a Candidate Product or enabling technology under either Arising IP2 or Arising IP4 in respect of which Summit wishes to exercise the Option; or

 

  2.1.3

Where GLP Toxicology Studies are initiated in relation to any Candidate Product, Summit shall have [**] calendar days from

 

Page 6


  receipt of written list of Arising IP relating to such Candidate Product to serve an Option Notice on Isis in relation to any of the listed Arising IP. For clarity, where any Arising IP has not been listed by Isis and is subsequently identified as having been created during the Option Period to cover the Candidate Product exercise of an option in relation to such Arising IP can be made by Summit in accordance with clause 2.1.1 or 2.1.2.

 

  2.2. On receipt of the Option Notice in accordance with clause 2.1 above, Isis and Summit shall cooperate (a) to produce a list of all relevant Arising IP and (b) to procure the grant of a licence (i) on the terms set out in Schedule 5 for any licence pertaining to Arising IP1 and Arising IP3, or (ii) on terms based on Isis’s template licence and the terms determined pursuant to Clause 4.2.2 for any licence pertaining to Arising IP2 or Arising IP4, and in either case within [**] months of receipt of Option Notice by Isis. Such [**] month period is provided to enable Isis to obtain any necessary assignments of Arising IP from the University and to carry out its internal due diligence process. The [**] month period will be extended where Isis has not obtained the required assignments of Arising IP or completed its internal due diligence process but in each case Isis and the University will use reasonable endeavours to complete any assignment and due diligence and shall execute a definitive licence agreement (of the form provided in Schedule 5 to this Agreement for Arising IP1 and Arising IP3 and based on Isis’s template licence for an enabling technology and the terms determined pursuant to Clause 4.2.2 for any licence pertaining to Arising IP2 or Arising IP4) as quickly as possible after receipt of Option Notice by Isis. For clarity, the Parties intend there to be only one licence agreement and, in the event of multiple exercises of the Option, any additional Arising IP in respect of which Summit has exercised the Option shall be added to the existing licence subject to payment of the Option Exercise Fee by completion of amendments to Schedules 2 to 4 to the Master Licence to include the new Arising IP.

 

  2.3. The Parties will co-operate to determine and identify, as quickly as possible, the Arising IP in relation to which either the Option is being exercised (in accordance with clauses 2.1.2) or in relation to which Isis is providing notification (in accordance with clauses 2.1.1 and 2.1.3) and where possible the Option Notice should include the information set out in Schedule 4. Multiple Option Notices may be given by Summit during the Option Period in accordance with any of clauses 2.1.1-2.1.3. For clarity, an Option Notice specifying a specific Arising IP Type shall not prevent or affect Summit’s ability to serve any further Option Notice in relation to further Arising IP of the same or different Arising IP Types.

 

  2.4. During the Option Term and subject to clause 2.7 below, neither Isis nor the University shall (a) license, sell or otherwise dispose of the Arising IP to any third party within the Field; (b) enter into any negotiations for the licensing, sale or other disposal of the Arising IP to any third party within the Field; (c) grant any third party an option over the Arising IP within the Field, in each case in any way which would conflict with the granting of a licence to Summit in accordance with clause 3 of this Agreement.

 

  2.5.

During the Option Term the Parties shall comply with the Project Management and Governance obligations set out in the Schedule 9 to this

 

Page 7


  Agreement. The Project Management and Governance obligations in this Agreement are the same (save for necessary contextual changes) as those set forth in the Sponsored Research Agreement and, in order to avoid duplication of effort, the Parties agree that the meetings of the respective RMTs and JSCs shall be held at the same time.

 

  2.6. On expiry of the periods for exercise set out in clauses 2.1.1 and 2.1.3 and in circumstances where Isis has not received any Option Notice from Summit in relation to any of the Arising IP listed by Isis the option set out in clause 2.1 shall expire in relation to any listed Arising IP which is not subject to an Option Notice on expiry of period for exercise. On such expiry clause 2.4 shall cease to apply in relation to any listed Arising IP which is not subject to an Option Notice.

 

  2.7. During the term of this Agreement, the University and Isis shall together use their respective commercial endeavours to ensure that all Arising IP is owned by one of the University and/or Isis and shall take all reasonable steps and execute all documentation as may be required to ensure that such Arising IP is owned by the University and/or Isis.

 

3. Control of Prosecution

 

  3.1. As of the Effective Date Isis shall be responsible for the prosecution, maintenance and filing of any patent applications claiming solely Arising IP 2 and Arising IP 4 (“ Isis Patents ”). Isis shall have the final decision in relation to such filing, prosecution and maintenance of Isis Patents. However Isis shall:

 

  a) copy Summit on all material correspondence relating to Isis Patents and provide Summit with a reasonable opportunity to comment on such material correspondence;

 

  b) consult with Summit prior to making any material decisions in relation to Isis Patents and take into consideration any comments received from Summit;

 

  c) save that in the case of an emergency, Isis may proceed without first informing or consulting with Summit provided that disclosure of such action shall be made to Summit as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

  3.2. From the Effective Date, Summit shall be responsible for the filing, prosecution and maintenance of any patent application or patent claiming any of the Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3 (“ Summit Patents ”). However Summit shall:

 

  a) copy Isis on all material correspondence relating to Summit Patents and provide Isis with a reasonable opportunity to comment on such material correspondence;

 

  b) consult with Isis prior to making any material decisions in relation to Summit Patents and obtain Isis’s prior written consent to such material decisions (such consents not to be unreasonable withheld delayed or conditioned);

 

  c) save that in the case of an emergency, Summit may proceed without first informing or consulting with Isis provided that disclosure of such action shall be made to Isis as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

Page 8


  3.3. The parties shall agree which patent agents shall be used to advise on the filing, prosecution and maintenance of any patents and patent applications covering the Arising IP. For clarity, different patent agents may be agreed in relation to patents and patent applications claiming different Arising IP Types.

 

  3.4. Summit shall be responsible for all costs relating to the filing of any patent application or patent claiming any of Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3, including Summit Patents. Isis shall be responsible for the costs relating to the filing of any patent application or patent claiming Arising IP other than Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3, including Isis Patents. Summit agrees to reimburse Isis for [**]% of the reasonable third party costs incurred by Isis in prosecution, filing and maintenance of the patents and patent applications covering the Arising IP and for which Isis has responsibility. Such reimbursement shall be made within [**] days of receipt by Summit of an invoice from Isis for such third party costs. Upon execution of a licence to any Isis Patents, Summit will pay to Isis the remaining [**]% of costs incurred by Isis in prosecution, filing and maintenance of the patents and patent applications within [**] days of receipt of an invoice from Isis.

 

  3.5. Isis and Summit shall be entitled to attend any meetings with patent agents relating to any patents or patent applications claiming Arising IP, regardless of whether they are responsible for the prosecution, maintenance or filing of such Arising IP. Summit and Isis shall keep the other reasonably informed of the dates of any planned meetings with patent agents in which any patents or patent applications claiming Arising IP are intended to be discussed.

 

  3.6. Prior to either Summit or Isis permitting any patent application or patent claiming any Arising IP to lapse, the relevant party shall notify the other and provide the other with at least [**] days’ written notice to take over the prosecution, maintenance and filing of the notified patent application or patent. The other of Isis or Summit shall have [**] days from date of written notice to respond should it wish to take over the filing, prosecution and maintenance of the notified patent or patent application. In the absence of any response within such [**] day period, the party responsible for prosecution, filing and maintenance shall be entitled to permit such patent application or patent to lapse. Where the other party does notify within the [**] day period that it wishes to take over the filing, prosecution and maintenance of any notified patent or patent application, Isis and Summit shall co-operate to ensure transfer of filing, prosecution and maintenance as quickly as possible and in any event within any timescales for lapse or renewal of such patent or patent application.

 

  3.7. On entry of Summit and Isis into any licence agreement pursuant to Option exercise, the provisions of this clause 3 will automatically be replaced by the relevant prosecution, filing and maintenance provisions of the licence agreement in relation to the Arising IP licensed under such agreement.

 

Page 9


4. Consideration

 

  4.1. In consideration of the grant of the Option, Summit will issue the Warrants to Isis.

Within [**] days of the Effective Date, Summit shall pay to Isis the Option Fee. On the occasion of the first exercise by Summit of its Option over Arising IP, Isis shall send Summit an invoice for the Initial Option Exercise Fee and Summit shall pay the same within [**] days of receipt of that invoice. For exercise of its Option over subsequent Arising IP types, Summit shall make the Subsequent Option Exercise Fee payment within [**] days of receipt of an invoice from Isis for such. For clarity, Summit is not required to pay an Option Exercise Fee more than once for each Arising IP Type in respect of which it exercises its Option

 

  4.2. In advance of any grant of a licence under any Arising IP, Summit also agrees to pay certain milestone payments in relation to Candidate Products on the basis set out below in this clause 4.

 

  4.2.1 In relation to any Candidate Product which would in the absence of any licence infringe Valid Claims of Arising IP 1 and/or Arising IP 3 or comprise or use any Arising IP 1 and/or Arising IP 3, then Milestone Payments in accordance with clause 5 shall become payable.

 

  4.2.2 In relation to any Candidate Product which would in the absence of any licence infringe only Valid Claims of Arising IP 2 and/or Arising IP 4 or comprises or uses only Arising IP 2 and/or Arising IP 4 then the parties agree to negotiate in good faith at the time the level of milestone payments to be paid under a licence agreement. Where the parties are unable to agree on the level of milestone payments under this paragraph, either party may refer the matter to an independent expert for resolution. The independent expert shall be mutually appointed, or in the absence of agreement, appointed by the President of the Law Society of England and Wales. As a minimum the expert shall be a practising IP professional having a minimum of ten years’ experience in IP valuation. The expert’s decision shall be final and binding on both parties in the absence of manifest error and the expert shall determine which party or parties pay his costs.

 

  4.2.3

The amount of consideration payable under clauses 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 shall take into account the involvement of the Founders in the creation or reduction to practice of Arising IP 1 and IP 2 and the Parties agree that the Founders have already received consideration under the Share Purchase Agreement in relation to Arising IP 1 and IP 2. Where the parties are unable to agree the applicable level of payments required in accordance with this clause either party may refer the matter to an independent expert for resolution. The independent expert shall be mutually appointed, or in the absence of agreement, appointed by the

 

Page 10


  President of the Law Society of England and Wales. As a minimum the expert shall be a practising IP professional having a minimum of ten years’ experience in IP valuation. The expert’s decision shall be final and binding on both parties in the absence of manifest error and which party pays the expert’s costs shall be determined by the expert.

 

  4.3. For clarity, any obligation (other than an accrued liability) to pay Milestone Payments under this Agreement in relation to any Candidate Product shall cease on entry into a licence agreement between Isis and Summit in relation to any Arising IP covering or used within such Candidate Product, and the Milestone Payment obligations under such licence agreement shall then apply to the relevant Candidate Product.

 

  4.4. All amounts payable to Isis under this Agreement:

 

  4.4.1 are exclusive of VAT (or any similar tax) which Summit will pay at the rate from time to time prescribed by law;

 

  4.4.2 will be paid by Summit within [**] days after date of the relevant invoice by telegraphic transfer to the bank account nominated by Isis from time to time; and

 

  4.4.3 will be paid in GBP pounds sterling.

 

  4.4.4 The Parties confirm that it is anticipated, as at the Effective Date, that the Founders shall not be entitled to a share of the Milestone Payments where the Milestone Payment relates to a Candidate Product which uses or comprises only Arising IP1 or Arising IP2 as consideration for such has already been paid to the Founders in accordance with the terms of the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

  4.5. Where Summit has to withhold tax by law, Summit will deduct the tax, pay it to the relevant taxing authority, and supply Isis with a Certificate of Tax Deduction at the time of payment of relevant consideration to Isis.

 

  4.6. In the event that full payment of any amount due from Summit to Isis under this agreement is not made by any of the dates stipulated, Isis may in its sole discretion charge Summit interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of [**] per cent ([**]%) over the base rate for the time being of [**], from the date when payment was due until the date of actual payment.

 

5. Milestone Payments and Royalties for Arising IP 1 and Arising IP 3

 

  5.1. Summit shall pay the Milestone Payments on each of the Milestone Events. The Milestone Payment shall be due for each Candidate Product reaching such Milestone Event. For the purposes of this clause a Candidate Product will be considered to be a different Candidate Product if it were to be subject to a different marketing authorisation in any country.

 

  5.1.1

For clarity the amounts set out in this clause shall only be payable in relation to Candidate Products which infringe any

 

Page 11


  Valid Claims only of Arising IP 1 and/or Arising IP 3 or which comprise or use only Arising IP 1 and/or Arising IP 3. Milestone and milestone payments in respect of Licensed Products which infringe any Valid Claims of Arising IP 2 and/or Arising IP 4 or which comprise or use any of Arising IP 2 and/or Arising IP 4 shall be negotiated by the parties in accordance with clause 4.2.2 of this Agreement.

 

  5.1.2 The Milestone Payments and Royalties in respect of Arising IP 1 and Arising IP 3 actually payable by Summit shall be adjusted pro rata based on (i) the proportion of value delivered to the Arising IP 1 and Arising IP 3 by funding provided by Summit under the SRA and by Third Party Funders, as ascertained through the University’s standard IP due diligence procedures and (ii) additionally taking into account the value delivered to the Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3 through Summit’s external spend with contract research organisations conducted to support the Arising IP, as identified at the date the invention is disclosed to Isis under its standard procedures.

The parties will work together in good faith to agree the proportionality of the value delivered to the Arising IP by Summit’s external research spend versus the combined value delivered by Summit’s funding under the Sponsored Research Agreement and Third Party Funding. By way of example only, work that has produced an inventive step will have greater value than work that further exemplifies the invention the invention embodied by the Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3. In particular the above Milestone Payments and Royalties payable by Summit shall be reduced where any of the Arising IP 1 and Arising IP 3 used in the Candidate Product or comprised within any Candidate Product, or which the Candidate Product would infringe in the absence of any licence is funded wholly or partly by Summit. Where funded wholly by Summit then the Milestone Payments and Royalties due and payable by Summit shall be reduced by [**]% ([**] per cent).

For the purposes of calculating the reduction in the Milestone Payment and Royalties, the proportion of value contributed to the Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3 by Summit’s external research spend shall be treated as if it were Summit’s funding under the Sponsored Research Agreement. Where funded partly by Summit (whether under either the SRA or via Summit’s external research spend) and partly by a Third Party Funder or Third Party Funders the reduction of [**]% ([**] per cent) shall be adjusted pro rata based on the overall proportion of value delivered to the Arising IP by Summit’s funding under the SRA and/or Summit’s external research spend incurred in developing the relevant Arising IP 1 and Arising IP 3.

Where the parties are unable to agree on the amount of reduction applicable under this paragraph, either party may refer the matter to an independent expert for resolution. The independent expert shall be mutually appointed, or in the absence of agreement, appointed by the President of the Law

 

Page 12


Society of England and Wales. As a minimum the expert shall be a practising IP professional having a minimum of ten years’ experience in IP valuation. The expert’s decision shall be final and binding on both parties in the absence of manifest error and the expert shall determine which party or parties pay his costs.

 

  5.2. The Milestone Payments shall be due within [**] days of invoice from Isis issued after any Milestone Event has occurred.

 

  5.3. To the extent not covered by clause 6.1 below, Summit shall keep Isis informed of the development of the Arising IP, to the extent such development is not carried out under the Sponsored Research Agreement and shall provide Isis with regular updates (meaning no less frequently than once per calendar year) on the progress towards the Milestone Events. Summit shall inform Isis in writing of the achievement of each Milestone Event that it reaches within [**] days of having reached the relevant Milestone Event.

 

  5.4. Distribution by Isis of Milestone Payments received from Summit shall be in accordance with Isis standard policy and University statutes and regulations as in force as at the time of distribution.

 

6. Equity Milestones

 

  6.1. During the term of this Agreement, Summit shall keep Isis informed of progress of the development of each Candidate Product through provision once per calendar year of written progress reports. Progress reports shall be provided within [**] business days following the anniversary of the Effective Date. Summit shall use Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to research and develop a Candidate Product. In particular Summit shall keep Isis informed of the selection of Candidate Products for further development and initiation of GLP Toxicology Studies in relation to any Candidate Products.

 

  6.2. In accordance with clause 4.1 Summit shall issue to Isis warrants to subscribe for a total of seven million, eighty one thousand, seven hundred and seventy (7,081,770) new Ordinary shares in Summit at 1 penny per Ordinary share (“ Warrants ”). The Warrants shall be issued on and subject to the terms of the Warrant Instrument.

 

  6.3. The issued shares resulting from exercise of the warrants shall rank pari passu with the ordinary shares of Summit existing at the time of issue. Following issue and allotment Summit shall (for so long as its shares are admitted to trading on AIM) procure admission of the allotted shares to trading on AIM as soon as practicable following the due date for issue and allotment of shares on the exercise of warrants and in accordance with the AIM rules.

 

  6.4. Nothing in this clause 6 shall oblige Summit to act other than in accordance with relevant stock exchange rules (including rules of AIM) and other regulatory and statutory requirements.

 

Page 13


  6.6 Prior to exercising a Warrant, Isis shall identify the Personnel and any third parties who in accordance with University statutes and regulations may be entitled to compensation in relation to any Arising IP licensed to Summit. Isis will ask all its Personnel to elect in writing whether they wish to receive their compensation by way of shares in Summit or cash reward. Isis shall then calculate the number of shares resulting from exercise of the relevant Warrant which must be sold in order to discharge any income tax and National Insurance obligations payable in respect of any allocation of compensation. Isis shall deduct this number of shares from the total shares which will be received as a result of exercise of the relevant Warrant and shall calculate from the remaining shares the proportions of such shares which should be allocated to the University, Isis, Personnel and any third parties in accordance with the University statutes and regulations. Isis shall then exercise the relevant Warrant and in its notice of exercise it shall inform Summit of the number of shares which should be allotted by Summit to each Personnel or third party who has elected to receive compensation by way of shares. Summit will allot the shares resulting from exercise of any Warrants by Isis either to such persons as so directed by Isis, or to Isis or its nominated broker who shall sell shares sufficient to cover any calculated income tax or National Insurance obligations. Isis shall be responsible for distribution of the cash resulting from sale of such shares in accordance with applicable University statutes and regulations. This clause 6.6 shall not impose any greater obligations on Summit than shall be contained in the Warrant Instrument.

 

7. Infringement

 

  7.1. Each party will notify the other in writing of any misappropriation or infringement of any Arising IP of which the party becomes aware.

 

  7.2. The party responsible for prosecution, filing and maintenance of Arising IP under clause 3 (“ Prosecuting Party ”) has the first right (but is not obliged) to take legal action at its own cost against any misappropriation or infringement of any rights included in the Arising IP. The Prosecuting Party must discuss any proposed legal action with the other party (although in the case of Isis and the University, where Isis owns the relevant Arising IP, consultation with Isis shall be deemed to be sufficient consultation with the University) prior to the legal action being commenced, and as far as reasonably possible and taking into account the Prosecuting Party’s own commercial interests, take due account of the legitimate interests of the other party in the action it takes.

 

  7.3. If Summit takes legal action under clause 7.2, Summit will:

 

  7.3.1 indemnify and hold Isis and the University harmless against all reasonable costs (including lawyers’ and patent agents’ fees and expenses), claims, demands and liabilities arising out of such activities and will settle any invoice received from Isis in respect of such costs, claims, demands and liabilities within [**] days of receipt;

 

  7.3.2 keep Isis regularly informed of the progress of the legal action, including, without limitation, any claims affecting the scope of any Arising IP; and

 

  7.3.3 be entitled to retain all damages received from any such action

 

Page 14


Clause 7.3.1 shall not apply to the extent that any costs, claims, demands and liabilities are due to any negligence of or breach of this Agreement by Isis or the University after the Effective Date.

 

  7.4. If the Prosecuting Party has notified the other parties (or Isis in the case of Isis and the University) in writing that it does not intend to take any action in relation to the misappropriation or infringement or the Prosecuting Party has not taken any such action within [**] days [**] days of the notification under clause 7.1, the other party (or Isis in the case of Isis and the University) may take such legal action at its own cost.

 

  7.5. On entry into any licence agreement in relation to any specific Arising IP, any action relating to any misappropriation or infringement of any rights included in such specific Arising IP shall be governed by the provisions of the relevant licence agreement and this clause 7 shall cease to apply in relation to such Arising IP.

 

8. Confidentiality

 

  8.1. Each party agrees:

 

  8.1.1 to keep the Confidential Information in strict confidence and to take all reasonable precautions to prevent the unauthorised disclosure of it to any third party;

 

  8.1.2 not to disclose any of the Confidential Information in whole or in part to any third party without the prior written consent of the disclosing party or as otherwise expressly permitted by any other clause of this Agreement;

 

  8.1.3 not to use any of the Confidential Information for any purpose other than as necessary to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement or for exercise of any licence without the prior written consent of the other parties. For the purposes of this sub-clause consent from Isis shall be deemed to include consent from the University.

 

  8.2. The receiving party may disclose the Confidential Information of the disclosing party to such of its Personnel as reasonably require access to it for the purpose of fulfilling the receiving party’s obligations under this Agreement or for exercise of any licence provided that before Confidential Information is disclosed to them, they are made aware of its confidential nature and that they are under a legally-binding obligation to treat that Confidential Information in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Page 15


  8.3. The obligations of confidence and non-use set out in clause 8.1 will not apply to any Confidential Information that:

 

  8.3.1 is or becomes published, known publicly or is otherwise in the public domain save where such publication is in breach of the terms of this Agreement;

 

  8.3.2 is, at any time, disclosed to a party by a third party under no obligation of confidentiality and in circumstances in which the receiving party has no reason to believe that there has been a breach of any obligation of confidence;

except that the above exceptions do not extend to circumstances where the Confidential Information includes information that was previously in the public domain, but where the novel collection of that information is separately protectable by the law of confidence.

 

  8.4. No party will be in breach of its obligations under clause 8.1 to the extent that it is required to disclose any Confidential Information of the other under any law or by or to a court or other public or regulatory body that has jurisdiction over it, (including but not limited to the London Stock Exchange or any other relevant stock exchange) provided that the receiving party gives the disclosing party written notice prior to disclosing any of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information and that the disclosure is made only to the extent required and for the purpose of complying with the requirement and that the receiving party takes all reasonable measures to ensure, as far as it is possible to do so, the continued confidentiality of any Confidential Information so disclosed.

 

  8.5. There will be no breach of obligations under clause 8.1 where Confidential Information becomes public in the ordinary course of the filing and prosecution of patent applications covering such Confidential Information, in each case provided such filing is in accordance with clause 3.

 

  8.6. No party will use the others’ name or logo in any press release or product advertising, or for any other promotional purpose, without first obtaining the other’s written consent. The Parties shall agree upon a press release to be made regarding the entering into of this transaction.

 

  8.7. No party will disclose to any other person the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the others unless required to do so under any law or pursuant to any request, requirement or order of any court, government department or other legal or regulatory body that has jurisdiction over it.

 

  8.8. There shall be no breach of the obligations of clause 8.1 where any party is required to disclose any Confidential Information by law or regulatory authority (including as relevant under the Freedom of Information Act, under Data Protection Legislation or as required by the London Stock Exchange or any other relevant stock exchange) provided in each case that such party uses reasonable endeavours to procure confidentiality protection for any Confidential Information required to be disclosed and only discloses such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed by law or regulatory authority.

 

  8.9 Isis acknowledges that certain information it receives hereunder may constitute unpublished price sensitive information in relation to Summit’s ordinary shares and Isis undertakes that it will not deal in such while in possession of such unpublished price sensitive information.

 

Page 16


9. Warranties and Limitation of Liability

 

  9.1. Each party warrants to the others that it has the full power, authority and right to enter into this Agreement.

 

  9.2. Isis warrants that, as at the Effective Date (a) it has full power authority and rights to grant the options set forth in Clause 2 above and to enter into and fully comply with the obligations set forth in this Agreement and (b) save for the rights granted to the MDA and the MDC (full details of which have been provided to Summit), it is not aware of any agreements or third party rights (including any rights of any Third Party Funders or third parties who have funded the development of the Background IP) which would conflict with the terms of this Agreement or prevent or restrict the grant of the Option under Clause 2 or the grant of the licence to Summit on exercise of the Option.

 

  9.3. Summit understands and accepts that as a result of the nature of the Arising IP, no warranty or guarantee can be given that any Candidate Product can be further developed or that it will result in a product which can be sold and supplied by Summit or that the Arising IP is valid, patentable or will not infringe third party rights.

 

  9.4. Subject to clause 9.6, 9.7 and 9.8 the liability of each party for any breach of this Agreement, for any negligence or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this Agreement, will not extend to any indirect damages or losses or costs.

 

  9.5. Subject to clause 9.6, 9,7 and 9.8 the liability of each party for any breach of this Agreement, for any negligence or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this Agreement, will not extend to any loss of profits, loss of revenue, loss of data, loss of contracts or opportunity, whether direct or indirect even if the party bringing the claim has advised the other of the possibility of those losses, or if they were within the other party’s contemplation.

 

  9.6. Subject to clauses 9.8 and 9.9, the maximum liability of Isis to Summit under or otherwise in connection with this Agreement (including in respect of negligence) or its subject-matter will not exceed in aggregate a sum equal to three (3) times the total of (i) the option fee and (ii) all option exercise fees paid and (iii) the milestone payments paid.

 

  9.7. Subject to clauses 9.8 and 9.9 below the maximum liability of the University to Summit under or otherwise in connection with this agreement or its subject-matter (including in respect of negligence) will not exceed in aggregate the consideration received by the University pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement.

 

  9.8.

Neither the University nor Isis shall profit from any breach of clause 2.4 of this agreement and in the event of a breach of clause 2.4, whether by Isis or the University, Isis shall pay over to Summit, as soon as practicable and

 

Page 17


  in any event no later than [**] months following demand by Summit, all consideration whether in the form of cash or otherwise received by the University and/or Isis under any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into in breach of clause 2.4 and whether or not such consideration is in the form of cash payments and whether received during or after this agreement . This clause 9.8 sets out Summit’s full entitlement to compensation for a breach of clause 2,4 save in the event of wilful misconduct on the part of the University or Isis.

 

  9.9. Nothing in this Agreement limits or excludes any party’s liability for:

 

  9.9.1 death or personal injury caused by its negligence; or

 

  9.9.2 for fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation, wilful misconduct or any sort of liability that, by law, cannot be limited or excluded.

 

  9.10. The express undertakings and warranties given by the parties in this Agreement are in lieu of all other warranties, conditions, terms, undertakings and obligations whether express or implied by statute, common law, custom, trade usage, course of dealing or in any other way. All of these are expressly excluded from this Agreement to the full extent permitted by law.

 

10. Force Majeure

If the performance by any party of any of its obligations under this Agreement is delayed or prevented by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, that party will not be in breach of this Agreement because of that delay in performance. However, if the delay in performance is more than [**] months, either of the other parties may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to the affected party.

 

11. Term and Termination

 

  11.1. This Agreement will come into force on the Effective Date and will remain in force until expiry of the Option Term, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this clause 11.

 

  11.2. Summit may (without limiting any other remedy it may have) at any time terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to Isis and the University if:

 

  11.2.1 Isis or the University is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and, if it is capable of remedy, the breach has not been remedied within [**] days after receipt of written notice specifying the breach and requiring its remedy; or

 

  11.2.2

Isis or the University becomes insolvent, or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for their winding up (except voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction), or if an administrator, administrative receiver or receiver is

 

Page 18


  appointed over the whole or any part of Isis’ or the University’s assets, or if Isis or the University makes any arrangement with its creditors or ceases to carry on business or does or suffers any similar or analogous act existing under the laws of any country.

 

  11.3. Isis and the University may (without limiting any other remedy it may have) at any time terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving written notice to Summit if:

 

  11.3.1 Summit is in material breach of any provision of this Agreement and, if it is capable of remedy, the breach has not been remedied within [**] days after receipt of written notice specifying the breach and requiring its remedy; or

 

  11.3.2 Summit becomes insolvent, or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for its winding up (except voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction), or if an administrator, administrative receiver or receiver is appointed over the whole or any part of Summit’s assets, or if Summit makes any arrangement with its creditors or ceases to carry on business or does or suffers any similar or analogous act existing under the laws of any country.

 

  11.4. Termination of this Agreement will not release any party from any obligation or liability which has fallen due or arisen before the effective date of termination of the Agreement as the case may be including as relevant any obligation to enter into a licence under any Arising IP subject to an Option Notice served prior to the date of termination or expiry of this Agreement. On termination or expiry of this Agreement:

 

  11.4.1 In circumstances where no Option has been exercised, Summit shall transfer prosecution, filing and maintenance of Arising IP in respect of which it has conduct back to Isis as soon as reasonably possible after termination of this Agreement;

 

  11.4.2 In circumstances where an Option has or Options have been exercised, Summit shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer prosecution, filing and maintenance of Arising IP back to Isis as soon as reasonably possible after termination of this Agreement and to the extent such Arising IP is not the subject of an Option Notice or licence resulting from exercise of an Option

 

  11.4.3 Summit will assign to Isis all its Intellectual Property Rights related to Arising IP created by Summit or on Summit’s behalf by a third party after the Effective Date for which no Option Notice has been served to Isis by Summit.

 

  11.5. In addition to the rights of termination under clause 11.2, Summit may also give written notice to Isis at any time that (a) it does not wish to take a licence under any specified Arising IP, in which case such Arising IP shall no longer fall within clause 2.1 and clause 2.4 shall not apply in relation to such specified Arising IP and Isis shall thereafter be free to use and exploit that Arising IP as it thinks fit.

 

Page 19


  11.6. Summit may terminate this agreement effective from each anniversary of the Effective Date by giving not less than sixty (60) days’ written notice to Isis and the University. Such notice will provide the reason for termination.

 

  11.7. Clauses 1.1, 6.6, 7.3, 8, 9.4 to 9.10, 11.4 and 12 will survive termination of this Agreement for whatever reason.

 

12. General

 

  12.1. Notices: Any notice to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and may be delivered by e-mail (in which case the notice shall be deemed received as of the date of acknowledgement of receipt by recipient) or by hand (in which case notice shall be deemed received as of date of delivery). Notices must be provided to the address set out at the top of this Agreement or such other address communicated by either party from time to time. E-mail notification must be provided to the following e-mail addresses or such other e-mail address as may be communicated from time to time by one party to the other parties:

 

For Isis:    For the University:
Name: Tom Hockaday    Name: Glenn Swafford
Email address: tom.hockaday@isis.ox.ac.uk    Email address: glenn.swafford@admin.ox.ac.uk
For Summit:   
Name: Glyn Edwards, Chief Executive Officer   
Email address: glyn.edwards@summitplc.com   

In the case of Isis notices should be addressed to the CEO and in the case of Summit notices should be address to the CEO.

 

  12.2. Assignment/sub-contracting : Summit may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part, except to an Affiliate and only for so long as it remains an Affiliate, without the prior written consent of Isis such consent not to be unreasonably withheld delayed or conditioned. For clarity Isis shall be entitled to withhold consent to assignment of this Agreement to any company whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of Isis will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either Isis or of the University. In the event of the acquisition of Control of Summit by a third party whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of Isis will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either Isis or of the University, Isis shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement.

 

Page 20


  12.3. Illegal/unenforceable provisions : If the whole or any part of any provision of this Agreement is void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement, and the rest of the void or unenforceable provision, will continue in force in that jurisdiction, and the validity and enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction will not be affected.

 

  12.4. Waiver of rights : If a party fails to enforce, or delays in enforcing, an obligation of the other party, or fails to exercise, or delays in exercising, a right under this Agreement, that failure or delay will not affect its right to enforce that obligation or constitute a waiver of that right. Any waiver of any provision of this Agreement will not, unless expressly stated to the contrary, constitute a waiver of that provision on a future occasion.

 

  12.5. No agency : Nothing in this Agreement creates, implies or evidences any partnership or joint venture between the parties, or the relationship between them of principal and agent. No party has any authority to make any representation or commitment, or to incur any liability, on behalf of the others.

 

  12.6. Entire agreement : This Agreement together with the Share Purchase Agreement, the Warrant Instrument, the Sponsored Research Agreement and Licence Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to its subject matter. Each party acknowledges that it has not entered into this Agreement on the basis of any warranty, representation, statement, agreement or undertaking except those expressly set out in this Agreement. Each party waives any claim for breach of this Agreement, or any right to rescind this Agreement in respect of, any representation which is not an express provision of this Agreement. However, this clause does not exclude any liability which any party may have to the others (or any right which any party may have to rescind this Agreement) in respect of any fraudulent misrepresentation or fraudulent concealment prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 

  12.7. Formalities : Each party will take any action and execute any document reasonably required by the other party to give effect to any of its rights under this Agreement, or to enable their registration in any relevant territory provided the requesting party pays the other parties’ reasonable expenses.

 

  12.8. Amendments : No variation or amendment of this Agreement (including the Schedules) will be effective unless it is made in writing and signed by each party’s representative.

 

  12.9. Third parties : No one except a party to this Agreement has any right to prevent the amendment of this Agreement or its termination, and no one except a party to this Agreement may enforce any benefit conferred by this Agreement, unless this Agreement expressly provides otherwise.

 

  12.10. Counterparts : This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but both originals together shall constitute only one and the same agreement.

 

Page 21


  12.11. Governing law: This Agreement is governed by, and is to be construed in accordance with, English law. In the event of any dispute relating to this Agreement, the parties shall first seek to resolve such dispute amicably. Where resolution is not possible the dispute may be referred to the English courts and the parties accept the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

  12.12. Counterparts – This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts. The execution and delivery of PDF versions of the correctly executed Agreement initialled on each page by all Parties shall constitute execution.

[Signatures are on next page]

 

Page 22


SIGNED by the authorised representatives of the parties on the date set out at the head of this Agreement.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED :     SIGNED for and on behalf of the CHANCELLOR, MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD :
Name   Linda Naylor      

 

Position

  Head of Technology Transfer And Consulting     Name   Glenn Swafford
      Position   Director, Research Services
Signature   /s/ Linda Naylor      
      Signature   /s/ Glenn Swafford
SIGNED for and on behalf of SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC :      
Name   Frank M. Armstrong      
Position   Chairman      
Signature   /s/ Frank M. Armstrong      

 

Page 23


SCHEDULE 1 – Arising IP Type

There are four types of Arising IP expected to be generated during the course of the Sponsored Research Agreement or within the Research Field:

 

Arising IP Type    Definition
Arising IP 1    Arising IP comprising new chemical entities or compounds which constitute Improvements to the Background IP.
Arising IP 2    Arising IP comprising Improvements to the Background IP excluding any Arising IP falling within the definition of Arising IP 1 or Arising IP 3.
Arising IP 3    Arising IP comprising new chemical entities or compounds excluding Arising IP falling under the definition of Arising IP1.
Arising IP 4    Arising IP not falling within the definitions of Arising IP1, Arising IP 2 or Arising IP 3.

For the purposes of this schedule 1, “ Improvements ” shall mean any further development, modification, alteration, derivative of, or composition or change including new chemical entities, compounds, any polymorphs, salts, esters, pro-drugs, metabolites, isomers, stereoisomers, solvates, formulations, compositions, analogues, conjugates, complexes, combinations, uses (first, second or subsequent regardless of drafting convention), processes, intermediates, starting materials and uses of the same.

In the event of any disagreement between the Parties as to whether Arising IP constitutes Arising IP1 or Arising IP3 that the parties are unable to resolve between themselves, then either party may at any time during the Option Term refer the matter for determination by an independent patent agent mutually agreed between the Parties or, in the event of failure to agree, appointed by the President for the time being of the Chartered Institute of Patent Agents.


Schedule 2 – Milestones and Milestone Payments

 

Milestone Event

   Milestone Payment (GBP)

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

 

     

 

Page 25


Schedule 3

Equity Milestones

The following share consideration shall be issued and allotted by Summit on the Equity Events listed in the table below:

 

No.

  

Equity Event on which Equity Milestone is due

  

Equity Milestone

1

  

[**]

  

[**]

2

  

[**]

  

[**]

3

  

[**]

  

[**]

 

Page 26


Schedule 4 – Template Arising IP notification

On exercise of any option under clause 2.1 the following information should, where reasonably possible, be provided:

 

    Details of any patent applications filed and the status of such patent applications in relation to notified Arising IP;

 

    Description of any know-how within the Arising IP and who was involved in the creation of such know-how;

 

    Any materials required to access Arising IP;

 

    Any third party funders responsible for funding of creation of or reduction to practice of Arising IP;

 

    University employees involved in the creation of or reduction to practice of Arising IP.

 

Page 27


SCHEDULE 5 – LICENCE PROFORMA

 

Page 28


DATED 22 NOVEMBER 2013

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED

and

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

MASTER LICENCE AGREEMENT

PERTAINING TO ARISING IP

(ISIS PROJECT No(S).            )

 

Page 29


THIS AGREEMENT is made on 22 November 2013.

BETWEEN:

 

(1) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED (Company No. 2199542) whose registered office is at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD, England (the “ Licensor ”); and

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC (Company Registration No. 05197494) whose registered office is at 85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, UK (the “ Licensee ”).

The Licensee’s VAT registration number is 876331407.

BACKGROUND:

 

A. The Licensee has purchased a company called MuOx Limited that has a licence from the Licensor to certain background intellectual property rights.

 

B The Parties and the University entered into a Sponsored Research Agreement pursuant to which the Licensee will fund the development of the aforementioned background intellectual property rights.

 

C. The Parties and the University entered into the Option Agreement pursuant to which the Licensee is granted an option to take a licence over certain Licensed Technology in the Field.

 

D. The Option granted to the Licensee by the Option Agreement may be exercised multiple times and the Parties have agreed that upon first exercise of the Option, the Parties would execute this Master Licence which in the first instance would cover the Licensed Technology in respect of which the initial Option was exercised and, on further exercises of the Option, further Schedules (being additions to 0) of additional Licensed Technology would be added to the Master Licence.

 

E. Pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Licensee now wishes to exercise its option under the Option Agreement to obtain a license to the Licensed Technology, on the terms of this agreement.

AGREEMENT:

 

1. Interpretation

In this agreement (including its Schedules), any reference to a “clause” or “Schedule” is a reference to a clause of this agreement or a schedule to this agreement, as the case may be. Words and expressions used in this agreement have the meaning set out in 0.

 

2. Grant of Licence

 

2.1 The Option granted to the Licensee by the Option Agreement may be exercised multiple times and the Parties agree that upon first exercise of the Option, the Parties will execute this Master Licence which in the first instance will cover the Licensed Technology in respect of which the initial Option was exercised and, on further exercises of the Option, additional Licensed Technology would be added to the Master Licence by way of additions to 0.

 

2.2

In consideration of the payments required to be made under this agreement by the Licensee, the Licensor grants to the Licensee a licence in the Territory in respect of the Licensed Technology to research, develop, make, have made, use, have used, import, have imported, and Market the Licensed Products in the Field on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Subject to clause 0, the Licence is exclusive in the Field in relation to the Licensed Technology. For avoidance of doubt, Licensee shall have exclusive

 

Page 30


  rights over Licensed Products in all indications. The Licensor retains unrestricted rights to use and license others to use the Licensed Know-How, and to use and license the Licensed Technology, in each case outside the Field and for indications in respect of which the Licensee has not been granted an exclusive licence.

 

2.3 As soon as is reasonably practicable after the date of this agreement but in any event no later than [**] days after the date of this Agreement, the Licensor will, at the Licensor’s cost, supply the Licensee with the Documents. Each time any additional Licensed Technology is added to this Agreement the Licensor will, at the Licensor’s cost, as soon as is reasonably possible, supply the Licensee with the Documents pertaining to the additional Licensed Technology.

 

2.4 The Licensee may grant sub-licences without the prior written consent of the Licensor, provided that:

 

  (a) must contain diligence obligations not inconsistent with those set forth in this Agreement and a right to terminate the sub-licence in the event of failure to comply with those diligence obligations;

 

  (b) the nature or business of the proposed sub-licensee or any Affiliate of the proposed sub-licensee is not in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University;

 

  (c) immediately following the grant of each sub-licence, the Licensee shall provide a certified, redacted copy of that sub-licence (with commercially sensitive terms removed) to the Licensor;

 

  (d) no sub-licensee shall be permitted to grant any further sub-licences (i) to parties who are, or their Affiliates are carrying out business in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of the Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either the Licensor or of the University or (ii) that enable the sub-licensee’s sub licensee to grant further sub-licences without the prior written consent of the Licensor. For clarity the sub-licensee shall only be able to grant a sub-licence through one more tier without the prior written consent of the Licensor;

 

  (e) the Licensee should enforce any breach of the sub-licence against the sub-licensee if the breach would be a breach of this agreement if it had been committed under this agreement; and

 

  (f) the grant of any sub-licence under Licensed Technology that comprises Arising IP2 or Arising IP4 shall require the prior written consent of the Licensor which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

3. Improvements

 

3.1 The Licensed Technology covered by the Licence includes the Licensor’s Improvements. The Licensor will communicate in writing to the Licensee within one (1) month of becoming aware of the creation thereof all Licensor’s Improvements.

 

3.2 The Licensee acknowledges and agrees that all Intellectual Property Rights in the Licensor’s Improvements belong to the Licensor and be subject to the Licence.

 

3.3 The Licensee will provide to the Licensor annual written reports, commencing [**] days after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, describing Licensee’s Improvements.

 

3.4 The Licensor acknowledges and agrees that all Intellectual Property Rights in the Licensee’s Improvements belong to the Licensee.

 

Page 31


4. Rights Re Non-Commercial Use

 

4.1 The Licensee grants the Licensor an irrevocable, perpetual, royalty-free licence to grant the University and those persons who at any time work or have worked on the Licensed Technology the licence set out in clause 0.

 

4.2 The Licensor has granted and will grant, to the University and those persons who at any time work or have worked on the Licensed Technology a non-transferable, irrevocable, perpetual, royalty-free licence to use and publish the Licensed Technology for Non-Commercial Use and will grant to those persons within the University who at any time have worked on the Licensed Technology a non-transferable, irrevocable, perpetual, royalty-free licence to use the Licensee’s Improvements for Non-Commercial Use.

 

5. Filing And Maintenance

 

5.1 The Licensee will, in consultation with the Licensor in accordance with clause 0 and at the Licensee’s cost, file, maintain and renew the Application. In addition to the above, in relation to the Application the Licensee shall:

 

  5.1.1 copy Licensor on all material correspondence relating to the Application and provide Licensor with a reasonable opportunity to comment on such material correspondence before responding to the same;

 

  5.1.2 consult with the Licensor prior to making any material decisions in relation to the Application and obtain Licensor’s prior written consent to such material decisions (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); and

 

  5.1.3 give the Licensor adequate advance notice of its intention to file any patent application, to designate any country in a patent application, or to take any material decision in relation to a patent application or granted patent, and will provide to Licensor copies of all relevant documents;

 

  5.1.4 allow representatives of the Licensor and any professional advisors of the Licensor to attend meetings with the Licensee’s patent professionals;

 

  5.1.5 provide the Licensor with adequate notice of any formal hearings or other proceedings which the Licensee is entitled to attend and will, if possible, permit representatives of the Licensor to attend as well;

 

  5.1.6 without limiting the foregoing, the Licensor will have the right to review the text of all patent specifications, claims and any other documents filed at any stage of a patent application or of any opposition, re-examination, interference or other similar procedure relating to a granted or pending patent;

 

  5.1.7 the Licensee will (or will procure that its patent professionals will) provide copies of all official correspondence from patent offices relating to the Licensed Technology to the Licensor within a reasonable time of receipt. Such correspondence shall include, without limitation, renewal notices;

provided always that the Licensee may act without further consultation if patent rights would otherwise be lost.

 

5.2 The Licensee shall inform the Licensor not less than [**] months in advance of the National Phase filing deadline (noted in 0) of the territories within the scope of the PCT that it wishes to be covered in the National Phase of the Application. In the event that the Licensor wishes to proceed in countries other than those chosen by Licensee, the Licensor shall then be entitled to proceed with filing the applications at the Licensor’s cost in such territories, which will be deemed as of the date of Licensor filing National Phase applications in these territories to be excluded from the Territory.

 

Page 32


The Licensee shall be entitled to remove any one or more of the countries from the Territory at any time by giving not less than [**] months notice to the Licensor. If the Application is proceeding under the PCT then such notice may not be given any earlier than the date for commencement of the National Phase filing. For the avoidance of doubt the Licensee shall remain liable for the costs mentioned in clause 0 that arise during the said notice period in respect of the countries being removed. The Licensor may at its sole discretion elect to maintain the Application in the countries chosen to be removed from the Territory by the Licensee, whereupon the Licensor will become responsible for all costs incurred in the prosecution and maintenance of the Application in those countries.

 

5.3 The Licensor shall, at the cost of the Licensee provide to the Licensee, and so far as is practicable procure that the University provides to the Licensee all reasonable assistance, and executes all documents reasonable necessary for the Licensee to be able to file, prosecute, defend and enforce the Application.

 

6. Infringement

 

6.1 Each party will notify the other in writing of any misappropriation or infringement of any rights in the Licensed Technology of which the party becomes aware.

 

6.2 The Licensee has the first right (but is not obliged) to take legal action at its own cost against any misappropriation or infringement of any rights included in the Licensed Technology in the Field. The Licensee must discuss any proposed legal action with the Licensor prior to the legal action being commenced, and take due account of the legitimate interests of the Licensor in the action it takes provided always that the Licensee may act without further consultation if rights in the Licensed Technology would otherwise be prejudiced or lost.

 

6.3 If the Licensee takes legal action under clause 0, the Licensee will:

 

  (a) indemnify and hold the Licensor and the University harmless against all costs (including lawyers’ and patent agents’ fees and expenses), claims, demands and liabilities arising out of such activities and will settle any invoice received from the Licensor in respect of such costs, claims, demands and liabilities within [**] days of receipt; and

 

  (b) treat any award of profits or damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages) as Net Sales for the purposes of clause 0, having first for these purposes deducted from the award an amount equal to any legal costs incurred by the Licensee in the action that are not covered by an award of legal costs; and

 

  (c) keep the Licensor regularly informed of the progress of the legal action, including, without limitation, any claims affecting the scope of the Licensed Technology.

 

6.4 If the Licensee has notified the Licensor in writing that it does not intend to take any action in relation to the misappropriation or infringement or the Licensee has not taken any such action within [**] days of the notification under clause 0, the Licensor may take such legal action at its own cost provided that it shall not settle any action without the consent of the Licensee such consent not to be unreasonably withheld delayed or conditioned.

 

7. Confidentiality

 

7.1

Subject to clauses 0 to 0, (a) each party shall keep confidential the Confidential Information that does not pertain to the Licensed Technology disclosed to it by the other party and not use such other than for the purposes of this agreement; and (b) each party (being a receiving or disclosing party as the case may be) will keep confidential the Confidential Information pertaining to the Licensed Technology (including business and development plans pertaining thereto) and will not disclose or supply the Confidential Information pertaining to the Licensed Technology to any third party or use it for any purpose, except in

 

Page 33


  accordance with the rights granted hereunder and the terms and objectives of this agreement. Specifically Licensee may use and disclose Licensed Technology in the Application, to undertake pre-clinical and clinical development of the Licensed Technology, to seek regulatory approvals for the Licensed Technology, to Market the Licensed Technology, to cause enable or assist a sub-licensee or subcontractor to do any of the above, to raise finance for the Licensee and to seek sub-licensees.

 

7.2 The Licensee may disclose to sub-licensees of the Licensed Technology such of the Confidential Information pertaining to the Licensed Technology of which it consists as is necessary for the exercise of any rights sub-licensed, provided that the Licensee shall ensure that such sub-licensees accept a continuing obligation of confidentiality in the same terms as this clause before the Licensee makes any disclosure of the Confidential Information pertaining to the Licensed Technology. The Licensee may also disclose the Licensed Technology to the extent reasonably required in connection with the conduct of its business including to potential investors, other business associates, professional advisors provided that such persons have agreed in writing to be bound by non-use and non-disclosure obligations that are no less strict than those set forth in this Agreement or are subject to professional codes of conduct that prevent disclosure of client confidential information and the Licensee will take action in respect of any breach of such obligations.

 

7.3 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or hinder any registered student of the University from submitting for a degree of the University a thesis based on the Licensed Technology, the examination of such a thesis by examiners appointed by the University, or the deposit of such a thesis in accordance with the relevant procedures of the University.

 

7.4 The Licensor shall use its best efforts to procure that the University complies with the following obligations: in accordance with normal academic practice, all employees or students of the University shall be permitted:

 

  7.4.1 subject to first following the procedures laid down in clause 0, to publish the Licensed Technology; and

 

  7.4.2 in pursuance of the University’s academic functions, to discuss the Licensed Know-How in internal seminars, and to give instruction within the University on questions related to such work.

 

7.5 Where the University wishes to submit for publication any paper containing the Licensed Technology are any part thereof, the Licensor shall use its best efforts to procure that the University will submit such proposed publication to the Licensee in writing, together with a formal notification of intent to submit for publication not less than [**] days in advance of the submission for publication. Licensee may require the University to delay submission for publication if in the Licensee’s opinion such delay is necessary in order to seek patent or similar protection for the relevant part or parts of the Licensed Know-How and, in such a case, the Licensor shall procure that the University delays the publication in accordance with the following sentences. A delay imposed as a result of a requirement made by the Licensee shall not last longer than is absolutely necessary to seek the required protection; and therefore shall not exceed [**] months from the date of receipt of the proposed publication by the Licensee, although the University will not unreasonably refuse a request from the Sponsor for additional delay in the event that property rights would otherwise be lost. Notification of the requirement for delay in submission for publication must be received by the Licensor and the University within [**] days after the receipt of the proposed publication by the Licensee, failing which the University and the Licensor shall be free to assume that the Licensee has no objection to the proposed publication.

 

7.6 Clause 0 will not apply to any Confidential Information which:

 

  (a) is known to the receiving party before disclosure, and not subject to any obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing party; or

 

Page 34


  (b) is or becomes publicly known without the fault of the receiving party; or

 

  (c) is obtained by the receiving party from a third party in circumstances where the receiving party has no reason to believe that it is subject to an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing party; or

 

  (d) the receiving party can establish by reasonable proof was substantially and independently developed by officers or employees of the receiving party who had no knowledge of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; or

 

  (e) the Parties mutually agree in writing may be disclosed; or

 

  (f) the receiving party is required to disclose by law including for clarity the rules of the London Stock Exchange or any other relevant stock exchange.

 

8. Royalties And Other Payments

 

8.1 The Licensee will pay to the Licensor, for a period commencing on the date of this Agreement and expiring on the later of (a) the expiration of the last Valid Claim claiming a Licensed Product or (b) twenty (20) years from the date of this Agreement (“the Royalty Term”), a royalty equal to the Royalty Rate on all Net Sales of Licensed Products . However:-

 

  (i) in countries where (a) Market Exclusivity does not exist; and (b) the Licensed Product is being sold by the Licensee or any Affiliate of the Licensee and (c) a Directly Competing Product is being actively marketed by a commercial third party entity (not being a sub - licensee under this agreement) and as a result market share in that country reduces by more than [**] percent ([**]%) in that time period calculated by reference to Net Sales averaged over the three calendar years ending immediately before the period that is being considered, then in respect of that time period the Licensee shall be entitled to a reduction in the Royalty Rate of [**] percent ([**]%) in that country; and

 

  (ii) in countries where (a) Market Exclusivity does not exist; and (b) the Licensed Product is being sold by a sub-licensee or a sub-sub-licensee then the Licensee shall be liable to pay royalties that are the lesser of (i) what would have been payable under this clause 8.1; or (ii) [**] percent ([**]%) of the sums actually paid to the Licensee by its sub-licensee in respect of sales of the Licensed Product

 

  (iii) In this clause 8.1, unless stated otherwise a reference to “sub-licensee” includes all direct and indirect sub-licensees of the Licensee

 

8.2 On expiration of the Royalty Term, all licences granted to the Licensee hereunder and for clarity including the right to sub-licence shall become perpetual, irrevocable, royalty free and fully paid up.

 

8.3 The Licensee shall pay to the Licensor a royalty equal to the Fee Income Royalty Rate on any upfront fee received by the Licensee in connection with the grant of any sub-licence or a sub-sub licence in respect of the Licensed Technology. The Licensee shall notify the Licensor, within [**] days of receipt of any upfront fee received by the Licensee in connection with the grant of any sub-licence in respect of the Licensed Technology and thereafter pay the royalty within [**] days of receipt of an invoice from the Licensor in respect on the royalty.

 

Page 35


8.4 The Licensee will notify the Licensor within [**] days after it or any Affiliate or sub-licensee achieves any Milestone, and thereafter pay to the Licensor the Milestone Fee in respect of each Milestone within [**] days of receipt of an invoice from the Licensor in respect of such Milestone Fee.

 

8.5 The Milestone Fee is non-refundable and will not be considered as an advance payment on royalties payable under clause 0.

 

8.6 Each Milestone Fee is payable each time any individual Licensed Product achieves the Milestone.

 

8.7 The Licensor has been issued with the Warrants under the Terms of the Option Agreement. It is the intention of the Parties that, in the event a Milestone Event is achieved for the first time, in the relevant time frame, under this Agreement, the relevant Warrants may be exercised in respect of the relevant Equity Milestone in accordance with the following terms. For the avoidance of doubt each Equity Milestone shall not be paid more than once and whether it is achieved when this Agreement is in place or during the term of the Option Agreement.

 

8.8 Each Equity Milestone is achieved upon the first Licensed Product to pass the corresponding Equity Event in the relevant time frame under either the Option Agreement or this Agreement as laid out in 0. Each Equity Milestone will become exercisable by Licensor at the end of the Equity Milestone Period whereupon Licensee will pay to the Licensor the relevant Warrant Payment and upon receipt of this amount by the Licensor, the Licensor will be able to exercise Warrants up to the maximum number of Ordinary shares in the Licensee that the Warrant Payment permits.

 

8.9 Where the Equity Event for Equity Milestones 1 and 2 in 0 does not occur by the end of the Equity Milestone Period, neither the Equity Milestone nor the relevant Warrant Payment shall be due and owing from Licensee.

 

8.10 Where the Equity Event for Equity Milestone 3 is achieved after the Equity Milestone Period and such delay is not caused by any act or omission of the University or Isis whether under this Agreement or under the Sponsored Research Agreement, the Equity Milestone Period will be extended by the period of time over which the delay occurred.

 

8.11 Upon Licensor’s exercise of Warrants, Licensor will calculate the number of Equity Milestone shares that must be sold in order to discharge the income tax and National Insurance contributions (employer’s and employees’) payable in respect of such entitlement and to discharge any reasonable costs incurred by it in selling (including but not limited to brokerage fees) or distributing the Equity Milestone shares or the proceeds of sale. Licensor will deduct this number of shares from the total received under the Equity Milestone and calculate the proportion of the remaining reward that should flow to those Inventors who have served Licensor written notice that they wish to receive their reward of the Equity Milestone in shares as opposed to cash. Licensee will then pass such shares as directed by Licensor directly to the Inventors who have chosen to receive their Equity Milestone reward in shares. Licensee shall then pass all remaining shares to Licensor or Licensor’s nominated broker.

 

8.12 Subject to the use by the Licensee of a commercially reasonable quantity of Licensed Products for promotional sampling, the Licensee must not accept or solicit any non-monetary consideration when selling Licensed Products without the prior written consent of the Licensor.

 

8.13 The Licensee will make all payments in pounds sterling or any currency replacing pounds sterling in its entirety.

 

Page 36


8.14 For the purposes of calculating any amount payable by the Licensee to the Licensor in a currency other than pounds sterling (or replacement currency), the Licensee shall apply an exchange rate equivalent to:

 

  (a) the average of the applicable closing mid rates quoted by the Financial Times as published in London on the first Business Day of each month during the Quarter just closed; or

 

  (b) for payments under clause 0 only, the first Business Day of the month in which the payment was received by the Licensee.

 

8.15 Where the Licensee has to withhold tax by law, the Licensee will deduct the tax, pay it to the relevant taxing authority, and supply the Licensor with a Certificate of Tax Deduction at the time of payment to the Licensor.

 

8.16 In the event that full payment of any amount due from the Licensee to the Licensor under this agreement is not made by any of the dates stipulated, the Licensee shall be liable to pay interest on the amount unpaid at the rate of [**] per cent ([**]%) overLIBOR, from the date when payment was due until the date of actual payment.

 

9. Diligence

The Licensee must use its Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to develop, exploit and Market the Licensed Technology(ies) as contemplated in the definition of Commercially Reasonable Endeavours. For clarity, and without prejudicing the generality of the foregoing, the Licensor acknowledges and agrees that Commercially Reasonable Endeavours recognizes and accounts for a staggered approach to multiple potential candidates and thus potentially multiple Licensed Technologies (meaning focus is placed on a lead candidate/Licensed Technologies and a small number of back up candidates/Licensed Technologies rather than equally across all potential candidates). In the event that substantive, legitimate scientific evidence becomes available showing the Licensed Technology has the potential to deliver therapeutic benefits for indications other than Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy, the Licensor may, at its option, make a formal written request for the Licensee to consider initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications. Within [**] months of such written request the Parties shall meet to discuss and consider (a) the scientific evidence available showing the Licensed Technology has the potential to deliver therapeutic benefits for indications other than Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy (b) the scientific and commercial merits of initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications and (c) the impact initiating a research and development programme in those potential new indications might have on the development and commercialisation of any programmes for the use of the Licensed Know-How in Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy. The Licensee acting based on its reasonable commercial judgment shall have the sole discretion as to whether or not to proceed with a research and development programme for the Licensed Technology in those potential new indications.

 

10. Royalty Reports And Audit

 

10.1 The Licensee will provide the Licensor with a report at least once in every [**] months detailing the activities and achievements in its development of the Licensed Technology in order to facilitate its commercial exploitation, and in the development of potential Licensed Products.

 

Page 37


10.2 The Licensee will provide the Licensor with a royalty report within [**] days after the close of each Quarter of the Licence Year for each Licensed Product Marketed by the Licensee and [**] days after receipt of its royalty report from its sub-licensees for each Licensed Product Marketed by a sub-licensee. Each Royalty Report will:

 

  (a) set out the Net Sales of each Licensed Product Marketed by the Licensee;

 

  (b) provide a calculation of the royalties due;

 

  (c) set out details of any deductions made under clause 0 below; and

 

  (d) set out the steps taken during the Licence Year to promote and market Licensed Products.

The Licensee must pay the Licensor the royalties due in respect of the Quarter just closed at the same time as the Licensee delivers the Royalty Report. Commencing [**] months after the date of first commercial sale of any Licensed Product by the Licensee, the Licensee shall provide the Licensor with an estimate of the market share of the Licensed Product based on IMS or similar sales data.

 

10.3 If the Licensee has to pay royalties to a third party (other than an Affiliate), for the right to make, have made, use or Market a Licensed Product, under a licence of Intellectual Property Rights without which the Licensed Technology cannot lawfully be exploited, then the Licensee will be entitled to deduct from all payments due to the Licensor under clause 0 in respect of the products concerned an amount equal to [**] percent ([**]%) of the royalties actually paid to that third party, up to a maximum amount of ([**] percent) [**]% of the royalties due to the Licensor under clause 8.1.

 

10.4 If a Licensed Product Marketed by the Licensee is re-Marketed by an Affiliate, the royalty on each such Licensed Product will be calculated on the highest of the prices at which it is Marketed or re-Marketed.

 

10.5 The Licensee must keep complete and accurate accounts of all Licensed Products used and Marketed by the Licensee in each Licence Year for at least [**] years. The Licensor may, through an independent certified accountant, audit all such accounts on at least [**] days’ written notice no more than once each Licence Year for the purpose of determining the accuracy of the Royalty Reports and payments. If on any such audit a shortfall in payments of greater than [**] percent ([**]%) is discovered in respect of the audit period, the Licensee shall pay the Licensor’s audit costs.

 

11. Duration And Termination

 

11.1 This agreement will take effect on the Effective Date. Subject to the possibility of earlier termination under the following provisions of this clause 0, and subject to the possibility of an extension to the term by mutual agreement, this agreement shall continue in force for so long as the Licensee is using Commercially Reasonable Endeavours to develop and Marketing any Licensed Product.

 

11.2 If either party commits a material breach of this agreement, and the breach is not remediable or (being remediable) is not remedied within the period allowed by notice given by the other party in writing calling on the party in breach to effect such remedy (such period being not less than [**] days), the other party may terminate this agreement by written notice having immediate effect. For clarity, a failure on the part of the Licensee to use Commercially Reasonable Endeavours in accordance with clause 0 shall be considered a material breach capable of remedy.

 

11.3 The Licensee may terminate this agreement for any reason at any time after the third anniversary of this agreement on six (6) months’ written notice. Any such termination shall not absolve the Licensee of its obligation to accrue and pay royalties and other payments under the provisions of clause 0 in respect of the period prior to termination.

 

Page 38


11.4 The Licensor may terminate this agreement:-

 

  (a) immediately, if the Licensee has a petition presented for its winding-up, or passes a resolution for voluntary winding-up otherwise than for the purposes of a bona fide amalgamation or reconstruction, or compounds with its creditors, or has a receiver or administrative receiver appointed of all or any part of its assets, or enters into any arrangements with creditors, or takes or suffers any similar action in consequence of debts;

 

  (b) on thirty (30) days’ written notice and only in so far as it relates to the relevant Licensed Technology if:

 

  (i) the Licensee opposes or challenges the validity of the Application or raises the claim that the Know-How is not necessary and therefore it owes the Licensor no further consideration after the date of termination.

 

11.5 On expiration of the Royalty Term the Licensor shall have the right but not the obligation to terminate this Agreement forthwith by written notice at any time. For clarity, the rights granted to the Licensee pursuant to Clause 8.2 shall survive termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Clause 11.5.

 

11.6 On termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason other than by the Licensor pursuant to Clause 11.5, the Licensee:

 

  (a) must bring all sub-licences to an end on the same date; and

 

  (b) shall pay to the Licensor all outstanding royalties and other sums due under this agreement; and

 

  (c) shall provide Licensor with all records relating to the maintenance, prosecution, renewal or filing of the Application and its defence; and

 

  (d) shall provide the Licensor with details of the stocks of Licensed Products held at the point of termination; and

 

  (e) must cease to use or exploit the Licensed Technology, provided that this restriction does not apply to Licensed Know-How which has entered the public domain through no fault of the Licensee, and that the Licensee may continue to use the Licensed Technology in order to meet any specific existing binding commitments already made by the Licensee at the date of termination and requiring delivery of Licensed Products within the next six (6) months; and

 

  (f) must, at the option of the Licensor and at the Licensee’s cost, destroy all other Licensed Products or send all other Licensed Products to a location nominated by the Licensor to the Licensee in writing; and

 

  (g) grants the Licensor an irrevocable, transferable, non-exclusive licence to develop, make, have made, use and Market the Licensee’s Improvements and products that incorporate, embody or otherwise exploit the same. The Licensor shall pay a reasonable royalty for use of this licence save where this licence issues where the Licensor terminates under Clauses 11.2, 11.3 and 11.4.

 

11.7 Termination of this agreement, whether for breach of this agreement or otherwise, shall not absolve the Licensee of its obligation to accrue and pay royalties under the provisions of clause 0 for the duration of any notice period and in respect of any dealings in Licensed Products permitted by clause 0.

 

Page 39


11.8 Clauses 4, 0, 0, 0, 0 and 0 will survive the termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason, indefinitely.

 

11.9 Clauses 0 and 0 will survive the termination or expiration of this agreement, for whatever reason, for a period of [**] years.

 

12. Liability

 

12.1 To the fullest extent permissible by law, the Licensor does not make any warranties of any kind including, without limitation, warranties with respect to:

 

  (a) the quality of the Licensed Technology;

 

  (b) the suitability of the Licensed Technology for any particular use;

 

  (c) whether use of the Licensed Technology will infringe third-party rights; or

 

  (d) whether the Application will be granted or the validity of any patents that issues in response to that Application.

 

12.2 The Licensee agrees to indemnify the Licensor and the University and hold the Licensor and the University harmless from and against any and all claims, damages and liabilities:

 

  (a) asserted by third parties (including claims for negligence) which arise directly or indirectly from the use of the Licensed Technology or the Marketing of Licensed Products by the Licensee and/or its sub-licensees; and/or

 

  (b) arising directly or indirectly from any breach by the Licensee of this agreement

save to the extent such claims, damages or liabilities arise from the negligence of the University or the Licensor after the date of this Agreement.

 

12.3 The Licensee will use its reasonable endeavours to defend any Indemnified Claim or (at the Licensee’s option) allow the Licensor to do so on its behalf (subject to the University retaining the right to be kept informed of progress in the action and to have reasonable input into its conduct.) The Licensee will not (except as required by law) make any admission, compromise, settlement or discharge of any Indemnified Claim which would prejudice any rights of the Licensor without the consent of the Licensor (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

12.4 The Licensee undertakes to make no claim against any employee, student, agent or appointee of the Licensor or of the University, being a claim which seeks to enforce against any of them any liability whatsoever in connection with the rights specifically granted to it pursuant to this agreement.

 

12.5 The liability of either party for any breach of this agreement, or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this agreement, will not extend to incidental or consequential damages or to any loss of profits.

 

Page 40


12.6 The Licensor shall not be entitled to profit from a breach of Clause 2.2 through granting another party rights in respect of the Licensed Technology and the Licensor shall in the event of a breach of clause 2.2, pay over to the Licensee, as soon as practicable and in any event no later than [**] months following demand by the Licensee, all consideration whether in the form of cash or otherwise received by the Licensor under any agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into in breach of clause 2.2 and whether or not such consideration is in the form of cash payments and whether received during or after this agreement. This clause 12.6 sets out Licensee’s full entitlement to compensation for a breach of clause 2,2 save in the event of wilful misconduct on the part of the Licensor.

 

12.7 The liability of the each party to the other accruing in any Licence Year under or otherwise in connection with this agreement or its subject-matter save for 6.3, 8.1, 8.3 and 8.4, including without limitation liability for negligence, shall in no event exceed the greater of one hundred and seventy five thousand pound Sterling (£175,000) or all sums paid by the Licensee to the Licensor pursuant to this Agreement:

 

12.8 Nothing in this agreement shall limit or exclude any liability for fraud, fraudulent misrepresentation or wilful misconduct.

 

13. General

 

13.1 Registration – The Licensee may, at its discretion register its interest in the Licensed Technology with any relevant authorities in the Territory as soon as legally possible. The Licensee must not, however, register an entire copy of this agreement in any part of the Territory or disclose its financial terms without the prior written consent of the Licensor.

 

13.2 Advertising – Neither Party may use the name of the other in any advertising, promotional or sales literature, without the others’ prior written approval the Parties shall agree upon a press release regarding the entering into of this transaction

 

13.3 Packaging – The Licensee will ensure that the Licensed Products and the packaging associated with them are marked suitably with any relevant patent or patent application numbers to satisfy the laws of each of the countries in which the Licensed Products are sold or supplied and in which they are covered by the claims of any patent or patent application, to the intent that the Licensor shall not suffer any loss or any loss of damages in an infringement action.

 

13.4 Taxes - Where the Licensee has to make a payment to the Licensor under this agreement which attracts value-added, sales, use, excise or other similar taxes or duties, the Licensee will be responsible for paying those taxes and duties.

 

13.5 Notices - All notices to be sent to the Licensor under this agreement must indicate the Isis Project N o and should be sent, by post and fax unless agreed otherwise in writing, until further notice to: The Managing Director, Isis Innovation Ltd, Ewert House, Ewert Place, Summertown, Oxford, OX2 7SG, Fax: 01865 280831. All notices to be sent to the Licensee under this agreement should be sent, until further notice, to the Licensee’s Contact and Address indicating the Isis Project No..

 

13.6 Force Majeure - If performance by either party of any of its obligations under this agreement (not including an obligation to make payment) is prevented by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, that party will be excused from performance of that obligation for the duration of the relevant event.

 

13.7 Assignment – Licensee may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part, except to an Affiliate and only for so long as it remains an Affiliate, without the prior written consent of Licensee such consent not to be unreasonably withheld delayed or conditioned. For clarity, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Licensor shall be entitled to withhold consent to assignment of this Agreement to any company whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of

 

Page 41


  gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either Licensor or of the University. In the event of the acquisition of Control of Licensee by a third party whose business or the business of any of its Affiliates is in the fields of gambling, tobacco, arms dealing, drug trafficking or any other field that in the reasonable opinion of Licensor will have a detrimental impact on the reputation of either Licensor or of the University, Licensor shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement.

 

13.8 Severability - If any of the provisions of this agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties will, however, negotiate to agree the terms of a mutually satisfactory provision, achieving as nearly as possible the same commercial effect, to be substituted for the provision found to be void or unenforceable.

 

13.9 No Partnership etc - Nothing in this agreement creates, implies or evidences any partnership or joint venture between the Licensor and the Licensee or the relationship between them of principal and agent.

 

13.10 Entire Agreement - This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the Licence and the Licensee has not relied on any other statements or representations in agreeing to enter this contract. Specifically, but without limitation, this agreement does not impose or imply any obligation on the Licensor or the University to conduct development work. Any arrangements for such work must be the subject of a separate agreement between the University and the Licensee.

 

13.11 Variation - Any variation of this agreement must be in writing and signed by authorised signatories for both parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the parties to this agreement may rescind or vary this agreement without the consent of any party that has the benefit of clause 0.

 

13.12 Rights Of Third Parties - The parties to this agreement intend that by virtue of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 the University and the people referred to in clause 0 will be able to enforce the terms of this agreement intended by the parties to be for their benefit as if the University and the people referred to in clause 0 were party to this agreement.

 

13.13 Governing Law - This Agreement is governed by English Law, and the parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts for the resolution of any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

13.14 Counterparts – This agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, The execution and delivery of PDF versions of the correctly executed Agreement initialled on each page by both Parties shall constitute execution.

 

Page 42


Schedule 1 - Definitions

(Clause 0)

Academic and Research Purposes means research, teaching or other scholarly use which is undertaken for the purposes of, teaching, education and research.

Affiliate means any company or legal entity in any country Controlling or Controlled by the Licensee or under common Control with the Licensee.

Application means:

 

(a) the patent application set out in 0;

 

(b) any patents granted in response to that application;

 

(c) any corresponding foreign patents and applications which may be granted to the Licensor in the Territory based on and deriving priority from that application; and

 

(d) any addition, continuation, continuation-in-part, division, reissue, renewal or extension based on the Application.

Business Day means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which clearing banks are permitted to open in London.

Chemical Lead means a compound achieving the criteria set out in Schedule 5 and corresponding to Decision Point #5 as defined in Hughes, et al Early Drug Discovery and Development Guidelines: For Academic Researchers, Collaborators and Start-up Companies.

Combination Product means a product which has as its active ingredients a Licensed Product and one or more additional active ingredients.

Commercially Reasonable Endeavours means, with respect to the efforts to be expended by Licensee hereunder, efforts and resources comparable to those used by a biotechnology company of comparable value, business model and resources; in respect of a product proprietary to that company, which product is of similar market potential (taking into account the relevant patent and proprietary position) at a similar stage in its development or product life to any Licensed Product, utilizing sound and reasonable scientific, business, (where relevant) pre-clinical and clinical practice and judgment in order to develop and commercialise such product in a timely manner. Commercially Reasonable Endeavours recognizes and accounts for a staggered approach to multiple potential candidates (meaning focus is placed on a lead candidate and a small number of back up candidates rather than equally across all potential candidates), the uncertainties of drug development, and is evaluated in the context of Territory-wide efforts, recognizing that some development and commercialization activities may or may not be required by this standard for countries other than, for example, the EU and that a reasonable development and commercialization program may stage or stagger activities for different countries over time.

Confidential Information means in relation to each party any materials, trade secrets or other information disclosed by that party to the other, including, without limitation:

 

(a) the Licensed Technology, to the extent that it is not disclosed by the Application when published; and

 

(b) the terms of this agreement.

Control means:

 

(a) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting share capital of the relevant entity; or

 

(b) the ability to direct the casting of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes exercisable at a general meeting of the relevant entity on all, or substantially all, matters.

 

Page 43


Co-Packaged Product means a product in which a Licensed Product is co-packaged with another pharmaceutical product or medical device.

“Data Exclusivity” means the protection period during which the preclinical and clinical trial data of an original marketing authorisation holder may not be referenced in the regulatory filings of another company for the same drug substance for which the original marketing authorisation has been granted.

“Directly Competing Product” means a product that is substitutable for the Licensed Product and has the same mode of action being modulation of Utrophin expression.

Development Plan means the plan set out in 0.

Documents means the documents and materials set out in 0.

Effective Date means the date of signature of this agreement.

Equity Milestone shall have the meaning given in the second column in 0 in relation to each Equity Milestone;

Equity Milestone Period means the period of time from the Effective Date within which each Equity Event must be achieved for the Equity Milestone payment to become payable.

Fee Income Royalty Rate means the royalty rate set out in 0.

Field means the field set out in 0.

Founders means Professor Stephen Davies, Professor Kay Davies, Dr. Angela Russell, Dr. Graham Wynne and Dr. Rebecca Fairclough.

FPI means first patient actually dosed in.

GLP Toxicology Studies means 14 day (or longer) repeat dose toxicology in two mammalian species comprising of a rodent and a second, non-rodent species in accordance with ICH Guideline M3 (R2) on the non-clinical safety studies for the conduct of human clinical trials and marketing authorisation for pharmaceuticals. For the purposes of this Operative Provision, “Initiation” means dosing of the first animal in the first mammalian species cohort with a Candidate Product.

Improvement means any development of the Licensed Technology including any further development, modification, alteration, derivative of, or composition any polymorphs, salts, esters, pro-drugs, metabolites, isomers, stereoisomers, solvates, formulations, compositions, analogues, conjugates, complexes, combinations, uses (first, second or subsequent regardless of drafting convention), processes, intermediates, starting materials and uses of the same which would if commercially practiced infringe a Valid Claim subsisting or being prosecuted in the Application.

Indemnified Claim means any claim under which the Licensor and the University are entitled to be indemnified under clause 0.

Intellectual Property Rights means patents, trade marks, copyrights, database rights, rights in designs, and all or any other intellectual or industrial property rights, whether or not registered or capable of registration.

Inventor means the inventor or inventors named in the Application and identified in 0.

Licence means the licence granted by the Licensor to the Licensee under clause 0.

 

Page 44


Licensed Intellectual Property Rights means the Application, all intellectual property rights pertaining to the Licensed Know-how and (to the extent they constitute Intellectual Property Rights) the Licensor’s Improvements.

Licensed Know-how means all confidential information relating to the Application that has been communicated to the Licensee by the Licensor in writing before the date of this agreement or is communicated to the Licensee by the Licensor under this agreement and within [**] months after the date of this agreement and (to the extent they constitute confidential information) the Licensor’s Improvements.

Licensed Product means any product, process, service or composition which is entirely or partially produced by means of or with the use of, or within the scope of, the Licensed Technology, or any of it or which would, without the benefit of the Licence, infringe a Valid Claim of the Application.

Licensed Technology means the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights and the Licensed Know-How, and such (if any) other Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to the Licensor as may be specifically identified in 0 (to the extent, in the case of licensed rights, that the Licensor is legally able to grant a sub-licence of the same).

Licensee’s Contact and Address means the address for the Licensee set out in 0 of this agreement.

Licensee’s Improvements means any Improvements made during the Option Period by the Licensee, and the Intellectual Property Rights pertaining to them.

Licence Year means each twelve (12) month period beginning on the date of this agreement and each anniversary of the date of this agreement.

Licensor’s Improvements means any Improvements made prior to the second anniversary of the date of this agreement by the Founders or the Inventors or their staff at the University within the Field, and the Intellectual Property Rights and know-how pertaining to them.

Market means, in relation to a Licensed Product, offering to sell, licence or otherwise commercially exploit the Licensed Product or the sale, licence or other commercial exploitation of the Licensed Product.

“Market Exclusivity” in respect of any Licensed Product, country and time period means circumstances where at least one of the following factors subsists during that time period in that country, namely there is: (i) a Valid Claim; (b) Orphan Drug Designation; or (c) Data Exclusivity; or other exclusivity afforded due to the operation of the regulatory rules in force; in any such case pertaining to the Licensed Product.

Marketing Approval means all approvals, licenses, registrations or authorizations of any federal, state or local regulatory agency, department, bureau or other governmental entity, necessary for the manufacturing, use, storage, import, transport and sale of the Licensed Products in a country or regulatory jurisdiction. For countries where governmental approval is required for pricing or reimbursement for the Licensed Product, “Marketing Approval” under this schedule shall require such pricing or reimbursement approval to be obtained.

Milestone and Milestone Fee means the milestones, and the amounts payable on achievement of each of the milestones, set out in 0, as may be amended by the provisions of the Option Agreement depending upon the type of Licensed Technology licensed hereunder.

Net Sales means the gross amount invoiced for sales or other dispositions of Licensed Products by Licensee, its Affiliates or sub-licensees (including any sub-sub licensees) in bona fide, arms-length transactions with Third Parties, less the following deductions:-

 

(a) trade, and/or quantity discounts, returns, allowances (including bad debt allowances), allowed and taken in amounts customary in the trade;

 

Page 45


(b) import, export, excise, sales or use taxes, value added taxes and other taxes, tariffs or duties to the extent such items are included in the gross invoice price;

 

(c) freight, handling, transportation and insurance prepaid or allowed if separately identified in such invoice;

 

(d) amounts allowed or credited or retroactive price reductions or rebates in the normal course of trade;

Any refund of any of the foregoing amounts (including any reversal of bad debt allowances) previously deducted from Net Sales shall be appropriately credited upon receipt.

Licensee may, at its option, allocate the above deductions from sales of Licensed Products based upon accruals estimated reasonably and consistent with the Licensee’s standard business practices. If the Licensee elects to utilise such accruals, actual deductions will be calculated and, if applicable, a “ true-up ” made, on an annual basis.

In the event a Licensed Product is sold as part of a combination product or a co-packaged product, the Net Sales from the combination product or the co-packaged product, for the purposes of determining royalty payments, shall be determined by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product or the Co-Packaged Product (as defined in the Net Sales definition), during the applicable royalty reporting period, by the fraction

A/A + B,

where A is the average sale price of the Product when sold separately in finished form and B is the average sale price of the other product(s) included in the Combination Product or Co-Packaged Product when sold separately in finished form, in each case during the applicable royalty reporting period or, if sales of both the Product and the other product(s) did not occur in such period, then in the most recent royalty reporting period in which sales of both occurred.

Transfers or dispositions of Licensed Products for compassionate use, charitable or other a not for profit basis, or for preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, regulatory or governmental purposes shall not be deemed to be “sales”. For clarity quantities supplied for promotional purposes shall be limited to that which are reasonable and within the standard practice of the Pharmaceutical Industry.

Non-Commercial Use means Academic and Research Purposes for clarity excludes any activities in the Field that constitute pre-clinical or clinical drug development or otherwise extend beyond research and into the development of a product of commerce or verification of the developmental and commercialisation potential of a compound.

Option Agreement means the agreement conferring Licensee rights over certain intellectual property as part of a £1.5M research funding agreement and executed between the Parties and the University, dated xx xx 2013

“Orphan Drug Designation” means FDA’s act of granting a request for designation under section 526 of the act. In this context “Act” means the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act as amended by section 2 of the Orphan Drug Act (sections 525-528 (21 U.S.C. 360aa-360dd)). 21CFR Part 316 or the equivalent designation in other countries in the world

Phase 1 Clinical Trial means a human clinical trial, the principal purpose of which is preliminary determination of safety of a Licensed Product in healthy individuals or patients as described in 21 C.F.R. §312.21, or similar clinical study in a country other than the United States.

Project means the project referred to in 0.

 

Page 46


Quarter means a period of three calendar months (or part thereof) during a Licence Year, the first such Quarter beginning on the Effective Date.

Royalty Rate means the royalty rate or rates set out in 0.

Royalty Report means the report to be prepared by the Licensee under clause 0.

Sponsored Research Agreement means the agreement covering collaborative research signed by Licensee and the University dated xx xx 2013

Territory means the territory or territories set out in 0.

University means the Chancellor, Masters and Scholars of the University of Oxford whose administrative offices are at the University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD.

Valid Claim means (a) a claim of any issued and unexpired patent, to the extent that such claim in any patent has not lapsed, been withdrawn or been disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction in a non-appealable judgment or otherwise rendered invalid or unenforceable through reissue, disclaimer or otherwise through re-examination, opposition, post-grant review or inter partes review, or lost through interference proceeding, or been cancelled or abandoned or dedicated to the public or (b) a claim of a pending patent application which has not been pending for a period of more than [**] years and that has not been finally cancelled, withdrawn, abandoned or rejected by any administrative agency or other body of competent jurisdiction.

Warrants mean the warrants granted to the Licensor by the Licensee pursuant to the Option Agreement

Warrant Payments means payments made by Licensee to Licensor when payment of the Equity Milestone becomes due, to permit Licensor to exercise its Warrants for the Equity Milestone shares.

 

Page 47


Schedule 2

 

Application:    Patent application to be filed by Licensee describing some or all of the Licensed Know-how.
PCT National Phase filing deadline:    [not relevant if no application filed]
Inventor:    [list names of academic inventors]
Territory (clause 0):    Worldwide

Fee Income Royalty Rate

 

Field (clause 0):

  

[**]%

 

All therapeutic and commercial applications of small molecule utrophin modulators in humans and animals, particularly (but without limitation) for therapy of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy. For avoidance of doubt, Licensee shall have exclusive rights over Licensed Products in all indications.

Documents (clause 0):    The Application and all embodiments of the Licensed Technology
Past Patent Costs (clause 0):    [expected to be £[**] for Arising IP1 and Arising IP3; [**]% of patenting costs born by Isis for Arising IP2 and Arising IP4]
Royalty Rate (clause 0):    [**]% subject to reduction pursuant to the terms of the Option Agreement

Milestone and Milestone Fee (clause 0):

 

Milestone

   Milestone Fee (GBP)

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

[**]

   [**]

Licensee’s Contact and Address (clause 0):

 

Contact    [to complete before execution]
Address    85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY, UK
Fax    [to complete before execution]

[Other Intellectual Property Rights owned by or licensed to the Licensor (see definition of Licensed Technology in Schedule 1): Add identification of any additional licensed IPR (including, if relevant, licences into ISIS e.g. from co-ownership agreements or if provided through 3-way assignment and revenue share agreements) ]

 

Page 48


Schedule 3 – Equity Milestones

The following share consideration shall be issued and allotted by Summit on the Equity Events listed in the table below:

 

No.

  

Equity Event on which Equity Milestone is due

   Equity Milestone   Warrant Payments

1

   [**]    [**]   [**]

2

   [**]    [**]   [**]

3

   [**]    [**]   [**]

 

Page 49


Schedule 4 - Development Plan

[to be supplied by Summit before execution]

 

Page 50


Schedule 5 – The Project

Isis Project Number:

Isis Project Title:

Abstract: [e.g. description of the project or technology, such as patent abstract, extract from the project profile. If a patent is not yet filed, then a fuller description of the IP is required – eg list of structures /associated biological data etc as in the background licence.]

 

Page 51


AS WITNESS this agreement has been signed by the duly authorised representatives of the parties.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of     SIGNED for and on behalf of
ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED:     SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC:
Name:     Name:
Position:     Position:
Signature:     Signature:
Date:     Date:

 

Page 52


SCHEDULE 6 – FORM OF WARRANT INSTRUMENT

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

Page 53


SCHEDULE 7: Chemical Lead Criteria

 

  1. Physicochemical Properties/ In vitro Profile

 

Property

  

Chemical Lead

[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]

 

  2. ADMET/PK Profile

 

Property

  

Chemical Lead

[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]

 

  3. Animal model efficacy: Equivalent efficacy to SMT C1100 in head-to-head study in mdx mouse – model/protocol to be determined by RMT

 

Parameter

  

Measure

[**]   
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]
[**]    [**]

 

Page 54


Schedule 8

Intentionally left blank by the Parties

 

Page 55


Schedule 9 – Project Management and Governance Obligations

 

0. Definitions

0.1 “RMT” shall mean the Research Management Team

0.2 “JSC” shall mean the Joint Steering Committee

 

1. Provision of Information

1.1 The RMT shall provide to the JSC quarterly written reports concerning the research in the Research Field by the Founders and their teams and containing such information as the JSC may reasonably request and that the members of the JSC are entitled to acquire under this Agreement.

1.2 The University through the Principal Investigators shall notify Summit and the JSC within ten business days if it believes Arising IP in the Research Field has been made by the Founders and their teams and shall provide to Summit and the JSC all information it has regarding such Arising IP.

1.3 Upon reasonable request by Summit, the University shall provide to Summit at Summit’s expense all raw data, photocopies of laboratory notebooks, protocols, structures, markush structures, and any other data created by the Founders and their teams in the Research Field and whether or not in machine readable form. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such information is subject to the terms of the Agreement and such information shall be considered the Confidential Information of the University.

 

2. RMT

2.1 The Parties shall establish and maintain for the duration of the Option Period a RMT. Save as follows, the RMT shall comprise Dr. Jon Tinsley, Chief Scientific Officer, DMD and Dr. Francis Wilson, Head of Chemistry from Summit and Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Angela Russell from the University. Each party shall be entitled to replace its members on the RMT with equivalently qualified and experienced persons. The parties agree that Dr. Alfred Ajami shall be appointed as an independent member of the RMT.

2.2 The RMT shall meet every [**] weeks, either face to face, by conference call or by videoconference. RMT meetings will be co-chaired by Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Jon Tinsley. Each of the University and Summit agree that any number of observers may attend RMT meetings. Observers may include members of the Principal Investigators’ research groups, Summit employees, and in line with the University of Oxford’s Conflicts of Interest Policy, the respective Heads of Departments of DPAG and Chemistry or their nominees. For the avoidance of doubt, the conduct of the RMT shall be under the terms of the Agreement including but not limited to clause 8 and any Confidential Information disclosed by one Party to the other during the course of any RMT meeting shall be treated in accordance with clause 8.

2.3 The functions of the RMT shall be:-

2.3.1 to ensure timely execution of the research plan and budget and the interchange of information and ideas between the University and Summit in the Research Field;

 

2.3.2 to provide day to day oversight of the research by the Founder and their teams in the Research Field; and

2.3.3 to make decisions regarding the appointment of third party contractors and placing of work orders to assist with the performance of the research in the Research Field.

2.4 Save as expressly provided in the following sentence, the RMT shall not have the right to amend research plan without prior recourse to the JSC.

 

Page 56


3. JSC

3.1 The Parties shall throughout the Option Period maintain in existence a Joint Steering Committee (the “JSC”) to oversee the performance of the research by the Founders and their teams in the Research Field.

3.2 The JSC shall:

3.2.1 have the right to agree any amendment to the research being undertaken in the Research Field by the Founders; and

3.2.2 direct, manage and monitor the RMT; and

3.2.3 review the progress of the research being undertaken by the Founders and their teams in the Research Field and make any decisions required, and recommend to the Parties whether the Parties should continue with such research;

3.2.4 make recommendations to Summit upon whether any patents can be sought in relation to any of the Arising Intellectual Property; and

3.2.5 provide strategic oversight of the performance of the research in the Research Field being undertaken by the Founders and their teams; and

3.2.6 propose to the Parties amendments to this Agreement from time to time as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement, such amendments to be subject to formal written agreement where required between the Parties in accordance with clause 12.8 of this Agreement; and

3.2.7 The University will within [**] days of submission of any grant application made by the Founders that relate to the Research Field, provide to the JSC the terms and conditions of any potential grant awards that may be made subject to such grant application. If such terms are prejudicial to the rights granted to Summit under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement. the University will discuss such potential conflict(s) with Summit and the Principal Investigators, the University and Summit shall use reasonable endeavours to seek a resolution to such potential conflict(s) so that the award may be made and accepted by the University without prejudice to Summit’s exclusive rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement.

3.3 The JSC shall be established and run by the Parties as follows

3.3.1 The JSC shall comprise a total of four (4) members (“Members”) comprising two (2) appointees from Summit and one (1) for the University and one for Isis. The initial Members appointed by the Parties shall be as follows

 

Summit    Isis    University
Dr. Andrew Mulvaney    Dr. Carolyn Porter    Professor Tim Donohoe

Dr. Michael Boss

     

 

Page 57


3.3.2 Each Party may invite observers to meetings of the JSC. A Party inviting any such observer shall ensure that it uses reasonable efforts to ensure that the other Parties are advised at least [**] Business Days prior to the relevant meeting of the identity of the observer and that such observers are bound by obligations of confidentiality no less onerous than those imposed by this Agreement. Such observers shall not be counted towards any assessment of quorum for the purpose of Clause 3.3.7 below and shall not be entitled to participate in any decision making or voting.

3.3.3 Each Party shall be entitled to remove any Member appointed by it and to appoint any person to fill a vacancy arising from the removal or retirement of such Member. Each Party shall give the other Parties, prior written notice of any proposed changes in the identity of any of their Members.

3.3.4 Without prejudice to Clause 3.3.5 below, the JSC shall meet as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date and thereafter shall hold regular meetings at intervals of [**] months throughout the Option Term, in each case at dates and times to be mutually agreed.

3.3.5 It is understood and agreed by the Parties that in order to ensure that the performance of the research by the Founders and their teams in the Research Field operates optimally, the JSC may need to operate occasionally on a highly responsive basis and consider and make decisions on an ad-hoc basis as required from time to time and as appropriate the Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to ensure that Members are available to take decisions at short notice.

3.3.6 Provided that at least [**] meetings are held face-to-face annually during the Option Term, meetings of the JSC may be held (at the request of any Party) by teleconference or other electronic means. In the case of meetings at which Members are physically present the venue for all meetings shall unless otherwise agreed by the Parties alternate between the premises of the University and Summit.

3.3.7 Provided always that at least two (2) Members, including one Member appointed by each of the University and Summit are present throughout a meeting, the quorum for meetings of JSC shall be two (2) Members.

3.3.8 Decisions of the JSC shall be made by unanimous agreement of the Members present. In the event of a vote at a meeting of the JSC, the University and Isis shall each have one (1) vote and Summit shall have two (2) votes. Should it prove impossible to obtain unanimous agreement, the matter shall be referred for discussion between Sponsor’s CEO and the Head of the Department of Physiology, Anatomy and Genetics and the Chairman of Chemistry.

3.3.9 The functions of chairperson and secretary (responsible for preparing the minutes of each meeting of the JSC) shall alternate between the Members of the University and Summit. The minutes of each meeting of the JSC shall be sent to each of the Members within [**] Business Days of each meeting.

 

Page 58

  

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the

Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

   Exhibit 10.8

 

 

LOGO

DATED 16 July 2014

 

 

THE CHANCELLOR MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

and

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

and

ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED

 

 

VARIATION AGREEMENT

relating to the Agreement for the Sponsorship of a Research Programme for the development of small molecule modulators of utrophin for the treatment of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy dated 22 November 2013

 

 


CONTENTS

 

1.     

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     3   
2.     

VARIATION

     4   
3.     

GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

     6   
SCHEDULE 1 - Amended Agreement      8   

 

Page 2 of 8


THIS VARIATION AGREEMENT is made on 16 July 2014 BETWEEN :

 

(1) THE CHANCELLOR MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD, whose administrative office is at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford, OX1 2JD (the “ University ”); and

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC, a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05197494, whose address is 85b Park Drive, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY (the “ Sponsor ”);

 

(3) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED, a private limited company incorporated in England and Wales with company number 02199542, whose registered office is at University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford, OX1 2JD (“ Isis ”),

each a “ Party ” and collectively the “ Parties ”.

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Parties entered into an agreement for the sponsorship of a research programme relating to the development of small molecule modulators of utrophin for the treatment of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy dated 22 November 2013 (the “ Agreement ”).

 

(B) Clause 3.3 of the Agreement provides that both the University and the Sponsor will be parties to any master services agreement governing any work to be undertaken by a commercial third party organisation and funded by the Sponsor for the purposes of the Project. The Parties wish to streamline the contracting process, by allowing the University and the Sponsor to enter into such contracts separately, provided such arrangements are approved by the RMT and such contracts are consistent with the provisions and principles of the Agreement

 

(C) The Parties acknowledge that the definitions of Intellectual Property and Background Intellectual Property in the Agreement contain mistakes, and the Parties wish to rectify those mistakes.

 

(D) The Parties wish to amend the Agreement as set out in this Variation Agreement with effect from the date of this Variation Agreement (the “ Variation Date ”).

NOW IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Words and phrases defined in the Agreement, when used in this Variation Agreement, shall have the meanings set out in the Agreement.

 

1.2 In this Variation Agreement: (a) the headings are used for convenience and shall not affect its interpretation; (b) a reference to this “ Variation Agreement ” shall include the Background and Schedules; (c) a reference to a “ person ” includes a natural person, corporate or unincorporated body (whether or not having separate legal personality and wherever incorporated or established) and that person’s legal and personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns; and (d) the words “ include ”, “ including ” or “ in particular ” are deemed to have the words “without limitation” following them.

 

Page 3 of 8


2. VARIATION

 

2.1 With effect from the Variation Date, the Parties agree the following amendments to the Agreement:

 

  2.1.1 the text of clause 1.6 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where deletions are shown in struck through text and additions are shown in underlined text:

Intellectual Property shall mean know how, patents, rights to inventions, registered designs, copyright and related rights, database rights, design rights, topography rights, trade marks, service marks, trade names and domain names, and renewals and extensions of such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world created or first reduced to-practice during the course of the Project excluding (in the case of the University) any copyright in academic publications or similar materials such intellectual property rights to which the University does not lay claim under its Statutes and Regulations as amended from time to time;

 

  2.1.2 the text of clause 1.8 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where deletions are shown in struck through text and additions are shown in underlined text:

Background Intellectual Property shall mean Intellectual Property owned or controlled by a Party , other than Arising Intellectual Property , and Licensed Know-how , and made available by that Party for use in the Project;

 

  2.1.3 the text of clause 1.10 of the Agreement is amended as follows, deletions are shown in struck through text and additions are shown in underlined text:

The Licensed Technology Know-how shall have the same definition as contained in the Licence;

 

  2.1.4 the following text is inserted into the Agreement as Clause 1.14:

All references to “Licensed Technology” in the Agreement shall be references to “Licensed Know-how”.

 

  2.1.5 the text of clause 3.3 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where deletions are shown in struck through text and additions are shown in underlined text:

Subject to clause 11.7 additional funding may be provided by the Sponsor to fund work undertaken by commercial third party organisations for the furtherance of the Project. No commercial third party organisation may be appointed to assist with the performance of the Project without the approval of the RMT, as defined in Schedule 2, to both the organisation and the terms of engagement of the organisation. Both Sponsor and University shall be parties to any master services agreement governing such work by such commercial third party organisation. Subject to Clause 6.3 Arising Intellectual Property resulting from the conduct of the work placed with a commercial third party organisation under the direction of the RMT shall be owned by the University and the parties shall ensure that any master services agreement governing such work confers to the University title over such Arising Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding the approval of the RMT, no party may enter into any such contract unless it is consistent with the terms of this Agreement (in particular, clauses 5 and 6) and imposes consistent obligations on the commercial third party organisation. For the avoidance of doubt, Intellectual Property created, generated, developed or first reduced to practice by or on behalf of any such commercial third party organisation in respect of the Project shall be Arising Intellectual Property for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Page 4 of 8


  2.1.6 the text of clause 5.2 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where additions are shown in underlined text:

Subject to the following sub-clauses of this clause 5, each Party agrees to use all reasonable endeavours not to disclose to any third party any Confidential Information within clause 1.5.1, and not to make to any third party any disclosure of Confidential Information within clause 1.5.2 which would prejudice the rights of the other Parties under this Agreement or the Option Agreement. A Party may disclose Confidential Information only to those of its officers, employees, authorised agents and (in relation to the University) students who have a need to know that Confidential Information for the Project, provided that it informs those persons of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and the obligations of this Agreement before disclosure, and provided that the Party disclosing such Confidential Information shall procure and at all times be responsible for those persons’ compliance with the obligations set out in this Agreement.

 

  2.1.7 the text of clause 6.1 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where deletions are shown in struck through text and additions are shown in underlined text:

Subject to clauses 6.2 and 6.5 nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the absolute and unfettered rights of each Party in their Background Intellectual Property and the provisions of clause 4 5 shall apply to all Background Intellectual Property.

 

  2.1.8 the text of clause 6.3 of the Agreement is amended as follows, where additions are shown in underlined text:

All Arising Intellectual Property shall be the property of the University and, accordingly, the Sponsor hereby assigns, agrees to assign, or procure assignment by any third party engaged by the Sponsor, to the University absolutely (by way of present and future assignment) any and all such Arising Intellectual Property. The University and those working on the Project shall have the irrevocable right to use the Arising Intellectual Property for academic and research purposes only provided that (unless the Sponsor fails to exercise its option set out in Schedule 5 to this Agreement) any such right will not extend to use of the Arising Intellectual Property for any research carried out with the benefit of funding from a commercial entity or non-profit organisation where such commercial entity or non-profit organisation would gain rights over the Arising Intellectual Property as a result of such funding.

 

Page 5 of 8


  2.1.9 the following text is inserted into the Agreement as Clause 6.6:

Each Party shall ensure that all Arising Intellectual Property created by its officers, employees and (in relation to the University) students shall, on creation, automatically vest in it absolutely and that it is entitled to deal with such Arising Intellectual Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Party shall procure that all Arising Intellectual Property created by any third party engaged by it is assigned to that Party such that it is entitled to deal with such Arising Intellectual Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  2.1.10 the following text is inserted into the Agreement as Clause 6.7:

Each Party shall, and shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that any necessary third party shall, promptly execute and deliver such documents and perform such acts as may reasonably be required, at the requesting Party’s cost, for the purpose of giving full effect to this clause 6.

 

2.2 The amendments to the Agreement are shown in the copy of the Agreement attached at Schedule 1, where the text is shown after the deletions and additions have been made for the Parties’ convenience.

 

3. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

3.1 This Variation Agreement and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

 

3.2 The Parties irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Variation Agreement or its subject matter or its formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

IN WITNESS of this Agreement , the Parties have executed this Agreement through their duly authorised representatives.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of THE

CHANCELLOR MASTERS AND

SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF

OXFORD

  )     
  )     
  )     

/s/ Barbara Murray

  )     

Name:

 

Barbara Murray

    
Title:  

Head of Research Services

Science Area

University of Oxford

    

Date:

  1·7·14     

 

Page 6 of 8


SIGNED for and on behalf of SUMMIT

CORPORATION PLC

 

)

)

)

    

/s/ Glyn Edwards

Name:    Glyn Edwards   
Title:    CEO   
Date:    16·07·2014   

SIGNED for and on behalf of ISIS

INNOVATION LIMITED

 

)

)

)

    

/s/ Linda Naylor

Name:    Linda Naylor   
Title:   

Executive Director

Isis Innovation Ltd

  
Date:    25/6/14   

 

Page 7 of 8


SCHEDULE 1 - Amended Agreement

The amended version of the Agreement immediately follows this page.

 

Page 8 of 8


DATED 16 June 2014

 

 

LOGO

AGREEMENT FOR THE SPONSORSHIP OF A RESEARCH PROGRAMME


AGREEMENT FOR THE SPONSORSHIP OF A RESEARCH PROGRAMME

THIS AGREEMENT dated 22 November 2013 and revised on 16 June 2014 is made BETWEEN:

 

(1) THE CHANCELLOR, MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD, whose administrative offices are at Wellington Square, Oxford OX1 2JD (“the University”)

 

(2) SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC whose registered company number is 05197494 and whose address is 85b Park Drive, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY (“the Sponsor”)

 

(3) ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED whose registered company number is 02199542 and whose registered office is University Offices, Wellington Square, Oxford, OX1 2JD (“Isis”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The University has developed technology in the field of therapeutic and commercial applications of small molecule utrophin modulation, particularly (but without limitation) for therapy of Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy and Becker Muscular Dystrophy.

 

(B) Isis has licensed technology to MuOx Ltd under Isis Project numbers 7903, 4417 and 8066.

 

(C) The Sponsor has through a Share Purchase Agreement bought MuOx Ltd and the Licence, as defined below, may be novated to Sponsor.

 

(C) The Sponsor now wishes to fund the University to undertake a programme of research and the Parties wish to define certain of their rights and obligations with regard to that programme of research.

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

1.1   The Project    shall mean the programme of work described in the First Schedule to this Agreement; and any modifications, deletions or expansions approved in writing by both parties;
1.2   The Principal Investigators    shall mean Professor Kay Davies, Professor Stephen Davies and Dr. Angela Russell or their successors under clause 8.2 of this Agreement;
1.3   The Project Period    shall mean the period from Effective Date for a period of thirty-six (36) months and subject to clause 11.7 any further period that the Parties agree is required for the successful completion of the Project;

 

1


1.4   The Effective Date    shall mean the date of signature of this Agreement.
1.5   Confidential Information    shall mean all and any specifications, formulae, structures, synthetic routes and methods, drawings, tapes, discs and other computer-readable media, documents, information, techniques and know-how which either
     1.5.1 are disclosed by one party to the other in connection with the Project and marked or labelled “Proprietary”, “Confidential” or “Sensitive” by the disclosing party at the time of disclosure; or
     1.5.2 are written, prepared or generated in the course of, and as part of, the Project;
1.6   Intellectual Property    shall mean know how, patents, rights to inventions, registered designs, copyright and related rights, database rights, design rights, topography rights, trade marks, service marks, trade names and domain names, and renewals or extensions of such rights and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection which subsist or will subsist now or in the future in any part of the world excluding (in the case of the University) any such intellectual property rights to which the University does not lay claim under its Statutes and Regulations as amended from time to time;
1.7   Arising Intellectual Property    shall mean all Intellectual Property arising from the conduct of the Project;
1.8   Background Intellectual Property    shall mean Intellectual Property owned or controlled by a Party other than Arising Intellectual Property and Licensed Know-how, and made available by that Party for use in the Project;
1.9   The Licence    shall mean the Deed of Licence of technology agreement between Isis and the MuOx Ltd and attached as the fourth Schedule to this Agreement;
1.10   The Licensed Know-how    shall have the same definition as contained in the Licence;

 

2


1.11   Option Agreement    means the Option Agreement entered into between Sponsor and Isis dated 22 November 2013 and attached as Schedule 5 to this Agreement;
1.12   Party    shall mean the University, Isis or the Sponsor individually;
1.13   Parties    shall mean University, Isis and the Sponsor taken together;

 

1.14 All references to “Licensed Technology” in the Agreement shall be references to “Licensed Know-how”

 

2. THE PROJECT

 

2.1 The Project will be conducted in laboratories of the University under the direction and supervision of the Principal Investigators.

 

2.2 Subject to clause 8.4 the Project shall run for the Project Period.

 

2.3 The University will use all reasonable endeavours to provide adequate facilities; to obtain any requisite materials, equipment and personnel; and to carry out the Project diligently within the scope allowed by the Sponsor’s funding. Although the University will use all reasonable endeavours to perform the research described in the First Schedule, the University does not undertake that work carried out under or pursuant to this Agreement will lead to any particular result, nor is the success of such work guaranteed.

 

2.4 The University will provide the Sponsor with quarterly reports summarising the progress of work under the Project as set out in the Second Schedule. The University shall ensure that full and complete records of all work undertaken under the Project are kept including full accurate and up to date laboratory notebooks whether in writing or electronic form in accordance with the procedures of best practice set out on the University’s web-site and updated from time to time 1 .

 

2.5 The Parties will comply with the Project Management and Governance obligations set out in Second Schedule to this Agreement.

 

3. FUNDING BY THE SPONSOR

 

3.1 The Sponsor will make payments to the University towards the cost of the Project on the dates and in the amounts set out in the Third Schedule to this Agreement.

 

3.2 Except as otherwise provided by agreement in writing, as between the Sponsor and the University the full and unencumbered title to all equipment purchased or constructed using funds provided by the Sponsor shall vest in the University.

 

1   http://www.admin.ox.ac.uk/rdm/dmp/documentation/labnotebooks/ retrieved 11/10/

 

3


3.3 Subject to clause 11.7 additional funding may be provided by the Sponsor to fund work undertaken by commercial third party organisations for the furtherance of the Project. No commercial third party organisation may be appointed to assist with the performance of the Project without the approval of the RMT, as defined in Schedule 2, to both the organisation and the terms of engagement of the organisation. Notwithstanding the approval of the RMT, no party may enter into any such contract unless it is consistent with the terms of this Agreement (in particular, clauses 5 and 6) and imposes consistent obligations on the commercial third party organisation. For the avoidance of doubt, Intellectual Property created, generated, developed or first reduced to practice by or on behalf of any such commercial third party organisation in respect of the Project shall be Arising Intellectual Property for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

4. FUNDING BY THIRD PARTIES

 

4.1 It is within the contemplation of the Parties that the Principal investigators may during the Project Period, in execution of their duties as academic scientists apply from time to time for grant funding from Governmental bodies and not-for-profit organisations. The University undertakes to diligently review the terms and conditions prevalent in any grant awards to be made and promptly bring to the attention of the JSC any potential conflicts with the rights granted to Sponsor under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence and Option Agreement. The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to seek a resolution to such potential conflict(s) so that the award may be made and accepted by the University without prejudice to Sponsor’s exclusive rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement.

 

4.2 For the avoidance of doubt, should a resolution to any potential conflicts not be possible, the University shall not accept any grant funding, the prevalent terms and conditions of which prejudice or otherwise conflict with Sponsor’s rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence and Option Agreement.-

 

5. CONFIDENTIALITY AND PUBLICATION PROCEDURES

 

5.1 The Parties acknowledge that in the performance of this Agreement, each may have access to Confidential Information of the others.

 

5.2 Subject to the following sub-clauses of this clause 5, each Party agrees to use all reasonable endeavours not to disclose to any third party any Confidential Information of the other Parties within clause 1.5.1, and not to make to any third party any disclosure of Confidential Information within clause 1.5.2 which would prejudice the rights of the other Parties under this Agreement or the Option Agreement. A Party may disclose Confidential Information only to those of its officers, employees, authorised agents and (in relation to the University) students who have a need to know that Confidential Information for the Project, provided that it informs those persons of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and the obligations of this Agreement before disclosure, and provided that the Party disclosing such Confidential Information shall procure and at all times be responsible for those persons’ compliance with the obligations set out in this Agreement.

 

4


5.3 None of the Parties shall incur any obligation under clause 5.2 with respect to information which:

 

  5.3.1 is known to the receiving Party before its receipt, and not impressed already with any obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.2 is or becomes publicly known without any breach of this Agreement or of any other obligation to keep it confidential; or

 

  5.3.3 is obtained by the receiving party from a third party in circumstances where the receiving Party has no reason to believe that there has been a breach of an obligation of confidentiality owed to the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.4 is independently developed by the receiving Party; or

 

  5.3.5 is approved for release in writing by an authorised representative of the disclosing Party; or

 

  5.3.6 the receiving Party is required to disclose by law or regulation (provided that, in the case of the Freedom of Information Act 2000, none of the exemptions in that Act applies to the information disclosed) or by order of a competent authority (including any regulatory or governmental body or securities exchange); provided that, where practicable, the disclosing Party is given reasonable advance notice of the intended disclosure and provided that the relaxation of the obligation of confidentiality shall only last for as long as necessary to comply with the relevant law, regulation or order and shall apply solely for the purposes of such compliance.

 

5.4 If the University receives a request under the Freedom of Information Act 2000 to disclose any information which, under this Agreement, is the Sponsor’s Confidential Information, it will notify the Sponsor and will consult with the Sponsor. The Sponsor will respond to the University within [**] days after receiving the University’s notice if that notice requests the Sponsor to provide information to assist the University to determine whether or not an exemption in the Freedom of Information Act applies to the information requested under that Act.

 

5.5 The Project will form part of the actual carrying out of a primary charitable purpose of the University; that is, the advancement of education through teaching and research. There must therefore be some element of public benefit arising from the Project, and this is secured through the following sub-clauses.

 

  5.5.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or hinder any registered student of the University from submitting for a degree of the University a thesis based on the results obtained during the course of work undertaken as part of the Project, the examination of such a thesis by examiners appointed by the University, or the deposit of such a thesis in accordance with the relevant procedures of the University.

 

5


  5.5.2 In accordance with normal academic practice, all employees, students, agents or appointees of the University (including those who work on the Project) shall be permitted:-

 

  5.5.2.1 subject to first following the procedures laid down in clause 5.6, to publish results obtained during the course of work undertaken as part of the Project; and

 

  5.5.2.2 in pursuance of the University’s academic functions, to discuss work undertaken as part of the Project in internal seminars, and to give instruction within the University on questions related to such work.

 

5.6 Where the University wishes to submit for publication results of the Project in which the Sponsor has an interest pursuant to this Agreement or the Option and Licence Agreement, the University will submit such results to the Sponsor in writing, together with a formal notification of intent to submit for publication not less than [**] days in advance of the submission for publication. The Sponsor may require the University to delay submission for publication if in the Sponsor’s opinion such delay is necessary in order to seek patent or similar protection for the results. A delay imposed as a result of a requirement made by the Sponsor shall not last longer than is absolutely necessary to seek the required protection; and therefore shall not exceed [**] months from the date of receipt of the results by the Sponsor, although the University will not unreasonably refuse a request from the Sponsor for additional delay in the event that property rights would otherwise be lost. Notification of the requirement for delay in submission for publication must be received by the University within [**] days after the receipt of the results by the Sponsor, failing which the University and the Principal Investigator shall be free to assume that the Sponsor has no objection to the proposed publication.

 

6. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

6.1 Subject to clauses 6.2 and 6.5 nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the absolute and unfettered rights of each Party in their Background Intellectual Property and the provisions of clause 5 shall apply to all Background Intellectual Property.

 

6.2 The Sponsor hereby grants the University a royalty free, non-exclusive licence to its Background Intellectual Property solely for the purposes of the Project. The University may not grant any sub-licence to use the Sponsor’s Background Intellectual Property.

 

6.3

All Arising Intellectual Property shall be the property of the University and, accordingly, the Sponsor hereby assigns, agrees to assign, or procure assignment by any third party engaged by the Sponsor, to the University absolutely (by way of present and future assignment) any and all such Arising Intellectual Property. The University and those working on the Project shall have the irrevocable right to use the Arising Intellectual Property for academic and research purposes only provided that (unless the Sponsor fails to exercise its option set out in Schedule 5 to this Agreement) any such right will not extend to

 

6


  use of the Arising Intellectual Property for any research carried out with the benefit of funding from a commercial entity or non-profit organisation where such commercial entity or non-profit organisation would gain rights over the Arising Intellectual Property as a result of such funding.

 

6.4 The Sponsor’s rights in relation to Arising Intellectual Property are defined in the Option Agreement and the Licence.

 

  6.4.1 If the Sponsor requires the use of the University’s Background Intellectual Property in order to exercise its rights in any Arising Intellectual Property as granted by clauses 6.4 above, then, provided the University is free and willing to license the Background Intellectual Property in question, the University will not unreasonably refuse to grant or delay granting a commercial licence to the Sponsor (through Isis Innovation Limited, its technology transfer division) so that the Sponsor may use such Background Intellectual Property for the purpose of exercising its rights in Arising Intellectual Property. The provisions of clause 6.4 shall apply to the grant of any licence of Background Intellectual Property pursuant to this clause.

 

6.5 The University may fulfil its obligations under clauses 6.4 and 6.5 through its technology transfer company Isis Innovation Ltd and the University may take such actions (including in respect of the Arising Intellectual Property) as may be necessary or desirable for this purpose.

 

6.6 Each Party shall ensure that ail Arising Intellectual Property created by its officers, employees and (in relation to the University) students shall, on creation, automatically vest in it absolutely and that it is entitled to deal with such Arising Intellectual Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Each Party shall procure that all Arising Intellectual Property created by any third party engaged by it is assigned to that Party such that it is entitled to deal with such Arising Intellectual Property in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

6.7 Each Party shall, and shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that any necessary third party shall, promptly execute and deliver such documents and perform such acts as may reasonably be required, at the requesting Party’s cost, for the purpose of giving full effect to this clause 6.

 

7. ASSIGNMENT

Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither party may assign this Agreement, or delegate its performance, to any other person without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

7


8. TERMINATION

 

8.1 This Agreement may be terminated by either party

 

  8.1.1 for any material breach of the obligations set out in this Agreement, by giving [**] days’ written notice to the other of its intention to terminate. The notice shall include a detailed statement describing the nature of the breach. If the breach is capable of being remedied and is remedied within the [**]-day notice period, then the termination shall not take effect. If the breach is of a nature such that it can be fully remedied but not within the ninety day notice period, then termination shall also not be effective if the party involved begins to remedy the breach within that period, and then continues diligently to remedy the breach until it is remedied fully. If the breach is incapable of remedy, then the termination shall take effect at the end of the ninety-day notice period in any event;

 

  8.1.2 with immediate effect by giving notice to the other party, if the other party becomes insolvent, or if an order is made or a resolution is passed for its winding up (except voluntarily for the purpose of solvent amalgamation or reconstruction), or if an administrator, administrative receiver or receiver is appointed over the whole or any part of the other party’s assets, or if the other party makes any arrangement with its creditors.

 

8.2 The University agrees to notify the Sponsor promptly if at any time Professor Kay Davies, Professor Steve Davies or Dr. Angela Russell are unable or unwilling to continue the direction and supervision of the Project. Within sixty (60) days after such incapacity or expression of unwillingness the University shall nominate a successor to any of the above. The Sponsor will not decline unreasonably to accept the nominated successor. However, if the successor is not acceptable to the Sponsor on reasonable and substantial grounds, then the Sponsor may terminate this Agreement by giving ninety (90) days’ written notice to the University. Nevertheless, the Sponsor will continue to reimburse the cost to the University of any non-cancellable amounts committed by the University before receipt of the Sponsor’s notice and of contracts of service or for services which were made by the University before receipt of the Sponsor’s notice with personnel appointed to work on the Project. In such circumstances the University shall use its reasonable endeavours to reallocate personnel and minimise the sums payable by the University in accordance with the University’s personnel policies. The University will exercise such rights of termination as may be available to the University in order to bring such contracts to an end as quickly as is lawfully possible. Reimbursement by the Sponsor will continue until the effective date of termination of each contract.

 

8.3 The University may terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by giving notice in writing to the Sponsor if the Sponsor fails to make more than one of the payments due to the University pursuant to clause 3.1 in a timely manner and has failed, within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice requiring payment, to remedy the failure to pay.

 

8.4 The parties will assess on or around each anniversary of this Agreement whether there are valid scientific reasons for ceasing the conduct of the Project. In the event that the parties agree that this is the case, this Agreement may be terminated by the parties in writing. In the event that the parties cannot agree on whether there are valid scientific reasons for ceasing the conduct of the Project, the matter shall be escalated in accordance with clause 11.10.

 

8


8.5 The expiration of the Project Period, or the termination of this Agreement under clauses 7, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3 or 8.4 shall mean the termination with effect from the expiry date or (as the case may be) the effective date of termination of the obligations imposed on the parties under clauses 2 and 3. Clauses 5.1 to 5.3 shall survive for three years after the expiration of the Project Period or (as the case may be) the termination of this Agreement. Clauses 5.6 and 6.5 shall survive for one year (in the case of clause 5.6), and six months (in the case of clause 6.5) after expiration or termination (or for such other period as the parties may agree under clause 6.5), unless it is a case of repudiation by the Sponsor, of termination by the University under clause 8.1 or termination by the Sponsor under clause 8.4 (in which event clauses 5.6 and 6.5 shall terminate with clauses 2 and 3). The remaining clauses shall survive indefinitely after expiration or termination.

 

9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

The University of Oxford will make every effort to perform the Project with reasonable care and skill. However, the University is a charitable foundation devoted to education and research; and in order to fulfil its legal obligations to protect its assets for the benefit of those objects, the University imposes the following conditions on the performance of the Project, and the following limits on the University’s liability.

 

9.1 The University makes no representation or warranty that advice or information given by the Principal Investigator or any other of its employees, students, agents or appointees who work on the Project, or the content or use of any materials, works or information provided in connection with the Project, will not constitute or result in infringement of third-party rights.

 

9.2 The University accepts no responsibility for any use which may be made of any work carried out under or pursuant to this Agreement, or of the results of the Project, nor for any reliance which may be placed on such work or results, nor for advice or information given in connection with them.

 

9.3 The Sponsor undertakes to make no claim in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter against the Principal Investigator or any other employee, student, agent or appointee of the University (apart from claims based on fraud, recklessness or wilful misconduct). This undertaking is intended to give protection to individual researchers: it does not prejudice any right which the Sponsor might have to claim against the University. The benefit conferred by this sub-clause is intended to be enforceable by the persons referred to in it.

 

9.4

Subject to clause 9.6, the liability of either party to the other for any breach of this Agreement, for any negligence, or arising in any other way out of the subject-matter of this Agreement, the Project or the results will not extend to any indirect damages or losses, or to any loss of profits, loss of revenue, loss of business, loss of data, loss of contracts or

 

9


  opportunity, whether direct or indirect; even if, in any such case, the party bringing the claim has advised the other of the possibility of those losses or if they were within the other party’s contemplation.

 

9.5 Subject to Clause 9.6, in order to conserve the assets of the University for application to its charitable purposes the maximum liability of the University to the Sponsor under or otherwise in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter shall not exceed the return of all moneys provided by the Sponsor under clause 3.1 together with interest on the balance of such moneys from time to time outstanding, accruing from day to day at the Barclays Bank plc Base Rate from time to time in force and compounded annually as at 31 December.

 

9.6 Nothing in this Agreement limits or excludes either party’s liability for:

 

  9.6.1 death or personal injury resulting from negligence; or

 

  9.6.2 any fraud or for any sort of other liability which, by law, cannot be limited or excluded;

 

  9.6.3 wilful misconduct

 

9.7 If any sub-clause of this clause 9 is held to be invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law then it shall be deemed to be omitted, and if as a result any party becomes liable for loss or damage which would otherwise have been excluded then such liability shall be subject to the remaining sub-clauses of this clause 9.

 

10. NOTICES

The University’s representative for the purpose of receiving payments, reports and other notices shall until further notice be:

The Director

Research Services Office

University Offices

Wellington Square

Oxford OX1 2JD

with copies to:

 

The Administrator   And        Professor K. Davies
Department of Physiology, Anatomy, and Genetics     

    Department of Physiology, Anatomy,

    and Genetics

University of Oxford          University of Oxford
Le Gros Clark Building          Sherrington Building
South Parks Road          South Parks Road
Oxford          Oxford
OX1 3QX          OX1 3QX

 

10


The Sponsor’s representative for the purpose of receiving invoices, reports and other notices shall until further notice be:

The Company Secretary

Summit Corporation PLC

85b Park Drive

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

 

11. GENERAL

 

11.1 Clause headings are inserted in this Agreement for convenience only, and they shall not be taken into account in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11.2 Amounts specified for payment in this Agreement are stated exclusive of Valued Added Tax. Whenever the Sponsor is obliged to make a payment to the University under this Agreement which attracts Value Added, sales, use, excise or other similar taxes or duties, the Sponsor shall be responsible for paying such taxes and duties.

 

11.3 If the Sponsor fails to make any payment due to the University under this Agreement then, without prejudice to the University’s other rights and remedies consequent upon breach of this Agreement, the University may charge interest on the balance outstanding, accruing from day to day at the rate of [**] per cent ([**]%) per annum above the Barclays Bank plc Base Rate from time to time in force and compounded annually as at 31 December.

 

11.4 If the performance by either party of any of its obligations under this Agreement (other than an obligation to make payment) shall be prevented by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, then such party shall be excused from performance of that obligation for the duration of the relevant event.

 

11.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall create, imply or evidence any partnership or joint venture between the University and the Sponsor or the relationship between them of principal and agent.

 

11.6 Neither the University nor the Sponsor shall use the name or any trademark or logo of the other in any press release or product advertising, or for any other commercial purpose, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that publication of the sums received from the Sponsor in the University’s Annual Report and similar publications shall not be regarded as a breach of this clause.

 

11.7 This Agreement and its five Schedules (which are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement) constitute the entire agreement between the parties for the Project and no statements or representations made by either party have been relied upon by the other in entering into this Agreement. Any variation shall be in writing and signed by authorised signatories for both parties.

 

11


11.8 No one except a party to this Agreement has any right to prevent the amendment of this Agreement or its termination, and no one except a party to this Agreement may enforce any benefit conferred by this Agreement, unless this Agreement expressly provides otherwise.

 

11.9 This Agreement shall be governed by English Law. Subject to clause 11.10, the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction to deal with any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

11.10 Any dispute, controversy or claim arising under, out of or relating to this Agreement and any subsequent amendments of this Agreement, including, without limitation, its formation, validity, binding effect, interpretation, performance, breach or termination, as well as non-contractual claims, shall be referred to and finally determined by arbitration in accordance with the WIPO Expedited Arbitration Rules. The place of arbitration shall be London, England. The language to be used in the arbitral proceedings shall be English. The dispute, controversy or claim shall be decided in accordance with the law of England.

 

11.11 If any one or more clauses or sub-clauses of this Agreement would result in this Agreement being prohibited pursuant to any applicable law then it or they shall be deemed to be omitted. The parties shall uphold the remainder of this Agreement, and shall negotiate an amendment which, as far as legally feasible, maintains the economic balance between the parties.

 

11.12 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed will constitute an original of this Agreement, but all counterparts will together constitute the same agreement. No counterpart will be effective until each Party has executed at least one counterpart.

 

12


AS WITNESS the hands of authorised signatories for the parties on the date first mentioned above.

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

THE CHANCELLOR MASTERS AND SCHOLARS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

   

SIGNED for and on behalf of

 

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC:

Name:   Barbara Murray     Name:   Glyn Edwards
Position:  

Head of Research Services

Science Area

University of Oxford

   

Position:

 

Signature:

 

CEO

 

/s/ Glyn Edwards

Signature:  

/s/ Barbara Murray

     

SIGNED for and on behalf of

ISIS INNOVATION LIMITED

     
Name:   Linda Naylor      
Position:  

Executive Director

Isis Innovation Ltd

     
Signature:  

/s/ Linda Naylor

     

SCHEDULES

 

1. Description of the Project

 

2. Project Management

 

3. Payment schedule

 

4. The Licence (Background Know How)

 

5. Option Agreement (Arising IPR)

 

13


SCHEDULE 1

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. A total of three pages were omitted. [**]

 

14


SCHEDULE 2

Project Management and Governance

 

0. Definitions

 

0.1 “RMT” shall mean the Research Management Team

 

0.2 “JSC” shall mean the Joint Steering Committee

 

1. Provision of Information

 

1.1 The RMT shall provide to the JSC quarterly written reports containing such information as the JSC may reasonably request and that the members of the JSC are entitled to acquire under this Agreement.

 

1.2 The University through the Principal Investigators shall notify the Sponsor and the JSC within [**] business days if it believes it has created Arising Intellectual Property as a result of the performance of the Project and shall provide to the Sponsor and the JSC all information it has regarding such Arising Intellectual Property.

 

1.3 Upon reasonable request by the Sponsor, the University shall provide to the Sponsor at the Sponsor’s expense all raw data, photocopies of laboratory notebooks, protocols, structures, markush structures, and any other data created during the performance of the Project and whether or not in machine readable form. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such information is subject to the terms of the Agreement and such information shall be considered the Confidential Information of the University.

 

2. RMT

 

2.1 The Parties shall establish and maintain for the duration of the Project Period a RMT. Save as follows, the RMT shall comprise Dr. Jon Tinsley, Chief Scientific Officer, DMD and Dr. Francis Wilson, Head of Chemistry from the Sponsor and Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Angela Russell from the University. Each party shall be entitled to replace its members on the RMT with equivalentty qualified and experienced persons. The parties agree that Dr. Alfred Ajami shall be appointed as an independent member of the RMT.

 

2.2 The RMT shall meet every [**] weeks, either face to face, by conference call or by videoconference. RMT meetings will be co-chaired by Professor Kay Davies and Dr. Jon Tinsley. Each of the University and Sponsor agree that any number of observers may attend RMT meetings. Observers may include members of the Principal Investigators’ research groups, Summit employees, and in line with the University of Oxford’s Conflicts of Interest Policy, the respective Heads of Departments of DPAG and Chemistry or their nominees. For the avoidance of doubt, the conduct of the RMT shall be under the terms of the Agreement including but not limited to clause 4 and any Confidential Information disclosed by one Party to the other during the course of any RMT meeting shall be treated in accordance with clause 4.

 

15


2.3 The functions of the RMT shall be:-

 

  2.3.1 to ensure timely execution of the research plan and budget and the interchange of information and ideas between the University and Sponsor such that are relevant to the Project;

 

  2.3.2 to provide day to day oversight of the Project; and

 

  2.3.3 to make decisions regarding the appointment of third party contractors and placing of work orders to assist with the performance of the Project.

 

2.4 Save as expressly provided in the following sentence, the RMT shall not have the right to amend research plan without prior recourse to the JSC.

 

3. JSC

 

3.1 The Parties shall throughout the Project Period maintain in existence a Joint Steering Committee (the “JSC”) to oversee the performance of the Project.

 

3.2 The JSC shall:

 

  3.2.1 have the right to agree any amendment to the Project, such right to be subject to formal written agreement where required between the Parties in accordance with clause 11.7 of this Agreement; and

 

  3.2.2 direct, manage and monitor the RMT; and

 

  3.2.3 review the progress of the Project and make any decisions required, and recommend to the Parties whether the Parties should continue to participate in the Project;

 

  3.2.4 make recommendations to the Sponsor upon whether any patents can be sought in relation to any of the Arising Intellectual Property or Improvements; and

 

  3.2.5 provide strategic oversight of the performance of the Project; and

 

  3.2.6 propose to the Parties amendments to this Agreement from time to time as may be necessary or desirable to give effect to this Agreement, such amendments to be subject to formal written agreement where required between the Parties in accordance with clause 11.7 of this Agreement; and

 

  3.2.7

The University will within [**] days of submission of any grant application made by the Principal Investigators that relate to the Project, provide to the JSC the terms and conditions of any potential grant awards that may be made subject to such grant application. If such terms are prejudicial to the rights granted to the Sponsor under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement., the University will discuss such potential conflict(s) with Sponsor and Principal

 

16


  Investigators and the University and Sponsor shall use reasonable endeavours to seek a resolution to such potential conflict(s) so that the award may be made and accepted by the University without prejudice to Sponsor’s exclusive rights under the Share Purchase Agreement, Licence Agreement and Option Agreement.

 

3.3 The JSC shall be established and run by the Parties as follows

 

  3.3.1 The JSC shall comprise a total of four (4) members (“Members”) comprising two (2) appointees from the Sponsor and one (1) for the University and one for Isis. The initial Members appointed by the Parties shall be as follows

 

Sponsor    Isis    University
Dr Andrew Mulvaney    Dr. Carolyn Porter    Professor Tim Donohoe
Dr. Michael Boss      

 

  3.3.2 Each Party may invite observers to meetings of the JSC. A Party inviting any such observer shall ensure that it uses reasonable efforts to ensure that the other Parties are advised at least [**] Business Days prior to the relevant meeting of the identity of the observer and that such observers are bound by obligations of confidentiality no less onerous than those imposed by this Agreement. Such observers shall not be counted towards any assessment of quorum for the purpose of Clause 3.3.7 below and shall not be entitled to participate in any decision making or voting.

 

  3.3.3 Each Party shall be entitled to remove any Member appointed by it and to appoint any person to fill a vacancy arising from the removal or retirement of such Member. Each Party shall give the other Parties, prior written notice of any proposed changes in the identity of any of their Members.

 

  3.3.4 Without prejudice to Clause 3.3.5 below, the JSC shall meet as soon as reasonably practicable following the Effective Date and thereafter shall hold regular meetings at intervals of [**] months throughout the Project Period, in each case at dates and times to be mutually agreed.

 

  3.3.5 It is understood and agreed by the Parties that in order to ensure that the performance of the Project operates optimally, the JSC may need to operate occasionally on a highly responsive basis and consider and make decisions on an ad-hoc basis as required from time to time and as appropriate the Parties shall use their reasonable efforts to ensure that Members are available to take decisions at short notice.

 

  3.3.6 Provided that at least [**] meetings are held face-to-face [**] during the Project Period, meetings of the JSC may be held (at the request of any Party) by teleconference or other electronic means. In the case of meetings at which Members are physically present the venue for all meetings shall unless otherwise agreed by the Parties alternate between the premises of the University and the Sponsor.

 

17


  3.3.7 Provided always that at least two (2) Members, including one Member appointed by each of the University and the Sponsor are present throughout a meeting, the quorum for meetings of JSC shall be two (2) Members.

 

  3.3.8 Decisions of the JSC shall be made by unanimous agreement of the Members present. In the event of a vote at a meeting of the JSC, the University and Isis shall each have one (1) vote and the Sponsor shall have two (2) votes. Should it prove impossible to obtain unanimous agreement, the matter shall be referred for discussion between Sponsor’s CEO and the Head of the Department of Physiology, Anatomy and Genetics and the Chairman of Chemistry.

 

  3.3.9 The functions of chairperson and secretary (responsible for preparing the minutes of each meeting of the JSC) shall alternate between the Members of the University and the Sponsor. The minutes of each meeting of the JSC shall be sent to each of the Members within [**] Business Days of each meeting. In the case of any amendment to the Project approved by the JSC pursuant to Clause 6, the Parties shall update the Project in Schedule 1.

 

18


SCHEDULE 3

Payment Schedule

 

Date for Payment by the Sponsor

   Amount (excluding VAT 1 ):
£sterling
 

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**

[**]

     [**
  

 

 

 

TOTAL PAYABLE

     1,537,372   
  

 

 

 

The University shall invoice the Sponsor on the dates listed above, and the Sponsor shall pay within [**] days.

 

Payments shall quote reference    [**]
Bank detail for payment:   
Name of Bank:    [**]
Sortcode:    [**]
Address:    [**]
Account Name:    [**]

 

1   VAT will be added when chargeable.

 

19


Account No.:    [**]
SWIFT address:    [**]
IBAN    [**]

The University of Oxford’s VAT number is [**]

 

20


SCHEDULE 4:

The Licence (Background Know How)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

21


SCHEDULE 5

Exclusive Option Agreement

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1

 

22

Exhibit 10.9

Dated 21 June 2013

Lease

between

MEPC Milton Park No. 1 Limited and

MEPC Milton Park No. 2 Limited

and

Summit Corporation plc

relating to

85b Park Drive

Milton Park

 

LOGO    LOGO


PRESCRIBED CLAUSES

 

LR1.

  

Date of lease

   21 June 2013

LR2.

  

Title number(s)

   LR2.1 Landlord’s title number(s)
      BK102078
      LR2.2 Other title number(s)
      ON122118, ON122717, ON130108, ON130606,
      ON137010, ON145942, ON146219, ON225380,
      ON38283, ON61862, ON72772, ON96949, ON216090

LR3.

  

Parties to this lease

   Landlord
      MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 1 LIMITED (Company number 5491670) and MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 2 LIMITED (Company number 5491806), on behalf of MEPC Milton LP (LP No. LP14504), both of whose registered offices are at Lloyds Chambers 1 Portsoken Street London E1 8HZ
      Tenant
      SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC (Company number 05197494) whose registered office is at 91 Park Drive Milton Park Abingdon Oxfordshire OX14 4RY
      Other parties
      None

LR4.

  

Property

   In the case of a conflict between this clause and the remainder of this lease then, for the purposes of registration, this clause shall prevail.
      85b on the first floor of 85 Park Drive Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY shown edged red on the Plan with a net internal floor area of 406.27 square metres (4,373 square feet) measured in accordance with the RICS Code of Measuring Practice (sixth edition)

LR5.

  

Prescribed Statements etc.

   None

LR6.

  

Term for which the Property

is leased

   From and including 21 June 2013
      To and including 20 June 2019

LR7.

  

Premium

   None

LR8.

  

Prohibitions or restrictions

on disposing of this lease

  

This lease contains a provision that prohibits or restricts

dispositions

LR9.

  

Rights of acquisition etc.

   LR9.1 Tenant’s contractual rights to renew this lease, to acquire the reversion or another lease of the Property, or to acquire an interest in other land
      None
      LR9.2 Tenant’s covenant to (or offer to) surrender this lease
      None
      LR9.3 Landlord’s contractual rights to acquire this lease
      None

 

1


LR10.    Restrictive covenants given in this lease by the Landlord in respect of land other than the Property    None
LR11.    Easements    LR11.1 Easements granted by this lease for the benefit of the Property
      The easements specified in Part I of the First Schedule of this lease
      LR11.2 Easements granted or reserved by this lease over the Property for the benefit of other property
      The easements specified in Part II of the First Schedule of this lease
LR12.    Estate rentcharge burdening the Property    None
LR13.    Application for standard form of restriction    None
LR14.    Declaration of trust where there is more than one person comprising the Tenant    None

 

2


 

LOGO


 

LOGO


This lease made on the date and between the parties specified in the Prescribed Clauses Witnesses as follows:

 

1 Definitions and Interpretation

In this lease unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.1 Definitions

Adjoining Property means any adjoining or neighbouring premises in which the Landlord or a Group Company of the Landlord holds or shall at any time during the Term hold a freehold or leasehold interest;

Base Rate means the base rate from time to time of Barclays Bank PLC or (if not available) such comparable rate of interest as the Landlord shall reasonably require;

Break Date means 23 June 2016;

Building means the building known as 85 Park Drive Milton Park (of which the Property forms part) and shown for the purposes of identification edged blue on the Plan and includes any part of it and any alteration or addition to it or replacement of it;

Building Services means the services provided or procured by the Landlord in relation to the Building as set out in Part III of the Fourth Schedule;

Common Parts means the accesses, lifts and other areas of the Building from time to time designated by the Landlord for common use by the tenants and occupiers of the Building;

Conduit means any existing or future media for the passage of substances or energy and any ancillary apparatus attached to them and any enclosures for them;

Contractual Term means the term specified in the Prescribed Clauses;

Encumbrances means the obligations and encumbrances (if any) specified in Part III of the First Schedule;

Estate means Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire (of which the Building forms part) and the buildings from time to time standing on it shown on the Plan together with any other adjoining land which is incorporated into Milton Park;

Estate Common Areas means the roads, accesses, landscaped areas, car parks, estate management offices and other areas or amenities on the Estate or outside the Estate but serving or otherwise benefiting the Estate as a whole which are from time to time provided or designated for the common amenity or benefit of the owners or occupiers of the Estate;

Estate Services means the services provided or procured by the Landlord in relation to the Estate as set out in Part II of the Fourth Schedule;

Group Company means a company which is a member of the same group of companies within the meaning of Section 42 of the 1954 Act;

Guarantor means any party to this lease so named in the Prescribed Clauses (which in the case of an individual includes his personal representatives) and any guarantor of the obligations of the Tenant for the time being;

Insurance Commencement Date means 21 June 2013;

Insured Risks means fire, lightning, earthquake, explosion, aircraft (other than hostile aircraft) and other aerial devices or articles dropped therefrom, riot, civil commotion, malicious damage, storm or tempest, bursting or overflowing of water tanks apparatus or pipes, flood and impact by road vehicles (to the extent that insurance against such risks may ordinarily be arranged with an insurer of good repute) and such other risks or insurance as may from time to time be reasonably required by the Landlord (subject in all cases to such usual exclusions and limitations as may be imposed by the insurers), and Insured Risk means any one of them;

Landlord means the party to this lease so named in the Prescribed Clauses and includes any other person entitled to the immediate reversion to this lease;

Landlord’s Surveyor means a suitably qualified person or firm appointed by the Landlord (including an employee of the Landlord or a Group Company) to perform the function of a surveyor for the purposes of this lease;

 

3


Lease Particulars means the descriptions and terms in the section headed Lease Particulars which form part of this lease insofar as they are not inconsistent with the other provisions of this lease;

Lettable Units means any part of the Building which is let or constructed or adapted for letting from time to time;

Permitted Use means use as offices within Class B1(a) of the 1987 Order;

Plan means the plan or plans annexed to this lease;

Prescribed Clauses means the descriptions and terms in the section headed Prescribed Clauses which form part of this lease;

Principal Rent means EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN POUNDS (£88,116) per annum subject to increase in accordance with the Second Schedule;

Property means the property described in the Prescribed Clauses and includes any part of it any alteration or addition to the Property and any fixtures and fittings in or on the Property and includes:-

 

  (i) the floorboards, screed, plaster and other finishes on the floors, walls, columns and ceilings, and all carpets;

 

  (ii) the raised floors and false ceilings (including light fittings) and the voids between the ceilings and false ceilings and the floor slab and the raised floors;

 

  (iii) non-load bearing walls and columns in the Property and one half of the thickness of such walls dividing the Property from other parts of the Building;

 

  (iv) all doors and internal windows and their frames, glass and fitments;

 

  (v) all Conduits, plant and machinery within and solely serving the same;

 

  (vi) all Landlord’s fixtures and fittings;

 

  (vii) all alterations and additions;

but excludes:

 

  (i) all structural and external parts of the Building;

 

  (ii) all Conduits, plant and machinery serving other parts of the Building;

Quarter Days means 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December in every year and Quarter Day means any of them;

Reinstatement/Review Specification means the means the specification annexed to this lease marked “Reinstatement/Rent Review Specification”;

Rent Commencement Date means 21 December 2013;

Review Date means 24 June 2016;

Service Charge means the Service Charge set out in the Fourth Schedule;

Service Charge Commencement Date means 21 June 2013;

Services means the Estate Services and the Building Services;

Tenant means the party to this lease so named in the Prescribed Clauses and includes its successors in title;

Term means the Contractual Term together with any continuation of the term or the tenancy (whether by statute, common law holding over or otherwise)

This lease means this lease and any document supplemental to it or entered into pursuant to it;

VAT means Value Added Tax and any similar tax substituted for it or levied in addition to it;

1954 Act means the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954;

1987 Order means the Town and Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 (as originally made);

1995 Act means the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995;

2003 Order means The Regulatory Reform (Business Tenancies) (England and Wales) Order 2003.

 

4


1.2 Interpretation

 

  1.2.1 If the Tenant or the Guarantor is more than one person then their covenants are joint and several;

 

  1.2.2 Any reference to a statute includes any modification extension or re-enactment of it and any orders, regulations, directions, schemes and rules made under it;

 

  1.2.3 Any covenant by the Tenant not to do any act or thing includes an obligation not knowingly to permit or suffer such act or thing to be done;

 

  1.2.4 If the Landlord reserves rights of access or other rights over or in relation to the Property then those rights extend to persons authorised by it;

 

  1.2.5 References to the act or default of the Tenant include acts or default or negligence of any undertenant or of anyone at the Property with the Tenant’s or any undertenant’s permission or sufferance;

 

  1.2.6 The index and Clause headings in this lease are for ease of reference only;

 

  1.2.7 References to the last year of the Term shall mean the twelve months ending on the expiration or earlier termination of the Term;

 

  1.2.8 References to Costs include all liabilities, claims, demands, proceedings, damages, losses and proper and reasonable costs and expenses;

 

  1.2.9 References to Principal Rent and Revised Rent are references to yearly sums.

 

2 Demise

The Landlord with Full Title Guarantee DEMISES the Property to the Tenant for the Contractual Term TOGETHER WITH the rights set out in Part I of the First Schedule, EXCEPT AND RESERVING as mentioned in Part II of the First Schedule and SUBJECT TO the Encumbrances;

 

3 Rent

The Tenant will pay by way of rent during the Term or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act without any deduction counterclaim or set off except where required by law:

 

3.1 The Principal Rent and any VAT by equal quarterly payments (and proportionately in respect of any period of less than a year) in advance on the Quarter Days to be paid by Direct Debit, Banker’s Standing Order or other means as the Landlord requires, the first payment for the period from and including the Rent Commencement Date to (but excluding) the next Quarter Day to be made on the Rent Commencement Date;

 

3.2 The Service Charge and any VAT at the times and in the manner set out in the Fourth Schedule;

 

3.3 The following amounts and any VAT:

 

  3.3.1 the sums specified in Clauses 4.1 [interest] and 4.2 [outgoings and utilities];

 

  3.3.2 the sums specified in Clause 6.2.1 [insurance];

 

  3.3.3 all Costs incurred by the Landlord as a result of any breach of the Tenant’s covenants in this lease.

 

4 Tenant’s covenants

The Tenant covenants with the Landlord throughout the Term, or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act, as follows:

 

4.1 Interest

If the Landlord does not receive any sum due to it within 14 days of the due date to pay on demand interest on such sum at 2 per cent above Base Rate from the due date until payment (both before and after any judgment), provided this Clause shall not prejudice any other right or remedy for the recovery of such sum;

 

5


4.2 Outgoings and Utilities

 

  4.2.1 To pay all existing and future rates, taxes, charges, assessments and outgoings in respect of the Property (whether assessed or imposed on the owner or the occupier), except any tax (other than VAT) arising as a result of the receipt by the Landlord of the rents reserved by this lease and any tax arising on any dealing by the Landlord with its reversion to this lease;

 

  4.2.2 To pay for all gas, electricity, water, telephone and other utilities used on the Property, and all charges for meters and all standing charges, and a fair and reasonable proportion of any joint charges as determined by the Landlord’s Surveyor;

 

4.3 VAT

 

  4.3.1 Any payment or other consideration to be provided to the Landlord is exclusive of VAT, and the Tenant shall in addition pay any VAT chargeable on the date the payment or other consideration is due;

 

  4.3.2 Any obligation to reimburse or pay the Landlord’s expenditure extends to irrecoverable VAT on that expenditure, and the Tenant shall also reimburse or pay such VAT;

 

4.4 Repair

 

  4.4.1 To keep the Property and any Conduits plant and equipment serving only the Property in good and substantial repair and condition (damage by the Insured Risks excepted save to the extent that insurance moneys are irrecoverable as a result of the act or default of the Tenant);

 

  4.4.2 To make good any disrepair for which the Tenant is liable within 2 months after the date of written notice from the Landlord (or sooner if the Landlord reasonably requires);

 

  4.4.3 If the Tenant fails to comply with any such notice the Landlord may enter and carry out the work and the cost shall be reimbursed by the Tenant on demand as a debt;

 

  4.4.4 To enter into maintenance contracts with reputable contractors for the regular servicing of all plant and equipment serving only the Property;

 

4.5 Decoration

 

  4.5.1 To clean, prepare and paint or treat and generally redecorate all internal parts of the Property in the last year of the Term;

 

  4.5.2 All the work described in Clause 4.5.1 is to be carried out:

 

  (i) in a good and workmanlike manner to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction; and

 

  (ii) in colours which (if different from the existing colour) are first approved in writing by the Landlord (approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

4.6 Cleaning

 

  4.6.1 To keep the Property clean, tidy and free from rubbish;

 

  4.6.2 To clean the inside of windows and any washable surfaces at the Property as often as reasonably necessary;

 

4.7 Overloading

Not to overload the floors, ceilings or structure of the Property or the structure of the Building or any plant machinery or electrical installation serving the Property or the Building;

 

4.8 Conduits

To keep the Conduits in or serving the Property clear and free from any noxious, harmful or deleterious substance, and to remove any obstruction and repair any damage to the Conduits as soon as reasonably practicable to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction;

 

4.9 User

 

  4.9.1 Not to use the Property otherwise than for the Permitted Use;

 

  4.9.2 Not to use the Property for any purpose which is:

 

  (i) noisy, offensive, dangerous, illegal, immoral or an actionable nuisance; or

 

6


  (ii) which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord causes damage or disturbance to the Landlord, or to owners or occupiers of any neighbouring property; or

 

  (iii) which involves any substance which may be harmful, polluting or contaminating other than in quantities which are normal for and used in connection with the Permitted Use;

 

4.10 Signs

Not to erect any sign, notice or advertisement which is visible outside the Property without the Landlord’s prior written consent;

 

4.11 Alterations

 

  4.11.1 Not to make any alterations or additions which:

 

  (i) affect the structure of the Building (including without limitation the roofs and foundations and the principal or load-bearing walls, floors, beams and columns);

 

  (ii) merge the Property with any adjoining premises;

 

  (iii) affect the external appearance of the Property;

 

  (iv) affect the heating air-conditioning and ventilation systems at the Building;

 

  4.11.2 Not to make any other alterations or additions to the Property without the Landlord’s written consent (which is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

4.12 Preservation of Easements

 

  4.12.1 Not to prejudice the acquisition of any right of light for the benefit of the Property and to preserve all rights of light and other easements enjoyed by the Property;

 

  4.12.2 Promptly to give the Landlord notice if any easement enjoyed by the Property is obstructed, or any new easement affecting the Property is made or attempted;

 

4.13 Alienation

 

  4.13.1 Not to:

 

  (i) assign, charge, underlet or part with possession of the whole or part only of the Property nor to agree to do so except by an assignment or underletting permitted by this Clause 4.13;

 

  (ii) share the possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the Property;

 

  (iii) assign, part with or share any of the benefits or burdens of this lease, or any interest derived from it by a virtual assignment or other similar arrangement;

 

  4.13.2 Assignment

 

     Not to assign or agree to assign the whole of the Property without the Landlord’s written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that:

 

  (i) the Landlord may withhold consent in circumstances where in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord

 

  (a) the proposed assignee is not of sufficient financial standing to enable it to comply with the Tenant’s covenants in this lease; or

 

  (b) such persons as the Landlord reasonably requires do not act as guarantors for the assignee and do not enter into direct covenants with the Landlord including the provisions set out in the Third Schedule (but referring in paragraph 1.2 to the assignee);

 

  (ii) the Landlord’s consent shall in every case be subject to conditions (unless expressly excluded) requiring that:

 

  (a) the assignee covenants with the Landlord to pay the rents and observe and perform the Tenant’s covenants in this lease during the residue of the Term, or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act;

 

  (b) the Tenant enters into an authorised guarantee agreement guaranteeing the performance of the Tenant’s covenants in this lease by the assignee including the provisions set out in paragraphs 1-5 (inclusive) of the Third Schedule (but omitting paragraph 1.2);

 

7


  (c) all rent and other payments due under this lease are paid before completion of the assignment;

 

4.13.3 Underletting

Not to underlet or agree to underlet the whole of the Property nor vary the terms of any underlease without the Landlord’s written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any permitted underletting must comply with the following:

 

  (i) the rent payable under the underlease must be:

 

  (a) not less than the rent reasonably obtainable in the open market for the Property without fine or premium;

 

  (b) payable no more than one quarter in advance;

 

  (c) where the term of the underlease is in excess of three years (but not otherwise) subject to upward only reviews at intervals no less frequent than the rent reviews under this lease;

 

  (ii) the undertenant covenants with the Landlord and in the underlease:

 

  (a) not to do anything which might amount to a breach of the Tenant’s covenants in this lease (except for payment of the rents) during the term of the underlease or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act;

 

  (b) to observe and perform the covenants on the part of the undertenant in the underlease during the term of the underlease or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act;

 

  (c) not to underlet, share or part with possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the underlet premises, nor to assign or charge part only of the underlet premises;

 

  (d) not to assign the whole of the underlet premises without the Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

  (iii) all rents and other payments due under this lease (not the subject of a bona fide dispute) are paid before completion of the underletting;

 

  (iv) Sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act must be excluded and before completion of the underletting a certified copy of each of the following documents must be supplied to the Landlord:

 

  (a) the notice served on the proposed undertenant pursuant to section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act; and

 

  (b) the declaration actually made by the proposed undertenant in compliance with the requirements of Schedule 2 of the 2003 Order; and

 

  (c) the proposed form of underlease containing an agreement to exclude the provisions of sections 24 to 28 of the 1954 Act and a reference to both the notice pursuant to section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act and the declaration pursuant to the requirements of Schedule 2 of the 2003 Order as referred to in this clause 4.13.3;

and before completion of the underletting the Tenant must warrant to the Landlord that both the notice pursuant to section 38A(3)(a) of the 1954 Act has been served on the relevant persons as required by the 1954 Act and the appropriate declaration pursuant to the requirements of Schedule 2 of the 2003 Order as referred to in this clause 4.13.3 has been made prior to the date on which the Tenant and the proposed undertenant became contractually bound to enter into the tenancy to which the said notice applies;

 

4.13.4 To take all necessary steps and proceedings to remedy any breach of the covenants of the undertenant under the underlease and not to permit any reduction of the rent payable by any undertenant other than owing to rent suspension pursuant to clause 6.3 of this lease incorporated by reference into the underlease;

 

8


  4.13.5 Group Sharing

Notwithstanding Clause 4.13.1 the Tenant may share occupation of the whole or any part of the Property with a Group Company

PROVIDED THAT

 

  (a) the relationship of landlord and tenant is not created; and

 

  (b) occupation by any Group Company shall cease upon it ceasing to be a Group Company; and

 

  (c) the Tenant informs the Landlord in writing before each occupier commences occupation and after it ceases occupation;

 

4.14 Registration

Within 21 days to give to the Landlord’s solicitors (or as the Landlord may direct) written notice of any assignment, charge, underlease or other devolution of the Property together with a certified copy of the relevant document and a reasonable registration fee of not less than £50;

 

4.15 Statutory Requirements and Notices

 

  4.15.1 To supply the Landlord with a copy of any notice, order or certificate or proposal for any notice order or certificate affecting or capable of affecting the Property as soon as it is received by or comes to the notice of the Tenant;

 

  4.15.2 To comply promptly with all notices served by any public, local or statutory authority, and with the requirements of any present or future statute or European Union law, regulation or directive (whether imposed on the owner or occupier), which affects the Property or its use;

 

  4.15.3 At the request of the Landlord, but at the joint cost of the Landlord and the Tenant, to make or join the Landlord in making such objections or representations against or in respect of any such notice, order or certificate as the Landlord may reasonably require;

 

4.16 Planning

 

  4.16.1 Not to apply for or implement any planning permission affecting the Property;

 

  4.16.2 If a planning permission is implemented the Tenant shall complete all the works permitted and comply with all the conditions imposed by the permission before the determination of the Term (including any works stipulated to be carried out by a date after the determination of the Term unless the Landlord requires otherwise);

 

4.17 Contaminants and Defects

 

  4.17.1 To give the Landlord prompt written notice upon becoming aware of the existence of any defect in the Property, or of the existence of any contaminant, pollutant or harmful substance on the Property but not used in the ordinary course of the Tenant’s use of the Property;

 

  4.17.2 If so requested by the Landlord, to remove from the Property or remedy to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction any such contaminant, pollutant or harmful substance introduced on the Property by or at the request of the Tenant;

 

4.18 Entry by Landlord

To permit the Landlord at all reasonable times and on reasonable notice (except in emergency) to enter the Property in order to:

 

  4.18.1 inspect and record the condition of the Property or other parts of the Building or the Adjoining Property;

 

  4.18.2 remedy any breach of the Tenant’s obligations under this lease;

 

  4.18.3 repair, maintain, clean, alter, replace, install, add to or connect up to any Conduits which serve the Building or the Adjoining Property;

 

9


  4.18.4 repair, maintain, alter or rebuild the Building or the Adjoining Property;

 

  4.18.5 comply with any of its obligations under this lease;

Provided that the Landlord shall cause as little inconvenience as reasonably practicable in the exercise of such rights and shall promptly make good all physical damage to the Property caused by such entry;

 

4.19 Landlord’s Costs

To pay to the Landlord on demand amounts equal to such Costs as it may properly and reasonably incur:

 

  4.19.1 in connection with any application for consent made necessary by this lease (including where consent is lawfully refused or the application is withdrawn);

 

  4.19.2 incidental to or in reasonable contemplation of the preparation and service of a schedule of dilapidations (whether before or within three (3) months after the end of the Term) or a notice or proceedings under Section 146 or Section 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 (even if forfeiture is avoided other than by relief granted by the Court);

 

  4.19.3 in connection with the enforcement or remedying of any breach of the covenants in this lease on the part of the Tenant and any Guarantor;

 

  4.19.4 incidental to or in reasonable contemplation of the preparation and service of any notice under Section 17 of the 1995 Act;

 

4.20 Yielding up

Immediately before the end of the Term:

 

  (i) to give up the Property repaired and decorated and otherwise in accordance with the Tenant’s covenants in this lease;

 

  (ii) if required to do so by the Landlord to remove all alterations made during the Term or any preceding period of occupation by the Tenant;

 

  (iii) to reinstate the Property to the specification prescribed by the Reinstatement/Review Specification as the Landlord shall reasonably direct and to its reasonable satisfaction;

 

  (iv) to remove all signs, tenant’s fixtures and fittings and other goods from the Property, and make good any damage caused thereby to the Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction;

 

  (v) to replace any damaged or missing Landlord’s fixtures with ones of no less quality and value;

 

  (vi) to replace all carpets with ones of no less quality and value than those in the Property at the start of the Contractual Term;

 

  (vii) to give to the Landlord all operating and maintenance manuals together with any health and safety files relating to the Property;

 

  (viii) to provide evidence of satisfactory condition and maintenance of plant and machinery including (without limitation) electrical installation condition reports in respect of all of the electrical circuits and supply equipment in the Property, other condition reports as required under any relevant statute or European Union law, regulation or directive and copies of all service records;

 

  (ix) to return any security cards or passes provided by the Landlord for use by the Tenant and its visitors.

 

4.21 Encumbrances

To perform and observe the Encumbrances so far as they relate to the Property.

 

4.22 Roads Etc

Not to obstruct the roads, pavements, footpaths and forecourt areas from time to time on the Estate in any way whatsoever and not to use any part of the forecourts and car parking spaces or other open parts of the Property for the purpose of storage or deposit of any materials, goods, container ships’ pallets, refuse, waste scrap or any other material or matter.

 

10


4.23 Parking Restrictions

Except as to any right specifically granted in this lease not to permit any vehicles belonging to or calling upon the Tenant to stand on the roads, car parking spaces, forecourts, pavements or footpaths on the Estate.

 

4.24 Regulations and Common Parts

 

  4.24.1 At all times during the Term to observe and perform such regulations (if any) in respect of the Building or the Estate as the Landlord may reasonably think expedient to the proper management of the Building or the Estate and which are notified to the Tenant.

 

  4.24.2 Not to cause any obstruction to the Common Parts or any part of the Building.

 

5 Landlord’s Covenants

 

5.1 Quiet Enjoyment

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that the Tenant may peaceably enjoy the Property during the Term without any interruption by the Landlord or any person lawfully claiming under or in trust for it.

 

5.2 Provision of Services

The Landlord will use its reasonable endeavours to provide or procure the provision of the Services PROVIDED THAT the Landlord shall be entitled to withhold or vary the provision or procurement of such of the Services as the Landlord considers necessary or appropriate in the interests of good estate management and PROVIDED FURTHER THAT the Landlord will not be in breach of this Clause as a result of any failure or interruption of any of the Services:

 

  5.2.1 resulting from circumstances beyond the Landlord’s reasonable control, so long as the Landlord uses its reasonable endeavours to remedy the same as soon as reasonably practicable after becoming aware of such circumstances; or

 

  5.2.2 to the extent that the Services (or any of them) cannot reasonably be provided as a result of works of inspection, maintenance and repair or other works being carried out at the Building or the Estate.

 

6 Insurance

 

6.1 Landlord’s insurance covenants

The Landlord covenants with the Tenant as follows:

 

  6.1.1 To insure the Building (other than tenant’s and trade fixtures and fittings) unless the insurance is invalidated in whole or in part by any act or default of the Tenant:

 

  (i) with an insurance office or underwriters of repute;

 

  (ii) against loss or damage by the Insured Risks;

 

  (iii) subject to such excesses as may be imposed by the insurers;

 

  (iv) in the full cost of reinstatement of the Building (in modern form if appropriate) including shoring up, demolition and site clearance, professional fees, VAT and allowance for building cost increases;

 

  6.1.2 To insure against loss of the Principal Rent thereon payable or reasonably estimated by the Landlord to be payable under this lease arising from damage to the Property by the Insured Risks for three years or such longer period as the Landlord may reasonably require having regard to the likely period for reinstating the Property;

 

  6.1.3 The Landlord will use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the insurer waives its rights of subrogation against the Tenant (so long as such provision is available in the London insurance market);

 

  6.1.4 At the request and cost of the Tenant (but not more frequently than once in any twelve month period) to produce summary details of the terms of the insurance under this Clause 6.1;

 

11


  6.1.5 If the Building is destroyed or damaged by an Insured Risk, then, unless payment of the insurance moneys is refused in whole or part because of the act or default of the Tenant, and subject to obtaining all necessary planning and other consents to use the insurance proceeds (except those relating to loss of rent and fees) and any uninsured excess paid by the Tenant under Clause 6.2.4(ii) in reinstating the same (other than tenant’s and trade fixtures and fittings) as quickly as reasonably practicable in modern form if appropriate but not necessarily identical in layout and (in relation to the Property) substantially as it was before the destruction or damage with the Landlord making up any shortfall in the insurance proceeds out of its own money;

 

6.2 Tenant’s insurance covenants

The Tenant covenants with the Landlord from and including the Insurance Commencement Date and then throughout the Term or until released pursuant to the 1995 Act as follows:

 

  6.2.1 To pay to the Landlord on demand sums equal to:

 

  (i) a fair proportion (reasonably determined by the Landlord’s Surveyors) of the amount which the Landlord spends on insurance pursuant to Clause 6.1.1;

 

  (ii) the whole of the amount which the Landlord spends on insurance pursuant to Clause 6.1.2;

 

  (iii) the cost of property owners’ liability and third party liability insurance in connection with the Property;

 

  (iv) the cost of any professional valuation of the Property properly required by the Landlord (but not more than once in any two year period);

 

  6.2.2 To give the Landlord immediate written notice on becoming aware of any event or circumstance which might affect or lead to an insurance claim;

 

  6.2.3 Not to do anything at the Property which would or might prejudice or invalidate the insurance of the Building or the Adjoining Property or cause any premium for their insurance to be increased;

 

  6.2.4 To pay to the Landlord on demand:

 

  (i) any increased premium and any Costs incurred by the Landlord as a result of a breach of Clause 6.2.3;

 

  (ii) a fair proportion (reasonably determined by the Landlord’s Surveyors) of any uninsured excess to which the insurance policy may be subject;

 

  (iii) the whole of the irrecoverable proportion of the insurance moneys if the Building or any part are destroyed or damaged by an Insured Risk but the insurance moneys are irrecoverable in whole or part due to the act or default of the Tenant;

 

  6.2.5 To comply with the requirements and reasonable recommendations of the insurers;

 

  6.2.6 To notify the Landlord of the full reinstatement cost of any fixtures and fittings installed at the Property at the cost of the Tenant which become Landlord’s fixtures and fittings;

 

  6.2.7 Not to effect any insurance of the Property against an Insured Risk but if the Tenant effects or has the benefit of any such insurance the Tenant shall hold any insurance moneys upon trust for the Landlord and pay the same to the Landlord as soon as practicable;

 

6.3 Suspension of Rent

 

  6.3.1 If the Property (or the means of access thereto) are unfit for occupation and use because of damage by an Insured Risk then (save to the extent that payment of the loss of rent insurance moneys is refused due to the act or default of the Tenant) the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) shall be suspended until the date on which the Property is again fit for occupation and use and/or accessible.

 

  6.3.2 If the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) shall be suspended at any time prior to the Rent Commencement Date then the Rent Commencement Date shall be postponed for one day for each day prior to the Rent Commencement Date for which the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) is suspended prior to the Rent Commencement Date;

 

12


  6.3.3 If the Principal Rent (or a fair proportion according to the nature and extent of the damage) shall be suspended and if either party exercises its right to terminate the Contractual Term pursuant to clause 6.4 of this Lease then within 10 working days of such termination the Landlord shall repay to the Tenant any payment of the Principal Rent which relates to a period after the date of termination of the Contractual Term and the Landlord shall also repay to the Tenant any amounts paid by the Tenant pursuant to clause 6.2.1 of this Lease and which relate to a period after the date of termination of the Contractual Term;

 

6.4 Determination Right

If the Property is destroyed or damaged by an Insured Risk such that the Property is unfit for occupation and use and shall not be rendered fit for occupation and use within two years and nine months of the date of such damage then either the Landlord or the Tenant may whilst the Property has not been rendered fit for occupation and use terminate the Contractual Term by giving to the other not less than three (3) months’ previous notice in writing. Termination of this lease pursuant to the provisions of Clause 6.4 shall be without prejudice to the liability of either party for any antecedent breach of the covenants and conditions herein contained (save for Clause 6.1.5 which shall be deemed not to have applied).

 

7 Provisos

 

7.1 Forfeiture

If any of the following events occur:

 

  7.1.1 the Tenant fails to pay any of the rents payable under this lease within 21 days of the due date (whether or not formally demanded); or

 

  7.1.2 the Tenant or Guarantor breaches any of its obligations in this lease; or

 

  7.1.3 the Tenant or Guarantor being a company incorporated within the United Kingdom

 

  (i) has an Administration Order made in respect of it; or

 

  (ii) passes a resolution, or the Court makes an Order, for the winding up of the Tenant or the Guarantor, otherwise than a member’s voluntary winding up of a solvent company for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction previously consented to by the Landlord (consent not to be unreasonably withheld); or

 

  (iii) has a receiver or administrative receiver or receiver and manager appointed over the whole or any part of its assets or undertaking; or

 

  (iv) is struck off the Register of Companies; or

 

  (v) is deemed unable to pay its debts within the meaning of Section 123 of the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  7.1.4 proceedings or events analogous to those described in Clause 7.1.3 shall be instituted or shall occur where the Tenant or Guarantor is a company incorporated outside the United Kingdom; or

 

  7.1.5 the Tenant or Guarantor being an individual:

 

  (i) has a bankruptcy order made against him; or

 

  (ii) appears to be unable to pay his debts within the meaning of Section 268 of the Insolvency Act 1986;

then the Landlord may re-enter the Property or any part of the Property in the name of the whole and forfeit this lease and the Term created by this lease shall immediately end, but without prejudice to the rights of either party against the other in respect of any breach of the obligations contained in this lease;

 

7.2 Notices

 

  7.2.1 All notices under or in connection with this lease shall be given in writing

 

  7.2.2 Any such notice shall be duly and validly served if it is served (in the case of a company) to its registered office or (in the case of an individual) to his last known address;

 

13


  7.2.3 Any such notice shall be deemed to be given when it is:

 

  (i) personally delivered to the locations listed in Clause 7.2.2; or

 

  (ii) sent by registered post, in which case service shall be deemed to occur on the third Working Day after posting.

 

7.3 No Implied Easements

The grant of this lease does not confer any rights over the Building or the Adjoining Property or any other property except those mentioned in Part I of the First Schedule, and Section 62 of the Law of Property Act 1925 is excluded from this lease;

 

8 Break Clause

 

8.1 The Tenant may terminate the Contractual Term on the Break Date by giving to the Landlord not less than nine (9) months’ previous notice in writing;

 

8.2 Any notice given by the Tenant shall operate to terminate the Contractual Term only if:

 

  (i) the Principal Rent reserved by this lease has been paid by the Break Date; and

 

  (ii) the Tenant gives the Landlord full vacant possession of the Property on the Break Date but for the avoidance of doubt this condition shall not require compliance by the Tenant on or before the Break Date with any of the obligations imposed on the Tenant in clause 4.20 of this lease;

 

8.3 Upon termination pursuant to clause 8.1 of this lease the Contractual Term shall cease on the Break Date but without prejudice to any claim of either party in respect of any prior breach by the other of the obligations contained in this lease;

 

8.4 If the Tenant does terminate the Contractual Term on the Break Date the Landlord shall repay to the Tenant within 20 working days of the Break Date any payments made by the Tenant pursuant to clause 6.2.1 of this lease which relate to a period which extends beyond the Break Date;

 

8.5 If the Tenant does not terminate the Contractual Term on the Break Date, the Principal Rent shall be suspended from and including 24 June 2016 to and including 23 September 2016 after which period the Tenant’s obligation to pay the Principal Rent at the full rate per annum reviewed in accordance with the Second Schedule shall resume;

 

8.6 Time shall be of the essence for the purposes of this Clause.

 

9 Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999

A person who is not a party to this lease has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any terms of this lease.

Executed by the parties as a Deed on the date specified in the Prescribed Clauses.

 

14


The First Schedule

Part I - Easements and Other Rights granted

There are granted to the Tenant (in common with others authorised by the Landlord)

 

1 The right to use the relevant Estate Common Areas and the Common Parts for access to and from the Property and (in the case of the Common Parts) for all purposes for which they are designed;

 

2 Free and uninterrupted use of all existing and future Conduits which are in the Building and which serve the Property, subject to the Landlord’s rights to re-route the same subject to there being no unreasonable interruption of services;

 

3 The right to enter the Building (excluding the Lettable Units) to perform Clause 4.4 [repair] on reasonable prior written notice to the Landlord, subject to causing as little inconvenience as practicable and complying with conditions reasonably imposed by the Landlord and making good all physical damage caused;

 

4 The right of support and protection from the remainder of the Building;

 

5 The right to use such areas of the Building as the Landlord from time to time designates for plant and equipment serving only the Property (subject to approval under Clause 4.11.2;

 

6 The right to use 20 parking spaces at the Building in such locations as the Landlord from time to time allocates.

Part II - Exceptions and Reservations

There are excepted and reserved to the Landlord:

 

1 The right to carry out any building, rebuilding, alteration or other works to the Building the Estate and the Adjoining Property (including the erection of scaffolding) notwithstanding any temporary interference with light and air enjoyed by the Property;

 

2 Free and uninterrupted use of all existing and future Conduits which are in the Property and serve the Building the Estate or the Adjoining Property;

 

3 Rights of entry on the Property as referred to in Clause 4.18;

 

4 The right to regulate and control in a reasonable manner the use of the Common Parts and Estate Common Areas;

 

5 The right to alter the layout of the roads forecourts footpaths pavements and car parking areas from time to time on the Estate in such manner as the Landlord may reasonably require PROVIDED THAT such alterations do not materially diminish the Tenant’s rights under this lease;

 

6 The right of support and protection for other parts of the Building;

 

7 The right in the last six months of the Term to view the Property with prospective tenants upon giving reasonable notice and the right throughout the Term to view the Property with prospective purchasers upon giving reasonable notice.

Part III - Encumbrances

The covenants declarations and other matters affecting the Property contained or referred to in the Landlord’s freehold reversionary title number BK102078 as at 2 May at 11:35:49.

 

15


The Second Schedule

Rent Review

 

1 In this Schedule:

 

1.1 Review Date means the Review Date;

 

1.2 Rack Rental Value means the annual rent (exclusive of VAT) at which the Property might reasonably be expected to be let in the open market at the Review Date

ASSUMING

 

  1.2.1 the letting is on the same terms as those contained in this lease but subject to the following qualifications:

 

  (i) the term shall commence on the Review Date and be equal to the unexpired residue of the Contractual Term at the Review Date;

 

  (ii) the amount of the Principal Rent shall be disregarded but it shall be assumed that the Principal Rent is subject to review on the terms of and at the same intervals as the Principal Rent under this Lease;

 

  1.2.2 the Property is available to let as a whole, with vacant possession, by a willing landlord to a willing tenant, without premium;

 

  1.2.3 the Property has been constructed to the specification prescribed by the Reinstatement/Review Specification;

 

  1.2.4 the Property is ready, fit and available for immediate occupation and use for the Permitted Use;

 

  1.2.5 all the obligations on the part of the Tenant contained in this lease have been fully performed and observed;

 

  1.2.6 no work has been carried out to the Property which has reduced the rental value of the Property;

 

  1.2.7 if the whole or any part of the Property has been destroyed or damaged it has been fully reinstated;

BUT DISREGARDING

 

  1.2.8 any goodwill attached to the Property by reason of any business carried on there;

 

  1.2.9 any effect on rent of the fact that any Tenant and any undertenant is or has been in occupation of the Property;

 

  1.2.10 any effect on rent of any improvements at the Property made with the Landlord’s consent by the Tenant or any undertenant, except improvements carried out pursuant to an obligation to the Landlord or at the expense of the Landlord;

PROVIDED THAT the Rack Rental Value shall be that which would be payable after the expiry of any rent free period or concessionary rent period for fitting out (or the receipt of any contribution to fitting out works or other inducement in lieu thereof) which might be given on a letting of the Property, so that no discount reduction or allowance is made to reflect (or compensate the tenant for the absence of) any such rent free or concessionary rent period or contribution or inducement;

 

1.3 Revised Rent means the new Principal Rent following the Review Date pursuant to paragraph 2 of the Second Schedule.

 

1.4 Expert means a surveyor (who shall be a Fellow of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors with at least ten (10) years experience in the letting and valuation of premises of a similar nature to and situate in the same region as the Property) agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant, or in the absence of agreement nominated on the application of either party by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

 

2 The Principal Rent shall be reviewed on the Review Date to the higher of:

 

2.1 the Principal Rent payable immediately before the Review Date (disregarding any suspension or abatement of the Principal Rent); and

 

16


2.2 the Rack Rental Value on the Review Date agreed or determined in accordance with this lease.

 

3 The Rack Rental Value at the Review Date shall be:

 

3.1 agreed in writing between the Landlord and the Tenant; or

 

3.2 determined by an Expert (acting as an expert) on the application of either Landlord or Tenant at any time after the Review Date;

 

4 In the case of determination by an Expert:

 

4.1 the Expert will be instructed to afford the Landlord and the Tenant the opportunity to make written representations to him and comment upon written representations received by him;

 

4.2 if an Expert dies, refuses to act or becomes incapable of acting, or if he fails to notify the parties of his determination within 2 months after receiving the last submission delivered to him, either the Landlord or the Tenant may apply to the President to discharge him and appoint another in his place;

 

4.3 the fees and expenses of the Expert and any VAT thereon shall be paid by the Landlord and the Tenant in such shares as the Expert shall decide (or in equal shares if the Expert does not decide this point); if one party pays all the Expert’s fees and expenses, the paying party may recover the other’s share from the other party, in the case of the Landlord as arrears of rent.

 

5 If a Revised Rent is not agreed or determined by the Review Date:

 

5.1 the Principal Rent payable immediately before the Review Date shall continue to be payable until the Revised Rent is ascertained;

 

5.2 when the Revised Rent is ascertained:

 

  5.2.1 the Tenant shall pay within 14 days of ascertainment:

 

  (i) any difference between the Principal Rent payable immediately before the Review Date and the Principal Rent which would have been payable (subject to the provisions of clause 8.5 of this Lease) had the Revised Rent been ascertained on the Review Date (the Balancing Payment ); and

 

  (ii) interest on the Balancing Payment at Base Rate from the date or dates when the Balancing Payment or the relevant part or parts would have been payable (subject to the provisions of clause 8.5 of this Lease) had the Revised Rent been ascertained on the Review Date;

 

  5.2.2 the Landlord and Tenant shall sign and exchange a memorandum recording the agreed amount of the Revised Rent.

 

6 Time shall not be of the essence for the purposes of this Schedule.

 

17


The Third Schedule

Guarantee

 

1 The Guarantor covenants with the Landlord as principal debtor:

 

1.1 that throughout the Term or until the Tenant is released from its covenants pursuant to the 1995 Act:

 

  1.1.1 The Tenant will pay the rents reserved by and perform its obligations contained in this lease;

 

  1.1.2 The Guarantor will indemnify the Landlord on demand against all Costs arising from any default of the Tenant in paying the rents and performing its obligations under this lease;

 

1.2 the Tenant (here meaning the Tenant so named in the Prescribed Clauses) will perform its obligations under any authorised guarantee agreement that it gives with respect to the performance of any of the covenants and conditions in this lease.

 

2 The liability of the Guarantor shall not be affected by:

 

2.1 Any time given to the Tenant or any failure by the Landlord to enforce compliance with the Tenant’s covenants and obligations;

 

2.2 The Landlord’s refusal to accept rent at a time when it would or might have been entitled to re-enter the Property;

 

2.3 Any variation of the terms of this lease;

 

2.4 Any change in the constitution, structure or powers of the Guarantor the Tenant or the Landlord or the administration, liquidation or bankruptcy of the Tenant or Guarantor;

 

2.5 Any act which is beyond the powers of the Tenant;

 

2.6 The surrender of part of the Property;

 

3 Where two or more persons have guaranteed obligations of the Tenant the release of one or more of them shall not release the others.

 

4 The Guarantor shall not be entitled to participate in any security held by the Landlord in respect of the Tenant’s obligations or stand in the Landlord’s place in respect of such security.

 

5 If this lease is disclaimed, and if the Landlord within 6 months of the disclaimer requires in writing the Guarantor will enter into a new lease of the Property at the cost of the Guarantor on the terms of this lease (but as if this lease had continued and so that any outstanding matters relating to rent review or otherwise shall be determined as between the Landlord and the Guarantor) for the residue of the Contractual Term from and with effect from the date of the disclaimer.

 

6 If this lease is forfeited and if the Landlord within 6 months of the forfeiture requires in writing the Guarantor will (at the option of the Landlord):

 

6.1 enter into a new lease as in paragraph 5 above with effect from the date of the forfeiture; or

 

6.2 pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the moneys which would otherwise have been payable under this lease until the earlier of 6 months after the forfeiture and the date on which the Property is fully relet.

 

18


The Fourth Schedule

Service Charge

Part I - Calculation and payment of the Service Charge

 

1 In this Schedule unless the context otherwise requires:

 

1.1 Accounting Date means 31 December in each year or such other date as the Landlord notifies in writing to the Tenant from time to time;

 

1.2 Accounting Year means the period from but excluding one Accounting Date to and including the next Accounting Date;

 

1.3 Estimated Service Charge means the Landlord’s Surveyor’s reasonable and proper estimate of the Service Charge for the Accounting Year notified in writing to the Tenant from time to time;

 

1.4 Service Cost means the reasonable and proper costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Landlord in relation to the provision of the Building Services and the Estate Services (including irrecoverable VAT);

 

1.5 Tenant’s Share means a fair and reasonable proportion of the Service Cost.

 

2 The Service Charge shall be the Tenant’s Share of the Service Cost in respect of each Accounting Year, and if only part of an Accounting Year falls within the Term the Service Charge shall be the Tenant’s Share of the Service Cost in respect of the relevant Accounting Period divided by 365 and multiplied by the number of days of the Accounting Year within the Term.

 

3 The Landlord shall have the right to adjust the Tenant’s Share from time to time to make reasonable allowances for differences in the services provided to or enjoyable by the other occupiers of the Building or the Estate.

 

4 The Tenant shall pay the Estimated Service Charge for each Accounting Year to the Landlord in advance by equal instalments on the Quarter Days, (the first payment for the period from and including the Service Charge Commencement Date to (but excluding) the next Quarter Day after the Service Charge Commencement Date to be made on the Service Charge Commencement Date); and

 

4.1 If the Landlord’s Surveyor does not notify an estimate of the Service Charge for any Accounting Year the Estimated Service Charge for the preceding Accounting Year shall apply; and

 

4.2 Any adjustment to the Estimated Service Charge after the start of an Accounting Year shall adjust the payments on the following Quarter Days equally.

 

5 As soon as practicable after the end of each Accounting Year the Landlord shall serve on the Tenant a summary of the Service Cost and a statement of the Service Charge certified by the Landlord’s Surveyor which shall be conclusive (save in the case of manifest error).

 

6 The difference between the Service Charge and the Estimated Service Charge for any Accounting Year (or part) shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord within fourteen days of the date of the statement for the Accounting Year, or allowed against the next Estimated Service Charge payment, or after the expiry of the Term refunded to the Tenant.

 

7 The Tenant shall be entitled by appointment within a reasonable time following service of the Service Charge statement to inspect the accounts maintained by the Landlord and the Landlord’s Surveyor relating to the Service Cost and supporting vouchers and receipts at such location as the Landlord reasonably directs.

 

19


Part II - Estate Services

In relation to the Estate the provision of the following services or the Costs incurred in relation to:

 

1 The Common Areas

Repairing, maintaining and (where appropriate) cleaning, lighting and (as necessary) altering renewing, rebuilding and reinstating the Estate Common Areas.

 

2 Conduits

The repair, maintenance and cleaning and (as necessary) replacement and renewal of all Conduits within the Estate Common Areas.

 

3 Plant and machinery

Hiring, operating, inspecting, servicing, overhauling, repairing, maintaining, cleaning, lighting and (as necessary) renewing or replacing any plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment from time to time within the Estate Common Areas or used for the provision of services to the Estate and the supply of all fuel and electricity for the same and any necessary maintenance contracts and insurance in respect thereof.

 

4 Signs

Maintaining and (where appropriate) cleaning and lighting and (as necessary) renewing and replacing the signboards, all directional signs, fire regulation notices, advertisements, bollards, roundabouts and similar apparatus or works.

 

5 Landscaping

Maintaining, tending and cultivating and (as necessary) re-stocking any garden or grassed areas including replacing plants, shrubs and trees as necessary.

 

6 Common facilities

Repairing maintaining and (as necessary) rebuilding as the case may be any party walls or fences, party structures, Conduits or other amenities and easements which may belong to or be capable of being used or enjoyed by the Estate in common with any land or buildings adjoining or neighbouring the Estate.

 

7 Security

Installation, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and renewal of closed circuit television systems and other security systems.

 

8 Outgoings

Any existing and future rates, taxes, charges, assessments and outgoings in respect of the Estate Common Areas or any part of them except tax (other than VAT) payable in respect of any dealing with or any receipt of income in respect of the Estate Common Areas.

 

9 Transport

The provision of a bus service to and from Didcot or such other transport and/or location (if any) deemed necessary by the Landlord.

 

10 Statutory requirements

The cost of carrying out any further works (after the initial construction in accordance with statutory requirements) to the Estate Common Areas required to comply with any statute.

 

11 Management and Staff

 

11.1 The proper and reasonable fees, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including irrecoverable VAT) of any person properly employed or retained by the Landlord for or in connection with surveying or accounting functions or the performance of the Estate Services and any other duties in and about the Estate relating to the general management, administration, security, maintenance, protection and cleanliness of the Estate:

 

11.2 Management costs fees and disbursements in respect of the Estate of 10% of the Service Cost (excluding costs under this clause 11.2).

 

20


11.3 Providing staff in connection with the Estate Services and the general management, operation and security of the Estate and all other incidental expenditure including but not limited to:

 

  11.3.1 salaries, National Health Insurance, pension and other payments contributions and benefits;

 

  11.3.2 uniforms, special clothing, tools and other materials for the proper performance of the duties of any such staff;

 

  11.3.3 providing premises and accommodation and other facilities for staff.

 

12 Enforcement of Regulations

The reasonable and proper costs and expenses incurred by the Landlord in enforcing the rules and regulations from time to time made pursuant to Clause 4.24 provided that the Landlord shall use all reasonable endeavours to recover such costs and expenses from the defaulting party and provided further that there shall be credited against the Service Cost any such costs recovered.

 

13 Insurances

 

13.1 Effecting such insurances (if any) as the Landlord may properly think fit in respect of the Estate Common Areas the plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment used in connection with the provision of the Estate Services (including without prejudice those referred to in paragraph 3 above) and any other liability of the Landlord to any person in respect of those items or in respect of the provision of the Estate Services.

 

13.2 Professional valuations for insurance purposes (but not more than once in any two year period);

 

13.3 Any uninsured excesses to which the Landlord’s insurance may be subject.

 

14 Generally

Any reasonable and proper costs (not referred to above) which the Landlord may incur in providing such other services and in carrying out such other works as the Landlord may reasonably consider to be reasonably desirable or necessary for the benefit of occupiers of the Estate.

 

15 Anticipated Expenditure

Establishing and maintaining reserves to meet the future costs (as from time to time estimated by the Landlord’s Surveyor) of providing the Estate Services;

 

16 Borrowing

The costs of borrowing any sums required for the provision of the Services at normal commercial rates available in the open market or if any such sums are loaned by the Landlord or a Group Company of the Landlord interest at Base Rate.

 

17 VAT

Irrecoverable VAT on any of the foregoing.

 

21


Part III - Building Services

In relation to the Building, the provision of the following services or the Costs incurred in relation to:

 

1 Repairs to the Building (including lifts and Conduits)

Repair, renewal, decoration, cleaning and maintenance of the foundations, roof, exterior and structure, the lifts and all lift machinery, the Conduits, plant and equipment (which are not the responsibility of any tenants of the Building).

 

2 Common Parts

 

  (a) Repair, renewal, decoration, cleaning, maintenance and lighting of the Common Parts and other parts of the Building not comprised in the Lettable Units;

 

  (b) Furnishing, carpeting and equipping the Common Parts;

 

  (c) Cleaning the outside of all external windows;

 

  (d) Providing and maintaining any plants, or floral displays in the Common Parts;

 

  (e) Providing signs, nameboards and other notices within the Building including a sign giving the name of the Tenant or other permitted occupier and its location within the Building in the entrance lobby of the Building.

 

3 Heating etc. services

 

  (a) Providing heating, air conditioning and ventilation other than to the Lettable Units to such standards and between such hours as the Landlord reasonably decides;

 

  (b) Procuring water and sewerage services.

 

4 Fire Fighting and Security

Provision, operation, repair, renewal, cleaning and maintenance of fire alarms, sprinkler systems, fire prevention and fire fighting equipment and ancillary apparatus and security alarms, apparatus, closed circuit television and systems as the Landlord considers appropriate.

 

5 Insurance

 

5.1 Effecting such insurances (if any) as the Landlord may properly think fit in respect of the Common Parts and all Landlord’s plant, machinery, apparatus and equipment and any other liability of the Landlord to any person in respect of those items or in respect of the provision of the Building Services;

 

5.2 Professional valuations for insurance purposes (but not more than once in any two year period);

 

5.3 Any uninsured excesses to which the Landlord’s insurance may be subject.

 

6 Statutory Requirements

All existing and future rates, taxes, charges, assessments and outgoings payable to any competent authority or for utilities except in respect of the Lettable Units.

 

7 Management and Staff

 

7.1 The proper and reasonable fees, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including irrecoverable VAT) of any person properly employed or retained by the Landlord for or in connection with surveying or accounting functions or the performance of the Building Services and any other duties in and about the Building relating to the general management, administration, security, maintenance, protection and cleanliness of the Building:

 

7.2 Management fees and disbursements incurred in respect of the Building of 10% of the Service Cost (excluding costs under this Clause 7.2).

 

7.3 Providing staff in connection with the Building Services and the general management, operation and security of the Building and all other incidental expenditure including but not limited to:

 

  (i) salaries, National Health Insurance, pension and other payments contributions and benefits;

 

22


  (ii) uniforms, special clothing, tools and other materials for the proper performance of the duties of any such staff;

 

  (iii) providing premises and accommodation and other facilities for staff.

 

8 General

 

8.1 Establishing and maintaining reserves to meet the future costs (as from time to time estimated by the Landlord’s Surveyor) of providing the Building Services;

 

8.2 Any reasonable and proper costs (not referred to above) which the Landlord may incur in providing such other services and in carrying out such other works as the Landlord may reasonably consider to be reasonably desirable or necessary for the benefit of occupiers of the Building.

 

8.3 The costs of borrowing any sums required for the provision of the Services at normal commercial rates available in the open market or if any such sums are loaned by the Landlord or a Group Company of the Landlord interest at Base Rate.

 

9 VAT

Irrecoverable VAT on any of the foregoing.

 

23


Annexure: Reinstatement/Review Specification

 

24


Reinstatement / Rent Review

Specification

for

Unit 85B Milton Park

May 2013


1. GENERAL

The purpose of this specification is twofold:-

 

    Firstly to provide a framework to identify the Tenant’s reinstatement obligations; and

 

    Secondly to clarify the hypothetical finishes of the Property for rent review purposes.

For the purposes of ascertaining the agreed rent at rent review it is assumed that the works detailed within this specification will have been carried out prior to the rent review date.

 

  1.1. Unit 85B Milton Park comprises a first floor office suite in a multi-let building.

 

  1.2. The space will be reinstated out to a good standard as air conditioned CAT A open plan offices space, in accordance with the guidelines detailed within the BCO Guide 2009 (copy attached) or the relevant equivalent current at the time of the works. The standard of equipment and workmanship used when undertaking the works should be in accordance with these requirements.

 

  1.3. Upon completion of all works, the buildings will comply in all respects with all relevant legislation and good practice current at the time. Any standard referred to in this document will be superseded by the relevant equivalent at the time the works are carried out.

 

  1.4. For the purposes of this document, an occupancy level to the office areas of 10m2 per person has been assumed.

 

  1.5. Design, materials and workmanship will generally take account of the recommendations of any relevant British Standards, Codes of Practice and Building Regulations, the mandatory requirements of other Local and Statutory Authorities, the published recommendations of the CIBSE and the IEE Regulations current at the time of construction.

 

  1.6. The use of a name of a firm or proprietary article in this Specification is to be read only as an indication of the class or quality of material or workmanship.

 

  1.7. Fire protection, Fire Officer and Building Regulation requirements are based upon open plan office areas.

 

1


2.0 OFFICE AREAS

 

2.1 Ceilings

 

2.1.1 Office areas are to have 600x600mm mineral fibre ceiling tiles (or equal/approved) in either exposed grid (13mm or 24mm) or concealed grid system complete with all perimeter trims, fixings and the like. (The ceiling is to be fitted with integral light fittings detailed hereafter).

 

2.1.2 The suspended ceiling grid is to be Installed at least 2750mm above finished floor level.

 

2.1.3 In association with the ceiling installation, all necessary vertically hung cavity fire barriers within the ceiling void are to be provided in accordance with current Building Regulations requirements, good practice guidance and other relevant statutory legislation.

 

2.2 Floors and floor finishes

 

2.2.1 Office areas are to have “medium grade” galvanised panel raised access flooring system; pedestals to be fixed to sub floor with epoxy resin adhesive to a sufficient thickness to provide a levelling compound and bond to the floor slab; the raised access floor is to be left ready to receive new carpet tile floor covering detailed hereafter.

 

2.2.2 The raised floor is to be installed in accordance with the following criteria, or the relevant equivalent at the time of installation:

 

    Point load (over 25mm2) – 3.0KN

 

    Uniformly distributed load – 20KN/m2

 

    Air Leakage -1.05ltrs/sec/m2

 

    Fire performance – Class O

 

    Thickness – 31 mm

 

    Panel weight (per unit) –10kg

 

    System Weight (per m2) – 32kg

 

2.2.3 In association with the raised floor installation, alt necessary vertically hung cavity fire barriers within the floor void are to be provided in accordance with current Building Regulations requirements, good practice guidance and other relevant statutory legislation.

 

2.2.4 Office areas are to have Interface Floor Transformation 500x500mm non directional carpet tile (or equal/approved), colour to be confirmed.

 

2.3 Mechanical Services

 

2.3.1 It is assumed that the building has been fitted out with base mechanical services to a shell and core specification as defined in the British Council for Offices Guide 2009.

 

2.3.2 The mechanical installation is to be fully designed in accordance with current Building Regulations requirements, good practice guidance and other relevant statutory legislation in operation at the time of the works.

 

2


2.3.3    All office areas are to have an independently controlled low temperature hot water flat panel steel radiator system. In addition office areas are to have 6 no. ceiling mounted comfort cooling cassette units evenly distributed across the floorplate. Mechanical services are to be inclusive of all connections to existing services and provision of additional components where necessary in connection with the installation over and above that provided by the mechanical and electrical shell and core specification. The installation is to be designed for a normal office loading of 120W/m2, or the relevant equivalent recommended by good practice and appropriate guidelines at the time of the works.
2.4    Electrical Services
2.4.1    It is assumed that the building has been fitted out with base electrical services to a shell and core specification as defined in the British Council for Offices Guide 2009. The following items therefore relate to the office areas only.
2.4.2    The electrical installation is to be fully designed in accordance with current Building Regulations requirements, good practice guidance and other relevant statutory legislation in operation at the time of the works.
2.4 3    The whole of the works detailed shall be supplied installed and tested and commissioned in compliance with BS7671 (17 th Edition of the IEE Wiring Regulations for Electrical Installations) together with relevant British Standard Code of Practice and any statutory regulations or requirements, good practice guidance in operation at the time of the works.
2.4.4    All office areas at ground and first floor levels within each unit are to have new light fittings recessed within and compatible with the suspended ceiling grid, designed in compliance with current standards as appropriate at the time provide a lighting level of approximately 450lux at the working plane.
2.4.5    In the appropriate locations provide integral or remote battery type emergency light fittings in accordance with BS5266 and BSEN 1838 or the relevant equivalents in force at the time of the works.
2.4.6    A break glass fire alarm installation and automatic smoke detection system shall be provided to all office areas at ground and first floors designed in accordance with BS5839, protection Category L2 or such other standard as appropriate. The alarm and detection system shall have the facility to be extended to accommodate tenant requirements. Sounders are to be provided on the basis of an open plan environment.
2.4.7    A door entry control systems within each unit will be provided linked to office areas, surface mounted magnetic locks and all associated components and cabling in connection with the installation.

 

3


LEASE PARTICULARS

 

Date of Lease   :    21 June 2013
Original Landlord   :    MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 1 LIMITED (Company number 5491670) and MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 2 LIMITED (Company number 5491806)
Original Tenant   :    SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC (Company number 05197494)
Property   :    85b Park Drive Milton Park
Floor Area   :    406.27 square metres (4,373 square feet) net internal
Contractual Term   :    6 years from and including 21 June 2013 to and including 20 June 2019
Initial Principal Rent   :    EIGHTY EIGHT THOUSAND ONE HUNDRED AND SIXTEEN POUNDS (£88,116) per annum
Rent Commencement Date   :    21 December 2013
Review Date   :    24 June 2016
Review Type   :    Market — upwards only
Service Charge Commencement Date   :    21 June 2013
Principal Rent and Service Charge Payment Dates   :    Quarterly: 25 March, 24 June, 29 September and 25 December
Insurance Commencement Date   :    21 June 2013
Permitted Use: (1987 Order)   :    B1 Offices
Break Date   :    23 June 2016
Break Type   :    Tenant - Once only
Parking Spaces   :    20
Security of Tenure: Landlord and Tenant Act 1954   :    Included

 

25


EXECUTED AS A DEED by  MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 1 LIMITED acting by a director and the company secretary or by two directors    LOGO   
Director    LOGO   
Director/Company Secretary      
EXECUTED AS A DEED by MEPC MILTON PARK NO. 2 LIMITED acting by a director and the company secretary or by two directors    LOGO   
Director   

LOGO

  
Director/Company Secretary      

 

26

Exhibit 10.10

 

LOGO

 

The licensee(s) identified on the signature page of this agreement (“Licensee”, or “Client”) intends to contract with (please check one)

¨   Cambridge Innovation Center (legal entity: The Cambridge Incubator, Inc.) or

¨   Impact Hub Boston (legal entity: Hub For Change, LLC)

of Cambridge, Massachusetts (the “Company”). Licensee and the Company hereby agree to the following. Please note that “you” and “your” refer to the aforementioned Licensee, and “we” and “our” refer to the Company.

1. License: On behalf of the Licensors identified in Exhibit A, the Company hereby grants Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from the Company, the license and privilege to operate an office and use the facilities at either of the premises indicated in Exhibit A. The Company is the manager of these licensed facilities and is authorized to enter into license agreements with Clients through this Service Agreement. Licensee represents that it is not presently in default of a lease obligation to another lessor, nor would it be as a consequence of moving to the Company’s facility.

Either party may terminate this agreement for any reason or no reason with 30 days’ notice (the “Notice Period”). This license does not convey title to any land or buildings.

2. Space and Services: We will provide you with one or more workspaces, use of a variety of common facilities, and a range of related office services detailed in Schedule D. The pro-forma quote or first invoice attached to this agreement details the initial workspaces to be used by the Licensee, and the applicable space and service rates. It is your responsibility to ensure that you have obtained and reviewed an acceptable quote or invoice, prior to taking occupancy and you acknowledge the listed spaces and services have been requested and agreed-to.

With our consent, you may add additional workspaces and services under this agreement at any time.

        The Company’s facility is open to you 24x7, and you may conduct business at there at any time. The Company does not permit its facilities to be used, however, as a substitute for sleeping accommodations. Actively choosing to sleep at the Company’s facility for the night is not consistent with the function of our facility, and we are not equipped to support it. Use of the premises for large, private events is possible by prior arrangement.

The building provides HVAC services during normal business hours. For details see Exhibit A.

Licensee acknowledges that even in the best-managed office environments, systems, services, and security failures will occur. The Company will make its best efforts to provide quality services and otherwise maintain a quality environment, but you acknowledge that the Company is not responsible for

financial or other losses as a consequence of the receipt of services from the Company, or lack or insufficiency thereof, regardless of the cause.

3. Moving Out: One of the benefits of our offering is to give clients the flexibility to be able to move elsewhere on short notice if their needs change. The Company requests that you provide as much informal notice as possible of any planned decrease in your use of our services. Giving us an idea of your future plans will not prejudice your access to current services, and may allow us to introduce you to alternative options.

Over and above any informal conversations you may have with us, you agree to provide the Company at least 30 days’ advance formal definitive Notice of termination of this agreement as well as of any material reduction or your use of space or services under this agreement. This means 30 days’ Notice is required if you plan to leave, but also if you plan to drop a part of your space at the Company’s facility. Please keep in mind that once you give us formal Notice, the Company will release that space for reservation by others following the date you told us you will no longer require it, and it may not be possible for you to later reverse your decision.

Sometimes Licensees need to vacate their space in less than 30 days from the time they provide us Notice. If this happens, you will still be responsible for full payment for your fees through the full Notice period, regardless of whether we reuse your space for others soon thereafter.

Any time the Company reasonably believes a Licensee has vacated, abandoned a particular space, has left it and does not plan to return to work there, and/or does not plan to continue to pay its fees to the Company, we may deem your space to be vacant, we may pack up and remove your stuff, and we may redeploy the space to others’ use. If you had not given formal Notice of termination, we will deem that your Notice of termination was given on the date that we make the above determination. We will do our best to inform the responsible parties at Licensee of this action.

4. Use of Office: The Licensee will use the office for general office purposes and for any other purposes set forth in Schedule A and for no other purpose without prior written permission from the Company. Licensee may not offer services that compete with those already offered by the Company. Licensee may install typical office equipment of the type and quantity typically in use in modern offices. Licensee shall not install other equipment without the written consent of the Company.

Most services provided by the Company are provided on an ‘unmetered’ basis. This ‘unmetered’ basis is premised on a good-faith understanding between the Company and the Licensee that this privilege will not be abused. Employing the Company’s services well beyond normal office use, defined as the norm amongst other Licensees, without prior discussion, after having received Notice that the Company is concerned about this level of use, and having been given a reasonable opportunity to cure it, may be considered a breach of this agreement. We find such over-use at the Company’s facility is

 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 1 of 12      


rare. An example would be printing high volumes of material on the color printer. We would say this is a job for a printing company. Most special needs can be accommodated by prior arrangement.

The Company is particularly sensitive to conference room use in this regard. We define “normal use” as frequent short meetings throughout the day, long meetings occasionally, and multi-day long meetings very occasionally. All-day meetings should be no more frequent than once per quarter, on average. Please do not use the conference rooms for private phone calls during peak hours (9 am - 5 pm). More liberal usage during off-peak hours and weekends is fine. Some larger Licensee spaces have dedicated conference spaces, to which these guidelines do not apply. If you expect to need to go beyond these guidelines, please discuss with us before moving in.

5. Payment: All recurring fees payable under this Agreement shall be due and payable in advance in US Dollars commencing on the date of move-in for the balance of that month, and thereafter on the first day of each month of the term. Incidental charges payable under this agreement (e.g. international phone charges) are included in the next regular monthly rent invoice after they are determined, and shall be due and payable as part of that invoice. All charges appearing on the monthly invoice shall be considered final and agreed to if not questioned within 90 days of the invoice date. Licensee shall be obligated to pay the Company interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum on all sums Licensee is obligated to pay under the terms of Schedule A from the date fifteen (15) days after said sums become due and remain unpaid until the date such sums are paid in full. In addition, Licensee shall pay reasonable attorney’s and/or arbitrator’s fees and other costs incurred by the Company in conjunction with collecting any late payment, all of which are to be paid by Licensee within five (5) days of receipt of the Company’s invoice therefore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, before assessing interest charges the first time in any six (6) month period, the Company shall provide the Licensee Notice of the delinquency, and shall waive such interest payment if the Licensee pays such delinquent amount within five (5) days thereafter.

The standard method of payment that the Company accepts is automatic bank debit (ACH). An automatic debit authorization form is attached hereto. For any Licensee for which automatic debit is impractical (e.g. you have no US bank account, corporate policy forbids this payment method). Licensee has the option of paying by check, but in conjunction with that agrees to increase its deposit on hand with the Company by one month beyond that required in Section 7 below. The Company acknowledges that Licensee may cancel this authorization at will, however such cancellation without payment in advance of the additional one month deposit will be deemed a 30-day written Notice of termination of this agreement.

6. Access to Licensee spaces: The Licensee acknowledges that the Company’s active management of the office space and the Company’s provision of a variety of office services including, where applicable, phones, internet connections, and so forth necessitates that the Company be able to access the Licensee’s offices in the same manner that Licensee’s own internal office managers and technology support staff would, without advance

notice, in order to provide said services, view the condition of the office, make alterations and repairs and so forth. We will make reasonable efforts to ensure that such visits do not disrupt the Licensee’s operations.

7. Deposit: Upon execution of this Agreement, the Licensee shall pay a security deposit equal to one month’s fees for the performance by Licensee of all the provisions of this Agreement (the “Deposit”). In the event that the average level of Licensee’s usage of the Company’s services has increased or decreased materially, the dollar amount of the required Deposit will adjust from time to time to reflect the new approximate average level of usage (for example: if you double the amount of space you have, and therefore your fees double, the amount of your required deposit will double as well, to keep step with your fees).

The Company may apply your Deposit to any charges or other payments due from you or to any other amount the Company may be required to expend on your behalf. If the deposit that the Company has on hand from you falls below the required level for any reason, upon being given Notice of this situation, you shall reimburse the Company for any amount required such that the Deposit on hand will not be less than the full required amount under this agreement.

The required Deposit amount shall be increased by an additional one (1) month’s fees if you are late in payment on two (2) separate occasions, where Notice of your lateness is provided after the first occasion. If you are not in default or breach of this Agreement at the end of the term, the unapplied balance of the Deposit shall be returned to you without interest within 30 days’ after your departure.

8. Liability for Damages: Licensee acknowledges liability for any damage to equipment, furnishings, and any other property of “the Company, the Licensors, their Landlords, or their other Licensees caused by Licensee, its employees, guests, or affiliated parties, excluding damage due to normal wear and tear. Licensee agrees to pay the cost to repair or replace (at full replacement cost) the damaged property, at the discretion of the Company. Such charges shall be treated as incidental charges as specified in Paragraph 5.

9. Acceptable use rules and regulations: The Licensee acknowledges that no trade or occupation shall be conducted in the office or use made thereof which will be unlawful, improper or offensive, or contrary to any law or any municipal by-law or ordinance in force in the City of Cambridge. The Company explicitly prohibits the conduct of business directly related to pornography or gambling.

        Licensee agrees with the Company that Licensee shall not cause disturbances, create odors or situations any of which may be offensive to other Licensees or that would interfere with the normal operations of the Cambridge Innovation Center. Licensee also agrees with the Company that Licensee shall not use tobacco products, including electronic cigarettes or smoking devices, while in the Company’s buildings. While at the Company’s facility. Licensee agrees not to intentionally display or print pornography. Licensee agrees not to send unsolicited commercial email (spam) using the Company’s network, and to cooperate fully when requested by the Company to remove viruses, worms, Trojans, bots and other malware from its computer systems.

 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 2 of 12    Please Initial Here:      LOGO


To minimize interference with the common wireless data and voice network(s) the Company provides for the use of all clients. Licensee agrees that it will not set up an independent wireless network at the Company’s facility without prior consultation and approval from the Company’s technology staff.

Licensees are welcome to state that they are located at the Company’s facility and are a client of the Company. Licensees agree not to describe the Company as a business partner (or similar) without written permission.

It is understood and agreed that Licensee shall comply with any rules and regulations issued by the Company or the buildings’ Landlords from time to time from and after the date on which Licensee is made aware of such rules and regulations.

10. Addressing Conflict and Inappropriate Behavior:

Licensee understands that from time to time conflicts can occur between individuals in any shared environment such as the Company’s, and that employees and other invitees of licensees can be accused of inappropriate behavior in ways that require a response from the Company management in order for the Company to ensure a safe and supportive working environment for all. Such situations may or may not be contrary to law. and they may or may not be readily provable. If such an situation occurs. Licensee agrees that the Company may use its best judgment with regard to how to resolve or eliminate the issue, with the goal of rapidly and cost-effectively ensuring an outcome that is acceptable to the Company and the community at large. Depending on the nature and severity of the allegation the Company receives, the information the Company has, the extent of readily available proof of such information or allegations, and how likely the Company believes the situation is to reoccur, the Company may elect to privately and confidentially seek to resolve the issue directly with the employee or invitee (without notifying Licensee’s management or may elect to directly involve Licensee’s management in the event that Licensee’s management is not notified, the intent is generally to protect the privacy of the accused individual where the Company believes the situation is sufficiently minor and this way can be resolved amicably and permanently. In many cases it is possible to achieve resolutions without requiring an investigation. Such resolutions can include the accused party simply acknowledging that they have “heard” the concern, and their agreeing to take care in the future that such concerns do not arise again. If circumstances make an extensive investigation unavoidable, or such is required by a court or law enforcement, Licensee will be responsible for the cost of investigation of matters relating to its employees or invitees’ alleged inappropriate behavior. If in the Company’s reasonable judgment the presence of an individual would represent an ongoing hindrance to the Company’s ability to ensure a safe and supportive environment, the Company will let the Licensee know that Licensee can no longer grant access to the Company premises for that individual. Licensee has a duty to the Company and the community at large to take care in the selection of its employees and choice of its invitees, and Licensee acknowledges that It is responsible for their

actions. Licensee agrees that the Company is not responsible for the economic consequences to Licensee or the accused individual as a result of actions taken in good faith to protect the community and that any related losses that the Company sustains are the Licensee’s responsibility under the indemnification section of this agreement (Section 13).

11. Insurance : With respect to the spaces it makes use of from time to time within the Licensors’ premises. Licensee agrees to maintain at its own cost during the term hereof insurance coverage for Comprehensive General Liability Insurance (CGL) in an amount not less than $1,000,000 for general property damage and personal injury (including, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness. disease, and death) and S2,000,000 in aggregate liability coverage, as well as a policy of fire, vandalism, malicious mischief, extended coverage and so-called “all risk” coverage insurance in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost insuring all of Licensee’s furniture, equipment, fixtures and property of every kind, nature and description which may be in or upon the building. All such CGL shall include the additional insured parties endorsed on the policy as shown in Exhibit A. Licensee shall provide the Company with all endorsements and an ACORD 25-S or ACORD-28 certificate, prior to the date Licensee takes possession of its assigned office. Such CGL certificates and/or endorsements must spell out the names of the additional insureds precisely as shown above. To the extent required by Massachusetts law, the Licensee also shall carry Worker’s Compensation Insurance. The insurance required under this Section must be placed with insurers authorized to Jo business in Massachusetts, with a rating of not less than “A-VIII” in the current Best’s Insurance Reports. All policies required under this Section shall be written as primary policies and not contributing to or in excess of any coverage the Company or the Licensors may otherwise maintain. All insurance herein required shall be deemed an obligation of Licensee, not a discharge or limitation of Licensee’s obligation to indemnify the Company or the Licensors, If the Company provides the name of a particular broker or insurer to the Licensee. Licensee agrees that Licensee is itself nevertheless the sole party responsible for ensuring that such coverage meets these requirements. For purposes of insurance, the insurer may wish to review Exhibit A for more building specific information.

12. Fire and Fire Insurance: The Licensee shall not permit any use of fire in its offices (candles, matches, etc.) for any reason. It will further not permit any use of the office which will make voidable any insurance on the property of which the office is a part or on the contents of said property or which shall be contrary to any law or regulation from time to time established by the New England Fire Insurance Rating Association, or any similar body succeeding to its powers.

13. Indemnification and Liability: To the greatest extent permitted by law, except for harm caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Company or the Licensors. Licensee hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the Company, the Licensors, and their respective officers, employees, agents.

 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 3 of 12    Please Initial Here:      LOGO


Landlords, other Licensees and property manager from any claims, liabilities, losses or damages incurred by Company or such persons and entities (including all costs and expenses of defense of any action or proceeding) arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim against, incident to or any injury to or death of the Licensee, its employees, its assigns, its agents or invitees of any of them or any damage to or loss of property of such persons or entities. Licensee shall maintain adequate insurance for the foregoing and present evidence of same to the Company upon request.

If any court should find the Company or the Licensors liable for any loss or damage of any kind for any reason related to Licensee, employees, guests and affiliated parties. Licensee agrees that, to the greatest extent permitted by law, the limit of the Company’s and Licensors’ liability shall be the amount that Licensee has paid the Company under this agreement.

14. Waiver of Subrogation: Licensee hereby (i) waives on behalf of itself and its insurer(s) (none of which shall ever be assigned any such claim or be entitled thereto due to subrogation or otherwise) any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against Landlord. Sublandlord(s), the Company, the Licensors and their agents, officers, servants, partners, shareholders, or employees (collectively, the “Related Parties”) for any loss or damage that may occur to or within the premises of the buildings or any improvements thereto, or any personal property of such Licensee therein which is insured against under any insurance policy actually being maintained by such Licensee from time to time, even if not required, or which would be insured against under the terms of any insurance policy required to be carried or maintained by such Licensee, whether or not such insurance coverage is actually being maintained, including, in every instance, such loss or damage that may be caused by the negligence of Landlord and/or the Related Parties; and (ii) agrees to cause appropriate clauses to be included in all of its insurance policies as necessary.

15. Insurance Requirements Waiver: Licensees of certain services from the Company have the choice to waive the insurance requirements detailed in Section 11. Eligible services are listed in Schedule C. To do this. Licensee must execute the Company’s Client Insurance Requirements Waiver Amendment, available upon request.

16. Maintenance: The Licensee agrees to maintain the office in good condition, damage by normal wear and tear, fire and other casualty only excepted, and acknowledges that the office is now in good order. The Licensee shall not permit the office to be overloaded, damaged, stripped or defaced.

17. Emergency Procedures: Licensee management should inform all their employees of the life safety policies and emergency procedures of the buildings and conduct periodic training regarding the same. Information pertaining to each building’s emergency procedures is available in Exhibit A. A representative of the buildings’ management is available to participate in Licensee safety and security awareness sessions. While the Company’s employees and employees of the Company’s other licensees may be available to offer assistance

in the event of an emergency. Licensee’s management should be aware that these individuals are not trained safety professionals, and cannot be relied upon to provide error-free assistance.

18. Alterations-Additions: The Licensee shall not make any alterations or additions to the office without the prior written consent of the Company and shall never make structural alterations or additions. All allowed alterations shall be at Licensee’s expense and shall be in quality at least equal to the present construction. Licensee shall not permit any mechanics’ liens, or similar liens, to remain upon the leased office for labor and material furnished to Licensee or claimed to have been furnished to Licensee in connection with work of any character performed or claimed to have been performed at the direction of Licensee and shall cause any such lien to be released of record forthwith without cost to the Company or the Licensors. Any alterations or improvements made by the Licensee shall become the property of the Company and the Licensors upon termination of this Agreement.

19. Assignment and Rights and Notifications Concerning Invitees: The Licensee shall not assign this Agreement without the Company’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding such consent. Licensee shall remain liable to the Company and the Licensors for the payment of all charges and for the full performance of the covenants and conditions of this Agreement. Also notwithstanding such consent, to the extent that a court order, secured credit contract, sale, invitation by the Licensee for other parties to use the Company’s facilities as their offices with or without informing the Company, or other process, introduces new parties which become owners or responsible parties for Licensee and/or property stored at the Licensee’s premises. Licensee must bind such parties to this agreement, and notify the Company of the names and contract information for the same parties. These parties shall in any case be deemed to be signatories to this agreement by virtue of having taken an interest in property located in the Licensee’s premises or by virtue of having commenced to use the Company’s services in their own right.

        This Agreement entitles the Licensee to receive the services identified in Schedule D. The Licensee shall not cause or permit any other persons or entities present at the Licensors’ premises by the Licensee’s invitation or consent, whether affiliated with the Licensee or otherwise, to operate an office or conduct a separate business out of the Licensors’ premises unless the Invitees have entered into an agreement with the Company to do so. The Company shall have sole discretion as to whether others should be added as additional parties to this Agreement. In the event the Licensee allows any Invitee to operate an office or conduct a business out of the Licensors’ premises without the Company’s permission or modification of this Agreement, the Licensee hereby agrees on behalf of itself and its insurers that it will defend and indemnify the Company and the Licensors with respect to the Invitee to the same extent required under this Agreement with respect to the Licensee. To avoid any potential confusion concerning whether certain entities are Invitees, the Licensee shall provide the Company with documentation concerning any of its corporate name changes or DBA filings within thirty (30) days of filing. If

 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 4 of 12    Please Initial Here:      LOGO


Licensee wishes to do business at the Company’s facility under a name other than its legal name, (e.g. by accepting mail under that other name or by using that other name on the sign on its work area entry, etc.) Licensee agrees to register such name with the City of Cambridge as a DBA.

20. Subordination: This Agreement shall be subject and subordinate to any and all leases, mortgages deeds and other instruments in the nature of a lease, mortgage or deed, existing now or at any time hereafter, a copy of which shall be furnished to Licensee at Licensee’s request, a lien or liens on the property of which the office is a part and the Licensee shall, as requested by the Company, promptly execute and deliver such written instruments as shall be necessary to show the subordination of this Agreement to said lease, mortgage, deed or other such instruments in the nature of a lease, mortgage or deed. Termination of the Licensors’ lease or leases with the owner of the premises will terminate this Agreement and all of the Company’s and Licensors’ obligations to the Licensee.

If the Building in which your office is located or the premises therein leased to the Licensors (the “Lease”) are destroyed by fire or other cause such that the owner of the Building determines not to rebuild the same or exercises any right it may have to terminate the Lease, this Agreement shall expire at such time as the Licensors’ interest in the Building is terminated and Licensee thereupon shall surrender its office to the Company and shall pay all charges through the time of such termination. In the event that such owner shall decide to restore or rebuild the Building, and the Licensors’ interest in the Building under the Lease is not terminated, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; however, the charges payable hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the time in which Licensee has been deprived use of its office. In no event shall Company or the Licensors be liable to Licensee for any loss or damage occasioned by such fire or other cause.

If the whole or substantially the whole of the Building in which your office is located is condemned or taken in any manner for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, this Agreement shall cease and terminate as of the date of the taking of possession for such use or purpose. If less than the whole or substantially the whole of the Building shall be so condemned or taken, whether or not Licensee’s office is affected, then Company may, at its option, terminate this Agreement as of the date of the taking of possession of such use or purpose by notifying Licensee in writing of such termination. Upon any such taking or condemnation and this Agreement continuing in force, the fees payable by the Licensee hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the time in which Licensee has been deprived use of its office. Licensee shall have no claim arising from any such taking and, without limitation, no claim against any proceeds paid on account of such taking.

21. Termination: In addition to the termination provisions contained in Section 1, the Company may also terminate this Agreement, including but not limited to the Licensee’s access to the office, at any time after the following:

 

(a) Upon ten (10) calendar days’ following Notice of delinquency the Licensee shall fail to pay any charge or other sum due under this agreement; or

(b) The Licensee shall default in the observance or performance of any other of the Licensee’s covenants, agreements, or obligations hereunder and such default shall remain uncured after ten (10) calendar days’ Notice of the same; or

(c) The Licensee shall be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law, or, if any assignment shall be made of Licensee’s property for the benefit of creditors, or

(d) Licensee makes a material mis-representation to the Company

22. Holdover: Should Licensee fail to remove its effects and vacate its premises following the termination of this agreement, the Licensee will be obligated to pay the Company 200% of its regular rates, pro-rated by days, until the later of the date Licensee vacates the premises.

23. Notice: Notice (“Notice”) shall be defined as any notice that is delivered in writing, either by hand, by e-mail, or by physical mail to one or more responsible parties at the Licensee, provided that there is a reasonable record kept thereof as relating to both the date of the communication and as to the content thereof. Such a reasonable record can include printed or electronic copies of said communications. Any Notice under this Service Agreement that is sent by mail shall be deemed received, if properly addressed, three (3) business days after any such Notice is deposited in the United States mail certified, postage-prepaid, return-receipt requested. If the Licensee’s address as set forth in Schedule A is given as blank or as being within the Licensors’ premises, then Notice shall be deemed received if delivered by hand to the Company’s mailbox within the premises. Any Notice under this Service Agreement that is sent by e-mail shall be deemed received, if delivered to the address set forth in Schedule A or another address reasonably believed by the Company as being that of a responsible party at the Licensee, three (3) business days after any such notice is sent, provided that no automatic response has been received from the recipient’s e-mail system indicating non-receipt of the email message or unavailability of the recipient. No oral communication shall be deemed a notice under this agreement.

24. Surrender: The Licensee shall, prior to the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, remove all of the Licensee’s goods and effects from the Company’s facility. Licensee shall deliver to the Company all keys and access cards thereto. Improvements and fixtures permanently affixed to the premises shall become property of the Company and may not be removed upon departure without express permission. In the event that any property remains in the office after termination for any reason, it shall be deemed that it was the Licensee’s intent that it becomes the property of the Company, to use, sell or dispose of as it sees fit.

 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 5 of 12    Please Initial Here:      LOGO


25. Non-solicitation of Employees of the Company: Licensee hereby acknowledges that employees of the Company have been carefully selected and/or received training from the Company and agrees not to employ or solicit for employment any employee of the Company for a period of 12 months following termination of this Agreement and further agrees that in any case if such employee is hired, Licensee shall pay the Company the sum equal to the employee’s annual salary previously paid to employee by the Company as liquidated damages.

26. Choice of Law: The parties agree that the interpretation, instruction and enforcement of this contract shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

27. Disputes and Arbitration Agreement: The Company and Licensee mutually agree that any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to any aspect of the Licensee’s relationship with the Company, the Licensors, or their respective officers, employees, agents, Landlords, other Licensees or property manager, whether directly related to this agreement or not, and whether arising before or after the date of this agreement, which could have been brought in a court of law (“Covered Disputes”), shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Covered Disputes include all claims, rights, demands, losses, and causes of action rising: in contract, whether express or implied; or in tort; or under any common law theories; or under any covenants of good faith and fair dealing; or under any Company policy; or under any federal, state, or municipal statute, executive order, regulation or ordinance. This arbitration agreement shall not prohibit actions solely seeking injunctive relief necessary to protect either party’s rights. With the exception of actions set forth above, arbitration shall be the exclusive means through which the Parties may seek relief in connection with any Covered Disputes. The Parties expressly waive their right to a trial by judge or by jury of any Covered Dispute, as well as their right to appeal the decision rendered by the arbitrator except on the grounds that the decision was procured by corruption, fraud or other undue influence or on the grounds specifically set forth in a statute applicable to vacating an arbitration award under this arbitration agreement. Licensee agrees that if Licensee wishes to assert a claim against the Company or the Licensors, the Licensee must present to the Company a written request for arbitration within 6 months of the date on which the Licensee knows or should have known of the Covered Dispute against the Company or the Licensors. Likewise, the Company must present a written request for arbitration to the Licensee against whom it wishes to assert a claim within the same time frame. Failure by either the Licensee or the Company to present such a request within this time shall constitute a waiver of the right to recover relief in any forum in connection with the Covered Dispute. Unless otherwise agreed to by Licensee and Company, the arbitration shall take place in AAA’s office closest to the Company’s headquarters. The Parties shall select a single arbitrator in accordance with applicable AAA real estate arbitration rules. The party bringing the dispute to arbitration shall cover all

costs of the arbitration until such time as the arbiter may choose to allocate costs differently. The Parties are entitled to discovery sufficient to adequately arbitrate their Covered Disputes, including, but not limited to, access to essential documents and witnesses, as determined by the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall apply the law designated in this agreement. The arbitrator shall have the discretion to award monetary and other damages, or to award no damages, and to fashion any other relief that would otherwise be available in court. The arbitrator will issue a written arbitration decision that reveals the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based. This arbitration provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

28. Nature of Agreements: The parties agree that any oral discussion regarding modifying this Agreement shall be deemed by both parties to be exploratory in nature, and shall be binding on the parties only when reduced to writing and acknowledged in writing by both parties as agreed. This shall be the case even if one or both parties begin to operate on the basis of an oral discussion as though such discussion represented a definitive agreement. “In writing” shall include agreements reached by email, wherein stored electronic copies of emails shall be considered adequate evidence of said agreement. Failure of either party to enforce any provision of this agreement shall not constitute a waiver of that term of the agreement, and such provision may be enforced later, at any time, without prejudice.

 

SIGNATURE BLOCK    
Name of Licensee organization’s legal entity:
SUMMIT THERAPEUTICS INC                                           
 
Licensee federal tax ID#: 36 - 4779048                                  
(If left blank, agreement becomes a personal obligation of signer)
 
Signature: LOGO                                                          
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
 
Name of authorized signer: MELISSA STRANGE              
 
Title: TREASURER                                                               
 
DATE:                                                                                       
 
 
The Company
(references either Cambridge Incubator, Inc or Hub For Change, LLC, as selected by Licensee on page l)
 
Signature:                                                                                   
 
Officer’s name:                                                                         
 
Title:                                                                                           
 
DATE:                                                                                        
 
 

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 6 of 12      


 

LOGO

Site Specifications

Licensors: The Cambridge Incubator, Inc. d/b/a Cambridge Innovation Center (tenant/licensor at One Broadway) and 101 Main CIC LLC (tenant/licensor at 101 Main)

LOGO Both Buildings

- Certificate of General Liability Insurance

For all Licensees, all such CGL shall include all of the following as additional insured parties endorsed on the policy:

 

    The Cambridge Incubator, Inc. d/b/a Cambridge Innovation Center, and 101 Main CIC LCC,

AND

 

    MIT One Broadway Fee Owner LLC (the building owner at One Broadway), MIT One Broadway LLC (the master leaseholder), and Colliers Meredith & Grew, Inc. (the building manager);

AND

 

    RREEF America REIT II Corp. PPP, RREEF Management L.L.C. & RREEF America L.L.C. (the building owner at 101 Main), and CB Richard Ellis, Inc. & CB Richard Ellis-NE. Partners, LP (the building manager).

LOGO I Broadway, Cambridge MA 02142

- Building Details

The building provides HVAC services during normal business hours “and for the first half of Saturday. At other times the building can provide HVAC services by request at the building’s current per-hour rate ($65/hr as of January 2012). Please be aware that it can get very warm in the building on hot summer weekends if cooling is not requested.”

- Insurance

For purposes of insurance, the insurer may wish to have the following information:

 

    The building was built in 1969

 

    The structure is steel girder with concrete skin

 

    3/4 of floors have had electrical, plumbing, ductwork redone since 2000

 

    The roof was redone since 2000

 

    New chillers and cooling towers since 2000

 

    The building is equipped with fire suppression sprinklers and fire alarms.

 

    Keep in mind that Licensee’s insurance needs to cover their activities anywhere in the facility (not just in their private work area).

- Emergency Procedures

A copy of the building’s emergency procedures is available at: http://www.cictr.com/emergency.pdf

LOGO 101 Main, Cambridge MA 02142

- Building Details

The landlord will provide heating, ventilation, and air conditioning Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. and Saturday from 8:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. at no additional charge. After hours HVAC will be provided by the Landlord at a rate of $2.00 per heat pump per hour with a minimum charge of $30.00 per request.

- Insurance

For purposes of insurance, the insurer may wish to have the following information:

 

  The building was built in 1983

 

  The structural system is steel frame with brick facade

 

  3/4 of floors have had electrical, plumbing, ductwork redone since 2005

 

  The upper roof housing the cooling towers was replaced in 2009

 

  Cooling tower was replaced in 1999

 

  The building is equipped with fire suppression sprinklers and fire alarms.

- Emergency Procedures

A copy of the building’s emergency procedures is available at: http://www.riverfrontofficepark.com/main.cfm?sid=eprocedures

 

Cambridge Innovation Center Service Agreement - Version 6.o.6

   Page 11 of 11      


LOGO

Licensee legal address (if blank, Company’s address is legal address):                                                                                                                               

City:                                                                                              State:                                    Zip:                                                                                 

 

Alternate address (if our facility’s address will be used as your legal address):  

c/o SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

 

85B PARK DRIVE,

 

MILTON PARK, ABINGDON,

 

OXFORDSHIRE, OX14 4RY, UK

 

Contact info for Licensee (name):  

MELISSA STRANGE

Cell #: [**]             Home #:  

 

Work Email: melissa.strange@summitplc.com     Alt. Email:  

 

 

Business Description (please provide detail):   

 

DRUG DEVELOPMENT & RESEARCH COMPANY.

 

‘VIRTUAL’ ORGANISATION WITH ALL STUDIES OUTSOURCED

 

 

 

How did you learn about us?  

RECOMMENDED BY US CONSULTANT

Anticipated Move-in Date:  

APRIL 2014

Initial deposit due upon execution of this Service Agreement:   

 

Note: If paying by check, please remit with this Service Agreement, otherwise deposit will be debited from account information provided in Schedule B.

In order to obtain keys to the space, you must provide the Company with valid proof of insurance or waiver, and a list of all people associated with Licensee who will need their own keys to the space, including their full names, cell phone numbers, and email addresses (should a guest arrive for them and they are not at their desk, or should an emergency arise).

Person 1.                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Person 2.                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Person 3.                                                                                                                                                                                                            

Please provide any additional person’s information to the Company.

Please keep in mind that any time Licensee requests that the Company provide access to the Company for any individual, Licensee becomes responsible for that individual’s actions and operations under this agreement, as though they were actions and operations of Licensee.

Note any additional terms here:

Please note that our monthly per-person service fee will increase on January 1, 2015, by $13.

Note: this fee increase does not apply to the following programs: Cambridge Coworking Center (C3), C4, FlexSpace, International FlexSpace or Impact Hub Boston

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 8 of 9    Please Initial Here:      LOGO


 

LOGO

Overview of Offerings

 

     Private
Offices
&
Cubicles
  

The

Commons

   FlexSpace   

International

FlexSpace

   C3   

Impact Hub

Boston

   C4

24/7 Access

                    

Mail Box

               *    *   

Phone Line

                    

Fax Server Account

                    

Guest Reception Services

                    

Daytime Use of Phone Booths

                    

Daytime Use of CIC Conference Rooms

                    

Fully Furnished Workspace

                    

Fixed Workspace in Shared Environment

                    

Payment Required by Auto Debit

                    

Proof of General Business Liability Insurance Required

                    

Printing/Copying/Fax

                    

 

* Mailbox services are available for an additional $75/mo

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 10 of 12   


LOGO

 

Office Rental Space    The Company offering includes flexible, expandable office space configured for use by growing companies. We provide access control using electronic keys and recorded video. All normal office utilities and services, such as electricity, office-hours HVAC, trash pickup, etc. are included. Access is available on a 24 x 7 basis.
Office Furniture    Each individual is provided with a complete workstation, including a desk, adjustable office chair and locking file storage space. Additional furniture such as whiteboards or shelving available in most instances at no extra charge.
Phone Services    Each individual is given a high-end digital business telephone and a direct-dial dedicated phone number. Normal local and domestic long distance phone usage is included in the package on an unmetered basis (you will not be billed for your domestic phone calls). Our phone system provides computerized voicemail with local and remote access. International calls do carry a separate charge. They are billed at Verizon’s discounted “Talk to the World” rates. You are welcome to use free VOIP services such as Skype.
Internet    Each employee is provided with a high-speed Internet connection for office use. The Company holds its own ARIN-assigned IP address block and maintains two high-speed connections (redundant fiber Ethernet with separate paths and points of entry) to the Internet and provides BGP-based routing redundancy. Internet connections for non-office use (e.g. web servers) are available at a separate charge.
Copier, Printer & Fax    Service includes unmetered use of black and white and color printers, commercial-grade copiers and fax machines for typical office use. A private fax number, which routes faxes to an individual email address as pdf files, is provided for the dedicated use of your company. Additional numbers are available for a one-time setup charge of $75. Questions about printing multiple copies of brochures or extensive print jobs should be directed to a Company staff member as these types of jobs may be requested to be taken to offsite printing service providers.
Conference Rooms    Service includes unmetered use of well-appointed conference rooms with data projectors or projection screensas well as unmetered use of digital Polycom audio and video conferencing equipment. Conference rooms are booked via webpage. Questions regarding frequent all-day meetings or intensive use for training or other purposes can be directed to a Company staff member for details.
Kitchen Services    The Company has fully stocked kitchens, and food and drink are included in your service fee. The Company stocks yogurts, fruits, soft drinks, ice cream, and other snacks and cold beverages. The Company also stocks a full selection of gourmet coffees and a high-end by-the-cup coffee brewing system. Fair consumption is on the honor system.
Massage Therapy Services    The Company maintains a massage therapy room and has a relationship with independent professional massage therapists who come in on a regular basis. The Company provides use of the massage room without charge. All fees for massage go solely to the therapist, and are not billed through the Company. Use of this service is at client discretion, and the Company is not liable.
Wellness Programs    The Company has different wellness programs that change pending interest and season. Currently there is a Running Club that gathers each Tuesday at midday to do a loop along the Charles River, and a weekly onsite yoga class which does involve an additional fee paid directly to the teacher.
Shower Rooms    The Company has several shower rooms available to clients on a first come first served basis and are stocked with towels and toiletries.
Venture Cafe    The Venture Cafe is a community networking event held every Thursday at the Company from 3:00pm- 8:00pm. With its “pay it forward” Contributor Model, Venture Cafe is hosted at the Company to bring together members of the local entrepreneurial and innovation community. Clients of the Company receive direct access to this weekly event. Along with hosted beer and wine, weekly Venture Cafes often include guest speakers, workshops, et al. Please note, the Company hosts many events, including community gatherings organized by the Venture Cafe Foundation. It is a privilege and not a right to attend these gatherings, and Venture Cafe reserves both the right to refuse service and to determine, at its sole discretion, who to invite according to its mission and policies.
Artisan’s Asylum   

Company clients have access to Artisan’s Asylum, a non-profit community craft studio located at 10 Tyler Street in Union Square in Somerville, MA. The facilities include capabilities for precision metal machining, electrical fabrication, welding, woodworking, sewing and fiber arts, robotics, bicycle building and repair, and screenprinting. All shared equipment requires either proof of proficiency or training by a certified Artisan’s Asylum shop tech. The costs for classes, workshops, and training are the responsibility of the client.

 

CIC & Impact Hub Boston Service Agreement - Version 6.o.8

   Page 11 of 12


 

LOGO

As you know, your Service Agreement (Section 11) requires that you carry commercial general liability insurance. There are circumstances in which, for one reason or another, these requirements have not been met, and yet a client continues to wish to use the Company’s services. As a convenience to our clients, we have created a client insurance waiver process to enable clients to use our facility and services during periods when the required insurance is not in place. To be clear, we strongly recommend and prefer that clients obtain the insurance rather than employ this waiver. So long as this waiver agreement is in force, clients are permitted to not meet the requirements in Section 11. Should this waiver agreement lapse for any reason, then the requirements of Section 11 shall once again be in force. In the below agreement, “I”, “me’’ and “my” refer to the entity which the undersigned represents.

WAIVER AGREEMENT

1. The Service Agreement I have entered into includes a concept of a “waiver of subrogation” (Service Agreement Section 14) and the concept of “indemnification and waiver of rights to recovery” (Service Agreement Section 13).

2. I understand that the “waiver of subrogation” means, in essence, that I bear the cost of my own losses, regardless of who caused those losses. This agreement benefits me by reducing the cost of the services I can buy, by eliminating the need for the Company to quantify and insure against all the possible losses that I might sustain.

3. I understand that when real estate agreements are structured this way, generally I am required to carry my own insurance. This is because without such insurance, there is no one else for me to turn to in the event of a loss. For example, if there was a catastrophic failure of the ventilation system at CIC, and the building suddenly became unusable, I might sustain losses because of the unexpected loss of my workplace. Regardless of who might be responsible for that failure. I would be responsible for covering my losses. And I understand this applies to all other situations of loss, such as via fire, theft, injury, and so forth.

4. Another important reason that it is advisable for me to carry insurance is that I have indemnified the Company (Service Agreement Section 13), its associated parties, and other Company clients against losses that they may incur due to my action or inaction. I understand that “indemnification” in this case means that, for instance, if I cause a fire at the Company’s facility, and others are hurt. I will make up for their losses. Generally, liability insurance would help me meet that obligation.

5. Given all this, I understand why this Service Agreement requires me to have insurance, and why it is very advisable that I have it.

6. The aforementioned notwithstanding, I have decided not to carry such insurance, and I accept the potential consequences.

7. I understand that the Company’s exposure to the risk that I will not be able cover my indemnification will rise as a result of my decision, because the Company will not be afforded the same protection it would have if I had insurance.

8. I agree that neither I nor my entity will assert that by offering me this waiver, the Company or any of its associated parties are providing me with any kind of substitute insurance.

9. I understand that this waiver in no way releases me from any obligation to indemnify all parties named in Exhibit A of this agreement, as well as other Landlord related parties and other CIC and Impact Hub Boston clients against losses caused by me.

10. I understand if my status as a Flex or C3 or Impact Hub Boston client changes, and I become a client of another type of office space at CIC, this waiver shall no longer be valid, and I will need to abide by the terms of CIC’s services agreement pertaining to insurance.

In witness thereof,

Name of Client legal entity:

 

Licensee federal tax ID#:   

 

      The Company
(If left blank, agreement becomes a personal obligation of signer)       (references either Cambridge Incubator, Inc or Hub For Change, LLC, as selected by Licensee on page 1)
Signature:   

 

      Signature:   

 

Name of authorized signer:   

 

      Officer’s name:   

 

Title:   

 

      Title:   

 

DATE:   

 

      DATE:   

 

Exhibit 10.11

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

EMI OPTION AGREEMENT

«Forename» «Surname»


THIS DEED (“this Agreement”) is made the      th day of

BY SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC (registered number 05197494 whose registered office is at 85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY (“the Company ”).

WHEREAS

 

(a) «Forename» «Surname» of «Address_1» «Address_2» «City» «County» «Postcode» (“the Optionholder ”) is an employee of a Group Company.

 

(b) The Directors of the Company consider that it is in the Company’s best interests to retain the Optionholder and have therefore determined to grant [him/her] an option to acquire ordinary shares in the Company on the terms contained in this Agreement and the Rules of the Summit Corporation plc (formerly Vastox plc) 2005 Enterprise Management Incentive Scheme contained in Appendix I attached to this Agreement (“the Rules ”).

 

(c) It is intended that the Option is an EMI Option.

 

(d) The Company is a qualifying company as defined in paragraph 8 of Schedule 5.

 

(e) The Optionholder is an Eligible Employee.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1 Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Rules. In the event of any ambiguity the Rules shall prevail.

 

2 Subject to this Agreement and the Rules, the Company hereby grants to the Optionholder an Option to acquire «Number_of_Shares_as_text» Ordinary 1 pence Shares at an Exercise Price of XX pence per Share.

 

3 The Date of Grant of this Option is the date set out at the head of this Agreement.


4 This Option is granted in accordance with the provisions of the EMI Code.

 

5 Pursuant to Rule 3.1 the dates included in this Agreement for the purposes of determining the Vesting Date and the extent to which this Option will Vest on such dates are set out in Appendix II.

 

6 Subject to this Agreement and the Rules and subject further to achievement of the:

 

6.1 Performance Condition set out in Appendix II, the Option may be exercised in whole or in part respect of:

 

  (a) up to one third of the number of shares in clause 2 above on or after the second anniversary of the Date of Grant, and

 

  (b) all of the shares in clause 2 above less any that may have been exercised under 6.1(a) above on or after the third anniversary of the Date of Grant

 

6.2 Exit Condition set out in Appendix II all of the shares in clause 2 above less any that may have been exercised under clause 6.1 above may be exercised.

 

7 Where applicable, the Option shall lapse in accordance with Rule 6.6.

 

8 The Shares acquired through the exercise of this Option shall be subject to the terms of the Company’s Articles of Association as amended from time to time (a copy of which may be obtained from the Company Secretary).

 

9 This Option is not transferable and will lapse on the occasion of any purported assignment, charge, disposal or other dealing in the Option or with any rights conveyed by it.

 

10 The Company shall be under no obligation to ensure that this Option remains a qualifying option for the purposes of the EMI Code. The Optionholder acknowledges that no cause of action shall lie against the Company in respect of any loss to him howsoever arising as a result of or in connection with any Disqualifying Event.

 

11 In accordance with Rule 7.4, the exercise of this Option is subject to the condition that the Optionholder shall meet any Group Company’s secondary National Insurance Contributions due on the exercise, assignment, release or cash cancellation of this Option. The Optionholder shall, if requested by the Company at any time before the exercise, assignment, release or cash cancellation of this Option, enter into an election to transfer liability for such National Insurance Contributions in a form approved by the Inland Revenue and acceptable to the Company and shall enter into such arrangements as may be approved by the HM Revenue & Customs in relation to the election in order to secure that the transfer of the liability be met.


12 In accordance with Rule 7.5, the exercise of the Option is subject to the condition that the Optionholder enters into an election under Section 431(1) of ITEPA that the Shares are to be treated for the relevant tax purposes as if they were not restricted securities. Such election must be entered into prior to or within 14 days after the exercise of the Option.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto the day and year first before written.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   

 

  

 

  
as a DEED by    )    Director    Date   
SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC    )         
   )         
by      )         
the signatures of two directors/    )         
a director and the secretary    )   

 

  

 

  
      Director/Secretary    Date   

 

 

Agreement of Optionholder

I, «Forename» «Surname», hereby agree to accept the EMI Option subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement (together with the Appendices) and the Rules.

I declare that I work for Summit Corporation plc or one of its subsidiaries for at least:

 

[            ]    25 hours per week   
[            ]    75% of my working time    (tick one box only)

 

 

    

 

  

Signature of Optionholder

     Date   


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Summit Corporation plc

85b Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxfordshire, OX14 4RY

Dear Sir/Madam

I refer to the option granted to me on 15 July 2014 under the Summit Corporation plc Enterprise Management Incentive Plan (“EMI Option”). My EMI Option Agreement in respect of the EMI Option is enclosed.

I hereby:

 

1. Exercise the EMI Option to acquire [                    ] shares (“Shares”) in the capital of Summit Corporation plc (“Company”) at a price of [                    ] per share, subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. The total Exercise Price in respect of this exercise is £[                    ].

 

2. Enclose a cheque for the Exercise Price [ [together with the amount payable in respect of the PAYE Liability* and National Insurance Contributions specified by the Company to be due in respect of the exercise of my EMI Option in accordance with the rules of the Plan] OR [and request that any outstanding PAYE Liability arising in relation to my exercise of this EMI Option is deducted from my salary] (delete if paragraph 3 applies)] .

 

3. [Authorise the Company or its duly appointed agent to sign any stock transfer form or other document or documents which may be required and to do any other thing which the Company shall consider necessary or expedient for carrying out the acts hereby authorised in the same manner and as fully in all respect as I could have done personally and sell on my behalf such number of the Shares as is sufficient to enable the Company (after payment of all necessary selling expenses and commissions) to recover and retain for itself from the sale proceeds an amount equal to such PAYE Liability and then account to me for any cash balance remaining (delete if paragraph 2 applies) ].

 

4. Understand that no Shares may be issued or transferred to me until ALL of my PAYE Liability and National Insurance Contributions amounts have been satisfied in full or suitable arrangements have been made to the satisfaction of the Company for such amounts.

 

5. Acknowledge and agree that any Shares acquired on the exercise of an Option are acquired subject to the Company’s articles of association.


6. Authorise and request you to enter my name in the Company’s Register of Members as the holder of the Shares, subject to the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

7. Request you to send a share certificate in respect of the Shares [(less any sold pursuant to the authority given in paragraph 3 above) (delete if paragraph 2 applies)] and, if appropriate, an endorsed or balance option certificate to me at the address given below.

 

SIGNED      
By:      
[                    ]    Full Name(s)   
                                                                      Address   
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                      Signed   
                                                                      Date   

 

* You should consult with the Company as to whether any PAYE Liability will arise.


APPENDIX I

SUMMIT CORPORATION PLC

2005 EMI SCHEME RULES

Exhibit 10.12

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Valerie Andrews

[**]

20 November 2014

Dear Valerie

Non-Executive Directorship - Letter of Appointment

Summit Therapeutics Inc (the “ Employer ”) hereby engages you to act as a non-executive director of Summit Corporation plc (the “ Company ”). This letter confirms the main terms and conditions of your appointment to this office.

 

1. Your appointment as non-executive director of the Company shall take effect from Thursday 18 September 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) and will continue until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or by any party giving written notice to the others, such notice to be effective immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, your appointment shall also be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force (including without limitation any provisions requiring that all directors retire and seek re-election at each AGM or for one third of the directors to retire by rotation and seek re-election at each AGM, with each director being subject to re-election at intervals of not more than three years) as well as the provisions of applicable legislation including the Companies Acts.

 

2. You undertake that in performing any of your duties for the Company pursuant to the terms of this letter, you will not be in breach of any agreement with a third party (written or oral) or other obligation binding on you.

 

3. Your appointment will terminate forthwith without any entitlement to compensation (save as regard any unpaid fees accrued up to the date of such termination) if:

 

  3.1 you are not reappointed as a director of the Company at its next Annual General Meeting; or

 

  3.2 you are removed as a director by resolution passed at a General Meeting of the Company or otherwise as permitted by law; or

 

  3.3 you cease to be a director of the Company by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association; or


  3.4 you fail to be re-appointed following retirement by rotation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.5 you are adjudged bankrupt or enter into any composition or arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors including a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986 or its equivalent under the legislation of any other territory; or

 

  3.6 you are guilty of any misconduct or commit any serious or persistent breach of any of your obligations to the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  3.7 you infringe the Bribery Act 2010 or any Company or Group policy or procedure relating to bribery and/or corruption or any rules or regulations imposed by any regulatory or other external authority (including the UK Listing Authority) or professional body applicable to your employment or which regulate the performance of your duties, or any code of practice issued by the Company, or you fail to possess any qualification or meet any condition or requirement laid down by any applicable regulatory authority professional body or legislation; or

 

  3.8 you are guilty of any conduct tending in the reasonable opinion of the Board to bring yourself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

  3.9 you are or become incapacitated from any cause whatsoever from efficiently performing your duties hereunder for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months; or

 

  3.10 you shall be or become prohibited by law from being a director.

 

4. You will forthwith resign as a director of the Company upon the expiry or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising. You hereby irrevocably appoint any other director of the Company from time to time to be your attorney to execute any documents and do anything in your name to effect your resignation as a director of the Company should you fail to so resign.

 

5. Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board:

 

  5.1 provides entrepreneurial leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed;

 

  5.2 sets the Company’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance; and

 

  5.3 sets the Company’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

6. In addition to these requirements of all directors, the role of the non-executive has the following key elements as recommended following the Higgs review:


  6.1 Strategy: non-executive directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

  6.2 Performance: non-executive directors should scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

  6.3 Risk: non-executive directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

  6.4 People: non-executive directors are responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

7. Your overall role will be to bring an objectivity and independence of view to the Board’s discussions, to help the Board provide the Group with effective leadership, as well as ensuring the continuing effectiveness of the management team and high standards of financial probity and corporate governance, and to suggest, advise on and monitor matters relating to the business of the Company. You shall act in good faith and exercise all reasonable skill and care in the performance of your duties. You must at all times comply with your duties as a director, the combined code and the statement of best practice on the role and duties of directors by the institutional shareholders committee.

 

8. You will return all property and documents of the Company or any Group Company in your possession on the expiry or termination of this appointment and will delete permanently from any computer or device owned by you or over which you have control (including any personal computer, laptop computer, computer server, computer network, personal digital assistant, mobile telephone, memory, disk or any other storage medium) information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any duties or work you have carried out for the Company or any Group Company.

 

9. The Employer will pay you for your services as a non-executive director of the Company at the rate of £25,000 such fee to accrue from day to day and to be payable quarterly in arrears, subject where applicable, to the deduction of tax and National Insurance contributions as required by law and where applicable any federal, state and/or local withholding obligations (including income taxes and the employee portion of employment taxes) in the United States. You will not participate in any Group bonus schemes or in any other benefit in kind arrangements of the Group, nor will you be entitled to any compensation for loss of office.

 

10. In addition, the Employer will repay to you all travel and other reasonable expenses in line with the Group’s expense policy properly incurred in connection with your duties as non-executive director of the Company, provided that you provide evidence of payment.

 

11. You hereby indemnify the Company in respect of any claims or demands that may be made by the relevant authorities against the Company in respect of income tax or National Insurance Contributions relating to your work for the Company together with all costs, expenses, interest and demands that may be incurred by the Company in connection with such claims or demands.


12. The Company and the Employer will continue with any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance already in place for your benefit. Your participation in such insurance is subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of such insurance cover, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary.

 

13. As a non-executive director of the Company, you will have the general fiduciary duties and the duty of skill and care expected of every director, and will attend periodic Board meetings and/or the meetings of such committee(s) to which you may be appointed a member unless you are too ill to attend or your absence has otherwise been excused. You will also be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of such meetings. In carrying out your duties, you shall have particular regard to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force and any specific authority delegated by the Board.

 

14. During the term of your appointment you may not (except with the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board) be directly or indirectly employed, engaged, concerned or interested in, or hold any office in, any business or undertaking which competes with any of the businesses of the Group. However, this shall not prohibit you from holding (directly or through nominees) investments listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“ UKLA ”) or in the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“ AIM ”) or on any other recognised investment exchange so long as you do not hold more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board.

 

15. During the course of your appointment you may have access to and become familiar with various secret and Confidential Information of one or more Group Companies as set out in this paragraph. You must not at any time whether before or after the termination of your appointment as a non-executive director of the Company disclose to any person firm company or organisation whatsoever nor use, print, publish or make use of any secret or Confidential Information, matter or thing relating to the Company or any other Group Company or the business thereof except in the proper performance of your duties or with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law.

 

16. Both during the term of your appointment and after its termination you will observe the obligations of confidentiality which are attendant on the office of director. In particular, save in the proper performance of your duties, you will not make use or disclose to any person any Confidential Information and will use your best endeavours to ensure that no other person improperly makes use of or discloses such Confidential Information.

 

17. If applicable, you will be obliged at all times to comply both with the technical requirements and with the spirit of the Model Code of the UKLA related to directors’ dealings together with any share dealing rules adopted from time to time by the Company. The Code is separate from the insider dealing provisions contained in Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and from the market abuse provisions contained in section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time and you may not at any time enter into any transaction which contravenes those Acts irrespective of whether this should also breach the Code.

 

18. You will comply with all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board and all rules and regulations of the Company, including without limitation, regulations with respect to confidentiality, dealings in shares and notifications required to be made by a director to the Company or any relevant regulatory body, whether under the Companies Acts, the Articles or otherwise. You will be required to accept responsibility publicly and, where necessary, in writing, for matters relating to the Company and the Group:


  18.1 when required to do so by the Companies Acts, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or other relevant legislation;

 

  18.2 when required to do so by the rules or practice of the London Stock Exchange (as applicable);

 

  18.3 when required to do so by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or the AIM Rules for Companies (as applicable); and

 

  18.4 in any event, in the terms set out in the Statement of Adherence to Directors’ Responsibilities which will be printed in the Company’s Report and Accounts.

 

19. Nothing in this letter is deemed to make you an employee of the Company. The Company signs this agreement by way of its acknowledgement of the terms upon which you have been engaged by the Employer to act as a non-executive director of the Company.

 

20. By signing this letter you consent to the Employer holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as appropriate:

 

  20.1 information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness for work; or

 

  20.2 your racial or ethnic origin or religious or similar beliefs in order to monitor compliance with equal opportunities legislation; or

 

  20.3 information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

You consent to the Employer making such information available to any Group Company, those who provide products or services to the Company (such as advisers and payroll administrators), regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi-governmental organisations and potential purchasers of the Company or the business in which you work. You also consent to the transfer of such information to the Company’s business contacts outside the European Economic Area in order to further its business interests.

 

21. Any reference in this agreement to:-

 

  21.1 “the Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any director or any committee of the Board duly appointed by it to act on its behalf;

 

  21.2 “Code” means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Panel on Takeovers and Mergers in London;


  21.3 “the Companies Acts” means every statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as it applies to the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

  21.4 “Completion” shall mean the date upon which shares in the Company are admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“ UKLA ”) or in the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“ AlM ”);

 

  21.5 “Confidential Information” shall include information concerning the Company’s (and any Group Company’s):

 

  (a) finances, business transactions, research activities, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;

 

  (b) customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and customer requirements;

 

  (c) existing and planned product lines, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);

 

  (d) the technology or methodology associated with the concepts, products and services of any company in the Group;

 

  (e) business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;

 

  (f) computer systems, source codes and software;

 

  (g) the rights in all Intellectual Property;

 

  (h) directors, officers, employees and shareholders; and

 

  (i) the identities or lists of suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) of any company in the Group;

 

  21.6 “Group” means Summit Corporation plc any company or corporation which is a holding company for the time being of Summit Corporation plc, or a subsidiary for the time being of Summit Corporation plc or of any such holding company (“holding company” and “subsidiary” having the meanings set out in section 1159, Companies Act 2006 as amended), or any company which is designated as being within the Group by the directors of the Board of the Company; and

 

  21.7 “Group Company” means a company within the Group (as defined above).

 

22. The terms of this letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts save that all matters regarding the duties you owe to the Company in relation to your appointment as a non-executive director shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.


23. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and the counterparts shall together constitute one agreement provided that each party has executed one or more counterparts.

Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the copy to me at the above address.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED   )
as a DEED by Summit Therapeutics Inc   )
in accordance with its internal statutes   )
 

/s/ Glyn Edwards

  Director/Chief Executive Officer
 

/s/ Melissa Strange

  Director/Secretary
EXECUTED and DELIVERED   )
as a DEED by Summit Corporation plc   )
acting by:   )
 

/s/ Glyn Edwards

  Director/Chief Executive Officer
 

/s/ Melissa Strange

  Director/Secretary
EXECUTED and DELIVERED   )
as a DEED by Valerie Andrews   ) /s/ Valerie Andrews
in the presence of:  

 

Signature of witness  

/s/ R. Hale Andrews Jr.

Print name of witness  

R. Hale Andrews Jr.

Print address of witness  

[**]

 

[**]

Print occupation of witness  

Attorney at Law

Exhibit 10.13

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Dr Frank Armstrong

[**]

21 November 2012

Dear Frank

Non-Executive Directorship - Letter of Appointment

Summit Corporation plc (the “ Company ”) hereby appoints you as a non-executive director of the Company. This letter confirms the main terms and conditions of your appointment to this office.

 

1. Your appointment as non-executive director shall take effect from 21 November 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) and will continue until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or by either party giving written notice to the other, such notice to be effective immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, your appointment shall also be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force (including without limitation any provisions requiring that all directors retire and seek re-election at each AGM or for one third of the directors to retire by rotation and seek re-election at each AGM, with each director being subject to re-election at intervals of not more than three years) as well as the provisions of applicable legislation including the Companies Acts.

 

2. You undertake that in performing any of your duties for the Company pursuant to the terms of this letter, you will not be in breach of any agreement with a third party (written or oral) or other obligation binding on you.

 

3. Your appointment will terminate forthwith without any entitlement to compensation (save as regard any unpaid fees accrued up to the date of such termination) if:

 

  3.1 you are not reappointed as a director of the Company at its next Annual General Meeting; or


  3.2 you are removed as a director by resolution passed at a General Meeting or otherwise as permitted by law; or

 

  3.3 you cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.4 you fail to be re-appointed following retirement by rotation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.5 you are adjudged bankrupt or enter into any composition or arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors including a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  3.6 you are guilty of any misconduct or commit any serious or persistent breach of any of your obligations to the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  3.7 you infringe the Bribery Act 2010 or any Company or Group policy or procedure relating to bribery and/or corruption or any rules or regulations imposed by any regulatory or other external authority (including the UK Listing Authority) or professional body applicable to your employment or which regulate the performance of your duties, or any code of practice issued by the Company, or you fail to possess any qualification or meet any condition or requirement laid down by any applicable regulatory authority professional body or legislation; or

 

  3.8 you are guilty of any conduct tending in the reasonable opinion of the Board to bring yourself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

  3.9 you are or become incapacitated from any cause whatsoever from efficiently performing your duties hereunder for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months; or

 

  3.10 you shall be or become prohibited by law from being a director.

 

4. You will forthwith resign as a director of the Company upon the expiry or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising. You hereby irrevocably appoint any other director of the Company from time to time to be your attorney to execute any documents and do anything in your name to effect your resignation as a director of the Company should you fail to so resign.

 

5. Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board:

 

  5.1 provides entrepreneurial leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed;

 

  5.2 sets the Company’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance; and


  5.3 sets the Company’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

6. In addition to these requirements of all directors, the role of the non-executive has the following key elements as recommended following the Higgs review:

 

  6.1 Strategy: non-executive directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

  6.2 Performance: non-executive directors should scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

  6.3 Risk: non-executive directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

  6.4 People: non-executive directors are responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

7. Your overall role will be to bring an objectivity and independence of view to the Board’s discussions, to help the Board provide the Group with effective leadership, as well as ensuring the continuing effectiveness of the management team and high standards of financial probity and corporate governance, and to suggest, advise on and monitor matters relating to the business of the Company. You shall act in good faith and exercise all reasonable skill and care in the performance of your duties. You must at all times comply with your duties as a director, the combined code and the statement of best practice on the role and duties of directors by the institutional shareholders committee.

 

8. You will return all property and documents of the Company or any Group Company in your possession on the expiry or termination of this appointment and will delete permanently from any computer or device owned by you or over which you have control (including any personal computer, laptop computer, computer server, computer network, personal digital assistant, mobile telephone, memory, disk or any other storage medium) information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any duties or work you have carried out for the Company or any Group Company.

 

9. You will be entitled to payment for your services as a non-executive director at the rate of £20,000 such fee to accrue from day to day and to be payable quarterly in arrears, subject to the deduction of tax and National Insurance contributions as required by law. You will not participate in any Group bonus schemes or in any other benefit in kind arrangements of the Group, nor will you be entitled to any compensation for loss of office.

 

10. In addition, you will be entitled to be repaid all travel and other reasonable expenses in line with the company’s expense policy properly incurred in connection with your duties as non-executive director, provided that you provide evidence of payment.


11. You hereby indemnify the Company in respect of any claims or demands that may be made by the relevant authorities against the Company in respect of income tax or National Insurance Contributions relating to your work for the Company together with all costs, expenses, interest and demands that may be incurred by the Company in connection with such claims or demands.

 

12. The Company will continue with any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance already in place for your benefit. Your participation in such insurance is subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of such insurance cover, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary.

 

13. As a non-executive director, you will have the general fiduciary duties and the duty of skill and care expected of every director, and will attend periodic Board meetings and/or the meetings of such committee(s) to which you may be appointed a member unless you are too ill to attend or your absence has otherwise been excused. You will also be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of such meetings. In carrying out your duties, you shall have particular regard to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force and any specific authority delegated by the Board.

 

14. During the term of your appointment you may not (except with the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board) be directly or indirectly employed, engaged, concerned or interested in, or hold any office in, any business or undertaking which competes with any of the businesses of the Group. However, this shall not prohibit you from holding (directly or through nominees) investments listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”) or on any other recognised investment exchange so long as you do not hold more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board.

 

15. During the course of your appointment you may have access to and become familiar with various secret and confidential information of the Company as set out in this paragraph. You must not at any time whether before or after the termination of your appointment with the Company disclose to any person firm company or organisation whatsoever nor use, print, publish or make use of any secret or confidential information, matter or thing relating to the Company or the business thereof except in the proper performance of your duties or with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law. For the purposes of this paragraph, confidential information shall include but not be limited to customer accounts, global and regional operations, investment strategies and projects, trade secrets, inventions, designs, formulae, financial information, technical information, marketing information, and lists of customers.

 

16. Both during the term of your appointment and after its termination you will observe the obligations of confidentiality which are attendant on the office of director. In particular, save in the proper performance of your duties, you will not make use or disclose to any person any Confidential Information and will use your best endeavours to ensure that no other person improperly makes use of or discloses such Confidential Information.

 

17.

If applicable, you will be obliged at all times to comply both with the technical requirements and with the spirit of the Model Code of the UKLA related to directors’


  dealings together with any share dealing rules adopted from time to time by the Company. The Code is separate from the insider dealing provisions contained in Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and from the market abuse provisions contained in section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time and you may not at any time enter into any transaction which contravenes those Acts irrespective of whether this should also breach the Code.

 

18. You will comply with all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board and all rules and regulations of the Company, including without limitation, regulations with respect to confidentiality, dealings in shares and notifications required to be made by a director to the Company or any relevant regulatory body, whether under the Companies Acts, the Articles or otherwise. You will be required to accept responsibility publicly and, where necessary, in writing, for matters relating to the Company and the Group:

 

  18.1 when required to do so by the Companies Acts, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or other relevant legislation;

 

  18.2 when required to do so by the rules or practice of the London Stock Exchange (as applicable);

 

  18.3 when required to do so by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or the AIM Rules for Companies (as applicable); and

 

  18.4 in any event, in the terms set out in the Statement of Adherence to Directors’ Responsibilities which will be printed in the Company’s Report and Accounts.

 

19. Nothing in this letter is deemed to make you an employee of the Company.

 

20. By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as appropriate:

 

  20.1 information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness for work; or

 

  20.2 your racial or ethnic origin or religious or similar beliefs in order to monitor compliance with equal opportunities legislation; or

 

  20.3 information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

You consent to the Company making such information available to any Group Company, those who provide products or services to the Company (such as advisers and payroll administrators), regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi-governmental organisations and potential purchasers of the Company or the business in which you work. You also consent to the transfer of such information to the Company’s business contacts outside the European Economic Area in order to further its business interests.


21. Any reference in this agreement to:-

 

  21.1 “the Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any director or any committee of the Board duly appointed by it to act on its behalf;

 

  21.2 “Code” means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Panel;

 

  21.3 “the Companies Acts” means every statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as it applies to the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

  21.4 “Completion” shall mean the date upon which shares in the Company are admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”);

 

  21.5 “Confidential Information” shall include information concerning the Company’s (and any Group Company’s):

 

  (a) finances, business transactions, research activities, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;

 

  (b) customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and customer requirements;

 

  (c) existing and planned product lines, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);

 

  (d) the technology or methodology associated with the concepts, products and services of any company in the Group;

 

  (e) business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;

 

  (f) computer systems, source codes and software;

 

  (g) the rights in all Intellectual Property;

 

  (h) directors, officers, employees and shareholders; and

 

  (i) the identities or lists of suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) of any company in the Group;

 

  21.6 “Group” means Summit Corporation plc any company or corporation which is a holding company for the time being of Summit Corporation plc, or a subsidiary for the time being of Summit Corporation plc or of any such holding company (“holding company” and “subsidiary” having the meanings set out in section 1159, Companies Act 2006 as amended), or any company which is designated as being within the Group by the directors of the Board of the Company; and


  21.7 “Group Company” means a company within the Group (as defined above).

 

22. The terms of this letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for all matters arising under it.

 

23. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and the counterparts shall together constitute one agreement provided that each party has executed one or more counterparts.

Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the copy to me at the above address.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Summit Corporation plc    )   
acting by:    )   
  

/s/ Glyn Edwards

  
  

Director/Chief Executive Officer

  
  

/s/ Raymond Spencer

  
   Chief Financial officer   
EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Dr Frank Armstrong    ) /s/ Frank Armstrong   
in the presence of:   

 

  
Signature of witness   

/s/ Christopher Armstrong

  
Print name of witness   

Christopher Scott Armstrong

  
Print address of witness   

[**]

  
  

[**]

  
Print occupation of witness   

Lawyer

  

Exhibit 10.14

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Dr Stephen Davies

[**]

19 December 2013

Dear Steve

Non-Executive Directorship - Letter of Appointment

Summit Corporation plc (the “ Company ”) hereby appoints you as a non-executive director of the Company. This letter confirms the main terms and conditions of your appointment to this office.

 

1. Your appointment as non-executive director shall take effect from 22 November 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) and will continue until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or by either party giving written notice to the other, such notice to be effective immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, your appointment shall also be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force (including without limitation any provisions requiring that all directors retire and seek re-election at each AGM or for one third of the directors to retire by rotation and seek re-election at each AGM, with each director being subject to re-election at intervals of not more than three years) as well as the provisions of applicable legislation including the Companies Acts.

 

2. You undertake that in performing any of your duties for the Company pursuant to the terms of this letter, you will not be in breach of any agreement with a third party (written or oral) or other obligation binding on you.

 

3. Your appointment will terminate forthwith without any entitlement to compensation (save as regard any unpaid fees accrued up to the date of such termination) if:

 

  3.1 you are not reappointed as a director of the Company at its next Annual General Meeting; or


  3.2 you are removed as a director by resolution passed at a General Meeting or otherwise as permitted by law; or

 

  3.3 you cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.4 you fail to be re-appointed following retirement by rotation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.5 you are adjudged bankrupt or enter into any composition or arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors including a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  3.6 you are guilty of any misconduct or commit any serious or persistent breach of any of your obligations to the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  3.7 you infringe the Bribery Act 2010 or any Company or Group policy or procedure relating to bribery and/or corruption or any rules or regulations imposed by any regulatory or other external authority (including the UK Listing Authority) or professional body applicable to your employment or which regulate the performance of your duties, or any code of practice issued by the Company, or you fail to possess any qualification or meet any condition or requirement laid down by any applicable regulatory authority professional body or legislation; or

 

  3.8 you are guilty of any conduct tending in the reasonable opinion of the Board to bring yourself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

  3.9 you are or become incapacitated from any cause whatsoever from efficiently performing your duties hereunder for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months; or

 

  3.10 you shall be or become prohibited by law from being a director.

 

4. You will forthwith resign as a director of the Company upon the expiry or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising. You hereby irrevocably appoint any other director of the Company from time to time to be your attorney to execute any documents and do anything in your name to effect your resignation as a director of the Company should you fail to so resign.

 

5. Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board:

 

  5.1 provides entrepreneurial leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed;

 

  5.2 sets the Company’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance; and


  5.3 sets the Company’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

6. In addition to these requirements of all directors, the role of the non-executive has the following key elements as recommended following the Higgs review:

 

  6.1 Strategy: non-executive directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

  6.2 Performance: non-executive directors should scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

  6.3 Risk: non-executive directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

  6.4 People: non-executive directors are responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

7. Your overall role will be to bring an objectivity and independence of view to the Board’s discussions, to help the Board provide the Group with effective leadership, as well as ensuring the continuing effectiveness of the management team and high standards of financial probity and corporate governance, and to suggest, advise on and monitor matters relating to the business of the Company. You shall act in good faith and exercise all reasonable skill and care in the performance of your duties. You must at all times comply with your duties as a director, the combined code and the statement of best practice on the role and duties of directors by the institutional shareholders committee.

 

8. You will return all property and documents of the Company or any Group Company in your possession on the expiry or termination of this appointment and will delete permanently from any computer or device owned by you or over which you have control (including any personal computer, laptop computer, computer server, computer network, personal digital assistant, mobile telephone, memory, disk or any other storage medium) information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any duties or work you have carried out for the Company or any Group Company.

 

9. You will be entitled to payment for your services as a non-executive director at the rate of £25,000 such fee to accrue from day to day and to be payable quarterly in arrears, subject to the deduction of tax and National Insurance contributions as required by law. You will not participate in any Group bonus schemes or in any other benefit in kind arrangements of the Group, nor will you be entitled to any compensation for loss of office.

 

10. In addition, you will be entitled to be repaid all travel and other reasonable expenses in line with the company’s expense policy properly incurred in connection with your duties as non-executive director, provided that you provide evidence of payment.


11. You hereby indemnify the Company in respect of any claims or demands that may be made by the relevant authorities against the Company in respect of income tax or National Insurance Contributions relating to your work for the Company together with all costs, expenses, interest and demands that may be incurred by the Company in connection with such claims or demands.

 

12. The Company will continue with any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance already in place for your benefit. Your participation in such insurance is subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of such insurance cover, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary.

 

13. As a non-executive director, you will have the general fiduciary duties and the duty of skill and care expected of every director, and will attend periodic Board meetings and/or the meetings of such committee(s) to which you may be appointed a member unless you are too ill to attend or your absence has otherwise been excused. You will also be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of such meetings. In carrying out your duties, you shall have particular regard to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force and any specific authority delegated by the Board.

 

14. During the term of your appointment you may not (except with the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board) be directly or indirectly employed, engaged, concerned or interested in, or hold any office in, any business or undertaking which competes with any of the businesses of the Group. However, this shall not prohibit you from holding (directly or through nominees) investments listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”) or on any other recognised investment exchange so long as you do not hold more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board.

 

15. During the course of your appointment you may have access to and become familiar with various secret and confidential information of the Company as set out in this paragraph. You must not at any time whether before or after the termination of your appointment with the Company disclose to any person firm company or organisation whatsoever nor use, print, publish or make use of any secret or confidential information, matter or thing relating to the Company or the business thereof except in the proper performance of your duties or with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law. For the purposes of this paragraph, confidential information shall include but not be limited to customer accounts, global and regional operations, investment strategies and projects, trade secrets, inventions, designs, formulae, financial information, technical information, marketing information, and lists of customers.

 

16. Both during the term of your appointment and after its termination you will observe the obligations of confidentiality which are attendant on the office of director. In particular, save in the proper performance of your duties, you will not make use or disclose to any person any Confidential Information and will use your best endeavours to ensure that no other person improperly makes use of or discloses such Confidential Information.

 

17.

If applicable, you will be obliged at all times to comply both with the technical requirements and with the spirit of the Model Code of the UKLA related to directors’


  dealings together with any share dealing rules adopted from time to time by the Company. The Code is separate from the insider dealing provisions contained in Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and from the market abuse provisions contained in section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time and you may not at any time enter into any transaction which contravenes those Acts irrespective of whether this should also breach the Code.

 

18. You will comply with all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board and all rules and regulations of the Company, including without limitation, regulations with respect to confidentiality, dealings in shares and notifications required to be made by a director to the Company or any relevant regulatory body, whether under the Companies Acts, the Articles or otherwise. You will be required to accept responsibility publicly and, where necessary, in writing, for matters relating to the Company and the Group:

 

  18.1 when required to do so by the Companies Acts, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or other relevant legislation;

 

  18.2 when required to do so by the rules or practice of the London Stock Exchange (as applicable);

 

  18.3 when required to do so by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or the AIM Rules for Companies (as applicable); and

 

  18.4 in any event, in the terms set out in the Statement of Adherence to Directors’ Responsibilities which will be printed in the Company’s Report and Accounts.

 

19. Nothing in this letter is deemed to make you an employee of the Company.

 

20. By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as appropriate:

 

  20.1 information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness for work; or

 

  20.2 your racial or ethnic origin or religious or similar beliefs in order to monitor compliance with equal opportunities legislation; or

 

  20.3 information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

You consent to the Company making such information available to any Group Company, those who provide products or services to the Company (such as advisers and payroll administrators), regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi-governmental organisations and potential purchasers of the Company or the business in which you work. You also consent to the transfer of such information to the Company’s business contacts outside the European Economic Area in order to further its business interests.


21. Any reference in this agreement to:-

 

  21.1 “the Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any director or any committee of the Board duly appointed by it to act on its behalf;

 

  21.2 “Code” means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Panel;

 

  21.3 “the Companies Acts” means every statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as it applies to the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

  21.4 “Completion” shall mean the date upon which shares in the Company are admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”);

 

  21.5 “Confidential Information” shall include information concerning the Company’s (and any Group Company’s):

 

  (a) finances, business transactions, research activities, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;

 

  (b) customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and customer requirements;

 

  (c) existing and planned product lines, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);

 

  (d) the technology or methodology associated with the concepts, products and services of any company in the Group;

 

  (e) business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;

 

  (f) computer systems, source codes and software;

 

  (g) the rights in all Intellectual Property;

 

  (h) directors, officers, employees and shareholders; and

 

  (i) the identities or lists of suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) of any company in the Group;

 

  21.6 “Group” means Summit Corporation plc any company or corporation which is a holding company for the time being of Summit Corporation plc, or a subsidiary for the time being of Summit Corporation plc or of any such holding company (“holding company” and “subsidiary” having the meanings set out in section 1159, Companies Act 2006 as amended), or any company which is designated as being within the Group by the directors of the Board of the Company; and


  21.7 “Group Company” means a company within the Group (as defined above).

 

22. The terms of this letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for all matters arising under it.

 

23. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and the counterparts shall together constitute one agreement provided that each party has executed one or more counterparts.

Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the copy to me at the above address.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Summit Corporation plc    )   
acting by:    )   
  

/s/ Frank M. Armstrong

  
   Director   
  

Glyn Edwards

  
   Director/Chief Executive Officer   
EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Dr Stephen Davies    ) /s/ Stephen G. Davies   
in the presence of:   

 

  
Signature of witness   

/s/ Melissa Strange

  
Print name of witness   

Melissa Strange

  
Print address of witness   

[**]

  
  

[**]

  
Print occupation of witness   

FCCA, Chartered Certified Accountant

  

Exhibit 10.15

 

LOGO

8 August 2013

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Dr Barry Price

[**]

Dear Barry

Non-Executive Directorship - Letter of Appointment

This letter (by way of deed) records the terms on which you agree to continue to serve as a nonexecutive director of Summit Corporation plc (the “ Company ”). This letter supersedes and replaces all terms contained in the previous letter of appointment dated 29 April 2010, as revised by letters dated 8 February 2011 and 10 May 2012. This letter confirms the main terms and conditions of your appointment to this office.

 

1. Your appointment as non-executive director will be continuous from the date of expiry of the previous letter for a further period through until 28 April 2016, or until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or by either party giving written notice to the other, such notice to be effective immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, your appointment shall also be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force as well as the provisions of applicable legislation including the Companies Acts. Your appointment is also subject to annual re-election at the General Meeting of shareholders.

 

2. You undertake that in performing any of your duties for the Company pursuant to the terms of this letter, you will not be in breach of any agreement with a third party (written or oral) or other obligation binding on you.

 

3. Your appointment will terminate forthwith without any entitlement to compensation (save as regard any unpaid fees accrued up to the date of such termination) if:

 

  3.1 you are not reappointed as a director of the Company at any Annual General Meeting of shareholders; or

 

  3.2 you are removed as a director by resolution passed at a General Meeting or otherwise as permitted by law; or

 

     

85b Park Drive

Milton Park

Abingdon

Oxfordshire

OX14 4RY

United Kingdom

 

T +44 (0)1235 443 939

F +44 (0)1235 443 999

E info@summitplc.com

www.summitplc.com

 

Registered name: Summit Corporation plc

Country of registration: England and Wales

Registered address: As above

Registered number: 05197494

VAT number: 876331407


  3.3 you cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.4 you fail to be re-appointed following retirement by rotation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.5 you are adjudged bankrupt or enter into any composition or arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors including a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  3.6 you are guilty of any misconduct or commit any serious or persistent breach of any of your obligations to the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  3.7 you infringe the Bribery Act 2010 or any Company or Group policy or procedure relating to bribery and/or corruption or any rules or regulations imposed by any regulatory or other external authority (including the UK Listing Authority) or professional body applicable to your employment or which regulate the performance of your duties, or any code of practice issued by the Company, or you fail to possess any qualification or meet any condition or requirement laid down by any applicable regulatory authority professional body or legislation; or

 

  3.8 you are guilty of any conduct tending in the reasonable opinion of the Board to bring yourself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

  3.9 you are or become incapacitated from any cause whatsoever from efficiently performing your duties hereunder for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months; or

 

  3.10 you shall be or become prohibited by law from being a director.

 

4. You will forthwith resign as a director of the Company upon the expiry or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising. You hereby irrevocably appoint any other director of the Company from time to time to be your attorney to execute any documents and do anything in your name to affect your resignation as a director of the Company should you fail to so resign.

 

5. Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board:

 

  5.1 provides entrepreneurial leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed;

 

  5.2 sets the Company’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance; and

 

  5.3 sets the Company’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.


6. In addition to these requirements of all directors, the role of the non-executive has the following key elements as recommended following the Higgs review:

 

  6.1 Strategy: non-executive directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

  6.2 Performance: non-executive directors should scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

  6.3 Risk: non-executive directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

  6.4 People: non-executive directors are responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

7. Your overall role will be to bring an objectivity and independence of view to the Board’s discussions, to help the Board provide the Group with effective leadership, as well as ensuring the continuing effectiveness of the management team and high standards of financial probity and corporate governance, and to suggest, advise on and monitor matters relating to the business of the Company. You shall act in good faith and exercise all reasonable skill and care in the performance of your duties. You must at all times comply with your duties as a director, the combined code and the statement of best practice on the role and duties of directors by the institutional shareholders committee.

 

8. You will return all property and documents of the Company or any Group Company in your possession on the expiry or termination of this appointment and will delete permanently from any computer or device owned by you or over which you have control (including any personal computer, laptop computer, computer server, computer network, personal digital assistant, mobile telephone, memory, disk or any other storage medium) information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any duties or work you have carried out for the Company or any Group Company.

 

9. You will be entitled to payment for your services as a non-executive director at the rate of £25,000 such fee to commence on 1 July 2013, to accrue from day to day and to be payable quarterly in arrears, subject to the deduction of tax and National Insurance contributions as required by law. You will not participate in any Group bonus schemes or in any other benefit in kind arrangements of the Group, nor will you be entitled to any compensation for loss of office.

 

10. In addition, you will be entitled to be repaid all travel and other reasonable expenses in line with the company’s expense policy properly incurred in connection with your duties as nonexecutive director, provided that you provide evidence of payment.

 

11. You hereby indemnify the Company in respect of any claims or demands that may be made by the relevant authorities against the Company in respect of income tax or National Insurance Contributions relating to your work for the Company together with all costs, expenses, interest and demands that may be incurred by the Company in connection with such claims or demands.

 

12. The Company will continue with any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance already in place for your benefit. Your participation in such insurance is subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of such insurance cover, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary.


13. As a non-executive director, you will have the general fiduciary duties and the duty of skill and care expected of every director, and will attend periodic Board meetings and/or the meetings of such committee(s) to which you may be appointed a member unless you are too ill to attend or your absence has otherwise been excused. You will also be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of such meetings. In carrying out your duties, you shall have particular regard to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force and any specific authority delegated by the Board.

 

14. During the term of your appointment you may not (except with the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board) be directly or indirectly employed, engaged, concerned or interested in, or hold any office in, any business or undertaking which competes with any of the businesses of the Group. However, this shall not prohibit you from holding (directly or through nominees) investments listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AIM”) or on any other recognised investment exchange so long as you do not hold more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board.

 

15. During the course of your appointment you may have access to and become familiar with various secret and confidential information of the Company as set out in this paragraph. You must not at any time whether before or after the termination of your appointment with the Company disclose to any person firm company or organisation whatsoever nor use, print, publish or make use of any secret or confidential information, matter or thing relating to the Company or the business thereof except in the proper performance of your duties or with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law. For the purposes of this paragraph, confidential information shall include but not be limited to customer accounts, global and regional operations, investment strategies and projects, trade secrets, inventions, designs, formulae, financial information, technical information, marketing information, and lists of customers.

 

16. Both during the term of your appointment and after its termination you will observe the obligations of confidentiality which are attendant on the office of director. In particular, save in the proper performance of your duties, you will not make use or disclose to any person any Confidential Information and will use your best endeavours to ensure that no other person improperly makes use of or discloses such Confidential Information.

 

17. If applicable, you will be obliged at all times to comply both with the technical requirements and with the spirit of the Model Code of the UKLA related to directors’ dealings together with any share dealing rules adopted from time to time by the Company. The Code is separate from the insider dealing provisions contained in Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and from the market abuse provisions contained in section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time and you may not at any time enter into any transaction which contravenes those Acts irrespective of whether this should also breach the Code.

 

18. You will comply with all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board and all rules and regulations of the Company, including without limitation, regulations with respect to confidentiality, dealings in shares and notifications required to be made by a director to the Company or any relevant regulatory body, whether under the Companies Acts, the Articles or otherwise. You will be required to accept responsibility publicly and, where necessary, in writing, for matters relating to the Company and the Group:

 

  18.1 when required to do so by the Companies Acts, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or other relevant legislation;


  18.2 when required to do so by the rules or practice of the London Stock Exchange (as applicable);

 

  18.3 when required to do so by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or the AIM Rules for Companies (as applicable); and

 

  18.4 in any event, in the terms set out in the Statement of Adherence to Directors’ Responsibilities which will be printed in the Company’s Report and Accounts.

 

19. Nothing in this letter is deemed to make you an employee of the Company.

 

20. By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as appropriate:

 

  20.1 information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness for work; or

 

  20.2 your racial or ethnic origin or religious or similar beliefs in order to monitor compliance with equal opportunities legislation; or

 

  20.3 information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

You consent to the Company making such information available to any Group Company, those who provide products or services to the Company (such as advisers and payroll administrators), regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi- governmental organisations and potential purchasers of the Company or the business in which you work. You also consent to the transfer of such information to the Company’s business contacts outside the European Economic Area in order to further its business interests.

 

21. Any reference in this agreement to:-

 

  21.1 “the Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any director or any committee of the Board duly appointed by it to act on its behalf;

 

  21.2 “Code” means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Panel;

 

  21.3 “the Companies Acts” means every statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as it applies to the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

  21.4 “Completion” shall mean the date upon which shares in the Company are admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AIM”);

 

  21.5 “Confidential Information” shall include information concerning the Company’s (and any Group Company’s):

 

  (a) finances, business transactions, research activities, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;


  (b) customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and customer requirements;

 

  (c) existing and planned product lines, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);

 

  (d) the technology or methodology associated with the concepts, products and services of any company in the Group;

 

  (e) business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;

 

  (f) computer systems, source codes and software;

 

  (g) the rights in all Intellectual Property;

 

  (h) directors, officers, employees and shareholders; and

 

  (i) the identities or lists of suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) of any company in the Group;

 

  21.6 “Group” means Summit Corporation plc any company or corporation which is a holding company for the time being of Summit Corporation plc, or a subsidiary for the time being of Summit Corporation plc or of any such holding company (“holding company” and “subsidiary” having the meanings set out in section 1159, Companies Act 2006 as amended), or any company which is designated as being within the Group by the directors of the Board of the Company; and

 

  21.7 “Group Company” means a company within the Group (as defined above).

 

22. The terms of this letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for all matters arising under it.

 

23. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and the counterparts shall together constitute one agreement provided that each party has executed one or more counterparts.

Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the copy to me at the above address.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED     )  
as a DEED by Summit Corporation plc )      
acting by:     )   /s/ Glyn Edwards
   

 

    Director/Chief Executive Officer
      /s/ Raymond Spencer
   

 

    Chief Financial Officer


EXECUTED and DELIVERED     )
as a DEED by Dr Barry Price     ) /s/ B.J. Price
in the presence of:    

 

Signature of witness     /s/ David F.R. Page
   

 

Print name of witness    

David F. R. Page

Print address of witness    

[**]

   

[**]

[**]

Print occupation of witness    

Professor Emeritus

Exhibit 10.16

PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

Mr Leopoldo Zambeletti

[**]

16 th  April 2014

Dear Leopoldo

Non-Executive Directorship - Letter of Appointment

Summit Corporation plc (the “ Company ”) hereby appoints you as a non-executive director of the Company. This letter confirms the main terms and conditions of your appointment to this office.

 

1. Your appointment as non-executive director shall take effect from 15 th  May (the “ Effective Date ”) and will continue until terminated by mutual agreement of the parties or by either party giving written notice to the other, such notice to be effective immediately. For the avoidance of doubt, your appointment shall also be subject to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force (including without limitation any provisions requiring that all directors retire and seek re-election at each AGM or for one third of the directors to retire by rotation and seek re-election at each AGM, with each director being subject to re-election at intervals of not more than three years) as well as the provisions of applicable legislation including the Companies Acts.

 

2. You undertake that in performing any of your duties for the Company pursuant to the terms of this letter, you will not be in breach of any agreement with a third party (written or oral) or other obligation binding on you.

 

3. Your appointment will terminate forthwith without any entitlement to compensation (save as regard any unpaid fees accrued up to the date of such termination) if:

 

  3.1 you are not reappointed as a director of the Company at its next Annual General Meeting; or


  3.2 you are removed as a director by resolution passed at a General Meeting or otherwise as permitted by law; or

 

  3.3 you cease to be a director by reason of your vacating office pursuant to any provision of the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.4 you fail to be re-appointed following retirement by rotation pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association; or

 

  3.5 you are adjudged bankrupt or enter into any composition or arrangement with or for the benefit of your creditors including a voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986; or

 

  3.6 you are guilty of any misconduct or commit any serious or persistent breach of any of your obligations to the Company or any Group Company; or

 

  3.7 you infringe the Bribery Act 2010 or any Company or Group policy or procedure relating to bribery and/or corruption or any rules or regulations imposed by any regulatory or other external authority (including the UK Listing Authority) or professional body applicable to your employment or which regulate the performance of your duties, or any code of practice issued by the Company, or you fail to possess any qualification or meet any condition or requirement laid down by any applicable regulatory authority professional body or legislation; or

 

  3.8 you are guilty of any conduct tending in the reasonable opinion of the Board to bring yourself or the Company or any Group Company into disrepute; or

 

  3.9 you are or become incapacitated from any cause whatsoever from efficiently performing your duties hereunder for 90 days in aggregate in any period of 12 months; or

 

  3.10 you shall be or become prohibited by law from being a director.

 

4. You will forthwith resign as a director of the Company upon the expiry or termination of this Agreement howsoever arising. You hereby irrevocably appoint any other director of the Company from time to time to be your attorney to execute any documents and do anything in your name to effect your resignation as a director of the Company should you fail to so resign.

 

5. Non-executive directors have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other director. The Board as a whole is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs. The Board:

 

  5.1 provides entrepreneurial leadership of the Company within a framework of prudent and effective controls which enables risk to be assessed and managed;

 

  5.2 sets the Company’s strategic aims, ensures that the necessary financial and human resources are in place for the Company to meet its objectives, and reviews management performance; and


  5.3 sets the Company’s values and standards and ensures that its obligations to its shareholders and others are understood and met.

 

6. In addition to these requirements of all directors, the role of the non-executive has the following key elements as recommended following the Higgs review:

 

  6.1 Strategy: non-executive directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

  6.2 Performance: non-executive directors should scrutinise the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

  6.3 Risk: non-executive directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

  6.4 People: non-executive directors are responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of executive directors and have a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

7. Your overall role will be to bring an objectivity and independence of view to the Board’s discussions, to help the Board provide the Group with effective leadership, as well as ensuring the continuing effectiveness of the management team and high standards of financial probity and corporate governance, and to suggest, advise on and monitor matters relating to the business of the Company. You shall act in good faith and exercise all reasonable skill and care in the performance of your duties. You must at all times comply with your duties as a director, the combined code and the statement of best practice on the role and duties of directors by the institutional shareholders committee.

 

8. You will return all property and documents of the Company or any Group Company in your possession on the expiry or termination of this appointment and will delete permanently from any computer or device owned by you or over which you have control (including any personal computer, laptop computer, computer server, computer network, personal digital assistant, mobile telephone, memory, disk or any other storage medium) information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any duties or work you have carried out for the Company or any Group Company.

 

9. You will be entitled to payment for your services as a non-executive director and Chairman of the Audit Committee at the rate of £25,000 such fee to accrue from day to day and to be payable quarterly in arrears, subject to the deduction of tax and National Insurance contributions as required by law. You will not participate in any Group bonus schemes or in any other benefit in kind arrangements of the Group, nor will you be entitled to any compensation for loss of office.

 

10. In addition, you will be entitled to be repaid all travel and other reasonable expenses in line with the company’s expense policy properly incurred in connection with your duties as non-executive director, provided that you provide evidence of payment.


11. You hereby indemnify the Company in respect of any claims or demands that may be made by the relevant authorities against the Company in respect of income tax or National Insurance Contributions relating to your work for the Company together with all costs, expenses, interest and demands that may be incurred by the Company in connection with such claims or demands.

 

12. The Company will continue with any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance already in place for your benefit. Your participation in such insurance is subject always to the terms, conditions and limitations of such insurance cover, a copy of which can be obtained from the Company Secretary.

 

13. As a non-executive director, you will have the general fiduciary duties and the duty of skill and care expected of every director, and will attend periodic Board meetings and/or the meetings of such committee(s) to which you may be appointed a member unless you are too ill to attend or your absence has otherwise been excused. It is expected that you will attend no less than five out of the six planned Board meetings which are held every other month. You will also be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of such meetings. In carrying out your duties, you shall have particular regard to the Articles of Association of the Company from time to time in force and any specific authority delegated by the Board.

 

14. During the term of your appointment you may not (except with the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board) be directly or indirectly employed, engaged, concerned or interested in, or hold any office in, any business or undertaking which competes with any of the businesses of the Group in the fields of Duchenne muscular dystrophy or Clostridium difficile infection. However, this shall not prohibit you from holding (directly or through nominees) investments listed or admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”) or on any other recognised investment exchange so long as you do not hold more than 5 per cent of the issued shares or other securities of any class of any one company without the prior sanction of a resolution of the Board.

 

15. During the course of your appointment you may have access to and become familiar with various secret and confidential information of the Company as set out in this paragraph. You must not at any time whether before or after the termination of your appointment with the Company disclose to any person firm company or organisation whatsoever nor use, print, publish or make use of any secret or confidential information, matter or thing relating to the Company or the business thereof except in the proper performance of your duties or with the prior written consent of the Board or as required by law. For the purposes of this paragraph, confidential information shall include but not be limited to customer accounts, global and regional operations, investment strategies and projects, trade secrets, inventions, designs, formulae, financial information, technical information, marketing information, and lists of customers.

 

16. Both during the term of your appointment and after its termination you will observe the obligations of confidentiality which are attendant on the office of director. In particular, save in the proper performance of your duties, you will not make use or disclose to any person any Confidential Information and will use your best endeavours to ensure that no other person improperly makes use of or discloses such Confidential Information.


17. If applicable, you will be obliged at all times to comply both with the technical requirements and with the spirit of the Model Code of the UKLA related to directors’ dealings together with any share dealing rules adopted from time to time by the Company. The Code is separate from the insider dealing provisions contained in Part V of the Criminal Justice Act 1993 and from the market abuse provisions contained in section 118 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time and you may not at any time enter into any transaction which contravenes those Acts irrespective of whether this should also breach the Code.

 

18. You will comply with all lawful and reasonable directions of the Board and all rules and regulations of the Company, including without limitation, regulations with respect to confidentiality, dealings in shares and notifications required to be made by a director to the Company or any relevant regulatory body, whether under the Companies Acts, the Articles or otherwise. You will be required to accept responsibility publicly and, where necessary, in writing, for matters relating to the Company and the Group:

 

  18.1 when required to do so by the Companies Acts, the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 or other relevant legislation;

 

  18.2 when required to do so by the rules or practice of the London Stock Exchange (as applicable);

 

  18.3 when required to do so by the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers or the AIM Rules for Companies (as applicable); and

 

  18.4 in any event, in the terms set out in the Statement of Adherence to Directors’ Responsibilities which will be printed in the Company’s Report and Accounts.

 

19. Nothing in this letter is deemed to make you an employee of the Company.

 

20. By signing this letter you consent to the Company holding and processing information about you for legal, personnel, administrative and management purposes and in particular to the processing of any sensitive personal data (as defined in the Data Protection Act 1998) including, as appropriate:

 

  20.1 information about your physical or mental health or condition in order to monitor sick leave and take decisions as to your fitness for work; or

 

  20.2 your racial or ethnic origin or religious or similar beliefs in order to monitor compliance with equal opportunities legislation; or

 

  20.3 information relating to any criminal proceedings in which you have been involved for insurance purposes and in order to comply with legal requirements and obligations to third parties.

You consent to the Company making such information available to any Group Company, those who provide products or services to the Company (such as advisers and payroll administrators), regulatory authorities, potential or future employers, governmental or quasi-governmental organisations and potential purchasers of the Company or the business in which you work. You also consent to the transfer of such information to the Company’s business contacts outside the European Economic Area in order to further its business interests.


21. Any reference in this agreement to:-

 

  21.1 “the Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time or any director or any committee of the Board duly appointed by it to act on its behalf;

 

  21.2 “Code” means the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers issued from time to time by or on behalf of the Panel;

 

  21.3 “the Companies Acts” means every statute from time to time in force concerning companies insofar as it applies to the Company and/or any Group Company;

 

  21.4 “Completion” shall mean the date upon which shares in the Company are admitted to trading on the Official List of the United Kingdom Listing Authority (“UKLA”) or in the AIM Market of the London Stock Exchange Plc (“AlM”);

 

  21.5 “Confidential Information” shall include information concerning the Company’s (and any Group Company’s):

 

  (a) finances, business transactions, research activities, dealings and affairs and prospective business transactions;

 

  (b) customers, including, without limitation, customer lists, customer identities and customer requirements;

 

  (c) existing and planned product lines, price lists and pricing structures (including, without limitation, discounts, special prices or special contract terms offered to or agreed with customers);

 

  (d) the technology or methodology associated with the concepts, products and services of any company in the Group;

 

  (e) business plans and sales and marketing information, plans and strategies;

 

  (f) computer systems, source codes and software;

 

  (g) the rights in all Intellectual Property;

 

  (h) directors, officers, employees and shareholders; and

 

  (i) the identities or lists of suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors (both current and those who were customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, agents, distributors or contractors during the previous two years) of any company in the Group;

 

  21.6 “Group” means Summit Corporation plc any company or corporation which is a holding company for the time being of Summit Corporation plc, or a subsidiary for the time being of Summit Corporation plc or of any such holding company (“holding company” and “subsidiary” having the meanings set out in section 1159, Companies Act 2006 as amended), or any company which is designated as being within the Group by the directors of the Board of the Company; and


  21.7 “Group Company” means a company within the Group (as defined above).

 

22. The terms of this letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the English Courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction for all matters arising under it.

 

23. This agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and the counterparts shall together constitute one agreement provided that each party has executed one or more counterparts.

Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter and returning the copy to me at the above address.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Summit Corporation plc    )   
acting by:    )   
  

/s/ Frank M. Armstrong

  
   Director   
  

/s/ Glyn Edwards

  
   Director/Chief Executive Officer   
EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )   
as a DEED by Leopoldo Zambeletti    )/s/ Leopoldo Zambeletti   
in the presence of:   

 

  
Signature of witness   

/s/ Melissa Strange

  
Print name of witness   

Melissa Strange

  
Print address of witness   

[**]

  
  

[**]

  
Print occupation of witness   

FCCA, Chartered Certified Accountant

  

Exhibit 16.1

 

     

Tel: +44 (0)23 8088 1700

Fax: +44 (0)23 8088 1701

DX 2008 Southampton

www.bdo.co.uk

  

Arcadia House

Maritime Walk

Ocean Village

Southampton

SO14 3TL

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

United States of America

  30 January 2015

Dear Sirs

We have been furnished with a copy of the response to Item 16F of Form F-1 for the event that occurred on 18 July 2013, to be filed by our former client, Summit Corporation plc. We agree with the statements made in response to that Item insofar as they relate to our Firm.

Very truly yours,

/s/ BDO LLP

BDO LLP

 

 

LOGO

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization
Summit Therapeutics Inc.    Massachusetts
Summit Therapeutics Limited    England and Wales
Summit (Oxford) Limited    England and Wales
Summit (Wales) Limited    England and Wales
Summit (Cambridge) Limited    England and Wales
Summit Discovery 1 Limited    England and Wales
Summit Corporation Employee Benefit Trust Company Limited    England and Wales
MuOx Limited    England and Wales

Exhibit 23.3

 

LOGO

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Summit Corporation plc of our report dated December 3, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Summit Corporation plc, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Reading, United Kingdom

January 30, 2015

 

LOGO


 

LOGO

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Summit Corporation plc of our report dated December 3, 2014 relating to the financial statements of MuOx Limited, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Reading, United Kingdom

January 30, 2015

 

LOGO